Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2013

Registration No. 333-175826

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549            

 

 

Amendment No. 7

to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Sprague Resources LP

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   5171   45-2637964
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Two International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, NH 03801

(800) 225-1560

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Paul A. Scoff

Two International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, NH 03801

(800) 225-1560

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Adorys Velazquez

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue, 26 th Floor

New York, NY 10103

(212) 237-0000

 

Joshua Davidson

Douglass M. Rayburn

Baker Botts L.L.P.

910 Louisiana St., Suite 3200

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 229-1234

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

   Accelerated filer   ¨    Non-accelerated filer   þ   Smaller reporting company   ¨
      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common units representing limited partner interests

  $205,275,000   $24,650.51

 

 

(1) Includes common units issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
(3) The total registration fee includes $19,157 that was previously paid for the registration of $165,000,000 of proposed maximum aggregate offering price in the filing of the Registration Statement on July 27, 2011 (File No. 333-175826) and $5,493.51 for the registration of an additional $40,275,000 of proposed maximum aggregate offering price registered hereby.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Subject to Completion, dated September 23, 2013

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

LOGO

Sprague Resources LP

             Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common units. We are selling             common units in this offering. We currently estimate that the offering price will be between $             and $             per common unit. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units.

We have been approved to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SRLP,” subject to official notice of issuance.

Investing in our common units involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page  25.

These risks include the following:

 

   

We may not have sufficient distributable cash flow following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

 

   

On a pro forma basis, we would not have had sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on our common units or any distribution on our subordinated units for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 or to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

   

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders are influenced by changes in demand for, and therefore indirectly by changes in the prices of, refined products and natural gas, which could adversely affect our profit margins, our customers’ and suppliers’ financial condition, contract performance, trade credit requirements and the amount and cost of our borrowing under our new credit agreement.

 

   

Our risk management policies, processes and procedures cannot eliminate all commodity price risk or basis risk, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders. In addition, any noncompliance with our risk management policies, processes and procedures could result in significant financial losses.

 

   

Unitholders have limited voting rights and, even if they are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.

 

   

Axel Johnson Inc., or Axel Johnson, currently controls, and after this offering will indirectly control, our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of our common unitholders.

 

   

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per common unit.

 

   

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, our distributable cash flow would be substantially reduced.

 

   

Our unitholders will be required to pay taxes on their share of our income even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

 

     Per Common Unit    Total  

Price to the public

   $                                $                                

Underwriting discounts(1)

   $                                $     

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $                                $     

 

(1) Excludes a structuring fee of an aggregate 0.75% of the gross offering proceeds payable to Barclays Capital Inc. Please read “Underwriting” beginning on page 223.

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional             common units from us on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than             common units in this offering. To the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, all of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of those common units (after deducting underwriting discounts and the structuring fee) will be distributed to Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, the sole member of our general partner. Sprague Resources Holdings LLC and Axel Johnson are deemed under federal securities laws to be underwriters with respect to any common units that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common units on or about                     , 2013.

 

 

 

Barclays 

 

J.P. Morgan

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

 

BMO Capital Markets

 

Raymond James

  Janney Montgomery Scott
BNP PARIBAS   Natixis
RBS   SOCIETE GENERALE

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     25   

Risks Related to Our Business

     25   

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

     36   

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

     45   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     49   

CAPITALIZATION

     50   

DILUTION

     51   

OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

     52   

General

     52   

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

     53   

Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow

     54   

Estimated Distributable Cash Flow

     59   

Assumptions and Considerations

     61   

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

     66   

Distributions of Distributable Cash Flow

     66   

Distributable Cash Flow and Capital Surplus

     66   

Subordination Period

     68   

Distributions of Cash From Distributable Cash Flow During the Subordination Period

     69   

Distributions of Cash From Distributable Cash Flow After the Subordination Period

     69   

General Partner Interest

     69   

Incentive Distribution Rights

     70   

Percentage Allocations of Cash Distributions From Distributable Cash Flow

     70   

Sprague Holdings’ Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

     71   

Distributions From Capital Surplus

     73   

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

     74   

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

     74   

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     77   

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     80   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     82   

Overview

     82   

How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations

     83   

Recent Trends and Outlook

     85   

Factors that Impact our Business

     86   

Comparability of our Financial Statements

     87   

Results of Operations

     88   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     102   

Impact of Inflation

     109   

Critical Accounting Policies

     109   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     110   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     111   

INDUSTRY

     115   

Refined Products

     115   

Natural Gas Industry

     121   

Materials Handling

     124   

 

i


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

     127   

Our Partnership

     127   

Refined Products

     130   

Natural Gas Sales

     132   

Materials Handling

     133   

Other Operations

     134   

Commodity Risk Management

     134   

Storage and Distribution Services

     136   

Our Terminals

     136   

Competition

     144   

Seasonality

     144   

Environmental

     145   

Security Regulation

     148   

Employee Safety

     149   

Title to Properties, Permits and Licenses

     149   

Facilities

     149   

Employees

     149   

Legal Proceedings

     150   

MANAGEMENT

     151   

Management of Sprague Resources LP

     151   

Board Committees

     151   

Director Compensation

     152   

Directors and Executive Officers

     153   

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

     157   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

     157   

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

     163   

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

     165   

Other Benefits

     166   

Risk Assessment

     167   

Summary Compensation Table for Years Ended December 31, 2012

     169   

Pension Benefits

     170   

Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control

     171   

Director Compensation

     172   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     173   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     175   

Distributions and Payments to Sprague Holdings and Its Affiliates

     175   

Agreements Governing the Transactions

     177   

Omnibus Agreement

     177   

Services Agreement

     178   

Contribution Agreement

     179   

Terminal Operating Agreement

     180   

Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Related Person Transactions

     180   

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     181   

Conflicts of Interest

     181   

Fiduciary Duties

     186   

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

     189   

The Units

     189   

Transfer Agent and Registrar

     189   

Transfer of Common Units

     189   

 

ii


Table of Contents

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

     191   

Organization and Duration

     191   

Purpose

     191   

Capital Contributions

     191   

Votes Required For Certain Matters

     191   

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     193   

Limited Liability

     193   

Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

     194   

Amendment of Our Partnership Agreement

     195   

No Unitholder Approval

     195   

Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

     197   

Dissolution

     197   

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

     198   

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

     198   

Transfer of General Partner Interest

     199   

Transfer of Ownership Interests in Our General Partner

     200   

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

     200   

Change of Management Provisions

     200   

Limited Call Right

     200   

Meetings; Voting

     201   

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

     202   

Status as Limited Partner

     202   

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

     202   

Non-Taxpaying Assignees; Redemption

     202   

Indemnification

     203   

Reimbursement of Expenses

     203   

Books and Reports

     204   

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

     204   

Registration Rights

     204   

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     205   

Rule 144

     205   

Our Partnership Agreement and Registration Rights

     205   

Lock-Up Agreements

     206   

Registration Statement on Form S-8

     206   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     207   

Taxation of the Partnership

     207   

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

     209   

Tax Treatment of Operations

     214   

Disposition of Units

     214   

Uniformity of Units

     216   

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

     217   

Administrative Matters

     218   

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

     220   

INVESTMENT BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     221   

General Fiduciary Matters

     221   

Prohibited Transaction Issues

     221   

Plan Asset Issues

     222   

UNDERWRITING

     223   

Underwriting Discounts and Expenses

     223   

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

     224   

 

iii


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

     224   

Offering Price Determination

     225   

Indemnification

     225   

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

     225   

Electronic Distribution

     226   

New York Stock Exchange

     226   

Discretionary Sales

     227   

Stamp Taxes

     227   

Conflicts of Interest

     227   

FINRA

     227   

Selling Restrictions

     227   

VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS

     231   

EXPERTS

     231   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     231   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     232   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A

  FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP      A-1   

APPENDIX B

 

GLOSSARY

     B-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. No other person has been authorized to provide you with additional or different information. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our common units only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common units.

Industry and Market Data

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications or other published independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates.

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the common units. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” beginning on page  25 and the historical and pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless indicated otherwise, the information presented in this prospectus assumes (1) an initial public offering price of $                 per common unit and (2) that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units.

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Sprague Resources,” “our partnership,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or like terms, when used in a historical context, refer to Sprague Operating Resources LLC, our predecessor for accounting purposes and the successor to Sprague Energy Corp., also referenced as “our predecessor,” and when used in the present tense or prospectively, refer to Sprague Resources LP and its subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Axel Johnson” refer collectively to Axel Johnson Inc. and its controlled affiliates, other than Sprague Resources, its subsidiaries and its general partner. References to “Sprague Holdings” refer to Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson and the owner of our general partner. References to our “general partner” refer to Sprague Resources GP LLC. We include a glossary of certain terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B.

Sprague Resources LP

Overview

We are a Delaware limited partnership engaged in the purchase, storage, distribution and sale of refined petroleum products, which we refer to as refined products, and natural gas, and we also provide storage and handling services for a broad range of materials. Our predecessor was founded in 1870 and has stored, distributed and marketed petroleum-based products for over 50 years.

We are one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast United States based on aggregate terminal capacity. We own and/or operate a network of 15 refined products and materials handling terminals strategically located throughout the Northeast that have a combined storage capacity of approximately 9.1 million barrels (which excludes approximately 1.5 million barrels of storage capacity in tanks not currently in service) for refined products and other liquid materials, as well as approximately 1.5 million square feet of materials handling capacity. We also have access to approximately 50 third-party terminals in the Northeast through which we sell or distribute refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth information with respect to our 15 owned and/or operated terminals.

 

Liquids Storage Terminal

   Number of
Storage
Tanks(1)
     Storage  Tank
Capacity
(Bbls)(1)
    

Principal Products

South Portland, ME

     31         1,525,700       refined products; asphalt; clay slurry

Searsport, ME

     18         1,254,400       refined products; caustic soda; asphalt

Newington, NH: River Road

     29         1,157,100       refined products; tallow

Bridgeport, CT(2)

     11         1,132,700       refined products

Albany, NY

     9         889,800       refined products

Newington, NH: Avery Lane

     12         722,000       refined products; asphalt

Quincy, MA

     9         657,000       refined products

Providence, RI(3)

     5         619,800       refined products; asphalt

Oswego, NY

     4         339,200      

refined products; asphalt

Everett, MA

     4         319,100      

asphalt

Quincy, MA: TRT(4)

     4         304,200       refined products

New Bedford, MA(5)

     2         85,900       refined products

Mount Vernon, NY

     7         72,100       refined products

Stamford, CT

     3         46,600       refined products
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     148         9,125,600      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Dry Storage Terminal

   Number of
Storage Pads
and
Warehouses
     Storage
Capacity

(Square  Feet)
    

Principal Products and
Materials

Newington, NH: River Road(6)

     3 pads         431,000       salt; gypsum

Searsport, ME

    

 

3 warehouses;

7 pads

  

  

    

 

101,000

310,000

  

  

   break bulk; salt; petroleum coke; heavy lift

Portland, ME(7)

    

 

7 warehouses;

4 pads

  

  

    

 

215,000

180,000

  

  

   break bulk; coal

South Portland, ME

     3 pads         230,000       salt; coal

Providence, RI

     1 pad         75,000       salt
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

    
 
10 warehouses;
18 pads
 
  
     1,542,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) We also have an aggregate of approximately 1.5 million barrels of additional storage capacity attributable to 43 storage tanks not currently in service. Please read “Business—Our Terminals” beginning on page 136. These tanks are not necessary for the operation of our business at current levels. In the event that such additional storage capacity were desired, additional time and capital would be required to bring any of such storage tanks back into service.
(2) We acquired the Bridgeport terminal on July 31, 2013. See “—Recent Developments.”
(3) One tank with storage capacity of approximately 136,000 barrels is leased from a subsidiary of Dominion Resources, Inc., an unaffiliated third party.
(4) Operating assets and real estate are leased from Twin Rivers Technology L.P., an unaffiliated third party.
(5)

Operating assets and real estate are leased from Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC, which will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings upon the closing of this offering. The New Bedford terminal is subject to a purchase and sale agreement pursuant to which a third party has agreed to acquire the terminal from Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC. The acquisition is subject to certain conditions that are beyond the control of Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC. Subject to those conditions, the acquisition may be consummated on or before January 5, 2016. In the event that such sale is consummated,

 

 

2


Table of Contents
  our terminal operating agreement with Sprague Holdings and Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC will automatically terminate. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Terminal Operating Agreement” beginning on page 180. We have been advised by Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC that it does not believe that the sale will be consummated prior to September 30, 2014.
(6) The terminal also has two silos capable of storing a total of approximately 26,000 tons of cement.
(7) Real estate and two storage buildings are leased from Merrill Industries Inc., an unaffiliated third party, and the balance of the assets are owned by us.

We operate under four business segments: refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations. We evaluate the performance of our segments using adjusted gross margin, which is a non-GAAP financial measure used by management and external users of our consolidated financial statements to assess the economic results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How Management Evaluates our Results of Operations—Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 84 and “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” beginning on page 23. On October 1, 2012, our predecessor acquired control of Kildair Services Ltd., a Canadian distributor of residual fuel oil and asphalt and a commercial trucking business (“Kildair”), by purchasing the remaining 50% equity interest. Kildair is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of our predecessor and will not be part of our initial assets following this offering.

Our refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel fuel, residual fuel oil, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sells them to our customers. We have wholesale customers who resell the refined products we sell to them and commercial customers who consume the refined products we sell to them. Our wholesale customers consist of more than 1,000 home heating oil retailers and diesel fuel and gasoline resellers. Our commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, large industrial companies, hospitals and educational institutions. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, we sold approximately 1.3 billion and 765.0 million gallons of refined products, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, our refined products segment accounted for 56% and 57% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

We also purchase, sell and distribute natural gas to more than 5,000 commercial and industrial customer locations across 10 states in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic. We purchase the natural gas we sell from natural gas producers and trading companies. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, we sold 49.4 Bcf and 28.3 Bcf of natural gas, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, our natural gas segment accounted for 19% and 26% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

Our materials handling business is a fee-based business and is generally conducted under multi-year agreements. We offload, store and/or prepare for delivery a variety of customer-owned products, including asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we offloaded, stored and/or prepared for delivery 2.6 million short tons of products and 248.5 million gallons of liquid materials. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we offloaded, stored and/or prepared for delivery 1.1 million short tons of product and 122.6 million gallons of liquid materials. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, our materials handling segment accounted for 23% and 15% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

Our other operations consist primarily of coal marketing and distribution and commercial trucking, and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, these activities accounted for approximately 2% of our adjusted gross margin for such periods.

We take title to the products we sell in our refined products, natural gas and other operations segments. We do not take title to any of the products in our materials handling segment. In order to manage our exposure to commodity price fluctuations, we use derivatives and forward contracts to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between product purchases and product sales.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

On July 31, 2013, we purchased an oil terminal in Bridgeport, Connecticut for $20.7 million. This deep water facility includes 13 storage tanks with 1.3 million barrels of storage capacity for gasoline and distillate products, with 1.1 million barrels currently in service. The terminal will provide throughput services to third-parties for branded gasoline sales, while also expanding our marketing of refined products, both gasoline and distillate, in the Connecticut market.

The acquisition was financed with a $10.0 million equity investment made by Axel Johnson and $10.7 million of borrowings under the acquisition line of our existing credit facility. In addition, we will purchase approximately $3.5 million of inventory that was stored at the terminal.

On September 16, 2013, our predecessor declared a dividend of $17.5 million, which was paid to Axel Johnson on September 18, 2013.

Our results of operations for the three months ending September 30, 2013 are not yet available. Based on preliminary information to date, we expect lower pro forma adjusted gross margin for the three months ending September 30, 2013, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012. We believe that the pro forma distributable cash flow for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 will be lower than the pro forma distributable cash flow for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013. However, we do not expect our results of operations for the quarter ending September 30, 2013 to have a material impact on our forecasted distributable cash flow necessary for us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014.

Business Strategies

Our plan is to generate cash flows sufficient to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on each unit and to increase distributable cash flow per unit by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Acquire additional terminals and marketing and distribution businesses . We intend to grow our asset and customer base by acquiring additional marine and inland terminals (both refined products and materials handling) within and adjacent to the geographic markets we serve. We also intend to acquire additional refined products and natural gas marketing businesses that have demonstrated an ability to generate free cash flow and that will enable us to leverage our existing investment in our business and customer service systems to further increase the profitability and stability of such cash flow. For example, in July 2013, we completed the acquisition of our Bridgeport, Connecticut terminal, which will provide fee-based revenues from gasoline throughputs, while also expanding our refined product marketing opportunities in the Connecticut market.

 

   

Increase our business with existing customers . We intend to increase the net sales and margin we realize from customers we currently serve by expanding the range of products and services we provide and by developing additional ways to address our customers’ needs for certainty of supply, reduced commodity price risk and high-quality customer service.

 

   

Limit our exposure to commodity price volatility and credit risk . We will continue to manage commodity price risk by seeking to maintain a balanced position in our purchases and sales through the use of derivatives and forward contracts and to manage counterparty risk by maintaining conservative credit management processes. Furthermore, our materials handling segment generates ratable and stable cash flows and leverages our terminal asset base and strategic port locations.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Maintain our operational excellence . We intend to maintain our long history of safe, cost-effective operations and environmental stewardship by applying new technologies, investing in the maintenance of our assets and providing training programs for our employees.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well-positioned to execute our business strategies successfully using the following competitive strengths:

 

   

We own and/or operate a large portfolio of strategically located assets in the Northeast . We own and/or operate 15 terminals in the Northeast with aggregate storage capacity of approximately 9.1 million barrels, many of which have access to waterborne trade and have rail connectivity and blending capabilities. We also have access to approximately 50 third-party terminals in the Northeast. We believe that the quantity, quality and location of the assets we own or to which we have access provide us the opportunity to offer our customers both certainty of supply and a diversity of products and services to a degree that our competitors with fewer assets cannot offer. In addition, our owned and/or operated terminals and our supply relationships afford us opportunities to acquire physical volumes of refined products at prices lower than expected future prices and either hedge or enter into forward contracts with respect to those volumes.

 

   

Our experienced management team has demonstrated its ability to effectively manage and grow our business . The members of our senior management team have an average of over 20 years of experience in the energy industry and have been operating and growing the assets of our predecessor as a team for approximately nine years. During that time, our predecessor has grown in part through the strategic acquisitions of various refined products and materials handling terminals, a natural gas marketing business and an asphalt and residual fuel oil marketing and storage company referred to as Kildair that will not initially be contributed to us. Since 2000, we have acquired approximately $198.7 million of assets in eleven transactions (including Kildair), including the acquisition of our Bridgeport, Connecticut terminal in July 2013. Our management team has also expanded our product offerings, implemented our risk management systems, significantly enhanced our employee safety and environmental compliance policies and overseen the design and implementation of numerous business and customer service programs designed to assist our customers in managing commodity risk.

 

   

Diversity of product offerings, services and customer base . We sell a variety of products, including our four core products (distillates, gasoline, residual fuel oil and natural gas), and provide materials handling services to a large and diverse group of customers. We believe that the diversity of the products and services that we offer provides us with the opportunity to attract a broad range of new customers and to expand the products and services we can offer to our existing customers. In addition, the diversity of our products helps provide us with more stable cash flows by mitigating the impact of seasonality and commodity price sensitivity. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations segments accounted for 56%, 19%, 23% and 2% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, our refined products, natural gas and materials handling and other operations segments accounted for 57%, 26%, 15% and 2% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

 

   

Reputation for reliability and superior customer service . We have been a supplier of refined products in the Northeast for more than 50 years and believe that we have developed an excellent reputation for reliability and superior customer service. We have high customer retention rates, which we believe reflect our dependability and our continuous innovation and implementation of new product and service options for our customers. Over the last three fiscal years, our average annual customer retention rate has been over 90% across all of our business segments.

 

   

Financial flexibility to manage our business and pursue strategic growth opportunities . Immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect to have available undrawn borrowing capacity of

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

approximately $              million under a new credit agreement we expect to enter into in connection with this offering, as well as access to both the public and private equity and debt capital markets. We believe our borrowing capacity and our broader access to the capital markets will provide us with flexibility to pursue strategic growth opportunities while allowing us to manage the working capital requirements associated with our business.

Summary of Risk Factors

An investment in our common units involves risks associated with our business, our partnership structure and the tax characteristics of our common units. Those risks are described under the caption “Risk Factors” beginning on page  25 and are summarized as follows:

Risks Related to Our Business

 

   

We may not have sufficient distributable cash flow following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

 

   

On a pro forma basis, we would not have had sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on our common units or any distribution on our subordinated units for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 or to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

   

The assumptions underlying the forecast of distributable cash flow that we include in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual distributable cash flow to differ materially from our forecast. Furthermore, we did not use quarter-by-quarter estimates in concluding that there would be sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units during the forecast period.

 

   

Our distributable cash flow depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which may prevent us from making cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

 

   

Our business is seasonal and generally our financial results are lower in the second and third quarters of the calendar year, which may result in our need to borrow money in order to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders during these quarters.

 

   

A significant decrease in demand for refined products, natural gas or our materials handling services in the areas we serve would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders are influenced by changes in demand for, and therefore indirectly by changes in the prices of, refined products and natural gas, which could adversely affect our profit margins, our customers’ and suppliers’ financial condition, contract performance, trade credit and the amount and cost of our borrowing under our new credit agreement.

 

   

Restrictions in our new credit agreement could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders as well as the value of our common units.

 

   

Debt we incur in the future may limit our flexibility to obtain financing and to pursue other business opportunities.

 

   

Warmer weather conditions during winter could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
   

Derivatives legislation could have an adverse impact on our ability to use derivatives to reduce the effect of commodity price risk, interest rate risk, and other risks associated with our business and could have an adverse impact on the cost of our hedging activities.

 

   

Our risk management policies, processes and procedures cannot eliminate all commodity price risk or basis risk, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders. In addition, any noncompliance with our risk management policies, processes and procedures could result in significant financial losses.

 

   

We are exposed to risks of loss in the event of nonperformance by our customers, suppliers and counterparties.

 

   

We are exposed to performance risk in our supply chain.

 

   

Some of our competitors have capital resources many times greater than ours and control greater supplies of refined products and natural gas. Competitors able to supply our customers with those products and services at a lower price could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

Some of our home heating oil and residual fuel oil volumes are subject to customers switching or converting to natural gas, which could result in loss of customers and, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

Energy efficiency, new technology and alternative energy sources could reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

A principal focus of our business strategy is to grow and expand our business through acquisitions. If we do not make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth may be limited and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.

 

   

A portion of our net sales is generated under contracts that must be renegotiated or replaced periodically. If we are unable to successfully renegotiate or replace these contracts, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders could be adversely affected.

 

   

Due to our lack of geographic diversification, adverse developments in the terminals we use or in our operating areas would adversely affect our results of operations and distributable cash flow.

 

   

Our operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions for which we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage.

 

   

Our terminalling and materials handling operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and operational safety that require us to incur substantial costs and that may become more stringent over time.

 

   

The risks of spills and releases and the associated liabilities for investigation, remediation and third-party claims, if any, are inherent in terminalling operations, and the liabilities that we incur may be substantial.

 

   

Increased regulation of greenhouse gas emissions could result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for refined products as a fuel source, which could in turn reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations that govern the product quality specifications of the refined products we purchase, store, transport and sell.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

We depend on unionized labor for our operations in Mt. Vernon and Albany, New York and in Providence, Rhode Island. Work stoppages or labor disturbances at these facilities could disrupt our business.

 

   

We rely on our information technology systems to manage numerous aspects of our business, and a disruption of these systems could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or prevent fraud, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

 

   

It is our business strategy to distribute most of our distributable cash flow, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.

 

   

Axel Johnson currently controls, and after this offering will indirectly control, our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, may have conflicts of interest with us and have limited duties to us and our common unitholders, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders.

 

   

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

 

   

Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s duties to our unitholders.

 

   

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

   

Cost reimbursements and fees due to our general partner and its affiliates for services provided to us or on our behalf, which may be determined in our general partner’s sole discretion, may be substantial and will reduce our distributable cash flow.

 

   

Unitholders have limited voting rights and, even if they are dissatisfied, cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.

 

   

Our general partner interest or the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

 

   

The incentive distribution rights held by Sprague Holdings may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

 

   

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per common unit.

 

   

We may issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would dilute unitholder interests.

 

   

Sprague Holdings may sell units in the public or private markets, and such sales could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common units.

 

   

An increase in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline.

 

   

Our general partner’s discretion in establishing cash reserves may reduce the amount of distributable cash flow.

 

   

Our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to make cash distributions, even where the purpose or effect of the borrowing benefits the general partner or its affiliates.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
   

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.

 

   

Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

 

   

A restatement of net income or a reversal or change of estimates affecting net income made after the end of the subordination period but affecting net income during the subordination period will not retroactively affect the conversion of the subordinated units even if we would not have had sufficient distributable cash flow based on such restated or adjusted net income to permit conversion.

 

   

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.

 

   

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

   

Sprague Holdings, or any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to the incentive distribution rights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or the holders of our common units. This could result in lower distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

The NYSE does not require a publicly traded limited partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.

 

   

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded partnership.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

 

   

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, our distributable cash flow would be substantially reduced.

 

   

If we were subjected to a material amount of additional entity-level taxation by individual states, it would reduce our distributable cash flow.

 

   

The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

   

Our unitholders will be required to pay taxes on their share of our income even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

 

   

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

 

   

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

 

   

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

 

   

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely affected and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our distributable cash flow.

 

   

We will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   

We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

 

   

A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (i.e., a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units) may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, such unitholder would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may be required to recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

 

   

Unitholders may be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in jurisdictions where they do not live as a result of investing in our common units.

The Formation Transactions

We were formed in June 2011 by Sprague Holdings and Sprague Resources GP LLC, our general partner and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings, to own and operate the business that has historically been conducted by Sprague Energy Corp., our predecessor. In connection with this offering, the following transactions, which we refer to collectively as the Formation Transactions, have occurred or will occur:

 

   

Sprague Energy Corp. was converted into a limited liability company and renamed Sprague Operating Resources LLC;

 

   

Axel Johnson will contribute to Sprague Holdings all of the ownership interests in Sprague Operating Resources LLC;

 

   

Sprague Operating Resources LLC will distribute to Sprague Holdings or a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague certain assets and liabilities that will not be a part of our initial assets, including:

 

  an aggregate of $         million of accounts receivable or a combination of accounts receivable and cash;

 

  our predecessor’s 100% equity interest in Sprague Energy Canada Ltd., which owns an asphalt and residual fuel oil marketing and storage company with 3.2 million barrels of storage capacity located in Quebec, Canada, referred to herein as Kildair;

 

  the terminal assets and liabilities associated with our predecessor’s terminals located in New Bedford, Massachusetts; Portsmouth, New Hampshire and Bucksport, Maine, property located in Oceanside, New York, and certain corporate assets; and

 

  other long-term debt.

 

   

Sprague Holdings will contribute to us all of the membership interests in Sprague Operating Resources LLC, our operating company, in exchange for             common units (1) ,              subordinated units, the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of $                 per unit per quarter as described under “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” beginning on page 52;

 

   

We will issue and sell              common units (1) to the public in this offering, representing an aggregate     % limited partner interest in us;

 

 

10


Table of Contents
   

We will grant the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to              additional common units from us if the underwriters sell more than              common units in this offering;

 

   

We will enter into a new credit agreement, consisting of a working capital facility of up to $750.0 million and an acquisition facility of up to $250.0 million, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Agreement” beginning on page 106;

 

   

We will apply the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              common units as described in “Use of Proceeds” on page 49; and

 

   

We will enter into an omnibus agreement, a services agreement and a terminal operating agreement with respect to the New Bedford, Massachusetts terminal with Sprague Holdings and/or certain of its affiliates, each as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions” beginning on page 177.

Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” beginning on page 175 for additional information.

 

(1) Includes              common units that will be issued to Sprague Holdings at the expiration of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option. Any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units would reduce the common units shown as issued to Sprague Holdings by the number to be purchased by the underwriters in connection with such exercise. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise will be sold to the public, and any remaining common units not purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise of the option will be issued to Sprague Holdings at the expiration of the option period. All of the net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units (approximately $             million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per common unit, if exercised in full, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and the structuring fee) will be distributed to Sprague Holdings as reimbursement for certain capital expenditures made by Sprague Holdings with respect to the assets contributed to us.

Our Relationship with Axel Johnson

Founded in 1920, Axel Johnson is a private company that has invested in a diverse collection of businesses. Axel Johnson purchased our predecessor in 1972 and has made substantial investments in its business. After this offering, through its 100% ownership of Sprague Holdings, Axel Johnson will own our general partner, approximately     % of our outstanding common units, all of our subordinated units and all of our incentive distribution rights. Given its significant ownership in us, we believe Axel Johnson will be motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our business plan and to pursue projects and/or acquisitions that enhance the value of our business. Under the terms of the omnibus agreement that we will enter into in connection with the closing of this offering, we will have a right of first refusal if Axel Johnson or any of its controlled affiliates has the opportunity to acquire a controlling interest in assets or businesses primarily engaged in the businesses in which we are engaged as of the closing of this offering and that operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritime provinces of Canada, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the omnibus agreement, we will have a 60-day exclusive right of negotiation if Axel Johnson or any of its controlled affiliates decide to attempt to sell any assets or businesses that are primarily engaged in the businesses in which we are engaged as of the closing of this offering and that operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada, including its equity interests in Kildair and any successor entities thereof and its interests in any assets or equity interests in any business that, at the time of the closing of this offering, it is actively seeking to invest in or acquire or has the right to invest in or acquire.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Kildair is a residual fuel oil and asphalt marketing and storage company with 3.2 million barrels of storage capacity located in Quebec, Canada. We will not own any equity interests in Kildair immediately following the closing of this offering. Additionally, pursuant to the omnibus agreement, Axel Johnson will continue to provide trade credit support to us, consistent with past practices, through December 31, 2016. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 177.

Management

Our general partner has sole responsibility for conducting our business and for managing our operations. The board of directors of our general partner will direct the management of our business. As a result of owning our general partner, Sprague Holdings will have the right to appoint all members of the board of directors of our general partner, including the independent directors. Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or the members of its board of directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operations. Upon the closing of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will have six members. Sprague Holdings intends to increase the size of the board of directors of our general partner to seven members following the closing of this offering. Sprague Holdings will appoint all members to our general partner’s board of directors and we expect that, when the size of the board increases to seven directors, at least three of those directors will be independent as defined under the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE. For more information about the directors and officers of our general partner, see “Management—Directors and Executive Officers” beginning on page 153.

Ownership and Organizational Structure

The following diagram depicts our simplified organizational and ownership structure after giving effect to the Formation Transactions, including the offering of common units hereby:

 

     Percentage Interest  

Public Common Units

                 % (1) 

Interests of Sprague Holdings and Affiliates:

  

Common Units

                 % (1) 

Subordinated Units

     50.0%   

Non-Economic General Partner Interest

     —   (2) 

Incentive Distribution Rights

     —   (3) 
  

 

 

 

Total

     100.0%   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. Please read “—The Formation Transactions” beginning on page 10 for a description of the impact of an exercise of this option on common unit ownership percentages.
(2) Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Related to Cash Distributions—General Partner Interest” on page 69.
(3) Incentive distribution rights represent a variable interest in distributions and thus are not expressed as a fixed percentage. See “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Incentive Distribution Rights” on page 70. Distributions with respect to the incentive distribution rights will be classified as distributions with respect to equity interests.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address

Our principal executive offices are located at Two International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801, and our telephone number is (800) 225-1560. Our website is located at www.spragueenergy.com. We will make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in good faith. However, because our general partner is wholly owned by Sprague Holdings, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson, the officers and directors of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage the business of our general partner in a manner beneficial to Sprague Holdings. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us and our unitholders, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, on the other hand. For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and duties of our general partner and its board, see “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us” beginning on page 36 and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest” beginning on page 181.

Our partnership agreement limits the liability and duties of our general partner to unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of our general partner’s fiduciary duties. Except as provided in our partnership agreement and the omnibus agreement, affiliates of our general partner, including Axel Johnson and its affiliates other than us, are not restricted from competing with us. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement and, pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, each holder of common units consents to various actions and potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under Delaware law.

For a description of our other relationships with our affiliates, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” beginning on page 175.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common units offered by us

             common units, or              common units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full.

 

Units outstanding after this offering

             common units and              subordinated units, each representing a 50.0% limited partner interest in us, respectively. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue              common units to Sprague Holdings at the expiration of the option. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise will be sold to the public, and any remaining common units not purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise of the option will be issued to Sprague Holdings at the expiration of the option period. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Our general partner will own a non-economic general partner interest in us.

 

Use of proceeds

We expect that the net proceeds from our sale of              common units in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses, will be $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per common unit. We intend to use the net proceeds to reduce amounts outstanding under the working capital facility of our new credit agreement. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters will be lenders under our new credit agreement and, accordingly, will receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders under our existing credit agreement and may receive payments in connection with the repayment of our existing credit agreement. Please read “Underwriting—Certain Relationships” on page 227.

To the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, all of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of those common units (after deducting underwriting discounts and the structuring fee) will be distributed to Sprague Holdings as reimbursement for certain capital expenditures made by Sprague Holdings with respect to the assets contributed to us. Sprague Holdings has informed us that it intends to distribute the net proceeds received by it from the sale of those common units to Axel Johnson. Sprague Holdings and Axel Johnson are deemed under federal securities laws to be underwriters with respect to any common units that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

 

  Please read “Use of Proceeds” on page 49.

 

Cash distributions

We intend to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit ($             per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have

 

 

15


Table of Contents
 

sufficient distributable cash flow after the establishment of cash reserves by our general partner and the payment of our expenses. Our ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” beginning on page 52.

 

  We will pay a prorated distribution for the first quarter during which we are a publicly traded partnership. Assuming that we become a publicly traded partnership before December 31, 2013, we anticipate that such distribution will cover the period from the closing date of this offering to and including December 31, 2013. We expect to pay this cash distribution before February 15, 2014.

 

  Our partnership agreement generally provides that we distribute cash each quarter in the following manner:

 

   

first , to the holders of common units, until each common unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $             plus any arrearages from prior quarters;

 

   

second , to the holders of subordinated units, until each subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of             ; and

 

   

third , to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unit has received a distribution of $            .

 

  If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $             per unit in any quarter, the holders of our incentive distribution rights will receive increasing percentages, up to 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as “incentive distributions.” Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions” beginning on page 66.

 

  We believe that, based on the assumptions and considerations included in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Assumptions and Considerations” beginning on page 61, we will have sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. However, we do not have a legal obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate. There is no guarantee that we will distribute quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders in any quarter. We did not use quarter-by-quarter estimates in concluding that there would be sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units during the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. Please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” beginning on page 52.

 

 

If we assume that we completed the transactions described under “—The Formation Transactions” beginning on page 10 on January 1, 2012 and

 

 

16


Table of Contents
 

July 1, 2012, respectively, our pro forma distributable cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 would have been approximately $29.9 million and $35.8 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, these amounts would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units but would not have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, these amounts would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units. See “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” beginning on page 52.

 

Subordinated units

Axel Johnson, through its ownership of Sprague Holdings, will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are entitled to receive the minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit only after the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages from prior quarters. If we do not pay distributions on our subordinated units, our subordinated units will not accrue arrearages for those unpaid distributions.

 

Subordination period

If we meet three requirements set forth in our partnership agreement, the subordination period will expire and all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis. The three requirements are:

 

   

We must make quarterly distributions from distributable cash flow of at least the annualized minimum quarterly distribution on each outstanding common and subordinated unit in respect of each of the prior three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods;

 

   

Distributable cash flow generated in respect of such three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods (excluding the $             million basket contained in the definition of distributable cash flow) must equal or exceed the annualized minimum quarterly distribution on all outstanding common and subordinated units (on a fully diluted basis) in respect of such quarters; and

 

   

There are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

 

  Our partnership agreement provides that the requirements could first be satisfied in connection with a distribution of cash with respect to the quarter ending December 31, 2016 and, if not satisfied in respect of that quarter, could be satisfied on any date thereafter.

 

  The subordination period also will end upon the removal of our general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or common units held by the holders of subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal.

 

 

17


Table of Contents
  When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and the common units will no longer be entitled to arrearages. See “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period” beginning on page 68.

 

Right to reset the target distribution levels

The holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights (initially Sprague Holdings) have the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and they have received incentive distributions at the highest level to which they are entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Any election to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of our general partner that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

 

  In the event of a reset of target distribution levels, the holders of the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to receive an aggregate number of common units equal to the number of common units which would have entitled the holders to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the distributions to the holders on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Sprague Holdings’ Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels” beginning on page 71.

 

Issuance of additional units

We can issue an unlimited number of units, including units senior to the common units, without the consent of our unitholders. See “Units Eligible for Future Sale” beginning on page 205 and “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests” beginning on page 194.

 

Limited voting rights

Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, you will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. You will have no right to elect our general partner or the board of directors of our general partner on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of our outstanding common and subordinated units, including any common or subordinated units owned by our general partner and its affiliates (including Sprague Holdings), voting together as a single class. Upon completion of this offering, Sprague Holdings will own an aggregate of approximately     % of our common and subordinated units. This will initially give Sprague Holdings the ability to prevent

 

 

18


Table of Contents
 

the involuntary removal of our general partner. See “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner” beginning on page 198.

 

Limited call right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the then outstanding common units, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (2) the highest per-unit price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. See “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right” beginning on page 200.

 

Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions

We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2016, you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be approximately         % of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $             per common unit, we estimate that your average allocable taxable income per year will be no more than $             per common unit. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions” beginning on page 209.

 

Material tax consequences

For a discussion of certain material tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” beginning on page 207.

 

Exchange listing

We have been approved to list our common units on the NYSE under the symbol “SRLP,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

The following table presents summary historical consolidated financial and operating data of our predecessor, Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial data presented as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data presented as of December 31, 2010 are derived from the audited historical consolidated balance sheet of Sprague Operating Resources LLC that is not included in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data presented as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data presented as of June 30, 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC that are not included in this prospectus.

The summary pro forma consolidated financial data presented for the year ended December 31, 2012 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are derived from our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements give pro forma effect to, among other things:

 

   

The contribution to Sprague Holdings by Axel Johnson of all of the ownership interests in Sprague Operating Resources LLC;

 

   

The distribution to Sprague Holdings or a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings, by Sprague Operating Resources LLC of certain of its assets and liabilities that will not be a part of our initial assets, including:

 

   

$           million of accounts receivable;

 

   

our predecessor’s 100% equity interest in Kildair;

 

   

the terminal assets and liabilities associated with our predecessor’s terminals located in New Bedford, Massachusetts; Portsmouth, New Hampshire; and Bucksport, Maine; property located in Oceanside, New York, and certain corporate assets; and

 

   

other long-term debt of $42.4 million;

 

   

The contribution to us by Sprague Holdings of all of the membership interests in Sprague Operating Resources LLC in exchange for the issuance to Sprague Holdings of              common units,              subordinated units, the incentive distribution rights;

 

   

Our issuance and sale of              common units to the public, representing an aggregate     % limited partner interest in us;

 

   

Our entry into a new credit agreement as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Agreement” beginning on page 106; and

 

   

The application of the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              common units as described in “Use of Proceeds” on page 49.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet assumes the items listed above occurred as of June 30, 2013. The unaudited pro forma consolidated income statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 assume the items listed above occurred as of January 1, 2012.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

For a detailed discussion of the summary historical consolidated financial information contained in the following table, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 82. The following table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds” on page 49, “—The Formation Transactions” beginning on page 10, the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, and our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, the historical consolidated and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the information in the following table.

The following table presents the non-GAAP financial measure adjusted EBITDA, which we use in our business as an important supplemental measure of our performance. We define and explain this measure under “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” beginning on page 23 and reconcile it to net income, its most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Partnership
Pro Forma(1)(2)(4)
 
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,     Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
    Year
Ended
December 31,

2012
 
    2013     2012     2012     2011     2010      
   

(unaudited)

          (audited)          

(unaudited)

 
   

(in thousands, except per unit data and operating data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Net sales

  $ 2,466,773      $ 2,037,606      $ 4,043,907      $ 3,797,427      $ 2,817,191      $ 2,205,188      $ 3,876,795   

Cost of products sold

    2,367,864       
1,967,777
  
    3,922,352        3,638,717        2,676,301        2,115,613        3,756,394   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

    98,909        69,829        121,555        158,710        140,890        89,575        120,401   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Costs and Expenses:

             

Operating expenses

    27,600        22,106        47,054        42,414        41,102        22,014        43,762   

Selling, general and administrative

    27,056        22,500        46,449        46,292        40,625        24,409        46,212   

Write-off of deferred offering costs(3)

    —          —          8,931        —          —          —          8,931   

Depreciation and amortization

    8,437        4,965        11,665        10,140        10,531        4,670        9,900   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    63,093        49,571        114,099        98,846        92,258        51,093        108,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    35,816        20,258        7,456        59,864        48,632        38,482        11,596   

Gain on acquisition of business

    —          (529     1,512        6,016        —          —          —     

Other (expense) income

    816        —          (160     —          894        907        (160

Interest income

    260        308        534        755        503        260        507   

Interest expense

    (14,639     (11,418     (23,960     (24,049     (21,897     (11,380     (21,775
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

    22,253        8,619        (14,618     42,586        28,132        28,269        (9,832

Income tax (provision) benefits(5)

    (10,638     (3,705     2,796        (16,636     (10,288     (1,873     651   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

    11,615        4,914        (11,822     25,950        17,844        26,396        (9,181

Equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

    —          2,352        (1,009     3,622        (2,123     —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,615      $ 7,266      $ (12,831   $ 29,572      $ 15,721      $ 26,396      $ (9,181
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(6)

  $ 35,159      $ 28,563      $ 49,781      $ 64,398      $ 53,286      $ 34,149      $ 53,165   

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit

            $        $     

Weighted average limited partner units outstanding

             

Cash Flow Data:

             

Net cash provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ 118,348      $ 228,460      $ 163,129      $ (43,861   $ 24,997       

Investing activities

    (6,106     (3,682     (79,693     (17,004     (9,387    

Financing activities

    (115,435     (255,664     (111,560     88,882        (17,162    

 

 

21


Table of Contents
    Predecessor Historical     Partnership
Pro Forma(1)
 
    Six Months
Ended  June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,     Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
 
    2013     2012     2012     2011     2010    
   

(unaudited)

          (audited)          

(unaudited)

 
   

(in thousands, except per unit data and operating data)

 

Other Financial and Operating Data (unaudited):

           

Capital expenditures(7)

  $ 8,117      $ 3,702      $ 7,293      $ 7,255      $ 9,587     

Total refined products volumes sold (barrels)

    18,215        14,377        29,806        29,684        29,797     

Total natural gas volumes sold (MMBtus)

    28,329        25,504        49,417        50,741        52,012     

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 434      $ 951      $ 3,691      $ 31,829      $ 3,854      $ 164   

Property, plant and equipment net

    174,010        109,092        177,080        110,743        103,461        95,280   

Total assets

    834,145        623,032        1,054,247        970,050        867,995        414,034   

Total debt

    449,967        295,957        555,619        524,377        408,304        186,395   

Total liabilities

    700,647        463,412        913,041        791,649        697,811        362,500   

Total stockholder’s/member’/partners’ equity

    133,498        159,620        141,206        178,401        170,184        51,534   

 

(1) Pro forma amounts reflect incremental deferred debt issuance costs of $10.4 million anticipated to be incurred in connection with entering into our new credit agreement and a decrease in interest expense of $1.7 million and $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2) Pro forma amounts reflect adjustments to reduce selling, general and administrative expenses to eliminate Axel Johnson corporate overhead charges, by $0.7 million and $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively, and to increase selling, general and administrative expenses as a result of increases to incentive compensation, by $0.6 million and $2.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.
(3) During the year ended December 31, 2012, we delayed the timing of this public offering and, as a result, deferred offering costs of $8.9 million were charged against earnings.
(4) Pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses do not give effect to annual incremental selling, general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.1 million that we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership.
(5) Prior to the consummation of this offering, Sprague Energy Corp., which was converted into a limited liability company and renamed Sprague Operating Resources LLC on November 7, 2011, prepared its income tax provision as if it filed a consolidated federal income tax return and state tax returns as required. Commencing with the closing of this offering, all of our subsidiaries will be treated as pass through entities for federal income tax purposes. For these pass through entities, all income, expenses, gains, losses and tax credits generated flow through to their owners and, accordingly, do not result in a provision for income taxes in our financial statements.
(6) For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure adjusted EBITDA, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” beginning on page 23.
(7) Includes approximately $2.1 million, $3.2 million, $6.0 million, $5.7 million and $8.1 million of maintenance capital expenditures for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Maintenance capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to replace assets or to maintain the long-term operating capacity of our assets or operating income.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We present the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus. We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA increased by unrealized hedging losses and decreased by unrealized hedging gains, in each case with respect to refined products and natural gas inventory and natural gas transportation contracts, decreased by gains on acquisition of business, increased by the write-off of deferred offering costs and adjusted for the net impact of bio-fuel excise tax credits. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management to describe our operations and economic performance to commercial banks, trade suppliers and other credit providers, and to assess:

 

   

The financial performance of our assets, operations and return on capital without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;

 

   

The ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest on our indebtedness and make distributions to our equity holders;

 

   

Repeatable operating performance that is not distorted by non-recurring items or market volatility; and

 

   

The viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects.

Please read “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” beginning on page 80. For a discussion of how our management uses adjusted EBITDA, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations—Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA.”

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Predecessor Historical     Partnership Pro Forma  
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,     Six  Months
Ended June 30,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,

2012
 
    2013     2012     2012     2011     2010      
   

(in thousands)

       

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,615      $ 7,266      $ (12,831   $ 29,572      $ 15,721      $ 26,396      $ (9,181

Add/(deduct):

             

Interest expense, net

    14,379        11,110        23,426        23,294        21,394        11,120        21,268   

Tax expense (benefit)

    10,638        3,705        (2,796     16,636        10,288        1,873        (651

Depreciation and amortization

    8,437        4,965        11,665        10,140        10,531        4,670        9,900   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 45,069      $ 27,046      $ 19,464      $ 79,642      $ 57,934      $ 44,059      $ 21,336   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deduct: total commodity derivative (gains) losses included in net income (loss)(1)

    (1,851     (4,327     26,818        34,848        38,975        686        29,257   

Add: realized commodity derivative gains (losses ) included in net income (loss)(1)

 

 

(3,038

   
2,752
  
    (8,941     (44,076  

 

(43,623

    (5,575     (11,380

Add/(deduct):

             

Gain on acquisition of business(2)

    —          —          (1,512     (6,016     —          —          —     

Write-off of deferred offering costs(3)

    —          —          8,931        —          —         
—  
  
    8,931   

Bio-fuel excise tax credits(4)

    (5,021     3,092        5,021        —          —          (5,021     5,021   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 35,159      $ 28,563      $ 49,781      $ 64,398      $ 53,286      $ 34,149      $ 53,165   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

 

(1) Both total commodity derivative (gains) losses and realized commodity derivative gains (losses) include amounts paid to enter into the settled contracts.
(2) Represents non-cash gains associated with (i) the re-measurement to fair value of our predecessor’s 50% interest in Kildair in connection with its acquisition of the remaining 50% interest therein and (ii) the acquisition of an oil terminal at below fair value. Please see Notes 2 and 18 to our predecessor’s historical consolidated financial statements.
(3) During the year ended December 31, 2012, we delayed the timing of this public offering and, as a result, deferred offering costs of $8.9 million were charged against earnings. Please see Note 19 to our predecessor’s historical consolidated financial statements.
(4) On January 2, 2013, the federal government enacted legislation that reinstated an excise tax credit program available for certain of our bio-fuel blending activities. This program had previously expired on December 31, 2011 and was reinstated retroactively to January 1, 2012. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recorded federal excise tax credits of $5.0 million related to our bio-fuel blending activities that had occurred during the year ended December 31, 2012. These credits have been recorded as a reduction of cost of products sold and, therefore, resulted in an increase in adjusted gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013. This adjustment reflects the effect on our adjusted EBITDA had these credits been recorded in the period in which the blending activity took place.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common units involves substantial risks. Common units are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.

If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions to our unitholders could be materially adversely affected. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions to our unitholders. In either case, we might not be able to make distributions on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common units.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may not have sufficient distributable cash flow following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.

In order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit per quarter, or $             per unit on an annualized basis, we will require distributable cash flow of approximately $             million per quarter, or approximately $             million per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. We may not have sufficient distributable cash flow each quarter to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution. The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

 

   

Competition from other companies that sell refined products, natural gas and/or renewable fuels in the Northeast;

 

   

Competition from other companies in the materials handling business;

 

   

Demand for refined products, natural gas and our materials handling services in the markets we serve;

 

   

Absolute price levels, as well as the volatility of prices, of refined products and natural gas in both the spot and futures markets;

 

   

Seasonal variation in temperatures, which affects demand for natural gas and refined products such as home heating oil and residual fuel oil to the extent that it is used for space heating; and

 

   

Prevailing economic conditions.

In addition, the actual amount of distributable cash flow that we distribute will depend on other factors such as:

 

   

The level of capital expenditures we make;

 

   

The level of our operating and general and administrative expenses, including reimbursements to our general partner and certain of its affiliates for services provided to us;

 

   

The restrictions contained in our new credit agreement, including borrowing base limitations and limitations on distributions;

 

   

Our debt service requirements;

 

   

The cost of acquisitions we make, if any;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

Fluctuations in our working capital needs;

 

   

Our ability to access capital markets and to borrow under our new credit agreement to make distributions to our unitholders; and

 

   

The amount of cash reserves established by our general partner, if any.

For a description of additional restrictions and factors that may affect our ability to pay cash distributions, see “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

On a pro forma basis, we would not have had sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on our common units or any distribution on our subordinated units for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 or to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The amount of pro forma distributable cash flow generated during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 would have been sufficient to allow us to pay a cash distribution of     % of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units but no distribution on our subordinated units for such quarter. In addition, the amount of pro forma distributable cash flow generated during the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 would have been sufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units for each such period, but only a cash distribution of approximately     % and     %, respectively, of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our subordinated units for such period. For a calculation of our distributable cash flow based on our pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow.”

The assumptions underlying the forecast of distributable cash flow that we include in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual distributable cash flow to differ materially from our forecast. Furthermore, we did not use quarter-by-quarter estimates in concluding that there would be sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units during the forecast period.

The forecast of distributable cash flow set forth in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” includes our forecast of our results of operations, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. Our ability to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution in the forecast period is based on a number of assumptions that may not prove to be correct and that are discussed in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.” Our financial forecast has been prepared by management and we have neither received nor requested an opinion or report on it from our or any other independent auditor. The assumptions underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in this prospectus, which could cause our results to be materially less than the amount forecasted. Furthermore, we did not use quarter-by-quarter estimates in concluding that there would be sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units during the forecast period. If we do not achieve the forecasted results, we may not be able to make the minimum quarterly distribution or pay any amount on our common units, and the market price of our common units may decline materially.

Our distributable cash flow depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which may prevent us from making cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

Our distributable cash flow depends primarily on our cash flow, and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record losses and may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our business is seasonal and generally our financial results are lower in the second and third quarters of the calendar year, which may result in our need to borrow money in order to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders during these quarters.

Demand for natural gas and some refined products, specifically home heating oil and residual fuel oil for space heating purposes, is generally higher during the period of November through March than during the period of April through October. Therefore, our results of operations for the first and fourth calendar quarters are generally better than for the second and third calendar quarters. For example, over the 36-month period ended June 30, 2013, we generated an average of approximately 70% of our total home heating oil and residual fuel oil net sales during the months of November through March. With reduced cash flow during the second and third calendar quarters, we may be required to borrow money in order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders. Any restrictions on our ability to borrow money could restrict our ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

A significant decrease in demand for refined products, natural gas or our materials handling services in the areas we serve would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

A significant decrease in demand for refined products, natural gas or our materials handling services in the areas that we serve would significantly reduce our net sales and, therefore, adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders. Factors that could lead to a decrease in market demand for refined products or natural gas include:

 

   

Recession or other adverse economic conditions;

 

   

High prices caused by an increase in the market price of refined products, higher fuel taxes or other governmental or regulatory actions that increase, directly or indirectly, the cost of gasoline or other refined products or natural gas;

 

   

Increased conservation, technological advances and the availability of alternative energy, whether as a result of industry changes, governmental or regulatory actions or otherwise; and

 

   

Conversion from consumption of home heating oil or residual fuel oil to natural gas.

Factors that could lead to a decrease in demand for our materials handling services include weakness in the housing and construction industries and the economy generally.

Certain of our operating costs and expenses are fixed and do not vary with the volumes we store, distribute and sell. These costs and expenses may not decrease ratably, or at all, should we experience a reduction in our volumes stored, distributed and sold. As a result, we may experience declines in our operating margin if our volumes decrease.

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders are influenced by changes in demand for, and therefore indirectly by changes in the prices of, refined products and natural gas, which could adversely affect our profit margins, our customers’ and suppliers’ financial condition, contract performance, trade credit and the amount and cost of our borrowing under our new credit agreement.

Financial and operating results from our purchasing, storing, terminalling and selling operations are influenced by price volatility in the markets for refined products and natural gas. When prices for refined products and natural gas rise, some of our customers may have insufficient credit to purchase supply from us at their historical purchase volumes, and their customers, in turn, may adopt conservation measures which reduce consumption, thereby reducing demand for product. Furthermore, when prices increase rapidly and dramatically, we may be unable to promptly pass our additional costs to our customers, resulting in lower margins for a period of time before margins expand to cover the incremental costs. Significant increases in the costs of refined products can materially increase our costs to carry inventory. We use the working capital facility in our credit

 

27


Table of Contents

agreement, which limits the amounts that we can borrow, as our primary source of financing our working capital requirements. Lastly, higher prices for refined products or natural gas may (1) diminish our access to trade credit support or cause it to become more expensive and (2) decrease the amount of borrowings available for working capital as a result of total available commitments, borrowing base limitations and advance rates thereunder.

In addition, when prices for refined products or natural gas decline, the likelihood of nonperformance by our customers on forward contracts may be increased as they and/or their customers may choose not to honor their contracts and instead purchase refined products or natural gas at the then lower spot or retail market price.

Restrictions in our new credit agreement could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders as well as the value of our common units.

We will be dependent upon the earnings and cash flow generated by our operations in order to meet our debt service obligations and to allow us to make cash distributions to our unitholders. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our new credit agreement and any future financing agreements could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to expand or pursue our business, which may, in turn, adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders. For example, our new credit agreement will restrict our ability to, among other things:

 

   

Make cash distributions;

 

   

Incur indebtedness;

 

   

Create liens;

 

   

Make investments;

 

   

Engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

   

Make any material change to the nature of our business;

 

   

Dispose of assets; and

 

   

Merge with another company or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

Furthermore, our new credit agreement will contain covenants requiring us to maintain certain financial ratios. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Agreement” for additional information about our new credit agreement.

The provisions of our new credit agreement may affect our ability to obtain future financing for and pursue attractive business opportunities and our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in business conditions. In addition, a failure to comply with the provisions of our new credit agreement could result in an event of default which could enable our lenders, subject to the terms and conditions of our new credit agreement, to declare the outstanding principal of that debt, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay the accelerated amounts, our lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such debt. If the payment of our debt is accelerated, defaults under our other debt instruments, if any, may be triggered and our assets may be insufficient to repay such debt in full, and the holders of our units could experience a partial or total loss of their investment. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Debt we incur in the future may limit our flexibility to obtain financing and to pursue other business opportunities.

Our future level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

   

Our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes may be impaired, or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

Our funds available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders will be reduced by that portion of our cash flow required to make interest payments on our debt;

 

   

We may be more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and

 

   

Our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions may be limited.

Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to maintain our indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets or issuing equity. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on satisfactory terms or at all.

Warmer weather conditions during winter could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Weather conditions during winter have an impact on the demand for both home heating oil and residual fuel oil. Because we supply distributors whose customers depend on home heating oil and residual fuel oil during the winter, warmer-than-normal temperatures during the first and fourth calendar quarters in one or more regions in which we operate can decrease the total volume we sell and the gross margin realized on those sales and, consequently, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Derivatives legislation could have an adverse impact on our ability to use derivatives to reduce the effect of commodity price risk, interest rate risk, and other risks associated with our business and could have an adverse impact on the cost of our hedging activities.

We use over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives products to hedge commodity risks and interest rate risks.

On July 21, 2010 comprehensive financial reform legislation, known as the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), was enacted that changes federal oversight and regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and entities, including us, that participate in that market. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the SEC and other regulators to promulgate rules and regulations implementing the new legislation.

In its rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act the CFTC has issued final regulations to set position limits for certain futures and option contracts in the major energy markets and for swaps that are their economic equivalents. Certain bona fide hedging transactions would be exempt from these position limits. The position limits rule was vacated by the United States District Court for the District of Colombia in September of 2012 although the CFTC appealed the District Court’s decision.

The CFTC also has finalized other regulations, including critical rulemakings on the definition of “swap”, “security-based swap”, “swap dealer” and “major swap participant”. The Dodd-Frank Act and CFTC rules also may require us in connection with certain derivatives activities to comply with clearing and trade-execution requirements (or take steps to qualify for an exemption to such requirements). In addition new regulations may require us to comply with margin requirements although these regulations are not finalized and their application to us is uncertain at this time. Other regulations also remain to be finalized, and the CFTC has delayed the compliance dates for various regulations already finalized. As a result it is not possible at this time to predict with certainty the full effects of the Dodd-Frank Act and CFTC rules on us and the timing of such effects. The Dodd-Frank Act also may require the counterparties to our derivative instruments to spin off some of their derivatives activities to a separate entity, which may not be as creditworthy as the current counterparty.

 

29


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act and any new regulations could significantly increase the cost of derivative contracts (including from swap recordkeeping and reporting requirements and through requirements to post collateral which could adversely affect our available liquidity), materially alter the terms of derivative contracts, reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks we encounter, reduce our ability to monetize or restructure our existing derivative contracts, and increase our exposure to less creditworthy counterparties. If we reduce our use of derivatives as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile and our cash flows may be less predictable.

Our risk management policies, processes and procedures cannot eliminate all commodity price risk or basis risk, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders. In addition, any noncompliance with our risk management policies, processes and procedures could result in significant financial losses.

While our risk management policies, processes and procedures are designed to limit commodity price risk, some degree of exposure to unforeseen fluctuations in market conditions remains. For example, we change our hedged position daily in response to movements in our inventory. If we overestimate or underestimate our sales from inventory, we may be unhedged for the amount of the overestimate or underestimate.

In general, basis risk describes the inherent market price risk created when a commodity of certain grade or location is purchased, sold or exchanged as compared to a purchase, sale or exchange of a like commodity at a different time or place. Basis may reflect price differentiation associated with different time periods, qualities or grades, or locations and is typically calculated based on the price difference between the cash or spot price of a commodity and the prompt month futures or swaps contract price of the most comparable commodity. For example, if NYMEX heating oil, which is based on New York Harbor delivery, was used to hedge our commodity risk for heating oil purchases, we could have location basis risk if the deliveries were made in a different location such as in Boston. An example of quality or grade basis risk would be the use of heating oil contracts to hedge diesel fuel. The potential exposure from basis risk is in addition to any impact that market pricing structure may have on our results. Basis risk cannot be entirely eliminated and basis exposure can adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

We monitor policies, processes and procedures designed to prevent unauthorized trading and to maintain substantial balance between purchases and sales or future delivery obligations. We can provide no assurance, however, that these steps will detect and/or prevent all violations of such risk management policies, processes and procedures, particularly if deception or other intentional misconduct is involved.

We are exposed to risks of loss in the event of nonperformance by our customers, suppliers and counterparties.

Some of our customers, suppliers and counterparties may be highly leveraged and subject to their own operating and regulatory risks. A tightening of credit in the financial markets or an increase in interest rates may make it more difficult for our customers, suppliers and counterparties to obtain financing and, depending on the degree to which it occurs, there may be a material increase in the nonpayment or other nonperformance by our customers, suppliers and counterparties. Even if our credit review and analysis mechanisms work properly, we may experience financial losses in our dealings with these third parties. A material increase in the nonpayment or other nonperformance by our customers, suppliers and/or counterparties could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Additionally, our access to trade credit support could diminish or become more expensive. Our ability to continue to receive sufficient trade credit on commercially acceptable terms could be adversely affected by, among other things, fluctuations in refined product, natural gas and renewable fuel prices or disruptions in the credit markets.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

We are exposed to performance risk in our supply chain.

We rely upon our suppliers to timely produce the volumes and types of refined products for which they contract with us. In the event one or more of our suppliers does not perform in accordance with its contractual obligations, we may be required to purchase product on the open market to satisfy forward contracts we have entered into with our customers in reliance upon such supply arrangements. We purchase refined products from a variety of suppliers under term contracts and on the spot market. In times of extreme market demand, we may be unable to satisfy our supply requirements. Furthermore, a portion of our supply comes from other countries, which could be disrupted by political events. In the event such supply becomes scarce, whether as a result of political events, natural disaster, logistical issues associated with delivery schedules or otherwise, we may not be able to satisfy our supply requirements. If any of these events were to occur, we may be required to pay more for product that we purchase on the open market, which could result in financial losses and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Some of our competitors have capital resources many times greater than ours and control greater supplies of refined products and natural gas. Competitors able to supply our customers with those products and services at a lower price could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Our competitors include terminal companies, major integrated oil companies and their marketing affiliates and independent marketers of varying size, financial resources and experience. Some of our competitors are substantially larger than us, have capital resources many times greater than ours, control greater supplies of refined products and natural gas than us and/or control substantially greater storage capacity than us. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may lose existing customers or fail to acquire new customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and distributable cash flow. For example, if a competitor attempts to increase market share by reducing prices or offering alternative energy sources, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders could be adversely affected. We may not be able to compete successfully with these companies.

Some of our home heating oil and residual fuel oil volumes are subject to customers switching or converting to natural gas, which could result in loss of customers and, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Our home heating oil and residual fuel oil businesses compete for customers with suppliers of natural gas. During a period of increasing home heating oil prices relative to natural gas prices, home heating oil users may convert to natural gas. Similarly, during a period of increasing residual fuel oil prices relative to natural gas prices, customers who have the ability to switch from residual fuel oil to natural gas (dual-fuel using customers), may switch and other end users may convert to natural gas.

Such switching and conversions could reduce our sales of home heating oil and residual fuel oil and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Energy efficiency, new technology and alternative energy sources could reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Increased conservation, technological advances, including installation of improved insulation and the development of more efficient furnaces and other heating devices, and the availability of alternative energy sources have adversely affected the demand for some of our products, particularly home heating oil and residual fuel oil. Future conservation measures, technological advances in heating, conservation, energy generation or

 

31


Table of Contents

other devices, and increased availability and use of alternative energy sources, including as a result of government regulation, might reduce demand and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

A principal focus of our business strategy is to grow and expand our business through acquisitions. If we do not make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth may be limited and any acquisitions we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations on a per unit basis.

A principal focus of our business strategy is to grow and expand our business through acquisitions. Our ability to grow depends, in part, on our ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in the cash generated per unit from operations. If we are unable to make accretive acquisitions, either because we are (1) unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts with them, (2) unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms or (3) outbid by competitors, then our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be limited. Furthermore, even if we do make acquisitions that we believe will be accretive, such acquisitions may nevertheless result in a decrease in the cash generated from operations per unit.

Any acquisition involves potential risks, including, among other things:

 

   

Mistaken assumptions about volumes, cash flows, net sales and costs, including synergies;

 

   

An inability to successfully integrate the businesses we acquire;

 

   

An inability to hire, train or retain qualified personnel to manage and operate our newly acquired assets;

 

   

The assumption of unknown liabilities;

 

   

Limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;

 

   

Mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt used to finance an acquisition;

 

   

The diversion of management’s and employees’ attention from other business concerns;

 

   

Unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new geographic areas; and

 

   

Customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.

A portion of our net sales is generated under contracts that must be renegotiated or replaced periodically. If we are unable to successfully renegotiate or replace these contracts, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders could be adversely affected.

Most of our contracts with our refined products customers are for a single season or on a spot basis, while most of our contracts with our natural gas customers are for a term of one year or less. As these contracts and our materials handling contracts expire from time to time, they must be renegotiated or replaced. We may be unable to renegotiate or replace these contracts when they expire, and the terms of any renegotiated contracts may not be as favorable as the contracts they replace. Whether these contracts are successfully renegotiated or replaced is often subject to factors beyond our control. Such factors include fluctuations in refined product and natural gas prices, counterparty ability to pay for or accept the contracted volumes and a competitive marketplace for the services we offer. While our materials handling contracts are generally long-term, they are also subject to periodic renegotiation or replacement. If we cannot successfully renegotiate or replace any of our contracts, or if we renegotiate or replace them on less favorable terms, net sales and margins from these contracts could decline and our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders could be adversely affected.

 

32


Table of Contents

Due to our lack of geographic diversification, adverse developments in the terminals we use or in our operating areas would adversely affect our results of operations and distributable cash flow.

We rely primarily on sales generated from products distributed from the terminals we own or control or to which we have access. Furthermore, substantially all of our operations are located in the Northeast. Due to our lack of geographic diversification, an adverse development in the businesses or areas in which we operate, including adverse developments due to catastrophic events or weather and decreases in demand for refined products, could have a significantly greater impact on our results of operations and distributable cash flow than if we operated in more diverse locations.

Our operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions for which we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage.

We are not fully insured against all risks incident to our business. Our operations are subject to many operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions inherent in our business, including:

 

   

Damage to storage facilities and other assets caused by tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, earthquakes, fires, explosions, extreme weather conditions and other natural disasters;

 

   

Acts or threats of terrorism;

 

   

Unanticipated equipment and mechanical failures at our facilities;

 

   

Disruptions in supply infrastructure or logistics and other events beyond our control;

 

   

Operator error; and

 

   

Environmental pollution or other environmental issues.

If any of these events were to occur, we could incur substantial losses because of personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, and pollution or other environmental damage resulting in curtailment or suspension of our related operations.

We may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we believe to be appropriate for our business at reasonable rates or at all. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies have increased over the past four years and could escalate further. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. Certain types of risks, such as fines and penalties, or remediation or damages claims from environmental pollution, are either not covered by insurance or applicable insurance may be unavailable for particular claims based on exclusions or limitations in the policies. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Our terminalling and materials handling operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and operational safety that require us to incur substantial costs and that may become more stringent over time.

The risk of substantial environmental costs and liabilities is inherent in terminalling and materials handling operations, and we may incur substantial environmental costs and liabilities. In particular, our terminalling operations involve the receipt, storage and redelivery of refined products and are subject to stringent federal, state and local laws and regulations regulating product quality specifications and other environmental matters including the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, operational safety and related matters. Compliance with these laws and regulations increases our overall cost of business, including our capital costs to maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities. Further, we may incur increased costs because of stricter pollution control requirements or liabilities resulting from

 

33


Table of Contents

noncompliance with required operating or other regulatory permits. We utilize a number of terminals that are owned and operated by third parties who are also subject to these stringent federal, state and local environmental laws in their operations. Compliance with these requirements could increase the cost of doing business with these facilities and there can be no assurances as to the timing and type of such changes or what the ultimate costs might be. Moreover, the failure to comply with these requirements can expose our operations to fines, penalties and injunctive relief.

The risks of spills and releases and the associated liabilities for investigation, remediation and third-party claims, if any, are inherent in terminalling operations, and the liabilities that we incur may be substantial.

Our operation of refined products terminals and storage facilities is inherently subject to the risks of spills, discharges or other inadvertent releases of petroleum or other hazardous substances. If any of these events have previously occurred or occur in the future, whether in connection with any of our storage facilities or terminals, any other facility to which we send or have sent wastes or by-products for treatment or disposal or on any property which we own or have owned, we could be liable for all costs, jointly and severally, and administrative, civil and criminal penalties associated with the investigation and remediation of such facilities under federal, state and local environmental laws or the common law. We may also be held liable for damages to natural resources, personal injury or property damage claims from third parties, including the owners of properties located near our terminals and those with whom we do business, alleging contamination from spills or releases from our facilities or operations. Even if we are insured against certain or all of such risks, we may be responsible for all such costs to the extent our insurers or indemnitors do not fulfill their obligations to us. The payment of such costs or penalties could be significant and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Increased regulation of greenhouse gas emissions could result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for refined products as a fuel source, which could in turn reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Combustion of fossil fuels, such as the refined products we sell, results in the emission of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. On December 15, 2009, the Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, published its findings that emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases present an endangerment to public health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to warming of the earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes, and the EPA has begun to regulate greenhouse gases, or GHG, emissions pursuant to the Clean Air Act. Many states and regions have adopted GHG initiatives and it is possible that federal legislation could be adopted in the future to restrict GHG emissions. Please read “Business—Environmental—Climate Change.”

There are many regulatory approaches currently in effect or being considered to address greenhouse gases, including possible future U.S. treaty commitments, new federal or state legislation that may impose a carbon emissions tax or establish a cap-and-trade program and regulation by the EPA. Future international, federal and state initiatives to control carbon dioxide emissions could result in increased costs associated with refined products consumption, such as costs to install additional controls to reduce carbon dioxide emissions or costs to purchase emissions reduction credits to comply with future emissions trading programs. Such increased costs could result in reduced demand for refined products and some customers switching to alternative sources of fuel which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations that govern the product quality specifications of the refined products we purchase, store, transport and sell.

Various federal, state and local government agencies have the authority to prescribe specific product quality specifications to the sale of commodities. Changes in product quality specifications, such as reduced sulfur

 

34


Table of Contents

content in refined products, or other more stringent requirements for fuels, could reduce our ability to procure product and require us to incur additional handling costs and capital expenditures. If we are unable to procure product or recover these costs through increased sales, we may not be able to meet our financial obligations.

We depend on unionized labor for our operations in Mt. Vernon and Albany, New York and in Providence, Rhode Island. Work stoppages or labor disturbances at these facilities could disrupt our business.

Work stoppages or labor disturbances by our unionized labor force could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and distributable cash flow. In addition, employees who are not currently represented by labor unions may seek representation in the future, and renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements may result in agreements with terms that are less favorable to us than our current agreements.

We rely on our information technology systems to manage numerous aspects of our business, and a disruption of these systems could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

We depend on our information technology, or IT, systems to manage numerous aspects of our business and to provide analytical information to management. Our IT systems are an essential component of our business and growth strategies, and a serious disruption to our IT systems could limit our ability to manage and operate our business efficiently. These systems are vulnerable to, among other things, damage and interruption from power loss or natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss of telecommunication services, physical and electronic loss of data, security breaches and computer viruses. We employ back-up IT facilities and have disaster recovery plans; however, these safeguards may not entirely prevent delays or other complications that could arise from an IT systems failure, a natural disaster or a security breach. Significant failure or interruption in our IT systems could cause our business and competitive position to suffer and damage our reputation, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or prevent fraud, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

Prior to this offering, we have not been required to file reports with the SEC. Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, but our internal accounting controls may not currently meet all standards applicable to companies with publicly traded securities. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded partnership. Our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain effective controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which we refer to as Section 404. For example, Section 404 will require us, among other things, to annually review and report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.

We must comply with Section 404 for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014. Any failure to develop, implement or maintain effective internal controls, or to improve our internal controls, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Given the difficulties inherent in the design and operation of internal controls over financial reporting, we can provide no assurance as to our, or our independent registered public accounting firm’s, conclusions about the effectiveness of our internal controls, and we may incur significant costs in our efforts to comply with Section 404. Ineffective internal controls will subject us to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence in our reported financial information, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

35


Table of Contents

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

It is our business strategy to distribute most of our distributable cash flow, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.

We expect that we will distribute most of our distributable cash flow to our unitholders and will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we distribute most of our distributable cash flow, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or our credit agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may impact the cash that we have available to distribute to our unitholders.

Axel Johnson currently controls, and after this offering will indirectly control, our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, may have conflicts of interest with us and have limited duties to us and our common unitholders, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders.

Following the offering, Axel Johnson, through its ownership of Sprague Holdings, will indirectly own a     % limited partner interest in us and will indirectly own and control our general partner. Although our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage us in good faith, the directors and officers of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner that is beneficial to its owner, Sprague Holdings, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson. Furthermore, certain directors and officers of our general partner are directors and/or officers of affiliates of our general partner. Conflicts of interest may arise between our general partner and its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, over the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

 

   

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, in resolving conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its duty to our unitholders.

 

   

Affiliates of our general partner, including Axel Johnson and Sprague Holdings, may engage in competition with us.

 

   

Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires Axel Johnson or Sprague Holdings to pursue a business strategy that favors us, and Axel Johnson’s directors and officers have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the stockholders of Axel Johnson.

 

   

Some officers of our general partner who provide services to us devote time to affiliates of our general partner.

 

   

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces the duties owed by our general partner to us and our common unitholders, and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

   

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

 

36


Table of Contents
   

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional partnership securities and the creation, reductions or increases of cash reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is available for distribution to our unitholders, including distributions on our subordinated units, and to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, as well as the ability of the subordinated units to convert to common units.

 

   

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces distributable cash flow. Such determination can affect the amount of distributable cash flow, including distributions on our subordinated units, and to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, as well as the ability of the subordinated units to convert to common units. Our partnership agreement does not limit the amount of maintenance capital expenditures that our general partner can cause us to make.

 

   

Our partnership agreement and the services agreement that we will enter into at the closing of this offering allow our general partner to determine, in good faith, the expenses that are allocable to us. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Reimbursement of Expenses” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Services Agreement.” Our partnership agreement and the services agreement do not limit the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons, including affiliates of our general partner, who perform services for us or on our behalf.

 

   

Our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to accelerate the expiration of the subordination period.

 

   

Our partnership agreement permits us to distribute up to $             million as distributable cash flow, even if it is generated from sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus, and this cash may be used to fund distributions on our subordinated units or the incentive distribution rights.

 

   

Our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf.

 

   

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations.

 

   

Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase all of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of all outstanding common units.

 

   

Our general partner controls the enforcement of obligations owed to us by our general partner and its affiliates.

 

   

Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.

 

   

Sprague Holdings, or any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to the incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

Under the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including their executive officers, directors and owners. Other than as provided in our omnibus agreement, any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not

 

37


Table of Contents

communicate such opportunity or information to us. This may create actual and potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our general partner and result in less than favorable treatment of us and our unitholders. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Omnibus Agreement” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

Other than under our new credit agreement, our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such arrangements have recourse only against our assets and not against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner’s duty to act in good faith, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or indemnification payments would reduce the amount of distributable cash flow otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s duties to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, or otherwise free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:

 

   

How to allocate business opportunities among us and its other affiliates;

 

   

Whether to exercise its limited call right;

 

   

How to exercise its voting rights with respect to any units it owns;

 

   

Whether to exercise its registration rights with respect to any units it owns; and

 

   

Whether to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.

By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder is treated as having consented to the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Fiduciary Duties.”

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement:

 

   

Provides that whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity as our general partner, our general partner is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith and will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;

 

   

Provides that a determination, other action or failure to act by our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) will be deemed to

 

38


Table of Contents
 

be in good faith unless our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the partnership;

 

   

Provides that our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith;

 

   

Provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and

 

   

Provides that our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its duties to us or our limited partners if a transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:

 

  (1) Approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval; or

 

  (2) Approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner and its affiliates.

In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, taking any action or failing to act, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Cost reimbursements and fees due to our general partner and its affiliates for services provided to us or on our behalf, which may be determined in our general partner’s sole discretion, may be substantial and will reduce our distributable cash flow.

Under our partnership agreement, prior to making any distribution on the common units, our general partner and its affiliates shall be reimbursed for all costs and expenses that they incur on our behalf for managing and controlling our business and operations. Pursuant to the terms of the services agreement, our general partner will agree to provide certain general and administrative services and operational services to us, and we will agree to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services to us, including salary, bonus, incentive compensation, insurance premiums and other amounts allocable to the employees and directors of our general partner or its affiliates that perform services on our behalf. Our general partner and its affiliates also may provide us other services for which we may be charged fees as determined by our general partner. Our partnership agreement and the services agreement do not limit the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. Payments to our general partner and its affiliates may be substantial and will reduce the amount of distributable cash flow.

Unitholders have limited voting rights and, even if they are dissatisfied, cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders did not elect our general partner or the board of directors of our general partner and will have no right to elect our general partner or the board of directors of our general partner on an annual or other continuing basis. The board of directors of our general partner is chosen by Sprague Holdings, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson and the sole member of our general partner. Furthermore, if the unitholders are dissatisfied with

 

39


Table of Contents

the performance of our general partner, they will have little ability to remove our general partner. As a result of these limitations, the price at which our common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.

The unitholders will be unable initially to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of all outstanding common units and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove our general partner. At closing, Sprague Holdings will own     % of the common units and subordinated units. If our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and no units held by the holders of our subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically convert into common units and any existing arrearages on the common units will be extinguished. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect the common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over the subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution and performance tests, and by eliminating existing arrangements, if any.

Cause is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the general partner liable for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of our business.

Furthermore, unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by the partnership agreement provision providing that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner, its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units resulting in ownership of at or in excess of such levels with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter.

Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.

Our general partner interest or the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. Furthermore, there is no restriction in the partnership agreement on the ability of Sprague Holdings to transfer its membership interest in our general partner to a third party. The new members of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and officers of our general partner with their own choices and to control the decisions taken by the board of directors and officers.

The incentive distribution rights held by Sprague Holdings may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Sprague Holdings may transfer the incentive distribution rights to a third party at any time without the consent of our unitholders. If Sprague Holdings transfers the incentive distribution rights to a third party but retains its ownership interest in our general partner, our general partner may not have the same incentive to grow our partnership and increase quarterly distributions to unitholders over time as it would if Sprague Holdings had retained ownership of the incentive distribution rights. For example, a transfer of incentive distribution rights by Sprague Holdings could reduce the likelihood of Axel Johnson accepting offers made by us relating to assets owned by it, as Axel Johnson would have less of an economic incentive to grow our business, which in turn may impact our ability to grow our asset base.

 

40


Table of Contents

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per common unit.

The assumed initial public offering price of $             per common unit exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $             per unit. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per common unit, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $             per common unit. This dilution results primarily because our assets are recorded in accordance with GAAP at their historical cost and not their fair value. Please read “Dilution.”

We may issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would dilute unitholder interests.

At any time, we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without the approval of our unitholders. Further, neither our partnership agreement nor our new credit agreement prohibits the issuance of equity securities that may effectively rank senior to our common units. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity interests of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

   

Our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

   

The amount of distributable cash flow on each unit may decrease;

 

   

Because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution borne by our common unitholders will increase;

 

   

The ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;

 

   

The relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

 

   

The market price of our common units may decline.

Sprague Holdings may sell units in the public or private markets, and such sales could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common units.

After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, Sprague Holdings will hold                  common units and              subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period (which could occur as early as December 31, 2016) and may convert earlier under certain circumstances. Additionally, we have agreed to provide Sprague Holdings with certain registration rights (which may facilitate the sale by Sprague Holdings of its common and subordinated units into the public markets). Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Registration Rights” and “Units Eligible for Future Sale—Our Partnership Agreement and Registration Rights.” The sale of these units in the public or private markets, or the perception that such sales might occur, could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

An increase in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline.

Like all equity investments, an investment in our common units is subject to certain risks. In exchange for accepting these risks, investors may expect to receive a higher rate of return than would otherwise be obtainable from lower-risk investments. Accordingly, as interest rates rise, the ability of investors to obtain higher risk-adjusted rates of return by purchasing government-backed debt securities may cause a corresponding decline in demand for riskier investments generally, including yield-based equity investments such as publicly traded limited partnership interests. Reduced demand for our common units resulting from investors seeking other more favorable investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our common units to decline.

Our general partner’s discretion in establishing cash reserves may reduce the amount of distributable cash flow that we distribute.

The partnership agreement permits the general partner to reduce the amount of distributable cash flow distributed to our unitholders by establishing cash reserves for the proper conduct of our business, to comply with applicable law or agreements to which we are a party or to provide funds for future distributions to partners.

 

41


Table of Contents

Our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to make cash distributions, even where the purpose or effect of the borrowing benefits the general partner or its affiliates.

In some instances, our general partner may cause us to borrow funds from its affiliates, including Axel Johnson, or from third parties in order to permit the payment of cash distributions. These borrowings are permitted even if the purpose and effect of the borrowing is to enable us to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to hasten the expiration of the subordination period.

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of our common units, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price, including at a price below the then-current market price, and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. At the completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, our general partner and its affiliates will own approximately     % of our common units. At the end of the subordination period (which could occur as early as December 31, 2016), assuming no additional issuances of common units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units) and no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional common units, our general partner and its affiliates will own approximately     % of our common units. For additional information about the call right, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions. You could be liable for our obligations as if you were a general partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:

 

   

We were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or

 

   

Your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.

Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability” for a discussion of the implications of the limitations of liability on a unitholder.

A restatement of net income or a reversal or change of estimates affecting net income made after the end of the subordination period but affecting net income during the subordination period will not retroactively affect the conversion of the subordinated units even if we would not have had sufficient distributable cash flow based on such restated or adjusted net income to permit conversion.

Our subordinated units will convert into common units upon the satisfaction of certain tests involving the calculation of distributable cash flow on a historical basis. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.” Distributable cash flow is calculated based on net income, which is a GAAP measure. If net income for a period during the subordination period is restated after the end of the subordination period or if estimates affecting net income made during the subordination period are reversed or changed after the end of the subordination period, it will not retroactively affect the conversion of subordinated units even if we would not have had sufficient distributable cash flow during the subordination period based on such restated or adjusted net income to permit conversion.

 

42


Table of Contents

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.

Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, or the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Transferees of common units are liable for the obligations of the transferor to make contributions to the partnership that are known to the transferee at the time of the transfer and for unknown obligations if the liabilities could be determined from the partnership agreement. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. After this offering, there will be only              publicly traded common units. In addition, Sprague Holdings will own              common units and subordinated units, representing an aggregate     % limited partner interest in us. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.

The initial public offering price for the common units offered hereby will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common units that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our common units may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common units may also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

Our quarterly distributions;

 

   

Our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

   

Announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

   

Changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

General economic conditions;

 

   

The failure of securities analysts to cover our common units after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

Future sales of our common units; and

 

   

Other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”

Sprague Holdings, or any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to the incentive distribution rights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or the holders of our common units. This could result in lower distributions to our unitholders.

The holder or holders of a majority of the incentive distribution rights (initially Sprague Holdings) have the right, in their discretion and without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or the holders of our common units, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and the holders received distributions on their incentive distribution rights at the highest level to which they are entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels

 

43


Table of Contents

at higher levels based on our distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution. Sprague Holdings has the right to transfer the incentive distribution rights at any time, in whole or in part, and any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights shall have the same rights as Sprague Holdings relative to resetting target distributions.

In the event of a reset of target distribution levels, the holders of the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to receive a number of common units equal to the number of common units that would have entitled the holders to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the distributions on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate that Sprague Holdings would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion. It is possible, however, that Sprague Holdings or a transferee could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore, desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. This risk could be elevated if our incentive distribution rights have been transferred to a third party. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Percentage Allocations of Cash Distributions from Distributable Cash Flow.”

The NYSE does not require a publicly traded limited partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.

We have been approved to list our common units on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance. As a limited partnership, we will not be required to have a majority of independent directors on our general partner’s board of directors or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee, as is required for other NYSE-listed entities. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections afforded to certain entities, including most corporations, that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read “Management—Management of Sprague Resources LP.”

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded partnership.

We have no history operating as a publicly traded partnership. As a publicly traded partnership, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur prior to this offering. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, require publicly traded entities to adopt various governance practices that will further increase our costs. Before we are able to make distributions to our unitholders, we must first pay or reserve cash for our expenses, including the costs of being a publicly traded partnership. As a result, the amount of cash we have available for distribution to our unitholders will be affected by the costs associated with being a publicly traded partnership.

Prior to this offering, we have not filed reports with the SEC. Following this offering, we will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We expect these rules and regulations to increase certain of our legal and financial compliance costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a publicly traded partnership, we are required to have at least three independent directors, create an audit committee and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our SEC reporting requirements.

We also expect to incur significant expense in order to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Because of the limitations in coverage for directors, it may be more difficult to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on the board of directors of our general partner or as executive officers of our general partner.

 

44


Table of Contents

We estimate that we will incur approximately $2.1 million of annual incremental selling, general and administrative expenses as a result of being a publicly traded partnership; however, it is possible that our actual incremental costs of being a publicly traded partnership will be higher than we currently estimate.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

In addition to reading the following risk factors, you should read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common units.

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, our distributable cash flow would be substantially reduced.

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe, based upon our current operations, that we will be so treated, a change in our business (or a change in current law) could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%, and would likely pay additional state income tax at varying rates. Distributions to our unitholders would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to our unitholders. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our distributable cash flow would be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to our unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.

If we were subjected to a material amount of additional entity-level taxation by individual states, it would reduce our distributable cash flow.

We are currently subject to entity level taxes and fees in a number of states, and such taxes and fees will reduce the distributable cash flow. Changes in current state laws may subject us to additional entity-level taxation by individual states. Because of widespread state budget deficits and other reasons, several states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise and other forms of taxation. Imposition of such additional taxes on us by other states in which we do business will further reduce the distributable cash flow available for distribution to unitholders.

The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time. For example, members of Congress have recently considered substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. Any modification to the U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations thereof may be applied retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the exception for certain publicly traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals, will be reintroduced or will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

 

45


Table of Contents

Our unitholders will be required to pay taxes on their share of our income even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we will allocate taxable income that could be different in amount than the cash we distribute, our unitholders will be required to pay any federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on their share of our taxable income whether or not they receive cash distributions from us. Our unitholders may not receive cash distributions from us equal to their share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

We will be considered to have terminated our partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. Immediately following this offering, Sprague Holdings will directly and indirectly own more than 50% of the total interests in our capital and profits interests. Therefore, a transfer by Sprague Holdings of all or a portion of its interests in us could result in a termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes. Our termination would, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination currently would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead, we would be treated as a new partnership for federal income tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Constructive Termination” for a discussion of the consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

If our unitholders sell their common units, they will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and our unitholders’ tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of their allocable share of our net taxable income decrease their tax basis in common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the units our unitholders sell will, in effect, become taxable income to our unitholders if they sell such units at a price greater than their tax basis in those units, even if the price they receive is less than their original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if our unitholders sell their units, they may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash they receive from the sale. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” for a further discussion of the foregoing.

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts, or IRAs, and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable effective tax rate, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file U.S. federal tax returns and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.

 

46


Table of Contents

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely affected and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our distributable cash flow.

The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely affect the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. Our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our distributable cash flow.

We will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to our unitholders. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from the sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” for a further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and amortization positions we adopt.

We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular common unit is transferred. Nonetheless, we allocate certain deductions for depreciation of capital additions based upon the date the underlying property is placed in service. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations, and, although the U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed Treasury Regulations allowing a similar monthly simplifying convention, such regulations are not final and do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly, our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this method. If the IRS were to successfully challenge our proration method, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction among our unitholders.

A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g. a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units) may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, such unitholder would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may be required to recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

Because there are no specific rules governing the federal income tax consequences of loaning a partnership interest, a unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In that case, such unitholder may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and the unitholder may be required to recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a securities loan should modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their common units.

 

47


Table of Contents

Unitholders may be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in jurisdictions where they do not live as a result of investing in our common units.

In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local and non-U.S. taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future, even if they do not live in any of those jurisdictions. Although an analysis of the various taxes is not presented herein, each prospective unitholder should consider the potential impact on an investment in common units. Unitholders will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We will initially conduct business or own property in numerous states, most of which impose a personal income tax as well as an income tax on corporations and other entities. We may own property or conduct business in other states or non-U.S. countries in the future. In some jurisdictions, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. It is the unitholder’s responsibility to file all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns.

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              common units to the public, after deducting underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million. Our estimate assumes an initial public offering price of $             per common unit. An increase or decrease of $1.00 in the assumed initial public offering price per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $             million. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to reduce amounts outstanding under the working capital facility of our new credit agreement. We anticipate that we will borrow under our working capital facility during the 60 days following the closing of this offering in an amount at least equal to the net proceeds from our sale of common units in this offering to finance our working capital requirements. We expect amounts drawn under the working capital facility will be used to finance inventory and accounts receivable (up to $750.0 million). Immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect to have available undrawn borrowing capacity of approximately $             million under the working capital facility of our new credit agreement. Together with cash flow from operations, we expect our working capital facility will be sufficient to cover our working capital needs until inventory is sold for cash and debt is paid down.

As of August 31, 2013, we had approximately $211.2 million outstanding under the working capital facility of our current credit agreement with a year-to-date annualized interest rate of 5.8% and approximately $132.7 million outstanding under the acquisition facility of our current credit agreement with a year-to-date annualized interest rate of 6.2%. Borrowings under the working capital facility have been primarily used for the purchase, storage and sale of refined products, natural gas and coal, as well as other energy products, and for hedging, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Our new credit agreement is expected to mature in 2018 on or about the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters will be lenders under our new credit agreement and, accordingly, will receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders under our existing credit agreement and may receive payments in connection with the repayment of our existing credit agreement. Please read “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to              additional common units if the underwriters sell more than the              common units offered hereby. All of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of common units pursuant to any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units (approximately $             million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per common unit, if exercised in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and the structuring fee) will be distributed to Sprague Holdings as reimbursement for certain capital expenditures made by Sprague Holdings with respect to the assets contributed to us. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue              common units to Sprague Holdings at the expiration of the option. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise will be sold to the public, and any remaining common units not purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise of the option will be issued to Sprague Holdings at the expiration of the option period. The exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Sprague Holdings has informed us that it intends to distribute any net proceeds received by it attributable to an exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units to Axel Johnson. Sprague Holdings and Axel Johnson are deemed under federal securities laws to be underwriters with respect to any common units that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

 

49


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our capitalization as of June 30, 2013:

 

   

For our predecessor, Sprague Operating Resources LLC; and

 

   

On a pro forma basis to give effect to the pro forma adjustments described in our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, including, among other things, this offering and the application of the net proceeds received by us as well as the other Formation Transactions described under “Prospectus Summary—The Formation Transactions.”

This table is derived from, should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Prospectus Summary—The Formation Transactions,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
     Predecessor
Historical
    Partnership
Pro Forma
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt (including current maturities):

    

Credit facilities(1)

   $ 328,400      $                

Kildair credit facility and term debt

     89,794        —   (3) 

Unsecured debt

     25,000        —   (3) 

Capital leases

     5,921           (3) 

Other

     852        —   (3) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     449,967     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Member’s/partners’ equity:

    

Sprague Operating Resources LLC(2)(3)

     144,130        —     

Sprague Resources LP:

    

Held by public:

    

Common units(4)

     —          (4

Held by general partner and its affiliates:

       (4

Common units(4)

     —       

Subordinated units

     —       

Non-economic general partner interest

     —          —     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     (10,632  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total member’s/partners’ equity

     133,498     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt and member’s/partners’ equity

   $ 583,465      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a new credit agreement in the aggregate principal amount of up to $1.0 billion (consisting of a working capital facility of up to $750.0 million and an acquisition facility of up to $250.0 million). As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $211.0 million and approximately $117.4 million of borrowings outstanding under our existing working capital facility and our acquisition facility, respectively. As of August 31, 2013, we had approximately $211.2 million and approximately $132.7 million of borrowings outstanding under our existing working capital facility and our acquisition facility, respectively. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Agreement.”

 

(2) On September 16, 2013, our predecessor declared a dividend of $17.5 million, which was paid to Axel Johnson on September 18, 2013.

 

(3) Sprague Energy Canada Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of our predecessor and the indirect owner of Kildair, will, together with its associated indebtedness, capital leases and other obligations, be distributed to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings in connection with the closing of this offering, and will not be part of us immediately following the closing of the offering.

 

(4) Each $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed public offering price to $             per common unit would decrease (or increase) total long-term debt, on a pro forma basis, by approximately $             million, and increase (or decrease) total stockholder’s/partners’ equity, on a pro forma basis, by $             million, in each case after deducting the underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

50


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the offering. On a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2013, our net tangible book value was $             million, or $             per unit. Pro forma net tangible book value per unit represents the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the number of units outstanding as of June 30, 2013, after giving effect to the Formation Transactions other than the sale of common units offered hereby.

Net tangible book value dilution per unit to new investors represents the difference between the amount per unit paid by purchasers of common units in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per unit immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of common units in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per common unit, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 would have been $             million, or $             per unit. Purchasers of common units in this offering will experience substantial and immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit

      $     

Pro forma net tangible book value per unit before the offering(1)

   $                   

Decrease in pro forma net tangible book value attributable to purchasers in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Less: Pro forma adjusted net tangible book value per unit after the offering(2)

     
     

 

 

 

Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

 

(1) Determined by dividing the total number of units (             common units and              subordinated units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units) to be issued to Sprague Holdings for its contribution of assets and liabilities to us into the pro forma net tangible book value of the contributed assets and liabilities.
(2) Determined by dividing the total number of units (             common units and             subordinated units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units) to be outstanding after the offering into the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to the sale of common units in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per common unit.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per common unit, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per unit by $            .

The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by Sprague Holdings in respect of its units and by the purchasers of common units in this offering upon consummation of the Formation Transactions contemplated by this prospectus:

 

     Units Acquired     Total Consideration  
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent  
                (in thousands)         

Sprague Holdings(1)(2)

                   $                   

Purchasers in this offering

                        
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

               $                          
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Upon the consummation of the Formation Transactions, including the offering of common units hereby, Sprague Holdings will own              common units and              subordinated units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

 

(2) The assets contributed by Sprague Holdings were recorded at historical cost in accordance with GAAP.

 

51


Table of Contents

OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with the specific assumptions included in this section. For more detailed information regarding the factors and assumptions upon which our cash distribution policy is based, see “—Assumptions and Considerations” below. In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks related to our business or inherent in an investment in us.

For additional information regarding our historical and pro forma operating results, you should refer to our historical and unaudited pro forma financial statements and the notes to such financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

General

Our Cash Distribution Policy

It is our intent to distribute the minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit on all our units ($             per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after the establishment of cash reserves and payment of our expenses. Furthermore, we expect that if we are successful in executing our business strategy, we will grow our business and distribute to our unitholders most of any increases in our distributable cash flow. The board of directors of our general partner will determine the amount of our quarterly distributions and may change our distribution policy at any time. The board of directors of our general partner may determine to reserve or reinvest excess cash in order to permit gradual or consistent increases in quarterly distributions and may borrow to fund distributions in quarters when we generate less distributable cash flow than necessary to sustain or grow our cash distributions per unit.

Limitations on Cash Distributions; Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

There is no guarantee that unitholders will receive quarterly cash distributions from us. We do not have a legal obligation to pay distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate. Uncertainties regarding future cash distributions to our unitholders include, among other things, the following factors:

 

   

Our cash distribution policy may be affected by restrictions on distributions under our new credit agreement as well as by restrictions in future debt agreements that we enter into. Specifically, our new credit agreement will contain financial tests and covenants that we must satisfy. Should we be unable to satisfy these restrictions or if we are otherwise in default under our new credit agreement, we may be prohibited from making cash distributions to you notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Agreement.”

 

   

Our general partner will have the authority to establish cash reserves for the prudent conduct of our business and for future cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of or increase in those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions from levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated cash distribution policy.

 

   

Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act we may not make a distribution if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.

 

   

We may lack sufficient cash to make distributions to our unitholders due to a number of operational, commercial and other factors or increases in our operating costs, general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt and working capital requirements.

 

   

If we make distributions out of capital surplus, as opposed to distributable cash flow, any such distributions would constitute a return of capital and would result in a reduction in the minimum

 

52


Table of Contents
 

quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Distributable Cash Flow and Capital Surplus.” We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

 

   

Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of future indebtedness, applicable state partnership, limited liability company and corporate laws and other laws and regulations.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”

Our Ability to Grow is Dependent on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital

We intend to distribute most of our distributable cash flow on a quarterly basis. As a result, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including borrowings under our new credit agreement and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund any future acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we will distribute most of our distributable cash flow, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest all their cash to expand ongoing operations. Our new credit agreement will restrict our ability to incur additional debt, including through the issuance of debt securities. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Restrictions in our new credit agreement could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders as well as the value of our common units.” To the extent we issue additional units, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or our credit agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to our common units. If we incur additional debt (under our new credit agreement or otherwise) to finance our growth strategy, we will have increased interest expense, which in turn may impact the cash that we have available to distribute to our unitholders. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Debt we incur in the future may limit our flexibility to obtain financing and to pursue other business opportunities.”

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Pursuant to our distribution policy, we intend upon completion of this offering to declare a minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit per complete quarter, or $             per unit per year, to be paid no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter. This equates to an aggregate cash distribution of approximately $             million per quarter or $             million per year, in each case based on the number of common units and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. The exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. See “Underwriting.”

The table below sets forth the common and subordinated units to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering and the aggregate distribution amounts payable on such interests based on our minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit per quarter (or $             per unit on an annualized basis).

 

     Number of Units    Minimum Quarterly
Distributions
        One Quarter    Annualized

Publicly held common units(1)

          $                     $               

Common units held by Sprague Holdings and its affiliates(1)

              

Subordinated units held by Sprague Holdings and its affiliates

              

Non-economic general partner interest(2)

       —            —            —    
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

          $          $    
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

 

(1) Assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase              additional common units from us and that              common units will be issued to Sprague Holdings upon the expiration of the underwriters’ 30-day option period. Regardless of whether the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the total number of common units to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering and the expiration of the option period will not be impacted. Does not include common units that may be issued under the compensation policies that we will adopt following the closing of this offering. Please read “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plan.”
(2) Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest.

If the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units is not paid with respect to any quarter, the common unitholders will not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except that, during the subordination period, to the extent we distribute cash from distributable cash flow in any future quarter in excess of the amount necessary to make cash distributions to holders of our common units at the minimum quarterly distribution, we will use this excess cash to pay these arrearages related to prior quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of subordinated units. See “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.”

The actual amount of our cash distributions for any quarter is subject to fluctuations based on, among other things, the amount of cash we generate from our business and the amount of reserves our general partner establishes.

We expect to pay our quarterly distributions on or about the 15 th  day of each February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the first day of each such month. We will adjust the quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through December 31, 2013 based on the actual length of the period.

In the sections that follow, we present in detail the basis for our belief that we will be able to fully fund our minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit each quarter for the four quarters of the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. In those sections, we present the following two tables:

 

   

“Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow,” in which we present our estimate of the amount of distributable cash flow we would have had for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 based on our unaudited pro forma financial statements that are included in this prospectus.

 

   

“Estimated Distributable Cash Flow,” in which we demonstrate our anticipated ability to generate the distributable cash flow necessary for us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014.

Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow

The following tables illustrate, on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2012, the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 and for each of the four quarters in the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, our distributable cash flow, assuming that the Formation Transactions had occurred as of January 1, 2012, and July 1, 2012, respectively. Our presentations of pro forma distributable cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 do not give effect to our recent acquisition of the Bridgeport terminal.

If we assume that we completed the transactions described under “Prospectus Summary—The Formation Transactions” on January 1, 2012 and July 1, 2012, our pro forma distributable cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 would have been approximately $29.9 million and $35.8 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, these amounts would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distributions on all of our common units but not on all of our subordinated units. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, these amounts would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units. On a pro forma basis, we

 

54


Table of Contents

would not have had sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on our common units or any distribution on our subordinated units for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 or to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012. See “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

The pro forma financial statements, from which pro forma distributable cash flow is derived, do not purport to present our results of operations had the transactions contemplated in this prospectus, including the Formation Transactions, actually been completed as of January 1, 2012 or July 1, 2012, as applicable. Furthermore, distributable cash flow is primarily a cash accounting concept, while our unaudited pro forma combined financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis. We derived the amounts of pro forma distributable cash flow stated above in the manner described in the table below. As a result, the amount of pro forma distributable cash flow should only be viewed as a general indication of the amount of distributable cash flow that we might have generated had we been formed and completed the transactions contemplated in this prospectus in earlier periods.

 

55


Table of Contents

The footnotes to the table below provide additional information about the pro forma adjustments and should be read along with the table.

Sprague Resources LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
    Twelve Months Ended
June 30, 2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Pro forma net (loss) income

   $ (9,181   $ 7,976   

Add/(deduct):

    

Interest expense, net

     21,268        21,345   

Tax expense (benefit)

     (651     566   

Depreciation and amortization

     9,900        9,605   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma EBITDA(1)

   $ 21,336      $ 39,492   

Deduct: total commodity derivative (gains) losses included in net income (loss)(2)

     29,257        34,270   

Add: commodity realized derivative gains (losses) included in net income (loss)(2)

     (11,380     (19,707

Add/(deduct):

    

Write-off of deferred offering costs(3)

     8,931        8,931   

Bio-fuel excise tax credits(4)

     5,021        (3,092
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ 53,165      $ 59,894   

Add/(deduct):

    

Cash interest expense, net(5)

   $ (17,856   $ (18,209

Cash taxes

     651        (566

Maintenance capital expenditures

     (5,897     (4,835

Estimated incremental selling, general and administrative expense of being a publicly traded partnership, net(6)

     (2,058    
(2,058

Loss (gain) on fixed assets and gain on insurance recoveries

     58        (1,232

Elimination of expense relating to cash incentive payments and directors fees that would have been paid in common units(7)

     1,881        2,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow

   $ 29,944      $ 35,835   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Cash Distributions:

    

Minimum annual distribution per unit (based on a minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit)

    

Annual distributions to:

    

Public common unitholders(8)

   $        $     

Sprague Holdings and affiliates:

    

Common units

    

Subordinated units

    

Non-economic general partner interest

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess (Shortfall)

   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to common unitholders

     100     100

Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to subordinated unitholders

                  100

 

56


Table of Contents

 

(1) EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are defined in “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Both total commodity derivative (gains) losses and realized commodity derivative (gains) losses include amounts paid to enter into the settled contracts.
(3) During the year ended December 31, 2012, we delayed the timing of this offering and, as a result, deferred offering costs of $8.9 million were charged against earnings.
(4) On January 2, 2013, the federal government enacted legislation that reinstated an excise tax credit program available for certain of our bio-fuel blending activities. This program had previously expired on December 31, 2011 and was reinstated retroactively to January 1, 2012. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recorded federal excise tax credits of $5.0 million related to our bio-fuel blending activities that had occurred during the year ended December 31, 2012. These credits have been recorded as a reduction of cost of products sold and, therefore, resulted in an increase in adjusted gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013. This adjustment reflects the effect on our pro forma adjusted EBITDA had these credits been recorded in the period in which the blending activity took place, which would have resulted in an increase of $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and a decrease of $3.1 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013.
(5) Our pro forma presentations of cash interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 exclude non-cash amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with borrowings under our credit agreement of approximately $3.4 million and $3.1 million, respectively.
(6) Reflects estimated incremental selling, general and administrative expenses of being a publicly traded partnership of $2.1 million for each of the year ended December 31, 2012 and twelve months ended June 30, 2013.
(7) Reflects the deemed substitution of compensation in the form of common units for cash compensation. See note (8) below.
(8) Does not include distributions of approximately $                 thousand and $                 thousand with respect to a weighted average of             common units that we assume we would have issued during each of the year ended December 31, 2012, and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, as compensation under the compensation policies that we will adopt following the closing of this offering. Please read “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

 

57


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow

(on a Quarterly Basis)

 

    Three Months Ended   Total
Twelve Months
Ended
    September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  June 30,
2013
   

($ in thousands)

                     

Pro forma net income (loss)

    $ (14,186 )     $ (4,234 )     $ 28,437       $ (2,041 )     $ 7,976  

Add/(deduct):

                   

Interest expense, net

      4,721         5,504         5,946         5,174         21,345  

Tax expense (benefit)

      (1,007 )       (300 )       2,018         (145 )       566  

Depreciation and amortization

      2,493         2,442         2,353         2,317         9,605  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma EBITDA

     

 

(7,979

 

)

 

     

 

3,412

 

 

 

      38,754         5,305        

 

39,492

 

 

 

Deduct: total commodity derivative (gains) losses included in net income (loss)(1)

      46,079         (12,495 )       10,993         (10,307 )       34,270  

Add: realized commodity derivative gains (losses) included in net income (loss)(1)

      (28,789 )       14,657         (18,646 )       13,071         (19,707 )

Add/(deduct):

                   

Write-off of deferred offering costs(2)

      —           8,931         —           —           8,931  

Bio-fuel excise tax credits(3)

      601         1,328         (5,021 )       —           (3,092 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA

     

 

9,912

 

 

 

     

 

15,833

 

 

 

      26,080         8,069        

 

59,894

 

 

 

Add/(deduct):

                   

Cash interest expense, net

      (3,937 )       (4,720 )       (5,162 )       (4,390 )       (18,209 )

Cash taxes

      1,007         300         (2,018 )       145         (566 )

Maintenance capital expenditures

      (1,062 )       (1,632 )       (392 )       (1,749 )       (4,835 )

Estimated incremental selling, general and administrative expense of being a publicly traded partnership, net

      (515 )       (514 )       (515 )       (514 )       (2,058 )

Loss (gain) on fixed assets

      (5 )       (446 )       —           (781 )       (1,232 )

Elimination of expense relating to cash incentive payment and director fees that would have been paid in common units

      371         1,256         1,138         76         2,841  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma distributable cash flow

    $ 5,771       $ 10,077       $ 19,131       $ 856       $ 35,835  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma total cash distributions (based on a minimum quarterly distribution of
$             per unit
)

    $         $         $         $                    $    
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Excess (shortfall)

    $         $         $         $                    $    

Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to common unitholders

      100%         100%         100%         %         100%  

Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to subordinated unitholders

          100%         100%         —  %         100%  

 

(1) Both total commodity derivative (gains) losses and realized commodity derivative gains (losses) include amounts paid to enter into the settled contracts.

 

(2) During the year ended December 31, 2012, we delayed the timing of this offering and, as a result, deferred offering costs of $8.9 million were charged against earnings.

 

(3) On January 2, 2013, the federal government enacted legislation that reinstated an excise tax credit program available for certain of our bio-fuel blending activities. This program had previously expired on December 31, 2011 and was reinstated retroactively to January 1, 2012. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded federal excise tax credits of $5.0 million related to our bio-fuel blending activities that had occurred during the year ended December 31, 2012. These credits have been recorded as a reduction of cost of products sold and therefore resulted in an increase in adjusted gross margin for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This adjustment reflects the effect on our pro forma adjusted EBITDA had these credits been recorded in the period in which the blending activity took place.

 

58


Table of Contents

Estimated Distributable Cash Flow

We estimate we will generate distributable cash flow of $39.9 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 and will be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units and subordinated units for each quarter in that period. In “—Assumptions and Considerations” below, we discuss the material assumptions underlying this belief, which reflect our judgment of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take.

When considering our ability to generate distributable cash flow of $39.9 million and how we calculate estimated distributable cash flow, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements,” which discuss factors that could cause our results of operations and distributable cash flow to vary significantly from our estimates.

Our forecast is based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable with respect to the forecast period as a whole. We did not use quarter-by-quarter estimates in concluding that there would be sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units and the general partner interest during the forecast period. Historically, our results of operations have varied quarter-by-quarter as a result of seasonal changes, market structure and other factors. For more information regarding these factors, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors That Impact Our Business.” As a result of the quarterly variations in our operations and the inherent difficulty in projecting the precise timing of each revenue and expense item in the forecast, we believe that any estimate of our results of operations on a quarterly basis would involve a high degree of risk of inaccuracy. To the extent that there is a shortfall during any quarter in the forecast period, we believe we would have sufficient borrowing capacity under the credit agreement we will enter into in connection with this offering, and, therefore, would be able to make borrowings to pay distributions in such quarter. We believe we would likely be able to repay such borrowings in a subsequent quarter, because we believe the total distributable cash flow for the forecast period will be more than sufficient to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution to all unitholders.

We do not, as a matter of course, make public projections as to future operations, earnings or other results. However, we have prepared the prospective financial information and related assumptions and conditions set forth below to present the estimated distributable cash flow for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. The accompanying prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward public disclosure or with a view toward complying with the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial information but, in our view, was prepared on a reasonable basis and reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments and presents, to the best of our knowledge and belief, the expected course of action and our expected future financial performance. However, this information is not fact and should not be considered as indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information.

Neither our auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, nor any other independent public accounting firm has examined, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying prospective financial information and accordingly, Ernst & Young LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The Ernst & Young LLP reports included in this prospectus relates to the historical information of our predecessor and our historical financial statements. These reports do not extend to the prospective financial information presented below and should not be read to do so. As such, neither Ernst & Young LLP nor any other public accounting firm has expressed an opinion or any other form of assurance in respect of information or its achievability and Ernst & Young LLP assumes no responsibility for and disclaims any association with, the prospective financial information.

We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the financial forecast or to update this financial forecast or the assumptions used to prepare the forecast to reflect events or circumstances after the completion of this offering. In light of this, the statement that we believe that we will have sufficient distributable cash flow to allow us to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common and subordinated units for each quarter through and including the quarter ending September 30, 2014, should not be regarded as a representation by us, Sprague Holdings, the underwriters or any other person that we will make such distribution. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

 

59


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Estimated Distributable Cash Flow

 

     Twelve Months
Ending
September 30, 2014
 
     (in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 4,118,585   

Cost of products sold

     3,958,733   
  

 

 

 

Gross margin

     159,852   

Operating costs and expenses

  

Operating expenses

     47,490   

Selling, general and administrative(1)

     50,692   

Depreciation and amortization

     10,506   
  

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     108,688   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     51,164   

Interest expense, net

     20,070   
  

 

 

 

Income before income tax

     31,094   
  

 

 

 

Income tax

     1,180   
  

 

 

 

Net income

     29,914   
  

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to adjusted EBITDA:

  

Add:

  

Interest expense, net

     20,070   

Income tax

     1,180   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     10,506   
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

     61,670   
  

 

 

 

Less:

  

Cash interest expense, net(3)

     (17,397

Cash taxes

     (1,180

Maintenance capital expenditures

     (5,912

Add:

  

Elimination of non-cash expense relating to incentive payments that are anticipated to be paid in common units(4)

     2,704   
  

 

 

 

Estimated distributable cash flow

   $ 39,885   
  

 

 

 

Minimum annual distribution per unit (based on a minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit)

  

Annual distributions to:

  

Public common unitholders(5)

   $     

Sprague Holdings and affiliates:

  

Common units

  

Subordinated units

  

Non-economic general partner interest

      
  

 

 

 

Total distributions to Sprague Holdings

  
  

 

 

 

Total distributions to our unitholders and Sprague Holdings (based on a minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit per year)

   $     
  

 

 

 

Excess of distributable cash flow over aggregate annualized minimum quarterly distributions

   $     

 

60


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes $2.1 million of incremental annual selling, general and administrative expenses we expect to incur as a result of our being a publicly traded partnership, as well as approximately $2.7 million of non-cash expense related to incentive payments that we anticipate will be paid in common units.
(2) EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are defined in “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Because it is not reasonably possible to forecast unrealized hedging gains or losses for future periods, we have not projected any such gains or losses for the forecast period. Accordingly, EBITDA is projected to be equal to adjusted EBITDA for the forecast period.
(3) Cash interest expense, net excludes approximately $2.7 million in non-cash amortization of debt issuance costs anticipated to be incurred in connection with borrowings under our credit agreement. A decrease of $1.00 in the assumed initial public offering price per common unit would cause the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of common units to the public to decrease by approximately $             million, which will result in us having an additional approximately $             million in borrowings outstanding under our new credit agreement following the completion of this offering and an additional approximately $             million of estimated cash interest expense, net for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. A decrease of 1.0 million in the number of common units offered hereby, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per common unit, would cause the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of common units to the public to decrease by approximately $             million, which would result in us having an additional approximately $             million in borrowings outstanding under our new credit agreement following completion of this offering and an additional approximately $             million of estimated cash interest expense, net for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014.
(4) Eliminates a non-cash charge associated with compensation that is expected to be paid in common units. See note (1) above and note (5) below.
(5) Does not include distributions of approximately $                 thousand with respect to a weighted average of              common units that we assume we will issue as compensation during the forecast period under the compensation policies that we will adopt following the closing of this offering. Please read “Management— Long-Term Incentive Plan”. See note (4) above. We have assumed that the common units will be issued in an equal number per quarter, at the end of each quarter in the forecast period, and that distributions in respect of such issued common units would not be payable until after the completion of the first quarter following the quarter in which such common units were issued.

Assumptions and Considerations

While we believe that the assumptions below are reasonable, the assumptions are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those we anticipate. If our assumptions are not realized, the actual distributable cash flow that we could generate could be substantially less than currently expected and could, therefore, be insufficient to permit us to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all units, in which case the market price of the common units may decline materially. When reading this section, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward Looking Statements.” We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we make to the foregoing or to update the foregoing to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

We believe that, following the completion of the offering, we will have sufficient distributable cash flow to allow us to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all the outstanding units for each quarter through September 30, 2014. Our belief is based on a number of specific assumptions, including the assumptions that:

 

   

Net sales. Net sales are projected to be approximately $4.1 billion for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014, as compared to $3.9 billion and $4.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. We believe net sales for the forecast period will increase primarily as a result of the recent acquisition of the Bridgeport terminal.

 

61


Table of Contents
   

Refined Products. Our refined products net sales for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $3.8 billion, as compared to approximately $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The projected $198.3 million increase in refined products net sales as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, and the projected increase of $78.1 million over the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, in each case on a pro forma basis, is driven primarily by the recent acquisition of the Bridgeport terminal, which has a projected $245.6 million impact to the revenue increases. We use the published NYMEX forward price curves for heating oil and Reformulated Blendstock for Oxygenate Blending, or RBOB, along with residual fuel oil forward swaps prices as of August 9, 2013, as the underlying basis to forecast the anticipated prices at which we will sell our refined products. These base prices are adjusted for gross margin plus other costs associated with our anticipated points of sale, which are applied on a consistent basis. See “—Commodity Prices.”

 

   

Natural Gas. Our natural gas net sales for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $286.8 million, as compared to approximately $242.0 million and $290.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The projected increase of $44.8 million over the year ended December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, is comprised of an increase of $39.5 million attributable to an increase in unit sales price in addition to an increase in volumes contributing $5.3 million to net sales. The projected decrease of $3.6 million over the year ended June 30, 2013, on a pro forma basis, is comprised of an increase of $6.1 million attributable to an increase in unit sales price offset by a decrease in volumes contributing a decrease of $9.7 million to net sales. Natural gas sales volume for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be 50,500 MMBtus, as compared to 49,417 MMBtus and 52,242 MMBtus for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. We use the published NYMEX forward price curve, as of August 9, 2013, as the underlying basis to forecast the anticipated prices at which we will sell our natural gas, with adjustments for gross margin and other costs associated with our anticipated points of sale, which are applied on a consistent basis. See “—Commodity Prices.”

 

   

Materials Handling . Our materials handling net sales for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $30.0 million, as compared to approximately $32.5 million and $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The reduction in materials handling net sales in the year ending September 30, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis, is primarily due to a projected decline in salt, petcoke and gypsum volumes. Our existing contracts were used as the basis to estimate our net sales for fee-based materials handling services.

 

   

Other Operations . Our coal net sales for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $10.1 million, as compared to approximately $8.9 million and $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The increase in coal net sales in the year ending September 30, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis, is primarily due to higher commodity prices during the forecast period.

 

   

Adjusted Gross Margin. Because it is not reasonably possible to forecast unrealized hedging gains or losses for future periods, gross margin is projected to be the same as adjusted gross margin for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. Adjusted gross margin is projected to be approximately $159.9 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. Our adjusted gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis was approximately $138.3 million and $154.7 million, respectively.

 

 

62


Table of Contents
   

Refined Products . Our refined products adjusted gross margin for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $100.6 million, as compared to approximately $77.1 million and $86.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The projected increase of $23.6 million over the year ended December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, is comprised of an increase of $9.0 million attributable to the Bridgeport terminal acquisition, an increase of $12.0 million attributable to an increase in adjusted unit gross margin and an increase of $2.6 million attributable to an increase in refined products volume. The projected increase of $14.4 million over the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, on a pro forma basis, is comprised of an increase of $9.0 million attributable to the Bridgeport terminal acquisition, an increase of $6.4 million attributable to an increase in adjusted unit gross margin and a decrease of $1.0 million attributable to a decrease in refined products volume. The projected increase in adjusted unit margin for the period ending September 30, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2012 is based on the anticipated return of typical weather conditions in the Northeast United States rather than the mild conditions experienced in 2012. In addition, results for the year ended December 31, 2012 were lower because bio-diesel credits earned during that time were not recognized until 2013. Unit gross margin for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to increase compared to the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 primarily due to projected improved hedging and trading performance.

 

   

Natural Gas . Our natural gas adjusted gross margin for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $27.5 million, as compared to approximately $26.8 million and $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The decrease of $7.7 million over the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, on a pro forma basis, is largely due to the unusually strong results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to periods of cold weather which led to high cash prices and incremental margin from balancing of incremental customer demand and managing of utility resources such as storage assets. Natural gas results for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 were unusually high, driven by a number of favorable conditions. The twelve months ending September 30, 2014 do not assume a repeat of these unusually favorable conditions.

 

   

Materials Handling . Our materials handling gross margin for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $30.0 million, as compared to approximately $32.3 million and $31.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The forecasted decrease of $2.3 million over the year ended December 31, 2012 and the forecasted decrease of $1.0 million compared to the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, in each case on a pro forma basis, are each due to an expected decline in salt, petcoke and gypsum volumes. Our existing contracts were used as the basis to estimate gross margin for fee-based materials handling services.

 

   

Other Operations . Our coal gross margin for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $1.8 million, as compared to approximately $2.1 million and $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The forecasted decrease of $0.3 million and $0.4 million over the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 is due to lower unit gross margins in the forecast period.

 

   

Cost of Products Sold. Cost of products sold is a function of the forecasted net sales and the forecasted adjusted gross margin as determined above. Our cost of products sold is projected to be approximately $4.0 billion for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014, as compared to approximately $3.8 billion and $3.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis.

 

   

Operating Expenses. Operating expenses for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 are projected to be approximately $47.5 million, as compared to approximately $43.8 million and

 

63


Table of Contents
 

$43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The increase in operating expenses for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis, is primarily due to the acquisition of the Bridgeport terminal.

 

   

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 are projected to be approximately $50.7 million. Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, in each case on a pro forma basis, were approximately $46.2 million and $49.3 million, respectively. The increase of selling, general and administrative expenses for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is primarily due to the anticipated incremental annual selling, general and administrative expenses as a result of being a publicly traded partnership and inflation-related period-over-period expense increases.

 

   

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $10.5 million, as compared to approximately $9.9 million and $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis.

 

   

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is projected to be approximately $20.1 million. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, in each case on a pro forma basis, was approximately $21.3 million and $21.3 million, respectively. Interest expense, net for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 is based on anticipated borrowings under the proposed credit agreement and the expected financing of working capital requirements.

 

   

Cash Interest Expense, Net. Cash interest expense, net excludes approximately $2.7 million, $3.4 million and $3.1 million in non-cash amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with borrowings under our credit agreement for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014, the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis.

 

   

Expansion Capital Expenditures. Our expansion capital expenditures are projected to be approximately $2.2 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. Our expansion capital expenditures in the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, in each case on a pro forma basis, were approximately $2.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively. We intend to fund expansion capital expenditures during the forecast period with borrowings under the $250.0 million acquisition facility in our credit agreement.

 

   

Maintenance Capital Expenditures. Our maintenance capital expenditures for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 are projected to be approximately $5.9 million, as compared to maintenance capital expenditures of $5.9 million and $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, in each case on a pro forma basis. The forecasted maintenance capital expenditures for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014 are primarily to fund planned capital expenditures at our terminals and on our truck fleet.

 

64


Table of Contents
   

Commodity Prices. The following table sets forth the published NYMEX forward prices as of August 9, 2013 used in the forecast assumptions for the commodities presented below from October 2013 through September 2014.

 

Price

   No. 2 Fuel Oil
(per gallon)
     Gasoline
(RBOB)
(per gallon)
     Heavy
Oil
(1.0%)
(per Bbl)
     Natural Gas
(per MMBtu)
 

October 2013

   $ 3.004       $ 2.741       $ 94.700       $ 3.389   

November 2013

   $ 3.004       $ 2.711       $ 94.650       $ 3.574   

December 2013

   $ 3.004       $ 2.697       $ 94.650       $ 3.664   

January 2014

   $ 2.995       $ 2.696       $ 94.900       $ 3.667   

February 2014

   $ 2.977       $ 2.706       $ 94.800       $ 3.635   

March 2014

   $ 2.958       $ 2.850       $ 94.650       $ 3.589   

April 2014

   $ 2.942       $ 2.836       $ 94.450       $ 3.613   

May 2014

   $ 2.927       $ 2.813       $ 94.250       $ 3.646   

June 2014

   $ 2.920       $ 2.779       $ 94.050       $ 3.679   

July 2014

   $ 2.913       $ 2.741       $ 93.800       $ 3.694   

August 2014

   $ 2.911       $ 2.702       $ 93.450       $ 3.696   

September 2014

   $ 2.907       $ 2.559       $ 93.000       $ 3.718   

 

   

New Bedford Terminal. Our projection assumes that the sale of the New Bedford terminal by Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC to a third party will not be consummated during the forecast period. The New Bedford terminal is subject to a purchase and sale agreement pursuant to which a third party may acquire the terminal from Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC. The acquisition is subject to certain conditions that are beyond the control of Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC. Subject to those conditions, the acquisition may be consummated on or before January 5, 2016. In the event that such sale is consummated, our terminal operating agreement with Sprague Holdings and Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC will automatically terminate. We will not receive any proceeds from a sale of the New Bedford Terminal. We have been advised by Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC that it does not believe that the sale will be consummated prior to September 30, 2014. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Terminal Operating Agreement.” In light of its relatively small capacity and our ability to shift business to other terminals, we do not believe a termination of our operating lease would adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations or ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

General. Our projections assume that actual heating degree days will equal normal heating degree days for such period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations—Heating Degree Days.” Additionally, we assume that no material accidents, releases or similar unanticipated material events occur during the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. Furthermore, we assume that there are no major adverse changes in the oil or natural gas markets and that the market, regulatory and overall economic conditions do not change substantially.

 

65


Table of Contents

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions. This summary assumes that we do not issue additional classes of equity interests. Statements of percentages of cash and allocations of gain and loss paid or allocated to Sprague Holdings assume that Sprague Holdings does not transfer the incentive distribution rights.

Distributions of Distributable Cash Flow

General

Within approximately 45 days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2013, we intend to make cash distributions to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of the offering through December 31, 2013 based on the actual length of the period.

Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution

We will distribute to the holders of common units and subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit, or $             per unit per year, to the extent we have sufficient distributable cash flow. Our partnership agreement permits us to borrow to make distributions, but we are not required to do so. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is ultimately determined by the board of directors of our general partner. We may be prohibited from making any distributions to unitholders by agreements governing the indebtedness we expect to have immediately following the closing of this offering and any future indebtedness. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Agreement” for a discussion of the restrictions included in our new credit agreement that may restrict our ability to make distributions.

General Partner Interest

Our general partner will not be entitled to distributions on its non-economic general partner interest.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Sprague Holdings currently holds all of the incentive distribution rights, which entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from distributable cash flow (as defined below) in excess of $             per unit per quarter. The maximum distribution of 50.0% does not include any distributions that Sprague Holdings may receive on common units or subordinated units that it owns. See “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below for additional information.

Distributable Cash Flow and Capital Surplus

General

All cash distributed will be characterized as either “distributable cash flow” or “capital surplus.” We distribute cash from distributable cash flow differently than we would distribute cash from capital surplus. Distributable cash flow distributions will be made to our unitholders and, if we make quarterly distributions above the first target distribution level described above, the holder of our incentive distribution rights. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus, but any capital surplus distribution would be made pro rata to all unitholders, but the holder of the incentive distribution rights would generally not participate in any capital surplus distributions with respect to those rights.

 

66


Table of Contents

Distributable Cash Flow

Distributable cash flow for any period will be determined by our general partner and is defined to mean, on a cumulative basis since the completion of this offering:

(a)     $             million;

(b)     plus our net income, as determined in accordance with GAAP;

(c)     plus or minus , as applicable, any amounts necessary to offset the impact of any items included in our net income in accordance with GAAP that do not impact the amount of our cash or cash equivalents (including any amounts necessary to offset the impact of any items included in our share of the net income of entities accounted for under the equity method that do not impact the amount of the cash or cash equivalents of such entities);

(d)     plus any carrying costs (debt or equity related), which have not been capitalized, incurred by us during construction of a capital improvement which capital improvement is not included in expansion capital expenditures;

(e)     plus any acquisition-related expenses deducted from net income and associated with (i) successful acquisitions or (ii) any other potential acquisitions that have not been abandoned;

(f)     minus any acquisition related expenses covered by clause (e)(ii) immediately preceding that relate to (i) potential acquisitions that have since been abandoned or (ii) potential acquisitions that have not been consummated within one year following the date such expense was incurred (except that if the potential acquisition is the subject of a pending purchase and sale agreement as of such one-year date, such one-year period of time shall be extended until the first to occur of the termination of such purchase and sale agreement or the first day following the closing of the acquisition contemplated by such purchase and sale agreement); and

(g)     minus maintenance capital expenditures.

The types of items covered by clause (c) above include, without limitation, (i) depreciation, depletion and amortization expense, (ii) any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the ordinary course of business, (iii) any non-cash gains or items of income and any non-cash losses or expenses, including non-cash compensation expense, asset impairments, amortization of debt discounts, premiums or issue costs, mark-to-market activity associated with hedging and with non-cash revaluation and/or fair valuation of assets or liabilities and (iv) any gain or loss as a result of a change in accounting policy or principle, provided that the application of any such change that is not required by law, GAAP or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or similar regulatory body to be adopted by us is approved by the audit committee of the board of directors of our general partner prior to its adoption. Our share of the net income of entities accounted for under the equity method, as adjusted in clause (c) above, shall be limited to the distributions we receive from such entities. To the extent that our net income includes any losses with respect to the termination of any derivative contracts hedging our interest rate or currency risk with an original term of more than one year prior to their respective stipulated termination or settlement date, such losses shall be included in distributable cash flow in equal installments over what would have been the remaining scheduled life of such derivative contracts had they not been so terminated.

If net income or other items affecting the calculation of distributable cash flow are restated with respect to any quarter, then any subsequent determination of net income or such other items for such quarter or with respect to a period including such quarter will reflect such restatement. Any restatement after the end of the subordination period will not retroactively affect the conversion of subordinated units.

 

67


Table of Contents

Maintenance capital expenditures reduce distributable cash flow, but expansion capital expenditures do not. Maintenance capital expenditures represent capital expenditures made to replace assets, to maintain the long-term operating capacity of our assets or other capital expenditures that are incurred in maintaining long-term operating capacity of our assets or our operating income. Costs for repairs and minor renewals to maintain facilities in operating condition that do not extend the useful life of existing assets will be treated as maintenance expenses as we incur them. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures required to maintain equipment reliability, terminal integrity and safety and to address environmental laws and regulations.

Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to increase the long-term operating capacity of our assets or our operating income whether through construction or acquisition. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of equipment and the development or acquisition of additional storage capacity, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our operating capacity or our operating income. For the purpose of calculating distributable cash flow, expansion capital expenditures will also include the carrying cost of debt incurred and equity issued to finance all or any portion of the construction of such a capital improvement in respect of the period that commences when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and ending on the date such capital improvement commences commercial service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of. Where capital expenditures are made in part for maintenance or expansion purposes and in part for other purposes, the board of directors of our general partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each. The officers and directors of our general partner will determine how to allocate a capital expenditure for the acquisition or expansion of our assets between maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures.

Characterization of Cash Distributions

We treat all cash distributed as coming from distributable cash flow until the sum of all distributions from the closing of this offering equals the distributable cash flow for the most recent date of determination. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of distributable cash flow, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. The characterization of cash distributions as distributable cash flow versus capital surplus does not result in a different impact to unitholders for U.S. federal tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Distributions” for a discussion of the tax treatment of cash distributions.

Subordination Period

General

During the subordination period (which we describe below), the common units will have the right to receive distributions of cash from distributable cash flow each quarter in an amount equal to $             per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of cash from distributable cash flow may be made on the subordinated units. Furthermore, no arrearages will accrue or be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be sufficient cash from distributable cash flow to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Definition of Subordination Period

Except as described below, the subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire the second business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter (referred to as the reference quarter), beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2016, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

Quarterly distributions from distributable cash flow on each outstanding common and subordinated unit equaled or exceeded the annualized minimum quarterly distribution in respect of each of the prior three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods (including the reference quarter); and

 

68


Table of Contents
   

Distributable cash flow generated in respect of such three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods equaled or exceeded the annualized amount of the minimum quarterly distribution on all outstanding common units and subordinated units (on a fully diluted basis) in respect of such periods; and

 

   

There are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

With respect to compensatory grants of equity, fully diluted shall include only those units that will vest during the succeeding twelve months.

Our partnership agreement provides that the requirements could first be satisfied in connection with a distribution of cash in respect of the quarter ending December 31, 2016 and, if not satisfied in respect of that quarter, could be satisfied on any date thereafter. In addition, the subordination period will expire upon the removal of our general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or common units held by the holders of subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal.

Effect of End of the Subordination Period

Upon expiration of the subordination period, any outstanding arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished (not paid), each outstanding subordinated unit will immediately convert into one common unit and will thereafter participate pro rata with the other common units in distributions.

Distributions of Cash From Distributable Cash Flow During the Subordination Period

Distributions from distributable cash flow with respect to any quarter during the subordination period will be made in the following manner:

 

   

First , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter and any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters;

 

   

Second , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

Thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

Distributions of Cash From Distributable Cash Flow After the Subordination Period

Distributions from distributable cash flow in respect of any quarter after the subordination period will be made in the following manner:

 

   

First , to all unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

Thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

General Partner Interest

Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions. However, our general partner may in the future own common units or other equity securities in us and will be entitled to receive distributions on any such interests.

 

69


Table of Contents

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage (15.0%, 25.0% and 50.0%) of quarterly distributions of cash from distributable cash flow after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Sprague Holdings will initially hold the incentive distribution rights but may transfer these rights, subject to restrictions in our partnership agreement.

If for any quarter:

 

   

We have distributed cash from distributable cash flow to the common unitholders and subordinated unitholders (if any) in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and

 

   

We have distributed cash from distributable cash flow to the common unitholders in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

then additional distributions from distributable cash flow for that quarter will be made in the following manner:

 

   

First , to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $             per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

 

   

Second , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to the holders of incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $             per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

 

   

Third , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to the holders of incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $             per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

 

   

Thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to the holders of incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

In each case, the amount of the target distribution set forth above is exclusive of any distributions to common unitholders to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution.

Percentage Allocations of Cash Distributions From Distributable Cash Flow

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of cash distributions from distributable cash flow between the unitholders and the holders of the incentive distribution rights, based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal Percentage Interest in Cash Distributions” are the percentage interests of the incentive distribution right holders and the unitholders in any cash distributions from distributable cash flow we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution per Unit Target Amount.” The percentage interests shown for the unitholders for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution.

 

     Total Quarterly  Distribution
per Unit Target Amount
   Marginal Percentage
Interest in Cash Distributions
 
      Unitholders     Incentive
Distribution
Rights Holders
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $                  100.0     —     

First Target Distribution

   above $             up to $                   100.0     —     

Second Target Distribution

   above $             up to $                   85.0     15.0

Third Target Distribution

   above $             up to $                  75.0     25.0

Thereafter

   above $                  50.0     50.0

 

70


Table of Contents

Sprague Holdings’ Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

The holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights (initially Sprague Holdings) have the right under our partnership agreement, subject to certain conditions, to elect to relinquish the right of the holders of our incentive distribution rights to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to such holders would be set. Such incentive distribution rights may be transferred at any time. The right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions payable are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. Any election to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of our general partner that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. We anticipate that Sprague Holdings would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to it.

In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by holders of our incentive distribution rights of incentive distribution payments based on the target cash distributions prior to the reset, the holder of incentive distribution rights will be entitled to receive an aggregate number of newly issued common units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the average cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by such holders for the two quarters prior to the reset event, as compared to the average cash distributions per common unit during this period.

The number of common units that the holders of incentive distribution rights would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to (x) the average amount of cash distributions received by such holders in respect of their incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election divided by (y) the average of the amount of cash distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters. The issuance of the additional common units will be conditioned upon approval of the listing or admission for trading of such common units by the national securities exchange on which the common units are then listed or admitted for trading.

Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of distributable cash flow for each quarter thereafter as follows:

 

   

First , to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

   

Second , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter;

 

   

Third , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter; and

 

   

Thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

 

71


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of distributable cash flow between the unitholders and the holders of the incentive distribution rights at various cash distribution levels pursuant to the cash distribution provision of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering, as well as following a hypothetical reset of the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election was $            .

 

     Quarterly
Distribution per Unit
Prior to Reset
  Marginal Percentage
Interest in Cash
Distributions
    Quarterly
Distribution  per
Unit following
Hypothetical Reset
     Unitholders     Incentive
Distribution
Rights
Holders
   

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $               100.0     —        $          

First Target Distribution

   above $           up to

$          

    100.0     —        up to $          (1)

Second Target Distribution

   above $           up to

$          

    85.0     15.0   above $           up to

$          (2)

Third Target Distribution

   above $           up to

$          

    75.0     25.0   above $           up to

$          (3)

Thereafter

   above $               50.0     50.0   above $          (3)

 

(1) This amount is 115% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(2) This amount is 125% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(3) This amount is 150% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributable cash flow that would be distributed to the unitholders and the holders of the incentive distribution rights based on an average of the amounts distributed per quarter for the two quarters immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that, immediately prior to the reset, there would be              common units outstanding and the average distribution to each common unit is $             for the two quarters prior to the reset. The assumed number of outstanding units assumes the conversion of all subordinated units into common units and no additional unit issuances.

 

    Prior to Reset  
    Quarterly
Distribution
per Unit 
    Common
Unitholders
Cash
Distributions
    Additional
Common
Units
    Incentive
Distribution
Rights

Holders Cash
Distributions
    Total
Distributions
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $                  $          —        $ —       $                 

First Target Distribution

        —          —      

Second Target Distribution

        —         

Third Target Distribution

        —         

Thereafter

        —         
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $                         —        $                   $     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributable cash flow that would be distributed to the unitholders and the holders of the incentive distribution rights with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs, assuming that the distribution per unit in respect of such quarter equals the average distribution per unit for the two quarters immediately prior to the reset. The table reflects that as a result of the reset there would be              common units outstanding and the average distribution to each common unit is $            . The number of additional common units was calculated by dividing (x) $             as the average of the amounts received by the incentive distribution

 

72


Table of Contents

rights holders in respect of their incentive distribution rights, for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above by (y) the $             of distributable cash flow distributed to each common unit as the average distributed per common unit for the two quarters prior to the reset.

 

    After Reset  
    Quarterly
Distribution
per Unit
    Common
Unitholders
Cash
Distributions
    Additional
Common
Units
    Incentive
Distribution
Rights
Holders Cash
Distributions
    Total
Distributions
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $                  $                      $                    $ —        $                   

First Target Distribution

      —          —          —          —     

Second Target Distribution

      —          —          —          —     

Third Target Distribution

      —          —          —          —     

Thereafter

      —          —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $         $      $ —        $     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to cause the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when the holders of the incentive distribution rights have received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that the holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.

Distributions From Capital Surplus

How Distributions From Capital Surplus Will Be Made

Distributions from capital surplus, if any, will be made in the following manner:

 

   

First , to all unitholders, pro rata, until the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero, as described below;

 

   

Second , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount of cash from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution; and

 

   

Thereafter , we will make all distributions of cash from capital surplus as if they were from distributable cash flow.

Effect of a Distribution From Capital Surplus

Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the consideration for the issuance of the unit, which is a return of capital. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the distribution had in relation to the fair market value of the common units prior to the announcement of the distribution. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for Sprague Holdings to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

If we reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels to zero, all future distributions from distributable cash flow will be made such that 50.0% is paid to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% is paid to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

 

73


Table of Contents

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus or a reset of target distribution levels, if we combine our units into a lesser number of units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, we will proportionately adjust:

 

   

The minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

The target distribution levels;

 

   

The initial unit price, as described below under “—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation;” and

 

   

The per unit amount of any outstanding arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

For example, if a two-for-one split of the units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the initial unit price (as described below) would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level. If we combine our common units into a lesser number of units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of units, we will combine or subdivide our subordinated units using the same ratio applied to the common units. We will not make any adjustment to the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels or the initial unit price by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

In addition, if as a result of a change in law or interpretation thereof, we or any of our subsidiaries is treated as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to additional taxation as an entity for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income or withholding tax purposes, our general partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is distributable cash flow for that quarter (after deducting our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholdings taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation) and the denominator of which is the sum of (1) distributable cash flow for that quarter, plus (2) our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholding taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation thereof. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in distributions with respect to subsequent quarters.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

General

If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to our unitholders and the holders of our incentive distribution rights in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of units to a repayment of the initial value contributed by a unitholder to us for their units, which we refer to as the “initial unit price” for each unit. The initial unit price for the common units will be the price paid for the common units issued in this offering. The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are also intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of common units to a preference over the holders of subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the holders of common units to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be distributable cash flow available to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights.

 

74


Table of Contents

Manner of Adjustments for Gain

If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will allocate any gain to the unitholders in the following manner:

 

   

First , to our general partner to the extent of certain prior losses specially allocated to our general partner;

 

   

Second, to the common unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

Third , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;

 

   

Fourth , to all unitholders, pro rata, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of cash from distributable cash flow in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed to the unitholders, pro rata, for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

Fifth , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of cash from distributable cash flow in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

Sixth , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of cash from distributable cash flow in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights for each quarter of our existence; and

 

   

Thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the first bullet point above and all of the second bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

Manner of Adjustments for Losses

If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any loss to our general partner, the holders of the incentive distribution rights and the unitholders in the following manner:

 

   

First , to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts until the capital accounts of the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;

 

   

Second , to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and

 

   

Thereafter, 100% to our general partner.

 

75


Table of Contents

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

Adjustments to Capital Accounts Upon Issuance of Additional Units

We will make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In doing so, we generally will allocate any unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and the holders of the incentive distribution rights in the same manner as we allocate gain upon liquidation. By contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as provided above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the unitholders based on their percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units. In the event we make negative adjustments to the capital accounts as a result of such loss, future positive adjustments resulting from the issuance of additional units will be allocated in a manner designed to reverse the prior negative adjustments, and special allocations will be made upon liquidation in a manner that results, to the extent possible, in our unitholders’ capital account balances equaling the amounts they would have been if no earlier adjustments for loss had been made.

 

76


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table presents selected historical consolidated financial and operating data of our predecessor, Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data presented as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data presented as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are derived from audited financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC that are not included in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data presented as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data presented as of June 30, 2012 are derived from the unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC that are not included in this prospectus.

The selected pro forma consolidated financial data presented for the year ended December 31, 2012 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are derived from our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements give pro forma effect to, among other things:

 

   

The contribution to Sprague Holdings by Axel Johnson of all of the ownership interests in Sprague Operating Resources LLC;

 

   

The distribution to Sprague Holdings or a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings, by Sprague Operating Resources LLC of certain of its assets and liabilities that will not be a part of our initial assets, including:

 

   

$         million of accounts receivable;

 

   

our predecessor’s 100% equity interest in Kildair;

 

   

the terminal assets and liabilities associated with our predecessor’s terminals located in New Bedford, Massachusetts; Portsmouth, New Hampshire; and Bucksport, Maine; and property located in Oceanside, New York, and certain corporate assets; and

 

   

other long-term debt of $42.4 million;

 

   

The contribution to us by Sprague Holdings of all of the membership interests in Sprague Operating Resources LLC in exchange for the issuance by us to Sprague Holdings of              common units,              subordinated units, the incentive distribution rights;

 

   

Our issuance and sale of              common units to the public, representing an aggregate     % limited partner interest in us;

 

   

Our entry into a new credit agreement as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Agreement”; and

 

   

The application of the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              common units as described in “Use of Proceeds”.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet assumes the items listed above occurred as of June 30, 2013. The unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 assumes the items listed above occurred as of January 1, 2012.

 

77


Table of Contents

For a detailed discussion of the summary historical consolidated financial information contained in the following table, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The following table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Prospectus Summary—The Formation Transactions,” the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, and our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, the historical consolidated and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the information in the following table.

The following table presents the non-GAAP financial measure adjusted EBITDA, which we use in our business as an important supplemental measure of our performance. We define and explain this measure under “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and reconcile it to net income, its most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

    Predecessor Historical     Partnership
Pro Forma(1)(2)(4)
 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
    Year
Ended
December  31,

2012
 
  2013     2012     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008      
    (unaudited)    

(audited)

    (unaudited)  
   

(in thousands, except per unit data and operating data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

                 

Net sales

  $ 2,466,773      $ 2,037,606      $ 4,043,907      $ 3,797,427      $ 2,817,191      $ 2,460,115      $ 4,156,442      $ 2,205,188      $ 3,876,795   

Cost of products sold

    2,367,864        1,967,777        3,922,352        3,638,717        2,676,301        2,313,644        4,005,305        2,115,613        3,756,394   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

    98,909        69,829        121,555        158,710        140,890        146,471        151,137        89,575        120,401   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating costs and expenses

                 

Operating expenses

    27,600        22,106        47,054        42,414        41,102        44,448        46,761        22,014        43,762   

Selling, general and administrative

    27,056        22,500        46,449        46,292        40,625        47,836        49,687        24,409        46,212   

Write-off of deferred offering costs(3)

    —          —          8,931        —          —          —          —          —          8,931   

Depreciation and amortization

    8,437        4,965        11,665        10,140        10,531        10,615        11,020        4,670        9,900   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    63,093        49,571        114,099        98,846        92,258        102,899        107,468        51,093        108,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    35,816        20,258        7,456        59,864        48,632        43,572        43,669        38,482        11,596   

Gain on acquisition of business

    —          (529)        1,512        6,016        —          —          —          —          —     

Other (expense) income

    816        —          (160)        —          894        —          159        907        (160)   

Interest income

    260        308        534        755        503        383        1,181        260        507   

Interest expense

    (14,639)       
(11,418)
  
    (23,960)        (24,049)        (21,897)        (20,809)        (24,120)        (11,380)        (21,775)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

    22,253        8,619        (14,618)        42,586        28,132        23,146        20,889        28,269        (9,832)   

Income tax (provision) benefit(5)

    (10,638)        (3,705)        2,796        (16,636)        (10,288)        (11,843)        (8,833)        (1,873)        651   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in net income (loss) of foreign affiliate

    11,615        4,914        (11,822)        25,950        17,844        11,303        12,056        26,396        (9,181)   

Equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

    —          2,352        (1,009)        3,622        (2,123)        8,441        9,416        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,615      $ 7,266      $ (12,831)      $ 29,572      $ 15,721      $ 19,744      $ 21,472      $ 26,396      $ (9,181)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(6)

  $ 35,159        28,563      $ 49,781      $ 64,398      $ 53,286      $ 76,982      $ 55,290      $ 34,149      $ 53,165   

Pro forma net income per limited partner unit

                $        $     

Weighted average limited partner units outstanding

                 

 

78


Table of Contents
    Predecessor Historical     Partnership
Pro Forma(1)(2)(4)
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Year
Ended
December  31,

2012
  2013     2012     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008      
    (unaudited)    

(audited)

    (unaudited)
   

(in thousands, except per unit data and operating data)

Cash Flow Data:

                 

Net cash provided by (used in):

                 

Operating activities

    118,348        228,460      $ 163,129      $ (43,861)      $ 24,997      $ 159,074      $ (43,549)       

Investing activities

    (6,106)        (3,682)        (79,693)        (17,004)        (9,387)        (7,702)        (3,521)       

Financing activities

    (115,435)        (255,664)        (111,560)        88,882        (17,162)        (147,513)        (661)       

Other Financial and Operating Data (unaudited):

                 

Capital expenditures(7)

  $ 8,117        3,702      $ 7,293      $ 7,255      $ 9,587      $ 7,237      $ 4,259       

Normal heating degree days(8)

    4,228        4,266        6,787        6,752        6,752        6,752        6,788       

Actual heating degree days(8)

    4,077        3,536        5,803        6,284        6,117        6,912        6,622       

Variance from normal heating degree days

    (3.6)     (17.1)     (14.5)     (6.9)     (9.4)     2.4     (2.4)    

Variance from prior period actual heating degree days

    15.3     4.5     (7.7)     2.7     (11.5)     4.4     (2.1)    

Total refined products volumes sold (barrels)

    18,215        14,337        29,806        29,684        29,797        29,298        36,194       

Variance from refined products volume from prior period

    27.0     (14.8)     0.4     (0.4)     1.7     (19.1)     (20.8)    

Total natural gas volumes sold (MMBtus)

    28,329        25,504        49,417        50,741        52,012        50,887        53,939       

Variance from natural gas volume from prior period

    11.1     (8.8)     (2.6)     (2.4)     2.2     (5.7)     2.4    

 

    Predecessor Historical     Partnership
Pro  Forma(1)
 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,     Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
 
  2013     2012     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008    
    (unaudited)    

(audited)

   

(unaudited)

 
   

(in thousands, except per unit data and operating data)

 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 434      $ 951      $ 3,691      $ 31,829      $ 3,854      $ 5,325      $ 1,453        $164   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    174,010        109,092        177,080        110,743        103,461        102,949        105,137        95,280   

Total assets

    834,145        623,032        1,054,247        970,050        867,995        843,517        973,895        414,034   

Total debt

    449,967        295,957        555,619        524,377        408,304        373,215        503,335        186,395   

Total liabilities

    700,647        463,412        913,041        791,649        697,811        657,104        809,187        362,500   

Total stockholder’s/member’s/partners’ equity

    133,498        159,620        141,206        178,401        170,184        186,413        164,708        51,534   

 

(1) Pro forma amounts reflect incremental deferred debt issuance costs of $10.4 million anticipated to be incurred in connection with entering into our new credit agreement and the resulting decrease in interest expense of $1.7 million and $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2) Pro forma amounts reflect adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses to eliminate Axel Johnson corporate overhead charges, by $0.7 million and $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively, and to increase selling, general and administrative expenses as a result of increases to incentive compensation, by $0.6 million and $2.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.
(3) During the year ended December 31, 2012, we delayed the timing of this public offering and, as a result, deferred offering costs of $8.9 million were charged against earnings.
(4) Pro forma, selling, general and administrative expenses do not give effect to annual incremental selling, general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.1 million that we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership.
(5) Prior to the consummation of this offering, Sprague Energy Corp., which was converted into a limited liability company and renamed Sprague Operating Resource LLC on November 7, 2011, prepared its income tax provision as if it filed a consolidated federal income tax return and state tax returns as required. Commencing with the closing of this offering, all of our subsidiaries will be treated as pass through entities for federal income tax purposes. For these pass through entities, all income, expenses, gains, losses and tax credits generated flow through to their owners and, accordingly, do not result in a provision for income taxes in our financial statements.
(6) For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure adjusted EBITDA, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
(7)

Includes approximately $2.1 million, $3.2 million, $6.0 million, $5.7 million, $8.1 million, $6.5 million and $3.6 million of maintenance capital expenditures for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, and for the years ended December 31, 2012,

 

79


Table of Contents
  2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Maintenance capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to replace assets or to maintain the long-term operating capacity of our assets or operating income.
(8) As reported by the NOAA/National Weather Service for the New England oil home heating region over the period 1981-2011. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations—Heating Degree Days.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We present the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus. We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA increased by unrealized hedging losses and decreased by unrealized hedging gains, in each case with respect to refined products and natural gas inventory and natural gas transportation contracts, decreased by gains on acquisition of business, increased by the write-off of deferred offering costs and adjusted for the net impact of bio-fuel excise tax credits. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management, and EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are used as supplemental financial measures by external users of our financial statements, such as commercial banks and ratings agencies, to assess:

 

   

The financial performance of our assets, operations and return on capital without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;

 

   

The ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest on our indebtedness and make distributions to our equity holders;

 

   

Repeatable operating performance that is not distorted by non-recurring items or market volatility; and

 

   

The viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects.

For a discussion of how our management uses adjusted EBITDA, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations—Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA.”

The GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA is net income. The non-GAAP financial measures of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP and have important limitations as analytical tools. You should not consider EBITDA or adjusted EBITDA in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income and is defined differently by different companies, our definitions of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

We recognize that the usefulness of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as an evaluative tool may have certain limitations, including:

 

   

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not include interest expense. Because we have borrowed money in order to finance our operations, interest expense is a necessary element of our costs and impacts our ability to generate profits and cash flows. Therefore, any measure that excludes interest expense may have material limitations;

 

   

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not include depreciation and amortization expense. Because we use capital assets, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate profits. Therefore, any measure that excludes depreciation and amortization expense may have material limitations;

 

   

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not include provision for income taxes. Because the payment of income taxes is a necessary element of our costs, any measure that excludes income tax expense may have material limitations;

 

   

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

80


Table of Contents
   

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs; and

 

   

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not allow us to analyze the effect of certain recurring and non-recurring items that materially affect our net income or loss.

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Predecessor Historical     Partnership Pro Forma  
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,

2012
 
  2013     2012     2012         2011         2010     2009     2008      
   

(in thousands)

 

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income:

                 

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,615      $ 7,266      $ (12,831   $ 29,572      $ 15,721      $ 19,744      $ 21,472      $ 26,396      $ (9,181

Add/(deduct):

                 

Interest expense, net

   
14,379
  
    11,110        23,426        23,294        21,394        20,426        22,939        11,120        21,268   

Tax expense (benefit)

    10,638        3,705        (2,796     16,636        10,288        11,843        8,833        1,873        (651

Depreciation and amortization

    8,437        4,965        11,665        10,140        10,531        10,615        11,020        4,670        9,900   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 45,069      $ 27,046      $ 19,464      $ 79,642      $ 57,934      $ 62,628      $ 64,264      $ 44,059      $ 21,336   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deduct: total commodity derivative (gains) losses included in net income (loss)(1)

    (1,851     (4,327     26,818        34,848        38,975        24,545        (177,328     686        29,257   

Add: realized commodity derivative gains (losses ) included in net income (loss)(1)

    (3,038     2,752        (8,941     (44,076     (43,623     (10,191     168,354        (5,575     (11,380

Add/(deduct):

                 

Gain on acquisition of business(2)

    —          —          (1,512     (6,016     —          —          —          —          —     

Write-off of deferred offering costs(3)

    —          —       

 

8,931

  

 

 

—  

  

    —          —          —       

 

—  

  

    8,931   

Bio-fuel excise tax credits(4)

    (5,021     3,092        5,021        —          —          —          —          (5,021     5,021   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 35,159      $ 28,563      $ 49,781      $ 64,398      $ 53,286      $ 76,982      $ 55,290      $ 34,149      $ 53,165   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Both total commodity derivative (gains) losses and realized commodity (gains) losses include amounts paid to enter into the settled contracts.
(2) Represents non-cash gains associated with (i) the re-measurement to fair value of our predecessor’s 50% interest in Kildair in connection with its acquisition of the remaining 50% interest therein and (ii) the acquisition of an oil terminal at below fair value. Please see Notes 2 and 18 to our predecessor’s historical consolidated financial statements.
(3) During the year ended December 31, 2012, we delayed the filing of this public offering and, as a result, deferred offering costs of $8.9 million were charged against earnings. Please see Note 19 to our predecessor’s historical consolidated financial statements.
(4) On January 2, 2013, the federal government enacted legislation that reinstated an excise tax credit program available for certain of our bio-fuel blending activities. This program had previously expired on December 31, 2011 and was reinstated retroactively to January 1, 2012. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recorded federal excise tax credits of $5.0 million related to our bio-fuel blending activities that had occurred during the year ended December 31, 2012. These credits have been recorded as a reduction of cost of products sold and, therefore, resulted in an increase in adjusted gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013. This adjustment reflects the effect on our adjusted EBITDA had these credits been recorded in the period in which the blending activity took place.

 

81


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a Delaware limited partnership engaged in the purchase, storage, distribution and sale of refined products and natural gas, and we also provide storage and handling services for a broad range of materials.

We are one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast United States based on aggregate terminal capacity. We own and/or operate a network of 15 refined products and materials handling terminals strategically located throughout the Northeast that have a combined storage capacity of approximately 9.1 million barrels for refined products and other liquid materials, as well as approximately 1.5 million square feet of materials handling capacity. We also have an aggregate of approximately 1.5 million barrels of additional storage capacity attributable to 43 storage tanks not currently in service. These tanks are not necessary for the operation of our business at current levels. In the event that such additional capacity were desired, additional time and capital would be required to bring any of such storage tanks into service. Furthermore, we have access to approximately 50 third-party terminals in the Northeast through which we sell or distribute refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements.

We operate under four business segments: refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations. We evaluate the performance of our segments using adjusted gross margin, which is a non-GAAP financial measure used by management and external users of our consolidated financial statements to assess the economic results of operations. See “—How Management Evaluates our Results of Operations—Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 84 and “Prospectus Summary—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” beginning on page 23. On October 1, 2012, our predecessor acquired control of Kildair, a Canadian distributor of residual fuel oil and asphalt and a commercial trucking business, by purchasing the remaining 50% equity interest. Kildair is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of our predecessor and will not be part of our initial assets following this offering. Since October 1, 2012, the assets, liabilities and results of operations of Kildair have been consolidated into our financial statements, including our adjusted gross margin. We record Kildair’s residual fuel oil and asphalt business in our refined products segment and their commercial trucking business in our other operations segment. Prior to October 1, 2012, the results of operations of Kildair were recorded as equity in earnings of foreign affiliate.

Our refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel fuel, residual fuel oil, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline and asphalt (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sells them to our customers. We have wholesale customers who resell the refined products we sell to them and commercial customers who consume the refined products we sell to them. Our wholesale customers consist of more than 1,000 home heating oil retailers and diesel fuel and gasoline resellers. Our commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, large industrial companies, hospitals and educational institutions. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, we sold approximately 1.3 billion and 765 million gallons of refined products, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, our refined products segment accounted for 56% and 57% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

We also purchase, sell and distribute natural gas to more than 5,000 commercial and industrial customer locations across 10 states in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic. We purchase the natural gas we sell from natural gas producers and trading companies. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, we sold 49.4 Bcf and 28.3 Bcf of natural gas, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, our natural gas segment accounted for 19% and 26% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

Our materials handling business is a fee-based business and is generally conducted under multi-year agreements. We offload, store and/or prepare for delivery a variety of customer-owned products, including

 

82


Table of Contents

asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we offloaded, stored and/or prepared for delivery 2.6 million short tons of products and 248.5 million gallons of liquid materials. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we offloaded, stored and/or prepared for delivery 1.1 million short tons of products and 122.6 million gallons of liquid materials. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, our materials handling segment accounted for 23% and 15% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

Our other operations segment includes the marketing and distribution of coal conducted in our South Portland and Portland, Maine terminals and certain commercial trucking activity performed by our Canadian subsidiary. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, our other operations segment accounted for approximately 2% of our adjusted gross margin.

We take title to the products we sell in our refined products, natural gas and other operations segments. We do not take title to any of the products in our materials handling segment. In order to manage our exposure to commodity price fluctuations, we use derivatives and forward contracts to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between product purchases and product sales.

How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations

Our management uses a variety of financial and operational measurements to analyze our performance. These measurements include: (1) gross margin, (2) operating expenses, (3) selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses, (4) heating degree days and (5) adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA.

Gross Margin

We view gross margin as an important performance measure of the core profitability of our operations. We review gross margin data monthly for consistency and trend analysis. We define gross margin as net sales minus costs of products sold. Net sales include sales of refined products and natural gas and the fees associated with the provision of materials handling services. Product costs include the cost of acquiring the refined products and natural gas that we sell and all associated costs to transport such products to the point of sale, as well as costs that we incur in providing materials handling services to our customers.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses are costs associated with the operation of the terminals and truck fleet used in our business. Employee wages, pension and 401(k) plan expenses, boiler fuel, repairs and maintenance, utilities, insurance, property taxes, services and lease payments comprise the most significant portions of our operating expenses. These expenses remain relatively stable independent of the volumes through our system but can fluctuate depending on the activities performed during a specific period.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Our SG&A expenses include employee salaries and benefits, pension and 401(k) plan expenses, discretionary bonus, marketing costs, corporate overhead, professional fees, information technology and office space expenses. As described above, we believe that our SG&A expenses will increase as a result of our becoming a publicly traded partnership following the completion of this offering.

Heating Degree Days

A “degree day” is an industry measurement of temperature designed to evaluate energy demand and consumption. Degree days are based on how much the average temperature departs from a human comfort level of 65°F. Each degree of temperature above 65°F is counted as one cooling degree day, and each degree of temperature below 65°F is counted as one heating degree day. Degree days are accumulated each day over the

 

83


Table of Contents

course of a year and can be compared to a monthly or a long-term average, or normal, to see if a month or a year was warmer or cooler than usual. Degree days are officially observed by the National Weather Service and officially archived by the National Climatic Data Center. For purposes of evaluating our results of operations, we use the normal heating degree day amount as reported by the NOAA/National Weather Service for the New England oil home heating region over the period of 1981-2010.

EBITDA

We define EBITDA as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by external users of our financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks, trade suppliers and research analysts, to assess:

 

   

The financial performance of our assets, operations and return on capital without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;

 

   

The ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest on our indebtedness and make distributions to our equity holders;

 

   

Repeatable operating performance that is not distorted by non-recurring items or market volatility; and

 

   

The viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects.

EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and operating income. See “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA

Management utilizes adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA to assist it in reviewing our financial results and managing our business segments. We define adjusted gross margin as gross margin increased by unrealized hedging losses and decreased by unrealized hedging gains, in each case with respect to refined products and natural gas inventory. We define adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA increased by unrealized hedging losses and decreased by unrealized hedging gains, in each case with respect to refined products and natural gas inventory and natural gas transportation contracts. Management believes that adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA provide information that reflects our market or economic performance. We trade, purchase and sell energy commodities with market values that are constantly changing, which makes it important for management to evaluate our performance, as well as our physical and derivative positions, on a daily basis. Management reviews the daily operational performance of our supply activities, as well as our monthly financial results, on an adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA basis. Adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA have no impact on reported volumes or net sales.

Adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA are supplemental financial measures used by management to describe our operations and economic performance to commercial banks, trade suppliers and other credit suppliers, to assess:

 

   

The economic results of our operations; and

 

   

The market value of our inventory and natural gas transportation contracts for financial reporting to our lenders, as well as for borrowing base purposes.

Adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA are not prepared in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as alternatives to net income, income from operations, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

84


Table of Contents

Hedging Activities

We economically hedge our inventory within the guidelines set in our risk management policy. In a rising commodity price environment, the market value of our inventory will generally be higher than the cost of our inventory. For GAAP purposes, we are required to value our inventory at the lower of cost or market, or LCM. The hedges on this inventory will lose value as the value of the underlying commodity rises, creating unrealized hedging losses. Because we do not utilize hedge accounting, GAAP will require us to record those hedging losses in our income statement. In contrast, in a declining commodity price market, we generally incur unrealized hedging gains. The refined products inventory market valuation is calculated daily using independent bulk market price assessments from major pricing services (either Platts or Argus). These third-party price assessments are based in New York Harbor, or NYH, with our inventory values determined after adjusting the NYH prices to the various inventory locations by adding expected cost differentials (primarily freight) compared to a NYH supply source. Our natural gas inventory is limited, with the valuation updated monthly based on the volume and prices at the corresponding inventory locations. The prices are based on the monthly Inside FERC, or IFERC, assessments published by Platts near the beginning of the following month. A direct IFERC assessment is used when available, with the value for other inventory locations based on adding a location (basis) differential to the price assessment of a more liquid location.

Similarly, we can economically hedge our natural gas transportation assets (i.e., pipeline capacity) within the guidelines set in our risk management policy. Although we do not own any natural gas pipelines, we secure the use of pipeline capacity to support our natural gas requirements by either leasing capacity over a pipeline for a defined time period or by being assigned capacity from a local distribution company for supplying our customers. As the spread between the price of gas between the origin and delivery point widens (assuming the value exceeds the fixed charge of the transportation), the market value of the natural gas transportation contracts assets will increase. If the market value of the transportation asset exceeds costs, we can hedge or “lock in” the value of the transportation asset for future periods using available financial instruments. For GAAP purposes, the increase in value of the natural gas transportation assets is not recorded as income in the income statement until the transportation is utilized in the future (i.e., when natural gas is delivered to our customer). As the value of the natural gas transportation assets increase the hedges on the natural gas transportation assets lose value, creating unrealized hedging losses in our income statement. The natural gas transportation assets market value is calculated daily based on the volume and prices at the corresponding pipeline locations. The prices are based on trader assessed quotes which represent observable transactions in the market place.

The impact of unrealized gains and losses on inventory and natural gas transportation contracts for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was a decrease of $4.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively, to each of adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA. The impact of unrealized gains and losses on inventory and natural gas transportation contracts for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was an increase of $17.9 million, a decrease of $9.2 million and a decrease of $4.6 million, respectively, to each of adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA.

The results of operations in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section are supplemented with adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA financial information.

Recent Trends and Outlook

This section identifies certain trends and outlook that may affect our financial performance and results of operations in the future. Our economic and industry-wide trends and outlook include the following:

 

   

New, stricter environmental laws and regulations are increasing the compliance cost of terminal operations, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition . Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations regulating product quality specifications and other environmental matters. The trend in environmental regulation is towards more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment. We try to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and to plan accordingly to remain in compliance with

 

85


Table of Contents
 

changing environmental laws and regulations and to minimize the costs of such compliance. However, there can be no assurances as to the timing and type of such changes in existing laws or the promulgation of new laws or the amount of any required expenditures associated therewith.

 

   

Dodd-Frank regulations could increase costs associated with hedging our commodity exposure . We employ derivatives of the types subject to regulation as part of the Dodd–Frank Act. We, along with all participants in commodity markets, may face increased margin requirements on the derivatives we employ to hedge our commodity exposure, which would reduce capital available for other purposes. Please read “Risk Factors—Derivatives legislation could have an adverse impact on our ability to use derivatives to reduce the effect of commodity price risk, interest rate risk, and other risks associated with our business and could have an adverse impact on the cost of our hedging activities.”

 

   

Consolidation of the Northeast terminal market . In recent years, major U.S. oil companies have disposed of various terminal assets in the Northeast and reduced their participation in wholesale marketing in the region. The key terminals remain in operation as an integral part of the supply chain, though they are generally controlled by other industry participants.

 

   

Growth in exploration and production of shale gas has contributed to a relative weakness of domestic natural gas prices compared to competitive refined products in the Northeast, leading to expanded use of natural gas in our marketing area. Natural gas usage in the Northeast has grown substantially, as the supplies of gas from shale formations have grown both in the region ( e.g. , Marcellus Shale) and the other parts of the United States. Further expansion of domestic natural gas supplies is expected, with consumption in the Northeast also expected to grow as infrastructure developments continue. Moreover, the growth in Marcellus Shale production continues to increase the availability of natural gas in our operating areas. This development is expected to decrease the need for traditional, long-distance sourcing of natural gas supplies using interstate pipeline capacity and natural gas storage capacity. In addition, the potential natural gas supply counterparties in our operating areas are expanding, and there are now some relatively short-term arrangements and additional hedging opportunities available in the Northeast.

Factors that Impact our Business

Our results of operations and financial condition, as well as those of our competitors, will depend in part upon certain economic or industry-wide factors, including the following:

 

   

Seasonality and weather conditions . Our financial results are seasonal and generally better during the winter months, primarily because a large part of our business consists of supplying home heating oil, residual fuel oil and natural gas for space heating purposes during the winter. For example, over the 36-month period ended June 30, 2013, we generated an average of approximately 70% of our total home heating oil and residual fuel oil net sales during the months of November through March. In addition, weather conditions, particularly during these five months, have a significant impact on the demand for our products. Warmer-than-normal temperatures during these months in our areas of operations can decrease the total volume of home heating oil, residual fuel oil and natural gas we sell and the gross margins realized on those sales, whereas colder-than-normal temperatures increase demand for those products and the associated gross margins.

 

   

The impact of the market structure on our hedging strategy . We typically hedge our exposure to commodity price moves with NYMEX futures contracts and over-the-counter swaps. In markets where futures prices are higher than spot prices (typically referred to as contango), we generate positive margins when rolling our inventory hedges to successive months. In markets where futures prices are lower than spot prices (typically referred to as backwardation), we realize losses when rolling our inventory hedges to successive months. In backwardated markets, we operate with lower inventory levels and, as a result, have reduced hedging and financing requirements, thereby limiting losses.

 

   

Energy efficiency, new technology and alternative fuels could reduce demand for our products . Increased conservation and technological advances have adversely affected the demand for home heating oil and residual fuel oil. Consumption of residual fuel oil, in particular, has steadily declined in

 

86


Table of Contents
 

recent years, primarily due to customers converting from other fuels to natural gas, weak industrial demand and tightening of environmental regulations. Use of natural gas is expected to continue to displace other fuels, which we believe will favorably impact our natural gas volumes and margins.

 

   

Absolute price increases can lead to reduced demand, increased credit risk, higher interest costs and temporarily reduced margins . Refined product prices have risen due to, among other things, investor interest in using commodities as an inflation hedge, U.S. dollar weakness and supply and demand fundamentals. For example, NYMEX heating oil (HO) contracts have risen from approximately $2.00 per gallon in December 2009 to over $2.97 per gallon in June 2013. As refined product prices rise, we generally experience reduced demand as customers engage in conservation efforts. We also experience a higher level of credit risk from our customers. In addition, our working capital requirements for holding inventory and financing receivables increase with higher price levels, while gross margin levels may stay relatively constant for a period of time due to competitive pressures.

 

   

Interest rates could rise . Since mid-2009, the credit markets have been experiencing near-record lows in interest rates. As the overall economy strengthens, it is expected that monetary policy will tighten, resulting in higher interest rates to counter possible inflation. This could affect our ability to access the debt capital markets to the extent we may need to in the future to fund our growth. In addition, interest rates could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. During the 24 months ended June 30, 2013, we hedged approximately 46% of our floating-rate debt with fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps. Although higher interest rates could limit our ability to raise funds in the debt capital markets, we expect to remain competitive with respect to acquisitions and capital projects, as our competitors would face similar circumstances. As with other yield-oriented securities, our unit price is impacted by the level of our cash distributions and implied distribution yield. The distribution yield is often used by investors to compare and rank related yield-oriented securities for investment decision-making purposes. Therefore, changes in interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the yield requirements of investors who invest in our common units, and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on our unit price and our ability to issue additional equity to make acquisitions, reduce debt or for other purposes.

Comparability of our Financial Statements

Our historical results of operations include the results of operations of Kildair, an asphalt and residual fuel oil marketing and storage business (in which our predecessor had a 50% interest prior to, and is a consolidated wholly-owned subsidiary as of, October 1, 2012) that is owned by our predecessor and will not be contributed to us in connection with this offering. From October 2007 through September 30, 2012, the investment in Kildair was accounted for using the equity method of accounting and our predecessor’s share of its results were recorded as equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate. Demand for our predecessor’s asphalt business is generally higher during the period of April through September than during the period of November through March. The following table provides certain financial information relating to the operations of Kildair, which are included in the financial statements of Sprague Resources LLC (Predecessor), but will not be included in our results of operations following this offering:

     Kildair
     Six Months Ended
June  30, 2013
   Year Ended
December 31, 2012
     (unaudited)
     ($ in thousands)

Net Sales

     $ 261,585        $ 167,112  

Gross Margin

     $ 9,334        $ 1,154  

Adjusted Gross Margin

     $ 9,334        $ 1,154  

For a more detailed discussion of Kildair, please read “Prospectus Summary—Our Relationship with Axel Johnson.”

 

87


Table of Contents

Our results of operations can be impacted by swings in commodity prices, primarily in refined products and natural gas. We use economic hedges to minimize the impact of changing prices on refined products and natural gas inventory. As a result, commodity price increases at the end of a year can create lower gross margins as the economic hedges, or derivatives, for such inventory may lose value, whereas an increase in the value of such inventory is ignored for GAAP financial reporting purposes and recorded at the lower of cost or market. For a more detailed discussion, please read “—How Management Evaluates Our Results of Operations.”

We believe that SG&A will increase by approximately $2.1 million annually as a result of our becoming a publicly traded partnership following this offering. These expenses include increased accounting support services, filing annual and quarterly reports with the SEC, increased audit fees, investor relations, directors’ fees, directors’ and officers’ insurance, legal fees, stock exchange listing fees and registrar and transfer agent fees; however, such expenses are not reflected in our historical or unaudited pro forma financial statements. Our financial statements following this offering will reflect the impact of these increased expenses, which will affect the comparability of our financial statements with periods prior to the completion of this offering.

Results of Operations

The following table presents our volume, net sales, gross margin and adjusted gross margin by segment, as well our adjusted EBITDA and information on weather conditions, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure adjusted EBITDA, please read “Prospectus Summary—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” beginning on page 23.

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  
    

($ and volumes in thousands)

 

Volumes:

          

Refined products (gallons)

     765,032        602,154        1,251,852        1,246,728        1,251,474   

Natural gas (MMBtus)

     28,329        25,504        49,417        50,741        52,012   

Materials handling (short tons)

     1,078        1,287        2,595        2,425        2,324   

Materials handling (gallons)

     122,556        124,866        248,514        265,188        253,596   

Other operations (short tons)

     71        71        136        `151        162   

Net Sales:

          

Refined products

   $ 2,269,052      $ 1,892,592      $ 3,757,859      $ 3,456,284      $ 2,427,338   

Natural gas

     173,081        124,710        242,006        300,223        343,168   

Materials handling

     14,528        15,960        32,536        28,459        27,494   

Other operations

     10,112        4,344        11,506        12,461        19,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 2,466,773      $ 2,037,606      $ 4,043,907      $ 3,797,427      $ 2,817,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 56,783      $ 40,151      $ 77,256      $ 105,145      $ 103,987   

Natural gas

     25,238        13,006        9,191        23,824        6,645   

Materials handling

     14,519        15,804        32,320        28,371        27,490   

Other operations

     2,369        868        2,788        1,370        2,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross margin

   $ 98,909      $ 69,829      $ 121,555      $ 158,710      $ 140,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 53,146      $ 35,999      $ 77,480      $ 97,031      $ 99,746   

Natural gas

     23,986        15,583        26,844        22,710        6,238   

Materials handling

     14,519        15,804        32,320        28,371        27,490   

Other operations

     2,369        868        2,788        1,370        2,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjusted gross margin

   $ 94,020      $ 68,254      $ 139,432      $ 149,482      $ 136,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calculation of Adjusted Gross Margin:

          

Total gross margin

   $ 98,909      $ 69,829      $ 121,555      $ 158,710      $ 140,890   

Deduct: total commodity derivative (gains) losses included in net income (loss)(1)

     (1,851     (4,327     26,818        34,848        38,975   

Add: realized commodity derivative gains (losses ) included in net income (loss)(1)

     (3,038     2,752        (8,941     (44,076     (43,623
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjusted gross margin

   $ 94,020      $ 68,254      $ 139,432      $ 149,482      $ 136,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  
    

($ and volumes in thousands)

 

Reconciliation to Net Income:

          

Gross margin

   $ 98,909      $ 69,829      $ 121,555      $ 158,710      $ 140,890   

Operating expenses

     27,600        22,106        47,054        42,414        41,102   

Selling, general and administrative

     27,056        22,500        46,449        46,292        40,625   

Write-off of deferred offering costs(2)

     —          —          8,931        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     8,437        4,965        11,665        10,140        10,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     63,093        49,571        114,099        98,846        92,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     35,816        20,258        7,456        59,864        48,632   

Gain on acquisition of business

     —          —          1,512        6,016        —     

Other (expense) income

     816        (529     (160     —          894   

Interest income

     260        308        534        755        503   

Interest expense

     (14,639     (11,418     (23,960     (24,049     (21,897

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (10,638     (3,705     2,796        (16,636     (10,288

Equity in net income (loss) of foreign affiliate

     —          2,352        (1,009     3,622        (2,123
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 11,615      $ 7,266      $ (12,831   $ 29,572      $ 15,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Data:

          

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $
35,159
  
  $ 28,563      $ 49,781      $ 64,398      $ 53,286   

Normal heating degree days(4)

    
4,228
  
    4,266        6,787        6,752        6,752   

Actual heating degree days

    
4,077
  
    3,536        5,803        6,284        6,117   

Variance from normal heating degree days

    
(3.6)

    (17.1 )%      (14.5 )%     
(6.9
)% 
    (9.4 )% 

Variance from prior period actual heating degree days

    
15.3

    4.5     (7.7 )%      2.7     (11.5 )% 

 

(1) Both total commodity derivative (gains) losses and realized commodity derivative gains (losses) include amounts paid to enter into settled contracts.
(2) During the year ended December 31, 2012, we delayed the timing of this public offering and as a result, deferred offering costs of $8.9 million were charged against earnings.
(3) For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure adjusted EBITDA, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” beginning on page 80.
(4) As reported by the NOAA/National Weather Service for the New England oil home heating region over the period of 1981-2011.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

Our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 reflect increasing sales volume, net sales and unit gross margin in our refined products segment, increasing sales volume, net sales and unit gross margin in our natural gas segment and decreasing sales volume, net sales and gross margin in our materials handling segment.

 

89


Table of Contents

Adjusted gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 reflects increasing adjusted unit gross margin for refined products and increasing adjusted unit gross margin for natural gas.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,      Increase/(Decrease)  
              2013                         2012                        $                     %          
     (in thousands, except unit gross margin and
adjusted unit gross margin)
 

Volumes:

          

Refined products (gallons)

     765,032         602,154         162,878        27

Natural gas (MMBtus)

     28,329         25,504         2,825        11

Materials handling (short tons)

     1,078         1,287         (209     (16 )% 

Materials handling (gallons)

     122,556         124,866         (2,310     (2 )% 

Other operations (short tons)

     71         71         —           

Net Sales:

          

Refined products

   $ 2,269,052       $ 1,892,592       $ 376,460        20

Natural gas

     173,081         124,710         48,371        39

Materials handling

     14,528         15,960         (1,432     (9 )% 

Other operations

     10,112         4,344         5,768        133
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total net sales

   $ 2,466,773       $ 2,037,606       $ 429,167        21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 56,783       $ 40,151       $ 16,632        41

Natural gas

     25,238         13,006         12,232        94

Materials handling

     14,519         15,804         (1,285     (8 )% 

Other operations

     2,369         868         1,501        173
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total gross margin

   $ 98,909       $ 69,829       $ 29,080        42
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Unit Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 0.074       $ 0.067       $ 0.007        10

Natural gas

   $ 0.891       $ 0.510       $ 0.381        75

Adjusted Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 53,146       $ 35,999       $ 17,147        48

Natural gas

     23,986         15,583         8,403        54

Materials handling

     14,519         15,804         (1,285     (8 )% 

Other operations

     2,369         868         1,501        173
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total adjusted gross margin

   $ 94,020       $ 68,254       $ 25,766        38
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Adjusted Unit Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 0.069       $ 0.060       $ 0.009        15

Natural gas

   $ 0.847       $ 0.611       $ 0.236        39

 

* Not meaningful

Refined Products

Refined products net sales were $2.3 billion and $1.9 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Excluding the non-contributed Canadian operations net sales of $256.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, the refined products net sales increase of $120.2 million, or 6%, was driven primarily by higher refined products sales volumes. Excluding the non-contributed Canadian operations sales volumes of 109.6 million gallons for the six months ended June 30, 2013, refined products sales volumes were 655.4 million gallons and 602.2 million gallons for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Distillate demand increased 15% period over period resulting in an increase of 65.0 million gallons of distillate oil sales volumes for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. The increased distillate volumes for the six months ended June 30, 2013 were primarily due to heating oil sales, with a key factor being the colder weather conditions, following the unseasonably warm weather conditions experienced during the three months ended March 31, 2012. Indicative of the colder conditions, heating degree days were up by 15.3% period over period. Gasoline sales volumes decreased by approximately 11.8 million gallons, or 10%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. This decrease occurred

 

90


Table of Contents

primarily during the latter part of the six months ended June 30, 2013 when some of our competitors were more aggressive in reducing their pricing as a result of higher ethanol RIN values (an ethanol RIN is a renewable identification number associated with government-mandated renewable fuel standards). Residual fuel oil sales volumes were mostly unchanged for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. The average refined product selling price per gallon was 6% lower for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012.

Excluding the non-contributed Canadian operations gross margin of $7.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, refined products gross margin was $48.8 million and $40.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Excluding the non-contributed Canadian operations adjusted gross margin of $7.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, refined products adjusted gross margin was $45.2 million and $36.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, refined products adjusted gross margin was $3.6 million and $4.2 million lower than refined products gross margin due to unrealized hedging gains, respectively.

The refined products adjusted gross margin increase of $9.2 million, or 26%, was primarily due to higher adjusted unit gross margins which increased adjusted gross margin by $6.0 million, and higher refined products sales volumes which increased adjusted gross margin by $3.2 million, in each case for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in the refined products adjusted gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 was driven by a reduction in cost of products sold of $5.0 million for federal bio-fuel excise tax credits under a federal program that was reinstated on January 2, 2013, as discussed further below, as well as improved distillate oil volumes and margins, in particular for heating oil. The percentage increase in heating oil volumes during this time period was higher than the change in the heating degree days. One factor that negatively impacted refined products margins for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was the change in the specifications for the NYMEX HO futures contract that is typically used by the Predecessor to hedge distillate price exposure. Effective with the May 2013 contract, the specifications for NYMEX HO changed to ultra low sulfur diesel, or ULSD, with a maximum sulfur specification of 15 ppm as compared to a maximum sulfur specification of 2,000 ppm with the previous contract. The May 2013 HO contract became the prompt month at the beginning of April 2013 and there was significant volatility in the intra-month futures contract price relationships leading up to and shortly after this contract transition. This volatility contributed to a reduction in margin generation in the refined products area as the hedge positions were rolled to the May 2013 contract prior to expiration of the April 2013 contract at the end of March 2013. Residual fuel and gasoline returns improved for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012, due to higher unit margins.

On January 2, 2013, federal legislation was passed that reinstated an excise tax credit program available for certain of our bio-fuel blending activities. This program had previously expired on December 31, 2011 and was reinstated with retroactive application to January 1, 2012. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recorded federal excise tax credits of $5.0 million as a result of our bio-fuel blending activities that had occurred during 2012. These credits have been recorded as a reduction of cost of products sold and, therefore, resulted in an increase in adjusted gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Natural Gas

Natural gas net sales were $173.1 million and $124.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The natural gas net sales increase of $48.4 million, or 39%, was driven by higher commodity prices as the average natural gas marketing price per MMBtu was approximately 25% higher during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. The stronger natural gas price environment was due in part to the higher weather-driven demand during the six months ended June 30, 2013. Natural gas sales volumes increased 11% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012, with the colder weather a key factor.

 

91


Table of Contents

Natural gas gross margin was $25.2 million and $13.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Natural gas adjusted gross margin was $24.0 million and $15.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Natural gas adjusted gross margin was $1.3 million lower than natural gas gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to unrealized hedging gains and $2.6 million higher than natural gas gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2012 due to unrealized hedging losses.

The natural gas adjusted gross margin increase of $8.4 million, or 54%, was driven primarily by an increase in adjusted unit gross margin which increased adjusted gross margin by $6.7 million, and higher natural gas sales volume which increased adjusted gross margin by $1.7 million, in each case for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in adjusted unit gross margin was primarily due to the continuing transition of our customer base towards smaller commercial and industrial end users, as well as additional margin generation due to customer balancing requirements during a volatile pricing period, especially during the three months ended March 31, 2013. Margin improvement opportunities associated with customer demand balancing tend to increase when prices are volatile, as requirements outside of contractual commitments are priced off the current market, with a potential to optimize costs based on our supply alternatives. In addition, the improvement in the natural gas adjusted gross margin was partly due to the increased volumes due to the colder winter weather conditions.

Materials Handling

Materials handling net sales were $14.5 million and $16.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The materials handling net sales decrease of $1.4 million, or 9%, was primarily due to a decrease in materials handling net sales in dry bulk activities including salt, gypsum and petcoke for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012.

Materials handling gross margin was $14.5 million and $15.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Similar to the materials handling net sales, the materials handling gross margin decrease of $1.3 million, or 8%, was primarily due to a decrease in materials handling net sales in dry bulk activities including salt, gypsum and petcoke for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. The reduction in salt margins was largely a result of higher than expected activity during the six months ended June 30, 2012, with additional salt shipments required by our customers needing to store more volumes to meet their purchase obligations. This “overhang” of salt supply resulted in lower deliveries to our facilities during the six months ended June 30, 2013, despite the generally higher demand associated with the more severe weather conditions. The reduction in gypsum margins for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012 was a combination of an increase/shift of handling activities during the three months ended December 31, 2012 (which decreased the activity for the six months ended June 30, 2013) by a key customer and the short-term deferral of planned volumes by another. The lower petroleum coke margins for the six months ended June 30, 2013 resulted from the timing of shipments as compared to the same period in 2012.

Other Operations

Sales from our other operations were $10.1 million and $4.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, representing an increase of $5.8 million, or 133%. Of this increase $5.3 million was due to the commercial trucking activities of Kildair, our Canadian subsidiary that was fully consolidated beginning October 1, 2012, and $0.5 million due to an increase in coal marketing sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012.

Gross margins from our other operations were $2.4 million and $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The $1.5 million increase, or 173%, was primarily due to the commercial trucking activities of Kildair, our Canadian subsidiary that was fully consolidated beginning October 1, 2012.

 

92


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect increasing sales volume and net sales and decreasing unit gross margin in our refined products segment, declining volume, net sales and unit gross margin in our natural gas segment and decreasing volumes and increasing net sales and gross margin in our materials handling segment.

Adjusted gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflects decreasing adjusted unit gross margin for refined products and increasing adjusted unit gross margin for natural gas.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Increase/(Decrease)  
     2012       2011            
     (in thousands, except unit gross margin and
adjusted unit gross margin)
 

Volumes:

          

Refined products (gallons)

     1,251,852         1,246,728         5,124        *   

Natural gas (MMBtus)

     49,417         50,741         (1,324     (3 )% 

Materials handling (short tons)

     2,595         2,425         170        7

Materials handling (gallons)

     248,514         265,188         (16,674     (6 )% 

Other operations (short tons)

     136         151         (15     (10 )% 

Net Sales:

          

Refined products

   $ 3,757,859       $ 3,456,284       $ 301,575        9

Natural gas

     242,006         300,223         (58,217     (19 )% 

Materials handling

     32,536         28,459         4,077        14

Other operations

     11,506         12,461         (955     (8 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total net sales

   $ 4,043,907       $ 3,797,427       $ 246,480        6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 77,256       $ 105,145       $ (27,889     (27 )% 

Natural gas

     9,191         23,824         (14,633     (61 )% 

Materials handling

     32,320         28,371         3,949        14

Other operations

     2,788         1,370         1,418        104
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total gross margin

   $ 121,555       $ 158,710       $ (37,155     (23 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Unit Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 0.062       $ 0.084       $ (0.022     (26 )% 

Natural gas

   $ 0.186      $ 0.470       $ (0.284     (60 )% 

Adjusted Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 77,480       $ 97,031       $ (19,551     (20 )% 

Natural gas

     26,844         22,710         4,134        18

Materials handling

     32,320         28,371         3,949        14

Other operations

     2,788         1,370         1,418        104
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total adjusted gross margin

   $ 139,432       $ 149,482       $ (10,050     (7 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Adjusted Unit Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 0.062       $ 0.078       $ (0.016     (21 )% 

Natural gas

   $ 0.543       $ 0.448       $ 0.095        21

 

* Not meaningful

 

93


Table of Contents

Refined Products

Refined products net sales were $3.8 billion and $3.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Excluding the non-contributed Canadian operations net sales of $164.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, the refined products net sales increase of $137.1 million, or 4%, was driven primarily by higher refined products commodity prices. The average refined product price per gallon was approximately 8% higher during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. This increase was partially offset by decreased refined products sales volumes. Excluding the non-contributed Canadian operations sales volumes of 106.2 million gallons for the year ended December 31, 2012, refined products sales volumes were 1.1 billion gallons and 1.2 billion gallons for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Distillate demand decreased 10% period over period resulting in a decrease of 95.1 million gallons of distillate oil sales volumes for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. The distillate sales volume reduction was mostly due to a decline in diesel sales volume, though the heating oil and other distillate sales volumes were also lower. The lower diesel sales volume was largely due to the loss of a large transit contract, with some other smaller contract reductions also contributing to the reduction. The lower heating oil sales volume was a result of the much milder weather conditions, particularly in the three months ended March 31, 2012, with heating degree days 8% lower for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. Although heating oil sales volumes were lower, the percentage reduction was less than the drop in degree days. Residual fuel oil sales volumes decreased approximately 11.0 million gallons, or 14%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011 with key factors including conversion of a large customer to LNG, other boiler conversions to natural gas and biomass, and the warmer weather conditions. Gasoline sales volumes increased by approximately 5.0 million gallons, or 2%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011, primarily due to increased contractual sales volumes associated with government accounts.

Excluding the non-contributed Canadian operations gross margin of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, refined products gross margin was $76.8 million and $105.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Excluding the non-contributed Canadian operations adjusted gross margin of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, refined products adjusted gross margin was $77.0 million and $97.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, refined products adjusted gross margin was $0.2 million higher than refined products gross margin due to unrealized hedging losses and $8.1 million lower than refined products gross margin due to unrealized hedging gains, respectively.

The refined products adjusted gross margin decrease of $20.0 million, or 21%, was primarily due to lower adjusted unit gross margins which reduced adjusted gross margin by $12.2 million, and lower refined products sales volumes which reduced adjusted gross margin by $7.8 million, in each case as compared to the same period in 2011. The primary factor in the decline in the refined products adjusted gross margin in 2012 compared to 2011 was the deteriorating market structure to hold distillate inventory. During 2012 the average distillate market structure as measured by the difference in the prompt and second month NYMEX heating oil prices was essentially flat, providing limited opportunity to benefit from holding inventory. In 2011, this price difference averaged nearly $0.01/gallon in contango, providing more opportunity to benefit from carrying hedged inventory. In addition to the lower adjusted gross margin opportunities due to the market structure, refined products marketing adjusted gross margin contribution was also lower for distillates, with increased adjusted unit gross margin only partially offsetting the reduced sales volumes. Gasoline marketing adjusted gross margin contribution essentially offset the decline in distillate marketing adjusted gross margin, due to gains in both sales volume and unit margins for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. Heavy oil adjusted gross margin was comparable for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Natural Gas

Natural gas net sales were $242.0 million and $300.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The natural gas net sales decrease of $58.2 million, or 19%, was driven primarily by lower

 

94


Table of Contents

commodity prices as the average natural gas marketing price per MMBtu was approximately 17% lower during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. The weaker natural gas price environment was due in part to the growing domestic supplies of natural gas. In addition, natural gas sales volumes decreased 3% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011, due to the milder weather experienced in the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Natural gas gross margin was $9.2 million and $23.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Natural gas adjusted gross margin was $26.8 million and $22.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, natural gas adjusted gross margin was $17.7 million higher than natural gas gross margin due to unrealized hedging losses and $1.1 million lower than natural gas gross margin due to unrealized hedging gains, respectively.

The natural gas adjusted gross margin increase of $4.1 million, or 18%, was driven primarily by an increase in adjusted unit gross margins which increased adjusted gross margin by $4.7 million, and lower natural gas sales volume which reduced adjusted gross margin by $0.6 million, in each case for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. The increase in natural gas adjusted unit gross margin was primarily driven by optimization opportunities associated with third party pipeline capacity that was under Sprague’s operating control.

Materials Handling

Materials handling net sales were $32.5 million and $28.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The materials handling net sales increase of $4.1 million, or 14%, is primarily due to an increase in materials handling net sales in dry bulk activities including salt, gypsum and petcoke for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011.

Materials handling gross margin was $32.3 million and $28.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Similar to the materials handling net sales, the materials handling gross margin increase of $3.9 million, or 14%, was primarily due to an increase in materials handling net sales in dry bulk activities including salt, gypsum and petcoke for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011.

Other Operations

Net sales from our other operations were $11.5 million and $12.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively representing an overall decrease of $1.0 million, or 8%. Net sales from our other operations increased by $2.6 million due to the commercial trucking activities of Kildair, our Canadian subsidiary that was fully consolidated beginning October 1, 2012, and decreased by $3.6 million, or 29%, due to lower coal marketing net sales. Coal marketing net sales decreased due both to a decrease in coal commodity prices and a reduction in coal marketing sales volumes of 10% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011.

Gross margin from our other operations were $2.8 million and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, representing an increase of $1.4 million, or 104%. Of the $1.4 million increase, $0.7 million was due to the commercial trucking activities of Kildair, our Canadian subsidiary that was fully consolidated beginning October 1, 2012, and $0.7 million was due to stronger coal marketing unit gross margins for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior year.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflect increasing net sales and relatively flat volume and unit gross margin in our refined products segment, declining volume and net sales against increasing unit gross margin in our natural gas segment, and increasing volumes and declining net sales and gross margin in our materials handling segment.

 

95


Table of Contents

Adjusted gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflects decreasing adjusted unit gross margin for refined products and increasing adjusted unit gross margin for natural gas.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Increase/(Decrease)  
             2011                      2010                      $                     %      
    

(in thousands, except unit gross margin and adjusted unit
gross margin)

 

Volumes:

          

Refined products (gallons)

     1,246,728         1,251,474         (4,746     *   

Natural gas (MMBtus)

     50,741         52,012         (1,271     (2 )% 

Materials handling (short tons)

     2,425         2,324         101        4

Materials handling (gallons)

     265,188         253,596         11,592        5

Other operations (short tons)

     151         162         (11     (7 )% 

Net Sales:

          

Refined products

   $ 3,456,284       $ 2,427,338       $ 1,028,946        42

Natural gas

     300,223         343,168         (42,945     (13 )% 

Materials handling

     28,459         27,494         965        4

Other operations

     12,461         19,191         (6,730     (35 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total net sales

   $ 3,797,427       $ 2,817,191      

 

$

 

980,236

 

  

 

 

 

 

35

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

   $ 105,145       $ 103,987       $ 1,158        1

Natural gas

     23,824         6,645         17,179        259

Materials handling

     28,371         27,490         881        3

Other operations

     1,370         2,768         (1,398     (51 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total gross margin

  

 

$

 

158,710

 

  

   $ 140,890      

 

$

 

17,820

 

  

 

 

 

 

13

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Unit Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

  

 

 

$

 

 

0.084

 

 

  

   $ 0.083      

 

 

$

 

 

0.001

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Natural gas

  

 

 

$

 

 

0.470

 

 

  

  

 

$

 

 

0.128

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

$

 

 

0.342

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

267

 

 

Adjusted Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

  

 

 

$

 

 

97,031

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

99,746

 

 

 

  

   $ (2,715  

 

 

 

 

 

(3

 

 

)% 

Natural gas

    
22,710
  
    
6,238
  
    
16,472
  
    264

Materials handling

    
28,371
  
    
27,490
  
    

 

881

 

  

 

   
3

Other operations

     1,370         2,768         (1,398     (51 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total adjusted gross margin

  

 

 

$

 

 

149,482

 

 

  

  

 

$

 

136,242

 

  

   $ 13,240     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Adjusted Unit Gross Margin:

          

Refined products

  

 

$

 

0.078

 

  

  

 

$

 

0.080

 

  

  

 

$

 

(0.002

 

 

 

 

 

(3

 

)% 

Natural gas

  

 

$

 

0.448

 

  

  

 

$

 

0.120

 

  

  

 

$

 

0.328

 

  

 

 

 

 

273

 

 

* Not meaningful

Refined Products

Refined products net sales were $3.5 billion and $2.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The refined products net sales increase of $1.0 billion, or 42%, was driven primarily by higher refined products commodity prices. The average refined product price per gallon was approximately 43% higher during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Refined products net sales volumes remained relatively unchanged and were 1,247 million gallons and 1,251 million gallons for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Gasoline sales volumes increased by approximately 28.0 million gallons, or 12%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 primarily due to increased sales volumes to gasoline customers in New York, Connecticut and the Mid-Atlantic states. Distillate demand decreased 4% period over period resulting in a decrease of 35.3 million gallons of distillate oil sales volumes for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Although heating degree days were slightly up 2.7% year over year, continued conservation measures taken by heating oil customers resulted in lower distillate demand. Residual fuel oil sales volumes increased approximately 2.6 million gallons, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 primarily due to increased bunker fuel sales.

Refined products gross margin was $105.1 million and $104.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Refined products adjusted gross margin was $97.0 million and $99.7 million for the

 

96


Table of Contents

year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, refined products adjusted gross margin was lower than refined products gross margin due to unrealized hedging gains of $8.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively.

The refined products adjusted gross margin decrease of $2.7 million, or 3%, was primarily due to lower adjusted unit gross margins which reduced adjusted gross margin by $2.3 million, and slightly lower refined products sales volumes which reduced adjusted gross margin by $0.4 million, in each case as compared to the same period in 2010. The decline in the refined products adjusted gross margin in 2011 compared to 2010 was largely driven by a less attractive market to hold distillate inventory. The deteriorating market conditions were due to a combination of higher market prices which increased working capital requirements and the lower distillate carry structure in the market. Indicative of this less attractive market environment, average prompt month NYMEX heating oil prices increased by 38% in 2011, whereas the average contango as measured by the difference in the prompt and second month NYMEX heating oil prices was reduced by more than 50%. Although marketing sales volumes for key distillate products in 2011 were comparable and margins on these sales were higher, these gains were more than offset by the lower returns due to the worsening distillate structure in the market. In addition to the lower overall returns on distillate products, the margins on residual fuels were also lower in 2011. Contributing to the lower residual fuel oil returns was a general weakening of the higher sulfur inventory prices compared to the lower sulfur residual fuels typically used for the inventory hedges. In contrast to the lower distillate and residual fuel oil returns in 2011, margins on gasoline increased, as both volumes and unit margins improved. Although the gasoline market was more heavily backwardated in 2011, because our gasoline inventory is modest, the less attractive market pricing structure for hedging gasoline inventory was not material and more than offset by the higher marketing returns. Slightly lower refined products sales volumes decreased adjusted gross margin due to decreased distillate sales volumes due primarily to conservation measures taken by heating oil customers that were partially offset by increased gasoline sales volumes to customers in New York, Connecticut and the Mid-Atlantic states for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

Natural Gas

Natural gas net sales were $300.2 million and $343.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The natural gas net sales decrease of $42.9 million, or 13%, was driven primarily by lower commodity prices as the average natural gas marketing price per MMBtu was approximately 10% lower during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The weaker natural gas price environment was due in part to the growing domestic supplies of natural gas. Natural gas sales volumes decreased 2% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

Natural gas gross margin was $23.8 million and $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Natural gas adjusted gross margin was $22.7 million and $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, natural gas adjusted gross margin was $1.1 million and $0.4 million lower than natural gas gross margin due to unrealized hedging gains, respectively.

The natural gas adjusted gross margin increase of $16.5 million, or 264%, was driven primarily by an increase in adjusted unit gross margins for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase in natural gas adjusted unit gross margin was primarily driven by the improved natural gas supply results due to the enhanced performance in meeting physical supply requirements and having substantially reduced regional basis exposure for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Historically we engaged in a certain level of discretionary trading of natural gas beyond the supply balancing activities necessary to meet retail marketing requirements. During 2010 we changed our risk management practices and business strategy such that we no longer enter into natural gas discretionary trading positions, other than positions related to a legacy storage asset (0.5 Bcf capacity) under contract through March 2012. In addition, a continued shift in our customer base towards smaller commercial and industrial customers requiring additional higher margin services contributed approximately $2.1 million in additional adjusted gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

 

97


Table of Contents

Materials Handling

Materials handling net sales were $28.5 million and $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The materials handling net sales increase of $1.0 million, or 4%, is primarily due to increased liquid bulk activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

Materials handling gross margin was $28.4 million and $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The materials handling gross margin increase of $0.9 million, or 3%, was primarily due to increased liquid bulk activities including asphalt and clay slurry (primarily due to a new clay slurry rail loading operation in Searsport, Maine), as well as gypsum dry bulk activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

Other Operations

Coal marketing net sales were $12.5 million and $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The coal marketing net sales decrease of $6.7 million, or 35%, is due both to a decrease in coal commodity prices and a reduction of coal marketing sales volume of 7% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

Coal marketing gross margin was $1.4 million and $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Coal marketing gross margin decreased due to a combination of lower sales volumes and unit gross margin.

Operating Costs and Expenses

The following table presents our operating expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     Six MonthsEnded
June 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013          2012          2012      2011          2010      
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses

   $ 27,600       $ 22,106       $ 47,054       $ 42,414       $ 41,102   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 27,056       $ 22,500       $ 46,449       $ 46,292       $ 40,625   

Write-off of deferred offering costs

   $ —         $ —         $ 8,931       $ —         $ —     

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 8,437       $ 4,965       $ 11,665       $ 10,140       $ 10,531   

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,      Increase/(Decrease)  
               2013                           2012                         $                  %      
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses

   $ 27,600       $ 22,106       $ 5,494         25

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 27,056       $ 22,500       $ 4,556         20

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 8,437       $ 4,965       $ 3,472         70

Operating Expenses . Operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased $5.5 million, or 25%, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily due to the inclusion of $5.6 million of Kildair’s operating expenses, which consisted primarily of terminal and trucking salaries and benefits, maintenance, utilities and other costs. Operating expenses decreased by $0.8 million due to lower costs associated with third party fees related to materials handling operations and increased by $0.7 million due to higher energy costs and salary related expenses.

 

98


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . Selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $4.6 million, or 20%, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to increased discretionary incentive compensation of $2.6 million as a result of higher earnings performance and the inclusion of Kildair’s expenses of $2.6 million, which consisted primarily of salaries and benefits and other expenses.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased $3.5 million, or 70% as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. Of this increase $3.8 million was due to the inclusion of Kildair’s depreciation expense.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Increase/(Decrease)  
               2012                           2011                         $                  %      
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses

   $ 47,054       $ 42,414       $ 4,640         11

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 46,449       $ 46,292       $ 157         *   

Write-off of deferred offering costs

   $ 8,931         —         $ 8,931         *   

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 11,665       $ 10,140       $ 1,525         15

 

* Not meaningful

Operating Expenses. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $4.6 million, or 11%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Of this increase, $3.3 million was related to Kildair’s operating expenses which consisted primarily of terminal and trucking salaries and benefits, maintenance, utilities and other costs and $1.4 million was attributed to additional stockpile expenses due to increased material handling activity.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $0.2 million, or less than 1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 included approximately $1.2 million related to Kildair which consisted primarily of salaries and benefits, insurance and other expenses. Other changes included an increase of salaries and related costs of $1.8 million primarily offset by a decrease of $3.2 million of discretionary incentive compensation.

Write-off of Deferred Offering Costs . During the year ended December 31, 2012, deferred offering costs of $8.9 million were charged against earnings due to an extended delay in the timing of this offering. The total charge included $6.5 million of offering costs previously deferred as of December 31, 2011 and $2.4 million of deferred offering costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $1.5 million, or 15% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Of this increase $1.8 million was due to Kildair’s depreciation. Kildair’s operating results are fully consolidated beginning October 1, 2012.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Increase/(Decrease)  
               2011                           2010                         $                 %      
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses

   $ 42,414       $ 41,102       $ 1,312        3

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 46,292       $ 40,625       $ 5,667        14

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 10,140       $ 10,531       $ (391     (4 )% 

 

99


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses . Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $1.3 million, or 3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to higher employee related costs. Employee wages increased $0.8 million due to annual wage increases and higher overtime. In addition, employee benefits increased $0.5 million primarily due to rising health insurance costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $5.7 million, or 14%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to higher discretionary incentive compensation of $2.0 million as a result of higher earnings performance, higher employee benefit costs of $0.8 million primarily due to rising health insurance costs, increases of salaries of $0.6 million primarily due to annual wage increases and new hires in association with our initial public offering and increasing legal fees of $0.6 million primarily due to general corporate and acquisition activities.

Interest Expense, Net, Equity in Net (Loss) Income of Foreign Affiliate and Gain on Acquisition of Business

The following table presents our interest expense, net and equity in net income (loss) of foreign affiliate for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     Six Months Ended
June  30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013          2012          2012         2011          2010  
    

($ in thousands)

 

Interest expense, net

   $ 14,379       $ 11,110       $ 23,426      $ 23,294       $ 21,394   

Equity in net income (loss) of foreign affiliate

   $ —         $ 2,352       $ (1,009   $ 3,622       $ (2,123

Gain on acquisition of business

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,512      $ 6,016       $ —     

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,      Increase/(Decrease)  
             2013                      2012                    $               %      
     ($ in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ 14,379       $ 11,110       $ 3,269        29

Equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

   $ —         $ 2,352       $ (2,352     *   

 

* Not meaningful

Interest Expense, net. Interest expense, net for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased $3.3 million, or 29%, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. Of this increase, $1.6 million was related to Kildair which was fully consolidated beginning on October 1, 2012 and $1.7 million was primarily due to higher average balances for acquisition related borrowings.

Equity in Net (Loss) Income of Foreign Affiliate. The equity in net income of our foreign affiliate for the six months ended June 30, 2012, was $2.4 million. For the year ended December 30, 2011 and through September 30, 2012, we recorded the activity of Kildair as an equity investment in a foreign affiliate. Kildair was fully consolidated beginning on October 1, 2012.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Increase/(Decrease)  
             2012                     2011                  $             %      
     ($ in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ 23,426      $ 23,294       $ 132        1

Equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

   $ (1,009   $ 3,622       $ (4,631     (128)%   

Gain on Acquisition of Business

   $ 1,512      $ 6,016       $ (4,504     (75)%   

 

* Not meaningful

 

100


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $0.1 million, or 1%. Interest expense, net included an increase of approximately $1.2 million related to Kildair which was fully consolidated beginning October 1, 2012, and increased interest expense of $0.6 million due to higher average balances of acquisition related borrowings, and approximately $1.7 million in increased fees and other costs, offset by a reduction in interest expense of approximately $3.4 million primarily due to decreased borrowing levels as a result of lower average inventory levels in 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011.

Equity in Net (Loss) Income of Foreign Affiliate. The equity in earnings in our foreign affiliate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was a loss of $1.0 million as compared to net income of $3.6 million for the year ending December 31, 2011. The equity in earnings in our foreign affiliate for the year ended December 31, 2012 represents the equity in earnings through September 30, 2012, prior to full consolidation of the operating results beginning on October 1, 2012. Equity in earnings for this period decreased due to basis losses on residual oil hedge positions and lower margins associated with residual fuel oil sales as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

Gain on Acquisition of Business . During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized a gain of $1.5 million as a result of re-measuring to fair value our 50% equity interest in Kildair before the business combination in which we acquired the remaining 50% of the equity interest in Kildair. The gain was calculated as the difference between the acquisition-date fair value ($57.0 million) and the book value immediately prior to the acquisition date ($55.5 million). The fair value was determined using valuation techniques including the discounted cash flow approach and the market multiple approach (enterprise value of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization). The discounted cash flow approach incorporated assumptions including estimated future cash flows and a discount rate that reflects consideration of risk free rates as well as market risk and is a Level 3 measure.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a gain in connection with the purchase of an oil terminal in Rensselaer, New York for $3.4 million. In addition, we purchased approximately $4.4 million of inventory that was stored at the terminal. The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $13.9 million which exceeded the purchase price. As a result, we reassessed the identification, recognition and measurement of the identifiable assets and concluded that the valuation procedures and resulting Level 3 measures were appropriate. Accordingly, we recognized a gain of $6.0 million associated with the acquisition. We believe that we were able to acquire the terminal for less than fair value of its assets because of the seller’s strategic intent to exit a non-core business operation.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase/(Decrease)  
             2011                      2010                 $              %      
     ($ in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ 23,294       $ 21,394      $ 1,900         9

Equity in net income (loss) of foreign affiliate

   $ 3,622       $ (2,123   $ 5,745         271%   

Gain on acquisition of business

   $ 6,016       $ —        $ 6,016          

 

* Not meaningful

Interest Expense, Net . Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $1.9 million, or 9%, to $23.3 million as compared to $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to higher average balances for working capital borrowings due to higher refined products commodity prices and refined products inventory volumes. This was partially offset by a decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 of approximately $2.8 million due to interest rate swaps that were entered into in 2011 at lower fixed rates as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Equity in Net Income (Loss) of Foreign Affiliate . The equity in earnings in our foreign affiliate for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $5.7 million to $3.6 million as compared to a net loss of $2.1 million for the

 

101


Table of Contents

year ending December 31, 2010. The equity in earnings increased due to basis gains on residual oil hedge positions and higher margins associated with residual fuel oil sales.

Gain on Acquisition of Business . During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a gain in connection with the purchase of an oil terminal in Rensselaer, New York for $3.4 million. In addition, we purchased approximately $4.4 million of inventory that was stored at the terminal. The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $13.9 million which exceeded the purchase price. As a result, we reassessed the identification, recognition and measurement of the identifiable assets and concluded that the valuation procedures and resulting measures were appropriate. Accordingly, we recognized a gain of $6.0 million associated with the acquisition. We believe that we were able to acquire the terminal for less than fair value of its assets because of the seller’s strategic intent to exit a non-core business operation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Our primary liquidity needs are to fund our working capital requirements, operating expenses, capital expenditures and quarterly distributions. Cash generated from operations and our credit agreements are our primary sources of liquidity. Because our credit agreement has a maturity date of May 28, 2014, all amount outstanding are classified as current as of June 30, 2013. At June 30, 2013, we had a net working capital deficit of approximately $(45.0) million. As of June 30, 2013, the borrowing base under our working capital facility was approximately $339.0 million, and we had approximately $211.0 million (excluding $16.9 million of outstanding letters of credit) in outstanding borrowings, providing us with approximately $111.1 million in undrawn borrowing capacity under the facility. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $117.4 million in outstanding borrowings under our acquisition facility, providing us with approximately $57.6 million in undrawn borrowing capacity under the facility.

We enter our seasonal peak period during the fourth quarter of each year, during which inventory, accounts receivable and debt levels increase. As we move out of the winter season at the end of the first quarter of the following year, inventory is reduced, accounts receivable are collected and converted into cash and debt is paid down. During the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, the amount that we had drawn under the working capital facility of our credit agreement fluctuated from a low of approximately $176.8 million to a high of approximately $399.6 million.

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into a new credit agreement that will include a working capital facility and an acquisition facility. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect to have available undrawn borrowing capacity of approximately $             million and $             million under the working capital facility and the acquisition facility of our new credit agreement, respectively. We expect that, following the completion of this offering, the borrowing base for the working capital facility of our new credit agreement will be approximately $             million. Please read “—New Credit Agreement.”

We believe that, together with the net proceeds received by us in connection with this offering, we will have sufficient liquid assets, cash flow from operations and borrowing capacity under our new credit agreement to meet our financial commitments, debt service obligations, contingencies and anticipated capital expenditures. However, we are subject to business and operational risks that could adversely affect our cash flow. A material decrease in our cash flow would likely have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our financial commitments and debt service obligations.

Certain of our trade credit providers have historically required us to obtain trade credit support from Axel Johnson, and Axel Johnson has provided us with such support for our operations. As of June 30, 2013, Axel Johnson provided us with approximately $35.3 million of outstanding trade credit support. We believe that over a reasonable period following the completion of this offering, we will be able to work with our trade creditors to reduce, and eventually eliminate, the need for trade credit support from Axel Johnson. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement that we will enter into in connection with the closing of this offering, we will agree to use our commercially reasonable efforts to reduce, and eventually eliminate, the need for trade credit support from Axel Johnson. In order to assist us

 

102


Table of Contents

with a smooth transition with our trade credit providers following the completion of this offering, pursuant to such omnibus agreement, Axel Johnson will agree to provide us with trade credit support, consistent with past practice, through December 31, 2016, if and to the extent such trade credit support is necessary in the Partnership’s reasonable judgment. We believe that the elimination of trade credit support from Axel Johnson after December 31, 2016 will not have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Because we intend to distribute substantially all of our distributable cash flow, our growth may not be as fast as the growth of businesses that reinvest their cash flow to expand ongoing operations. Moreover, our future growth may be slower than our historical growth. We expect that we will, in large part, rely upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and issuances of debt and equity interests, to fund acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy could significantly impair our ability to grow. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. Our partnership agreement does not limit our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units being offered under this prospectus. The incurrence of additional debt by us or our operating subsidiaries would result in increased interest expense, which in turn may also affect the amount of distributable cash flow that we have available to distribute to our unitholders.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations that are required to be settled in cash. The amounts of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      4-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 43,895       $ 6,711       $ 12,802       $ 9,288       $ 15,094   

Capital lease obligations (including interest)

     8,546         1,067         2,134         2,064         3,281   

Other long term liabilities

     9,381         650         1,300         1,300         6,131   

Credit facilities (including interest)(2)

     516,855         227,891         288,964         —           —     

Unsecured debt (including interest)

     25,789         25,789         —           —           —     

Term debt and other (including interest)

     26,137         4,208         21,929         —           —     

Product purchases(3)

     677,006         665,847         11,159         —           —     

Transportation and storage(4)

     17,131         9,294         6,621         1,216         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,324,740       $ 941,457       $ 344,909       $ 13,868       $ 24,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) We have leases for a refined products terminal, refined products storage, maritime charters, vehicles, office and plant facilities, computer and other equipment that are accounted for as operating leases.

 

(2)

Amounts include principal and interest on our working capital revolving credit facility and our acquisition line revolving credit facility at December 31, 2012. The existing credit agreement has a contractual maturity of May 28, 2014 and no principal payments are required prior to that date. However, we repay amounts outstanding and borrow funds based on our working capital requirements. Therefore, the current portion of the working capital revolving credit facility included in our consolidated balance sheets is the amount we expect to pay down during the course of the year, and the long-term portion of the working capital revolving credit facility is the amount we expect to be outstanding during the entire year. Interest is calculated using

 

103


Table of Contents
  the rates in effect as of December 31, 2012, and we assume a ratable payment of the current portion of the working capital revolving credit facility through the expiration date.

 

(3) Product purchases include estimated purchase commitments for refined products and natural gas. The value of these future supply commitments, if not fixed in price, will fluctuate based on prevailing market prices. The prices at which we purchase refined products and natural gas are determined by reference to published market prices prevailing at the time of purchase. The value of our product purchase commitments were computed based on contractual prices.

 

(4) Transportation and storage commitments include refined products throughput agreements at third-party terminals and natural gas pipeline transportation and storage agreements that have minimum usage requirements.

Capital Expenditures

Our terminals require investments to expand, upgrade or enhance existing assets and to comply with environmental and operational regulations. Our capital requirements primarily consist of maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures. Maintenance capital expenditures represent capital expenditures made to replace assets, or to maintain the long-term operating capacity of our assets or operating income. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures required to maintain equipment reliability, terminal integrity and safety and to address environmental laws and regulations. Costs for repairs and minor renewals to maintain facilities in operating condition and that do not extend the useful life of existing assets will be treated as maintenance expenses as we incur them. Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to increase the long-term operating capacity of our assets or our operating income whether through construction or acquisition of additional assets. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of equipment and the development or acquisition of additional storage capacity, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our operating capacity or our operating income. During the three years ended December 31, 2012, we incurred a total of approximately $19.8 million in maintenance capital expenditures and we spent $4.3 million for expansion and/or upgrades of our terminals. We are projecting maintenance capital expenditures for our operations of $5.9 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. We anticipate that these capital expenditures will be funded with cash generated by operations. We anticipate that future expansion capital requirements will be provided through long-term borrowings or other debt financings and/or equity offerings.

Cash Flows

 

    Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013         2012         2012         2011           2010    
   

(in thousands)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 118,348      $ 228,460      $ 163,129      $ (43,861   $ 24,997   

Net cash used in investing activities

  $ (6,106   $ (3,682   $ (79,693   $ (17,004   $ (9,387

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  $ (115,435   $ (255,664   $ (111,560   $ 88,882      $ (17,162

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was approximately $118.3 million. Our cash flow from operations was driven by net income of $11.6 million and decreases of $133.0 million in inventory and $59.0 million in accounts receivable related to the drawdown of inventory levels and conversion to cash of accounts receivable as we come out of our peak season. These increases in cash flow were offset by a decrease of $80.0 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, primarily related to the corresponding drawdown in inventory levels and the timing of invoice payments for product purchases.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was approximately $228.5 million. Our cash flow from operations was impacted by the decreased heating degree days we

 

104


Table of Contents

experienced during the three months ended March 31, 2012. This decrease accelerated the timing of the effect of coming out of peak season. As a result, our cash flow from operations was driven by decreases of $188.1 million in inventory and $104.5 million in accounts receivable relating to the drawdown of inventory levels and conversion to cash of accounts receivable. These increases to cash flows were partially offset by a decrease of $92.2 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, primarily related to the corresponding drawdown in inventory levels and the timing of invoice payments for product purchases.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was approximately $6.1 million, compared to approximately $3.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. During both periods, the net cash used in investing activities was primarily related to terminal capital expenditure projects. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we received approximately $1.9 million in proceeds from an insurance settlement related to hurricane damage to our predecessor’s property in Oceanside, New York, resulting in a gain of approximately $0.8 million. This property will not be a part of our assets following this offering.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was approximately $115.4 million and primarily resulted from $101.9 million of payments under our credit agreement as a result of coming out of peak season and a dividend of $22.5 million to Axel Johnson.

Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was approximately $255.7 million and primarily resulted from $228.3 million of repayments of borrowings under our credit agreement as a result of coming out of peak season and a dividend of $26.9 million to Axel Johnson.

Acquisition Activities

On July 31, 2013, we purchased an oil terminal in Bridgeport, Connecticut for $20.7 million. This deep water facility includes 13 storage tanks with 1.3 million barrels of storage capacity for gasoline and distillate products, with 1.1 million barrels currently in service. The terminal will provide throughput services to third-parties for branded gasoline sales, while also expanding our marketing of refined products, both gasoline and distillate, in the Connecticut market.

This acquisition will be accounted for as a business combination and was financed with a $10.0 million equity investment made by Axel Johnson and $10.7 million of borrowings under the acquisition facility of our existing credit facility. The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be finalized once fair value information is obtained.

Years Ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $163.1 million. Our cash flow from operations was driven by a net loss of $12.8 million that was offset by a decrease of $27.2 million in derivative instruments relating to our fixed forward sales program that were converted to accounts receivable and cash collected. Our cash flow from operations was also affected by decreases of $54.4 million in inventory as liquidity improved as we managed our inventory to lower levels, $24.2 million in accounts receivable, as well as an increase of $32.5 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities primarily related to the timing of invoice payments for product purchases.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was approximately $43.9 million. Our cash flow from operations was driven by net income of $29.6 million, increases of $10.7 million in accounts

 

105


Table of Contents

payable and accrued liabilities primarily due to timing of invoice payments for product purchases, and a decrease of $19.2 million in accounts receivable. Our cash flow from operations was also affected by an increase of $73.3 million in inventory, primarily related to higher inventory levels and higher commodity prices, and an increase of $39.7 million in derivative instruments relating to our fixed forward sales program.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was approximately $25.0 million. Our cash flow from operations was driven by net income of $15.7 million and a decrease of $24.1 million in derivative instruments relating to our fixed forward sales program. These items were partially offset by an increase of $7.0 million in accounts receivable primarily related to higher commodity prices, an increase of $28.6 million in inventories primarily related to higher commodity prices and a decrease of $4.9 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities primarily related to the timing of invoice payments for product purchases.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012, was approximately $79.7 million and consisted primarily of $73.0 million related to our acquisition on October 1, 2012 of the remaining 50% of Kildair, a distributor of residual fuel oil and asphalt located in Eastern Canada, and $7.3 million related to capital projects.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011, was approximately $17.0 million and consisted primarily of $7.3 million related to capital projects, $7.8 million related to an acquisition of a business in Rensselaer, New York and an advance to our foreign affiliate of approximately $2.0 million under a note agreement.

Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2010, was approximately $9.4 million and primarily was related to terminal capital expenditure projects.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $111.6 million and primarily resulted from repayments of $107.8 million under our credit agreement and a dividend of $26.9 million paid to Axel Johnson. These payments were partially offset by borrowings of $25.0 million of unsecured debt from a third party.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was approximately $88.9 million and resulted from $116.3 million of borrowings under our credit agreement partially offset by a dividend of $26.0 million to Axel Johnson.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was approximately $17.2 million and primarily resulted from repayments of $35.0 million on subordinated debt owed to Axel Johnson, repayment of $10.0 million of unsecured debt to a third party, debt issuance costs of $12.1 million and a dividend of $39.0 million paid to Axel Johnson. These payments were partially offset by borrowings of $80.1 million under our credit agreement.

New Credit Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a new revolving credit agreement having the principal terms described below. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $328.4 million of borrowings outstanding under our current credit agreement (consisting of approximately $211.0 million in borrowings outstanding under our working capital facility and approximately $117.4 million in borrowings outstanding under our acquisition facility).

 

106


Table of Contents

There will be two revolving credit facilities under our new credit agreement:

 

   

A working capital facility of up to $750.0 million to be used for working capital loans and letters of credit in the principal amount equal to the lesser of our borrowing base and $750.0 million. Our borrowing base will be calculated as the sum of specified percentages of eligible cash collateral, eligible billed and unbilled accounts receivable, eligible inventory (reflecting hedged and unhedged positions), prepaid purchases, the net liquidating value of positions in futures accounts, eligible forward contract value, and letters of credit minus the amount of any reserves, other priority claims and owed swap amounts. Subject to certain conditions, the working capital facility may be increased by up to $200.0 million. We expect that following the completion of this offering, the borrowing base for the working capital facility of our new credit agreement will be approximately $             million.

 

   

An acquisition facility of up to $250.0 million to be used for loans and letters of credit to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions related to our current businesses. Loans and letters of credit outstanding under the acquisition facility generally cannot exceed 65% of the fair market value of all of our appraised fixed assets. Subject to certain conditions, the acquisition facility may be increased by up to $200.0 million.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect to have available undrawn borrowing capacity of approximately $             million under our new credit agreement (consisting of approximately $             million in undrawn borrowing capacity under the working capital facility and approximately $             million in undrawn borrowing capacity under the acquisition facility).

We and each of our subsidiaries, if not the borrower, will be a guarantor of all obligations under the new credit agreement. All obligations under our new credit agreement will be secured by substantially all of our assets and substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries.

Indebtedness under our new credit agreement will bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either the Eurodollar Rate (which means the LIBOR Rate) for interest periods of one, two, three or six months plus a specified margin or an Alternate Base Rate plus a specified margin. The Alternate Base Rate is the highest of (a) the prime rate of interest announced from time to time by the agent bank as its “Base Rate” (b) 0.50% per annum above the Federal Funds rate as in effect from time to time and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for 1-month LIBOR as in effect from time to time plus 1.00% per annum.

The specified margin for the working capital facility under our new credit agreement will range from 1.00% to 1.50% for loans bearing interest at the Alternate Base Rate and from 2.00% to 2.50% for loans bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate and for letters of credit issued under the working capital facility. The specified margin will be calculated based upon how much of the working capital facility we utilize. In addition, we will incur a commitment fee based on the unused portion of the working capital facility at a rate ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% per annum.

The specified margin for the acquisition facility under our new credit agreement will range from 2.00% to 2.25% for loans bearing interest at the Alternate Base Rate and from 3.00% to 3.25% for loans bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate and for letters of credit issued under the acquisition facility. In addition, we will incur a commitment fee on the unused portion of the acquisition facility at a rate ranging from .375% to .50% per annum. The specified margin and the commitment fee for the acquisition facility is calculated quarterly based upon our consolidated total leverage ratio.

Our new credit agreement will mature in 2018 on or about the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, at which point all amounts outstanding under the working capital facility and acquisition facility will become due. We will be required to make prepayments under our credit agreement at any time when the aggregate amount of the outstanding loans and letters of credit under the working capital facility exceeds the aggregate amount of commitments in respect of such facility or when the aggregate amount of outstanding loans and letters of credit under the acquisition facility exceeds the lesser of the aggregate amount of commitments in respect of such facility and 65% of the fair market value of the appraised assets or when the aggregate amount of the outstanding loans and letters of credit under the working capital facility plus the aggregate amount of working capital loans and letters of credit under the acquisition facility exceed the borrowing base. Mandatory

 

107


Table of Contents

prepayments also will be required for certain sales of our assets. All loans repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed prior to the maturity date subject to satisfaction of the applicable conditions at the time of borrowing.

Our new credit agreement will prohibit us from making distributions to unitholders if any event of default, as defined in our new credit agreement, occurs or would result from the distribution. In addition, our new credit agreement will contain various covenants that may limit, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

Grant liens;

 

   

Make certain loans or investments;

 

   

Incur additional indebtedness or guarantee other indebtedness;

 

   

Sell our assets; or

 

   

Acquire another company.

Our new credit agreement also will contain financial covenants requiring us to maintain:

 

   

Minimum consolidated net working capital of $35.0 million;

 

   

A minimum EBITDA to consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.2 to 1.0; and

 

   

A maximum consolidated senior secured leverage to EBIDTA ratio of 3.5 to 1.0 with respect to the aggregate amount of borrowings outstanding under the acquisition facility plus other funded secured indebtedness; and

 

   

A maximum consolidated total leverage to EBITDA ratio of 4.5 to 1.0 with respect to the aggregate amount of borrowings outstanding under the acquisition facility plus bonds and debentures and other funded indebtedness.

If an event of default exists under our new credit agreement, the lenders will be able to accelerate the maturity of the credit agreement and exercise other rights and remedies. Each of the following would be an event of default:

 

   

Failure to pay, when due, any principal, interest, fees or other amounts after a specific cure period;

 

   

Failure of any representation or warranty to be true and correct in any material respect;

 

   

Failure to perform or otherwise comply with the covenants in the credit agreement or in other loan documents to which we are a borrower without a waiver or amendment;

 

   

Any default in the performance of any obligation or condition beyond the applicable grace period relating to any other indebtedness of more than $10.0 million;

 

   

A judgment default for monetary judgments exceeding $10.0 million;

 

   

A change of control as defined below;

 

   

A bankruptcy or insolvency event involving us or any of our subsidiaries; and

 

   

Failure of the lenders for any reason to have a first perfected security interest in the security pledged by us or any of the security becomes unenforceable or invalid.

A change of control is the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) Antonia A. Johnson, together with her spouse, children, grandchildren and heirs (and any trust of which any of the foregoing (or any combination thereof) constitute at least 80% of the then current beneficiaries) cease to own and control more than 50% of the total voting power of each class of outstanding equity interests of our general partner, (b) our general partner ceases to own and control all of the general partner interests in us, and (c) we cease to own and control all of each class of outstanding equity interests of each subsidiary that is a borrower or a guarantor under our new credit agreement.

Although we anticipate our new credit agreement will be effective upon the closing of this offering, its effectiveness is subject to a number of conditions, including the retirement of debt under our current credit agreement and there being no material adverse change in our business.

 

108


Table of Contents

Impact of Inflation

Inflation in the United States and Canada has been relatively low in recent years and did not have a material impact on our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Critical Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported net sales and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates and assumptions relate to the accounting for accounts receivable and inventory allowances, fair value of derivative assets and liabilities, environmental and legal reserves, and the recovery of goodwill. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The following is a discussion of our most critical accounting estimates, judgments and uncertainties.

Derivatives

As a matter of policy, refined products and natural gas businesses utilize futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, options and other derivatives in an effort to minimize the impact of commodity price fluctuations. On a selective basis and within our risk management policy’s guidelines, we utilize futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, options and other derivatives to generate profits from changes in market prices.

We record all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. We recognize changes in the fair value of our commodity derivative instruments currently in earnings as cost of products sold.

We do not offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) against fair value amounts, including amounts that approximate fair value, recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement.

We also use interest rate swaps to convert a portion of our floating rate debt to fixed rates. These interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and the changes in fair value of the swaps are included as a component of comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, in our consolidated statements of stockholder’s/partner’s equity and in our consolidated balance sheets, respectively.

Our derivative instruments are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income or other comprehensive income each period as appropriate. Fair value measurements are determined using the market approach and include non-performance risk and time value of money considerations. Counterparty credit is considered for receivable balances, and our credit is considered for payable balances.

We determine fair value in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurement” which established a hierarchy for the inputs used to measure the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on the source of the input, which generally range from quoted prices for identical instruments in a principal trading market (Level 1) to estimates determined using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Multiple inputs may be used to measure fair value, however, the level of fair value is based on the lowest significant input level within this fair value hierarchy.

Details on the methods and assumptions used to determine the fair values are as follows:

Fair value measurements based on Level 1 inputs: Measurements that are most observable and are based on quoted prices of identical instruments obtained from the principal markets in which they are traded. Closing

 

109


Table of Contents

prices are both readily available and representative of fair value. Market transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume to assure liquidity.

Fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs: Measurements derived indirectly from observable inputs or from quoted prices from markets that are less liquid are considered Level 2. Measurements based on Level 2 inputs include over-the-counter derivative instruments that are priced on an exchange traded curve, but have contractual terms that are not identical to exchange traded contracts. We utilize fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs for its fixed forward contracts, over-the-counter commodity price swaps, interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts.

Fair value measurements based on Level 3 inputs: Measurements that are least observable are estimated from significant unobservable inputs determined from sources with little or no market activity for comparable contracts or for positions with longer durations.

Inventories

We value inventories at the lower of cost or market. Cost is primarily determined using the first-in, first-out method. Inventory consists of petroleum products, natural gas and coal. We use derivative instruments, primarily futures and swaps, to economically hedge substantially all of our inventory.

Goodwill

Goodwill is defined as the excess of cost over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but rather tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, at least annually (as of October 31st of each year), by determining the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value. We have three reporting units, which are also our operating segments. After applying the discounted cash flow method (Level 3 measurement) to measure the fair value of our reporting units, we determined that there have been no goodwill impairments to date.

Net Sales and Cost of Products Sold Recognition

Revenue is recognized through refined products, natural gas and materials handling revenue-producing activities, net of non-material provisions for discounts and allowances. At the time of sale for all revenue producing activities, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery or service has occurred, the price is determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Refined products revenue-producing activities include direct sales to customers including throughput and exchange locations. Revenue is recognized when the product is delivered. Revenue is not recognized on exchange agreements, which are entered into primarily to acquire refined products by taking delivery of products closer to the end markets. Any net differentials or fees for exchange agreements are recorded as cost of goods sold. Natural gas revenue-producing activities are direct sales to customers at various points on natural gas pipelines or at local distribution companies ( i.e. , utilities). Revenue is recognized when the product is delivered. Materials handling service revenue is recognized monthly over the contractual service period or when the service is rendered.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded to reflect the ultimate realization of our accounts receivable and includes the assessment of customers’ creditworthiness and the probability of collection. The allowance is comprised of specifically identified accounts at risk and an amount determined based on historical collection experience.

Shipping costs that occur at the time of sale are included in cost of product sold. Various excise taxes are collected at the time of sale and remitted to authorities and are recorded on a net basis in cost of products sold.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The following is a summary of recent significant accounting policies we considered in the preparation of historical financial statements included with this prospectus.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which amends ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” The amended

 

110


Table of Contents

guidance requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. Additionally, entities are required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. The amended guidance does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income. We adopted this ASU as of January 1, 2013 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities are required to disclose both gross and net information about these instruments. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. We adopted ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, but did result in additional disclosure regarding fair value measurement.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. The principal market risks to which we are exposed are commodity risk and interest rate risk. We utilize various derivative instruments to manage exposure to commodity risk and forward starting swaps to manage exposure to interest rate risk.

Commodity Price Risk

We use various financial instruments to hedge our commodity price risk. We sell our refined products and natural gas primarily in the Northeast. This geographic focus is a key factor in how we choose the most appropriate financial instruments to hedge our positions.

We hedge our refined product positions primarily with a combination of futures contracts that trade on the New York Mercantile Exchange, or NYMEX, and fixed-for-floating price swaps that are bilateral contracts that are traded “over-the-counter.” Although there are some notable differences between futures and the fixed-for-floating price swaps, both can provide a fixed price while the counterparty receives a price that fluctuates as market prices change. As indicated in the table below, we primarily use futures contracts to hedge light oil transactions and swaps contracts for residual fuel oils futures contracts. There are no residual fuel oil futures contracts that actively trade in the United States. Each of the financial instruments trade by month for many months forward, allowing us the ability to hedge future contractual commitments.

 

Product Group

  

Primary Financial Hedging Instrument

Gasolines

   NYMEX RBOB futures contract

Distillates

   NYMEX Heating Oil (HO) futures contract

Residual Fuel Oils

   New York Harbor 1% Sulfur Residual Fuel Oil Swaps

In addition to the financial instruments listed above, we sometimes use the ethanol futures contract that trades on the Chicago Board of Trade, or CBOT, to hedge ethanol that is used for blending into our gasoline. This ethanol contract is based on Chicago delivery.

For natural gas, there are no quality differences that need to be considered when hedging. Our primary hedging requirements relate to fixed price and basis (location) exposure. We largely hedge our natural gas fixed price exposure using fixed-for-floating price swaps that trade on the ICE with the prices based on the Henry Hub location near Erath, Louisiana. The Henry Hub is the most active natural gas trading location in the United States. Although we typically use swaps, there is also an actively traded NYMEX Henry Hub natural gas futures contract that we can use. We primarily use ICE basis swaps as the key financial instrument type to hedge our natural gas

 

111


Table of Contents

basis risk. Similar to the natural gas futures and ICE Henry Hub swaps, basis swaps for major locations trade actively for many months. These swaps are financially settled, typically using prices quoted by Platts.

We also directly hedge our price exposure in oil and natural gas physically by using forward purchases or sales.

The following table presents total realized and unrealized (losses) and gains on derivative instruments utilized for commodity risk management purposes. Such amounts are included in cost of products sold for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012      2012     2011     2010  

Refined products contracts

   $ 12,063      $ 3,562       $ (7,238   $ (34,471   $ (22,773

Natural gas contracts

     (10,212     765         (19,580     (377     (16,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,851      $ 4,327       $ (26,818   $ (34,848   $ (38,975
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Substantially all of our commodity derivative contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2013 will settle prior to December 31, 2014.

Interest Rate Risk

We enter into interest rate swaps to manage exposures in changing interest rates. We swap the variable LIBOR interest rate payable under our credit agreement for fixed LIBOR interest rates. These interest rate swaps meet the criteria to receive cash flow hedge accounting treatment. Counterparties to our interest rate swaps are large multi-national banks and we do not believe there is a material risk of counterparty nonperformance. At June 30, 2013, the notional value of our cash flow hedges was composed of base notional amounts of $210.0 million expiring through 2015. Additionally, we may enter into seasonal swaps which are intended to manage our increase in borrowings during the winter, as a result of higher inventory and accounts receivable levels. Borrowings under our new credit agreement will bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate (which means the LIBOR Rate as determined from indices from the British Bankers Association) and the Alternate Base Rate which means the highest of (a) the prime rate of interest announced from time to time by the agent as its “Base Rate,” (b) 0.50% per annum above the Federal Funds Rate as in effect from time to time and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for 1-month LIBOR as in effect from time to time plus 1.00% per annum, depending on which facility is being used. During the two year period ended June 30, 2013, we hedged approximately 46% of our floating rate debt with fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps. We report unrealized gains and losses on the interest rate swaps as a component of accumulated other comprehensive gain or loss, net of taxes, which is reclassified to earnings as interest expense when payments are made.

We expect to continue to utilize interest rate swaps to manage our exposure to LIBOR interest rates. We do not expect our entering into the new credit agreement to have any impact on our accounting for the existing interest rate swap agreements. At June 30, 2013, we held six interest rate swap agreements with a notional value of $210.0 million. The cash flow hedges at June 30, 2013 expire at various dates through January 2015.

 

112


Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments

The following tables present all of our financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2013:

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
     Fair Value
Measurement
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets

Level 1
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Level 3
 

Financial assets:

           

Commodity exchange contracts

   $ 496       $ 496       $ —         $ —     

Commodity fixed forwards

     34,924         —           34,924         —     

Commodity swaps and options

     1,859         —           1,859         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     37,279         496         36,783         —     

Currency swaps

     57         —           57         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,336       $ 496       $ 36,840       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

           

Commodity fixed forwards

   $ 23,102       $ —         $ 23,102       $ —     

Commodity swaps and options

     235         —           235         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     23,337         —           23,337         —     

Interest rate swaps

     4,757         —           4,757         —     

Currency swaps

     1,293         —           1,293         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 29,387       $ —         $ 29,387       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Market and Credit Risk

The risk management activities for our refined products and natural gas segments involve managing exposures to the impact of market fluctuations in the price and transportation costs for commodities through the use of derivative instruments. The volatility of prices for energy commodities can be significantly influenced by market liquidity and changes in seasonal demand, weather conditions, transportation availability, and federal and state regulations. We monitor and manage our exposure to market risk on a daily basis in accordance with approved policies.

We maintain a control environment under the direction of our chief risk officer through our risk management policy, processes and procedures, which our senior management has approved. Controls include volumetric and value at risk limits on discretionary positions as well as contract term limits. Our chief risk officer must approve the use of new instruments or new commodities. Risk limits are monitored and reported daily to senior management. Our risk management department also performs independent verifications of sources of fair values. These controls apply to all of our commodity risk management activities.

We use value at risk to monitor and control commodity price risk within our risk management activities. The value at risk model uses both linear and simulation methodologies based on historical information, with the results representing the potential loss in fair value over one day at a 95% confidence level. Results may vary from time to time as hedging coverage, as well as market pricing levels and volatility, change. results representing the potential loss in fair value over one day at a 95% confidence level. Results may vary from time to time as hedging coverage, as well as market pricing levels and volatility, change.

 

113


Table of Contents

The following table presents the value at risk for our refined products and natural gas marketing and risk management commodity derivatives activities:

 

     Refined
Products
     Natural Gas  
     2012     2011      2012      2011  
    

(in thousands)

    

(in thousands)

 

At December 31

     $105        $249         $326         $167   

Average

     229        307         192         117   

High

     498        782         573         466   

Low

     54        116         49         39   

Our treasury department is responsible for administering interest rate hedging programs.

We have a number of financial instruments that are potentially at risk including cash and cash equivalents, receivables and derivative contracts. Our primary exposure is credit risk related to our receivables and counterparty performance risk related to the fair value of derivative assets, which is the loss that may result from a customer’s or counterparty’s non-performance. We use credit policies to control credit risk, including utilizing an established credit approval process, monitoring customer and counterparty limits, employing credit mitigation measures such as analyzing customer financial statements, and accepting personal guarantees and various forms of collateral. We believe that our counterparties will be able to satisfy their contractual obligations. Credit risk is limited by the large number of customers and counterparties comprising our business and their dispersion across different industries.

Cash is held in demand deposit and other short-term investment accounts placed with federally insured financial institutions. Such deposit accounts at times may exceed federally insured limits. We have not experienced any losses on such accounts.

 

114


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

We participate in the refined products, natural gas and materials handling industries. The discussion below provides a high level overview of each of these industries. The majority of our customer base is located in the Northeast. The data used in many of the tables and illustrations below are based on a combination of New England and New York (NE/NY) data.

Refined Products

The oil industry is commonly divided into three sectors: (1) the “upstream” sector, which is primarily comprised of the exploration and production of crude oil; (2) the “downstream” sector, which includes the refining of crude oil along with all other related activities through sales of refined products to end users; and (3) the “midstream” sector, which is often combined with downstream and focuses largely on services relating to the downstream sector such as storage, transportation and distribution of crude oil and refined products. The industry discussion below covers only U.S. midstream and downstream activities starting with refining. In general, a range of refined products is produced from the refineries which are then primarily distributed in bulk by various means to the geographical areas in which the products will be consumed. A combination of storage and various distribution activities are then used to ultimately deliver the refined products to end users.

Refining

The United States has an extensive refinery system that produces the bulk of the refined products used domestically. Although the specific configuration of refineries varies significantly, in general, the primary feedstock to most oil refineries is a mix of crude oils, with the output being a range of refined products of varying qualities. Refineries produce various finished products that meet requisite product quality characteristics as well as other unfinished products that require further processing or blending prior to use. A range of measures are used to ensure satisfactory product quality, including specifications for gravity, sulfur, octane, flash point, cetane and viscosity. The requisite qualities vary depending on the particular product and application.

Finished products include (1) “light oils” such as gasoline and distillates, including heating oil, kerosene, aviation fuel and diesel, and (2) “heavy oils” such as residual fuel oil and asphalt. U.S. refiners generally produce more product than is required to meet their own direct marketing obligations. The surplus product is usually sold on the market and transported out of the refinery by various means such as marine, pipeline, rail or truck. Examples of product outlets include sales to large wholesalers like us or various other outlets such as other refiners, trading companies or directly to large end users.

Although refining is a key part of the refined product supply infrastructure, the Northeast market in which we operate has a relatively small portion of the total U.S. refining capacity. This results in the Northeast being in a deficit petroleum products position, which is particularly evident in the NE/NY region where there are no operating refineries. In contrast, the U.S. Gulf Coast region, represented in part by Petroleum Administration for Defense District, or PADD, III has a substantial surplus of refining capacity and is a key source of products to meet demand requirements elsewhere in the United States, including the Northeast, as illustrated in the following table.

 

     2011 Products Balance (thousand barrels per day)  
     Refinery and
Blender Net
Production
     Product
Supplied
     Product
Imbalance
 

New England

     —           733         (733

New York

     —           654         (654
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

New England / New York

     —           1,387         (1,387
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PADD 1 (excluding NE/NY)(1)

     3,610         4,062         (452
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PADD I

     3,610         5,449         (1,839
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PADD III(2)

     7,327         5,129         2,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

 

(1) Other PADD I jurisdictions include Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Virginia and West Virginia.
(2) PADD III includes Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Mexico and Texas.

 

Source: Energy Information Administration, March 15 & June 28, 2013: New England / New York data from State Energy Data System, or SEDS, and PADD I and PADD III from Petroleum Supply Monthly.

Products

As described above, refined products are often characterized as light or heavy oils, based loosely on the way that products are separated from crude oil by distillation and other separation processes and the associated properties of the products. The key light oils product groups are gasoline and middle distillates.

Overall demand for refined products in the United States has declined from 2006 to 2011, as illustrated in the table below. The percentage decline in the NE/NY region was even greater during this period. Factors contributing to the weakening demand include higher and more volatile prices as well as weak economic conditions. Although total U.S. demand stabilized in 2010 and 2011, consumption continued to decrease in the NE/NY region with a reduction of about 6% in 2011 compared to 2009.

Total Product Supplied

(Thousand Barrels per Day)

 

   

New England / New York

 

Total United States

2006

  1,624   20,688

2007

  1,630   20,679

2008

  1,547   19,497

2009

  1,475   18,773

2010

 

1,447

  19,181

2011

  1,387   18,951

 

Source: Energy Information Administration SEDS, June 28, 2013.

Gasoline . Gasoline accounted for about 46% of the total U.S. petroleum product usage in 2011. This demand concentration reflects the very high per capita use of automobiles in the United States. In addition to automobiles and light trucks, gasoline is used for various off road applications such as farming and recreational vehicles. The per capita use of gasoline in the United States is substantially higher than in many other developed countries ( e.g., in Europe). In those countries there is generally a more frequently used public transportation system, partly due to higher population density and a typically higher tax levied on transportation fuels. Many other countries outside of the United States also use more diesel fuel in the personal transportation sector, partly due to higher mileage rates for comparable diesel engines. The refinery configuration in the United States reflects this domestic demand pattern, with a high level of conversion capacity aimed at converting heavier components to lighter products, in particular gasoline. U.S. refineries generally produce most or all of the required U.S. gasoline supply. In 2011, the United States was a net exporter of gasoline. Gasoline supplies are typically delivered to terminals in the United States by pipeline, barge or truck, with deliveries to retail stations primarily made by truck.

Much of the gasoline consumed in the United States now includes ethanol due to federal mandate, typically at a concentration of approximately 10%. Gasoline is typically sold at retail locations based on octane level ( e.g. , regular, mid-grade or premium), with the higher octane levels commanding a higher price. Another key quality of gasoline is volatility, with the Reid Vapor Pressure, or RVP, used as the common measure to reflect volatility. In general, a higher RVP indicates a more volatile gasoline which has a tendency to evaporate, leading to higher emissions. “Summer” and “winter” gasoline have different specifications, with lower RVP specifications used in

 

116


Table of Contents

the summer given the higher tendency to evaporate in warmer conditions. The ethanol blending and seasonal switchover of gasoline grades is carefully managed at the various terminal locations. Gasoline demand in the NE/NY region constitutes approximately 9% of total U.S. demand and has been generally declining over the past several years. Estimated demand in the NE/NY region in 2011 was over 6% lower than the 2006 level. Factors contributing to the declining demand include a high price environment, peaking in mid-2008, and periods of weak economic conditions.

The table below sets forth estimated gasoline demand in the NE/NY region and in the United States.

Gasoline Consumption

(Thousand Barrels per Day)

 

   

New England / New York

 

Total United States

2006

   818   9,252

2007

   823   9,285

2008

   796   8,989

2009

   792   8,997

2010

   797   8,992

2011

   767   8,753

 

Source: Energy Information Administration, June 28, 2013: SEDS.

Distillates . Distillates include heating oil, diesel fuel, kerosene and jet fuel. Heating oil (also known as No. 2 home heating oil) and kerosene (also known as No. 1 fuel oil) are primarily used for heating purposes, with diesel and jet fuel used largely in the transportation sector. Diesel and heating oil are both part of the No. 2 fuel oil group, with a key quality difference being the sulfur content. The maximum allowable sulfur for all on-road diesel in the United States is 15 parts per million, or ppm, with this product now typically referred to as ultra low sulfur diesel, or ULSD. Although there are a range of initiatives being contemplated and underway to reduce the sulfur content in heating oil in various states, the current specifications can have a maximum of 2,000 ppm to 3,000 ppm. The maximum sulfur specification for kerosene used for home heating is typically 400 ppm, although since kerosene is often blended into ULSD in the winter to enhance cold weather performance, there is also a significant need in the winter for ultra low sulfur kerosene, or ULSK. Similar to ULSD, the ULSK must meet a 15 ppm maximum sulfur specification, given that it is blended into fuel used primarily for on-road applications. Although there are different grades of jet fuel, the most common one typically has a similar boiling range as kerosene and is part of the No. 1 fuel oil category. There are some very stringent specifications such as fluidity requirements for jet fuel, whereas the kerosene fluidity specifications are easier to meet. This strict fluidity requirement, as measured by quality tests such as cloud point, freeze point and viscosity, is due to the low temperatures in the high altitude environment in which jet fuels are commonly used.

In 2011, the largest concentration of distillate use in the NE/NY region was the transportation sector at 41% of total consumption. Residential use comprised 39% of the total consumption in 2011, reflecting the high use of home heating oil in the Northeast, partially due to the infrastructure limitations for natural gas. The bulk of the remainder of distillate use was in the commercial sector, also with a significant level of heating oil consumption. Total estimated distillate fuel oil sales in 2011 in the NE/NY region was approximately 386,000 barrels per day. The high proportion of heating oil usage in the residential sector is largely for home heating oil purposes and is primarily prevalent only in the Northeast. For example, the use of distillates in the NE/NY region represented over 61% of the total U.S. residential distillate demand in 2011. In contrast to the NE/NY region, in the United States approximately 6% of the distillate demand was in the residential sector. In 2011, the transportation sector was the largest user of distillates in the United States as a whole, accounting for approximately 73% of consumption.

 

117


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the estimated distillate usage in the NE/NY region and in the United States in 2011:

2011 Distillate Use Distribution

 

     New England / New York     Total United States  

Transportation

     41     73

Residential

     39     6

Commercial

     15     5

Industrial

     5     15

Electric Power

     <1     <1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Source: Energy Information Administration, June 28, 2013: SEDS. Data may not add to totals due to independent rounding.

Although the use of natural gas continues to grow, particularly as prices have been weaker than heating oil in recent years, there are still many areas in the NE/NY region where use is restricted due to infrastructure limitations. In contrast, heating oil can be used at essentially any residence or business as it can be readily delivered by local heating oil dealers or other suppliers. In general, local dealers or resellers purchase heating oil from distributors with bulk heating oil supplies at various terminals in the region. Dealers take receipt of the heating oil at the terminal for either immediate or subsequent delivery to primarily residential and, to a lesser extent, commercial users. In addition to meeting supply requirements, dealers can provide services such as fixed or capped price programs. Full service dealers also typically provide services such as furnace maintenance and repair. The use of fixed price programs has in general declined in recent years, partly due to the high price environment that has in many cases limited the attractiveness to both the dealer and consumer. In contrast to the residential sector where the majority of the delivery requirements are in the winter, demand in the transportation sector is less variable. As described above, distillate demand in the transportation sector is now largely for ULSD.

Residual Fuel Oil . The most common heavy oil is residual fuel oil, which is the remaining or “residual” oil left over after the lighter product streams are removed in the refinery. Residual fuel oils are typically of substantially lesser quality than distillates, with much higher specific gravity, viscosity and sulfur and metals contents. The most common residual fuel oil, No. 6 fuel oil, is used by power plants and industrial boilers. In addition to No. 6 fuel oil, there are certain applications for “lighter” No. 5 and No. 4 residual fuel oils. These lighter residual fuel oils are generally produced by blending No. 6 residual fuel oil with heating oil (No. 2 fuel oil), improving the properties ( e.g. , reducing viscosity) of the resultant blend. Pricing for residual fuel oil is typically significantly lower than for distillates. Production of residual fuel oil has declined, largely due to the higher heavy oil conversion capacity within the refineries, resulting from both the addition of new conversion capacity as well as closure of some less complex refineries. Demand for residual fuel oil has also declined, driven by factors such as stiffening air emission regulations and, more recently, more attractive pricing for natural gas.

Due to its product characteristics, residual fuel oil has special handling and storage requirements leading to increased costs. For example, the highly viscous nature of the product requires heating to ensure adequate fluidity, which requires specialized equipment for both delivery and terminal storage. Tankage and other equipment, such as barges and trucks, are typically not routinely shifted between residual fuel oil and lighter oil use due to clean-up requirements, among other costs. This dedicated usage is especially prevalent with terminal tankage. As demand for residual fuel oil has declined, the level of terminal tankage dedicated to residual fuel oil has been reduced. The table below illustrates the demand decline in residual fuel oil in recent years in the NE/NY region, with the estimated demand in 2011 representing approximately 44% of the 2006 level. As the data in the table below illustrate, residual fuel oil demand in the NE/NY region has declined at a higher rate than the overall U.S. residual fuel demand during the 2006 to 2011 time period.

 

118


Table of Contents

Residual Fuel Oil Consumption

(Thousand Barrels per Day)

 

   

New England / New York

 

Total United States

2006

   115   688

2007

   123   723

2008

     95   623

2009

     90   512

2010

     76   534

2011

     51   460

 

Source: Energy Information Administration, June 28, 2013: SEDS.

Key uses for residual fuel oil include industrial boilers and electric power. Another significant application is for “bunker” fuels used to power ship engines. Although some smaller vessels use lighter fuels such as distillates for marine engine requirements, No. 6 fuel oil is the most common bunker fuel. Residual fuel oil used for bunker applications is sometimes referred to as “Bunker C.” Similar to other residual fuel oil applications, the supply of bunker fuel generally requires specialized equipment. Not only does residual fuel oil require heating, but the large quantities in which residual fuel oil is sold typically requires the use of a marine barge to make deliveries to customers, predominantly ships. The following chart illustrates the usage of residual fuel oil by sector and the significant usage of bunker fuel. The percentage of demand in the transportation sector is much lower in the NE/NY region than the total U.S. Much of the NE/NY demand for bunker fuel occurs in the New York Harbor area due to the high concentration of ship traffic.

2011 Residual Fuel Oil Use Distribution

 

     New England / New York     Total United States  

Commercial

     43     5

Transportation

     32     73

Industrial

     16     13

Electric Power

     10     9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Source: Energy Information Administration, June 28, 2013: SEDS. Data may not add to totals due to independent rounding.

Transportation, Storage and Delivery

Refined products supply is delivered into the NE/NY region either from other parts of the United States or by imports, with the primary transportation modes being marine and pipeline. On-road and rail transportation are used to a lesser extent. The domestic supplies into the NE/NY region are largely sourced from the Mid-Atlantic region or the U.S. Gulf Coast. Canada, Russia and the U.S. Virgin Islands are the three largest sources of product imports. Although the NE/NY region does not have any refining capacity, it does have substantial refined product terminal capacity. The largest of the facilities in the region typically receive marine shipments of product either via ship or barge, with the New York Harbor area as the major hub of product supply movements. We are one of the largest independent terminal operators in this region and own a number of terminals that are primarily sourced via marine shipments. Depending on the terminal, supplies can also be delivered by other means including pipeline, rail or on-road transportation. Other types of entities that control these types of terminals include refiners, wholesale distributors and end users. In addition to terminals with marine access, the NE/NY region has a large number of inland terminals, primarily controlled by terminal operators and wholesale

 

119


Table of Contents

distributors. The inland terminals are supplied via pipeline, rail and/or on-road transportation and are often used in the NE/NY region for storage of middle distillates such as heating oil. Based on these three major refined product groups, PADD I has 41% of the total U.S. bulk terminals storage. This compares to PADD I representing approximately 29% of the U.S. demand for all refined products.

The following table sets forth the bulk terminals’ working storage capacity (in thousands of barrels) for PADD I and the United States as of March 31, 2013:

 

     PADD I      Total United States      % of United States Total  

Gasoline

     76,777         212,070         36

Distillate Fuel Oil

     81,318         162,842         50

Residual Fuel Oil

     21,655         63,665         34
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     179,750         438,577         41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Source: Energy Information Administration, May 2013.

Pipelines are a key mode of transportation for refined products within the United States. For example, a substantial portion of PADD I supplies are sourced from the U.S. Gulf Coast and delivered via pipelines such as the Colonial and Plantation systems. These larger volume and longer distance pipelines are often referred to as trunk lines and are typically “common carrier” rather than proprietary pipelines, transporting products for a range of entities. These pipelines also typically transport various grades of light refined products. If a pipeline crosses state borders it is regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC. Pipelines are a cost-effective way to transport products from a region with a substantial petroleum products surplus such as the U.S. Gulf Coast to a products deficit area such as the Northeast. In addition to the major pipelines that connect various regions, smaller pipelines in the NE/NY region are used for intra-regional product transportation.

With the exception of transportation fuels purchased at retail outlets, the majority of refined products deliveries to end users occur by truck. A range of truck types and sizes are used to load and transport products. Trucks used to transport residual fuel oil are generally insulated to ensure that product temperature remains high to maintain fluidity. Trucks are largely operated by independent trucking companies, although there are various other market participants such as heating oil dealers that generally control trucking. Maximum truck sizes are set by state regulations, with the maximum capacities ranging from 8,500 to 12,000 gallons depending on product requirements. Although trucking is the predominant means to deliver refined products to end users, barge, rail and pipelines are also used.

Pricing

Many factors affect refined product prices, with two high level categories often used to describe the analysis and projection of price trends. Fundamental analysis is based on factors that impact or are at least perceived to impact the supply and demand balance and ultimately prices. In contrast, “technical” analysis focuses on historical price trends as a means to anticipate future prices. Examples of fundamental factors would be macroeconomic conditions, the political environment and regulatory developments. Market participants that focus on technical analysis or “technicians” essentially operate under the premise that the actual market price action is the only relevant factor when forecasting future prices. Although market participants may focus on fundamental or technical factors, many will consider both types of factors when assessing the current market and future outlook. There is a range of active market participants today, including both industry and non-industry players. In general, the activity of non-industry participants, such as hedge funds, has grown in the market over the past several years, with some participants suggesting that the higher level of non-industry participation has led to increased price volatility.

 

120


Table of Contents

In the United States, futures prices are often used as a price indicator and reference. Futures contracts for No. 2 home heating oil, or HO, and Reformulated Blendstock for Oxygenate Blending, or RBOB, which is essentially the gasoline blending component prior to adding the required concentration of ethanol, are both based in New York Harbor. These two contracts are both traded on the NYMEX in 1,000 barrel (42,000 gallon) lots and ultimately settled each business day afternoon. The liquidity and transparency of the futures market has been enhanced with the after-hours trading capabilities of the Globex electronic trading platform on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, or CME, which is open from 6:00 PM Eastern Time on Sunday to 5:15 PM Eastern Time on Friday, with only a 45 minute break at the end of each trading day. There is also a 29,000 gallon ethanol futures contract that trades on the Chicago Board of Trade, or CBOT. Futures contracts provide for delivery at varying times in the future, with prices depending on the delivery month. HO and RBOB contracts are a frequent means to hedge light oil price risk. While no actively traded futures contracts exist for heavy oils, over-the-counter swaps are often used to hedge residual fuel oils. The forward market curve is an important aspect of pricing. If inventory is hedged, the “rolling” of the hedge from one month to the next can either be a benefit or cost depending on whether prices for future delivery months are higher or lower.

Refined petroleum product sales can generally be categorized as spot or forward transactions. Spot transactions are based on current or prompt (next) delivery month prices usually for current or prompt month delivery. Forward transactions are when deliveries are expected in the future and are typically based on forward market prices. A key pricing approach for independent terminal operators and other wholesalers is to sell refined products in the wholesale market on a “rack” basis. In these rack transactions, the product is typically picked up by the purchaser or a third-party trucker hired by the purchaser at a loading rack in the terminal. The loading rack is essentially a system designed to facilitate the loading of product into the truck for subsequent delivery to another bulk storage facility or to an end user. In many larger terminals the truck loading racks are highly automated, allowing the terminal operator significant control. In a rack transaction, the seller establishes prices for the appropriate product and location combinations at the terminals, with the prices typically changing at least daily sometime after the NYMEX settlement. Depending on factors such as market volatility or a seller’s inventory balance, the rack prices can be changed more frequently than daily. Wholesale rack transactions can also be completed via electronic means with the prices changing on essentially a real-time basis in line with market price movements. In addition to rack transactions, suppliers can sell products on a delivered basis, typically to end users. Prices for these transactions are generally higher due to the additional requirements and costs associated with delivery. In addition to the rack and delivered transactions based on prompt supply requirements, products are often sold for delivery in the future, based on the forward market price structure at that time.

Natural Gas Industry

Natural gas is an important and growing source of energy in the United States. In its natural state it is a gaseous material which is primarily composed of the light hydrocarbon methane, though there is typically also a range of other lower concentration light hydrocarbons and gaseous contaminants such as carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide and nitrogen. Prior to use, this unpurified or “wet” gas is purified to become “dry” natural gas comprised primarily of methane. Although methane is a colorless and odorless gas, a trace amount of a mercaptan or other sulfur containing compound is frequently added to the fuel prior to delivery to an end user. This is a safety mechanism to provide a distinctive “rotten egg” smell that can help facilitate leak detection. A key difference in natural gas and refined products marketing is that there is a range of petroleum products, whereas there is essentially only a single quality of natural gas.

Natural gas is usually found trapped between layers of rock beneath the ground, although there are also offshore natural gas reserves. In the United States, the recovery of natural gas from shale formations, including from the Barnett Shale in Texas and the Marcellus Shale in the Northeast, has recently grown substantially, partly due to enhanced drilling techniques. In addition to the reservoirs of natural gas, there is also substantial “associated” gas that is essentially part of a crude oil reservoir. In the past, the associated gas was often viewed as a nuisance by-product, though today it is more actively recovered due to both economic benefits as well as a higher level of environmental awareness.

 

121


Table of Contents

Transportation and Storage

Natural gas is largely transported by a series of interstate and intrastate pipelines. Similar to refined products, various long distance trunk lines are typically part of larger distribution systems, for example, transporting gas from the U.S. Gulf Coast producing region to the East Coast consuming area. There are also smaller regional pipelines either within a single state or multiple states that are essential to delivering gas to end users or local distribution companies, or LDCs. LDCs typically own an extensive distribution system to deliver the gas to end users. In general, only very high volume customers may receive gas directly from the high capacity pipeline while others obtain it from the LDC.

Given the need to have adequate reserves to meet periodic increased demand requirements, natural gas storage is important to the industry. The primary method of storage is injection of natural gas into underground depleted gas reservoirs, salt caverns or porous permeable rock formations (aquifers). In addition to this underground storage, following delivery on a tanker, liquefied natural gas (LNG) is stored in above or below ground tanks.

Regulatory Environment

The natural gas industry is subject to a range of regulations, including by the FERC. The FERC regulates pipeline, storage and LNG facility construction, interstate natural gas transportation and establishment of rates for services. In addition to the rate structure, FERC regulates the terms and conditions of services offered by interstate pipelines with an intent to provide open and non-discriminatory access to transportation. State agencies have primary regulatory authority over intrastate pipelines and other natural gas activities within the states and often focus on ensuring purchase option choices for end users, with generally less involvement in setting pipeline tariffs.

Supply and Demand

The United States has substantial natural gas reserves, with domestic supply continuing to grow largely due to the enhanced drilling techniques that have significantly improved the ability to economically recover natural gas from shale formations. In addition to domestic supplies, the United States receives imports both via pipeline (primarily from Canada) and from LNG shipments. LNG is used as a means to transport natural gas when pipeline transit is not available or economic. LNG is produced when natural gas is cooled to a very low temperature (approximately -260° F), leading to condensation. This allows the gas to be readily transported on specialized tankers. Although the United States uses some LNG, it is a much more important source of gas in some other countries such as Japan and Korea. Due partly to the increasing supplies from the shale areas, the supply of natural gas has grown substantially over the past several years, with dry production in the United States increasing from 18.5 trillion cubic feet, or Tcf, in 2006 to 22.9 Tcf in 2011 according to the EIA. Net imports added another 2.0 to 3.8 Tcf annually to the total supply over this time period.

Total consumption of natural gas in the United States in 2011 was estimated at approximately 24.4 Tcf, up from approximately 21.7 Tcf in 2006. The NE/NY region comprised about 9% of this total U.S. demand in 2011. The three major demand areas for natural gas in the NE/NY region are for electric power followed by the residential and commercial sectors. Industrial demand is relatively low in this area compared to the total United States. The majority of the new U.S. electricity generation capacity now uses natural gas to supply steam generation units or various types of gas turbines. This focus on natural gas for electric power generation is driven by a range of factors including a typically lower level of greenhouse gas emissions compared to competitive fossil fuels, growing domestic supplies and generally attractive pricing and economics for the consumer. The key use for natural gas in the residential and commercial sectors is for heating and cooling with a number of other smaller volume applications. In industrial applications, a key use is for industrial boiler fuel, similar to the industrial applications for residual fuel oil. Another key industrial use for natural gas is as a feedstock, for example, as part of processes to make various chemicals. Outside of consumption for the operation of pipelines, there is little demand for natural gas in the transportation sector in both the United States and the NE/NY region,

 

122


Table of Contents

partly due to the limited refueling infrastructure. The primary current use is for fleets of vehicles such as buses that are fueled centrally. Most of these vehicles use compressed natural gas, or CNG, as a fuel. The following table sets forth natural gas demand in the NE/NY region and the United States in 2011:

Average 2011 Natural Gas Demand Distribution

 

    New England /New York     Total United States  

Electric Power

    41     31

Residential

    28     19

Commercial

    21     13

Industrial

    9     34

Transportation

    2     3
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Source: Energy Information Administration June 28, 2013: SEDS. Data may not add to totals due to independent rounding.

Pricing

Natural gas prices in the United States have declined substantially relative to oil prices in recent years, partially due to the significant increase in economically recoverable natural gas reserves. This changing price relationship is illustrated below by the annual average NYMEX prompt month futures settlement prices for natural gas and heating oil. Average annual natural gas prices declined by nearly 60% between 2006 and 2012, whereas average annual heating oil prices increased by over 64% during this time period. This decline in natural gas prices partly reflects the impact of the enhanced ability to recover natural gas from the shale formations. In addition, the majority of the U.S. natural gas requirements are supplied domestically, which tends to reduce the impact that global issues such as political unrest may have on prices. The improving economics associated with using natural gas as compared to alternative fuels has provided further incentive to expand natural gas use in the United States.

The following chart illustrates average prompt month NYMEX futures prices for natural gas and heating oil from 2006 to 2012:

Average Prompt Month NYMEX Futures Prices

 

LOGO

 

Source: Energy Information Administration July 10, 2013. HO prices converted to $/million BTU basis using thermal conversion factor for distillate fuel oil as per EIA Annual Energy Review.

 

123


Table of Contents

Marketing

Since natural gas deregulation began in earnest in the United States in the 1980s, the marketing of natural gas has evolved considerably. There is now a range of marketers of natural gas, with one of the differentiating factors among the marketers being the types and scope of services provided to customers. Participants in the marketing of natural gas include producers, pipeline companies and utilities. In addition, resellers that generally do not directly participate in other parts of the natural gas industry are active marketers. In addition to securing supply, a range of other services, such as alternative pricing programs, can be provided by the marketers. Customer pricing varies from daily index-related prices to longer-term fixed price transactions with a wide range of permutations. The various marketing companies can have differing key objectives. For example, a producer could be primarily interested in marketing its own production. Marketers can also have different target markets, including regional concentrations, or focus on specific industries or sales channels. Similar to some other energy industries, brokers are also active in natural gas marketing, typically acting to arrange deals between buyer and seller without taking title to the product. Given the complexities associated with scheduling and delivery as well as invoicing and risk management, having effective support personnel and processes is critical to the success of a natural gas marketer.

Materials Handling

Materials handling refers to providing services, such as handling and storage, to third parties for a fee. In materials handling, the service provider typically does not take title to the products, thereby limiting commodity price risk. We actively participate in the materials handling industry, both at some of our refined products terminals and at three facilities that are exclusively devoted to materials handling. The number of refined products terminals that can provide significant materials handling services is limited as there are a number of conditions that must be met, including operating a facility with adequate delivery and off-loading capabilities, sufficient storage space and personnel with the appropriate expertise. There are various market participants, including companies who focus primarily on materials handling and logistics and participants like ourselves where materials handling is part of their overall business portfolio. Public ports are often involved in materials handling either directly or by sub-contracting space to companies to perform this role at their facility.

Types of Materials Handling

The types of materials handling relevant to our business can best be divided into four major categories:

Bulk . Bulk materials typically include aggregate materials moved in large vessels configured with multiple holds that store products on ships in piles with no other type of packaging. Examples of bulk materials include petroleum coke, coal and salt. These materials are normally offloaded by cranes that either reside on the vessel or on the dock of the terminal. Bulk materials are normally moved in complete ship quantities that can range from 7,000 metric tons to 65,000 metric tons.

Liquid . Liquid products are transported to terminals by various types of ocean-based vessels and offloaded into terminal tanks through pipelines on the dock of the facility. Examples of liquid materials handled include refined products, asphalt and clay slurry. Quantities shipped vary with vessel sizes and can typically range from 10,000 barrels to 225,000 barrels.

Break bulk . Break bulk materials are shipped in less than bulk quantities normally with some type of secondary packaging. Examples include one ton sacks of raw materials, pallets of stones, bales of raw wood pulp and rolls of paper. Other break bulk materials include large construction project cargo such as windmill components. Many break bulk vessels are multi-decked allowing them to move individual terminal lots as small as 2,000 metric tons to 30,000 metric tons.

Container . Containers are specialty boxes which vary in sizes from 20 feet to 53 feet and are normally used to import or export finished goods such as electronics, clothing and toys. Containers are generally referred to in

 

124


Table of Contents

terms of TEUs, which is a standard unit of measure called the twenty foot equivalent. Thus, a 40 foot container is measured as 2 TEUs. In many cases, an imbalance in a region’s import/export mix results in many otherwise empty containers that need to be returned to major production regions (such as China) and raw materials may be “stuffed” into these containers to take advantage of discounted freight rates. Vessels may range from a smaller coastwise vessel (500 to 1,000 TEUs) to large international carriers that are capable of holding as many as 18,000 TEUs.

Services

The services performed as part of the materials handling process vary depending on the type of materials.

Bulk . Bulk materials handling activities include securing the vessel to the dock, operating the vessel cranes, transferring products to trucks via large dock hoppers, transporting the materials to a holding pad, building materials up into large storage piles, covering the piles with protective tarps, storing the product, loading the product into trucks or railcars, scaling the loaded trucks and sometimes transporting the product to its final destination.

Liquid . Liquid handling activities include securing the vessel, attaching product lines from ship pipes to dock product lines, supervising discharge into tanks, measuring tank quantities, storing product, loading product into authorized trucks or railcars and transporting product to its final destination. In some cases the products need to remain heated in storage to allow flow at ambient temperatures. Terminal operators maintain large industrial boilers to provide the necessary steam or hot oil thermal load.

Break bulk . Break bulk handling activities include securing vessels, unloading or loading vessels either with cranes or specialty fork trucks, transferring products into warehouses or onto pads for storage, reloading products onto trucks or railcars and sometimes transporting products to their final destinations.

Container . Activities include securing the vessel, operating dockside cranes to transfer containers to specialty truck chassis, transferring containers to a holding yard, reloading containers onto railcars or trucks and sometimes transporting the containers to their final destination. The short distance truck transport of containers to and from warehouses to the loading area is commonly referred to as “drayage.” In some cases the material handler will also trans-load containers into trucks or railcars for transportation to final destination allowing the container to be immediately available for reuse. The transferring of goods into a container is sometimes referred to as “stuffing.”

Customers

A transaction may have one or more customers, including ocean shippers, logistics firms, trucking firms and materials suppliers or consumers. The commodities being handled normally fall into two major categories. The first category involves raw materials or finished goods being moved via water into the local geography to support local production, manufacturing or construction firms. Prime examples include asphalt for road construction, gypsum rock for drywall manufacture, road salt for local road treatment, petroleum coke or utility fuels for energy demand and clay slurry for finished paper treatment. The second category consists of materials manufactured locally for export via vessel to other countries, including Maine hardwood, wood pulp for paper manufacture in Asia or Europe, and tallow for biodiesel production in Europe.

Contracts and Pricing

The typical contract term for materials handling services varies depending on the frequency and type of service.

For bulk and liquid services the material is normally a raw materials input for industrial production (wood pulp) or construction of roads (asphalt) and houses (gypsum rock). As such, the demand is more ratable and the

 

125


Table of Contents

customer is normally in need of guaranteed space within the terminal. These customers normally enter into term contracts that can range from one to 20 years. That duration is often determined by the relative importance of the commodity to their production and the amount of capital infrastructure that needs to be amortized for a handling system. Terminal improvements for specialty handling systems such as a clay slurry screening plant may be paid for by the customer, while more generic handling systems such as storage pads may be paid for by the terminal operator.

For container and break bulk services, it is more normal for the user of that material to contract on an individual shipment basis. For example, a typical pulp merchant may choose to sell its pulp domestically or to users in Europe or Asia depending on the highest delivered value it can yield. As such, its choice of delivery mode and terminal will be driven by the location of its final customer. Therefore, materials handlers normally maintain a published rate for most generic services. Those rates are subject to change depending on market conditions. As a result, materials handlers normally confirm rates with the customer on an individual shipment basis ( e.g. , 5,000 tons of pulp loaded onto a vessel third week of May).

Materials Handling Terminal Owners

There are two major types of terminal owners:

Governmental . These are major port facilities normally owned by a governmental entity, such as a port authority, a state or a municipality. These types of facilities are traditionally operated by either the governmental entity or a company that specializes in managing port facilities. In many cases, the infrastructure is built and paid for by the governmental entities and they are operated on an open access basis with all users paying published tariffs for services. The vessel related services are performed by representatives of the International Longshoremen’s union (ILA) who are under contract either with the public entity or the port management company. It is more common for governmental facilities to handle containers as well as bulk and break bulk materials. It is less common for governmental facilities to handle liquid products.

Private . These facilities are privately owned and operated and are typically not operated on an open access basis. Terminal improvements are the responsibility of the private entity but may sometimes be funded by a governmental entity, such as a port authority charged with increasing trade and transportation options for a region’s economy. The employees at these facilities are either not unionized or are members of local or regional unions. These facilities normally handle liquid, bulk or break bulk materials. It is much less common for these facilities to load containers onto or off of a vessel as all ocean carriers sign a master agreement obligating them to use ILA facilities.

Our major competitors are other privately-owned facilities in the Northeast, the Canadian Maritimes and in the St. Lawrence Seaway. The only major governmental facility in our area is Boston, Massachusetts, and is used primarily for container operations.

 

126


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Partnership

We are a Delaware limited partnership engaged in the storage, distribution and sale of refined products and natural gas, and we also provide storage and handling services for a broad range of materials. Sprague Energy Corp. was founded in 1870 and has stored, distributed and marketed petroleum-based products for over 50 years.

We are one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast United States based on aggregate terminal capacity. We own and/or operate a network of 15 refined products and materials handling terminals strategically located throughout the Northeast that have a combined storage capacity of approximately 9.1 million barrels for refined products and other liquid materials, as well as approximately 1.5 million square feet of materials handling capacity. We also have an aggregate of approximately 1.5 million barrels of additional storage capacity attributable to 43 storage tanks not currently in service. These tanks are not necessary for the operation of our business at current levels. In the event that such additional capacity were desired, additional time and capital would be required to bring any of such storage tanks into service. Furthermore, we have access to approximately 50 third-party terminals in the Northeast through which we sell or distribute refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements.

We operate under four business segments: refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations. Our refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel, residual fuel oil, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sells them to our customers. We have wholesale customers who resell the refined products we sell to them and commercial customers who consume the refined products we sell to them. Our wholesale customers consist of more than 1,000 home heating oil retailers and diesel fuel and gasoline resellers. Our commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, large industrial companies, hospitals, and educational institutions. For the year ended December 31, 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2013 we sold approximately 1.3 billion and 765.0 million gallons of refined products, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 our refined products segment accounted for 56% and 57% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

We also purchase, sell and distribute natural gas to more than 5,000 commercial and industrial customer locations across 10 states in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic. We purchase the natural gas we sell from natural gas producers and trading companies. For the year ended December 31, 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2013 we sold 49.4 Bcf and 28.3 Bcf of natural gas, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 our natural gas segment accounted for 19% and 26% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

Our materials handling business is a fee-based business and is generally conducted under multi-year agreements. We offload, store and/or prepare for delivery a variety of customer owned products, including asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we offloaded, stored and/or prepared for delivery 2.6 million short tons of products and 248.5 million gallons of liquid materials. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we offloaded, stored and/or prepared for deliver, 1.1 million short tons of product and 122.6 million gallons of liquid materials. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, our materials handling segment accounted for 23% and 15% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively.

Our other operations consist primarily of coal marketing and distribution and commercial trucking, and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, such activities accounted for approximately 2% of our adjusted gross margin for such periods.

We take title to the products we sell, in our refined products and natural gas segments. We do not take title to any of the products in our materials handling segment. In order to manage our exposure to commodity price fluctuations, we use derivatives and forward contracts to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between product purchases and product sales.

 

127


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

On July 31, 2013, we purchased an oil terminal in Bridgeport, Connecticut for $20.7 million. This deep water facility includes 13 storage tanks with 1.3 million barrels of storage capacity for gasoline and distillate products, with 1.1 million barrels currently in service. The terminal will provide throughput services to third-parties for branded gasoline sales, while also expanding our marketing of refined products, both gasoline and distillate, in the Connecticut market. The acquisition was financed with a $10.0 million equity investment made by Axel Johnson and $10.7 million of borrowings under the acquisition line of our existing credit facility.

On September 16, 2013, our predecessor declared a dividend of $17.5 million, which was paid to Axel Johnson on September 18, 2013.

Our results of operations for the three months ending September 30, 2013 are not yet available. Based on preliminary information to date, we expect lower pro forma adjusted gross margin for the three months ending September 30, 2013, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2012. We believe that the pro forma distributable cash flow for the twelve months ending September 30, 2013 will be lower than the pro forma distributable cash flow for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013. However, we do not expect our results of operations for the quarter ending September 30, 2013 to have a material impact on our forecasted distributable cash flow necessary for us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014.

Business Strategies

Our plan is to generate cash flows sufficient to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on each unit and to increase distributable cash flow per unit by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Acquire additional terminals and marketing and distribution businesses . We intend to grow our asset and customer base by acquiring additional marine and inland terminals (both refined products and materials handling) within and adjacent to the geographic markets we currently serve. We also intend to acquire additional refined products and natural gas marketing businesses that have demonstrated an ability to generate free cash flow and that will enable us to leverage our existing investment in our business and customer service systems to further increase profitability and stability of such cash flow. For example, in July 2013, we completed the acquisition of our Bridgeport, Connecticut terminal, which we anticipate will enhance our marketing opportunities in the southern Connecticut area in our refined products segment.

 

   

Increase our business with existing customers. We intend to increase the net sales and margin we realize from customers we currently serve by expanding the range of products and services we provide and by developing additional ways to address our customers’ needs for certainty of supply, reduced price commodity risk and high-quality customer service. We believe we must continuously address changes in sources of supply, product specification and governmental regulation in order to best serve our customers. Our goal is to be alert to our customers’ needs and be faster and more efficient than our competitors in responding to our customers’ needs.

 

   

Limit our exposure to commodity price volatility and credit risk. We take title to the products we sell in our refined products and natural gas segments, while our materials handling business is operated predominantly under fixed-fee, multi-year contracts. We will continue to manage our exposure to commodity prices by seeking to maintain a balanced position in our purchases and sales through the use of derivatives and forward contracts. Furthermore, our materials handling segment generates ratable and stable cash flows and leverages our terminal asset base and strategic port locations. In addition to

 

128


Table of Contents
 

managing commodity price volatility, we will continue to manage our counterparty risk by maintaining conservative credit management processes.

 

   

Maintain our operational excellence. We intend to maintain our long history of safe, cost-effective operations and environmental stewardship by applying new technologies, investing in the maintenance of our assets and providing training programs for our personnel. We have a Health, Safety and Environmental department primarily devoted to safety matters and reducing operational and environmental risks. We will work diligently to meet or exceed applicable safety and environmental regulations and we will continue to enhance our safety monitoring function as our business grows and operating conditions change.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well-positioned to execute our business strategies successfully using the following competitive strengths:

 

   

We own and/or operate a large portfolio of strategically located assets in the Northeast. We own and/or operate 15 terminals in the Northeast with aggregate storage capacity of approximately 9.1 million barrels, many of which have access to waterborne trade and also have rail connectivity and blending capabilities, which allow us to provide high quality service to our customers. We also have an aggregate of approximately 1.5 million barrels of additional storage capacity attributable to 43 storage tanks not currently in service. These tanks are not necessary for the operation of our business at current levels. In the event that such additional capacity were desired, additional time and capital would be required to bring any of such storage tanks into service. Furthermore, we have access to approximately 50 third-party terminals in the Northeast. We believe that the quantity, quality and location of the assets we own or to which we have access provide us the opportunity to offer our customers both certainty of supply and a diversity of products and services that our competitors with fewer assets cannot offer. In addition, our owned and/or operated terminals and our supply relationships afford us opportunities to acquire physical volumes of refined products at prices lower than expected future prices and either hedge or enter into forward contracts with respect to those volumes. The limited number of locations available for new refined products terminals and similar facilities in the area in which we operate, as well as increasing regulatory requirements related to the construction of such facilities, gives us an advantage over potential competitors that seek to enter or expand into the markets in which we operate or expand their existing operations in our market area.

 

   

Our experienced management team has demonstrated its ability to effectively manage and grow our business. The members of our senior management team have an average of over 20 years of experience in the energy industry and have been operating and growing the assets of our predecessor as a team for approximately nine years. During that time, our predecessor has grown in part through the strategic acquisitions of various refined products and materials handling terminals, a natural gas marketing business and an asphalt and residual fuel oil marketing and storage company referred to as Kildair that will not initially be contributed by us. Since 2000, we have acquired approximately $198.7 million of assets in eleven transactions (including Kildair), including the acquisition of our Bridgeport, Connecticut terminal in July 2013. Our management team has also expanded our product offerings, implemented our risk management systems, significantly enhanced our employee safety and environmental compliance policies and overseen the design and implementation of numerous business and customer service programs designed to assist our customers in managing commodity risk.

 

   

Diversity of product offerings, services and customer base. We sell a variety of products, including our four core products (distillates, gasoline, residual fuel oil and natural gas), and provide materials handling services to a large and diverse group of customers. We believe that the diversity of the products and services that we offer provides us with the opportunity to attract a broad range of new customers and to expand the products and services we can offer to our existing customers. In addition, the diversity of our products helps provide us with more stable cash flows by mitigating the impact of seasonality and commodity price sensitivity. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our refined products, natural gas,

 

129


Table of Contents
 

materials handling and other operations segments accounted for 56%, 19%, 23% and 2% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, our refined products, natural gas, material handing and other operations segments accounted for 57%, 26%, 15% and 2% of our adjusted gross margin, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we provided services to approximately 3,000 customers, ranging from large governmental contractors to private sector businesses, and no customer accounted for more than 10% of our total net sales. The diversity in our customer base limits our overall customer credit risk exposure.

 

   

Reputation for reliability and superior customer service. We have been a supplier of refined products in the Northeast for more than 50 years, and we believe that we have an excellent reputation for reliability and superior customer service. We have high customer retention rates, which we believe reflect our dependability and our continuous innovation and implementation of new product and service options for our customers. For example, with respect to our refined products business, we offer customers the ability to customize their products through blending and additive injections, allowing customers to meet their individual product specifications. We have also developed programs and offer services that help our customers mitigate the risk management challenges they experience in their businesses, including offering fixed- and capped-price contracts as well as access to “real-time” pricing tied to price movements on the NYMEX as alternatives to industry standard daily pricing contracts. We believe that our focus on generating new methods to satisfy our customers’ needs has allowed us to build and maintain long-standing customer relationships in each of our business lines. Over the last three fiscal years, our average annual customer retention rate has been over 90% across all business segments.

 

   

Financial flexibility to manage our business and pursue strategic growth opportunities. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect to have available undrawn borrowing capacity of approximately $             million under our new credit agreement (consisting of approximately $             million in undrawn borrowing capacity under the working capital facility of the credit agreement and approximately $             million in undrawn borrowing capacity under the acquisition facility). In addition, as a publicly traded partnership, we will have access to both the public and private equity and debt capital markets. We believe our borrowing capacity and broader access to the capital markets will provide us with flexibility to pursue strategic growth opportunities while allowing us to manage the working capital requirements associated with our business.

Refined Products

Overview

The products we sell in our refined products segment can be grouped into three categories: distillates, gasoline and residual fuel oil. Of our total volume sold in our refined products segment in 2012, distillates accounted for approximately 70%, gasoline accounted for approximately 24% and residual fuel oil accounted for approximately 6%.

Distillates . We sell four kinds of distillates: home heating oil, diesel fuel, kerosene and jet fuel. In 2012, home heating oil accounted for approximately 61%, diesel fuel accounted for approximately 35%, kerosene accounted for approximately 2% and jet fuel accounted for approximately 2% of the total volume of distillates we sold. Distillates volumes accounted for 70%, 73% and 75% of our total refined products sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We sell generic home heating oil and HeatForce ® , our proprietary premium heating oil product. HeatForce ® is blended at the fuel dispensing locations or blended in tank with generic heating oil and is formulated to improve fuel performance, increase the efficiency of furnaces and extend the life of heating systems. In 2012, HeatForce ® accounted for approximately 31% of the home heating oil volumes we sold to heating oil resellers.

We sell generic diesel fuel and RoadForce ® , our proprietary premium diesel fuel, to unbranded transportation fuel distributors, truck fleets, marine diesel users and other end users. RoadForce ® is a

 

130


Table of Contents

preformulated additive that improves fuel quality, inhibits corrosion, reduces filter plugging and ensures cold weather operability. We offer marketing and technical support to customers who purchase RoadForce ® . In 2012, RoadForce ® accounted for approximately 13% of the diesel volumes we sold.

We have the capability at several of our facilities to blend biodiesel with distillates in order to sell bio heating oil and biodiesel. In 2012, biofuel accounted for approximately 3% of the distillate fuel volumes we sold.

Gasoline . We sell unbranded gasoline in qualities that comply with seasonal and geographical requirements. Gasoline volumes accounted for 24%, 21% and 18% of our total refined products sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Residual Fuel Oil . We sell various sulfur grades of residual fuel oil, blended to meet customer requirements, in our market areas. Residual fuel oil volumes accounted for approximately 6%, 6% and 7% of our total refined products sales in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

In 2012, our refined products segment accounted for approximately 93% of our total net sales.

Customers, Contracts and Pricing

We sell home heating oil, diesel fuel, kerosene, unbranded gasoline, jet fuel and residual fuel oil to wholesalers, retailers and commercial customers. The majority of these sales are made free on board, or FOB, at the bulk terminal or inland storage facility we own and/or operate or with which we have storage and throughput arrangements, which means the price of products sold includes the cost of delivering such product to that location and any further shipping expenses are borne by the purchaser.

In 2012, we sold home heating oil, including HeatForce ® , to approximately 930 wholesale distributors and retailers. These sales are made through Sprague RealTime (our proprietary online sales platform) and under rack agreements based upon our posted price, contracts with index-based pricing provisions and fixed price forward contracts.

In 2012, we sold diesel fuel, including RoadForce ® , to approximately 650 wholesalers and transportation fuel distributors.

In 2012, we sold unbranded gasoline at 10 third-party locations primarily to resellers. In all cases, we market the gasoline and manage the associated credit risk.

We sell residual fuel oil to approximately 15 wholesale distributors. In 2012, approximately 19% of our wholesale residual oil sales were transacted through fixed priced forward contracts. The remaining sales were made under rack agreements and contracts with index-based pricing provisions.

We also sell home heating oil, diesel fuel, unbranded gasoline and residual fuel oil to public sector entities through competitive bidding processes and to large industrial and commercial customers, including the sale of distillate and residual fuel oil by truck and barge to marine customers and coal and tire derived fuel to large industrial customers.

Our commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, large industrial companies and educational institutions. Most of these sales are made on a delivered basis, whereby we either deliver the product with our own trucks and barges or arrange with third-party haulers to make deliveries on our behalf.

The majority of our refined products sales to commercial customers are made pursuant to a competitive bidding process. Our sales contracts to commercial customers generally are for terms of one to five years. We currently have contracts with the U.S. government as well as transit authorities in the states of New Jersey, New

 

131


Table of Contents

York, Massachusetts and Rhode Island. We also have contracts with numerous municipalities, agencies and educational institutions in the New England and Mid-Atlantic states.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, no customer represented more than 10% of net sales for our refined products segment.

Natural Gas Sales

Overview

We sell natural gas and related delivery services to customers who are delivered natural gas from utilities in the states of Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Maine, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia. We deliver natural gas to customers through utility interconnections of pipelines and manage interactions with utilities on behalf of our customers. We sell natural gas pursuant to fixed price, floating price and other structured pricing contracts. We utilize physical trading as well as financial and derivative trading both over the counter and through exchanges such as ICE and NYMEX, in order to manage our natural gas commodity price risk.

In order to manage our supply commitments to our customers and provide operational flexibility and arbitrage opportunities, we enter into supply contracts, leases for pipeline transportation capacity, leases for storage space and other physical delivery services for various terms. We believe that entering into these types of arrangements provides us with potential opportunities to grow our existing customer relationships and to pursue additional relationships.

In 2012, our natural gas segment accounted for approximately 6% of our total net sales.

Customers

Our natural gas customers operate in the industrial and commercial sectors in the Northeast, with the highest concentration in New England and New York. The customers range from large industrial users to smaller commercial and industrial consumers. The acquisition of Hesco in 2006 was a precursor to our pursuing a strategy to target the smaller to mid-size commercial and industrial customers as a key growth area. This strategy has led to a significant increase in the number of customers served and unit margins, with sales volumes remaining relatively stable. Examples of customers include industrial users of varying sizes ( e.g., pulp and paper, chemicals, pharmaceutical and metals plants) to various commercial customers ( e.g., hospitals, universities, apartment buildings and retail stores). The industrial customers have a high concentration of process load to support their manufacturing requirements, with the largest uses by the commercial customers typically for heating, cooling, lighting, cooking and drying.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, no customer represented more than 10% of net sales for our natural gas segment.

Contracts/Pricing

We use various types of contracts for the sale and delivery of natural gas to our customers, with terms ranging from month-to-month to over two years. We provide a wide range of pricing options to our customers, including daily pricing and long-term fixed pricing. For example, we may offer a contract that permits the customer to lock in a basis or location differential relative to the Henry Hub (the most actively traded natural gas delivery location in the United States) and then fix the price at a later date based on the prevailing market pricing. There are various other alternatives such as “capped” (essentially setting a maximum) pricing or daily pricing based on a differential to a published market index. One of the key parameters in natural gas contracts is the balancing mechanism and associated pricing for volumes actually delivered that may vary from the estimated monthly deliveries set forth in the contract. We generally avoid transactions that require a single price for all volumes delivered due to the level of commodity price risk associated with uncertain usage patterns.

 

132


Table of Contents

Materials Handling

Overview

Materials handling is the import and export of certain raw materials and finished goods through waterfront terminals. We utilize our terminal network to offload, store and/or prepare for delivery a large number of liquid products, bulk and break bulk materials and heavy lift services and provide other handling services to many of the same customers that we supply with refined products.

We are capable of providing numerous types of materials handling services, including ship handling, crane operations, pile building, warehouse operations, scaling and, in some cases, transportation to the final customer. In all cases, we play the role of a distribution agent for our customers. Because the products we handle are generally owned by our customers, we have virtually no working capital requirements, commercial risk or inventory risk. Our materials handling contracts are typically long-term and predominately fee-based, mitigating the volatility and seasonality of our other businesses.

Several of our facilities began as coal terminals providing the infrastructure needed to offload bulk products. Following the energy crisis of the mid-1970s, our predecessor invested in its dormant coal handling infrastructure to allow it to offload and market bulk coal for various industrial customers. The investment in terminal infrastructure equipment provided an opportunity to import other bulk commodities for major industrial customers, including road salt, gypsum, aggregates, coal and petroleum coke. Building on this third-party materials handing service, we also began to convert surplus oil tankage to allow for the handling of liquid products. Our historical experience as an industrial fuel supplier, as well as our tank infrastructure and fuel heating capability, allows us to also handle many liquid products, such as asphalt, aviation fuel and clay slurry. In 1984, we began to convert surplus residual fuel oil tankage to asphalt and tallow storage and convert surplus distillate storage to store other products, such as backup fuel for utilities, aviation gasoline, tallow and caustic soda. In 2000, we entered into an agreement with the State of Maine Port Authority to construct a major bulk and break bulk capable dock and warehouses in Searsport, Maine, and in 2004 we purchased a break bulk terminal in Portland, Maine. Both of these terminals have direct rail access, allowing for an efficient connection to customers located in Maine. In 2004, we also expanded into break bulk products such as newsprint, paper pulp and windmill components using our crane handling capabilities.

In 2012, our materials handling segment accounted for approximately 1% of our total net sales.

Major Types of Materials Handling and Services

The type of materials handling and services we provide can best be divided into three major categories:

Liquid . Liquid products are moved to terminals via various types of ocean going vessels and offloaded into terminal tanks via pipelines on the dock of the facility. Examples of liquid materials handled include refined products, asphalt and clay slurry. Liquid handling activities include securing the vessel, attaching product lines from ship pipes to dock product lines, supervising discharge into tanks, measuring tank quantities, storing product, loading product into authorized trucks or railcars and transporting product to its final destination. In some cases the products need to remain heated in storage to be able to flow at ambient temperatures.

Bulk . Bulk materials are normally some type of aggregate materials moved in large vessels configured with multiple holds that store products on ships in piles with no other type of packaging. Examples of bulk material include salt, petroleum coke, gypsum, cement and coal. These vessels are normally offloaded via cranes that either reside on the vessel or on the dock of the terminal. In a typical discharge the services performed include: securing the vessel to the dock, operating the vessel cranes, transferring products to trucks via large dock hoppers, transporting the materials to a holding pad, building materials up into large storage piles, covering the piles with protective tarps, storing the product, loading the product into trucks or railcars, scaling the loaded trucks and sometimes transporting the product to its final destination.

 

133


Table of Contents

Break bulk . Break bulk materials are shipped in less than bulk quantities normally with some type of secondary packaging. Examples of break bulk materials include one ton sacks of raw materials, pallets of stones, bales of raw wood pulp and rolls of paper. Another subcategory of break bulk materials is large construction project cargo such as windmill components, often referred to as heavy lift. Break bulk handling activities include securing vessels, unloading or loading vessels either with cranes or specialty fork trucks, transferring products into warehouses or onto pads for storage, reloading products onto trucks or railcars and sometimes transporting products to their final destinations.

Customers

Our materials handling operations can service multiple customer types during any single operation, including: the ocean shippers, multiple logistics firms, trucking firms and the materials supplier or consumer. The materials we handle normally fall into two major categories. The first category involves raw materials or finished goods shipped by water into local markets to support local production, manufacturing or construction firms. Examples of these products include asphalt for road construction, gypsum rock for drywall manufacturing, road salt for local road treatment, petroleum coke or utility fuels for energy demand and clay slurry for finished paper treatment. The second category of materials we handle are materials manufactured locally for export via vessel to other countries. These materials include Maine hardwood, wood pulp for paper manufacture in Asia or Europe and tallow for biodiesel production in Europe.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we had three customers who represented an aggregate 32% of net sales for our materials handling segment, although none of the customers represented more than 1% of our total net sales.

Contracts/Pricing

The typical contract term for our materials handling services varies depending on the frequency and type of service. For bulk and liquid services, the commodity is normally a raw materials input for industrial production (wood pulp) or construction of roads (asphalt) or houses (gypsum rock). As such, the demand is more ratable and the customer is normally in need of guaranteed space within a terminal. These customers normally enter into term contracts that can range from one to 20 years depending on the relative importance of the material to their production and the amount of any capital infrastructure that we need to develop for such customers. As of December 31, 2012, the weighted-average life of our materials handling contracts was approximately nine years, with a weighted-average remaining life of approximately four years, each based on gross margin attributable to these contracts. Generally, our customers will pay for terminal improvements for specialty handling systems such as a clay slurry screening plant, and we will pay for more generic handling systems such as storage pads.

For container and break bulk services, it is more typical for the user of that material to contract on an individual shipment basis. For example, a typical pulp merchant may choose to sell its pulp domestically or to users in Europe or Asia depending on the highest delivered value it can yield. As such, its choice of delivery mode and terminal will be driven by the location of its final customer. Therefore, we normally maintain a published rate for most generic services. Those rates are subject to change depending on market conditions. As such, we normally confirm rates with the customer on an individual shipment basis.

Other Operations

Our other operations segment includes the marketing and distribution of coal that is conducted in our South Portland and Portland, Maine terminals.

Commodity Risk Management

Because we take title to the refined products and natural gas that we sell, we are exposed to commodity risk. Our materials handling business is a fee-based business and, accordingly, our operations in that business segment

 

134


Table of Contents

have only limited exposure to commodity risk. Commodity risk is the risk of unfavorable market fluctuations in the price of commodities such as refined products and natural gas. We endeavor to limit commodity price risk in connection with our daily operations. Generally, as we purchase and/or store refined products, we reduce commodity risk through hedging by selling futures contracts on regulated exchanges or using other derivatives, and then close out the related hedge as we sell the product for physical delivery to third parties. Products are generally purchased and sold at spot prices, fixed prices or indexed prices. While we use these transactions to seek to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between purchased volumes and sales volumes through regulated exchanges or derivatives, we may experience net unbalanced positions for short periods of time as a result of variances in daily sales and transportation and delivery schedules, as well as logistical issues associated with inclement weather conditions or infrastructure disruptions. Our general policy is to not hold refined products futures contracts or other derivative products and instruments for the sole purpose of speculating on price changes. While our policies are designed to limit market risk, some degree of exposure to unforeseen fluctuations in market conditions remains.

Our operating results are sensitive to a number of factors. Such factors include commodity location, grades of product, individual customer demand for grades or location of product, localized market price structures, availability of transportation facilities, daily delivery volumes that vary from expected quantities and timing and costs to deliver the commodity to the customer. The term “basis risk” is used to describe the inherent market price risk created when a commodity of certain grade or location is purchased, sold or exchanged as compared to a purchase, sale or exchange of that commodity at a different time or place, including, without limitation, transportation costs and timing differentials. We attempt to reduce our exposure to basis risk by grouping our purchase and sale activities by geographical region and commodity quality in order to stay balanced within such designated region. However, basis risk cannot be entirely eliminated, and basis exposure, particularly in backwardated markets (when prices for future deliveries are lower than current prices) or other adverse market conditions, can adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

With respect to the pricing of commodities, we enter into derivative positions to limit or hedge the impact of market fluctuations on our purchase and forward fixed price sales of refined products. Any hedge ineffectiveness is reflected in our results of operations.

With respect to refined products, we primarily use a combination of futures contracts, over-the-counter swaps and forward purchases and sales to hedge our price risk. For light oils (gasoline and distillates), we primarily utilize the actively traded futures contracts on the regulated NYMEX as the derivatives to hedge our positions. We generally balance all exchange positions by making offsetting transactions rather than by making or receiving physical deliveries. Heavy oils are typically hedged with fixed-for-floating price residual fuel oil swaps contracts, which are either balanced by offsetting positions or financially settled (meaning that these swaps do not include a delivery option).

With respect to natural gas, we generally use fixed-for-floating price swaps contracts that trade on the ICE for hedging. As an alternative, we may use NYMEX natural gas futures for such purposes. In addition, we use natural gas basis swaps to hedge our basis risk.

For both refined products and natural gas, if we trade in any derivatives that are not cleared on an exchange, we strive to enter into derivative agreements with counterparties that we believe have a strong credit profile and/or provide us with significant trade credit to limit counterparty risk and margin requirements.

We monitor processes and procedures to prevent unauthorized trading by our personnel and to maintain substantial balance between purchases and sales or future delivery obligations. We can provide no assurance, however, that these steps will detect and prevent all violations of such trading policies and procedures, particularly if deception or other intentional misconduct is involved.

 

135


Table of Contents

Storage and Distribution Services

Marine terminals and inland storage facilities play a key role in the distribution of product to our customers. We own and/or operate a network of 15 refined products and materials handling terminals strategically located throughout the Northeast United States that have a combined storage capacity of approximately 8.0 million barrels for refined products and other liquid materials, as well as approximately 1.5 million square feet of materials handling capacity. We also have an aggregate of approximately 1.3 million barrels of additional storage capacity attributable to 43 storage tanks not currently in service. These tanks are not necessary for the operation of our business at current levels. In the event that such additional capacity were desired, additional time and capital would be required to bring any of such storage tanks into service. Furthermore, we have access to approximately 50 third-party terminals in the Northeast through which we sell or distribute refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements.

The marine terminals and inland storage facilities from which we distribute product are supplied by ship, barge, truck, pipeline or rail. The inland storage facilities, which we use exclusively to store distillates, are supplied with product delivered by truck from marine and other bulk terminals. Our customers receive product from our network of marine terminals and inland storage facilities via truck, barge, rail or pipeline.

Our marine terminals consist of multiple storage tanks and automated truck loading equipment. These automated systems monitor terminal access, volumetric allocations, credit control and carrier certification through the remote identification of customers. In addition, some of the marine and inland terminals at which we market are equipped with truck loading racks capable of providing automated blending and additive packages that meet our customers’ specific requirements. Many of our marine and inland terminals operate 24 hours per day.

Throughput arrangements allow storage of product at terminals owned by others. These arrangements permit our customers to load product at third-party terminals while we pay the owners of these terminals fees for services rendered in connection with the receipt, storage and handling of such product. Payments we make to the terminal owners may be fixed or based upon the volume of product that is delivered and sold at the terminal.

Exchange agreements allow our customers to take delivery of product at a terminal or facility that is not owned or leased by us. An exchange is a contractual agreement pursuant to which the parties exchange product at their respective terminals or facilities. For example, we (or our customers) receive product that is owned by the other party from such party’s facility or terminal and we deliver the same volume of product to such party (or to such party’s customers) out of one of the terminals in our terminal network. Generally, both parties to an exchange transaction pay a handling fee (similar to a throughput fee) and often one party also pays a location differential that covers any excess transportation costs incurred by the other party in supplying product to the location at which the first party receives product. Other differentials that may occur in exchanges (and result in additional payments) include product value differentials and timing differentials.

Our Terminals

We own and/or operate a network of 15 refined products and material handling terminals located along the coast of the Northeastern United States from New York to Maine. We own all of these facilities, with the exception of our TRT terminal located in Quincy, Massachusetts (which is under a long-term lease), our Portland, Maine terminal (where we lease the real estate and two storage buildings under a long-term lease and own the balance of the assets) and our New Bedford, Massachusetts terminal (where we lease the operating assets and real estate from Sprague Massachusetts LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings). We also lease a tank with storage capacity of approximately 136,000 barrels from a subsidiary of Dominion Resources, Inc. at our Providence, Rhode Island terminal. Our facilities are equipped to provide terminalling, storage and distribution of both solid and liquid products to serve our refined products and materials handling businesses. Each facility has capabilities that are unique to the local markets served. A majority of facilities additionally have demonstrated flexibility in their ability to handle liquid, dry bulk and break bulk products at the same terminal and in most cases across the same dock. This capability has offered us valuable flexibility to fully

 

136


Table of Contents

utilize each asset to meet a variety of fuel demands and third-party cargo handling demands as customer requirements have changed over the years.

We operate seven terminals that are capable of handling both liquid petroleum products and providing third-party materials handling services. Five terminals exclusively handle liquid petroleum products and three terminals are dedicated exclusively to materials handling services. Total liquid storage capacity throughout our owned and/or operated terminals is approximately 9.1 million barrels (which excludes approximately 1.5 million barrels of storage capacity not currently in service). Inside warehouse capacity at our owned and/or operated terminals totals approximately 316,000 square feet with approximately 1.2 million square feet of outside laydown space available.

The following tables set forth information with respect to our 15 owned and/or operated terminals.

 

Liquids Storage Terminal

   Number of
Storage
Tanks(1)
     Storage Tank
Capacity
(Bbls)(1)
    

Principal Products

South Portland, ME

     31         1,525,700       refined products; asphalt; clay slurry

Searsport, ME

     18         1,254,400       refined products; caustic soda; asphalt

Newington, NH: River Road

     29         1,157,100       refined products; tallow

Bridgeport, CT(2)

     11         1,132,700       refined products

Albany, NY

     9         889,800       refined products

Newington, NH: Avery Lane

     12         722,000       refined products; asphalt

Quincy, MA

     9         657,000       refined products

Providence, RI(3)

     5         619,800       refined products; asphalt

Oswego, NY

     4         339,200       refined products; asphalt

Everett, MA

     4         319,100       asphalt

Quincy, MA: TRT(4)

     4         304,200       refined products

New Bedford, MA(5)

     2         85,900       refined products

Mount Vernon, NY

     7         72,100       refined products

Stamford, Ct

     3         46,600       refined products
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     148         9,125,600      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Dry Storage Terminal

   Number of
Storage Pads
and
Warehouses
     Storage
Capacity

(Square  Feet)
    

Principal Products and

Materials

Newington, NH: River Road(6)

     3 pads         431,000       salt; gypsum

Searsport, ME

     3 warehouses;         101,000       break bulk; salt; petroleum coke;
     7 pads         310,000       heavy lift

Portland, ME(7)

     7 warehouses;         215,000       break bulk; coal
     4 pads         180,000      

South Portland, ME

     3 pads         230,000       salt; coal

Providence, RI

     1 pad         75,000       salt
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

    

 

10 warehouses;

18 pads

  

  

     1,542,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) We also have an aggregate of approximately 1.5 million barrels of additional storage capacity attributable to 43 storage tanks not currently in service. These tanks are not necessary for the operation of our business at current levels. In the event that such additional storage capacity were desired, additional time and capital would be required to bring any of such storage tanks back into service.
(2) We acquired the Bridgeport terminal on July 31, 2013. See “—Recent Developments.”
(3) One tank with storage capacity of approximately 136,000 barrels is leased from a subsidiary of Dominion Resources, Inc., an unaffiliated third party.

 

137


Table of Contents
(4) Operating assets and real estate are leased from Twin Rivers Technology L.P., an unaffiliated third party.
(5) Operating assets and real estate are leased from Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC, which will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings upon the closing of this offering. The New Bedford terminal is subject to a purchase and sale agreement pursuant to which a third party has agreed to acquire the terminal from Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC. The acquisition is subject to certain conditions that are beyond the control of Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC. Subject to those conditions, the acquisition may be consummated on or before January 5, 2016. In the event that such sale is consummated, our terminal operating agreement with Sprague Holdings and Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC will automatically terminate. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Terminal Operating Agreement.” We have been advised by Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC that it does not believe that the sale will be consummated prior to September 30, 2014.
(6) The terminal also has two silos capable of storing a total of approximately 26,000 tons of cement.
(7) Real estate and two storage buildings are leased from Merrill Industries Inc., an unaffiliated third party, and the balance of the assets are owned by us.

The following specific terminal descriptions provide details regarding each of the 15 terminals we own and/or operate:

South Portland, Maine

The South Portland terminal is a deepwater marine facility located in Portland Harbor, Maine. We acquired the property and related rail track between 1996 and 1999. The terminal receives, stores and distributes light oil, asphalt, clay slurry, road salt and coal. The terminal has three dry bulk storage pads comprising a total of 230,000 square feet of storage capacity. The South Portland terminal has 40 tanks with a total shell capacity of approximately 1.6 million barrels. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the South Portland terminal.

 

Product  

No. of Tanks

   

Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)

 
Distillates     17        1,043,700   
Aviation Gasoline     1             41,800   
No. 6 Fuel Oil     1             96,200   
Asphalt     5           246,500   
Clay     7             97,500   
Out of Service     9             59,700   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     40        1,585,400   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The South Portland terminal has one operational dock with two berthing locations. The inner berth is used for loading and unloading bunker barges while larger vessels are moored, loaded and unloaded at the outer or main berth. The main berth can accommodate vessels up to 700 feet in length with a designed depth of 36 feet.

Searsport, Maine

The Searsport terminal is a deepwater marine facility located approximately 30 miles south of Bangor, Maine. The terminal receives, stores and distributes liquid and dry bulk products, including light oil, residual fuel oil, asphalt, caustic soda, petroleum coke, road salt and clay slurry. We have operated the facility since 1906 and acquired three additional related parcels of land from 1995 through 2006.

The terminal has 18 tanks with a total shell capacity of approximately 1.3 million barrels. Most tanks are devoted to No. 2 and No. 6 fuel oils, but some provide storage for asphalt, light cycle oil, caustic soda and diesel. The Searsport terminal has 101,000 square feet of covered storage in three warehouses with rail siding access to

 

138


Table of Contents

two of the warehouses. Bulk pad storage is provided by seven pads totaling approximately 310,000 square feet that are capable of storing 350,000 tons of products. The pads are presently devoted to petroleum coke and road salt. Additional laydown space for project cargo with rail access is available. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the Searsport terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Distillates     12        831,900   
No. 6 Fuel Oil     3        246,500   
Asphalt     1        96,000   
Caustic Soda     2        80,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     18        1,254,400   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

We operate two docks at Searsport, a liquid cargo pier and a general cargo dock used for dry bulk, break bulk and heavy lift project cargo. We have an exclusive dock operating agreement with the Maine Department of Transportation who owns the general cargo pier. The facility can accommodate non-self-propelled tank barges, self-propelled tank barges, coastal tankers, ocean-going tankers and bulk vessels. The Searsport terminal has the capability to dock multiple vessels simultaneously. The liquid cargo pier can accommodate vessels up to 700 feet in length and has a designed depth of 36 feet and the general cargo dock can handle vessels up to 750 feet in length with a designed depth of 40 feet.

Working with the Maine Port Authority, we were recently awarded a $7 million federal grant that has been used to purchase a 140 ton heavy lift crane to materially increase the Searsport terminal’s efficiency, speed loading and offloading bulk and break bulk ships.

Newington, New Hampshire: River Road

The River Road terminal is a deepwater marine facility located approximately five miles west of Portsmouth, New Hampshire. We acquired the facility in October 1981. The terminal receives, stores and distributes distillate fuel, residual fuel oil, cement, gypsum rock and road salt. The facility also receives and stores domestic tallow products for export to customers in Europe. The River Road terminal has 30 storage tanks with a total shell capacity of approximately 1.2 million barrels. In addition, this terminal has approximately 250,000 tons of bulk pad storage, presently containing salt and 120,000 tons of capacity for gypsum. The three outside storage pads total approximately 431,000 square feet. The terminal also has two silos capable of storing a total of approximately 26,000 tons of cement. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the River Road terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Distillates     16        970,200   
No. 6 Fuel Oil     4        120,000   
Tallow, Waste Oil     9        66,900   
Out of Service     1        5,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total                 30        1,162,300   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The River Road terminal can service both liquid and dry bulk vessels. The dock at the River Road Terminal is capable of accommodating vessels where the length is up to 735 feet with a designed depth of 36 feet.

Bridgeport, Connecticut

The Bridgeport terminal is a marine terminal located in Bridgeport, Connecticut. We acquired the facility in July 2013. The terminal receives, stores and distributes distillate fuel, gasoline and ethanol products. The

 

139


Table of Contents

Bridgeport terminal has 13 storage tanks with a total shell capacity of approximately 1.3 million barrels. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by products at the Bridgeport terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Distillates     6        623,500   
Gasoline     3        328,100   
Ethanol     2        181,100   
Out of Service     2        214,400   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total                 13        1,347,100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Bridgeport terminal dock has four active product lines connecting the dock to its above-ground storage tanks and one asphalt line connecting a neighboring business under contract with the terminal to receive their product. The dock is capable of accommodating both barges and ships and has a designed depth of 32 feet.

Albany, New York

The Albany terminal is located approximately seven miles southeast of Albany, New York. The terminal receives, stores and distributes residual fuel oil, ULSD, ULSK and heating oil. The terminal was formerly two independent terminals. We acquired the original facility in January 1989 and the adjacent facility in September 2011. The Albany terminal has 23 storage tanks with a total shell capacity of approximately 1.7 million barrels. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the Albany terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Distillates     6        636,400   
No. 6 Fuel Oil     3        253,400   
Out of Service     14        764,700   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total                 23        1,654,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The September 2011 acquisition included the marine dock on the Hudson River and interconnected pipelines to receive and deliver distillate and residual fuel oil products. The dock can accommodate barges and ships up to 550 feet in length with a designed depth of 21 feet.

Newington, New Hampshire: Avery Lane

The Avery Lane terminal is a deepwater marine terminal located approximately five miles west of Portsmouth, New Hampshire. The terminal receives, stores and distributes aviation gasoline and asphalt. We acquired the terminal in November 1996. The Avery Lane terminal has 13 storage tanks with a total shell capacity of 736,300 barrels. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the Avery Lane terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Asphalt     11        717,000   
Aviation Gasoline     1        5,000   
Out of Service     1        14,300   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     13        736,300   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

A majority of products at the Avery Lane terminal are received by barge or marine vessel via the Avery Lane terminal dock that can accommodate vessels up to 720 feet in length and a designed depth of 36 feet. We have an agreement with the adjacent terminal, Sea-3 Products, Inc., that allows Sea-3 to utilize the Avery Lane terminal dock for offloading liquefied propane. The terminal also has rail access, which is used to receive aviation fuel.

 

140


Table of Contents

Quincy, Massachusetts

The Quincy terminal is a deepwater marine facility located approximately 10 miles south of Boston, Massachusetts. The terminal receives, stores and distributes various distillate products. We acquired the property in 1995. Total storage at the Quincy terminal includes 12 tanks with a total shell capacity of 672,000 barrels. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the Quincy terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Distillates     8        574,000   
No. 6 Fuel Oil     1        83,000   
Out of Service     3        15,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     12        672,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Quincy terminal dock has six active product lines connecting the dock to its above-ground storage tanks. The dock is capable of handling vessels up to 700 feet in length with a designed depth of 35 feet.

Providence, Rhode Island

The Providence terminal is a deepwater marine terminal located in Providence, Rhode Island. The terminal receives, stores and distributes light oil, residual fuel oil, asphalt and road salt. We have owned the Providence terminal since 1905. The Providence terminal has five storage tanks with a total shell capacity of 619,800 barrels, of which we lease one tank with storage capacity of approximately 136,000 barrels for No. 2 fuel oil storage from Dominion Energy Manchester Street Inc. This terminal also has a 75,000 square foot bulk pad for storage of up to 100,000 tons. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the Providence terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Asphalt     1        132,000   
Distillates     3        339,800   
No. 6 Fuel Oil     1        148,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     5        619,800   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

We maintain a marine dock along the Providence River to receive product. The dock can accommodate vessels up to 690 feet in length, with a designed depth of 36 feet.

Everett, Massachusetts

The Everett terminal is located approximately four miles north of Boston, Massachusetts. The terminal receives, stores and distributes asphalt. We acquired the terminal in 2001. The Everett terminal has eight storage tanks with a total shell capacity of 419,400 barrels. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the Everett terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Asphalt     4        319,100   
Out of Service     4        100,300   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     8        419,400   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have a dock license agreement with the adjacent ExxonMobil terminal to utilize its dock for marine receipts. The dock is connected to the Everett terminal by an eight-inch dockline that we own and maintain.

 

141


Table of Contents

Oswego, New York

The Oswego terminal is located approximately 40 miles northwest of Syracuse, New York. The terminal receives, stores and distributes residual fuel oil and asphalt. We acquired the majority of the property on which the terminal is located in 1989 and the remainder of the property in 1995. The Oswego terminal has six storage tanks with a total shell capacity of 515,700 barrels. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the Oswego terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Asphalt     3        209,800   
No. 6 Fuel Oil     1        129,400   
Out of Service     2        176,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     6        515,700   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have an agreement with the Oswego Port Authority to utilize its dock for all marine receipts. The dock can accommodate barges and ships up to 780 feet in length with a designed depth of 21 feet.

Quincy, Massachusetts: TRT

The TRT terminal is a deepwater marine terminal located approximately 10 miles south of Boston, Massachusetts on the Town River. The terminal receives, stores and distributes various distillate products. We operate the terminal under a long-term lease of the TRT operating assets and real estate in which we have unilateral extension rights that permit us to maintain access to the terminal until at least 2025. Available storage includes four tanks with a total shell capacity of 304,200 barrels. The table below sets forth the products handled and total storage capacity by product at the TRT terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Disillates     4        304,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     4        304,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The TRT terminal dock is capable of handling vessels up to 660 feet LOA with a designed depth of 35 feet.

New Bedford, Massachusetts

The New Bedford terminal is located approximately 32 miles southeast of Providence, Rhode Island. The New Bedford terminal is operated as a deepwater marine terminal with four storage tanks having a total shell capacity of 248,100 barrels. We operate the terminal under a long-term lease, expiring in 2021, with Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC, which will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings and the owner of the New Bedford terminal upon the closing of this offering. The New Bedford terminal is subject to a purchase and sale agreement pursuant to which a third party may acquire the terminal from Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC. In the event that such sale is consummated, our terminal operating agreement with Sprague Holdings and Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC will automatically terminate. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Terminal Operating Agreement.” The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the New Bedford terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Distillates     2        85,900   
Out of Service     2        162,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     4        248,100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

The New Bedford terminal has two operational docks. The main dock is used for receipts and loading of barges. The second dock is used for the loading of small barges. The entrance channel limits vessel draft to 26 feet at high tide only. The main dock can accommodate vessels with a maximum bow to center manifold distance, or BCM, of 290 feet with a designed depth of 21 feet.

Mount Vernon, New York

The Mount Vernon terminal is located approximately 22 miles north of New York City. The terminal receives, stores and distributes No. 2 fuel oil and ultra low sulfur diesel. We acquired the terminal in 2000. The Mount Vernon Terminal has 12 storage tanks with a total shell capacity of 95,900 barrels. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the Mount Vernon terminal.

 

Product   No. of Tanks     Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)  
Distillates     7        72,100   
Out of Service     5        23,800   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     12        95,900   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Mount Vernon terminal includes a marine dock along the Hutchinson River for receipt and delivery of distillate fuels. The dock can accommodate barges up to 300 feet in length, a beam of 50 feet and designed depth of 10.5 feet at high water.

Stamford, Connecticut

The Stamford terminal is a marine terminal located in Stamford, Connecticut. The terminal receives, stores and distributes No. 2 fuel oil and diesel fuel. We acquired the property in July 1994. The terminal has three storage tanks with a total shell capacity of approximately 46,600 barrels. The table below sets forth the number of tanks and total storage capacity by product at the Stamford terminal.

 

Product

 

No. of Tanks

   

Total Shell Capacity (Bbls)

 

Distillates

    3        46,600   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    3        46,600   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Stamford terminal dock is capable of handling barges in tow or self-propelled vessels. The dock can accept vessels or barges up to 300 feet in length with a designed depth of 15.5 feet.

Portland, Maine

The Portland terminal is a deepwater marine terminal located in downtown Portland, Maine. We lease the real estate and two storage buildings at the Portland, Maine terminal from Merrill Industries Inc. The initial term of the lease expires in 2035, and we have two 30-year extension options. The terminal receives, stores and distributes dry bulk and break bulk products. It also has the capability to handle heavy lift project cargo. We leased the real estate and two storage buildings and purchased its other assets in 2004. The terminal has four outside storage pads totaling 180,000 square feet, which are principally used for the storage of road salt and coal. The terminal also has seven warehouses comprising 215,000 square feet that are used for a variety of break bulk cargoes. Two of the warehouses are climate controlled and are used for the storage of press room ready newsprint. The table below sets forth the number of pads and warehouses and total storage area at the Portland terminal.

 

              Product               

  

No. of Pads/Warehouses

  

Total Shell Area(Ft 2 )

 
Dry Bulk (salt/coal)    4 pads      180,000   

Break Bulk

   7 warehouses      215,000   
  

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   4 pads; 7 warehouses      395,000   
  

 

  

 

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

Products at the Portland terminal may be received or shipped by water, rail or highway. The marine dock is 600 feet long and 140 feet in width providing a wide apron for cargo handling. With three mooring dolphins, the dock can accommodate two vessels simultaneously with a designed depth of 36 feet. Three warehouses have rail access, which can be used for import or export. Highway access to I-295 is provided by an industrial interconnector.

Third-Party Locations

We also purchase and/or sell refined products under rack, throughput and exchange agreements at approximately 50 additional facilities through which we distribute approximately 16 million barrels of refined products annually. We enter into rack agreements pursuant to which we purchase product from a supplier under fixed or index-based pricing formulas with title passing to our customers when the product is loaded at the truck loading rack. We enter into third-party throughput arrangements pursuant to which we pay a fee for the right to store product at counterparty locations and make sales to our customers at the rack. The terms of these arrangements vary depending on the volume of product to be stored, whether storage is on a comingled basis (which is typically the case) or on an exclusive basis, the fee charged for the service, the tenor of the arrangement and the particular products and specifications thereof to be stored. We also enter into exchange agreements pursuant to which we are allowed to lift product at the terminal of the counterparty in exchange for granting the counterparty the right to lift product at one of our terminals. Under exchange agreements, we or our counterparty pay the other an agreed upon exchange differential based on assumed equivalent volumes and logistical and other cost considerations, which vary by location.

Competition

We encounter varying degrees of competition based on product type and geographic location in the marketing of our refined products. In our Northeast market, we compete in various product lines and for a range of customer types. The principal methods of competition in our refined products operations are pricing, services offerings to customers, credit support and certainty of supply. Our competitors include terminal companies, major integrated oil companies and their marketing affiliates and independent marketers of varying sizes, financial resources and experience. We believe that our being one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast (based on aggregate terminal capacity), our ownership of various marine-based terminals and our reputation for reliability and strong customer service provide us with a competitive advantage in marketing refined products in the areas in which we operate.

Competitors of our natural gas sales operations generally include natural gas suppliers and distributors of varying sizes, financial resources and experience, including producers, pipeline companies, utilities and independent marketers. The principal methods of competition in our natural gas operations are in obtaining supply, pricing optionality for customers and effective support services, such as scheduling and risk management. We believe that our sizeable market presence and strong customer service and offerings provide us with a competitive advantage in marketing natural gas in the areas in which we operate.

In our materials handling operations, we primarily compete with public and private port operators. Although customer decisions are substantially based on location, additional points of competition include types of services provided and pricing. We believe that our ability to provide materials handling services at a number of our refined products terminals and our demonstrated ability to handle a wide range of products provides us a competitive advantage in competing for products-related handling services in the areas in which we operate.

Seasonality

Demand for natural gas and some refined products, specifically home heating oil and residual fuel oil for space heating purposes, is generally higher during the period of November through March than during the period of April through October. Therefore, our results of operations for the first and fourth calendar quarters are

 

144


Table of Contents

generally better than for the second and third calendar quarters. For example, over the 36-month period ended June 30, 2013, we generated an average of approximately 70% of our total home heating oil and residual fuel oil net sales during the months of November through March.

Environmental

General

Our petroleum product terminal and supply operations are subject to extensive and stringent environmental laws. As part of our business, we own and operate petroleum storage and distribution facilities and a petroleum fleet of trucks, and must comply with environmental laws at the federal, state and local levels, which increase the cost of operating terminals and our business generally. These laws include statutes such as the Clean Water Act and the Clean Air Act and, together with regulations, impose numerous obligations that are applicable to our operations, including the acquisition of permits to conduct certain activities limiting or preventing the release of materials from our facilities, managing wastes generated by our operations, the installation of pollution control equipment, responding to releases of process materials or wastes from our operations, and the risk of substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations. However, we do not believe that we are affected in a significantly different manner by these laws and regulations than are our competitors.

Our operations also utilize a number of petroleum storage facilities and distribution facilities that we do not own or operate, but at which refined products are stored. We utilize these facilities through several different contractual arrangements, including leases, throughput and terminalling services agreements. If facilities with whom we contract that are owned and operated by third parties fail to comply with environmental laws, they could be shut down, requiring us to incur costs to use alternative facilities.

Environmental laws and regulations can restrict or impact our business in several ways, such as:

 

   

Requiring capital expenditures to comply with environmental control requirements;

 

   

Requiring remedial action to mitigate releases of hydrocarbons, hazardous substances or wastes caused by our operations or attributable to former operators; and

 

   

Curtailing the operations of facilities deemed in non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations.

Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. Certain environmental statutes impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hydrocarbons, hazardous substances or wastes have been released or disposed. Moreover, neighboring landowners and other third parties may file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hydrocarbons, hazardous substances or other wastes into the environment.

The trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment. As a result, there can be no assurance as to the amount or timing of future expenditures for environmental compliance or remediation and actual future expenditures may be different from the amounts we currently anticipate. We try to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and to plan accordingly to remain in compliance with changing environmental laws and regulations and to minimize the costs of such compliance.

Our historical and projected operating costs reflect the recurring costs resulting from compliance with these regulations, and we do not anticipate material expenditures in excess of these amounts in the absence of future acquisitions or changes in regulation, or discovery of existing but unknown compliance issues. Therefore, we do not believe that compliance with federal, state or local environmental laws and regulations will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations.

 

145


Table of Contents

Hazardous Substances and Releases

The environmental laws and regulations affecting our business generally prohibit the release of hazardous substances into the water or soils, and include requirements to control pollution of the environment. For instance, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, also known as CERCLA or the Superfund law, and comparable state laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances. Under the Superfund law, these persons may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. The Superfund law also authorizes the EPA, and in some instances third parties, to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible persons the costs they incur. It is possible for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. In the course of our ordinary operations, we may generate substances that fall within the Superfund law’s definition of a hazardous substance and, as a result, we may be jointly and severally liable under the Superfund law for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites at which those hazardous substances have been released into the environment.

We currently own, lease or utilize storage or distribution facilities where hydrocarbons are being or have been handled for many years. Although we have utilized operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other wastes may have been disposed of or released on, under or from the properties owned or leased by us or on or under other locations where we have contractual arrangements or where these wastes have been taken for disposal. In addition, many of these properties have been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or release of hydrocarbons or other wastes was not under our control. These properties and wastes disposed thereon may be subject to the Superfund law or other federal and state laws. Under these laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes, including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators, to clean up contaminated property, including groundwater contaminated by prior owners or operators, or to make capital improvements to prevent future contamination.

We are incurring ongoing costs for monitoring groundwater at several facilities that we operate. Assuming that we will be able to continue to use common monitoring methods or associated engineering or institutional controls to demonstrate compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, as we have in the past and regulations currently allow, we believe that these costs will not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Above-Ground Storage Tanks

Above-ground tanks that contain petroleum and other hazardous substances are subject to comprehensive regulation under environmental laws. Generally, these laws impose liabilities for releases and require secondary containment systems for tanks or require the operators take alternative precautions to ensure that no contamination results from tank leaks or spills. We believe we are in substantial compliance with environmental laws and regulations applicable to above-ground storage tanks.

The Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, addresses three principal areas of oil pollution—prevention, containment and cleanup. In order to handle, store or transport oil, we are required to file oil spill response plans with the United States Coast Guard (for marine facilities) and the EPA. States in which we operate have enacted laws similar to OPA. We maintain such plans, and when required have submitted plans and received federal and state approvals necessary to comply with the OPA, the Clean Water Act and related regulations. Further, we have trained employees who serve as emergency responders and also contract with various spill-response specialists to ensure appropriate expertise is available for any contingency, including spills of oil or refined products, from our

 

146


Table of Contents

facilities. These employees receive annual refresher emergency responder training, as well as annual and other periodic drills and training, to ensure that they are able to mitigate spills or other releases and control site response activities. We believe we are in substantial compliance with regulations promulgated under OPA and similar state laws.

Under OPA and comparable state laws, responsible parties for a regulated facility from which oil is discharged may be subject to strict, joint and several liability for removal costs and certain other consequences of an oil spill such as natural resource damages, where the spill is into navigable waters or along shorelines. Under the authority of the federal Clean Water Act, the EPA imposes specific requirements for Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure, or SPCC, plans that are designed to prevent, and minimize the impacts of, releases from above ground storage tanks.

From time to time, we experience spills and releases during various phases of our operations, and some of these releases can reach waters that applicable federal and state laws would define as navigable. For instance, on June 17, 2011, our River Road operations in Newington, New Hampshire experienced a release of approximately 170 gallons of No. 6 fuel oil into the surrounding waters of the Great Bay and the Piscataqua River. Our personnel notified local and federal officials promptly and implemented the existing spill plan in cooperation with all appropriate federal and state authorities, and the clean-up work was concluded shortly after the release. As a result of the spill, our predecessor entered into a Consent Decree with the state of New Hampshire on March 11, 2013, which included $41,000 in fines and penalties, along with a pipeline replacement and inspection program. Costs associated with the near term pipeline work are included in projected capital costs.

Water Discharges

The federal Clean Water Act, or CWA, and analogous state laws impose strict controls on the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the United States. This law and comparable state laws prohibit the discharge of pollutants into regulated waters, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or analogous state agency and impose substantial liabilities for noncompliance. The CWA also regulates the discharge of storm water runoff from certain industrial facilities. Accordingly, several of our facilities are required to obtain and maintain storm water discharge permits, which require monitoring and sampling of storm water runoff from such facilities. We believe we hold the required permits and operate in substantial compliance with those permits. While we have experienced permit discharge exceedences at some of our terminals, we do not expect any non-compliance with existing permits and foreseeable new permit requirements to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Air Emissions

Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act, or CAA, and comparable state and local laws. Under such laws, permits are typically required to emit pollutants into the atmosphere. We believe we currently hold or have applied for all necessary air permits and that we are in substantial compliance with applicable air laws and regulations. Although we can give no assurances, we are aware of no changes to air quality regulations that will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Various federal, state and local agencies have the authority to prescribe product quality specifications for the refined products that we sell, largely in an effort to reduce air pollution. Failure to comply with these regulations can result in substantial penalties. Although we can give no assurances, we believe we are currently in substantial compliance with these regulations

Changes in product quality specifications could require us to incur additional handling costs or reduce our throughput volume. For instance, different product specifications for different markets could require the construction of additional storage. States in which we operate have either started or plan to limit the sulfur content of home heating oil. Those who have plans for sulfur limitations are doing so in a phased-in approach over nearly five years. This transition could result in temporary supply restrictions as the storage logistics are modified accordingly, which could also increase our costs to purchase such oil or limit our ability to sell heating oil.

 

147


Table of Contents

Changing sulfur regulations also impact the residual fuel oil business. Restrictions on certain grades of product and in certain cases, banning residual fuel oil in certain municipalities or regions, will force us to reconfigure existing tanks that are in residual fuel oil service.

Climate Change

In response to the April 2007 United States Supreme Court ruling in Massachusetts, et al. v. EPA that the EPA has authority to regulate carbon dioxide emissions under the CAA, the EPA has taken several steps towards implementing regulations regarding the emission of greenhouse gases, or GHG. In 2009, the EPA issued a final rule declaring that six GHGs “endanger both the public health and the public welfare of current and future generations.” The issuance of this “endangerment finding” allows the EPA to begin regulating GHG emissions under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. In addition, the EPA has issued rules requiring the reporting of GHG emissions from specified large GHG emission sources in the United States, beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring in 2010. Certain state jurisdictions also have similar GHG reporting requirements. While our operations fall below the thresholds that would characterize large sources, we are required to implement systems to track certain purchases of product and we believe we are in material compliance with the regulations.

Hazardous and Solid Waste Management

Our operations generate a variety of wastes, including some hazardous wastes that are subject to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, or RCRA, and comparable state laws. By way of summary, these regulations impose detailed requirements for the handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste. Our operations also generate solid wastes which are regulated under state law or the less stringent solid waste requirements of the federal Solid Waste Disposal Act. We believe we are in substantial compliance with the existing requirements of RCRA, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, and similar state and local laws, and the cost involved in complying with these requirements is not material.

Environmental Insurance

We maintain insurance which may cover, in whole or in part, certain expenditures from releases of refined products. We maintain insurance policies with insurers to provide protection against certain risks such as bodily injury, property damage and first-priority cleanup from spills at terminals or while fuels are in transit. We maintain $200 million in insurance for spills at terminals and our deductible is $75,000. For spills occurring during inland truck or rail transportation, we maintain a $5 million limit with a $100,000 deductible. We evaluate these levels of coverage and deductibles on a recurring basis and will adjust as we deem prudent and the market allows. These policies do not cover all environmental liabilities, risks and costs, such as fines and penalties, which are commonly excluded from available coverage. Even for the types of liabilities, risks and costs that can be covered, such as those associated with spill response, remediation and third-party claims alleging personal injury and/or property damage, these policies may not provide sufficient coverage in the event an environmental claim is made against us.

Many of our agreements with third parties contain indemnities that may apply to spills or releases of refined products. These indemnities are typically reciprocal, however, and whether we are entitled to be indemnified or owe an obligation of indemnity will depend on the circumstances giving rise to the claim. Moreover, liability under these indemnities may also be subject to contractually negotiated floors and caps.

Security Regulation

Since the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States, the U.S. government has issued warnings that energy infrastructure assets may be future targets of terrorist organizations. These developments have subjected our operations to increased risks.

In 2002, the U.S. Congress enacted the Maritime Transportation Security Act, or MTSA, with the goal of preventing a maritime transportation security incident. Several of our storage and distribution facilities fall within the MTSA jurisdiction, which, as of 2008, requires stringent security measures taken by us as a precaution

 

148


Table of Contents

against possible terrorist attacks. These measures have resulted in increased costs to our business. Terrorist attacks aimed at our facilities could adversely affect our business, and any global and domestic economic repercussions from terrorist activities could adversely affect our business. For instance, terrorist activity could lead to increased volatility in prices for home heating oil, transportation fuels and other products we sell.

Insurance carriers are currently required to offer coverage for terrorist activities as a result of the federal Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, also known as TRIA. We have purchased this coverage with respect to our property and casualty insurance programs.

Employee Safety

We are subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and citizens. We believe our operations are in substantial compliance with the OSHA requirements.

With respect to the transportation of refined products by truck, we operate a truck fleet, which mainly distributes products we sell to our customers. We are subject to regulations promulgated under the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Act for those trucks that we operate. These regulations cover the transportation of hazardous materials and are administered by the U.S. Department of Transportation, or DOT. We conduct ongoing training programs to help ensure that our operations are in compliance with applicable regulations. We believe our operations are in substantial compliance with the DOT and OSHA requirements.

Title to Properties, Permits and Licenses

We believe we have all of the assets needed, including leases, permits and licenses, to operate our business in all material respects. With respect to any consents, permits or authorizations that have not been obtained, we believe the failure to obtain these consents, permits or authorizations will have no material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or distributable cash flow.

We believe we have satisfactory title to all of our assets. Title to property may be subject to encumbrances. We believe none of these encumbrances will materially detract from the value of our properties or from our interest in these properties, nor will they materially interfere with the use of these properties in the operation of our business.

Facilities

We lease office space for our principal executive office in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. The lease expires on January 31, 2014. We have signed a 15 year lease with two options to renew for five additional years each at a new location near our existing office.

Employees

To carry out our operations, we employed more than 400 full-time employees as of June 21, 2013. We also employ some “peak time” hourly workers who are on call during peak periods. These peak time employees do not receive benefits.

We currently have four collective bargaining agreements, representing a total of approximately 50 employees, in the following locations:

 

   

Lawrence, New York (drivers and mechanics): Collective bargaining agreement with the United Service Workers, TCU, Local 355, AFL-CIO. The current contract is in effect until June 30, 2015.

 

149


Table of Contents
   

Mount Vernon, New York (terminal operators): Collective bargaining agreement with the Teamsters, Local 456, an affiliate of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters. The current contract is in effect until May 31, 2015.

 

   

Providence, Rhode Island (terminal operators): Collective bargaining agreement with the State Fuel Handlers Union. The current contract is in effect until June 30, 2015.

 

   

Albany, New York (terminal operators): Collective bargaining agreement with the Teamsters Local 294, an affiliate of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters. The current contract is in effect until March 31, 2016.

We believe we have good working relationships with both our union and non-union workforce.

Legal Proceedings

Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business, we are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings, except as generally described below. In addition, we are not aware of any significant legal or governmental proceedings currently pending against us, or contemplated to be brought against us.

 

150


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Management of Sprague Resources LP

Sprague Resources GP LLC, as our general partner, will manage our operations and activities on our behalf through its officers and directors. Our general partner and the board of directors of our general partner are not elected by our unitholders and will not be subject to re-election on a regular basis in the future. Unitholders will not be entitled to directly or indirectly participate in our management or operation. Our general partner owes certain duties to our unitholders as well as fiduciary duties to its owner.

The board of directors of our general partner will oversee our operations. Upon the closing of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will have six members. Sprague Holdings, the owner of our general partner, intends to increase the size of the board of directors of our general partner to seven members following the closing of this offering. Sprague Holdings will appoint all directors to the board of directors of our general partner and we expect that, when the size of the board increases to seven directors, at least three of those directors will be independent as defined under the independence standards established by the NYSE.

Mr. Robert B. Evans and Mr. C. Gregory Harper are expected to join the board of directors of our general partner prior to or on the date our common units first trade on the NYSE. The board of directors of our general partner has determined that Messrs. Evans and Harper each satisfy the NYSE and SEC standards for independence. Sprague Holdings will appoint one additional independent director within twelve months of such date. The NYSE does not require a publicly traded limited partnership, like us, to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors of our general partner or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee. We are, however, required to have an audit committee of at least three members within twelve months of the date our common units are first traded on the NYSE, and all of its members are required to be independent as defined by the NYSE. The independent directors of the board of directors of our general partner will serve as the initial members of the audit committee of the board.

Whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take an action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity or in its sole discretion, it is entitled to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or any unitholder, and our general partner is not required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by our partnership agreement or under the Delaware Act or any other law. Examples include the exercise of its limited call rights, its voting rights with respect to the units it owns, its registration rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation. Actions of our general partner that are made in its individual capacity or in its sole discretion will be made by its ultimate parent, Axel Johnson.

In selecting and appointing directors to the board of directors of our general partner, the owner of our general partner does not intend to apply a formal diversity policy or set of guidelines. However, when appointing new directors, our general partner considers each individual director’s qualifications, skills, business experience and capacity to serve as a director, as described below for each director, and the diversity of these attributes for the board of directors of our general partner as a whole.

Board Committees

Conflicts Committee

Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or any unaffiliated unitholder, on the other, the board of directors of our general partner will resolve that conflict. The board of directors of our general partner may establish a conflicts committee to review specific matters that the board refers to it. The board of directors of our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. Such a committee would consist of a minimum of two members,

 

151


Table of Contents

none of whom can be officers or employees of our general partner or directors, officers or employees of its affiliates (other than as directors of our subsidiaries) and each of whom must meet the independence standards for service on an audit committee established by the NYSE and the SEC. Messrs. Harper and Evans will serve as the initial independent members of the conflicts committee. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our unitholders, and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders.

If the board of directors of our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee, and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of us or any unitholder, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.

Audit Committee

The board of directors of our general partner has an audit committee that assists it in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and corporate policies and controls. In compliance with the requirements of the NYSE, a majority of the members of the audit committee will be independent directors within 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement and all the members of the audit committee will be independent directors within one year of the effective date of the registration statement. Messrs. Harper and Evans will serve as the initial independent members of the audit committee. Mr. Harper will satisfy the definition of audit committee financial expert for purposes of the SEC rules. The audit committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting firm, approve all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof, and pre-approve any non-audit services to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee will also be responsible for confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the audit committee.

Director Compensation

Officers, employees or paid consultants and advisors of our general partner or its affiliates who also serve as our directors will not receive additional compensation for their service as our directors. We anticipate that directors who are not officers, employees or paid consultants and advisors of our general partner or its affiliates will receive a combination of cash and restricted common unit grants as compensation for attending meetings of the board of directors of our general partner and committees thereof. We expect that such compensation will consist of an annual retainer of $60,000 for each non-employee board member, paid in quarterly installments. We expect that each non-employee board member will additionally receive an initial grant of a number of restricted units having a grant date fair value of approximately $60,000 following the closing of this offering, subject to the terms and vesting schedules set forth in the applicable grant documents. We expect that each non-employee director will also receive an annual grant, effective on the anniversary date of such director’s appointment to the board of directors of our general partner, of the number of restricted units having a grant date fair value of approximately $60,000, subject to the terms and vesting schedules set forth in the applicable grant documents. Further, we expect that non-employee directors serving as a chairman or a member of a committee of the board of directors of our general partner will receive an annual retainer of $10,000 or $5,000, respectively, paid in quarterly installments.

All directors will receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses associated with attending meetings of the board of directors of our general partner or serving on committees. Each director and officer will receive liability insurance coverage and be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

 

152


Table of Contents

Directors and Executive Officers

The directors of our general partner hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal by the member of our general partner. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers of our general partner.

The executive officers of our general partner will manage the day-to-day affairs of our business. Executive officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors of our general partner. Affiliates of our general partner conduct businesses and activities of their own in which we have no economic interest but to which the officers and employees of our general partner and certain of our operating subsidiaries may devote a portion of their time. Although we believe that the executive officers of our general partner will initially devote substantially all of their time to the operation of our business, there could be material competition for the time and effort of the officers and employees who provide services to our general partner. The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers, directors, director nominees and certain other officers of our general partner upon consummation of this offering:

 

Name

   Age     

Position with our General Partner

Michael D. Milligan

     49       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ben J. Hennelly

     42       Director

David C. Glendon*

     47       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Gary A. Rinaldi*

     56      

Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director

Robert B. Evans

     64      

Director Nominee

C. Gregory Harper

     49      

Director Nominee

Thomas F. Flaherty*

     57       Vice President, Sales

Steven D. Scammon*

     51       Vice President, Trading and Pricing

Joseph S. Smith*

     56       Vice President, Chief Risk Officer and Strategic Planning

Paul A. Scoff*

     54       Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary

John W. Moore*

     55       Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller

James Therriault*

     52       Vice President, Materials Handling

Burton S. Russell

     58       Vice President, Terminals

Brian W. Weego*

     46       Vice President, Natural Gas

Frank B. Easton

     66       Vice President, Human Resources

Kevin G. Henry

     52       Vice President, Treasurer

 

* Indicates an “executive officer” for purposes of Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.

Michael D. Milligan —Mr. Milligan was appointed chairman of the board of directors of our general partner in July 2011. Mr. Milligan currently serves as a member of the board of directors of our predecessor and as the President & Chief Executive Officer of Axel Johnson, a position he has held since 2003. Prior to joining Axel Johnson, Mr. Milligan spent 17 years as a partner and member of the board of directors of Monitor Group, a global consulting and merchant banking group. While at Monitor, Mr. Milligan’s activities covered a broad range of disciplines and industry sectors, including oil and gas, communications technology, specialty chemicals and retail and consumer products. Mr. Milligan holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Bowdoin College and a Masters in Business Administration from Harvard University. We believe that Mr. Milligan’s more than 20 years of experience in the energy industry, as well as his extensive management skills he acquired through his involvement in the strategy, operations and governance of Axel Johnson, brings substantial perspective and leadership to our board.

Ben J. Hennelly —Mr. Hennelly was appointed to the board of directors of our general partner in July 2011. Mr. Hennelly currently serves as the Executive Vice President of Axel Johnson, a position he has held since March 13, 2007. Mr. Hennelly also currently serves as CFO of Decisyon Inc., an AJI portfolio company, which develops and markets enterprise collaboration software in the U.S. and Europe. Mr. Hennelly previously served as Chief Financial Officer for Axel Johnson during the period of March 2007 through June 2012. Mr. Hennelly has held various positions within the Axel Johnson Group since joining our predecessor in April 2003, including Vice President, Business Development of our predecessor and, more recently, Vice President, Corporate Development at

 

153


Table of Contents

Axel Johnson. Before joining the Axel Johnson Group, Mr. Hennelly was on the founding management team of EPIK Communications, a provider of broadband telecom services, and previously was a consultant with the Monitor Group, a global management strategy consulting firm, where he advised clients across a range of industries, including the energy industry. Mr. Hennelly holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Cornell University and a PhD from Brown University. We believe that Mr. Hennelly’s 14 years of consulting and management experience in a variety of industries, together with his deep understanding of our business from nearly three years of service at our predecessor, prepare Mr. Hennelly well to serve on the board of directors of our general partner.

David C. Glendon —Mr. Glendon was appointed to the board of directors of our general partner and was named President and Chief Executive Officer of our general partner in July 2011. Mr. Glendon currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of our predecessor, a position he has held since January 15, 2008. Mr. Glendon was hired by our predecessor on June 30, 2003 as the Senior Vice President of Oil and Materials Handling, focusing on driving the execution of a customer-centric approach across all elements of the business. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Glendon was a partner and global account manager at Monitor Group. He was also a founder and managing director of Monitor Equity Advisors, which worked with leading private capital providers in evaluating transactions and enhancing the strategic positions of their portfolio investments. Mr. Glendon received a Bachelor’s degree, cum laude, in Psychology from Williams College and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. As a result of his professional background, we believe Mr. Glendon brings executive-level strategic and financial skills along with significant operational experience that, when combined with his 15 years of consulting experience in a variety of industries and a deep knowledge of our business, make Mr. Glendon well-suited to serve on the board of directors of our general partner.

Gary A. Rinaldi —Mr. Rinaldi was appointed to the board of directors of our general partner, and was named Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of our general partner, in July 2011. Mr. Rinaldi also currently serves as Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of our predecessor, a position he has held since January 15, 2008. In such role, Mr. Rinaldi has responsibility for all terminals, materials handling and trucking operations, in addition to his duties as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Rinaldi has been continuously employed by our predecessor since he was hired on April 27, 2003 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Rinaldi was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer for the SUN Group. Prior to that, Mr. Rinaldi held several senior financial and operational management positions at Phibro Energy, a division of Salomon Inc., including Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Director of Phibro Energy Production Inc. Mr. Rinaldi received his Bachelor’s degree in Economics with a concentration in Accounting from The Wharton School, The University of Pennsylvania and is a former Certified Public Accountant. We believe that Mr. Rinaldi’s experience with our predecessor plus his 22 years of prior experience in a variety of senior financial and operational management roles in the energy industry, when combined with his past service on multiple boards of directors, allows him to bring substantial experience and leadership skills to the board of directors of our general partner.

C. Gregory Harper— Mr. Harper has served as Senior Vice President of Midstream of Southwestern Energy Company, a large independent gas and oil producer since August 2013. Before joining Southwestern Energy Mr. Harper served as Senior Vice President and Group President of CenterPoint Energy Pipelines and Field Services from December 2008 to June 2013. Before joining CenterPoint Energy in 2008, Mr. Harper served as President, Chief Executive Officer and as a Director of Spectra Energy Partners, LP from March 2007 to December 2008. From January 2007 to March 2007, Mr. Harper was Group Vice President of Spectra Energy Corp., and he was Group Vice President of Duke Energy from January 2004 to December 2006. Mr. Harper served as Senior Vice President of Energy Marketing and Management for Duke Energy North America from January 2003 until January 2004 and Vice President of Business Development for Duke Energy Gas Transmission and Vice President of East Tennessee Natural Gas, LLC from March 2002 until January 2003. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of the Interstate Natural Gas Association of America. Mr. Harper received his Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Kentucky and his Master’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Houston. We believe Mr. Harper’s extensive industry background, particularly his financial reporting and oversight expertise, will bring important experience and skill to the board of directors of our general partner.

 

154


Table of Contents

Robert B. Evans Mr. Evans has served as a director of the General Partner of Targa Resources Partners, LP since February 2007 and as a director of New Jersey Resources Corporation since 2009. Mr. Evans was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Duke Energy Americas, a business unit of Duke Energy Corp., from January 2004 to March 2006, after which he retired. Mr. Evans served as the transition executive for Energy Services, a business unit of Duke Energy, during 2003. Mr. Evans also served as President of Duke Energy Gas Transmission beginning in 1998 and was named President and Chief Executive Officer in 2002. Prior to his employment at Duke Energy, Mr. Evans served as Vice President of marketing and regulatory affairs for Texas Eastern Transmission and Algonquin Gas Transmission from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Evans received his Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from the University of Houston. We believe Mr. Evans’s extensive energy industry background, particularly his experience in senior leadership roles and board positions of other energy companies, will provide the board of directors of our general partner with valuable knowledge and skill.

Thomas F. Flaherty —Mr. Flaherty was appointed Vice President, Sales of our general partner in July 2011, a position he has held with our predecessor since November 28, 2006. In such role, Mr. Flaherty is responsible for all refined products sales and marketing activities. Mr. Flaherty has served in various roles during his continuous tenure with our predecessor since he was hired as an Account Executive in Coal Sales in July 1983, including Vice President, Commercial Sales and subsequently Vice President, Industrial Marketing. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Flaherty was employed by Eastern Associated Coal Corp, a Pittsburgh based coal production company. Mr. Flaherty received his Bachelor’s degree in Management from the University of Massachusetts and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the Whittemore School of Business, University of New Hampshire.

Steven D. Scammon —Mr. Scammon was appointed Vice President, Trading and Pricing of our general partner in July 2011, a position he has held with our predecessor since January 28, 2008. In such role, Mr. Scammon is responsible for refined products trading and pricing. Mr. Scammon also managed customer service until February 2013 at which time it was moved into marketing. Mr. Scammon joined our predecessor as Vice President, Clean Products on December 26, 2000 and has been continuously employed by our predecessor since then. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Scammon served as Senior Vice President with the Consolidated Natural Gas Energy Services Co. Prior to that, Mr. Scammon served in several positions with Louis Dreyfus Corporation including as Global Position Manager and Manager— National Accounts. Mr. Scammon received his Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Denison University.

Joseph S. Smith —Mr. Smith was appointed Vice President, Chief Risk Officer and Strategic Planning of our general partner in July 2011, a position he has held with our predecessor since July 3, 2006. In such role, Mr. Smith is tasked with oversight responsibility for risk management and related control processes. As part of this role, he has management responsibility for strategic planning, financial planning and analysis, middle office, and insurance groups. Mr. Smith has been an employee of our predecessor since April 2001 when he joined as Vice President, Corporate Planning and Development and was subsequently promoted to Vice President, Pricing and Performance Management. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Smith was a Principal with Arthur D. Little, Inc.’s international energy consulting practice. He also worked in various positions for Mobil Oil Corporation, including in the areas of sales and supply and research and development. Mr. Smith received his Bachelor’s degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Maine. He received a Master’s degree in Chemical Engineering from Pennsylvania State University and a Master’s degree in Business Administration in Finance from Drexel University.

Paul A. Scoff —Mr. Scoff was appointed Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary of our general partner in July 2011, a position he has held with our predecessor since June 1, 2011. Mr. Scoff has been continuously employed by our predecessor since December 1999, serving as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary during such time. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Scoff was the Vice President and General Counsel of Genesis Energy L.P., a publicly traded master limited partnership. Prior to Genesis, Mr. Scoff served as Senior Counsel with Basis Petroleum (formerly known as Phibro Energy U.S.A. Inc., a division of Salomon Inc.). He also served as Senior Counsel with The Coastal Corporation prior to joining Basis Petroleum. He received his Juris Doctorate from the University of Houston Law Center in 1984 and his Bachelor’s degree, cum laude, in Political Science and English from Washington and Jefferson College in 1981.

 

155


Table of Contents

John W. Moore —Mr. Moore was appointed Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller of our general partner in July 2011 and as such is responsible for our financial reporting. Mr. Moore currently serves as the Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller of our predecessor, and has been continuously employed by our predecessor since joining in June 1998 as the Chief Accounting Officer and Controller. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Moore worked as an auditor at Arthur Andersen LLP and in various senior accounting management capacities at Phibro and Valero Energy Corporation. Mr. Moore’s accounting experience includes both his experience with our predecessor plus 15 years of prior experience in the energy industry. Mr. Moore received a Bachelor’s degree, magna cum laude, in Accounting from Texas Tech University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

James A. Therriault —Mr. Therriault was appointed Vice President, Materials Handling of our general partner in July 2011, a position he has held with our predecessor since October 2003. As Vice President, Materials Handling, Mr. Therriault is responsible for the sales and business development efforts of our materials handling business unit. Mr. Therriault has held a variety of business and financial positions since joining our predecessor in 1984. Mr. Therriault graduated from The University of New Hampshire in 1983 with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics and from the University of Southern New Hampshire in 1987 with a Master’s degree in Business Administration.

Burton S. Russell —Mr. Russell was appointed Vice President, Operations of our general partner in July 2011, a position he has held with our predecessor since 2003. As Vice President, Operations, Mr. Russell is responsible for the safe, environmentally responsible and cost efficient operation of our terminals and fleet. He joined our predecessor in 1998 and has continuously served in various positions, including responsibilities for terminals, fleet, safety, regulatory compliance, engineering and materials handling. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Russell spent 21 years as a commissioned officer in the U.S. Coast Guard, serving the majority of that time in their Marine Technical, Port Safety and Environmental Protection programs. His last duty assignment was as the Captain of the Port, Officer in Charge of Marine Inspection and Federal On Scene Coordinator at the Marine Safety Office located in Portland, Maine. Mr. Russell received a Bachelor of Science degree in Ocean Engineering from the U.S. Coast Guard Academy. He received two Master’s degrees from the University of Michigan: one in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering and a second in Mechanical Engineering. He is also a licensed Professional Engineer.

Brian W. Weego —Mr. Weego was appointed Vice President, Natural Gas of our general partner in July 2011, a position he has held with our predecessor since June 7, 2010. As Vice President, Natural Gas, Mr. Weego is responsible for all elements of the natural gas business unit. Mr. Weego has been continuously employed by our predecessor since he was hired on December 7, 1998, having served as Manager, Natural Gas Supply Operations; Director, Natural Gas Marketing; and Managing Director, Natural Gas Marketing. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Weego spent 11 years in various segments in the natural gas industry and has worked for the Coastal Corporation (wholesale natural gas origination and sales), O&R Energy (natural gas supply and trading) and Commonwealth Gas Company (natural gas utility supply planning and acquisition). Mr. Weego received a Bachelor of Science degree in Management from Lesley University and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the University of New Hampshire Whittemore School of Business and Economics.

Frank B. Easton —Mr. Easton was appointed Vice President, Human Resources of our general partner in July 2011, a position he has held with our predecessor since August 3, 1998. He previously served in a consulting capacity for our predecessor beginning in March 1998. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Easton served as a Director of Human Resources at Dell Computer Corporation and Sequent Computer Systems, and, prior thereto, he served in a variety of finance and human resources roles at Wang Laboratories. Mr. Easton received his Bachelor’s Degree in Sociology from Keene State College and his Master’s Degree in Business Administration from the Executive Program, Whittemore School of Business, University of New Hampshire.

Kevin G. Henry —Mr. Henry was appointed Vice President, Treasurer of our general partner in March 2012. Previously he was appointed Treasurer of our general partner in July 2011, a position he has held with our

 

156


Table of Contents

predecessor since October 1, 2003. His primary responsibilities include managing liquidity, banking relationships, cash management and interest rate hedging programs. Additionally, Mr. Henry has management responsibility for the credit department and contract administration. Prior to joining our predecessor, Mr. Henry was an Assistant Treasurer for nine years with Tosco Corporation, a publicly held integrated oil company with refining, marketing and retail service stations. Mr. Henry previously worked for Phibro in various financial capacities. Mr. Henry received a Bachelor’s degree in Management from St. Francis College with further accreditations from the Graduate School of Credit and Financial Management at Dartmouth College and the American Graduate School of International Management at Thunderbird University.

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

Our general partner will not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of us, except as set forth in the services agreement that we will enter into in connection with the closing of this offering. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, our general partner and its affiliates will be reimbursed for all expenses incurred on our behalf for managing and controlling our business and operations.

Pursuant to the terms of the services agreement, our general partner will agree to provide certain general and administrative services and operational services to us, and we will agree to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services to us, including salary, bonus, incentive compensation, insurance premiums and other amounts allocable to the employees and directors of our general partner or its affiliates that perform services on our behalf. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Services Agreement.” Our general partner and its affiliates also may provide us other services for which we may be charged fees as determined by our general partner.

There is no cap on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid by us to our general partner or its affiliates pursuant to our partnership agreement or the services agreement. We project that the aggregate amount of reimbursements and fees to be paid by us to our general partner (including approximately $2.1 million of annual incremental selling, general and administrative expense that we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership) will be approximately $72.6 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Services Agreement.”

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

Our general partner has sole responsibility for conducting our business and for managing our operations and its board of directors and officers make decisions on our behalf. We have no employees. We will reimburse our general partner for the expense of the services its employees provide to us and it, including compensation expenses for executive officers and directors of our general partner. Please read “—Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner.” Similarly, we have not formed a compensation committee. While it may in the future establish a compensation committee for such purposes following the closing of this offering and for the foreseeable future the full board of directors of our general partner will determine the future compensation of the directors and officers of our general partner, including its Named Executive Officers (as described below).

Historically, including during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, the President and Chief Executive Officer of our predecessor worked with the compensation committee of Axel Johnson, or the Predecessor Committee, to set the pay for the executives of our predecessor. The individuals who served as executives of our predecessor began serving as executives of our general partner, and by extension serving as our executive officers, upon our formation in June 2011. Following the closing of this offering, the pay for the executive officers of our general partner will be set by the board of directors of our general partner.

The purpose of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis is to explain our philosophy for determining the compensation program for the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers of our general partner for 2012, or the Named Executive Officers, and to discuss why

 

157


Table of Contents

and how the 2012 compensation package for these executives was implemented. We were not formed until June 2011, and the assets and operations of our predecessor will only be contributed to us in conjunction with the closing of this offering. However, because the vast majority of the assets and operations of our predecessor will be contributed to us in connection with this offering and the executive officers of our predecessor will be the executive officers of our general partner, we believe that disclosure regarding our executive officers’ compensation for the full fiscal year 2012, which was set and paid by our predecessor, is generally appropriate and relative to our own compensation philosophy and, as such, is disclosed in the tables below and discussed in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis. The Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

   

David C. Glendon—President and Chief Executive Officer

 

   

Gary A. Rinaldi—Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Thomas F. Flaherty—Vice President, Sales

 

   

Steven D. Scammon—Vice President, Trading and Pricing

 

   

Joseph S. Smith—Vice President, Chief Risk Officer and Strategic Planning

Following this discussion are tables that include compensation information for the Named Executive Officers.

Objectives of Our Executive Compensation Program

Historically, our executive compensation program has been based on the following principles:

 

   

The compensation paid to our executives should be competitive with that paid to the executives of those companies with which we compete for executive talent so that we attract and retain a skilled and experienced management team.

 

   

Incentive compensation should be a material portion of total compensation so that our executives are properly motivated to focus on achieving or exceeding our financial and business goals.

 

   

Axel Johnson should receive a threshold return on investment before the payout of any incentive compensation, so as to align the interests of the executive team with those of Axel Johnson.

Mr. Glendon and the Predecessor Committee believed these objectives were best met by providing a mix of competitive base salaries in combination with short- and long-term cash compensation. This mix of compensation elements has provided us with a successful compensation program that has allowed us to attract and retain a quality team of executives while motivating them to provide a high level of performance. As described in more detail below in the section entitled “—Setting Executive Compensation,” going forward, the board of directors of our general partner (including Mr. Glendon) will oversee our executive compensation. We expect that they will utilize similar principles as they manage these programs and set executive pay, although they may make certain adjustments to the types of compensation provided and performance metrics used in order to more accurately reflect a compensation program appropriate for a publicly traded entity. Specifically, we believe that ensuring that our unitholders receive a threshold return on investment before target payout of incentive compensation will continue to be an important aspect of our compensation philosophy.

Setting Executive Compensation

The Predecessor Committee had the authority to make all major decisions with regard to the compensation of our Named Executive Officers. Historically, the Predecessor Committee asked that Mr. Glendon make recommendations regarding the base salaries for each of the Named Executive Officers (with the exception of his own compensation, which was set by the Predecessor Committee). Additionally, Mr. Glendon made recommendations to the Predecessor Committee regarding the level of annual and long-term bonuses he believed was appropriate for each of the Named Executive Officers based on their performance and level of responsibility.

 

158


Table of Contents

The Predecessor Committee took these recommendations into consideration when making final determinations with regard to the levels of annual and long-term bonuses for each of the Named Executive Officers. Following the consummation of this offering, it is expected that Mr. Glendon will work with the board of directors of our general partner in a similar fashion as he did with the Predecessor Committee, recommending base salaries for the remaining Named Executive Officers and working in connection with the board to determine bonuses as well as other incentive compensation elements.

Components of Compensation

For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, the compensation for our Named Executive Officers consisted of the following elements:

 

   

Base salary;

 

   

Discretionary annual cash bonus awards;

 

   

Discretionary cash awards under our long-term incentive program (the “LTIP”); and

 

   

Other benefits, including retirement, car, health and welfare and related benefits.

Base Salary . Each Named Executive Officer’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation and does not vary depending on the level of performance achieved. Base salaries for all executives, including Named Executive Officers, were historically set at levels deemed appropriate to retain their services. The Predecessor Committee and Mr. Glendon considered the responsibilities associated with each Named Executive Officer’s position, each executive’s experience, skill and education, and each executive’s potential to contribute to our overall success. For example, when Mr. Glendon assumed the role as President and Chief Executive Officer, the Predecessor Committee considered both his prior experience and performance as our Senior Vice President of Sales and, prior to that, at the Monitor Group, as well as the additional responsibility that he would be taking on in his new position. In establishing the base salaries for the rest of our Named Executive Officers, the Predecessor Committee and Mr. Glendon also considered the extent to which the particular individual had the skills to help us solve the organizational challenges we faced at that time and the expertise to help us meet our future business goals. Finally, the Predecessor Committee and Mr. Glendon considered the other employment opportunities available to the executive and earning potential associated with those opportunities. We expect that these factors will continue to drive base salary decisions after the close of this offering.

Base salaries for each Named Executive Officer were reviewed annually by the Predecessor Committee as well as at the time of any promotion or significant change in job responsibilities, and in connection with each review individual and company performance over the course of that year were considered. In some, but not all, years, broad-based third-party compensation surveys were reviewed in order to obtain a general understanding of current compensation practices. The Predecessor Committee did not use the information contained in these surveys to benchmark compensation, but rather to ensure that our pay practices are generally in line with the market. The Predecessor Committee did not utilize third-party surveys in its review of compensation levels for Named Executive Officers during 2012.

In 2012 and 2013, following a review of base salary levels for each Named Executive Officer other than himself, Mr. Glendon recommended and the Predecessor Committee approved slight increases in the base salaries of Messrs. Flaherty, Scammon and Smith. This decision was made in an attempt to balance our desire to retain the services of these officers in a competitive employment market and account for slight increases in the cost of living, while acknowledging our concern regarding the relatively weak overall economy.

 

159


Table of Contents

The Predecessor Committee chose not to increase the base salaries for Messrs. Glendon and Rinaldi in an attempt to maintain equitable pay practices between and among companies owned by Axel Johnson. The 2012 increases below became effective on March 26, 2012 for Messrs. Flaherty, Scammon and Smith. The 2013 increases below became effective on April 1, 2013 for Messrs. Flaherty, Scammon and Smith.

 

Name

   April 2011 Base Salaries      March 2012 Base Salaries      April 2013 Base Salaries  

David C. Glendon

   $ 350,000       $ 350,000       $ 350,000   

Gary A. Rinaldi

   $ 350,000       $ 350,000       $ 350,000   

Thomas F. Flaherty

   $ 239,755       $ 245,749       $ 248,206   

Steven D. Scammon

   $ 250,101       $ 255,728       $ 258,285   

Joseph S. Smith

   $ 224,783       $ 230,403       $ 232,707   

Providing our Named Executive Officers with competitive base salaries helps to mitigate any risk to us that may be created by providing these individuals with the opportunity to earn incentive compensation by ensuring that at least a portion of their income is not subject to change based on our financial performance. Additionally, we believe that the competitive base salaries we pay to our Named Executive Officers help us to satisfy the objectives of our executive compensation program by attracting and retaining experienced executive talent.

Incentive Compensation Pool . The incentive compensation pool has historically been used to fund both our annual and long-term bonus programs. The incentive compensation pool formula was created by the Predecessor Committee in December of the year prior to the year to which the formula is applied. In 2012, the minimum acceptable threshold return to Axel Johnson is 5%. This calculation employs our predecessor’s December 31, 2011 equity balance, plus any amounts owed to Axel Johnson, less any cash distributions made to Axel Johnson through June 30, 2012. The incentive compensation pool calculation was based solely on earnings before taxes from operations, excluding any extraordinary one-time gains or losses from acquisitions or divestitures.

Thirty percent of pre-tax profit above the minimum acceptable threshold rate of return for Axel Johnson was allocated to funding the incentive compensation pool. The incentive compensation pool is then split to fund annual cash bonuses (75% of the incentive compensation pool) and LTIP bonuses (25% of the incentive compensation pool). In 2012, the total incentive compensation pool was $3,713,000 ($2,786,000 of which was allocated to the annual cash bonus program and $927,000 of which was allocated to the LTIP). The 2012 compensation pool, and in turn the annual cash bonuses and LTIP bonuses awarded thereunder, were approved by the Predecessor Committee in March 2013.

Also in March 2013, the Predecessor Committee approved the formula to be used to calculate the incentive compensation pool for 2013. The minimum acceptable threshold return to owner’s equity is 5%. The calculation employs our predecessor’s December 31, 2012 equity balance plus any amounts owed to Axel Johnson less any cash distributions made to Axel Johnson through February 28, 2013. Twenty six percent of Operating Cash Flow above the minimum acceptable threshold rate of return will be allocated to funding the 2013 incentive compensation pool. For the purpose of this calculation, Operating Cash Flow shall be defined as Profit Before Income Taxes, plus Depreciation and Amortization, less Capital Expenditures (to be measured on a GAAP basis). The incentive compensation pool will then be split to fund annual cash bonuses (75% of the incentive pool) and LTIP bonuses (25% of the incentive pool).

We believe this program fulfills our executive compensation objectives by ensuring that the annual bonus program and LTIP are funded in a manner such that the employees who participate in those programs share in our financial success, while ensuring that Axel Johnson receives a minimum rate of return on their investment prior to the funding of the pool, and the majority of all profit in excess of that minimum.

We anticipate that the incentive compensation pool program, including both the annual cash bonus and cash long-term incentive programs, will remain in effect at least through the date of the consummation of this offering; however, modification of the program during 2013 (and beyond) is possible and, as such, the information above with respect to formulas used to calculate the incentive pool is subject to change. Further, following the consummation of this offering any payments made under our annual bonus or long term incentive

 

160


Table of Contents

programs may be made in the form of our common units, cash or a combination of the two. We expect that, going forward, Mr. Glendon and the board of directors of our general partner will seek to satisfy similar objectives by instituting a new incentive compensation program that comparably achieves the goals of our executive compensation program. Such a program will not be designed or implemented until an undetermined time after the consummation of this offering.

Annual Bonus . A significant portion of the total compensation for each of our Named Executive Officers has historically been paid in the form of an annual cash bonus. While base salaries offer an important retention tool by providing a guaranteed income stream to our employees, we seek to incentivize and motivate employees to strive for both individual and overall company success by providing a substantial portion of their compensation in the form of discretionary annual cash bonuses so that our employees may share in the profits of the enterprise. Further, we feel that our industry has historically relied heavily on performance-based cash bonuses to compensate executive officers, and we want our compensation program to be consistent with industry trends and practices.

Annual cash bonuses for our Named Executive Officers are structured around target bonus amounts for each executive. When setting these targets for executives, including the Named Executive Officers, Mr. Glendon and the Predecessor Committee took into consideration each Named Executive Officer’s position within the company as well as their relative level of responsibility and their ability to directly impact our success. The targets for Messrs. Flaherty, Scammon and Smith are each set at 50% of their base salary, which is consistent with other employees serving at the Vice President level. The target for Messrs. Glendon and Rinaldi is set at 100% of their base salary in order to reflect the additional responsibilities associated with their respective positions.

We have no obligation to pay the Named Executive Officers any amount of annual cash bonus; the target bonus amounts are simply guideposts or goals. The actual amount of annual bonus paid out to each of the Named Executive Officers varies from year to year based on both individual and company performance. The primary objective for all executives, including the Named Executive Officers, is the improvement of our aggregate financial performance. As such, our financial performance is reflected in the calculation of the incentive compensation pool and is also reflected in our evaluation of the individual’s performance for the year. For example, we would take into account the performance and revenue generation of a division the Named Executive Officer oversees or a project that he or she worked on extensively. Named Executive Officers also have personal development objectives, for example, developing direct reports and bench strength, lowering expenses, implementing new systems, identifying and developing new business opportunities and successful execution of programs. These personal objectives are also taken into account in determining the amount of the Named Executive Officer’s annual bonus relative to their target bonus. Besides the formula used to calculate the incentive compensation pool, the process of determining the amount of each Named Executive Officer’s annual bonus each year is largely subjective, not formula-based, and entirely in the discretion of Mr. Glendon and the Predecessor Committee.

For 2012, the amount of the annual cash bonus program pool was $2,786,000. Annual bonuses have historically been awarded to our Named Executive Officers at the discretion of Mr. Glendon and the Predecessor Committee. When determining the amount of each Named Executive Officer’s bonus, Mr. Glendon and the Predecessor Committee took into consideration each Named Executive Officer’s performance during the year, their level of responsibility, and their contribution to our financial success. For example, all executives, including the Named Executive Officers, received less than their target bonus in 2012 due to overall company performance being lower than expected. Specifically, we did not meet expected performance with respect to our oil business but that was set off in part because we exceeded expectations in our material handling and natural gas businesses, so the Predecessor Committee took into account each Named Executive Officer’s role in the achievement of these results when setting annual cash bonuses for 2012. The pool was distributed to our Named Executive Officers in March 2013, following the acceptance of our audited financial statements by our predecessor’s board of directors.

We believe that our annual bonus program furthered the objectives of our executive compensation program in 2012 by (i) providing compensation opportunities that were competitive with those provided by companies

 

161


Table of Contents

with which we compete for executive talent, thereby helping us to attract and retain talented executives and (ii) tying our Named Executive Officers’ compensation to our financial success and each executive’s individual performance, which in turn aligned our officer’s interests with those of our members.

Long-term incentive program . Another significant element of our historic executive compensation program was the opportunity to earn a cash bonus under our LTIP. At the end of each year, Mr. Glendon has historically evaluated the performance of each Named Executive Officer (other than himself) in order to recommend to the Predecessor Committee the final LTIP award amount that he believed was warranted for each executive for that year. When determining the amounts to be distributed to the Named Executive Officers under the cash long-term incentive program, Mr. Glendon and the Predecessor Committee have historically taken into consideration each Named Executive Officer’s position within the company as well as their relative level of responsibility and their ability to directly impact our longer term development and success. The amounts payable to Messrs. Glendon and Rinaldi were typically substantially similar and were greater than amounts paid to any other participants in the program in order to reflect the additional responsibilities associated with their respective positions. The amounts payable to Messrs. Flaherty, Scammon and Smith were typically less than the amounts paid to Messrs. Glendon and Rinaldi, which is consistent with other employees serving at the Vice President level. Differences in the amounts of the payments distributed under the long-term incentive program between these Vice President level executives, including our Named Executive Officers, has been based on a review of the executive’s performance, increase or decrease in level of responsibility, and level of direct contribution to our financial success, strategic development, and growth, in each case, over the preceding year. There was no specific formula used in this analysis of performance. For example, in 2012 the cash long-term incentive pool that was generated for distribution to all executives, including the Named Executive Officers, reflected the fact that our overall company performance was lower than expected. Specifically, we did not meet expected performance with respect to our oil business but that was set off in part because we exceeded expectations in our material handling and natural gas businesses, so the Predecessor Committee took into account each Named Executive Officer’s role in the achievement of these results. The LTIP award that was eventually approved by the Predecessor Committee is designed to be paid in cash to each of the participants in three equal installments. The first payment has historically been made following our predecessor board of directors’ acceptance of our audited financial statements (typically in March of the year following the year for which the LTIP award was made) and the remaining two payments have been scheduled to be made at the same time in each of the following two years. However, the second and third payments are contingent upon (i) our earning at least the minimum acceptable threshold return (as described in more detail in the section above entitled “—Incentive Compensation Pool”) for each of those years, (ii) the participant continuing to be employed by us on each of the payment dates, and (iii) our discretionary determination each year that such payments should be made based on company-wide as well as individual performance.

In 2012, our performance generated an aggregate LTIP bonus pool equal to $927,000 to be paid out in three equal annual installments of $309,000 per year contingent upon the factors enumerated above. The initial payment was made in March 2013 following the acceptance of our audited financials statements by our Predecessor Committee.

In 2011, our performance generated an aggregate LTIP bonus pool equal to $2,043,000 to be paid out in three equal annual installments of $681,000 per year contingent upon the factors enumerated above. The initial payment was made in April 2012 following the acceptance of our audited financials by our predecessor board. The second payment of $681,000 for 2011 performance was paid in March 2013 after acceptance of our 2012 audited financial statements.

In 2010, our performance generated an aggregate LTIP bonus pool equal to $1,305,000 to be paid out in three equal annual installments of $435,000 per year, contingent upon the factors enumerated above. The initial payment was made in March 2011 following the acceptance of our audited financials by our predecessor’s board of directors. The second payment of $435,000 for 2010 performance was paid in April 2012 after acceptance of our 2011 audited financial statements. The third payment of $435,000 for 2010 performance was paid in March 2013 after acceptance of our 2012 audited financial statements.

 

162


Table of Contents

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

In order to incentivize our management following the completion of this offering to continue to grow our business, our general partner intends to adopt a new long-term incentive plan, the Sprague Resources LP 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the New LTIP, prior to the effective date of this public offering, for the benefit of employees, consultants, and directors of our general partner and its affiliates, who perform services for us. Each of the Named Executive Officers will be eligible to participate in the New LTIP. Unlike our Predecessor’s LTIP, which provides only cash awards, we expect that the New LTIP will provide us with the flexibility to grant unit options, restricted units, phantom units, unit appreciation rights, cash awards, distribution equivalent rights, substitute awards, and other unit-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing.   These awards are intended to align the interests of plan participants (including the Named Executive Officers) with those of our unitholders and to give plan participants the opportunity to share in our long-term performance. Other than grants of restricted units to our non-employee directors, which will be effective upon the effective date of this public offering, we do not plan to grant any awards under the New LTIP or make any decisions about grants to our Named Executive Officers until an undetermined time after the consummation of this offering.

Units Reserved Under the Plan

The New LTIP will initially limit the number of common units that may be delivered pursuant to vested awards to 800,000 common units. On January 1 of each calendar year occurring after the second anniversary of the effective date and prior to the expiration of the New LTIP, the total number of common units reserved and available for issuance under the New LTIP will increase by 200,000 common units. Units cancelled, settled in cash, forfeited or withheld to satisfy exercise prices or tax withholding obligations will be available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The common units delivered pursuant to such awards may be common units acquired in the open market or acquired from any affiliate or other person, or any combination of the foregoing, as determined in the discretion of the committee (as defined below).

Administration of the Plan

The New LTIP will be administered by the board of directors of our general partner or an alternative committee appointed by the board of directors of our general partner, which we refer to together as the committee. The committee may also delegate its duties as appropriate. The committee may terminate or amend the New LTIP or any part of the New LTIP at any time with respect to any common units for which a grant has not yet been made, including increasing the number of common units that may be granted, subject to the requirements of the exchange upon which the units are listed at that time or other applicable law. However, no change other than changes pursuant to a subdivision or consolidation of units, a recapitalization, or a change in control or other “corporate event”, may be made that would materially reduce the rights or benefits of a participant without the consent of the participant. The New LTIP will expire upon the earlier of (i) its termination by the board of directors of our general partner, (ii) the date common units are no longer available under the New LTIP for grants or (iii) the tenth anniversary of the date the New LTIP is approved by our general partner.

Awards

In General. The committee may make grants of unit options, restricted units, phantom units, unit appreciation rights, distribution equivalent rights, substitute awards, cash awards and other unit-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing, which grants shall contain such terms as the committee shall determine, including terms governing the service period and/or performance conditions pursuant to which any such awards will vest and/or be settled, as applicable. The availability and grant of units and other unit-based awards are intended to furnish additional compensation to plan participants and to align their economic interests with those of our public unitholders. In addition, the grant of restricted units and phantom units under the New LTIP is intended to serve as a means of incentive compensation for performance and, to a lesser extent, to provide an opportunity for plan participants to participate in the equity appreciation of our common units. Plan participants will not pay any consideration for the common units they receive pursuant to an award of restricted units, or in connection with the settlement of an award of phantom units, and we will receive no remuneration for such units.

 

163


Table of Contents

The number of common units subject to awards will be determined by the committee. When considering the type and number of awards to make under the New LTIP, the committee will consider its general compensation policies and philosophies.

Unit Options . Unit options are options to acquire common units at a specified price. The exercise price of each option granted under the New LTIP will be stated in the option agreement and may vary; provided, however, that, the exercise price for an option must not be less than 100% of the fair market value per common unit as of the date of grant of the option unless that option award is intended to otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Options may be exercised in the manner and at such times as the committee determines for each option, unless that option award is determined to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, where the option award will be subject to any necessary timing restrictions imposed by the Code or federal regulations. The committee will determine the methods and form of payment for the exercise price of an option and the methods and forms in which common units will be delivered to a participant.

Restricted Units. A restricted unit is a common unit that vests over a period of time and during that time is subject to forfeiture. The committee will be able to make grants of restricted units containing such terms as it shall determine, including the period over which restricted units will vest.

Phantom Units . A phantom unit entitles the grantee to receive a common unit upon or as soon as reasonably practicable following the phantom unit’s settlement date or, in the discretion of the committee, a cash payment equivalent to the fair market value of a common unit calculated on the day the phantom units vest. The committee will be able to make grants of phantom units containing such terms as it shall determine, including the period over which phantom units vest.

Unit Appreciation Rights (“UAR”). A UAR is the right to receive, in cash or in common units, as determined by the committee, an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one common unit on the date of exercise over the grant price of the UAR. The committee will be able to make grants of UARs and will determine the time or times at which a UAR may be exercised in whole or in part. The exercise price of each UAR granted under the New LTIP will be stated in the UAR agreement and may vary; provided, however, that, the exercise price must not be less than 100% of the fair market value per common unit as of the date of grant of the UAR unless that UAR award is intended to otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Distribution Equivalent Rights (“DER”). The committee will be able to grant DERs in tandem with awards under the New LTIP (other than an award of restricted units or a unit award). DERs entitle the participant to receive cash equal to the amount of any cash distributions made by us during the period the DER is outstanding. Payment of a DER issued in connection with another award may be subject to the same vesting terms as the award to which it relates or different vesting terms, in the discretion of the committee.

Substitute Awards. The New LTIP will permit the grant of awards in substitution for similar awards held by individuals who become employees, consultants or directors as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition by us, an affiliate of another entity or the assets of another entity. Such substitute awards that are unit options or UARs may have exercise prices less than 100% of the fair market value per common unit on the date of the substitution if such substitution complies with Section 409A of the Code and its regulations, and other applicable laws and exchange rules.

Cash Awards and Other Unit-Based Awards . The New LTIP will permit the grant of cash awards or other unit-based awards, which are awards that may be based, in whole or in part, on the value or performance of a common unit or are denominated or payable in common units. Upon settlement, the unit-based award may be paid in common units, cash or a combination thereof, as provided in the award agreement.

Performance Awards. The committee may condition the right to exercise or receive an award under the New LTIP, or may increase or decrease the amount payable with respect to an award, based on the attainment of one or more performance conditions deemed appropriate by the committee.

 

164


Table of Contents

Other Provisions

Termination of Employment.  If a grantee’s employment, consulting arrangement or membership on the board of directors of our general partner terminates for any reason, the grantee’s unvested options, restricted units, phantom units and UARs will automatically be forfeited unless and to the extent the committee or the terms of the award agreement provide otherwise.

Tax Withholding.  Unless other arrangements are made, the committee will be authorized to withhold from any award, from any payment due under any award, or from any compensation or other amount owing to a participant the amount (in cash, units, units that would otherwise be issued pursuant to such award, or other property) of any applicable taxes payable with respect to the grant of an award, its settlement, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions applicable to an award or in connection with any payment relating to an award or the transfer of an award and to take such other actions as may be necessary to satisfy the withholding obligations with respect to an award.

Anti-Dilution Adjustments.  If any “equity restructuring” event occurs that could result in an additional compensation expense under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“FASB ASC Topic 718”) if adjustments to awards with respect to such event were discretionary, the committee will equitably adjust the number and type of units covered by each outstanding award and the terms and conditions of such award to equitably reflect the restructuring event, and the committee will adjust the number and type of units with respect to which future awards may be granted. With respect to a similar event that would not result in a FASB ASC Topic 718 accounting charge if adjustment to awards were discretionary, the committee shall have complete discretion to adjust awards in the manner it deems appropriate. In the event the committee makes any adjustment in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made with respect to the maximum number of units available under the New LTIP and the kind of units or other securities available for grant under the New LTIP. Furthermore, in the case of (i) a subdivision or consolidation of the common units (by reclassification, split or reverse split or otherwise), (ii) a recapitalization, reclassification or other change in our capital structure or (iii) any other reorganization, merger, combination, exchange or other relevant change in capitalization of our equity, then a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the New LTIP, as appropriate, with respect to the maximum number of units available under the New LTIP, the number of units that may be acquired with respect to an award, and, if applicable, the exercise price of an award in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of awards as a result of such events.

Change of Control. Upon a “change of control” (as defined in the New LTIP and as summarized below), the committee may, in its discretion, (i) remove any forfeiture restrictions applicable to an award, (ii) accelerate the time of exercisability or vesting of an award, (iii) require awards to be surrendered in exchange for a cash payment, (iv) cancel unvested awards without payment or (v) make adjustments to awards as the committee deems appropriate to reflect the change of control. For purposes of the New LTIP, a “change of control” occurs (a) when any person or group, other than us, our general partner or an affiliate of either us or of our general partner, becomes the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the voting power of the voting securities of us or our general partner, (b) upon the approval of a plan of complete liquidation of us or our general partner, (c) upon the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our general partner’s assets or our assets, (d) when our current general partner or an affiliate of our current general partner ceases to be our general partner, or (e) upon any other event as described in an award agreement with respect to an award under the New LTIP. Further, if an award granted under the New LTIP constitutes a “deferral of compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, a “change of control” will not be deemed to occur unless that event also constitutes a “change in the ownership of a corporation”, a “change in the effective control of a corporation”, or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets”, in each case within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the treasury regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code, as applied to non-corporate entities.

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

The Named Executive Officers did not have agreements with us that contained severance provisions or change in control payment provisions during the 2012 fiscal year. However, we have a general practice of paying

 

165


Table of Contents

severance to certain of our employees in the event they are terminated by us without cause and they agree to sign a release. The severance historically provided to executives, such as the Named Executive Officers, serving at the Vice President level and above consists of the following: (i) 12 months of severance, (ii) six months of outplacement support, and (iii) health and dental insurance for 12 months at the same cost to the individual as they paid during their employment with us.

We believe that the severance practices we have followed with regard to certain employees in the past have created important retention tools for us, as post-termination payments have allowed employees to leave our employment with value in the event of certain terminations of employment that were beyond their control. As a general matter, post-termination payments allow management to focus their attention and energy on making objective business decisions that are in the interest of the company without allowing personal considerations to affect the decision-making process. Additionally, executive officers at other companies in our industry and the general market in which we compete for executive talent commonly provide post-termination payments, and we have consistently provided this benefit to certain executives in order to remain competitive in attracting and retaining skilled professionals in our industry. We expect that certain executives, including the Named Executive Officers, will continue to receive potential severance benefits following this offering in connection with qualifying terminations of employment and/or change in control events, but we have not put any specific plans or individual agreements in place at this time.

Other Benefits

Health and Welfare Benefits . All of our regular scheduled full-time employees, including our Named Executive Officers, receive the same health and welfare benefits. The benefits include group health, vision, and dental insurance coverage; participation in our 401(k) and defined contribution pension plan; short- and long-term disability insurance and life insurance coverage; participation in our flexible spending plan; and tuition assistance. The health and dental plans require employee contributions toward the cost of premiums. We provide short- and long-term disability as well as basic life insurance at no cost to our employees. Employees may also elect additional life insurance coverage at their own expense. We will continue to maintain these or similar benefits following the consummation of this offering.

Retirement Benefits . We provide all of our employees who were hired prior to January 1, 1991, who were scheduled to work at least 30 hours per week, and who met certain age and service requirements with the opportunity to participate in our retiree health plan. The obligation for premiums under the retiree health plan is shared by both us and the participants and our contributions to such premiums are capped. The retiree health plan does not provide dental benefits. Because Mr. Flaherty is the only Named Executive Officer that was employed by our predecessor prior to January 1, 1991, he is the only Named Executive Officer who may be eligible to participate in our retiree health plan. We also provide our employees with the opportunity to receive post-retirement life insurance on a non-discriminatory basis so long as certain age and service requirements are met. We have historically provided all eligible employees with a retirement program that consisted of two separate plans. All retirement plans discussed below are sponsored and administered by Axel Johnson and it is anticipated that Axel Johnson will continue to sponsor and administer these plans and allow eligible employees of our general partner and our subsidiaries to participate in these plans following the consummation of this offering.

Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans . The Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan, or the DB Plan, is a defined benefit pension plan. The DB Plan was discontinued as of December 31, 2003 and benefits were “frozen” as of that date with immediate vesting for all active participants in the plan at their then-accrued benefit level. The Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan, or the RRP, is a related unfunded supplemental plan that provides benefits to employees participating in the DB Plan to the extent benefits cannot be paid from the DB Plan due to legal limitations on the amounts paid under qualified plans set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. In general, the RRP provides benefits for DB Plan participants whose benefits would be limited or whose allowable DB Plan compensation would be limited. As with the DB Plan, benefits under the RRP were frozen as of December 31, 2003. In place of the DB Plan, we implemented a new defined contribution plan, or the DC Plan. The DC Plan was implemented on January 1, 2004. We make all contributions under the DC Plan and

 

166


Table of Contents

participants are not allowed to make contributions. A defined contribution plan specifies the amounts the company will contribute to the plan, but investment decisions and the market risk of those decisions are the obligation of the participant. We contribute an amount equal to 5% of all eligible compensation (including base pay, annual bonus, overtime and commissions) each month to the plan into accounts for every eligible employee, including the Named Executive Officers. Up to an additional 8% is contributed for employees with certain levels of service who participated in the DB Plan when it was frozen and were close to retirement age. This additional contribution was implemented by the Predecessor Committee and our management and is intended to help those employees with a shorter earnings horizon, as they had little time to adjust their financial retirement planning following our decision to freeze the DB Plan. Full-time employees or part-time who are regularly scheduled to work more than 1,000 hours annually are eligible to participate. Participating employees are immediately 100% vested in all contributions under the DC Plan.

401(k) Thrift Plan . The second effective retirement plan is a 401(k) thrift plan. All employees who are scheduled to work more than 1,000 hours per year, including the Named Executive Officers, are allowed to contribute their own funds to their 401(k) account and we have historically made certain matching contributions. Employees can contribute between 2% and 70% of their pay (base pay, annual bonus, overtime pay, and commissions) on a pre-tax basis and/or an after-tax basis; however, combined pre-tax and after-tax contributions cannot exceed 70% of pay. The amounts that can be contributed are also subject to the annual limitations imposed by federal tax law. The company will match 60% of the first 6% of pay that an employee contributes to a pre-tax or Roth Plan. Participating employees are immediately 100% vested in all contributions including employee and company contributions as well as any earnings of the plan.

Automobiles and Auto Allowances . We provide cars to employees based on their job requirements, such as the amount of travel that is necessary in order for the executive to properly perform his job duties. Those employees who are eligible to receive a car benefit may elect whether to receive the use of a company car or a cash auto allowance. In 2012, only two Named Executive Officers were eligible to receive this benefit; Mr. Steven Scammon (who elected to use a company car) and Mr. Thomas Flaherty (who elected to receive the auto allowance).

Risk Assessment

The Predecessor Committee has reviewed our compensation policies as generally applicable to the employees of our general partner and believes that such policies do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk-taking, and that the level of risk that they do encourage is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. Each time a new compensation policy or program is implemented we consider any risks that may be created by its implementation and work to design the program so as to minimize such risks. In addition, we continually reevaluate the effectiveness of our compensation programs, including an evaluation of the incentives such programs create and how we can minimize or eliminate incentives that may create risk for us.

We believe the use of base salary and performance-based compensation plans that are generally uniform in design and operation throughout our organization and with all levels of employees are consistent with our compensation philosophy. These compensation policies and practices are centrally designed and administered, and are substantially identical between our business divisions, except in cases such as commission arrangements which have been tailored to encourage specific sales behavior. In addition, we believe the following specific factors, in particular, reduce the likelihood of excessive risk-taking:

 

   

Our overall compensation levels are competitive with the market.

 

   

Our compensation mix is balanced among fixed components like salary and benefits, as well as annual incentives that reward overall financial performance, business unit financial performance, operational measures and individual performance.

 

   

An important portion of our executive compensation is tied to our owner’s return on equity over a period of multiple years, with cash-based awards that are paid out over three years. The LTIP does not

 

167


Table of Contents
 

pay any awards to executives until the company meets a minimum threshold rate of return each year. Spreading payments over three years encourages executives to focus on our owner’s return on equity over the longer term. The plan is also intended to foster retention.

 

   

The board of directors of our general partner has discretion to reduce performance-based awards when it determines that such adjustments would be appropriate based on our interests and the interests of our unitholders. In a similar manner, the company also has the ability to exercise discretion to reduce or alter performance-based compensation plans, e.g., commission plans, when it is determined that adjusting the plan is appropriate and in the interest of our unitholders.

Although a significant portion of the compensation provided to Named Executive Officers is performance-based, we believe our compensation programs do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk taking by executive officers (or other employees) because these programs are designed to encourage employees to remain focused on both our short and long term operational and financial goals. We set performance goals that we believe are reasonable in light of our past performance and market conditions. At the end of each year, we review the performance of every employee as part of an annual performance review that involves several levels of management oversight. The results of those performance reviews, in addition to our short- and long-term performance, become a major factor in determining what incentives each employee will receive.

A portion of the performance-based, variable compensation we provide is comprised of long-term incentives in the form of cash awards that are subject to non-payment if the organization does not achieve a minimum threshold rate of return. As such, executives are less likely to take unreasonable risks. Our performance-based incentives, assuming achievement of at least a minimum threshold rate of return, do provide payouts of some compensation at levels below full target achievement, in lieu of an “all or nothing” approach.

Additionally, we have a Chief Risk Officer who chairs a Risk Management Committee comprised of several members of management and a representative of the stockholder that is responsible for reviewing all policies and procedures which could encourage risktaking. In addition to our internal reporting structure, the Chief Risk Officer has a direct reporting relationship to the Predecessor Board and has the authority to review all aspects of our business to ensure that employees are not encouraged to take unnecessary or inappropriate risks.

 

168


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table for Years Ended December 31, 2012

The table below summarizes the total compensation earned by or paid to our Named Executive Officers in fiscal year 2012.

 

Name and Title

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)(2)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
    Total ($)  

David C. Glendon

    2012        350,000        486,500        21,550        858,050   

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2011        342,308        950,000        21,070        1,313,378   
    2010        325,000        634,310        21,070        980,380   

Gary A. Rinaldi

    2012        350,000        486,500        21,600        858,100   

Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and
Chief Financial Officer

    2011        342,308        950,000        21,070        1,313,378   
    2010        325,000        634,310        21,070        980,380   

Thomas F. Flaherty

    2012        244,250        162,000        45,843        452,093   

Vice President, Sales

    2011        238,180        300,000        45,070        583,250   
    2010        232,335        215,000        44,864        492,199   

Steven D. Scammon

    2012        254,321        147,000        29,400        430,721   

Vice President, Trading and Pricing

    2011        249,236        290,000        28,870        568,106   
    2010        245,774        190,288        28,870        464,932   

Joseph S. Smith

    2012        228,998        157,000        20,794        406,792   

Vice President, Chief Risk Officer and Strategic Planning

    2011        223,307        285,000        20,576        528,883   
    2010        218,066        185,000        20,100        423,166   

 

(1) Amounts in this column reflect all compensation earned by the Named Executive Officers during the 2012 fiscal year as base salary. Prior to March 2012, the base salaries for Messrs. Glendon, Rinaldi, Flaherty, Scammon and Smith were $350,000, $350,000, $239,755, $250,101, and $224,783, respectively. After March 2012 the base salaries for Messrs. Glendon, Rinaldi, Flaherty, Scammon and Smith were as follows: $350,000, $350,000, $245,749, $255,728, and $230,403, respectively.
(2) Amounts in this column reflect the amount of (i) the annual bonus award for 2012, (ii) the third (and final) payment under the 2010 LTIP award, (iii) the second payment under the 2011 LTIP award, and (iv) the first payment under the 2012 LTIP award.
(3) Amounts in this column reflect (i) a 401(k) plan matching contribution to Messrs. Glendon, Rinaldi, Flaherty, Scammon and Smith in the amounts of $9,000, $9,000, $8,793, $9,000, and $8,244, respectively; (ii) our contribution to the DC Plan for Messrs. Glendon, Rinaldi, Flaherty, Scammon and Smith in the amounts of $12,500, $12,500, $25,000, $12,500, and $12,500, respectively; (iii) use of a company car for Mr. Scammon, the value of which is estimated to be $7,800 and (iv) Mr. Flaherty’s car allowance in the amount of $12,000 for the 2012 year. Messrs. Glendon, Rinaldi, Flaherty, Scammon and Smith also received wellness incentives in the amounts of $50, $100, $50, $100 and $50 respectively.

Although we typically make a contribution to the DC Plan equal to 5% of each Named Executive Officer’s base pay, we make a supplemental contribution of an additional 5% for Mr. Flaherty, and as such the amount of his DC Plan contribution is double that of the other Named Executive Officers. For more information, please read “—Other Benefits—Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans.”

 

169


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

The following table summarizes the benefits that our Named Executive Officers have accrued under the DB Plan and the RRP in fiscal year 2012.

 

Name

 

Plan Name

  Number of
Years Credited
Service
(#)(1)
    Present Value
of Accumulated
Benefit
($)(2)
    Payments
During 2012
Fiscal Year
($)
 

David C. Glendon

President and Chief Executive Officer

  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan     —          —          —     
  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan     —          —          —     

Gary A. Rinaldi

  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan     —          —          —     

Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

       
  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan     —          —          —     

Thomas F. Flaherty

  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan     20.42      $ 619,058        —     

Vice President, Sales

       
  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan     20.42      $ 164,720        —     

Steven D. Scammon

  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan     3.00      $ 69,232        —     

Vice President, Trading and Pricing

       
  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan     3.00      $ 20,208        —     

Joseph S. Smith

  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan     2.17      $ 56,336        —     

Vice President, Chief Risk Officer and Strategic Planning

       
  Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan     2.17      $ 3,116        —     

 

(1) Amounts in this column represent the number of years of credited service rounded to the nearest month and were frozen as of December 31, 2003.
(2) Amounts in this column represent the present value of each Named Executive Officer’s accumulated benefit under the DB Plan and the RRP as of December 31, 2012. In quantifying the present value of the accumulated benefit indicated above, we used the same assumptions used for financial reporting purposes under GAAP, except that retirement age was assumed to be the earliest time at which a participant may retire under the plan without any benefit reduction due to age. The material assumptions were as follows: (i) an estimated discount rate of 4.20% for the Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan and 4.00% for the Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan, (ii) the mortality rates published in the IRS 2012 Static Mortality Table and (iii) expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 7.25%.

The information in the table above relates to our Named Executive Officers’ participation in the DB Plan and the RRP. The DB Plan and RRP were available to employees of subsidiaries of Axel Johnson who were scheduled to work at least 1,000 per year. The DB Plan and the RRP were both discontinued as of December 31, 2003 and benefits were “frozen” as of that date with immediate vesting of all active participants in the plan at their then-accrued benefit level. We implemented the DC Plan on January 1, 2004 to replace the DB Plan.

 

170


Table of Contents

The benefits paid under the RRP are determined by calculating the benefits payable from the DB Plan as if there were no legal limitations, and then subtracting the actual benefits payable from the DB Plan. The DB Plan benefit paid to participants is based on a formula using the employee’s final average compensation, credited service, and social security covered compensation, each of which is calculated on the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the date of retirement or termination. The annual accrued benefit under the DB Plan is calculated as follows:

 

1.1% of final average compensation

  x   Credited service (up to 40 years, rounded to the nearest month)   +   0.4% of final average compensation in excess of social security covered compensation   x   Credited service (up to 35 years)

A participant’s “final average compensation” is calculated by taking the average of a participant’s highest pensionable earnings in any 60-consecutive-month period before the earlier of December 31, 2003, termination, or retirement. “Pensionable earnings” include regular wages or salary, overtime, shift differentials, short-term incentive payment, and commissions. Employees generally received one year of “credited service” for each calendar year in which the employee performed 1,000 hours or more of service. “Social security wage covered compensation” is typically the average of the social security wage bases for the 35-year period ending with the last day of the calendar year in which a participant is eligible for unreduced social security retirement benefits. However, because each participant’s benefit had to be calculated as of December 31, 2003 when the DB Plan was frozen, the calculation was based on the social security covered compensation in effect in the earlier of 2003 or the year the participant terminated employment. If the calculation date was prior to social security retirement age, the social security covered compensation is calculated assuming the wage base for all future years is equal to the then-current year’s wage base.

The normal retirement age is 65 years old. A participant may qualify for early retirement if, when the participant leaves the company, that participant is at least 55 years old and has at least ten years of total credited service. A participant can receive full DB Plan benefits as early as the participant’s 62 nd birthday. If a participant elects to receive a benefit prior to age 62, the benefit would be reduced by 5/12% for each month (5% per year) that the benefit starts before age 62. If a participant ceases to be employed by us prior to age 55 or prior to accumulating ten years of credited service, the participant may elect to receive the deferred vested benefit beginning as early as age 55. However, if the participant elects to receive the benefit before the normal retirement date, such benefit will be reduced by  1 / 2 % for each month (6% per year) that payment of the benefit starts before the normal retirement date.

Payment methods are determined based on the participant’s marital status and/or election. The time and form of payment under the RRP is typically identical to the time and form of payment under the DB Plan.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control

The Named Executive Officers did not have agreements with us that contained severance provisions or change in control payment provisions during the 2012 fiscal year. However, we have a general practice of paying severance to certain of our employees in the event they are terminated by us without cause and they agree to sign a release. A termination without “cause” has historically been determined on a case by case basis rather than by applying any one definition or a specific set of events to each employee. The severance historically provided to executives, such as the Named Executive Officers, serving at the Vice President level and above consists of the following: (i) 12 months of severance, (ii) 6 months of outplacement support and (iii) health and dental insurance for 12 months at the same cost to the individual as they paid during their employment with us. The table below shows our best estimate as to the amounts that each of the Named Executive Officers would have received on

 

171


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012, if the Predecessor Board had determined that the individual’s employment was terminated without cause on that date. Information regarding payments the Named Executive Officers would receive on retirement can be found under “—Other Benefits—Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans” as well as the Pension Benefit Table and associated narrative disclosure.

 

Name

   Cash Severance      Outplacement
Support (1)
     Health and
Dental (2)
     Total Severance
Benefits
 

David C. Glendon

   $ 350,000       $ 6,000       $ 14,478       $ 370,478   

President and Chief Executive Officer

           

Gary A. Rinaldi

   $ 350,000       $ 6,000       $ 10,226       $ 366,226   

Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

           

Thomas F. Flaherty

   $ 245,749       $ 6,000       $ 14,478       $ 266,227   

Vice President, Sales

           

Steven D. Scammon

   $ 255,728       $ 6,000       $ 13,647       $ 275,375   

Vice President, Trading and Pricing

           

Joseph S. Smith

   $ 230,403       $ 6,000       $ 14,478       $ 250,881   

Vice President, Chief Risk Officer and Strategic Planning

           

 

(1) Amounts in this column reflect the estimated cost to us of providing outplacement services to the Named Executive Officers over a six-month period; however, such services would be provided by an outside vendor and could vary based on the individual needs of each executive.
(2) Amounts in this column reflect the value of continued health and dental benefits based on the value of these benefits received by each individual as of December 31, 2012.

Director Compensation

During the year ended December 31, 2012, our predecessor did not pay any fees to its directors, nor did it reimburse Axel Johnson for any fees paid to members of the Axel Johnson board of directors.

 

172


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF

CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our units following this offering by:

 

   

each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding units, including Sprague Holdings;

 

   

each of the directors of and nominees to our general partner’s board of directors;

 

   

each of the named executive officers of our general partner; and

 

   

all of the directors, director nominees and executive officers of our general partner as a group.

The amounts shown in the table assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

The amounts and percentage of units beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Except as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all units shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

We are selling              common units in this offering. Sprague Holdings will own all of our subordinated units immediately following this offering. Sprague Holdings and Axel Johnson are deemed under federal securities laws to be underwriters with respect to any common units that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

  Common
Units
Beneficially
Owned
Before the
Offering
    Percentage  of
Common
Units
Beneficially
Owned
Before the
Offering
    Common Units
Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
    Percentage of
Common Units
Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
    Subordinated
Units
Beneficially
Owned Before
and After the
Offering
    Percentage  of
Subordinated
Units
Beneficially
Owned Before
and After the
Offering
    Percentage of
Common  and
Subordinated
Units
Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
 

Sprague Holdings(2)(3)(4)

                                    100.0             

Axel Johnson(3)(4)(5)

              100.0     

Lexa International Corporation(3)(4)(6)

              100.0     

Antonia Ax:son Johnson(3)(4)(7)

              100.0     

David C. Glendon

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Ben J. Hennelly

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Michael D. Milligan

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Gary A. Rinaldi

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Robert B. Evans(8)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

C. Gregory Harper(8)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Thomas E. Flaherty

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Steven D. Scammon

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Joseph S. Smith

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

All executive officers and directors and director nominees of our general partner as a group (13 persons)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

 

(1) As of the date of this prospectus, there are no arrangements for any listed beneficial owner to acquire, within 60 days, any common units from options, warrants, rights, conversion privileges or similar instruments.
(2) The address for this entity is Two International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, NH 03801.

 

173


Table of Contents
(3) Common units and subordinated units shown as beneficially owned by Axel Johnson, Lexa International Corporation and Antonia Ax:son Johnson reflect common units and subordinated units owned of record by Sprague Holdings. Sprague Holdings is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson and, as such, Axel Johnson may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the units beneficially owned by Sprague Holdings, but disclaims such beneficial ownership. Axel Johnson is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lexa International Corporation and, as such, Lexa International Corporation may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the units beneficially owned by Sprague Holdings, but disclaims such beneficial ownership. Lexa International Corporation, through certain non-U.S. entities, is controlled by Antonia Ax:son Johnson and, as such, Antonia Ax:son Johnson may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the units beneficially owned by Sprague Holdings, but disclaims such beneficial ownership.
(4) Assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is exercised in full, the amounts shown in the table above would remain unchanged other than with respect to the number of common units beneficially owned after the offering, the percentage of common units beneficially owned after the offering and the percentage of common and subordinated units beneficially owned after the offering, which would be              common units,     % and     %, respectively.
(5)

The address for this entity is 155 Spring Street, 6 th Floor, New York, NY 10012.

(6) The address for this entity is 2410 Old Ivy Road, Suite 300, Charlottesville, VA 22903.
(7) The address for this person is c/o Axel Johnson AB, Villagatan 6, P.O. Box 26008, SE-100 41 Stockholm, Sweden.
(8) Does not include restricted units that will be granted to each of Messrs. Evans and Harper following the close of the offering with a grant date fair value of approximately $60,000 based on the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

174


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

After the closing of this offering, Axel Johnson, through its ownership of Sprague Holdings, will indirectly own              common units and              subordinated units, representing a     % limited partner interest in us, and the incentive distribution rights. In addition, Axel Johnson will indirectly own a 100% membership interest in our general partner, which will maintain a non-economic general partner interest in us. Axel Johnson, through its ownership of Sprague Holdings, will appoint all of the directors of our general partner.

Distributions and Payments to Sprague Holdings and Its Affiliates

The following table summarizes the distributions and payments made or to be made by us to Sprague Holdings and its affiliates in connection with our formation and ongoing operation and distributions and payments that would be made by us if we were to liquidate in accordance with the terms of our partnership agreement. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Formation Stage

 

The consideration given to Sprague Holdings and its affiliates for the contributions of assets and liabilities to us

               common units;

 

                 subordinated units;

 

    non-economic general partner interest;

 

    incentive distribution rights; and

 

    Sprague Holdings’ right to receive a distribution equal to the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of common units pursuant to any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units as well as the right to receive any common units subject to such option which are not purchased by the underwriters upon the expiration of the option period.

Operational Stage

 

Distributions of cash to Sprague Holdings and its affiliates

We will generally make cash distributions to common and subordinated unitholders, including Sprague Holdings as the holder of an aggregate of              common units (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units) and all of the subordinated units. Our general partner will not receive distributions on its non-economic general partner interest. If distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target levels, the holders of our incentive distribution rights (initially Sprague Holdings) will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 50.0% of the distributions above the highest target level.

 

  Assuming we have sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our

 

175


Table of Contents
 

outstanding units for four quarters, Sprague Holdings would receive an annual distribution of approximately $             million on its common and subordinated units.

 

  If Sprague Holdings elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a certain number of common units. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Sprague Holdings’ Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

 

Payments to our general partner and its affiliates

Our general partner will not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of us, except as set forth in the services agreement that we will enter into in connection with the closing of this offering. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, our general partner and its affiliates will be reimbursed for all expenses incurred on our behalf.

 

  Pursuant to the terms of the services agreement, our general partner will agree to provide certain general and administrative services and operational services to us, and we will agree to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services to us, including salary, bonus, incentive compensation, insurance premiums and other amounts allocable to the employees and directors of our general partner or its affiliates that perform services on our behalf. Neither our partnership agreement nor the services agreement limit the amount that may be reimbursed or paid by us to our general partner or its affiliates. We project that the aggregate amount of reimbursements and fees to be paid by us to our general partner (including approximately $2.1 million of annual incremental selling, general and administrative expense that we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership) will be approximately $72.6 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014.

 

Withdrawal or removal of our general partner

If our general partner withdraws or is removed, the general partner interest and its affiliates’ incentive distribution rights will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. See “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

Liquidation Stage

 

Liquidation

Upon our liquidation, our partners, including our general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their respective capital account balances.

 

176


Table of Contents

Agreements Governing the Transactions

We have entered into or will enter into various agreements that will affect our formation transactions, including the transfer of assets to, and the assumption of liabilities by, us and our subsidiaries. These agreements are not and will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations and the terms of these agreements are not necessarily at least as favorable to the parties to these agreements as the terms which could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with our formation transactions, including the expenses associated with transferring assets to our subsidiaries, will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.

Omnibus Agreement

Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with Axel Johnson, Sprague Holdings and our general partner that will address the agreement of Axel Johnson to offer to us and to cause its controlled affiliates to offer to us opportunities to acquire certain businesses and assets and the obligation of Sprague Holdings to indemnify us for certain liabilities. This agreement is not the result of arm’s-length negotiations and may not have been effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to this agreement as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. The omnibus agreement may be terminated (other than with respect to the indemnification provisions) by any party to the agreement in the event that Axel Johnson, directly or indirectly, owns less than 50% of the voting equity of our general partner.

Right of First Refusal

Under the terms of the omnibus agreement, Axel Johnson will agree, and will cause its controlled affiliates to agree, for so long as Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates, individually or as part of a group, control our general partner, that if Axel Johnson or any of its controlled affiliates has the opportunity to acquire a controlling interest in any assets or any business having assets that are primarily engaged in the businesses in which we are engaged as of the closing of this offering and that operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada, then Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates will offer such acquisition opportunity to us and give us a reasonable opportunity to acquire such assets or business either before Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates acquire it or promptly after the consummation of such acquisition by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates, at a price equal to the purchase price paid or to be paid by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates plus any related transactions costs and expenses incurred by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates. Our decision to acquire or not acquire any such assets or businesses will require the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner. Any assets or businesses that we do not acquire pursuant to the right of first refusal may be acquired and operated by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates.

This right of first refusal will not apply to:

 

   

Any acquisition of any additional interests in any assets or businesses owned by Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates at the time of this offering but not contributed to us in connection with this offering, including any replacements and natural extensions thereof;

 

   

Any investment in or acquisition of any assets or businesses primarily engaged in the businesses in which we are engaged as of the closing of this offering and that do not operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada;

 

   

Any investment in or acquisition of a minority non-controlling interest in any assets or businesses primarily engaged in the businesses described above; or

 

   

Any investment in or acquisition of any assets or businesses that Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates, at the time of the closing of this offering, are actively seeking to invest in or acquire, or have the right to invest in or acquire.

 

177


Table of Contents

Right of Negotiation

Under the terms of the omnibus agreement, Axel Johnson will agree and will cause its controlled affiliates to agree, for so long as Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliates, individually or as part of a group, control our general partner, that if Axel Johnson or any of its controlled affiliates decide to attempt to sell (other than to another controlled affiliate of Axel Johnson) any assets or businesses that are primarily engaged in the businesses in which we are engaged as of the closing of this offering and that operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada (including its equity interests in Kildair or any successor entities thereof and its interests in any assets or equity interests in any business that, at the time of this offering, it is actively seeking to invest in or acquire or has the right to invest in or acquire), Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate will notify us of its desire to sell such assets or businesses and, prior to selling such assets or businesses to a third party, will negotiate with us exclusively and in good faith for a period of 60 days in order to give us an opportunity to enter into definitive documentation for the purchase and sale of such assets or businesses on terms that are mutually acceptable to Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate and us. If we and Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate have not entered into a letter of intent or a definitive purchase and sale agreement with respect to such assets or businesses within such 60 days, Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate will have the right to sell such assets or businesses to a third party following the expiration of such 60 days on any terms that are acceptable to Axel Johnson or its controlled affiliate and such third party. Our decision to acquire or not to acquire assets or businesses pursuant to this right will require the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner. Our right of negotiation, to the extent it applies to any of Axel Johnson’s direct or indirect equity interests in Kildair, any subsidiary of Kildair, or any entity that owns equity interests in Kildair, shall not be applicable to any transfer, assignment, foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, or other disposition of any such equity interests occurring as a result of the exercise of remedies by any lenders to Kildair, any subsidiary of Kildair, or any entity that owns equity interests in Kildair.

Trade Credit Support

Under the terms of the omnibus agreement, Axel Johnson will agree to continue to provide credit support to us, consistent with past practice, through December 31, 2016, if and to the extent such services are necessary in our reasonable judgment. We will agree to use our commercially reasonable efforts to reduce, and eventually eliminate, the need for trade credit support from Axel Johnson.

Indemnification

Under the omnibus agreement, Sprague Holdings will indemnify us for losses attributable to a failure to own any of the equity interests contributed to us in connection with the formation transactions and income taxes attributable to pre-closing operations and the formation transactions.

Services Agreement

Upon the closing of this offering, we, Sprague Energy Solutions, Inc. (“Sprague Solutions”) and Sprague Holdings will enter into a services agreement with our general partner pursuant to which our general partner will agree to provide certain general and administrative services and operational services to us and our subsidiaries, Sprague Solutions and Sprague Holdings. Pursuant to the terms of the services agreement, we will agree to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services to us, including salary, bonus, incentive compensation, insurance premiums and other amounts allocable to the employees and directors of our general partner or its affiliates that perform services on our behalf. Pursuant to the terms of the services agreement, our general partner will agree to provide the same services to Sprague Solutions and Sprague Holdings, which will also agree to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such services. Pursuant to the services agreement, in order to reimburse our general partner, by 1:00 pm (EST) each business day, our general partner will provide each of us, Sprague Solutions and Sprague Holdings with a good faith estimate of expenses that it anticipates incurring in

 

178


Table of Contents

connection with the services the following day. By 6:00 pm (EST) on each such day, each party is required to prepay such amount to our general partner, subject to adjustment as described in the following sentence. To the extent actual costs incurred with respect to such day for any of us, Sprague Holdings exceed or are less than such estimated amount, such amounts will be netted against future daily prepayments.

The services agreement does not limit the amount that may be reimbursed or paid by us to our general partner or its affiliates. We project that the aggregate amount of reimbursements and fees to be paid by us to our general partner (including approximately $2.1 million of annual incremental selling, general and administrative expense that we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership) will be approximately $72.6 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014.

The initial term of the services agreement will be five years, beginning on the date of the closing of this offering. The agreement will automatically renew at the end of the initial term for successive one-year terms until terminated by us or by Sprague Solutions or by giving 180 days prior written notice to our general partner. The agreement will automatically terminate on the date on which either Sprague Resources GP LLC ceases to be our general partner. The provisions of the services agreement that are applicable to Sprague Holdings may be terminated by Sprague Holdings by giving 180 days prior written notice to our general partner, and will automatically terminate on the date on which Sprague Holdings ceases to be our affiliate. The provisions of the services agreement applicable to Sprague Solutions shall automatically terminate on the date on which Sprague Solutions ceases to be a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of us. The services agreement does not limit the ability of the officers and employees of our general partner to provide services to other affiliates of Sprague Holdings or unaffiliated third parties.

The services agreement is not the result of arm’s-length negotiations and may not have been effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to the agreement as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Contribution Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a contribution, conveyance and assumption agreement, which we refer to as our contribution agreement, with Axel Johnson, Sprague Holdings, our general partner, Sprague Operating Resources LLC and certain of its subsidiaries under which, among other things, Axel Johnson will contribute to Sprague Holdings all of the equity interests in Sprague Operating Resources LLC, the owner of all of our initial assets. Sprague Holdings will in turn contribute to us all of its equity interests in Sprague Operating Resources LLC. Immediately prior to such contribution, Sprague Operating Resources LLC will distribute to Sprague Holdings or a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings certain assets that will not be part of our initial assets, including, among other things:

 

   

$             million of accounts receivable.

 

   

our predecessor’s 100% equity interest in Kildair; and

 

   

the terminal assets and liabilities associated with Sprague Operating Resources LLC’s terminals located in New Bedford, Massachusetts; Portsmouth, New Hampshire; and Bucksport, Maine, property located in Oceanside, New York, and certain corporate assets; and

 

   

other long-term debt of $42.4 million.

Additionally, pursuant to the contribution agreement, we will grant Sprague Holdings the right to receive the net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units as well as the right to receive any common units subject to such option which are not purchased by the underwriters upon the expiration of the option period.

 

179


Table of Contents

Terminal Operating Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into an exclusive terminal operating agreement with Sprague Holdings and Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC, which will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings, or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, with respect to the terminal in New Bedford, Massachusetts. Pursuant to the terminal operating agreement, we will be granted the exclusive use and operation of, and will retain title to all of the refined products stored at, the New Bedford terminal in exchange for a monthly fee of $15,200, subject to adjustment for changes in the Consumer Price Index for the Northeast region. This agreement is not the result of arm’s-length negotiations and may not have been effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to this agreement as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

The initial term of the terminal operating agreement will be five years, beginning on the date of the closing of this offering. Thereafter, we will have the right to extend the term for five years. Additionally, the terminal operating agreement will terminate upon 60 days’ written notice from Sprague Holdings or Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC in the event that Sprague Holdings or Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC determines that termination is necessary to facilitate the sale or development of the New Bedford terminal. The New Bedford terminal is subject to a purchase and sale agreement pursuant to which a third party may acquire the terminal from Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC. The acquisition is subject to certain conditions that are beyond the control of Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC. Subject to those conditions, the acquisition may be consummated on or before January 5, 2016. In the event that such sale is consummated, our terminal operating agreement with Sprague Holdings and Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC will automatically terminate. We will not receive any proceeds from a sale of the New Bedford terminal. We have been advised by Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC that it does not believe that the sale will be consummated prior to September 30, 2014.

Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Related Person Transactions

The board of directors of our general partner will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics immediately following the closing of this offering that will provide that the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee will periodically review all related person transactions that are required to be disclosed under SEC rules and, when appropriate, initially authorize or ratify all such transactions. In the event that the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee considers ratification of a related person transaction and determines not to so ratify, the code of business conduct and ethics will provide that our management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction.

The code of business conduct and ethics will provide that, in determining whether or not to recommend the initial approval or ratification of a related person transaction, the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee should consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available, including (if applicable) but not limited to: (i) whether there is an appropriate business justification for the transaction; (ii) the benefits that accrue to us as a result of the transaction; (iii) the terms available to unrelated third parties entering into similar transactions; (iv) the impact of the transaction on a director’s independence (in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director or an immediately family member of a director is a partner, shareholder, member or executive officer); (v) the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; (vi) whether it is a single transaction or a series of ongoing, related transactions; and (vii) whether entering into the transaction would be consistent with the code of business conduct and ethics.

The code of business conduct and ethics described above will be adopted immediately following the closing of this offering, and as a result the transactions described above will not be reviewed under such policy.

 

180


Table of Contents

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates (including Axel Johnson and Sprague Holdings), on the one hand, and us and our unaffiliated limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the same time, our general partner has a duty to manage us in good faith. Our partnership agreement contains provisions that specifically define our general partner’s duties to the unitholders. Our partnership agreement also specifically defines the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken that, without these defined liability standards, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under applicable Delaware law. The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we refer to as the Delaware Act, provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to the limited partners and the partnership.

Whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between our general partner or any of its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or any of our limited partners, on the other, the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all our limited partners and shall not constitute a breach of our partnership agreement, of any agreement contemplated thereby or of any duty, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is:

 

   

Approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval; or

 

   

Approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates.

Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolutions from the conflicts committee of its board of directors or from a majority of the outstanding common units as described above. If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee or from a majority of the outstanding common units as described above and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of us or any of our unitholders, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, the board of directors of our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner may consider any factors they determine in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. An independent third party is not required to evaluate the resolution. Under our partnership agreement, a determination, other action or failure to act by our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) will be deemed to be “in good faith” unless our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the partnership. See “Management—Management of Sprague Resources LP—Conflicts Committee” for information about the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others:

Actions taken by our general partner may affect the amount of distributable cash flow available to pay distributions to unitholders or accelerate the right to convert subordinated units.

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:

 

   

Amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;

 

   

Cash expenditures;

 

181


Table of Contents
   

Borrowings;

 

   

Issuances of additional units; and

 

   

The creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

 

   

Enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or

 

   

Hastening the expiration of the subordination period.

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces distributable cash flow, or an expansion capital expenditure, which does not reduce distributable cash flow. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our general partner and the ability of the subordinated units to convert into common units.

In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially equal to $             million, which would not otherwise constitute distributable cash flow, in order to permit the payment of cash distributions on subordinated units and incentive distribution rights held by its affiliates. All of these actions may affect the amount of cash distributed to our unitholders and our general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common units. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”

For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this distribution on all outstanding units. See “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.”

Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires Axel Johnson to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets or dictates what markets to pursue or grow. Axel Johnson’s directors and officers have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the owners of Axel Johnson, which may be contrary to our interests.

Because certain officers and certain directors of our general partner are also directors and/or officers of affiliates of our general partner, including Axel Johnson, they have fiduciary duties to Axel Johnson that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit Axel Johnson or which otherwise are not in our best interests.

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as Axel Johnson, in exercising certain rights under our partnership agreement.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that permissibly reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include the exercise of its limited call right, its voting rights with respect to the units it owns, its registration rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation.

 

182


Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of, and reduces the duties owed by, our general partner and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. For example, our partnership agreement:

 

   

Provides that our general partner shall not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning it believed that the decision was not adverse to the interests of our partnership;

 

   

Provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that its conduct was unlawful; and

 

   

Provides that in resolving conflicts of interest, it will be presumed that in making its decision the general partner, the board of directors of the general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or us, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.

By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder will agree to become bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. See “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Fiduciary Duties.”

Our general partner’s officers or employees may devote a portion of their time to the business and activities of the affiliates of our general partner.

Affiliates of our general partner conduct businesses and activities of their own in which we have no economic interest but to which the officers and employees of our general partner and certain of our operating subsidiaries may devote a portion of their time. Although we believe that these persons will initially devote substantially all of their time to the operation of our business, there could be material competition for the time and effort of the officers and employees who provide services to our general partner.

We reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for expenses.

We reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for costs incurred in managing our business and operations, including costs incurred in rendering staffing and support services to us. Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement and the services agreement, our general partner will be required to provide certain services to us, and we will be required to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses incurred on our or its behalf, as the case may be, for providing such services. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Services Agreement.” Our partnership agreement and the services agreement do not limit the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. Our partnership agreement and the services agreement allow our general partner to determine, in good faith, the expenses that are allocable to us. See “Management—Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner.”

Common unitholders have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.

Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

 

183


Table of Contents

Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, are not and will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of any of these transactions.

Our general partner and its affiliates have no obligation to permit us to use any facilities or assets of our general partner and its affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into specifically dealing with that use. Our general partner may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf. There is no obligation of our general partner and its affiliates to enter into any contracts of this kind.

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our general partner has sought the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner, necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

The making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into securities of the company, and the incurring of any other obligations;

 

   

The making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over our business or assets;

 

   

The acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of our assets or the merger or other combination of us with or into another person;

 

   

The negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments;

 

   

The distribution of cash;

 

   

The selection and dismissal of employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

   

The maintenance of insurance for our benefit and the benefit of our unitholders;

 

   

The formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other relationships;

 

   

The control of any matters affecting our rights and obligations, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

 

   

The indemnification of any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

   

The purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of our partnership interests, or the issuance of additional options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, phantom or tracking interests relating to our partnership interests; and

 

   

The entering into of agreements with any of its affiliates to render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its duties as our general partner.

See “The Partnership Agreement” for information regarding the voting rights of unitholders.

 

 

184


Table of Contents

Common units are subject to our general partner’s limited call right.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at the market price calculated in accordance with the terms of our partnership agreement. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the call right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that prevents our general partner from issuing additional common units and exercising its call right. Our general partner may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at an undesirable time or price. See “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

We may not choose to retain separate counsel for ourselves or for the holders of common units.

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.

Our general partner’s affiliates may compete with us, and neither our general partner nor its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner is restricted from engaging in any business other than those incidental to its ownership of interests in us. However, except as provided in the omnibus agreement, affiliates of our general partner are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us. Axel Johnson, or its affiliates, may acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to acquire those assets. In addition, under our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, will not apply to our general partner and its affiliates. As a result, neither our general partner nor any of its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

Sprague Holdings may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of incentive distribution levels without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

The holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights (initially Sprague Holdings) have the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and they have received incentive distributions at the highest level to which they are entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distribution levels at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

 

 

185


Table of Contents

We anticipate that Sprague Holdings would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion. However, Sprague Holdings may transfer the incentive distribution rights at any time. It is possible that Sprague Holdings or a transferee could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when the holders of the incentive distribution rights expect that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, the holders of the incentive distribution rights may be experiencing, or may expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to the incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for them to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved in the then-current business environment. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to the holders of the incentive distribution rights in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Incentive Distribution Rights” and “—Sprague Holdings’ Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

Fiduciary Duties

Duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and in our partnership agreement. The Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to limited partners and the partnership.

Our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying and restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that otherwise might be prohibited by state law fiduciary standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because the board of directors of our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in good faith and a duty to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner. Without these modifications, our general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary standards benefit our general partner by enabling it to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action. These modifications also strengthen the ability of our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. These modifications represent a detriment to our public unitholders because they restrict the remedies available to our public unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permit our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interests. The following is a summary of:

 

   

The fiduciary duties imposed on our general partner by the Delaware Act;

 

   

Material modifications of these duties contained in our partnership agreement; and

 

   

Certain rights and remedies of unitholders contained in the Delaware Act.

 

State law fiduciary duty standards

Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require that any action taken or transaction engaged in be entirely fair to the partnership.

 

186


Table of Contents

Partnership agreement modified standards

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

  If our general partner does not obtain approval from the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our common unitholders, excluding any common units owned by our general partner or its affiliates, and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, its board, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

  In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner’s officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Rights and remedies of unitholders

The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its fiduciary duties or of the partnership agreement. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partner.

 

 

The Delaware Act provides that, unless otherwise provided in a partnership agreement, a partner or other person shall not be liable to a limited partnership or to another partner or to another person that is

 

187


Table of Contents
 

a party to or is otherwise bound by a partnership agreement for breach of fiduciary duty for the partner’s or other person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of the partnership agreement. Under our partnership agreement, to the extent that, at law or in equity an indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to us or to our partners, our general partner and any other indemnitee acting in connection with our business or affairs shall not be liable to us or to any partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of our partnership agreement.

All conflicts of interest disclosed in this prospectus (including our agreements and other arrangements with Axel Johnson) have been approved by all of our partners under the terms of our partnership agreement. In order to become one of our limited partners, a common unitholder is required to agree to be bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. See “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units.” This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner to sign our partnership agreement does not render our partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and its officers and directors, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner, or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith. We also must provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner or these other persons could be indemnified for their negligent or grossly negligent acts if they meet the requirements set forth above. Any provision that includes indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act is, according to the SEC, contrary to public policy and therefore unenforceable.

 

188


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

The Units

The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes of limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights and privileges available to unitholders under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and privileges of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, see this section and “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.” For a description of other rights and privileges of unitholders under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, see “The Partnership Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units except the following, which must be paid by unitholders:

 

   

Surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

 

   

Special charges for services requested by a common unitholder; and

 

   

Other similar fees or charges.

There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Resignation or Removal

The transfer agent may resign by notice to us or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor is appointed, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

Transfer of Common Units

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

Represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

Automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

Gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

 

 

189


Table of Contents

Common units are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

 

190


Table of Contents

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

With regard to distributions of cash, see “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions”;

 

   

With regard to the duties of our general partner, see “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”;

 

   

With regard to the transfer of common units, see “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units”; and

 

   

With regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Organization and Duration

We were organized on June 23, 2011 and will have a perpetual existence unless terminated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement.

Purpose

Our purpose under our partnership agreement is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided that without the approval of a unit majority (as defined below), our general partner may not cause us to take any action that it determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than those related to the businesses we currently conduct, our general partner has no current plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is authorized in general to perform all acts necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.

Capital Contributions

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.”

Votes Required For Certain Matters

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for the matters specified below. Matters requiring the approval of a “unit majority” require:

 

   

During the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and

 

   

After the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units.

 

191


Table of Contents

In voting their common and subordinated units, our general partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.

The incentive distribution rights may be entitled to vote in certain circumstances. See “—Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

Issuance of additional units

No approval right.

 

Amendment of our partnership agreement

Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. See “—Amendment of Our Partnership Agreement.”

 

Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or
substantially all of our assets

Unit majority in certain circumstances. See “—Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.”

 

Dissolution of our partnership

Unit majority. See “—Dissolution.”

 

Continuation of our business upon dissolution

Unit majority. See “—Dissolution.”

 

Withdrawal of our general partner

Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to December 31, 2023 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. See “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Removal of our general partner

Not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. See “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Transfer of the general partner interest

Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest without a vote of our unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, such person. The approval of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required in other circumstances for a transfer of the general partner interest to a third party prior to December 31, 2023. See “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

 

Transfer of incentive distribution rights

No approval right.

 

Reset of incentive distribution levels

No approval right.

 

Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner

No approval right. See “—Transfer of Ownership Interests in Our General Partner.”

 

192


Table of Contents

If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general partner or to any person or group who acquires the units with the specific prior approval of our general partner.

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

 

   

Arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among unitholders or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the unitholders or the partnership);

 

   

Brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;

 

   

Asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;

 

   

Asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act; or

 

   

Asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, you are irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation or similar governing documents have been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our partnership agreement to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Limited Liability

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that such limited partner otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, such limited partner’s liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital such limited partner is obligated to contribute to us for such limited partner’s common units plus such limited partner’s share of any undistributed profits and assets. However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

 

   

To remove or replace our general partner;

 

   

To approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or

 

   

To take other action under our partnership agreement;

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

 

193


Table of Contents

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the non-recourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years.

Our subsidiaries conduct business in 24 states within the United States and also in Canada and we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states or countries in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as owner of our operating subsidiaries may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating subsidiaries conduct business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there. We have attempted to limit our liability for the obligations of our operating subsidiaries by structuring them as limited liability companies or limited partnerships.

Limitations on the liability of members or partners for the obligations of a limited liability company or limited partnership have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our equity interests in our subsidiaries or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any jurisdiction without compliance with the applicable limited liability company, partnership or similar statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction. We will operate in a manner that the general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.

It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit the issuance by our subsidiaries of equity interests that may effectively rank senior to the common units.

Our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign, in whole or in part, to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue partnership interests to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of our general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common units and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The holders of common units will not have preemptive rights under our partnership agreement to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

 

194


Table of Contents

Amendment of Our Partnership Agreement

General

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below under “—No Unitholder Approval,” our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment may be made that would:

 

   

Enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or

 

   

Enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in any of the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting together as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of the offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own approximately     % of the outstanding common and subordinated units.

No Unitholder Approval

Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

 

   

A change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;

 

   

The admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;

 

   

A change that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed);

 

   

An amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;

 

195


Table of Contents
   

An amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the creation, authorization or issuance of additional partnership interests or rights to acquire partnership interests, including any amendment that the board of directors of our general partner determines is necessary or appropriate in connection with:

 

  -  

The adjustments of the minimum quarterly distribution, first target distribution, second target distribution and third target distribution in connection with the reset of our incentive distribution rights as described under “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Sprague Holdings’ Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels;” or

 

  -  

The implementation of the provisions relating to the right to reset the incentive distribution rights in exchange for common units;

 

   

Any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;

 

   

An amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement;

 

   

Any amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;

 

   

A change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;

 

   

Mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the merger or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the merger or conveyance; or

 

   

Any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described above.

In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner if our general partner determines that those amendments:

 

   

Do not adversely affect in any material respect the limited partners considered as a whole or any particular class of limited partners;

 

   

Are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;

 

   

Are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of partnership interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which partnership interests are or will be listed for trading;

 

   

Are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement; or

 

   

Are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners or result in our being treated as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting as a single class unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under Delaware law of any of our limited partners.

 

196


Table of Contents

Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely affects in any material respect one or more particular classes of limited partners will require the approval of at least a majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our general partner determines are not adversely affected in any material respect.

Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that would reduce the percentage of units required to take any action, other than to remove our general partner or call a meeting of unitholders, must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the percentage sought to be reduced. Any amendment that would increase the percentage of units required to remove our general partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the percentage sought to be increased.

Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

A merger or consolidation of the partnership requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or the limited partners.

Our partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without that approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without that approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to our partnership agreement (other than an amendment that our general partner could adopt without the consent of the partners), each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction, and the partnership interests to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership interests (other than incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the transaction.

If the conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, we have received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, and the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and our general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership agreement. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.

Dissolution

We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

 

   

The election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;

 

   

There being no limited partners, unless we are continued without dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;

 

197


Table of Contents
   

The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership; or

 

   

The withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal following approval and admission of a successor.

Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our partnership agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

 

   

The action would not result in the loss of limited liability under Delaware law of any limited partner; and

 

   

Neither our partnership nor any of our subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless our business is continued, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to December 31, 2023, without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after December 31, 2023, our general partner may withdraw as our general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the other partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than our general partner and its affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement permits our general partner, in some instances, to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest without the approval of the unitholders. See “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest, the holders of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. See “—Dissolution.”

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes. The ownership of more than 33  1 / 3 % of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates gives them the

 

198


Table of Contents

ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. At the closing of this offering, Axel Johnson, through its ownership of Sprague Holdings, which is the owner of our general partner, will indirectly own approximately    % of the outstanding common and subordinated units.

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist:

 

   

All subordinated units held by any person who did not, and whose affiliates did not, vote any units in favor of the removal of our general partner, will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis; and

 

   

If all subordinated units convert as described in the immediately preceding bullet point, the subordination period will expire and any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished.

In the event of removal of our general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner (or selected by the experts they select) will determine the fair market value.

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and all of its and its affiliates’ incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the departing general partner or its affiliates for our benefit.

Transfer of General Partner Interest

Except for the transfer by our general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest to:

 

   

An affiliate of our general partner (other than an individual);

 

   

Another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity; or

 

   

Another entity in connection with enforcement of a pledge of the general partner interest enforceable in support of indebtedness of us or our subsidiaries;

our general partner may not transfer all or any part of its general partner interest to another person prior to December 31, 2023 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of any transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and, except with respect to a transfer in connection with enforcement of a pledge of the general partner interest, tax matters.

 

199


Table of Contents

Our general partner and its affiliates may at any time transfer units to one or more persons, without unitholder approval, except that they may not transfer subordinated units to us.

Transfer of Ownership Interests in Our General Partner

At any time, Sprague Holdings may sell or transfer all or part of its ownership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or a third party without the approval of our unitholders.

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

At any time, Sprague Holdings may sell or transfer the subordinated units and incentive distribution rights to an affiliate or a third party without the approval of our unitholders. By transfer of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the subordinated units or incentive distribution rights transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

Represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

Automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

Gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Subordinated units or incentive distribution rights are securities and any transfers thereof are subject to the laws governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a limited partner for the transferred subordinated units or incentive distribution rights.

Until a subordinated unit or incentive distribution right has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit or right as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

Change of Management Provisions

Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove our general partner or otherwise change our management. See “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner” for a discussion of certain consequences of the removal of our general partner. If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply in certain circumstances. See “—Meetings; Voting.”

Limited Call Right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding partnership interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part

 

200


Table of Contents

to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the partnership interests of that class held by unaffiliated persons, as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10 but not more than 60 days notice. The purchase price in the event of such an acquisition will be the greater of:

 

   

The highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for any partnership interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those partnership interests; and

 

   

The average of the daily closing prices of the partnership interests of the class purchased over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed.

As a result of our general partner’s right to purchase common units, a holder of common units may have his units purchased at an undesirable time or at a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The U.S. federal income tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units.”

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

We do not anticipate that any meeting of unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional partnership interests having special voting rights could be issued. See “—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests.” However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates and purchasers specifically approved by our general partner in its sole discretion, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units as a single class.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

 

201


Table of Contents

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

If a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the holders of the incentive distribution rights will have no right to vote with respect to such incentive distribution rights on any matter, unless otherwise required by law, and the holders of the incentive distribution rights shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by our general partner.

If less than a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of unitholders, other than amendments and other matters that our general partner determines do not adversely affect the holders of the incentive distribution rights as a whole in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the subordinated units, prior to the end of the subordination period, or together with the common units, thereafter, in either case as a single class, and such incentive distribution rights shall be treated in all respects as subordinated units or common units, as applicable, when sending notices of a meeting of our limited partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement. The relative voting power of the holders of the incentive distribution rights and the subordinated units or common units, depending on which class the holders of incentive distribution rights are voting with, will be set in the same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the incentive distribution rights for the four consecutive quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of units for such four quarters.

Status as Limited Partner

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Except as described under “—Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines we are subject to U.S. federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

Obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

Permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose nationality, citizenship or other related status creates substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Non-Taxpaying Assignees; Redemption

To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by our subsidiaries, or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines that our not being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or

 

202


Table of Contents

more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by our current or future subsidiaries, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

Obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

Permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by the general partner to obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Indemnification

Under our partnership agreement we will indemnify the following persons, in most circumstances, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

 

   

Our general partner;

 

   

Any departing general partner;

 

   

Any person who directly or indirectly controls our general partner or any departing general partner;

 

   

Any person who is or was a director, officer or managing member of our general partner or any departing general partner or any of their respective controlling affiliates;

 

   

Any person who is or was serving as a director, officer or managing member of another person owing a fiduciary duty to us or any of our subsidiaries at the request of our general partner or any departing general partner; or

 

   

Any person designated by our general partner.

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless it otherwise agrees, our general partner will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.

Reimbursement of Expenses

Our general partner will not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of us, except as set forth in the services agreement that we will enter into in connection with the closing of this offering. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, our general partner and its affiliates will be reimbursed for all expenses incurred on our behalf for managing and controlling our business and operations. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Services Agreement” for a discussion of the services agreement.

Neither our partnership agreement nor the services agreement limit the amount that may be reimbursed or paid by us to our general partner or its affiliates. We believe that the aggregate amount of reimbursements and fees to be paid by us to our general partner (including approximately $2.1 million of annual incremental selling, general and administrative expense that we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership) will be approximately $72.6 million for the twelve months ending September 30, 2014. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Services Agreement.”

 

203


Table of Contents

Books and Reports

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

We will furnish or make available to record holders of common units, within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 50 days after the close of each quarter. We will be deemed to have made any such report available if we file such report with the SEC on EDGAR or make the report available on a publicly available website which we maintain.

We will furnish each record holder of a unit with information reasonably required for U.S. federal and state tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to unitholders will depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his U.S. federal and state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with information.

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

 

   

A current list of the name and last known address of each record holder;

 

   

Copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership, related amendments and any powers of attorney under which they have been executed;

 

   

Information regarding the status of our business and financial condition; and

 

   

Any other information regarding our affairs as our general partner determines in its sole discretion is just and reasonable.

Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the other partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Notwithstanding any other provision of our partnership agreement or Delaware law, each of our partners, each other person who acquires an interest in a partnership interest in us and each other person bound by our partnership agreement has agreed under our partnership agreement to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have rights to receive information from us or any indemnitee for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against us or any indemnitee relating to our affairs except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to litigation commenced by such person.

Registration Rights

Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale—Our Partnership Agreement and Registration Rights.”

 

204


Table of Contents

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common units offered hereby and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional units, Sprague Holdings, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson, will hold an aggregate of              common units and              subordinated units. The sale of these units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

Rule 144

The common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. However, any common units held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by our affiliates to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of the class of securities outstanding; or

 

   

The average weekly reported trading volume of the common units for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement) or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule  144.

Our Partnership Agreement and Registration Rights

Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an unlimited number of partnership interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity interests would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. See “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests.”

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its affiliates have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any units that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement, these registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units or other partnership securities to require registration of any of these units or other partnership securities and to include any of these units in a registration by us of other units, including units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner will continue to have these registration rights for two years after it ceases to be our general partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discounts. Our general partner and its affiliates also may sell their units or other partnership interests in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

 

205


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

We, Sprague Holdings, our general partner, and the directors and executive officers of our general partner, have agreed with the underwriters not to sell or offer to sell any common units for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Please read “Underwriting—Lock-Up Agreements” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act following this offering to register all common units issued or reserved for issuance under our 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. Common units covered by the registration statement on Form S-8 will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to applicable vesting requirements and the terms of applicable lock-up agreements described above.

 

206


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders. To the extent this section discusses federal income taxes, that discussion is based upon current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, referred to herein as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations thereunder, or the Treasury Regulations, and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Changes in these authorities may cause the federal income tax consequences to a prospective unitholder to vary substantially from those described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we” or “us” are references to the partnership and its subsidiaries.

Legal conclusions contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of representations made by us to them for this purpose. However, this section does not address all federal income tax matters that affect us or our unitholders. Furthermore, this section focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States (for federal income tax purposes), whose functional currencies are the U.S. dollar and who hold units as capital assets (generally, property that is held for investment). This section has limited applicability to corporations, partnerships, entities treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes, estates, trusts, non-resident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, non-U.S. persons, individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), employee benefit plans, real estate investment trusts or mutual funds. Accordingly, because each unitholder may have unique circumstances beyond the scope of the discussion herein, we encourage each unitholder to consult such unitholder’s own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences that are particular to that unitholder resulting from ownership or disposition of its units and potential changes in applicable tax laws.

We are relying on opinions and advice of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters described herein. An opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or a courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any such contest of the matters described herein may materially and adversely affect the market for our units and the prices at which such units trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our distributable cash flow. Furthermore, our tax treatment, or the tax treatment of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions, which might be retroactively applied.

For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a unitholder whose units are the subject of a securities loan (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans”); (2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and (3) whether our method for taking into account Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” and “—Uniformity of Units”).

Taxation of the Partnership

Partnership Status

We expect to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and, therefore, except as described below, we generally will not be liable for federal income taxes. Instead, as described below, each of our unitholders will take into account its respective share of our items of income, gain, loss and deduction in computing its federal income tax liability as if the unitholder had earned such income directly, even if no cash distributions are made to the unitholder. Distributions by us to a unitholder generally will not give rise to income or gain taxable to such unitholder, unless the amount of cash distributed to a unitholder exceeds the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in its units.

 

207


Table of Contents

Section 7704 of the Code generally provides that publicly traded partnerships will be treated as corporations for federal income tax purposes. However, pursuant to an exception (the “Qualifying Income Exception”), if 90% or more of a partnership’s gross income for every taxable year it is publicly traded consists of “qualifying income,” the partnership may continue to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Qualifying income includes (i) income and gains derived from the refining, transportation, storage, processing and marketing of crude oil, natural gas and products thereof, (ii) interest (other than from a financial business), (iii) dividends, (iv) gains from the sale of real property and (v) gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of qualifying income. We estimate that less than    % of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time.

Based upon factual representations made by us and our general partner regarding the composition of our income and the other representations set forth below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that we will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and our non-corporate subsidiaries will be treated as partnerships or will be disregarded as entities separate from us for federal income tax purposes. In rendering its opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied include, without limitation:

 

  (a) Neither we nor any of our partnership or limited liability company subsidiaries has elected to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

 

  (b) For each taxable year since and including the year of our initial public offering, more than 90% of our gross income has been and will be income of a character that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code; and

 

  (c) For each taxable year since and including the year of our initial public offering, each hedging transaction we or any of our partnership or limited liability company subsidiaries has entered into or will enter into has been or will be appropriately identified as a hedging transaction pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations, and has been and will be associated with oil, natural gas, or products thereof that are held or to be held by us in activities that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined or will opine result in qualifying income.

We believe that these representations are true and will be true in the future.

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as transferring all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation and then distributing that stock to our unitholders in liquidation of their units. This deemed contribution and liquidation should not result in the recognition of taxable income by our unitholders or us so long as our liabilities do not exceed the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

The present federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time. For example, from time to time, members of the U.S. Congress propose and consider substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. One such legislative proposal would have eliminated the qualifying income exception upon which we rely for our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any such changes will ultimately be enacted. However, it is possible that a change in law could affect us and may be applied retroactively. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our units.

If for any reason we are taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be taken into account by us in determining the amount of our liability for federal income tax, rather than being passed through to our unitholders. Accordingly, our taxation as a corporation would materially

 

208


Table of Contents

reduce our cash distributions to unitholders and thus would likely substantially reduce the value of our units. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as (i) taxable dividend income to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, then (ii) a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in our units, and thereafter (iii) taxable capital gain.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

Limited Partner Status

Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of the partnership, as well as unitholders whose units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of units, will be treated as partners of the partnership for federal income tax purposes. For a discussion related to the risks of losing partner status as a result of securities loans, please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans.” Unitholders who are not treated as partners in us as described above are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences applicable to them under such circumstances.

Flow-Through of Taxable Income

Subject to the discussion below under “—Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes” with respect to payments we may be required to make on behalf of our unitholders, we will not pay any federal income tax. Rather, each unitholder will be required to report on its federal income tax return its share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year or years ending with or within its taxable year. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if that unitholder has not received a cash distribution.

Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions

We estimate that a purchaser of units in this offering who owns those units from the date of closing through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2016, will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income that will be approximately     % of the cash distributed with respect to that period. These estimates are based upon the assumption that earnings from operations will approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, legislative, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure that these estimates will prove to be correct, and our counsel has not opined on the accuracy of such estimates. The actual ratio of taxable income to cash distributions could be higher or lower than expected, and any differences could be material and could affect the value of units. For example, the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser of units in this offering would be higher, and perhaps substantially higher, than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:

 

   

We distribute less cash than we have assumed in making this projection; or

 

   

we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds of the offering in a manner that does not produce additional deductions during the period described above, such as to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.

 

209


Table of Contents

Basis of Units

A unitholder’s tax basis in its units initially will be the amount it paid for those units plus its initial share of our liabilities. That basis generally will be (i) increased by the unitholder’s share of our income and any increases in such unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and (ii) decreased, but not below zero, by distributions to it, by its share of our losses, any decreases in its share of our nonrecourse liabilities and its share of our expenditures that are neither deductible nor required to be capitalized.

Treatment of Distributions

Distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder, unless such distributions exceed the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, in which case the unitholder will recognize gain taxable in the manner described below under “—Disposition of Units.”

Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our “nonrecourse liabilities” (liabilities for which no partner bears the economic risk of loss) will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional units will decrease the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities. For purposes of the foregoing, a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities generally will be based upon that unitholder’s share of the unrealized appreciation (or depreciation) in our assets, to the extent thereof, with any excess liabilities allocated based on the unitholder’s share of our profits. Please read “—Disposition of Units.”

A non-pro rata distribution of money or property (including a deemed distribution described above) may cause a unitholder to recognize ordinary income, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation recapture and substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in Section 751 of the Code (“Section 751 Assets”). To the extent of such reduction, the unitholder would be deemed to receive its proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and exchange such assets with us in return for an allocable portion of the non-pro rata distribution. This latter deemed exchange generally will result in the unitholder’s realization of ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder’s tax basis (generally zero) in the Section 751 Assets deemed to be relinquished in the exchange.

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses

The deduction by a unitholder of its share of our losses will be limited to the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s tax basis in its units, and (ii) in the case of a unitholder who is an individual, estate, trust or corporation (if more than 50% of the corporation’s stock is owned directly or indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or a specific type of tax exempt organization), the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities. In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of its tax basis in its units, reduced by (1) any portion of that basis attributable to the unitholder’s share of our liabilities, (2) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or similar arrangement and (3) any amount of money the unitholder borrows to acquire or hold its units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to another unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment.

A unitholder subject to the at risk limitation must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions (including deemed distributions as a result of a reduction in a unitholder’s share of nonrecourse liabilities) cause the unitholder’s at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a later year to the extent that the unitholder’s tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is subsequently increased. Upon a taxable disposition of units, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but not losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at risk limitation in excess of that gain can no longer be used.

 

210


Table of Contents

In addition to the basis and at risk limitations, passive activity loss limitations generally limit the deductibility of losses incurred by individuals, estates, trusts, some closely held corporations and personal service corporations from “passive activities” (generally, trade or business in which the taxpayer does not materially participate). The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will be available to offset only our passive income generated in the future. Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder’s share of income we generate may be deducted in full when he disposes of all of its units in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive activity loss rules are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at risk and basis limitations.

Limitations on Interest Deductions

The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

 

   

Interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;

 

   

Interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and

 

   

The portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses other than interest directly connected with the production of investment income. Such term generally does not include qualified dividend income or gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. A unitholder’s share of a publicly traded partnership’s portfolio income and, according to the IRS, net passive income will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest expense limitation.

Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes

If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax on behalf of any current or former unitholder or our general partner, we are authorized to pay those taxes and treat the payment as a distribution of cash to the relevant unitholder or general partner. Where the relevant unitholder’s identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of a unitholder, in which event the unitholder may be entitled to claim a refund of the overpayment amount. Unitholders are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine the consequences to them of any tax payment we make on their behalf.

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction

In general, our net income and net loss will be allocated among our unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. At any time that distributions are made to the common units and not to the subordinated units, or that incentive distributions are made, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of such distributions.

Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated under Section 704(c) of the Code (or the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code) to account for any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time such assets are contributed to us and at the time of any subsequent offering of our units (a “Book-Tax Disparity”). As a result, the federal income tax burden associated with any Book-Tax

 

211


Table of Contents

Disparity immediately prior to an offering generally will be borne by our partners holding interests in us prior to such offering. In addition, items of recapture income will be specially allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to that recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by other unitholders.

An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, generally must have “substantial economic effect” as determined under Treasury Regulations. If an allocation does not have substantial economic effect, it will be reallocated to our unitholders on the basis of their interests in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including:

 

   

Our partners’ relative contributions to us;

 

   

The interests of all of our partners in our profits and losses;

 

   

The interest of all of our partners in our cash flow; and

 

   

The rights of all of our partners to distributions of capital upon liquidation.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in “—Section 754 Election” and “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,” allocations under our partnership agreement will have substantial economic effect.

Treatment of Securities Loans

A unitholder whose units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g. a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units) may be treated as having disposed of those units. If so, such unitholder would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period (i) any of our income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to those units would not be reportable by the unitholder, and (ii) any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units would be fully taxable, possibly as ordinary income.

Due to lack of controlling authority, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder whose units are the subject of a securities loan. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a securities loan are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and lending their units. The IRS has announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of securities loan. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Tax Rates

Beginning January 1, 2013, the highest marginal federal income tax rates for individuals applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains (generally, gains from the sale or exchange of certain investment assets held for more than one year) are 39.6% and 20%, respectively. These rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

In addition, a 3.8% Medicare tax on certain net investment income earned by individuals, estates, and trusts applies for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For these purposes, net investment income generally includes a unitholder’s allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s net investment income from all investments, or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if married filing separately) or $200,000 (if the unitholder is unmarried or in any other case). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins.

 

212


Table of Contents

Alternative Minimum Tax

If a unitholder is subject to federal alternative minimum tax, such tax will apply to such unitholder’s distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction. The current alternative minimum tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $179,500 of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors with respect to the impact of an investment in our units on their alternative minimum tax liability.

Section 754 Election

We have made the election permitted by Section 754 of the Code that permits us to adjust the tax bases in our assets as to specific purchased units under Section 743(b) of the Code to reflect the unit purchase price. The Section 743(b) adjustment separately applies to each purchaser of units based upon the values and bases of our assets at the time of the relevant purchase. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not apply to a person who purchases units directly from us. However, the Section 743(b) adjustment will apply to a person who purchases units from Sprague Holdings in this offering. For purposes of this discussion, a unitholder’s basis in our assets will be considered to have two components: (1) its share of the tax basis in our assets as to all unitholders (“common basis”) and (2) its Section 743(b) adjustment to that tax basis (which may be positive or negative).

Under Treasury Regulations, a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property depreciable under Section 168 of the Code, such as our storage assets, may be amortizable over the remaining cost recovery period for such property, while a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to properties subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Code, must be amortized straight-line or using the 150% declining balance method. As a result, if we owned any assets subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Code, the amortization rates could give rise to differences in the taxation of unitholders purchasing units from us and unitholders purchasing units from other unitholders.

Under our partnership agreement, we are authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of units even if that position is not consistent with these or any other Treasury Regulations. Please read “—Uniformity of Units.” Consistent with this authority, we intend to treat properties depreciable under Section 167, if any, in the same manner as properties depreciable under Section 168 for this purpose. These positions are consistent with the methods employed by other publicly traded partnerships but are inconsistent with the existing Treasury Regulations, and Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not opined on the validity of this approach.

The IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of units due to lack of controlling authority. Because a unitholder’s tax basis for its units is reduced by its share of our items of deduction or loss, any position we take that understates deductions will overstate a unitholder’s basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.” If a challenge to such treatment were sustained, the gain from the sale of units may be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we allocated to our assets subject to depreciation to goodwill or nondepreciable assets. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure any unitholder that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS or that the resulting deductions will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different tax basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than it would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

 

213


Table of Contents

Tax Treatment of Operations

Accounting Method and Taxable Year

We will use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for each taxable year ending within or with its taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of its units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of its taxable year must include its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for its taxable year, with the result that it will be required to include in income for its taxable year its share of more than one year of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization

The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to an offering will be borne by our partners holding interests in us prior to the offering. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of its interest in us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

The costs we incur in offering and selling our units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. While there are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us, the underwriting discounts we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties

The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values and the initial tax bases of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of tax basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders could change, and unitholders could be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

Disposition of Units

Recognition of Gain or Loss

A unitholder will be required to recognize gain or loss on a sale of units equal to the difference between the unitholder’s amount realized and tax basis for the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized will equal the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property it receives plus its share of our liabilities with respect to such units. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

 

214


Table of Contents

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year generally will be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss. However, gain or loss recognized on the disposition of units will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to Section 751 Assets, such as depreciation or depletion recapture. Ordinary income attributable to Section 751 Assets may exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Net capital loss may offset capital gains and, in the case of individuals, up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year.

The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in its entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership.

Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed above, a unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, a unitholder may designate specific units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of our units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult its tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.

Specific provisions of the Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:

 

   

A short sale;

 

   

An offsetting notional principal contract; or

 

   

A futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees

In general, our taxable income or loss will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month, or the Allocation Date. However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets or, in the discretion of the general partner, any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which such income, gain, loss or deduction is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

 

215


Table of Contents

Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Code and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferee and transferor unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferee and transferor unitholders, as well as among unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

A unitholder who disposes of units prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the month of disposition but will not be entitled to receive a cash distribution for that period.

Notification Requirements

A unitholder who sells or purchases any of our units is generally required to notify us in writing of that transaction within 30 days after the transaction (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the transaction). Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a transfer of units may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.

Constructive Termination

We will be considered to have terminated our partnership for federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For such purposes, multiple sales of the same unit are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in such unitholder’s taxable income for the year of termination.

A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 will result in us filing two tax returns for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all unitholders. However, pursuant to an IRS relief procedure the IRS may allow, among other things, a constructively terminated partnership to provide a single Schedule K-1 for the calendar year in which a termination occurs. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination.

Uniformity of Units

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units and for other reasons, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of uniformity could result from a literal application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not anticipated to apply to a material portion of our assets. Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election.”

 

216


Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to take positions in filing our tax returns that preserve the uniformity of our units even under circumstances like those described above. These positions may include reducing for some unitholders the depreciation, amortization or loss deductions to which they would otherwise be entitled or reporting a slower amortization of Section 743(b) adjustments for some unitholders than that to which they would otherwise be entitled. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to validity of such filing positions.

A unitholder’s basis in units is reduced by its share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual income tax return) so that any position that we take that understates deductions will overstate the unitholder’s basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” above and “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” above. The IRS may challenge one or more of any positions we take to preserve the uniformity of units. If such a challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and, under some circumstances, the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, non-U.S. corporations and other non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. Prospective unitholders who are tax-exempt entities or non-U.S. persons should consult their tax advisor before investing in our units. Employee benefit plans and most other tax-exempt organizations, including IRAs and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to a tax-exempt unitholder.

Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of their ownership of our units. Consequently, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, distributions to non-U.S. unitholders are subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each non-U.S. unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the United States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.

A foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” a foreign unitholder would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. by virtue of the U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that unitholder’s gain would be effectively connected with that unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a foreign unitholder generally will be subject to federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a unit if (i) it owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair

 

217


Table of Contents

market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the units or the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition. Currently, more than 50% of our assets consist of U.S. real property interests and we do not expect that to change in the foreseeable future. Therefore, foreign unitholders may be subject to federal income tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.

Administrative Matters

Information Returns and Audit Procedures

We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each taxable year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure our unitholders that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS.

Neither we, nor Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible, and such a contention could negatively affect the value of the units. The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of its own return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to its returns.

Partnerships generally are treated as entities separate from their owners for purposes of federal income tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes, and our partnership agreement designates our general partner.

The Tax Matters Partner will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate in that action.

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on its federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

Nominee Reporting

Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

 

  (1) The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

 

218


Table of Contents
  (2) A statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is:

 

  (a) A non-U.S. person;

 

  (b) A non-U.S. government, an international organization or any wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

 

  (c) A tax-exempt entity;

 

  (3) The amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

 

  (4) Specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per calendar year, is imposed by the Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.

Accuracy-Related Penalties

An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for the underpayment of that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding the underpayment of that portion.

For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000. The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:

 

  (1) For which there is, or was, “substantial authority;” or

 

  (2) As to which there is a reasonable basis and the relevant facts of that position are disclosed on the return.

If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of an “understatement” of income for which no “substantial authority” exists, we must disclose the relevant facts on their returns. In addition, we will make a reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply to “tax shelters,” which we do not believe includes us, or any of our investments, plans or arrangements.

A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (a) the value of any property, or the tax basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or tax basis, (b) the price for any property or services (or for the use of property) claimed on any such return with respect to any transaction between persons described in Code Section 482 is 200% or more (or 50% or less) of the amount determined under Section 482 to be the correct amount of such price, or (c) the net Code Section 482 transfer price adjustment for the taxable year exceeds the lesser of $5 million or 10% of the taxpayer’s gross receipts. No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for a corporation other than an S Corporation or a personal holding company). The penalty is increased to 40% in the event of a gross valuation misstatement. We do not anticipate making any valuation misstatements.

 

219


Table of Contents

In addition, the 20% accuracy-related penalty also applies to any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to transactions lacking economic substance. To the extent that such transactions are not disclosed, the penalty imposed is increased to 40%. Additionally, there is no reasonable cause defense to the imposition of this penalty to such transactions.

Reportable Transactions

If we were to engage in a “reportable transaction,” we (and possibly our unitholders and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a “listed transaction” or that it produces certain kinds of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations, and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single tax year, or $4 million in any combination of six successive tax years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information return, and possibly our unitholders’ tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Please read “—Administrative Matters—Information Returns and Audit Procedures.”

Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, our unitholders may be subject to the following provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:

 

   

Accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than described above at “—Administrative Matters—Accuracy-Related Penalties;”

 

   

For those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability; and

 

   

In the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations.

We do not expect to engage in any “reportable transactions.”

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders will be subject to other taxes, including state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangibles taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property or in which the unitholder is a resident. Moreover, we may also own property or do business in other states in the future that impose income or similar taxes on nonresident individuals. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on its investment in us.

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states and localities, of its investment in us. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local, or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in us. We strongly recommend that each prospective unitholder consult, and depend on, its own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. It is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all tax returns that may be required of it.

 

220


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

An investment in our common units by an employee benefit plan is subject to certain additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, as well as the prohibited transaction restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Code, and may be subject to provisions under certain other laws or regulations that are similar to ERISA or the Code (collectively referred to as Similar Laws). As used herein, the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing, and stock bonus plans, certain Keogh plans, certain simplified employee pension plans, and tax-deferred annuities or IRAs established or maintained by an employer or employee organization, and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts and arrangements.

General Fiduciary Matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of an employee benefit plan that is subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or an ERISA Plan, and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan. In considering an investment in our common units, among other things, consideration should be given to:

 

   

Whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;

 

   

Whether in making the investment, the plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(l)(C) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;

 

   

Whether the investment is permitted under the terms of the applicable documents governing the plan;

 

   

Whether making the investment will comply with the delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws (see the discussion under “Investment by Employee Benefit Plans—Prohibited Transaction Issues” below);

 

   

Whether in making the investment, that plan will be considered to hold as plan assets (1) only the investment in our units or (2) an undivided interest in our underlying assets (see the discussion under “Investment by Employee Benefit Plans—Plan Asset Issues” below); and

 

   

Whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return (please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Unitholders—Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors”).

The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan should determine whether an investment in our common units is authorized by the appropriate governing plan instruments and whether such investment is otherwise a proper investment for the plan.

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit employee benefit plans, and certain IRAs that are not considered part of an employee benefit plan, from engaging in specified transactions, referred to as prohibited transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Code with respect to the plan, unless an exemption is applicable. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes

 

221


Table of Contents

and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes, penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

Plan Asset Issues

In addition to considering whether the purchase of our common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in our common units, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that our general partner also would be a fiduciary of the plan and our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under certain circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s underlying assets generally would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

 

(a) The equity interests acquired by the employee benefit plan are “publicly offered securities;” i.e ., the equity interests are part of a class of securities that are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, “freely transferable” (as defined in the regulations), and either part of a class of securities registered pursuant to certain provisions of the federal securities laws or sold to the plan as part of a public offering under certain conditions;

 

(b) The entity is an “operating company,”— i.e ., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital either directly or through a majority owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

 

(c) There is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined to mean that, immediately after the most recent acquisition by a plan of an equity interest in an entity, less than 25% of the total value of each class of equity interest, disregarding certain interests held by our general partner, its affiliates, and certain other persons, is held by employee benefit plans that are subject to part 4 of Title I of ERISA (which excludes governmental plans and non-electing church plans) and/or Section 4975 of the Code and IRAs.

With respect to an investment in our common units, we believe that our assets should not be considered “plan assets” under these regulations because it is expected that the investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) and (b) above and may also satisfy the requirement in (c) above (although we do not monitor the level of benefit plan investors as required for compliance with (c)).

The foregoing discussion of issues arising for employee benefit plan investments under ERISA, the Code and applicable Similar Laws is general in nature and is not intended to be all inclusive, nor should it be construed as legal advice. In light of the complexity of these rules and the excise taxes, penalties and liabilities that may be imposed on persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions or other violations, plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of our common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA, the Code and Similar Laws.

 

222


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives of the underwriters and as joint book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement relating to this prospectus, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of common units shown opposite its name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Common  Units

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

  

   Incorporated

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

  

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

  

BNP Paribas Securities Corp

  

Natixis Securities Americas LLC

  

RBS Securities Inc. 

  

SG Americas Securities LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase the common units depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

   

The obligation to purchase all of the common units offered hereby (other than those common units covered by their option to purchase additional common units as described below), if any of the common units are purchased;

 

   

The representations and warranties made by us, our general partner and Sprague Holdings to the underwriters are true;

 

   

There is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

We deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Underwriting Discounts and Expenses

The following table summarizes the per common unit and total public offering price, underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and proceeds to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

 

            Total  
     Per Common Unit      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts

   $                    $                    $                

Structuring fee

   $                    $                    $                

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $         $         $     

We will pay a structuring fee equal to an aggregate of 0.75% of the gross proceeds from this offering to Barclays Capital Inc. for evaluation, analysis and structuring of this offering.

 

223


Table of Contents

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common units directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $             per common unit. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of common units made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We estimate that the expenses of the offering will be $2.3 million (exclusive of previously written-off offering expenses, underwriting discounts and the structuring fee). We will pay all of the offering expenses in connection with this offering.

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of              additional common units at the public offering price less underwriting discounts. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than              common units in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional common units based on the underwriter’s underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this “Underwriting” section.

If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise will be sold to the public, and any remaining common units not purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise of the option will be issued to Sprague Holdings at the expiration of the option period. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding at the end of the 30-day option period or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units.

Sprague Holdings and Axel Johnson are deemed under federal securities laws to be underwriters with respect to any common units that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

Lock-Up Agreements

Subject to certain exceptions, we, Sprague Holdings, our operating company, our general partner and its affiliates and the directors and executive officers of our general partner, have agreed that without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., we and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any of our common units (including, without limitation, common units that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and common units that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants but excluding common units issued pursuant to the New LTIP) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common units, (3) file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any common units or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common units or any of our other securities (other than any registration statement on Form S-8) or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

During the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

224


Table of Contents
   

Prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of material event unless such extension is waived in writing by Barclays Capital Inc.

Barclays Capital Inc., in its sole discretion, may release the common units and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above, in whole or in part, at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common units and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of common units and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. Barclays Capital Inc. has no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities that would be subject to these lock-up agreements.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common units, the representatives expect to consider a number of factors, including:

 

   

The history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

Our financial information;

 

   

The ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

   

The prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

The recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common units of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

Other factors deemed relevant by the representatives and us.

Neither we nor the representatives can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common units, or that the common units will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Indemnification

We and certain of our affiliates, including Sprague Holdings, have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common units, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of common units in excess of the number of common units the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of common units involved in the sales made by the underwriters in

 

225


Table of Contents
 

excess of the number of common units they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of common units that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional common units. In a naked short position, the number of common units involved is greater than the number of common units in their option to purchase additional common units. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common units and/or purchasing common units in the open market. In determining the source of common units to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common units through their option to purchase additional common units. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the common units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common units in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common units originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units. As a result, the price of the common units may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common units. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

New York Stock Exchange

We have been approved to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SRLP,” subject to official notice of issuance. The underwriters have undertaken to sell the minimum number of common units to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the New York Stock Exchange distribution requirements for trading.

 

226


Table of Contents

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of common units offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase common units offered by this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Certain Relationships

The underwriters and their affiliates have in the past and may in the future perform investment banking, commercial banking, derivative, advisory and other services for Axel Johnson, Sprague Holdings our general partner and us from time to time for which they have in the past and will in the future receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, we anticipate that affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will be lenders under our new credit agreement and, accordingly, will receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. In addition, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is a lender under our existing credit agreement and may receive payments in connection with the repayment of our existing credit agreement.

FINRA

Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, is expected to view the common units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program, the offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of the FINRA Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), other than Germany, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the Issuer for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as

 

227


Table of Contents

the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state. The expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Our partnership may constitute a “collective investment scheme” as defined by section 235 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) that is not a “recognised collective investment scheme” for the purposes of FSMA (CIS) and that has not been authorised or otherwise approved. As an unregulated scheme, it cannot be marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public, except in accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being distributed in the United Kingdom to, and is only directed at:

 

  (1) if our partnership is a CIS and is marketed by a person who is an authorised person under FSMA, (a) investment professionals falling within Article 14(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Promotion of Collective Investment Schemes) (Exemptions) Order 2001, as amended (the CIS Promotion Order) or (b) high net worth companies and other persons falling within Article 22(2)(a) to (d) of the CIS Promotion Order; or

 

  (2) otherwise, if marketed by a person who is not an authorised person under FSMA, (a) persons who fall within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the Financial Promotion Order) or (b) Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Financial Promotion Order; and

 

  (3) in both cases (1) and (2) to any other person to whom it may otherwise lawfully be made (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

Our partnership’s common units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any common units which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to our partnership.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small number of selected investors only. Each copy of this prospectus is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties. Our common units are not being offered to the public in Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering materials relating to our common units may be distributed in connection with any such public offering. We have not been registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 120 of the Collective Investment Schemes Act of June 23, 2006 (CISA). Accordingly, our common units may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering materials relating to our common units may be made available through a public offering in or from Switzerland. Our common units may only be offered and this prospectus may only be distributed in or from Switzerland by way of private placement exclusively to qualified investors (as this term is defined in the CISA and its implementing ordinance).

 

228


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Germany

This document has not been prepared in accordance with the requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ), the German Capital Investment Act ( Vermôgensanlagengesetz ), or the German Investment Act ( Investmentgesetz ). Neither the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht— BaFin) nor any other German authority has been notified of the intention to distribute our common units in Germany. Consequently, our common units may not be distributed in Germany by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner and this document and any other document relating to the offering, as well as information or statements contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of our common units to the public in Germany or any other means of public marketing. Our common units are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in Section 3, paragraph 2 no. 1, in connection with Section 2, no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus Act, Section 2 no. 4 of the German Capital Investment Act, and in Section 2 paragraph 11 sentence 2 no.1 of the German Investment Act. This document is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

The offering does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy our common units in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Netherlands

Our common units may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Netherlands, other than to qualified investors ( gekwalificeerde beleggers ) within the meaning of Article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht ).

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This offering document does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the common units may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”), who are:

 

  (a) “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act; and

 

  (b) “wholesale clients” (within the meaning of section 761G of the Corporations Act),

so that it is lawful to offer the common units without disclosure to investors under Chapters 6D and 7 of the Corporations Act.

The common units applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapters 6D and 7 of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under both section 708 and Subdivision B of Division 2 of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapters 6D and 7 of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring common units must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

 

229


Table of Contents

This offering document contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this offering document is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common units has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common units which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

 

230


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS

The validity of the common units will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with the common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Baker Botts L.L.P., Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC at December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 appearing in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Sprague Resources LP as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from June 23, 2011 (date of inception) through December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-l regarding the common units. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common units offered by this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, filed under the Securities Act. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by writing to the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

The SEC maintains a web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov. Our registration statement on Form S-l, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, can be downloaded from the SEC’s web site and can also be inspected and copied at the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and Sprague Holdings have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and Sprague Holdings are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Upon completion of this offering, we will file with or furnish to the SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. Our website on the Internet is located at www.spragueenergy.com. We make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

We intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements and furnish or make available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information, including the information required by Form 10-Q, for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

 

231


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or forecasts of future events. Words such as “may,” “assume,” “forecast,” “position,” “predict,” “strategy,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “project,” “budget,” “potential,” or “continue,” and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements. They can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statements can be guaranteed. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. The risk factors and other factors noted throughout the prospectus could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement, and you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

 

232


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Introduction

     F-2   

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2013

     F-3   

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

     F-4   

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2012

     F-5   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-6   

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (PREDECESSOR)

  

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-10   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-11   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-12   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-13   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Member’s Equity for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

     F-14   

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-15   

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-29   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-30   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-31   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-32   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-33   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s/Member’s Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-34   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-35   

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-64   

Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-65   

Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (Unaudited) and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 and for the Period June 23, 2011 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2011

     F-66   

Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (Unaudited) and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 and for the Period June 23, 2011 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2011

     F-67   

Statements of Partners’ Equity for Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 (Unaudited) and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 and for the Period June 23, 2011 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2011

     F-68   

Note to Financial Statements

     F-69   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

Introduction

The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements of Sprague Resources LP, a newly formed Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), are derived from Sprague Operating Resources LLC’s (the “Predecessor” or “Sprague Operating”) audited historical consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the unaudited historical consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013, and have been prepared to reflect the formation of the Partnership, the new revolving credit agreement, the initial public offering (the “Offering”) and use of proceeds from the Offering.

In connection with the Offering, on November 7, 2011, Sprague Energy Corp. was converted into a limited liability company and renamed as Sprague Operating Resources LLC. Prior to the closing of the Offering, Axel Johnson Inc., the Predecessor’s Parent (the “Parent”), will contribute to Sprague Resources Holdings LLC (“Sprague Holdings”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent, all of the ownership interests in Sprague Operating, the Partnership’s operating company. Sprague Operating will distribute to a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings certain assets and liabilities that will not be a part of the initial assets and liabilities of the Partnership. Sprague Holdings will contribute to the Partnership all of the membership interests in Sprague Operating in exchange for common units, subordinated units and incentive distribution rights. The assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Predecessor for periods prior to their actual contribution to the Partnership are presented as the Predecessor.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Partnership should be read together with the historical consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Partnership were derived by making certain adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013. The adjustments are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. Therefore, the actual adjustments may differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the estimates and assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the contemplated transactions and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those estimates and assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the Partnership had assumed the operations of the Predecessor on the dates indicated nor are they indicative of future results, in part because of the exclusion of various operating expenses.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

as of June 30, 2013

 

     Sprague
Operating
Resources LLC
Historical
    Sprague
Canada
Pro Forma
Adjustments (a)
    Other Pro
Forma
Adjustments
          Sprague
Resources LP
Pro Forma
 
     (in thousands, except units)  

Assets

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 434      $ (270   $  170,000        (f   $ 164   
         (14,175     (g  
         (155,825     (h  
         17,500        (b  
         (17,500     (b  

Accounts receivable, net

     188,410        (31,061     (155,825     (d     1,524   

Inventories

     332,179        (121,805     —            210,374   

Fair value of derivative assets

     37,336        (1,540     —            35,796   

Deferred income taxes

     12,247        —          (11,742     (c     505   

Other current assets

     21,236        (3,284     (1,193     (c     16,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

     591,842        (157,960     (168,760       265,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     174,010        (69,180     (9,550     (d     95,280   

Intangibles and other assets, net

     18,109        (11,805     9,945        (i     16,249   

Goodwill

     50,184        (11,777     (1,024     (d     37,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 834,145      $ (250,722   $ (169,389     $ 414,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities and member’s equity

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable

   $ 113,187      $ (17,750   $ —          $ 95,437   

Accrued liabilities

     40,109        (4,117     —            35,992   

Advance from Parent

     10,000        —          (10,000     (b     —     

Fair value of derivative liabilities

     29,387        (1,293     —            28,094   

Current portion of long-term debt

     443,430        (90,030     17,500        (b     —     
         (155,825     (h  
         10,365        (i  
         (42,400     (d  
         (183,040     (j  

Current portion of capital leases

     690        (503     —            187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     636,803        (113,693     (363,400       159,710   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     —          —          —            —     

Long-term debt

     616        (616     183,040        (j     183,040   

Long-term capital leases

     5,231        (2,063     —            3,168   

Other liabilities

     18,530        —          (3,138     (d     15,392   

Deferred income taxes

     39,467        (14,373     (23,904     (c     1,190   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     700,647        (130,745     (207,402       362,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Member’s equity:

          

Member’s equity

     144,130        (127,764     (7,500     (b     —     
         10,969        (c  
         (120,861     (d  
         101,026        (e  

Common Unitholders (                 common units)

     —          —          (13,632     (e     141,983   
         170,000        (f  
         (14,175     (g  
         (210     (i  

Subordinated Unitholders (                     subordinated units)

     —          —          (87,394     (e     (87,604
         (210     (i  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     (10,632     7,787        —            (2,845
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total member’s equity

     133,498        (119,977     38,013          51,534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and member’s equity

   $ 834,145      $ (250,722   $ (169,389     $ 414,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income

for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

     Sprague
Operating
Resources LLC
Historical
    Sprague
Canada
Pro  Forma

Adjustments (a)
    Other
Pro  Forma

Adjustments
          Sprague
Resources LP
Pro Forma
 
     (in thousands, except units and per unit amounts)  

Net sales

   $ 2,466,773      $ (261,585   $ —          $ 2,205,188   

Cost of products sold

     2,367,864        (252,251     —            2,115,613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross margin

     98,909        (9,334     —            89,575   

Operating costs and expenses:

          

Operating expenses

     27,600        (5,586     —            22,014   

Selling, general and administrative

     27,056        (2,550     (97     (m     24,409   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,437        (3,767     —            4,670   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     63,093        (11,903     (97       51,093   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

     35,816       
2,569
  
    97          38,482   

Other income

     816        91       
—  
  
     
907
  

Interest income

     260        —          —            260   

Interest expense

     (14,639     1,581        1,678        (l     (11,380
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     22,253        4,241        1,775          28,269   

Income tax provision

     (10,638     (2,160     10,925        (n     (1,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 11,615      $ 2,081      $ 12,700        $ 26,396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income

           $     

Less interest in net income allocated to incentive distributions (see Note 3)

          
          

 

 

 

Limited partners’ interest in net income

           $     
          

 

 

 

Net income per limited partner unit—basic and diluted:

          

Common

           $     

Subordinated

           $     

Weighted average limited partner units outstanding—basic and diluted:

          

Common units

          

Subordinated units

          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     Sprague
Operating
Resources LLC
Historical
    Sprague
Canada

Pro Forma
Adjustments (a)
    Other
Pro Forma
Adjustments
          Sprague
Resources LP
Pro Forma
 
     (in thousands, except units and per unit amounts)  

Net sales

   $ 4,043,907      $ (167,112   $ —          $ 3,876,795   

Cost of products sold

     3,922,352        (165,958     —            3,756,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross margin

     121,555        (1,154     —            120,401   

Operating costs and expenses:

          

Operating expenses

     47,054        (3,292     —            43,762   

Selling, general and administrative

     46,449        (1,201     964        (m     46,212   

Write-off of deferred offering costs

     8,931        —              8,931   

Depreciation and amortization

     11,665        (1,765     —            9,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     114,099        (6,258     964          108,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

     7,456        5,104        (964       11,596   

Gain on acquisition of business

     1,512        (1,512     —            —     

Other expense

     (160     —          —            (160

Interest income

     534        (27     —            507   

Interest expense

     (23,960     1,211        974        (l     (21,775
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in net loss of foreign affiliate

     (14,618     4,776        10          (9,832

Income tax benefit (provision)

     2,796        (1,897     (248     (n     651   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before equity in net loss of foreign affiliate

     (11,822     2,879        (238       (9,181

Equity in net loss of foreign affiliate

     (1,009     —          1,009        (k     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,831   $ 2,879      $ 771        $ (9,181
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

           $                

Less interest in net loss allocated to incentive distributions (see Note 3)

          
          

 

 

 

Limited partners’ interest in net loss

           $     
          

 

 

 

Net loss per limited partner unit—basic and diluted:

          

Common

           $     

Subordinated

           $     

Weighted average limited partner units outstanding—basic and diluted:

          

Common units

          

Subordinated units

          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma

Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor. The historical consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of Sprague Operating Resources LLC. Upon the consummation of the initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests of the Partnership, the Partnership will own and operate the business of the Predecessor, excluding certain assets and liabilities that will not be part of the Partnership.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements reflect the following transactions:

 

   

The conversion into equity of a $10.0 million advance made by the Predecessor’s sole member during the month of June 2013 in connection with a business acquisition that was completed on July 31, 2013;

 

   

The $17.5 million dividend declared on September 16, 2013 and paid to the Predecessor’s sole member on September 18, 2013;

 

   

The filing by Sprague Operating with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service of an election to be disregarded as an entity separate from its sole tax owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, resulting in the write-off of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities and the reclassification of equity balances related to Sprague Operating to the accounts of the partners in connection with the conversion;

 

   

The contribution to Sprague Holdings by the Parent of all the ownership interests in Sprague Operating;

 

   

The distribution from Sprague Operating to Sprague Holdings or a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings of certain assets and liabilities that will not be a part of the Partnership, including $155.8 million of accounts receivable; all of the Predecessor’s interests in Sprague Energy Canada Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Predecessor, which owns all of the equity interests in Kildair Service Ltd. (“Kildair”); the terminal assets and liabilities associated with the Predecessor’s terminals located in New Bedford, Massachusetts; Portsmouth, New Hampshire and Bucksport, Maine; property located in Oceanside, New York; certain corporate assets; and long-term debt of $42.4 million;

 

   

The contribution to the Partnership by Sprague Holdings of all the membership interests in Sprague Operating in exchange for              common units,              subordinated units, the incentive distribution rights in the Partnership;

 

   

The issuance and sale by the Partnership of              common units to the public, representing a     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per unit;

 

   

The payment by the Partnership of the estimated underwriting discount and structuring fee (approximately $11.9 million) and of the offering expenses (approximately $2.3 million);

 

   

The Partnership’s entry in to the new credit agreement, which is expected to result in up to a 0.50% reduction in the borrowing rate for borrowings under the $750.0 million working capital facility;

 

   

The application of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of              common units by the Partnership to repay $             million in borrowings outstanding under the credit agreement;

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma

Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

   

The elimination of certain selling, general and administrative expenses, including corporate overhead charges from the Parent; and

 

   

The treatment of all the Partnership’s subsidiaries, as pass-through entities for federal income tax purposes. For these pass-through entities, all income, expense, gains, losses and tax credits generated flow through to the Partnership’s unitholders and, accordingly, do not result in a provision for federal income taxes in the Partnership’s financial statements.

Upon completion of the Offering, the Partnership anticipates incurring incremental selling, general and administrative expenses related to becoming a public entity ( e.g ., cost of tax return preparation, annual and quarterly reporting to unitholders, audit fees, stock exchange listing fees and registrar and transfer agent fees) in an annual amount estimated to be $2.1 million. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements do not reflect this $2.1 million in anticipated incremental selling, general and administrative expenses.

In connection with the Offering, the Partnership will grant the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional              common units. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements assume that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units and that all of the option common units will be issued to Sprague Holdings at the expiration of the option period. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise of the option will be sold to the public (instead of being issued to Sprague Holdings). The net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units (approximately $             million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per common unit, if exercised in full, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and structuring fee) will be distributed to Sprague Holdings.

 

2. Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect to the adjustments as if they had occurred on June 30, 2013. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income gives effect to the adjustments as if they had occurred as of January 1, 2012. The adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments. A general description of these adjustments is provided as follows:

 

(a) Reflects the distribution to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings by Sprague Operating, of 100% of its interest in Sprague Energy Canada Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Predecessor, which owns all of the equity interests in Kildair.

 

(b) Reflects the conversion into equity of a $10.0 million advance made by the Predecessor’s sole member during the month of June 2013 in connection with a business acquisition that was completed on July 31, 2013 and borrowings under the existing credit agreement to fund a dividend to the Predecessor’s sole member of approximately $17.5 million declared on September 16, 2013 and paid on September 18, 2013.

 

(c) Reflects the adjustment of deferred tax assets of $11.7 million, prepaid state tax of $1.2 million, and deferred tax liabilities of $23.9 million to reflect the conversion of the predecessor to a partnership, resulting in the elimination of all U.S. federal income taxes, as well as an adjustment for the reduction of income taxes in certain state jurisdictions in which the Partnership operates.

 

(d) Reflects the distribution to Sprague Holdings or a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings by Sprague Operating, of the following:

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma

Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

i. $155.8 million of accounts receivable;

ii. other terminal businesses and assets and certain corporate assets with combined property, plant and equipment net carrying value of $9.6 million and goodwill of $1.0 million; and

iii. other long-term liabilities of $3.1 million and long-term debt of $42.4 million.

 

(e) Reflects allocation of the remaining carrying value of Sprague Operating of $(101.0) million, $(13.6) million to the common units and $(87.4) million to the subordinated units, after the adjustments within items (a), (b), (c) and (d), to Sprague Holdings in connection with the contribution to the Partnership by Sprague Holdings of all the membership interests in Sprague Operating upon the closing of the Offering in exchange for the following units of the Partnership:

i. common units (representing     % of equity); and

ii. subordinated units (representing     % of equity).

 

(f) Reflects the gross proceeds to the Partnership of $170.0 million from the issuance and sale of              common units at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per unit.

 

(g) Reflects the payment by the Partnership of the estimated underwriting discount and structuring fee of $11.9 million and offering expenses of approximately $2.3 million.

 

(h) Reflects net proceeds of the Offering used to repay indebtedness outstanding under the credit agreement of $155.8 million.

 

(i) Reflects borrowings under the new credit agreement to fund deferred debt issue costs in the amount of $10.4 million, offset by a reduction of $0.4 million representing a partial write-off of prior deferred debt costs.

 

(j) Reflects an adjustment to reclassify a portion of pro forma debt under the Partnership’s existing credit agreement, the entirety of which are classified as current debt due to the maturity of the existing credit facility occurring within 12 months, to long-term debt under the Partnership’s new credit facility based upon the Partnership’s intention not to repay such portion prior to June 30, 2014.

 

(k) Reflects the elimination of the equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate of $(1.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(l) Reflects the pro forma adjustment for interest expense and deferred financing fees under the new credit agreement. The calculation is based on the monthly average working capital and acquisition facility amounts at the end of the month multiplied by the expected decreases in the borrowing rate of 0.50% for borrowings under the working capital facility, less the increase of commitment fees due to the increased size of the facility, resulting in a decrease in interest expense of $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and a decrease in interest expense of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the blended pro forma interest rate used was 4.8% and 4.6%, respectively, after giving effect to the impact of commitment fees, interest rate swap fees and deferred financing fees. The Partnership has received from the anticipated lenders under the new credit agreement indicative commitments with respect to the price reduction of the borrowing rates that will be effective upon the commencement of the Offering. An increase or decrease of 0.125% in interest rates would have increased or decreased the Partnership’s interest expense by $0.2 million and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

(m)

Reflects the elimination of corporate overhead charges from the Parent, of $0.7 million and $1.3 million offset by increases in incentive compensation of $0.6 million and $2.3 million for the six months ended

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma

Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

  June 30, 2013 and for year ended December 31, 2012, respectively. These pro forma financial statements are not indicative of future results, due to the exclusion of various operating expenses.

 

(n) Reflects the adjustment to reflect the conversion of the predecessor to a partnership resulting in the elimination of all U.S. federal income taxes, as well as an adjustment for the reduction of income taxes in certain state jurisdictions in which the partnership operates, and to record estimated taxes for the activities conducted by Sprague Resources LP at the applicable state statutory rates in effect during the periods, resulting in a net reduction of $10.9 million and $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

3. Pro Forma Net Income Per Unit

The Partnership computes income per unit using the two-class method. Net income available to common unitholders and subordinated unitholders for purposes of the basic income per unit computation is allocated between the common unitholders and subordinated unitholders by applying the provisions of the partnership agreement as if all net income for the period had been distributed as cash. Under the two-class method, any excess of distributions declared over net income shall be allocated to the partners based on their respective sharing of income specified in the partnership agreement. Pro forma net income per unit is determined by dividing the pro forma net income that would have been allocated to the common unitholders and the subordinated unitholders under the two-class method by the number of common units and subordinated units expected to be outstanding at the closing of the offering. For purposes of this calculation, the number of common units and subordinated units outstanding were              and              respectively, as all units were assumed to have been outstanding since January 1, 2012.

In addition, SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) Topic 1B-3—Financial Statements requires that in situations when a subsidiary has declared dividends that exceed earnings in the current year, even though the stated use of proceeds is other than for the payment of dividends, pro forma per unit data should give effect to the increase in the number of units which, when multiplied by the offering price, would be sufficient to replace the capital in excess of earnings being withdrawn. During the current year, Sprague Resources LP paid to the Parent dividends of $40.0 million. For purposes of this calculation and based on an offering price of $             per unit,              additional units were assumed to be outstanding since January 1, 2013.

Sprague Holdings will own all of the outstanding subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights immediately following the completion of the Offering. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, to the extent that the quarterly distributions exceed certain targets, Sprague Holdings is entitled to receive certain incentive distributions that will result in more net income proportionately being allocated to Sprague Holdings than to the other holders of common units. The pro forma net income per unit calculation assumes that no incentive distributions were made to Sprague Holdings based on the provisions of the partnership agreement and the pro forma distributable cash flow for the period.

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 260 (“ASC 260”) (formerly Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 03-06, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128), addresses the computation of earnings per share by entities that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of the entity. The application of ASC 260 may have an impact on earnings per limited partner unit in future periods if there are material differences between net income and actual cash distributions or if other participating units are issued.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     Pro Forma
June 30,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)        
    

(See Note 10)

             

Assets

       (in thousands)     

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 434      $ 434      $ 3,691   

Accounts receivable, net

     188,410        188,410        251,246   

Inventories

     332,179        332,179        472,596   

Fair value of derivative assets

     37,336        37,336        30,852   

Deferred income taxes

     12,247        12,247        14,258   

Other current assets

     21,236        21,236        32,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     591,842        591,842        805,501   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     174,010        174,010        177,080   

Intangibles and other assets, net

     18,109        18,109        20,772   

Goodwill

     50,184        50,184        50,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 834,145      $ 834,145      $ 1,054,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and member’s equity

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 113,187      $ 113,187      $ 196,776   

Accrued liabilities

     40,109        40,109        48,949   

Advance from Parent

     10,000        10,000        —     

Fair value of derivative liabilities

     29,387        29,387        49,953   

Current portion of long-term debt

     460,930        443,430        317,186   

Current portion of capital leases

     690        690        709   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     654,303        636,803        613,573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

     —          —          —     

Long-term debt

     616        616        232,007   

Long-term capital leases

     5,231        5,231        5,717   

Other liabilities

     18,530        18,530        19,208   

Deferred income taxes

     39,467        39,467        42,536   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     718,147        700,647        913,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Member’s equity:

      

Member’s equity

     126,630        144,130        146,779   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     (10,632     (10,632     (5,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total member’s equity

     115,998        133,498        141,206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and member’s equity

   $ 834,145      $ 834,145      $ 1,054,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2012  
    

(in thousands)

 

Net sales

   $ 2,466,773      $ 2,037,606   

Cost of products sold

     2,367,864        1,967,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     98,909        69,829   

Operating costs and expenses:

    

Operating expenses

     27,600        22,106   

Selling, general and administrative

     27,056        22,500   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,437        4,965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     63,093        49,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     35,816        20,258   

Loss on impairment of fixed assets

     —          (529

Other income

     816        —     

Interest income

     260        308   

Interest expense

     (14,639     (11,418
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in net income of foreign affiliate

     22,253        8,619   

Income tax provision

     (10,638     (3,705
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in net income of foreign affiliate

     11,615        4,914   

Equity in net income of foreign affiliate

     —         2,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 11,615      $ 7,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2012  
     (Unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 11,615      $ 7,266   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

  

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps:

    

Net loss arising during the period

     (138     (1,091

Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in income as interest expense

     2,514        2,089   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized loss on interest rate swaps

     2,376        998   

Tax effect

     (956     (401
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,420        597   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (2,665     257   

Unrealized loss on inter-entity long-term foreign currency transactions

     (3,814     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (5,059     854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 6,556      $ 8,120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2012  
     (Unaudited)
(in thousands)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 11,615      $ 7,266   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     10,137        6,511   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     900        869   

Gain on insurance recovery

     (777     —     

Undistributed gain on investment of foreign affiliate

     —         (2,352

Impairment of terminal asset

     —          529   

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

     4        (20

Deferred income taxes

     (1,067     3,527   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     58,974        104,520   

Inventories

     133,046        188,092   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     10,312        3,869   

Fair value of commodity derivative instruments

     (24,768     7,891   

Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other

     (80,028     (92,242
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     118,348        228,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (8,117     (3,702

Proceeds from property insurance settlement

     1,867        —    

Proceeds from sale of assets

     144        20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (6,106     (3,682
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net payments under credit agreements

     (101,881     (228,300

Payments on capital lease liabilities and term debt

     (349     (249

Payments on long-term terminal obligations

     (211     (319

Advance from Parent

     10,000        —     

Dividend paid to Parent

     (22,500     (26,900

Net (decrease) increase in payable to Parent

     (494     104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (115,435     (255,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in foreign currencies

     (64     9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (3,257     (30,877

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     3,691        31,829   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 434      $ 952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid:

    

Interest

   $ 12,899      $ 10,730   

Taxes

   $ 2,623      $ 1,536   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Member’s Equity

 

     Member’s
Equity
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Member’s
Equity
 
     (Unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 146,779      $ (5,573   $ 141,206   

Net income

     11,615        —         11,615   

Other comprehensive loss

     —         (5,059     (5,059

Dividend

     (22,500     —         (22,500

Capital contributions

     8,236        —         8,236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2013

   $ 144,130      $ (10,632   $ 133,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Company Businesses

On November 7, 2011, Sprague Energy Corp. was converted into a limited liability company and renamed as Sprague Operating Resources LLC (the “Predecessor”). There was no impact to the organization’s structure or ownership as a result of such conversion. The stockholder’s equity was converted to member’s equity and the Predecessor remains a wholly owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson Inc. (the “Parent”).

The Predecessor is one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast United States based on aggregate terminal capacity. The Predecessor owns and/or operates a network of 14 refined products and materials handling terminals located in the Northeast United States and Eastern Canada. The Predecessor also utilizes third-party terminals in the Northeast through which it sells or distributes refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements. The Predecessor has four business segments: refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations. The refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel, residual fuel oil, asphalt, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sells them to wholesale and commercial customers. The natural gas segment purchases, sells and distributes natural gas to commercial and industrial customers in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic. The Predecessor purchases the natural gas it sells from natural gas producers and trading companies. The materials handling segment offloads, stores and prepares for delivery a variety of customer-owned products, including asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment. The Predecessor’s other operations include the purchase and distribution of coal and certain commercial trucking activities.

Since 2007 and through September 30, 2012, the Predecessor, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sprague Energy Canada Ltd., owned a 50% equity investment in 9047-1137 Quebec Inc. (“Kildair”). On October 1, 2012, the Predecessor acquired the remaining 50% equity interest in Kildair (see Note 2). Kildair’s primary business is the distribution of residual fuel oil and asphalt which are included in the refined products segment.

In connection with the planned offering of limited partnership interests by Sprague Resources LP, (the “Offering”) a newly formed Delaware limited partnership (“Sprague Resources”), the Parent will contribute to Sprague Resources Holdings LLC (“Sprague Holdings”) all of the ownership interests in the Predecessor. The Predecessor will distribute to a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings certain assets and liabilities, including among others, 100% of the equity investment in Kildair and accounts receivable in an amount equal to the net proceeds of the Offering. Sprague Holdings will then contribute all of the ownership interests in the Predecessor to Sprague Resources LP. All of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor contributed to Sprague Resources LP by Sprague Holdings will be recorded at historical cost as it is considered to be a reorganization of entities under common control.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements included herein reflect all normal and recurring adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the Predecessor’s consolidated financial position at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. The unaudited results of operations for the interim periods reported are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year.

The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim reporting. As permitted under those rules, certain notes or other financial information that are normally required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) have

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

been condensed or omitted from these interim financial statements. These statements, therefore, should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in the Predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the notes thereto.

Demand for some of the Predecessor’s refined petroleum products, specifically heating oil and residual oil for space heating purposes, and to a lesser extent natural gas, are generally higher during the first and fourth quarters of the calendar year which may result in significant fluctuations in the Predecessor’s quarterly operating results.

The significant accounting policies described in Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” contained in the Predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements, are the same as are used in preparing the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which amends ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” The amended guidance requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. Additionally, entities are required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. The amended guidance does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income. The Predecessor adopted this ASU as of January 1, 2013 and it did not have a material impact on the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities are required to disclose both gross and net information about these instruments. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Predecessor’s adoption of ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements, but resulted in additional disclosure regarding fair value measurement.

 

2. Kildair

Prior to October 1, 2012

In October 2007, the Predecessor purchased a 50% equity interest in Kildair for $38.7 million. The share purchase agreement provided for the Predecessor to acquire the remaining 50% of Kildair in 2012, subject to terms and conditions within the discretion of the Predecessor, for an additional $27.5 million Canadian plus a potential earn-out payment if EBITDA over the five year period exceeded $55.0 million Canadian. The difference between the acquisition cost and the fair value of net assets acquired in October 2007 of $13.2 million was allocated to various assets and liabilities based on their respective fair values with amortization recorded over the useful lives of the assets or liabilities that gave rise to the difference. From October 2007 through September 30, 2012 the investment in Kildair was accounted for using the equity method of accounting and the Predecessor’s share of its results were recorded as equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Summary financial information for Kildair, not adjusted for the percentage of ownership held by the Predecessor, follows:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2012
 

Net sales

   $ 214,729   

Gross margin

     18,438   

Income from operations

     9,136   

Net income

     4,986   

The Predecessor’s equity share of income from its investment in Kildair, which includes amortization of the excess of the fair value over the cost of the assets acquired, was $2.4 million net of tax, for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

On or after October 1, 2012

On October 1, 2012 (the “acquisition date”), the Predecessor acquired control of Kildair by purchasing the remaining 50% equity interest. Since the acquisition date, the assets, liabilities and the results of operations of Kildair have been consolidated into the Predecessor’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Kildair has 3.2 million barrels of storage capacity and an infrastructure that includes an asphalt plant, loading racks, testing laboratory and a marine dock on the St. Lawrence River. The purchase of this facility augments the Predecessor’s supply storage and marketing opportunities and provides new opportunities in asphalt marketing and expanded materials handling. The acquisition-date fair value transferred consisted of cash of $73.0 million (including an $8.7 million redemption of preferred shares) and the Predecessor’s previous 50% equity interest. The Predecessor recognized a gain of $1.5 million as a result of re-measuring to fair value its prior equity interest held before the business combination. The gain is calculated as the difference between the acquisition-date fair value ($57.0 million) and the book value immediately prior to the acquisition date ($55.5 million). The book value of the equity interest included currency translation adjustment balances in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The fair value was determined using valuation techniques including the discounted cash flow approach and the market multiple approach (enterprise value of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization). The discounted cash flow approach incorporates assumptions including estimated future cash flows and a discount rate that reflects consideration of risk free rates as well as market risk.

The market multiple approach incorporates market information from comparable companies. The gain, which resulted in no income tax expense, was recorded in 2012 as gain on acquisition of business in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 47,050   

Inventory

     126,796   

Other current assets

     24,255   

Property, plant and equipment

     71,943   

Intangible assets

     13,947   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets acquired

     283,991   
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     54,975   

Debt

     92,370   

Other liabilities

     19,210   

Contingencies

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     166,555   
  

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets acquired

     117,436   

Goodwill

     12,611   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 130,047   
  

 

 

 

The Predecessor determined the fair value of property, plant and equipment using the replacement cost approach and determined the fair value of intangible assets using income approaches that incorporated projected cash flows and relief from royalty methodologies. The Predecessor’s analysis of fair value factors indicated that for substantially all other assets and liabilities that book value approximated fair value.

The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to Kildair’s assembled workforce, its reputation in Eastern Canada and the Northeast United States and the residual cash flow the Predecessor believes that it will be able to generate. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The Predecessor recognized $0.3 million of acquisition related costs that were expensed as selling, general and administrative expense at the acquisition date.

The amount of net sales and net loss of Kildair included in the Predecessor’s Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income for the period from January 1, 2013 to June 30, 2013 are as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2013
 

Net sales

   $ 261,585   

Net loss

     (4,121

The following represent the pro forma consolidated net sales and net income as if Kildair had been included in the unaudited consolidated results of the Predecessor for the six months ended June 30, 2012:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2012
 

Net sales

   $ 2,252,335   

Net income

   $ 7,766   

These amounts have been calculated after applying the Predecessors, accounting policies and adjusting the results of Kildair to reflect the additional cost of products sold and depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to inventory and property, plant and equipment and intangible assets had been applied on January 1, 2012, together with the consequential tax effects.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

3. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of tax

   $ (2,845   $ (4,265

Cumulative foreign currency translation loss adjustment, net of tax

     (7,787     (1,308
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

   $ (10,632   $ (5,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The cumulative foreign currency translation loss adjustment as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, includes a cumulative loss of $4.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, related to the conversion of intercompany advances not anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future .

 

4. Inventories

 

     June 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Petroleum and related products

   $ 290,969       $ 440,362   

Asphalt

     35,624         25,867   

Coal

     4,449         4,355   

Natural gas

     1,137         2,012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 332,179       $ 472,596   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due to changing market conditions, the Predecessor recorded a provision of $4.7 million and $6.3 million as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, to write-down petroleum and natural gas inventory to its net realizable value. These charges are included in cost of products sold in the Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

5. Debt

 

     June 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Current debt

     

Credit agreement

   $ 328,400       $ 254,060   

Credit agreement – Canadian subsidiary

     68,420         35,183   

Unsecured debt

     25,000         25,000   

Term debt – Canadian subsidiary

     21,374         2,833   

Other

     236         110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current debt

     443,430         317,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     

Credit agreement

     —           210,640   

Term debt – Canadian subsidiary

     —           21,245   

Other

     616         122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     616         232,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 444,046       $ 549,193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes the future annual payments for credit agreements, unsecured debt, term debt and other debt obligations as of June 30, 2013:

 

     Credit
Agreements
     Unsecured
Debt
     Term Debt
and Other
     Total  

Twelve months ending June 30, 2014

   $ 396,820       $ 25,000       $ 21,610       $ 443,430   

Twelve months ending June 30, 2015

     —           —           190         190   

Twelve months ending June 30, 2016 and thereafter

     —           —           426         426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 396,820       $ 25,000       $ 22,226       $ 444,046   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Agreement

The Predecessor’s revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) was refinanced in May 2010 and has a maturity date of May 28, 2014. The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of the Predecessor’s assets and includes a $625.0 million working capital facility used to fund working capital and letters of credit and a $175.0 million acquisition facility. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest based on LIBOR, plus a specified margin, which is a function of the utilization of the Credit Agreement. The weighted average interest rate at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, was 3.2% and 3.4%, respectively. The current portion of the Credit Agreement at June 30, 2013 consists of all outstanding borrowings as the agreement is scheduled to mature on May 28, 2014. The current portion of the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2012, represents the amount the Predecessor intends to repay during the following twelve month period.

As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, working capital facility borrowings were $211.0 million and $347.3 million, respectively, and outstanding letters of credit were $16.9 million and $92.0 million, respectively. The working capital facility is subject to borrowing base reporting and as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, had a borrowing base of $339.0 million and $529.3 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, excess availability under the working capital facility was $111.1 million.

As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, acquisition line borrowings were $117.4 million and $117.4 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, excess availability under the acquisition facility was $57.6 million.

The Credit Agreement contains certain restrictions and covenants among which are a minimum level of net working capital and tangible net worth, limitation on the incurrence of indebtedness and fixed charge coverage and funded debt leverage ratios. The Credit Agreement limits the Predecessor’s ability to make distributions in the event of defaults as defined in the Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2013, the Predecessor was in compliance with these financial covenants.

Credit Agreement—Canadian Subsidiary

The Predecessor’s Canadian subsidiary utilizes a revolving credit agreement (the “Canadian Credit Agreement”) that has a maturity date of April 30, 2014, and is secured by substantially all of the Canadian subsidiary’s assets. The Canadian Credit Agreement is used to fund working capital, letters of credit and letters of guarantee for an amount up to $107.0 million. Amounts can be borrowed in either U.S. or Canadian dollars. The loan bears interest at prime rate plus 1.5% or the bank’s cost of funds plus 3.0% and is renewable annually. The weighted average interest rate at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was 4.7% and 4.5%, respectively.

As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, borrowings under the Canadian Credit Agreement were $68.4 million and $35.2 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2013 outstanding letters of credit were $9.5 million. The Canadian Credit Agreement is subject to borrowing base reporting and as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, had a borrowing base of $107.0 million and $89.1 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, excess availability under the Canadian Credit Agreement was $29.1 million.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

The terms of the Canadian Credit Agreement require the Canadian subsidiary to maintain specific levels of working capital, total liabilities to equity ratio, maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio, a limit on capital expenditures and a maximum net position for products consisting of fuel, light and heavy oil. Furthermore, the Canadian subsidiary is restricted in its ability to pay a dividend if such dividend would place them in default on any of the aforementioned covenants. The Predecessor has entered into an undertaking with the Canadian Credit Agreement lenders whereby in the event of noncompliance with certain of these covenants the Predecessor will advance to the Canadian subsidiary up to $20.0 million in the form of subordinated notes to satisfy any such deficiency. As of June 30, 2013, the Predecessor had advanced $10.4 million under this undertaking and as a result the Canadian subsidiary was in compliance with these financial covenants.

Unsecured Debt

During September 2012, the Predecessor borrowed $25.0 million of unsecured debt bearing interest at LIBOR (0.2% at June 30, 2013) plus 4.0%. The unsecured debt is owed to a third-party financial institution and was originally scheduled to mature on September 24, 2013. On September 5, 2013, this note was extended to February 28, 2014.

Term Debt—Canadian Subsidiary

The Predecessor’s Canadian subsidiary has a term loan outstanding that is payable in monthly installments of approximately $0.2 million with a final maturity of $18.9 million due in June 2014. Interest is payable at the Canadian prime rate (3.0% at June 30, 2013) plus 2.2%. The term loan is secured by the assets of the Canadian subsidiary.

 

6. Related Party Transactions

The Parent charged the Predecessor $0.7 million for each of the six-month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 for oversight and monitoring of the Predecessor. Such amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expense. Intercompany activities are settled monthly and do not bear interest. There were no material intercompany accounts receivable or intercompany accounts payable balances outstanding with the Parent as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

In February 2013, the Predecessor paid a dividend to the Parent of $22.5 million as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

During June 2013 the Predecessor received an advance of $10.0 million from the Parent which is to be reclassified into equity upon the successful completion of an anticipated business acquisition. That acquisition was completed on July 31, 2013 and the advance was reclassified into equity at that time (see Note 10).

 

7. Segment Reporting

The Predecessor is a wholesale and commercial distributor engaged in the purchase, storage, distribution and sale of refined products and natural gas, and also provides storage and handling services for a broad range of materials. The Predecessor has four reporting operating segments that comprise the structure used by the chief operating decision makers (CEO and COO) to make key operating decisions and assess performance. These segments are refined products, natural gas, materials handling, and other activities. Segment information of Kildair has been included since the acquisition date of October 1, 2012.

The Predecessor’s refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel fuel, residual fuel oil, asphalt, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sells them to its customers. The Predecessor has wholesale customers who resell the refined products they purchase from the Predecessor and commercial customers who consume the refined products they purchase from the Predecessor. The Predecessor’s wholesale customers consist of home heating oil retailers and diesel

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

fuel and gasoline resellers. The Predecessor’s commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, large industrial companies, hospitals and educational institutions.

The Predecessor’s natural gas segment purchases, sells and distributes natural gas to commercial and industrial customers in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic states. The Predecessor purchases natural gas from natural gas producers and trading companies.

The Predecessor’s materials handling segment offloads, stores, and/or prepares for delivery a variety of customer-owned products, including asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment. These services are fee-based activities which are generally conducted under multi-year agreements.

The Predecessor’s other activities include the purchase, sale and distribution of coal and commercial trucking activities unrelated to its refined products segment. Other activities are not reported separately as they represent less than 10% of consolidated net sales and adjusted gross margin.

The Predecessor evaluates segment performance based on adjusted gross margin, which is gross margin excluding unrealized hedging gains and losses, before allocations of corporate, terminal and trucking operating costs, depreciation, amortization, and interest. Based on the way the business is managed, it is not reasonably possible for the Predecessor to allocate the components of operating costs and expenses among the operating segments. There were no significant intersegment sales for any of the periods presented below.

Summarized financial information for the Predecessor’s reportable segments for the six months ended June 30 is presented in the table below:

 

     Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
     2013     2012  

Net Sales:

    

Refined products

   $ 2,269,052      $ 1,892,592   

Natural gas

     173,081        124,710   

Materials handling

     14,528        15,960   

Other

     10,112        4,344   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

   $ 2,466,773      $ 2,037,606   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Gross Margin(1):

    

Refined products

   $ 53,146      $ 35,999   

Natural gas

     23,986        15,583   

Materials handling

     14,519        15,804   

Other

     2,369        868   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

     94,020        68,254   

Reconciliation to gross margin(2):

    

Unrealized hedging gain on inventory

     3,642        4,049   

Unrealized hedging gain (loss) on natural gas transportation contracts

     1,247        (2,474
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     98,909        69,829   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating costs and expenses not allocated to operating segments:

    

Operating expenses

     27,600        22,106   

Selling, general and administrative

     27,056        22,500   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,437        4,965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     63,093        49,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     35,816        20,258   

Loss on impairment of assets

    
—  
  
    (529

Other income

     816        —     

Interest income

     260        308   

Interest expense

     (14,639     (11,418 )  

Income tax provision

     (10,638     (3,705

Equity in net income of foreign affiliate

     —          2,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 11,615      $ 7,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

(1) Adjusted gross margin is a non-GAAP financial measure used by management and external users of the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements to assess the Predecessor’s economic results of operations and its market value reporting to lenders.
(2) Reconciliation of adjusted gross margin to gross margin, a comparable GAAP measure.

The Predecessor had no single customer whose revenue was greater than 10% of total net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. The Predecessor’s foreign sales, primarily sales of refined products, asphalt and natural gas to its customers in Canada, were $127.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The Predecessor’s foreign sales were not significant for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Segment Assets

Due to the comingled nature and uses of the Predecessor’s fixed assets, the Predecessor does not track its fixed assets between its refined products and materials handling operating segments or its other activities. There are no significant fixed assets attributable to the natural gas reportable segment.

As of June 30, 2013, goodwill for the refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operating segments amounted to $37.7 million, $4.4 million, $6.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

 

8. Financial Instruments and Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Accounts Receivable

As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable approximated fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the carrying value of the Predecessor’s debt approximated fair value due to the short-term maturity and variable interest nature of these instruments.

Derivative Instruments

The following tables present all financial assets and financial liabilities of the Predecessor measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
     Fair Value
Measurement
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets

Level 1
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Level 3
 

Financial assets:

           

Commodity exchange contracts

   $ 496       $ 496       $ —         $ —     

Commodity fixed forwards

     34,924         —           34,924         —     

Commodity swaps and options

     1,859         —           1,859         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     37,279         496         36,783         —     

Currency swaps

     57         —           57         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,336       $ 496       $ 36,840       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

           

Commodity fixed forwards

   $ 23,102       $ —         $ 23,102       $ —     

Commodity swaps and options

     235         —           235         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     23,337         —           23,337         —     

Interest rate swaps

     4,757         —           4,757         —     

Currency swaps

     1,293         —           1,293         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 29,387       $       —         $ 29,387       $       —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Fair Value
Measurement
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets

Level 1
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Level 3
 

Financial assets:

           

Commodity fixed forwards

   $ 30,235       $       —         $ 30,235       $       —     

Commodity swaps and options

     597         —           597         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     30,832         —           30,832         —     

Currency swaps

     20         —           20         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,852       $ —         $ 30,852       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

           

Commodity exchange contracts

   $ 9       $ 9       $ —         $ —     

Commodity fixed forwards

     42,247         —           42,247         —     

Commodity swaps and options

     319         —           319         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     42,575         9         42,566         —     

Interest rate swaps

     7,133         —           7,133         —     

Currency swaps

     245         —           245         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,953       $ 9       $ 49,944       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Predecessor enters into derivative contracts with counterparties, some of which are subject to master netting arrangements, which allow net settlements under certain conditions. The Predecessor presents derivatives at gross fair values on the consolidated balance sheets. Information related to these offsetting arrangements as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 follows:

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
                        Gross Amount Not Offset in
the Balance Sheet
        
     Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets/Liabilities
    Gross Amount
Offset in the
Balance Sheet
     Net Amounts of
Asset/Liabilities
in Balance Sheet
    Financial
Instruments
    Cash
Collateral
Posted
     Net Amount  

Commodity derivative assets

   $ 37,279      $ —         $ 37,279      $ (3,496   $ (41    $ 33,742   

Currency swap derivative assets

     57        —           57        —          —           57   

Commodity derivative liabilities

     (23,337     —           (23,337     3,496        —           (19,841

Interest rate swap derivative liabilities

     (4,757     —           (4,757     —          —           (4,757

Currency swap derivative liabilities

     (1,293     —           (1,293     —          —           (1,293

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
                        Gross Amount Not Offset in
the Balance Sheet
        
     Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets/Liabilities
    Gross Amount
Offset in the
Balance Sheet
     Net Amounts of
Asset/Liabilities
in Balance Sheet
    Financial
Instruments
    Cash
Collateral
Posted
     Net Amount  

Commodity derivative assets

   $ 30,832      $ —         $ 30,832      $ (3,163   $ (94    $ 27,575   

Currency swap derivative assets

     20        —           20        —          —           20   

Commodity derivative liabilities

     (42,575     —           (42,575     3,163        —           (39,412

Interest rate swap derivative liabilities

     (7,133     —           (7,133     —          —           (7,133

Currency swap derivative liabilities

     (245     —           (245     —          —           (245

Commodity Derivatives

The Predecessor utilizes derivative instruments consisting of futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, options and other derivatives individually or in combination, to mitigate its exposure to fluctuations in prices of refined petroleum products and natural gas. On a selective basis and within the Predecessor’s risk management guidelines, the Predecessor utilizes futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, options and other derivatives to generate profits from changes in market prices. The Predecessor invests in futures and over-the-counter (“OTC”) transactions either on regulated exchanges or in the OTC market. Futures contracts are exchange-traded contractual commitments to either receive or deliver a standard amount or value of a commodity at a specified future date and price. Futures exchanges typically require investors to provide margin deposits as security. OTC contracts, which may or may not require margin deposits as security, involve parties that have agreed either to exchange cash payments or deliver or receive the underlying commodity at a specified future date and price. The Predecessor posts initial margin with futures transaction brokers, along with variation margin, which is paid or received on a daily basis, and is included in other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the Predecessor may either pay or receive margin based upon exposure with counterparties. Payments made by the Predecessor are included in other current assets, whereas payments received by the Predecessor are included in accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Substantially all of the Predecessor’s commodity derivative contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2013 will settle prior to December 31, 2014.

The Predecessor’s derivative instruments are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income or other comprehensive income each period as appropriate. The Predecessor’s fair value measurements are determined using the market approach and include non-performance risk and time value of money considerations. Counterparty credit is considered for receivable balances, and the Predecessor’s credit is considered for payable balances.

The Predecessor determines fair value in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “ Fair Value Measurement ” which established a hierarchy for the inputs used to measure the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on the source of the input, which generally range from quoted prices for identical instruments in a principal trading market (Level 1) to estimates determined using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Multiple inputs may be used to measure fair value, however, the level of fair value is based on the lowest significant input level within this fair value hierarchy.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Details on the methods and assumptions used to determine the fair values are as follows:

Fair value measurements based on Level 1 inputs: Measurements that are most observable and are based on quoted prices of identical instruments obtained from the principal markets in which they are traded. Closing prices are both readily available and representative of fair value. Market transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume to assure liquidity.

Fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs: Measurements derived indirectly from observable inputs or from quoted prices from markets that are less liquid are considered Level 2. Measurements based on Level 2 inputs include over-the-counter derivative instruments that are priced on an exchange traded curve, but have contractual terms that are not identical to exchange traded contracts. The Predecessor utilizes fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs for its fixed forward contracts, over-the-counter commodity price swaps, interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts.

Fair value measurements based on Level 3 inputs: Measurements that are least observable are estimated from significant unobservable inputs determined from sources with little or no market activity for comparable contracts or for positions with longer durations.

The Predecessor does not offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) against the fair value of derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement. The Predecessor had no right to reclaim or obligation to return cash collateral as of June 30, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

The following table presents total realized and unrealized (losses) and gains on derivative instruments utilized for commodity risk management purposes. Such amounts are included in cost of products sold in the Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2012  

Refined products contracts

   $ 12,063      $ 3,562   

Natural gas contracts

     (10,212     765   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,851      $ 4,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in realized and unrealized (losses) and gains on derivatives instruments above are realized and unrealized losses of $1.2 million and realized and unrealized gains of $1.3 million on discretionary refined products trading during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The following table presents the gross volume of commodity derivative instruments outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
     Refined Products
(Barrels)
    Natural Gas
(MMBTUs)
 

Long contracts

     4,231        80,512   

Short contracts

     (7,721     (63,440

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Refined Products
(Barrels)
    Natural Gas
(MMBTUs)
 

Long contracts

     7,844        94,443   

Short contracts

     (11,829     (70,432

Interest Rate Derivatives

The Predecessor has entered into interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates on its Credit Agreement. The Predecessor swaps the variable LIBOR interest rate payable under the Credit Agreement for fixed LIBOR interest rates. The Predecessor’s interest rates swaps hedge actual and forecasted LIBOR borrowings and have been designated as cash flow hedges. Counterparties to the Predecessor’s interest rate swaps are large multinational banks and the Predecessor does not believe there is a material risk of counterparty non-performance. At June 30, 2013 the Predecessor held 6 interest rate swap agreements with a notional value of $210.0 million. The cash flow hedges at June 30, 2013 expire at various dates through January 2015.

There was no material ineffectiveness determined for the cash flow hedges for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. Any ineffectiveness is recorded as interest expense in the Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Predecessor records unrealized gains and losses on its interest rate swaps as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, which is reclassified to earnings as interest expense when the payments are made. As of June 30, 2013, the amount of unrealized losses, net of tax, expected to be reclassified to earnings during the following twelve-month period was $2.2 million.

The following table presents the location of the losses on derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedging instruments reported in the Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income as other comprehensive loss (“OCL”) for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2013  
     Amount of Derivative Loss
Recognized in OCL
     Amount of Derivative
Loss Reclassified From
Accumulated OCL
Into Income
 

Interest rate swaps

   $     138       $     2,514   

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2012  
     Amount of Derivative Loss
Recognized in OCL
     Amount of Derivative
Loss Reclassified From
Accumulated OCL
Into Income
 

Interest rate swaps

   $     1,091       $     2,089   

Currency Derivatives

The Predecessor’s Canadian subsidiary enters into forward currency contracts to manage the risk of currency rate fluctuations between its U.S. dollar denominated activity and the Canadian dollar which is its functional currency. At June 30, 2013, the Predecessor’s Canadian subsidiary has entered into a series of forward currency contracts that mature through August 2013. The contracts obligated the Canadian subsidiary to purchase approximately $73.0 million in U.S. dollars at exchange rates between 1.019 and 1.056. The U.S. to Canadian dollar exchange rate was 1.052 at June 30, 2013.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal, Environmental and Other Proceedings

The Predecessor is involved in various lawsuits, other proceedings and environmental matters, all of which arose in the normal course of business. While it is impossible to determine the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to certain contingent liabilities and claims, the Predecessor believes, based upon its examination of currently available information, its experience to date, and advice from legal counsel, that the individual and aggregate liabilities resulting from the ultimate resolution of these contingent matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Predecessor’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

10. Subsequent Events

Acquisition

On July 31, 2013, the Predecessor purchased an oil terminal in Bridgeport, Connecticut for $20.7 million. This deep water facility includes 13 storage tanks with 1.3 million barrels of storage capacity for gasoline and distillate products with 1.1 million barrels currently in service. The terminal will provide throughput services to third-parties for branded gasoline sales, and is expected to increase the Predecessor’s marketing of refined products, both gasoline and distillate, in the Connecticut market.

The acquisition will be accounted for as a business combination and was financed with a $10.0 million equity investment by the Parent (see Note 6) and $10.7 million of borrowings under the acquisition line of the Predecessor’s credit facility. In addition, the Predecessor will purchase approximately $3.5 million of inventory that was stored at the terminal. The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be finalized once fair value information is obtained.

Dividend

On September 16, 2013, the Predecessor declared a dividend of $17.5 million, that was paid to the Parent on September 18, 2013. Pro forma balance sheet information is presented to reflect the accrual for this dividend as of June 30, 2013.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Member

Sprague Operating Resources LLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sprague Operating Resources LLC, the predecessor of Sprague Resources LP (the Predecessor), as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and stockholder’s/member’s equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Predecessor’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Predecessor’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Predecessor’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Predecessor at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

March 27, 2013

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor) Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     As of December 31,  
             2012                     2011          
     (in thousands)  
              

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,691      $ 31,829   

Accounts receivable, net

     251,246        227,341   

Inventories

     472,596        401,210   

Fair value of derivative assets

     30,852        46,902   

Deferred income taxes

     14,258        9,015   

Other current assets

     32,858        37,758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     805,501        754,055   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     177,080        110,743   

Investment in foreign affiliate

     —          56,226   

Intangibles and other assets, net

     20,772        10,619   

Goodwill

     50,894        38,407   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,054,247      $ 970,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and member’s equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 196,776      $   150,539   

Accrued liabilities

     48,949        41,229   

Fair value of derivative liabilities

     49,953        33,494   

Current portion of long-term debt

     317,186        235,861   

Current portion of capital leases

     709        227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     613,573        461,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

     —          —     

Long-term debt

     232,007        284,839   

Long-term capital leases

     5,717        3,450   

Other liabilities

     19,208        19,432   

Deferred income taxes

     42,536        22,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     913,041        791,649   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Member’s equity:

    

Member’s equity

     146,779        184,359   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     (5,573     (5,958
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total member’s equity

     141,206        178,401   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and member’s equity

   $   1,054,247      $ 970,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor) Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 4,043,907      $ 3,797,427      $ 2,817,191   

Cost of products sold

     3,922,352        3,638,717        2,676,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     121,555        158,710        140,890   

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Operating expenses

     47,054        42,414        41,102   

Selling, general and administrative

     46,449        46,292        40,625   

Write-off of deferred offering costs

     8,931        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     11,665        10,140        10,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     114,099        98,846        92,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     7,456        59,864        48,632   

Gain on acquisition of business

     1,512        6,016        —     

Other (expense) income

     (160     —          894   

Interest income

     534        755        503   

Interest expense

     (23,960     (24,049     (21,897
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

     (14,618     42,586        28,132   

Income tax benefit (provision)

     2,796        (16,636     (10,288
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

     (11,822     25,950        17,844   

Equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

     (1,009     3,622        (2,123
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (12,831   $ 29,572      $ 15,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net (loss) income

   $ (12,831   $ 29,572      $ 15,721   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

      

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps, net of tax (provision) benefit of $(936), $1,104 and $(10), respectively, and gains (losses) recognized in income

     1,393        (1,643     15   

Reclassification to net income of foreign currency translation adjustment related to remeasurement of equity method investment

     (1,936     —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     928        (1,644     3,012   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     385        (3,287     3,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (12,446   $ 26,285      $ 18,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net (loss) income

   $ (12,831   $ 29,572      $ 15,721   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     14,814        12,792        13,025   

Write-off of deferred offering costs

     8,931        —          —     

Gain on acquisition of business

     (1,512     (6,016     —     

Gain on sale of assets

     (487     (18     (894

Loss on impairments of fixed assets

     529        —          —     

Provision for doubtful accounts

     591        1,765        1,166   

Undistributed loss (income) on investment of foreign affiliate

     1,009        (3,622     2,123   

Deferred income taxes

     (5,389     5,707        6,005   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     24,160        19,190        (6,993

Inventories

     54,373        (73,339     (28,552

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     19,216        (881     4,183   

Fair value of commodity derivative instruments

     27,208        (39,675     24,144   

Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other

     32,517        10,664        (4,931
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     163,129        (43,861     24,997   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (7,293     (7,255     (9,587

Loan to foreign affiliate

     —          (1,958     —     

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (73,036     (7,845     —     

Proceeds from sale of assets

     636        54        200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (79,693     (17,004     (9,387
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Net (payments) borrowings under credit agreements

     (107,822     116,300        80,050   

Borrowings (payments) of unsecured debt

     25,000        —          (10,000

Payments on capital lease liabilities and term debt

     (1,346     (499     (491

Payments on long-term terminal obligations

     (668     (608     (312

Debt issue costs

     (422     (181     (12,134

Dividend paid to Parent

     (26,900     (26,000     (39,000

Payments on Parent debt

     —          —          (35,000

Net increase (decrease) in payable to Parent

     598        (130     (275
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (111,560     88,882        (17,162
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in foreign currencies

     (14     (42     81   

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (28,138     27,975        (1,471

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     31,829        3,854        5,325   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 3,691      $ 31,829      $ 3,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Cash paid:

      

Interest

   $ 20,977      $ 19,839      $ 20,238   

Taxes

   $ 2,831      $ 3,321      $ 1,661   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor) Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s/Member’s Equity

 

    Number
of
Shares
    Common
Stock
    Capital in
Excess of
Stated
Value
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Retained
Earnings
    Member’s
Equity
    Total
Stockholder’s/

Member’s
Equity
 
                (in thousands)                    

Balance, December 31, 2009

    10      $ 10      $ 111,957      $ (5,698   $ 80,144      $ —        $ 186,413   

Net income

            15,721          15,721   

Unrealized gain on interest rate swap contracts, net of tax provision of $10 and gains (losses) recognized in income

          15            15   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

          3,012            3,012   

Dividend

            (39,000       (39,000

Capital contributions

        4,023              4,023   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    10        10        115,980        (2,671     56,865        —          170,184   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

            29,572          29,572   

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap contracts, net of tax benefit of $1,104 and gains (losses) recognized in income

          (1,643         (1,643

Foreign currency translation adjustment

          (1,644         (1,644

Dividend

            (26,000       (26,000

Capital contributions

        7,932              7,932   

Conversion into a limited liability company

    (10     (10     (123,912       (60,437     184,359        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    —          —          —          (5,958     —          184,359        178,401   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

              (12,831     (12,831

Unrealized gain on interest rate swap contracts, net of tax provision of $936 and gains (losses) recognized in income

          1,393            1,393   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

          928            928   

Reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustment related to remeasurement of equity method investment

          (1,936         (1,936

Dividend

              (26,900     (26,900

Capital contributions

              2,151        2,151   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    —        $ —        $ —        $ (5,573   $ —        $ 146,779      $ 141,206   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Company Businesses

On November 7, 2011, Sprague Energy Corp. was converted into a limited liability company and renamed Sprague Operating Resources LLC (the “Predecessor”). There was no impact to the organization’s structure or ownership as a result of such conversion. The stockholder’s equity was converted to member’s equity and the Predecessor remains a wholly owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson Inc. (the “Parent”).

The Predecessor, is one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast United States based on aggregate terminal capacity. The Predecessor owns and/or operates a network of 14 refined products and materials handling terminals located in the Northeast United States and Eastern Canada. The Predecessor also utilizes third-party terminals in the Northeast through which it sells or distributes refined products pursuant to rack, exchange and throughput agreements. The Predecessor has four business segments: refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other operations. The refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel, residual fuel oil, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sells them to wholesale and commercial customers. The natural gas segment purchases, sells and distributes natural gas to commercial and industrial customers in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic. The Predecessor purchases the natural gas it sells from natural gas producers and trading companies. The materials handling segment offloads, stores and prepares for delivery a variety of customer-owned products, including asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment. The Predecessor’s other operations include the purchase and distribution of coal and certain commercial trucking activities.

Since 2007 and through September 30, 2012, the Predecessor, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sprague Energy Canada Ltd., owned a 50% equity investment in 9047-1137 Quebec Inc. (“Kildair”). On October 1, 2012, the Predecessor acquired the remaining 50% equity interest in Kildair (see Note 2). Kildair’s primary business is the distribution of residual fuel oil and asphalt which are included in the refined products segment.

In connection with the planned offering of limited partnership interests by Sprague Resources LP, (the “Offering”) a newly formed Delaware limited partnership (“Sprague Resources”), the Parent will contribute to Sprague Resources Holdings LLC (“Sprague Holdings”) all of the ownership interests in the Predecessor. The Predecessor will distribute to a wholly owned subsidiary of Sprague Holdings certain assets, including among others, accounts receivable in an amount equal to the net proceeds of the Offering and its 100% equity investment in Kildair, which will not be a part of the Predecessor. Sprague Holdings will then contribute all of the ownership interests in the Predecessor to Sprague Resources LP. All of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor contributed to Sprague Resources LP by Sprague Holdings will be recorded at historical cost as it is considered to be a reorganization of entities under common control.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Predecessor and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions between the Predecessor and its subsidiaries have been eliminated. Investments in affiliated companies, greater than 20% voting interest or where the Predecessor exerts significant influence over an investee but lacks control over the investee, are accounted for using the equity method.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and the reported revenues and expenses in the income

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

statement. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Among the estimates made by management are asset valuations, the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities, environmental and legal obligations and income taxes.

Revenue Recognition and Cost of Products Sold

The Predecessor recognizes revenue on refined products, natural gas and materials handling revenue-producing activities, net of applicable provisions for discounts and allowances. Allowances for cash discounts are recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time of sale. Cash discounts were $7.5 million, $6.8 million and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At the time of sale for all revenue producing activities, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery or service has occurred, the price is determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

Refined products revenue-producing activities are direct sales to customers including throughput and exchange locations. Revenue is recognized when the product is delivered. Revenue is not recognized on exchange agreements, which are entered into primarily to acquire refined products by taking delivery of products closer to the Predecessor’s end markets. Net differentials or fees for exchange agreements are recorded as cost of goods sold. Natural gas revenue-producing activities are direct sales to customers at various points on natural gas pipelines or at local distribution companies ( i.e. , utilities). Revenue is recognized when the product is delivered. Materials handling service revenue is recognized monthly over the contractual service period or when the service is rendered. Revenue from other activities, primarily coal distribution and transportation services, is recognized when the product is delivered or the services are rendered.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded to reflect an estimate of the ultimate realization of the Predecessor’s accounts receivable and includes an assessment of customers’ creditworthiness and the probability of collection. The allowance reflects an estimate of specifically identified accounts at risk as well as an estimate of uncollectible amounts that is determined based on historical collection experience. The provision for the allowance for doubtful accounts is included in cost of products sold.

Shipping costs that occur at the time of sale are included in cost of products sold. Various excise taxes collected at the time of sale and remitted to authorities are recorded on a net basis in cost of products sold.

Commodity Derivatives

The Predecessor utilizes derivative instruments consisting of futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, options and other derivatives individually or in combination, to mitigate its exposure to fluctuations in prices of refined petroleum products and natural gas. On a selective basis and within the Predecessor’s risk management guidelines, the Predecessor utilizes futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, options and other derivatives to generate profits from changes in market prices. The Predecessor invests in futures and over-the-counter (“OTC”) transactions either on regulated exchanges or in the OTC market. Futures contracts are exchange-traded contractual commitments to either receive or deliver a standard amount or value of a commodity at a specified future date and price. Futures exchanges typically require investors to provide margin deposits as security. OTC contracts, which may or may not require margin deposits as security, involve parties that have agreed either to exchange cash payments or deliver or receive the underlying commodity at a specified future date and price. The Predecessor posts initial margin with futures transaction brokers, along with variation margin, which is paid or received on a daily basis, and is included in other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the Predecessor may either pay or receive margin based upon exposure with counterparties. Payments made by the Predecessor are included in other current assets, whereas payments received by the Predecessor are included in accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

The Predecessor enters into some master netting arrangements to mitigate credit risk with significant counterparties. Master netting arrangements are standardized contracts that govern all specified transactions with the same counterparty and allow the Predecessor to terminate all contracts upon occurrence of certain events, such as a counterparty’s default. The Predecessor has elected not to offset the fair value of its derivatives, even where these arrangements provide the right to do so.

All commodity derivative instruments are recorded at fair value in the Predecessor’s Consolidated Balance Sheets with associated gains and losses recorded in earnings as cost of products sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 16. The Predecessor believes there is no significant credit risk related to its derivative instruments which are transacted through counterparties meeting established credit and collateral criteria.

The Predecessor does not offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) against the fair value of derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement. The Predecessor had no right to reclaim or obligation to return cash collateral as of December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Interest Rate Derivatives

The Predecessor manages its exposure to variable LIBOR borrowings by using interest rate swaps to convert a portion of its variable rate debt to fixed rates. These interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and the effective portion of changes in fair value of the swaps are included as a component of comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income and in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively. The ineffective portion of the changes in fair value of the swaps, which was not material, is recorded currently in earnings.

To designate a derivative as a cash flow hedge, the Predecessor documents at inception the assessment that the derivative will be highly effective in offsetting expected changes in cash flows from the item hedged. The assessment, updated at least quarterly, is based on the most recent relevant historical correlation between the derivative and the item hedged. If during the term of the derivative, the hedge is found to be less than highly effective, hedge accounting is prospectively discontinued and the remaining gains and losses are reclassified to income in the current period.

Market and Credit Risk

The Predecessor manages the risk of market fluctuations in the price and transportation costs of its commodities through the use of derivative instruments. The volatility of prices for energy commodities can be significantly influenced by market supply and demand, changes in seasonal demand, weather conditions, transportation availability, and federal and state regulations. The Predecessor monitors and manages its exposure to market risk on a daily basis in accordance with approved policies.

The Predecessor has a number of financial instruments that are potentially at risk including cash and cash equivalents, receivables and derivative contracts. The Predecessor’s primary exposure is credit risk related to its receivables and counterparty performance risk related to the fair value of derivative assets, which is the loss that may result from a customer’s or counterparty’s non-performance. The Predecessor uses credit policies to control credit risk, including utilizing an established credit approval process, monitoring customer and counterparty limits, employing credit mitigation measures such as analyzing customer financial statements, and accepting personal guarantees and various forms of collateral.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

The Predecessor believes that its counterparties will be able to satisfy their contractual obligations. Credit risk is limited by the large number of customers and counterparties comprising the Predecessor’s business and their dispersion across different industries.

The Predecessor’s cash is in demand deposit and other short-term investment accounts placed with federally insured financial institutions. Such deposit accounts at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Predecessor has not experienced any losses on such accounts.

Fair Value Measurements

The Predecessor’s derivative instruments are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income or other comprehensive income each period as appropriate. The Predecessor’s fair value measurements are determined using the market approach and include non-performance risk and time value of money considerations. Counterparty credit is considered for receivable balances, and the Predecessor’s credit is considered for payable balances.

The Predecessor determines fair value in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “ Fair Value Measurement ” which established a hierarchy for the inputs used to measure the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on the source of the input, which generally range from quoted prices for identical instruments in a principal trading market (Level 1) to estimates determined using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Multiple inputs may be used to measure fair value, however, the level of fair value is based on the lowest significant input level within this fair value hierarchy.

Details on the methods and assumptions used to determine the fair values are as follows:

Fair value measurements based on Level 1 inputs: Measurements that are most observable and are based on quoted prices of identical instruments obtained from the principal markets in which they are traded. Closing prices are both readily available and representative of fair value. Market transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume to assure liquidity.

Fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs: Measurements derived indirectly from observable inputs or from quoted prices from markets that are less liquid are considered Level 2. Measurements based on Level 2 inputs include over-the-counter derivative instruments that are priced on an exchange traded curve, but have contractual terms that are not identical to exchange traded contracts. The Predecessor utilizes fair value measurements based on Level 2 inputs for its fixed forward contracts, over-the-counter commodity price swaps, interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts.

Fair value measurements based on Level 3 inputs: Measurements that are least observable are estimated from significant unobservable inputs determined from sources with little or no market activity for comparable contracts or for positions with longer durations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments which are readily convertible into cash and have maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Inventories

The Predecessor’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is primarily determined using the first-in, first-out method, except for the Predecessor’s Canadian subsidiary, which uses the weighted average

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

method. Inventory consists of petroleum products, natural gas, asphalt and coal. The Predecessor uses derivative instruments, primarily futures, forwards and swaps, to economically hedge substantially all of its inventory.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment, net are recorded at historical cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Information technology equipment and software

   3 to 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 to 10 years

Plant, machinery and equipment

   5 to 30 years

Building and leasehold improvements

   10 to 25 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Costs and related accumulated depreciation of properties sold or otherwise disposed of are removed from the respective accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are recorded at that time.

Long-lived Assets

The Predecessor evaluates the carrying value of its property, plant and equipment and certain intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable based on estimated future undiscounted cash flows. Future cash flow projections include assumptions of future sales levels, the impact of cost reduction programs, and the level of working capital needed to support each business. To the extent the carrying amount is not recoverable based on undiscounted cash flows, the amount of impairment is measured by the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the asset. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Predecessor recorded an impairment of $0.5 million in connection with a terminal closure. No impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Purchase Price Allocation

The Predecessor has made a number of acquisitions in the past and may continue to make acquisitions in the future. The Predecessor allocates the cost of the acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Long lived assets (principally property, plant and equipment and goodwill) generally represent large components of these acquisitions. In addition to goodwill, significant intangible assets acquired have included customer relationships and non-compete agreements. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the cost of the acquired entity over the net of the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Customer relationships and non-compete agreements are valued based on an excess earnings or income approach based on projected cash flows.

Other assets acquired and liabilities assumed typically include, but are not limited to, inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other working capital items. Because of their short-term nature, the fair values of these other assets and liabilities generally approximate the book values on the acquired entities’ balance sheets.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, at least annually (as of October 31 each year), by determining the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it to its carrying value.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

The Predecessor assesses the fair value of its reporting units based on a discounted cash flow valuation model (Level 3 measurement). The key assumptions used are discount rates and growth rates, applied to cash flow projections. These assumptions contemplate business, market and overall economic conditions.

In performing the discounted cash flow analysis, the Predecessor used a range of discount rate assumptions to evaluate the sensitivity on the fair values resulting from the discounted cash flow valuation. After applying the discounted cash flow methods to measure the fair value of its reporting units, including the consideration of reasonably likely adverse changes in the rates and assumptions described above, the Predecessor determined that there have been no goodwill impairments to date.

Intangibles and Other Assets, Net

Intangibles and other assets, net consist of intangible assets with finite lives, including deferred debt issuance costs, customer relationships, covenants not to compete and technology. Intangibles and other assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. The Predecessor evaluates its intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment when indicators are present.

Income Taxes

The Predecessor is not a separate taxable entity for U.S. federal and certain state income tax purposes and its results are included in the consolidated U.S. federal and certain state income tax returns of Lexa International Corporation, which is the sole shareholder of the Parent. Income tax provisions and benefits, related tax payments, and current and deferred tax balances have been prepared as if the Predecessor operated as a stand-alone taxpayer for all periods presented in accordance with the tax sharing agreement between the Predecessor and the Parent. Under the tax sharing agreement, the Predecessor is obligated to pay federal and certain state taxes to the Parent. In the event that the Parent does not have a consolidated liability for federal or certain state taxes, the Predecessor is not obligated to pay the Parent for such taxes and all such amounts are reflected as capital contributions.

Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740, “Income Taxes .” Under this method, income taxes ( e.g ., deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities and taxes currently payable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts refundable or payable in the current year and include the impact of temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for tax purposes. Deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax rates. The Predecessor establishes a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized.

The Predecessor recognizes the financial statement effect of a tax position only when management believes that it is more likely than not, that based on the technical merits, the position will be sustained upon examination. The Predecessor classifies interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Predecessor’s foreign subsidiary, Sprague Energy Canada Ltd., which owns the ownership interests in Kildair, is the Canadian dollar. All balance sheet asset and liability accounts of the Predecessor’s foreign subsidiary are translated to U.S. dollars using rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet dates, and its results of operations are translated using average exchange rates for the relevant period. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of member’s equity in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Sprague Energy Canada Ltd. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Kildair, convert receivables and payables denominated in other than their functional currency at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Kildair utilizes forward currency contracts to manage its exposure to currency fluctuations of certain of its transactions that are denominated in U.S. dollars. These forward currency exchange contracts are recorded at fair value at the balance sheet date and changes in fair value are recognized in net income as these forward currency contracts have not been designated as hedges. For the year ended December 31, 2012, transaction exchange gains or losses, except for certain transaction gains or losses related to intercompany receivable and payables, amounted to a loss of $1.4 million, the majority of which is recorded in cost of products sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Predecessor’s transaction exchange gains or losses were not significant for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Transaction gains and losses related to intercompany receivables and payables not anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future are excluded from the determination of net income and are recorded as a translation adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income as a component of member’s equity.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which amends ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” The amended guidance requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. Additionally, entities are required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. The amended guidance does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income. The amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a significant impact on the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities” . ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities are required to disclose both gross and net information about these instruments. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Predecessor is evaluating the impact the adoption of this ASU will have on the disclosures within its consolidated financial statements.

 

2. Kildair

Prior to October 1, 2012

In October 2007, the Predecessor purchased a 50% equity interest in Kildair for $38.7 million. The share purchase agreement provided for the Predecessor to acquire the remaining 50% of Kildair in 2012, subject to terms and conditions within the discretion of the Predecessor, for an additional $27.5 million Canadian plus a potential earn-out payment if EBITDA over the five year period exceeded $55.0 million Canadian. The difference between the acquisition cost and the fair value of net assets acquired in October 2007 of $13.2 million was allocated to various assets and liabilities based on their respective fair values with amortization recorded over the useful lives of the assets or liabilities that gave rise to the difference. From October 2007 through September 30, 2012 the investment in Kildair was accounted for using the equity method of accounting and the Predecessor’s share of its results was recorded as equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Summary financial information for Kildair, not adjusted for the percentage of ownership held by the Predecessor, follows:

 

     As of
December 31,
 
     2011  

Current assets

   $ 150,723   

Noncurrent assets

     54,202   

Current liabilities

     76,461   

Noncurrent liabilities

     35,297   

 

    From January 1, 2012
through

September 30, 2012
    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
      2011      2010  

Net sales

    418,203      $ 633,099       $ 475,062   

Gross profit

    13,571        36,460         12,943   

Income (loss) from operations

    1,865        15,200         (565

Net (loss) income

    (1,417     7,470         (3,245

The Predecessor’s equity share of earnings from its investment in Kildair, which includes amortization of the excess of the fair value over the cost of the assets acquired, was a loss of $1.0 million net of tax, for the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012 and was income of $3.6 million net of tax and a loss of $2.1 million net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

On or after October 1, 2012

On October 1, 2012 (the “acquisition date”), the Predecessor acquired control of Kildair by purchasing the remaining 50% equity interest. Since the acquisition date, the assets, liabilities and the results of operations of Kildair have been consolidated into the Predecessor’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Kildair has 3.2 million barrels of storage capacity and an infrastructure that includes an asphalt plant, loading racks, testing laboratory and a marine dock on the St. Lawrence River. The purchase of this facility augments the Predecessor’s supply storage and marketing opportunities and provides new opportunities in asphalt marketing and expanded material handling.

The acquisition-date fair value transferred consisted of cash of $73.0 million (including an $8.7 million redemption of preferred shares) and the Predecessor’s previous 50% equity interest. The Predecessor recognized a gain of $1.5 million as a result of re-measuring to fair value its prior equity interest held before the business combination. The gain is calculated as the difference between the acquisition-date fair value ($57.0 million) and the book value immediately prior to the acquisition date ($55.5 million). The book value of the equity interest included currency translation adjustment balances in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The fair value was determined using valuation techniques including the discounted cash flow approach and the market multiple approach (enterprise value of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization). The discounted cash flow approach incorporates assumptions including estimated future cash flows and a discount rate that reflects consideration of risk free rates as well as market risk.

The market multiple approach incorporates market information from comparable companies. The gain, which resulted in no income tax expense, is included in gain on acquisition of business in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 47,050   

Inventory

     126,796   

Other current assets

     24,255   

Property, plant and equipment

     71,943   

Intangible assets

     13,947   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets acquired

     283,991   
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     54,975   

Debt

     92,370   

Other liabilities

     19,210   

Contingencies

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     166,555   
  

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets acquired

     117,436   

Goodwill

     12,611   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 130,047   
  

 

 

 

The Predecessor determined the fair value of property, plant and equipment using the replacement cost approach and determined the fair value of intangible assets using income approaches that incorporated projected cash flows and relief from royalty methodologies. The Predecessor’s analysis of fair value factors indicated that for substantially all other assets and liabilities that book value approximated fair value.

The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to Kildair’s assembled workforce, its reputation in Eastern Canada and the Northeast United States and the residual cash flow the Predecessor believes that it will be able to generate. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The Predecessor recognized $0.3 million of acquisition related costs that were expensed in the current period and are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The amount of net sales and loss of Kildair included in the Predecessor’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from October 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     For the period  from
October 1, 2012 to
December 31, 2012
 

Net sales

   $ 167,112   

Net loss

     (4,489

The following represent the pro forma consolidated net sales and net (loss) income as if Kildair had been included in the consolidated results of the Predecessor for the entire years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,   
             2012                          2011               

Net sales

   $ 4,462,110      $ 4,430,526   

Net (loss) income

     (15,615     29,419   

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

These amounts have been calculated after applying the Predecessor’s accounting policies and adjusting the results of Kildair to reflect the additional cost of products sold and depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to inventory and property, plant and equipment and intangible assets had been applied on January 1, 2012 and 2011, together with the consequential tax effects.

 

3. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of tax

   $ (4,265     (5,658

Cumulative foreign currency translation loss adjustment

     (1,308     (300
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

   $ (5,573     (5,958
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The cumulative foreign currency translation loss adjustment as of December 31, 2012 includes a cumulative loss of $0.8 million related to the conversion of intercompany advances not anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future .

 

4. Accounts Receivable, Net

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Accounts receivable, trade

   $ 239,615      $ 228,928   

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

     (2,556     (3,743
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net accounts receivable, trade

     237,059        225,185   

Accounts receivable, other

     14,187        2,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 251,246      $ 227,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unbilled accounts receivable, included in accounts receivable, trade, at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $38.0 million and $43.1 million, respectively. Unbilled receivables relate primarily to the delivery and sale of natural gas to customers in the current month. Such amounts are invoiced to the customer the following month when actual usage data becomes available.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Charged to
Expense
    Charged (to)
From Another
Account
    Deductions      Balance at
End of
Period
 

Balance, December 31, 2012:

            

Deducted from asset accounts:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 3,743       $ 591      $ (844   $ 934       $ 2,556   

Allowance for notes receivable

     2,269         —          844        266         2,847   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,012       $ 591      $ —        $ 1,200       $ 5,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011:

            

Deducted from asset accounts:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 2,693       $ 1,783      $ (342   $ 391       $ 3,743   

Allowance for notes receivable

     2,191         (18     342        246         2,269   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,884       $ 1,765      $ —        $ 637       $ 6,012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010:

            

Deducted from asset accounts:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 3,134       $ 591      $ —        $ 1,032       $ 2,693   

Allowance for notes receivable

     1,673         575        —          57         2,191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,807       $ 1,166      $ —        $ 1,089       $ 4,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes receivable, net of allowance, are included in intangible assets and other, net in the Predecessor’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

5. Inventories

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Petroleum and related products

   $ 440,362       $ 391,469   

Asphalt

     25,867         —     

Coal

     4,355         7,085   

Natural gas

     2,012         2,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 472,596       $ 401,210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due to changing market conditions, the Predecessor recorded a provision of $6.3 million and $5.3 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to write-down petroleum and natural gas inventory to its net realizable value. These charges are included in cost of products sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No such provision was necessary in 2010.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

6. Other Current Assets

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Margin deposits with brokers

   $ 20,766       $ 17,675   

Prepaid petroleum products

     4,473         7,766   

Deferred offering costs (see Note 19)

     —           6,477   

Loan to foreign affiliate

     —           1,965   

Income tax receivable

     3,853         814   

Other

     3,766         3,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current assets

   $ 32,858       $ 37,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Plant, machinery, furniture and fixtures

   $ 258,678      $ 189,101   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     13,632        12,329   

Land and land improvements

     21,929        17,956   

Construction in progress

     919        1,147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

     295,158        220,533   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (118,078     (109,790
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 177,080      $ 110,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $10.7 million, $9.4 million and $9.1 million, respectively.

Property, plant and equipment include the following amounts for capital leases:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Plant, machinery, furniture and fixtures

   $ 16,353      $ 12,799   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     4,281        4,281   

Land and land improvements

     251        251   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital leased assets, gross

     20,885        17,331   

Less: accumulated amortization

     (5,808     (4,948
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital leased assets, net

   $ 15,077      $ 12,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense on capital leased assets for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

8. Intangible and Other Assets, Net

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Intangible assets, net

   $ 14,588       $ 1,694   

Deferred debt issuance costs

     4,749         7,477   

Other

     1,435         1,448   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible and other assets, net

   $ 20,722       $ 10,619   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible Assets

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
   Remaining Useful
Life (Years)
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Customer relationships

     7-15       $ 14,878       $ 3,947       $ 10,931   

Other

     5-10         3,931         274         3,657   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

      $ 18,809       $ 4,221       $ 14,588   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2011  
     Remaining Useful
Life (Years)
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Customer relationships

     1-14       $ 5,000       $ 3,306       $ 1,694   

The Predecessor recorded amortization expense related to intangible assets of $0.9 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The amortization of intangible assets is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Predecessor acquired intangible assets consisting of $9.9 million of customer relationships and $4.0 million of other intangibles in connection with the Kildair acquisition. See Note 2.

Amortization of intangible assets is calculated by the sum-of-the-years’-digits method over the periods of expected benefit. The Predecessor believes the sum-of-the-years’-digits method of amortization properly reflects the timing of the recognition of the economic benefits realized from its intangible assets. The estimated future annual amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 is $2.8 million, $2.4 million, $2.0 million, $1.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively. As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future, these amounts may vary.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Deferred Debt Issuance Costs

The Predecessor recorded amortization expense related to deferred debt issuance costs of $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $3.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The amortization of deferred debt issuance costs is recorded in interest expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

9. Accrued Liabilities

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Customer prepayments and deposits

   $ 18,485       $ 13,409   

Accrued wages and benefits

     8,061         11,187   

Accrued product costs

     7,573         4,889   

Other

     14,830         11,744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

   $ 48,949       $ 41,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10. Debt

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Current debt

     

Credit agreement

   $ 254,060       $ 235,861   

Credit agreement—Canadian subsidiary

     35,183         —     

Unsecured debt

     25,000         —     

Term debt—Canadian subsidiary

     2,833         —     

Other

     110         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current debt

     317,186         235,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     

Credit agreement

     210,640         284,839   

Term debt—Canadian subsidiary

     21,245         —     

Other

     122         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     232,007         284,839   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 549,193       $ 520,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the future annual payments for credit agreements, unsecured debt, term debt and other debt obligations as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Credit
Agreements
     Unsecured
Debt
     Term Debt
and Other
     Total  

2013

   $ 289,243       $ 25,000       $ 2,943       $ 317,186   

2014

     210,640         —           21,335         231,975   

2015 and thereafter

     —           —           32         32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 499,883       $ 25,000       $ 24,310       $ 549,193   

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Credit Agreement

The Predecessor’s revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) was refinanced in May 2010 and has a maturity date of May 28, 2014. The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of the Predecessor’s assets and includes a $625.0 million working capital facility used to fund working capital and letters of credit and a $175.0 million acquisition facility. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest based on LIBOR, plus a specified margin, which is a function of the utilization of the Credit Agreement. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 3.4% and 3.3%, respectively. The current portion of the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2012 and 2011 represents the amount the Predecessor intends to repay during the following twelve month period.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, working capital facility borrowings were $347.3 million and $450.0 million, respectively, and outstanding letters of credit were $92.0 million and $23.2 million, respectively. The working capital facility is subject to borrowing base reporting and as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, had a borrowing base of $529.3 million and $602.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, excess availability under the working capital facility was $90.0 million.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, acquisition line borrowings were $117.4 million and $70.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, excess availability under the acquisition facility was $57.6 million.

The Credit Agreement contains certain restrictions and covenants among which are a minimum level of net working capital and tangible net worth, limitation on the incurrence of indebtedness and fixed charge coverage and funded debt leverage ratios. The Credit Agreement limits the Predecessor’s ability to make distributions in the event of defaults as defined in the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2012, the Predecessor was in compliance with these financial covenants.

Credit Agreement—Canadian Subsidiary

The Predecessor’s Canadian subsidiary utilizes a revolving credit agreement (the “Canadian Credit Agreement”) that has a maturity date of April 30, 2013, and is secured by substantially all of the Canadian subsidiary’s assets. The Canadian Credit Agreement is used to fund working capital, letters of credit and letters of guarantee for an amount up to $138.0 million. Amounts can be borrowed in either U.S. or Canadian dollars. The loan bears interest at prime rate plus 1.25% or the bank’s cost of funds plus 2.75% and is renewable annually. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2012 was 4.5%.

The Canadian Credit Agreement is subject to borrowing base reporting and as of December 31, 2012, had a borrowing base of $89.1 million, an outstanding balance of $35.2 million and excess availability of $53.9 million.

The terms of the Canadian Credit Agreement require the Canadian subsidiary to maintain specific levels of working capital, total liabilities to equity ratio, maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio, a limit on capital expenditures and a maximum net position for products consisting of fuel, light and heavy oil. Furthermore, the Canadian subsidiary is restricted in its ability to pay a dividend if such dividend would place them in default on any of the aforementioned covenants. The Predecessor has entered into an undertaking with the Canadian Credit Agreement lenders whereby in the event of noncompliance with certain of these covenants the Predecessor will advance to the Canadian subsidiary up to $20.0 million in the form of subordinated notes to satisfy any such deficiency. As of December 31, 2012, the Predecessor had advanced $10.4 million under this undertaking and as a result the Canadian subsidiary was in compliance with these financial covenants.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Unsecured Debt

During September 2012, the Predecessor borrowed $25.0 million of unsecured debt bearing interest at LIBOR (0.2% at December 31, 2012) plus 4.0%. The unsecured debt is owed to a third-party financial institution and matures in September 2013. There was no unsecured debt outstanding at December 31, 2011.

Term Debt—Canadian Subsidiary

The Predecessor’s Canadian subsidiary has a term loan outstanding that is payable in monthly installments of approximately $0.2 million with a final maturity of $20.1 million due in June 2014. Interest is payable at the Canadian prime rate (3.0% at December 31, 2012) plus 2.2%. The term loan is secured by the assets of the Canadian subsidiary.

 

11. Related Party Transactions

The Parent charged the Predecessor $1.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 for oversight and monitoring of the Predecessor. Such amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expense. Intercompany activities are settled monthly and do not bear interest. There are no material intercompany accounts receivable or intercompany accounts payable balances outstanding with the Parent as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. In 2012 and 2011, the Predecessor made distributions to the Parent of $26.9 million and $26.0 million, respectively, as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

The Predecessor participates in certain of the Parent’s pension and other benefit plans (see Note 14) and also has a tax sharing agreement with the Parent (see Note 13).

 

12. Other Liabilities

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Port Authority terminal obligations

   $ 9,381       $ 10,050   

Postretirement benefit obligations

     4,667         4,405   

Environmental abatement obligation

     2,643         2,643   

Other

     2,517         2,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities

   $ 19,208       $ 19,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Port Authority terminal obligations represent long-term obligations of the Predecessor to a third party that constructed dock facilities at the Predecessor’s Searsport, Maine terminal. These amounts will be repaid by future wharfage fees incurred by the Predecessor for the use of these facilities. The short-term portion of these obligations of $0.7 million at both December 31, 2012 and 2011 is included in accrued liabilities and represents an estimate of the expected future wharfage fees for the ensuing year. The Predecessor has exclusive rights to the use of the dock facilities through a license and operating agreement (“License Agreement”), which expires in 2033. The License Agreement provides the Predecessor the option to purchase the dock facilities at any time at an amount equal to the remaining license fees due. The related dock facilities assets are treated as a capital lease and are included in property, plant and equipment.

Postretirement benefit obligations are comprised of actuarially determined postretirement healthcare, life insurance and other postretirement benefits. See Note 14.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

The environmental abatement obligation is undiscounted and relates to an agreement that was assumed as part of the acquisition of an oil terminal in New Bedford, Massachusetts in 2005. Based on the agreement, the Predecessor is obligated to perform certain environmental abatement activities on or before December 28, 2017. This liability is being distributed to Sprague Holdings in connection with the planned offering by Sprague Resources.

 

13. Income Taxes

The income tax (benefit) provision attributable to operations is summarized as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2012               2011                 2010       

Current

       

U.S. federal income tax

   $ 2,272      $ 7,906       $ 2,863   

State and local income taxes

     1,273        3,022         1,410   

Foreign income taxes

     (952     1         10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax provision

     2,593        10,929         4,283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

       

U.S. federal income tax

     (3,576     4,445         4,637   

State and local income taxes

     (890     1,262         1,368   

Foreign income taxes

     (923     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax (benefit) provision

     (5,389     5,707         6,005   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax (benefit) provision

   $ (2,796   $ 16,636       $ 10,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. and international components of (loss) income before income taxes and equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011      2010  

U.S.

   $ (8,389   $ 42,586       $ 28,132   

Foreign

     (6,229     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (loss) income before income taxes and equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

   $ (14,618   $ 42,586       $ 28,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reconciliations of the statutory U.S. federal income tax to the effective income tax for operations are as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2012               2011                2010       

Statutory U.S. federal income tax at 35%

   $ (5,116   $ 14,905      $ 9,846   

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax

     250        2,785        1,801   

Foreign earnings

     (1,305     —          (1,750

Transaction costs

     2,663        —          —     

Other, including non-recurring items

     712        (1,054     391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax (benefit) provision

   $ (2,796   $ 16,636      $ 10,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

The components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012           2011        

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

    

Current

    

Bad debts

   $ 966      $ 1,409   

Inventories

     10,355        2,904   

Compensation

     1,832        3,355   

Other

     1,105        1,347   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

     14,258        9,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (49,093     (28,122

Interest rate swaps

     2,867        3,803   

Other temporary differences, net

     4,059        1,741   

Valuation allowance

     (369     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

     (42,536     (22,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (28,278   $ (13,563
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Predecessor has not recognized deferred income taxes on the undistributed earnings of Sprague Energy Canada Ltd., of approximately $62.6 million because the Predecessor expects to indefinitely reinvest these earnings in operations outside of the U.S. Upon repatriation of those earnings, in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Predecessor could be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and Canadian withholding taxes of approximately $5.4 million.

At December 31, 2012, the Predecessor had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $2.6 million, which expire in 2032. The Predecessor has recorded a valuation allowance against certain foreign net operating losses and certain foreign deferred tax assets because it has determined that it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Predecessor is not a separate taxable entity for U.S. federal and certain state income tax purposes and its results are included in the consolidated U.S. federal and certain state income tax returns of Lexa International Corporation, which is the sole stockholder of the Parent. Income tax provisions and benefits, related tax payments, and current and deferred tax balances have been prepared as if the Predecessor operated as a stand-alone taxpayer for all periods presented in accordance with the tax sharing agreement between the Predecessor and the Parent. Under the tax sharing agreement, the Predecessor is obligated to pay federal and certain state taxes to the Parent. In the event that the Parent does not have a consolidated liability for federal or certain state taxes, the Predecessor is not obligated to pay the Parent for such taxes and all such amounts are reflected as capital contributions. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Predecessor received $2.2 million, $7.9 million and $4.0 million, respectively, of non-cash capital contributions from its Parent under the tax sharing agreement.

With respect to the consolidated U.S. federal return filed by Lexa International Corporation, the statute of limitations for assessment by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is closed for tax years ending prior to December 31, 2009, and for state tax authorities is closed for years prior to December 31, 2008, although

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

carryforward attributes that were generated prior to tax year 2009 may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS or state tax authorities if they either have been or will be used in a future period. In 2010, the IRS finalized an examination of Lexa International’s U.S. income tax returns for 2006, 2007, and 2008. As a result of the IRS settlement, the reserve for uncertain tax benefits decreased by $1.7 million including federal and state income taxes, as well as interest and penalties.

The Predecessor is subject to income taxes in Canada and the Canadian provinces. Certain jurisdictions remain subject to examination for tax years 2008 and forward.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     2012      2011     2010  

Balance at January 1

   $ 191       $ 219      $ 1,863   

Additions related to current year

     —           —          —     

Additions related to prior years positions

     143         4        27   

Reductions related to prior years positions

     —           (32     —     

Settlements with taxing authorities

     —           —          (1,671
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 334       $ 191      $ 219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Predecessor’s reserve for uncertain tax positions amounted to $0.3 million including interest and penalties. This balance is not expected to reverse during the next 12 months. The Predecessor recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision. It is the Parent’s policy not to charge the Predecessor for interest with respect to tax liabilities which will be settled as capital contributions in accordance with the tax sharing agreement. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the interest and penalties recognized by the Predecessor were immaterial.

 

14. Retirement Plans

Pension Plans

The Predecessor participates in a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, the Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), sponsored by the Parent. Benefits under the Plan were frozen as of December 31, 2003, and are based on a participant’s years of service and compensation through December 31, 2003. The Plan’s assets are invested principally in equity and fixed income securities. The Parent’s policy is to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).

The Predecessor also participates in an unfunded pension plan, the Axel Johnson Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan, for employees whose benefits under the defined benefit pension plan were reduced due to limitations under federal tax laws. Benefits under this plan were frozen as of December 31, 2003. The Predecessor has accrued $1.2 million and $1.1 million for its portion of the unfunded Retirement Restoration Plan as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Both the Plan and the Retirement Restoration Plan are administered by the Parent. The Parent charges the Predecessor for the costs of these benefits based on the Predecessor’s calculated portion of the expenses under these plans. Charges related to these employee benefit plans were $1.2 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Eligible employees also receive a defined contribution retirement benefit generally equal to a defined percentage of their eligible compensation. This contribution by the Predecessor to employee accounts in Axel Johnson Inc.’s Thrift and Defined Contribution Plan is in addition to any Predecessor match on 401(k) contributions that employees currently choose to make. The Predecessor made total 401(k) contributions of $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $3.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Other Postretirement Benefits

The Parent and some of its subsidiaries, which include the Predecessor, have a number of health care and life insurance benefit plans covering eligible employees who reach retirement age while working for the Parent. The plans are not funded. In general, employees hired after December 31, 1990, are not eligible for postretirement health care benefits. The Predecessor has accrued $3.7 million and $3.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and has recorded postretirement expense of $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to these plans.

 

15. Segment Reporting

The Predecessor is a wholesale and commercial distributor engaged in the purchase, storage, distribution and sale of refined products and natural gas, and also provides storage and handling services for a broad range of materials. The Predecessor has four reporting operating segments that comprise the structure used by the chief operating decision makers (CEO and COO) to make key operating decisions and assess performance. These segments are refined products, natural gas, materials handling and other activities. Segment information of Kildair has been included since the acquisition date of October 1, 2012.

The Predecessor’s refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel fuel, residual fuel oil, asphalt, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers), and sells them to its customers. The Predecessor has wholesale customers who resell the refined products they purchase from the Predecessor and commercial customers who consume the refined products they purchase from the Predecessor. The Predecessor’s wholesale customers consist of home heating oil retailers and diesel fuel and gasoline resellers. The Predecessor’s commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, large industrial companies, hospitals and educational institutions.

The Predecessor’s natural gas segment purchases, sells and distributes natural gas to commercial and industrial customers in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic states. The Predecessor purchases natural gas from natural gas producers and trading companies.

The Predecessor’s materials handling segment offloads, stores, and/or prepares for delivery a variety of customer-owned products, including asphalt, clay slurry, salt, gypsum, coal, petroleum coke, caustic soda, tallow, pulp and heavy equipment. These services are fee-based activities which are generally conducted under multi-year agreements.

The Predecessor’s other activities include the purchase, sale and distribution of coal and commercial trucking activities unrelated to its refined products segment. Other activities are not reported separately as they represent less than 10% of consolidated net sales and adjusted gross margin.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Predecessor changed its segment reporting to include its coal marketing activity in the other category rather than as materials handling. All prior period segment disclosures

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

for revenue and adjusted gross profit have been reclassified to include coal marketing as other activity. The impact of these changes to the materials handling segment was to reduce revenue by $12.5 million and $19.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and decrease adjusted gross margin by $1.4 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Predecessor evaluates segment performance based on adjusted gross margin, which is gross margin excluding unrealized hedging gains and losses, before allocations of corporate, terminal and trucking operating costs, depreciation, amortization, and interest. Based on the way the business is managed, it is not reasonably possible for the Predecessor to allocate the components of operating costs and expenses among the operating segments. There were no significant intersegment sales for any of the years presented below.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Predecessor changed its segment reporting to exclude unrealized hedging gains and losses on natural gas transportation contracts in the adjusted gross margin of the natural gas segment. Although the Predecessor has consistently entered into natural gas transportation hedge contracts, the unrealized hedging gains and losses had previously not been excluded as these amounts had not been significant. All prior period segment disclosures have been reclassified to exclude unrealized hedging gains and losses on natural gas transportation contracts in determining natural gas adjusted gross margin. The impact of these changes to the natural gas segment was to decrease adjusted gross margin by $1.0 million and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There was no net effect on previously reported overall gross margins.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Summarized financial information for the Predecessor’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31 is presented in the table below:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Net Sales:

      

Refined products

   $ 3,757,859      $ 3,456,284      $ 2,427,338   

Natural gas

     242,006        300,223        343,168   

Materials handling

     32,536        28,459        27,494   

Other

     11,506        12,461        19,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

   $ 4,043,907      $ 3,797,427      $ 2,817,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin(1):

      

Refined products

   $ 77,480      $ 97,031      $ 99,746   

Natural gas

     26,844        22,710        6,238   

Materials handling

     32,320        28,371        27,490   

Other

     2,788        1,370        2,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

     139,432        149,482        136,242   

Reconciliation to gross margin (2):

      

Unrealized hedging (loss) gain on inventory

     (227     8,252        4,382   

Unrealized hedging (loss) gain on natural gas transportation contracts

     (17,650     976        266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     121,555        158,710        140,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating costs and expenses not allocated to operating segments:

      

Operating expenses

     47,054        42,414        41,102   

Selling, general and administrative

     46,449        46,292        40,625   

Write-off of deferred offering costs

     8,931        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     11,665        10,140        10,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     114,099        98,846        92,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     7,456        59,864        48,632   

Gain on acquisition of business

     1,512        6,016        —     

Other (expense) income

     (160     —          894   

Interest income

     534        755        503   

Interest expense

     (23,960     (24,049     (21,897

Income tax benefit (provision)

     2,796        (16,636     (10,288

Equity in net (loss) income of foreign affiliate

     (1,009     3,622        (2,123
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (12,831   $ 29,572      $ 15,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Adjusted gross margin is a non-GAAP financial measure used by management and external users of the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements to assess the Predecessor’s economic results of operations and its market value reporting to lenders.
(2) Reconciliation of adjusted gross margin to gross margin, a comparable GAAP measure.

The Predecessor had no single customer whose revenue was greater than 10% of total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Predecessor’s foreign sales, primarily sales of refined products, asphalt and natural gas to its customers in Canada, were $96.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Predecessor’s foreign sales were not significant for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Segment Assets

Due to the comingled nature and uses of the Predecessor’s fixed assets, the Predecessor does not track its fixed assets between its refined products and materials handling operating segments or its other activities. There are no significant fixed assets attributable to the natural gas reportable segment.

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 38,407   

Acquisitions

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 38,407   
  

 

 

 

Kildair Acquisition

     12,611   

Other

     (124
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 50,894   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the allocation of Kildair’s goodwill to the refined products, materials handling and other segments is preliminary and will be finalized once additional information is obtained on relative operating segment fair values. The impact of the finalization of the allocation of Kildair’s goodwill to the operating segments is not expected to be material to the Predecessor’s segment reporting. Any change in goodwill amounts from foreign exchange translations are presented in “other” in the above table.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, goodwill for the refined products, natural gas and materials handling operating segments amounted to $29.2 million, $4.4 million and $4.8 million respectively.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets classified by geographic location are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011  

United States

   $ 152,927       $ 159,769   

Canada

     95,819         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 248,746       $ 159,769   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

16. Financial Instruments and Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Accounts Receivable and Debt

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable approximated fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying value of the Predecessor’s debt approximated fair value due to the short-term maturity and variable interest nature of these instruments.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Derivative Instruments

The following table presents all financial assets and financial liabilities of the Predecessor measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Fair Value
Measurement
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
Level 1
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Level 3
 

Financial assets:

           

Commodity fixed forwards

   $ 30,235       $ —         $ 30,235       $ —     

Commodity swaps and options

     597         —           597         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     30,832         —           30,832         —     

Currency swaps

     20         —           20         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,852       $ —         $ 30,852       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

           

Commodity exchange contracts

   $ 9       $ 9       $ —         $ —     

Commodity fixed forwards

     42,247         —           42,247         —     

Commodity swaps and options

     319         —           319         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     42,575         9         42,566         —     

Interest rate swaps

     7,133         —           7,133         —     

Currency swaps

     245         —           245         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,953       $ 9       $ 49,944       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Fair Value
Measurement
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
Level 1
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Level 3
 

Financial assets:

           

Commodity exchange contracts

   $ 34       $ 34       $ —         $ —     

Commodity fixed forwards

     46,155         —           46,155         —     

Commodity swaps and options

     713         —           713         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     46,902         34         46,868         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,902       $ 34       $ 46,868       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

           

Commodity exchange contracts

   $ 15       $ 15       $ —         $ —     

Commodity fixed forwards

     23,095         —           23,095         —     

Commodity swaps and options

     923         —           923         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

     24,033         15         24,018         —     

Interest rate swaps

     9,461         —           9,461         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33,494       $ 15       $ 33,479       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

Commodity Derivatives

The following table presents total realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments utilized for commodity risk management purposes. Such amounts are included in cost of products sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Refined products contracts

   $ (7,238   $ (34,471   $ (22,773

Natural gas contracts

     (19,580     (377     (16,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (26,818   $ (34,848   $ (38,975
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in realized and unrealized losses on derivatives instruments above are realized and unrealized gains (losses) on discretionary trading activities as follows:

 

     2012      2011     2010  

Refined products contracts

   $ 2,317       $ 332      $ 1,717   

Natural gas contracts

     8         (652     (6,016
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,325       $ (320   $ (4,299
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the gross volume of commodity derivative instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Refined Products
   (Barrels)  
    Natural Gas
  (MMBTUs)  
 

Long contracts

     7,844        94,443   

Short contracts

     (11,829     (70,432

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Refined Products
   (Barrels)  
    Natural Gas
  (MMBTUs)  
 

Long contracts

     8,159        111,657   

Short contracts

     (11,174     (87,372

Interest Rate Derivatives

The Predecessor has entered into interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates on its Credit Agreement. The Predecessor swaps the variable LIBOR interest rate payable under the Credit Agreement for fixed LIBOR interest rates. The Predecessor’s interest rates swaps hedge actual and forecasted LIBOR borrowings and have been designated as cash flow hedges. Counterparties to the Predecessor’s interest rate swaps are large multinational banks and the Predecessor does not believe there is a material risk of counterparty non-performance. At December 31, 2012 the Predecessor held eight interest rate swap agreements with a notional value of $245.0 million. The cash flow hedges at December 31, 2012, expire at various dates from January 2013 through January 2015.

There was no material ineffectiveness determined for the cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Any ineffectiveness is recorded as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

The Predecessor records unrealized gains and losses on its interest rate swaps as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, which is reclassified to earnings as interest expense when the payments are made. As of December 31, 2012, the amount of unrealized losses, net of tax, expected to be reclassified to earnings in 2013 was $3.0 million.

The following table presents the location of the gains and losses on derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedging instruments reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other comprehensive loss (“OCL”) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Amount of Derivative
Loss Recognized in
OCL
     Amount of Derivative
Loss Reclassified
From Accumulated
OCL Into Income
 

Interest rate swaps

   $ 1,815       $ 4,144   

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     Amount of Derivative
Loss Recognized in
OCL
     Amount of Derivative
Loss Reclassified
From Accumulated
OCL Into Income
 

Interest rate swaps

   $ 6,888       $ 4,142   

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2010  
     Amount of Derivative
Loss Recognized in
OCL
     Amount of Derivative
Loss Reclassified
From Accumulated
OCL Into Income
 

Interest rate swaps

   $ 7,041       $ 7,066   

Currency Derivatives

At December 31, 2012, the Predecessor’s Canadian subsidiary has entered into a series of forward currency swaps that mature through February 2013. The contracts obligate the Canadian subsidiary to purchase approximately $52.0 million in U.S. dollars at exchange rates between 0.9797 and 0.9953. The U.S. to Canadian dollar exchange rate was 0.9921 at December 31, 2012.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Capital Leases

The Predecessor holds leases for warehouse space, dock facilities, transportation equipment and other equipment, several of which are recorded as capital leases. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Predecessor had short-term capital lease obligations of $0.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and long-term capital lease obligations of $5.7 million and $3.5 million, respectively. These balances exclude the obligations related to its Searsport, Maine terminal. See Note 12. Capital lease repayments are due as follow:

 

     Amount  

2013

   $ 1,067   

2014

     1,067   

2015

     1,067   

2016

     1,067   

2017

     997   

Thereafter

     3,281   
  

 

 

 

Total

     8,546   

Less amounts representing interest at rates between 3.9% and 7.4%

     (2,120
  

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum capital lease payments

   $ 6,426   
  

 

 

 

Operating Leases

The Predecessor has leases for a refined products terminal, refined products storage, maritime charters, office and plant facilities, computer and other equipment for periods extending to 2029. Renewal options exist for a substantial portion of these leases. For operating leases, rental expense was $10.8 million, $12.3 million and $11.7 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table summarizes the future annual payments for operating leases as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Amount  

2013

   $ 6,711   

2014

     6,613   

2015

     6,189   

2016

     6,072   

2017

     3,216   

Thereafter

     15,094   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 43,895   
  

 

 

 

Legal, Environmental and Other Proceedings

The Predecessor is involved in various lawsuits, other proceedings and environmental matters, all of which arose in the normal course of business. While it is impossible to determine the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to certain contingent liabilities and claims, the Predecessor believes, based upon its examination of currently available information, its experience to date, and advice from legal counsel, that the individual and aggregate liabilities resulting from the ultimate resolution of these contingent matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Predecessor’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

18. Acquisition

On September 30, 2011, the Predecessor purchased an oil terminal in Rensselaer, New York for $3.4 million. In addition, the Predecessor purchased approximately $4.4 million of inventory that was stored at the terminal. The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $13.9 million which exceeded the purchase price. As a result, the Predecessor reassessed the identification, recognition and measurement of the identifiable assets and concluded that the valuation procedures and resulting measures were appropriate. Accordingly, the Predecessor recognized a gain of $6.0 million associated with the acquisition, which is included in gain on acquisition of business in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The terminal has 0.6 million barrels of storage capacity, with 0.3 million barrels currently in service, and primarily handles distillate oil products. The purchase of this facility provides enhanced dock facilities and augments the Predecessor’s supply storage and petroleum marketing opportunities. The Predecessor believes that it was able to acquire the terminal for less than fair value of its assets because of the seller’s strategic intent to exit a non-core business operation. This acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination.

The following table presents the allocation of the $7.8 million purchase price to the fair value of the acquired assets and resulting gain on acquisition of business:

Assets purchased:

 

Inventories

   $   4,445   

Land and improvements

     1,750   

Plant and equipment

     7,666   
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of assets purchased

     13,861   

Gain on acquisition of business

     (6,016
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 7,845   
  

 

 

 

 

19. Deferred Offering Costs—Initial Public Offering

The Predecessor had accumulated and deferred certain costs related to efforts to complete an initial public offering of limited partnership units. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Predecessor delayed the plan for this public offering and as a result, deferred offering costs of $8.9 million were charged against earnings. The total charge included $6.5 million of offering costs previously deferred as of December 31, 2011, and $2.4 million of deferred offering costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2012. The Predecessor retained no deferred offering costs on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (Predecessor)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(in thousands unless otherwise stated)

 

 

20. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Unaudited quarterly financial data is as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     First      Second      Third     Fourth(1)     Total  

Net sales

   $ 1,268,200       $ 769,405       $ 703,694      $ 1,302,608      $ 4,043,907   

Gross margin

     38,421         31,408         13,204        38,522        121,555   

Net income (loss)

     950         6,315         (11,939     (8,157     (12,831
     For the Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     First      Second      Third(2)     Fourth     Total  

Net sales

   $ 1,265,816       $ 751,315         741,104      $ 1,039,192      $ 3,797,427   

Gross margin

     46,780         46,429         35,561        29,940        158,710   

Net income (loss)

     6,587         15,726         10,354        (3,095     29,572   

 

(1) Net loss for the unaudited fourth quarter 2012 includes a gain of $1,512 related to an acquisition of a business (see Note 2) and a write-off of deferred costs of $ 8,931 (see Note 19).
(2) Net income for the unaudited third quarter 2011 includes a gain of $6,016 related to an acquisition of a business (See Note 18).

 

21. Subsequent Event

The Predecessor declared a dividend to the Predecessor’s sole member, as permitted by the Credit Agreement, on February 4, 2013, of $22.5 million that was paid on February 6, 2013.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Sprague Resources GP LLC,

General Partner of Sprague Resources LP

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Sprague Resources LP (the Partnership), as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related statements of comprehensive loss, cash flows and partners’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from June 23, 2011 (date of inception) to December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from June 23, 2011 (date of inception) to December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

July 22, 2013

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Balance Sheets

 

     June 30,
2013
    December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
    

(Unaudited)

             

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash

   $      800      $      800      $      800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     800        800        800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 800      $ 800      $ 800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Partners’ equity

      

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Partners’ equity:

      

Organizational limited partner

     990        990        990   

General partner

     10        10        10   

Accumulated deficit

     (200     (200     (200
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total partners’ equity

     800        800        800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and partners’ equity

   $ 800      $ 800      $ 800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying note is an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

    Six Months Ended     Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the Period June 23, 2011
(Date of Inception) Through
December 31, 2011
 
    June 30, 2013     June 30, 2012      
    (Unaudited)              

Net sales

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Cost of products sold

     —           —           —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

    —          —          —          —     

Operating costs and expenses:

       

Operating expenses

    —          —          —          200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    —          —          —          200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    —          —          —          (200

Income tax provision

    —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and total comprehensive loss

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (200
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying note is an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Six Months Ended
June 30
    Year Ended
December 31, 2012
    For the Period June 23, 2011
(Date of Inception) Through
December 31, 2011
 
        2013             2012          
   

(Unaudited)

             

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Net loss

  $ —        $ —        $    —        $ (200
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    —          —          —          (200
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Net cash used in investing activities

    —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Partners’ capital contributions

    —          —          —          1,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    —          —          —          1,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          800   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    800        800        800        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 800      $ 800      $ 800      $ 800   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

       

Cash paid:

       

Interest

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Taxes

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

The accompanying note is an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Statements of Partners’ Equity

 

     Partners’
Contribution
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Partners’
Equity
 

Balance, June 23 , 201 1 (Date of Inception)

   $ 1,000       $ —        $ 1,000   

Net loss and total comprehensive loss

     —           (200     (200
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31 , 2011

     1,000         (200     800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operations

     —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

     1,000         200        800   

Net operations (Unaudited)

     —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

   $ 1000       $ 200      $ 800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying note is an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Sprague Resources LP

Note to Financial Statements

 

1. Nature of Operations

Sprague Resources LP (the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on June 23, 2011 to engage in any lawful activity for which limited partnerships may be organized under the Delaware Revised Limited Partnership Act including, but not limited to, actions to form a limited liability company and/or acquire assets owned by Sprague Operating Resources LLC, an entity engaged in the sale of energy products, as well as materials handling operations.

The Partnership intends to offer common units, representing limited partner interests, pursuant to a public offering. In addition, the Partnership will issue common and subordinated units, representing additional limited partner interests, to Sprague Resources Holdings LLC (the “Organizational Limited Partner”). Sprague Resources GP LLC (the “General Partner”) has a non-economic general partner interest in the Partnership. The Partnership will issue to the Organizational Limited Partner the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the distributions the Partnership makes in excess of certain target distribution amounts.

The Organizational Limited Partner and the General Partner contributed $990 and $10, respectively, as a capital contribution to the Partnership.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Appendix A

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

  

  

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     A-1   

Section 1.2

 

Construction

     A-16   

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

  

  

Section 2.1

 

Formation

     A-16   

Section 2.2

 

Name

     A-16   

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices

     A-16   

Section 2.4

 

Purpose and Business

     A-17   

Section 2.5

 

Powers

     A-17   

Section 2.6

 

Term

     A-17   

Section 2.7

 

Title to Partnership Assets

     A-17   

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

  

  

Section 3.1

 

Limitation of Liability

     A-17   

Section 3.2

 

Management of Business

     A-17   

Section 3.3

 

Outside Activities of the Limited Partners

     A-18   

Section 3.4

 

Rights of Limited Partners

     A-18   

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;

REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

  

  

  

Section 4.1

 

Certificates

     A-19   

Section 4.2

 

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates

     A-19   

Section 4.3

 

Record Holders

     A-20   

Section 4.4

 

Transfer Generally

     A-20   

Section 4.5

 

Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests

     A-20   

Section 4.6

 

Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest

     A-21   

Section 4.7

 

Restrictions on Transfers

     A-21   

Section 4.8

 

Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees

     A-22   

Section 4.9

 

Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees

     A-23   

Section 4.10

 

Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units

     A-24   

Section 4.11

 

Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of IDR Reset Common Units

     A-24   

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

  

  

Section 5.1

 

Organizational Contributions

     A-25   

Section 5.2

 

Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates

     A-25   

Section 5.3

 

Contributions by Initial Limited Partners

     A-25   

Section 5.4

 

Interest and Withdrawal

     A-25   

Section 5.5

 

Capital Accounts

     A-25   

Section 5.6

 

Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests

     A-28   

Section 5.7

 

Conversion of Subordinated Units

     A-28   

Section 5.8

 

Limited Preemptive Right

     A-29   

Section 5.9

 

Splits and Combinations

     A-29   

 

A-i


Table of Contents
         Page  

Section 5.10

 

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests

     A-29   

Section 5.11

 

Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights

     A-29   

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

  

  

Section 6.1

 

Allocations for Capital Account Purposes

     A-31   

Section 6.2

 

Allocations for Tax Purposes

     A-37   

Section 6.3

 

Distributions; Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders

     A-38   

Section 6.4

 

Distributions from Distributable Cash Flow

     A-39   

Section 6.5

 

Distributions from Capital Surplus

     A-40   

Section 6.6

 

Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

     A-40   

Section 6.7

 

Entity-Level Taxation

     A-41   

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

  

  

Section 7.1

 

Management

     A-41   

Section 7.2

 

Replacement of Fiduciary Duties

     A-43   

Section 7.3

 

Certificate of Limited Partnership

     A-43   

Section 7.4

 

Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority

     A-43   

Section 7.5

 

Reimbursement of the General Partner

     A-43   

Section 7.6

 

Outside Activities

     A-44   

Section 7.7

 

Indemnification

     A-45   

Section 7.8

 

Liability of Indemnitees

     A-46   

Section 7.9

 

Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties

     A-47   

Section 7.10

 

Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Indemnitees

     A-48   

Section 7.11

 

Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests

     A-48   

Section 7.12

 

Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates

     A-49   

Section 7.13

 

Reliance by Third Parties

     A-50   

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

  

  

Section 8.1

 

Records and Accounting

     A-51   

Section 8.2

 

Fiscal Year

     A-51   

Section 8.3

 

Reports

     A-51   

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

  

  

Section 9.1

 

Tax Returns and Information

     A-52   

Section 9.2

 

Tax Elections

     A-52   

Section 9.3

 

Tax Controversies

     A-52   

Section 9.4

 

Withholding Tax Payments

     A-52   

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

  

  

Section 10.1

 

Admission of Limited Partners

     A-53   

Section 10.2

 

Admission of Successor General Partner

     A-53   

Section 10.3

 

Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership

     A-53   

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

  

  

Section 11.1

 

Withdrawal of the General Partner

     A-54   

 

A-ii


Table of Contents
         Page  

Section 11.2

 

Removal of the General Partner

     A-55   

Section 11.3

 

Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner

     A-55   

Section 11.4

 

Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages

     A-57   

Section 11.5

 

Withdrawal of Limited Partners

     A-57   

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

  

  

Section 12.1

 

Dissolution

     A-57   

Section 12.2

 

Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution

     A-57   

Section 12.3

 

Liquidator

     A-58   

Section 12.4

 

Liquidation

     A-58   

Section 12.5

 

Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership

     A-59   

Section 12.6

 

Return of Contributions

     A-59   

Section 12.7

 

Waiver of Partition

     A-59   

Section 12.8

 

Capital Account Restoration

     A-59   

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

  

  

Section 13.1

 

Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner

     A-59   

Section 13.2

 

Amendment Procedures

     A-60   

Section 13.3

 

Amendment Requirements

     A-61   

Section 13.4

 

Special Meetings

     A-61   

Section 13.5

 

Notice of a Meeting

     A-62   

Section 13.6

 

Record Date

     A-62   

Section 13.7

 

Adjournment

     A-62   

Section 13.8

 

Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes

     A-62   

Section 13.9

 

Quorum and Voting

     A-62   

Section 13.10

 

Conduct of a Meeting

     A-63   

Section 13.11

 

Action Without a Meeting

     A-63   

Section 13.12

 

Right to Vote and Related Matters

     A-64   

Section 13.13

 

Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights

     A-64   

ARTICLE XIV

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

  

  

Section 14.1

 

Authority

     A-64   

Section 14.2

 

Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion

     A-65   

Section 14.3

 

Approval by Limited Partners

     A-66   

Section 14.4

 

Certificate of Merger

     A-67   

Section 14.5

 

Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion

     A-67   

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

  

  

Section 15.1

 

Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests

     A-68   

ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

  

  

Section 16.1

 

Addresses and Notices

     A-69   

Section 16.2

 

Further Action

     A-70   

Section 16.3

 

Binding Effect

     A-70   

Section 16.4

 

Integration

     A-70   

 

A-iii


Table of Contents
         Page  

Section 16.5

 

Creditors

     A-70   

Section 16.6

 

Waiver

     A-70   

Section 16.7

 

Counterparts

     A-70   

Section 16.8

 

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     A-70   

Section 16.9

 

Invalidity of Provisions

     A-71   

Section 16.10

 

Consent of Partners

     A-71   

Section 16.11

 

Facsimile Signatures

     A-71   

Section 16.12

 

Third Party Beneficiaries

     A-71   

 

A-iv


Table of Contents

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP, dated as of                     , 2013, is entered into by and between Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, and the Initial Limited Partners (as defined herein), together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Additional Book Basis ” means the portion of any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:

(i) any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event; and

(ii) if Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided , that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (ii) to such Book-Down Event).

Additional Book Basis Derivative Items ” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “ Excess Additional Book Basis ”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of Adjusted Property, the Additional Book Basis Derivative items shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed of Adjusted Property.

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each taxable period of the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the taxable period in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or Section 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

Adjusted Property ” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments ” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.

Agreed Allocation ” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).

Agreed Value ” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property at the time of contribution and in the case of an Adjusted Property the fair market value of such Adjusted Property on the date of the revaluation event as described in Section 5.5(d), in both cases as determined by the General Partner.

Agreement ” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sprague Resources LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Associate ” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to the Board of Directors of the General Partner, its board of directors or board of managers, as applicable, if a corporation or limited liability company, or if a limited partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of the General Partner.

Book Basis Derivative Items ” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Book-Down Event ” means an event that triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

Book-Tax Disparity ” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with U.S. federal income tax accounting principles.

Book-Up Event ” means an event that triggers a positive adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Capital Account ” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

Capital Contribution ” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions).

Capital Improvement ” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets, or (c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary, in which a Group Member has, or after such capital contribution will have, an equity interest to fund the Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the acquisition of existing, or the construction of new or the improvement of existing, capital assets, in each case if such addition, improvement, acquisition, construction or capital contribution is made to increase the long-term operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group or, in the case of clause (c), such Person.

Capital Surplus ” means cash and cash equivalents distributed by the Partnership in excess of Distributable Cash Flow, as described in Section 6.3(b).

Carrying Value ” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such property, and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for U.S. federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.5(d) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

Cause ” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner is liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Certificate ” means a certificate in such form (including global form if permitted by applicable rules and regulations) as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Partnership Interests. The initial form of certificate approved by the General Partner for Common Units is attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement.

Certificate of Limited Partnership ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as heretofore amended and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 7.3, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Citizenship Certification ” means a properly completed certificate in such form as may be specified by the General Partner by which a Limited Partner certifies that he (and if he is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person) is an Eligible Citizen.

claim ” (as used in Section 7.12(c)) is defined in Section 7.12(c).

Closing Date ” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by Sprague Holdings to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

Closing Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the respective Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the primary reporting system then in use in relation to such Limited Partner Interests of such class, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

Combined Interest ” is defined in Section 11.3(a).

Commences Commercial Service ” means a Capital Improvement is first put into commercial service by a Group Member following, if applicable, completion of construction and testing.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Unit ” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not refer to or include any Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, with respect to any Quarter wholly within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all cash and cash equivalents distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).

Conflicts Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner composed entirely of two or more directors, each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is

 

A-4


Table of Contents

not an officer or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner or a director of any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than any Group Member), (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, other than a passive interest in a publicly traded Affiliate, including any Group Member, other than Common Units and awards that are granted to such director under the Long-Term Incentive Plan and (d) meets the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which any class of Partnership Interests is listed or admitted to trading.

Contributed Property ” means each property, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of                     , 2013, by and among the General Partner, the Partnership, Axel Johnson Inc., Sprague International Properties LLC, Sprague Canadian Properties LLC, Sprague Holdings and Sprague Operating Resources LLC, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the Common Unit Arrearages with respect to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters wholly within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

Curative Allocation ” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).

Current Market Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

Deferred Issuance and Distribution ” means both (a) the issuance by the Partnership of a number of additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (x)             , over (y) the aggregate number, if any, of Common Units actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option on the Option Closing Date(s), and (b) reimbursement(s), in whole or in part, of pre-formation capital expenditures in an amount equal to the total amount of cash contributed by the Underwriters to the Partnership on or in connection with any Option Closing Date with respect to Common Units issued by the Partnership upon the applicable exercise of the Over-Allotment Option in accordance with Section 5.3(b), if any.

Delaware Act ” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. Section 17-101, et seq ., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Departing General Partner ” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2.

Disposed of Adjusted Property ” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Distributable Cash Flow ” means, on a cumulative basis and without duplication as determined by the General Partner,

(a)     $             million;

(b)     plus the net income of the Partnership Group, as determined in accordance with GAAP;

(c)     plus or minus , as applicable, any amounts necessary to offset the impact of any items included in the net income of the Partnership Group in accordance with GAAP that do not impact the amount of cash or cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (including any amounts necessary to offset the impact of any items included in our share of the net income of entities accounted for under the equity method that do not impact the amount of the cash or cash equivalents of such entities);

(d)     plus any carrying costs (debt or equity related), which have not been capitalized, incurred by the Partnership Group during construction of a capital improvement which capital improvement is not included in Expansion Capital Expenditures;

(e)     plus any acquisition-related expenses deducted from net income and associated with (i) successful acquisitions or (ii) any other potential acquisitions that have not been abandoned;

(f)     minus any acquisition related expenses covered by clause (e)(ii) immediately preceding that relate to (i) potential acquisitions that have since been abandoned or (ii) potential acquisitions that have not been consummated within one year following the date such expense was incurred (except that if the potential acquisition is the subject of a pending purchase and sale agreement as of such one-year date, such one-year period of time shall be extended until the first to occur of the termination of such purchase and sale agreement or the first day following the closing of the acquisition contemplated by such purchase and sale agreement); and

(g)     minus Maintenance Capital Expenditures.

For purposes of this definition, the types of items covered by clause (c) above include, without limitation, (i) depreciation, depletion and amortization expense, (ii) any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the ordinary course of business, (iii) any non-cash gains or items of income and any non-cash losses or expenses, including non-cash compensation expense, asset impairments, amortization of debt discounts, premiums or issue costs, mark-to-market activity associated with hedging and with non-cash revaluation and/or fair valuation of assets or liabilities and (iv) any gain or loss as a result of a change in accounting policy or principle, provided that the application of any such change that is not required by law, GAAP or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or similar regulatory body to be adopted by us is approved by the audit committee of the board of directors of our general partner prior to its adoption. Our share of the net income of entities accounted for under the equity method, as adjusted in clause (c) above, shall be limited to the distributions we receive from such entities. To the extent that the net income of the Partnership Group includes any losses with respect to the termination of any Long-Term Interest Rate or Currency Hedge Contract prior to its stipulated termination or settlement date, such losses shall be included in “Distributable Cash Flow” in equal installments over what would have been the remaining scheduled life of such Long-Term Interest Rate or Currency Hedge Contract had it not been so terminated.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if net income or other items affecting the calculation of “Distributable Cash Flow” are restated with respect to any Quarter, then any subsequent determination of net income or such other items with respect to such Quarter or for a period including such Quarter will reflect such restatement. Any restatement after the end of the Subordination Period will not retroactively affect the conversion of Subordinated Units in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Economic Risk of Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Eligible Citizen ” means a Person qualified to own interests in real property in jurisdictions in which any Group Member does business or proposes to do business from time to time, and whose status as a Limited Partner the General Partner determines does not or would not subject such Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or any interest therein.

Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount ” is defined in Section 6.7.

Event of Withdrawal ” is defined in Section 11.1(a).

Excess Additional Book Basis ” is defined in the definition of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.

Excess Distribution ” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

Excess Distribution Unit ” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

Final Subordinated Units ” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(x).

First Liquidation Target Amount ” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).

First Target Distribution ” means $             per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.7.

General Partner ” means Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

General Partner Interest ” means the management and ownership interest, if any, of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it) and includes any and all rights, powers and benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Gross Liability Value ” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.

Group ” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

Group Member ” means a member of the Partnership Group.

Group Member Agreement ” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member other than the Partnership that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Holder ” as used in Section 7.12, is defined in Section 7.12(a).

IDR Reset Common Unit ” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

IDR Reset Election ” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

Incentive Distribution Right ” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights in this Agreement.

Incentive Distributions ” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4 or Section 6.5.

Incremental Income Taxes ” is defined in Section 6.7.

Indemnified Persons ” is defined in Section 7.12(c).

Indemnitee ” means (a) any General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who, directly or indirectly, controls a General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a managing member, director or officer of any General Partner, any Departing General Partner or any of their respective controlling Affiliates, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of a General Partner, any Departing General Partner or any of their respective controlling Affiliates as an officer, director or managing member of another Person owing a fiduciary or similar duty to any Group Member, and (f) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement because such Person’s service, status or relationship exposes such Person to potential claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings relating to the Partnership Group’s business and affairs.

Initial Common Units ” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.

Initial Limited Partners ” means Sprague Holdings and the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1.

Initial Offering ” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public by the Partnership, as described in the Registration Statement, including any offering and sale by the Partnership of Common Units pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

Initial Unit Price ” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

Liability ” means any liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.

Limited Partner ” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.

Limited Partner Interest ” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests

 

A-8


Table of Contents

(other than the General Partner Interest) or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Liquidation Date ” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

Liquidator ” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

Long-Term Incentive Plan ” means the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan of the General Partner as may be amended, or any equity compensation plan successor thereto.

Long-Term Interest Rate or Currency Hedge Contract ” means any exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement or arrangement that is entered into for the purpose of hedging the Partnership Group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates in their operations or financing activities and not for speculative purposes with a specified termination date more than twelve months after the date such agreement is entered into.

Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means capital expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to or replacement of the capital assets owned by any Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets) made to maintain the long-term operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group.

Merger Agreement ” is defined in Section 14.1.

Minimum Quarterly Distribution ” means $             per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.7.

National Securities Exchange ” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act (or any successor to such Section) and any other securities exchange (whether or not registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) (or successor to such Section) of the Securities Exchange Act) that the General Partner shall designate as a National Securities Exchange for purposes of this Agreement.

Net Agreed Value ” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any Liability either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution.

Net Income ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Net Loss ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).

Net Positive Adjustments ” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.

Net Termination Gain ” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided , however , the items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

Net Termination Loss ” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are (a) recognized by the Partnership (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group) or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided , however , the items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

Non-citizen Assignee ” means a Person whom the General Partner has determined does not constitute an Eligible Citizen and as to whose Partnership Interest the General Partner has become the substituted limited partner, pursuant to Section 4.8.

Nonrecourse Built-in Gain ” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

Notice of Election to Purchase ” is defined in Section 15.1(b).

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner.

Option Closing Date ” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

Outstanding ” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however , that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding, none of the Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group shall be entitled to be voted on any matter or be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement or the Delaware Act); provided, further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership), (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i) provided that, at or prior to such acquisition, the General Partner, acting in its sole discretion, shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, or (iii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership provided that, at or prior to such acquisition, the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply.

Over-Allotment Option ” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i) with respect to “partner nonrecourse deductions,” are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

Partnership ” means Sprague Resources LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Partnership Group ” means, collectively, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

Partnership Interest ” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership, which shall include any Limited Partner Interests and the General Partner Interest but shall exclude any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means the amount of “partnership minimum gain” determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Percentage Interest ” means as of any date of determination (a) as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder by (B) the total number of Outstanding Units, and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as a part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall be zero except as provided in Section 13.13(b).

 

A-11


Table of Contents

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

Per Unit Capital Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any class of Units held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

Plan of Conversion ” is defined in Section 14.1.

Pro Rata ” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners and Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.

Purchase Date ” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.

Quarter ” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the fiscal quarter of the Partnership that includes the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.

Recapture Income ” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

Record Date ” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

Record Holder ” means (a) with respect to Partnership Interests of any class of Partnership Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Person in whose name a Partnership Interest of such class is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the closing of business on a particular Business Day, or (b) with respect to other classes of Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the closing of business on such Business Day.

Redeemable Interests ” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.9.

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-175826) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units by the Partnership in the Initial Offering.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

Remaining Net Positive Adjustments ” means as of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Unitholders’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period, and (ii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.

Required Allocations ” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v), Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).

Reset MQD ” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

Reset Notice ” is defined in Section 5.11(b).

Second Liquidation Target Amount ” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).

Second Target Distribution ” means $             per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.7.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

Services Agreement ” means that certain Services Agreement, dated as of                     , 2013, by and among the General Partner, the Partnership, Sprague Holdings and Sprague Energy Solutions Inc. as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items ” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, and (ii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.

Special Approval ” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee acting in good faith.

Sprague Holdings ” means Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Subordinated Unit ” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “Subordinated Unit” does not include, or refer to, any Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

Subordination Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) the second Business Day following the distribution of cash or cash equivalents to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter (the “Reference Quarter”), beginning with the Quarter ending September 30, 2016, for which each of the following requirements is met:

(i) distributions of cash and cash equivalents from Distributable Cash Flow on each of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, and in each case with respect to each of the three most recent consecutive, non-overlapping, four Quarter periods (including the Reference Quarter), equaled or exceeded the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;

(ii) the Distributable Cash Flow generated in respect of such three consecutive, non-overlapping four Quarter periods, excluding the amount specified in clause (a)(i) in the definition of Distributable Cash Flow, equaled or exceeded the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units (on a fully diluted basis) in respect of such Quarters; and

(iii) there are no Cumulative Common Units Arrearages; or

(b) the date all Subordinated Units convert to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.4.

With respect to compensatory grants of Partnership Interests, fully diluted shall include only those units that will vest during the succeeding twelve months.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding this subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person or (d) any other Person in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) less than a majority ownership interest or (ii) less than the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person, provided that (A) such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding this subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of the determination, has at least a 20% ownership interest in such other Person, (B) such Person accounts for such other Person (under U.S. GAAP, as in effect on the later of the date of investment in such other Person or material expansion of the operations of such other Person) on a consolidated or equity accounting basis, (C) such Person has directly or indirectly material negative control rights regarding such other Person including over such other Person’s ability to materially expand its operations beyond that contemplated at the date of investment in such other Person, and (D) such other Person is obligated under its constituent documents, or as a result of a unanimous agreement of its owners, to distribute to its owners all of its income on at least an annual basis (less any cash reserves that are approved by such Person).

Surviving Business Entity ” is defined in Section 14.2(b)(ii).

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Third Target Distribution ” means $             per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.7.

Trading Day ” means, for the purpose of determining the Current Market Price of any class of Limited Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

transfer ” is defined in Section 4.4(a).

Transfer Agent ” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Interests; provided that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any class of Partnership Interests, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.

Underwriter ” means each Person named as an underwriter in the Underwriting Agreement or in a schedule thereto who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

Underwriting Agreement ” means that certain Underwriting Agreement dated                     , 2013 among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner, Sprague Holdings and the other parties thereto, providing for the purchase of Common Units by the Underwriters.

Unit ” means a Partnership Interest that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) the General Partner Interest or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.

Unitholders ” means the holders of Units.

Unit Majority ” means (i) during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a class, and at least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units voting as a class and (ii) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.

Unpaid MQD ” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).

Unrealized Gain ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).

Unrealized Loss ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).

Unrecovered Initial Unit Price ” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

Unrestricted Person ” means (a) each Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, employee or agent of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner and (d) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Unrestricted Person” for purposes of this Agreement.

U.S. GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ” is defined in Section 11.1(b).

Section 1.2 Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include”, “includes”, “including” and words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation . The General Partner and Sprague Holdings have previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act and hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes.

Section 2.2 Name . The name of the Partnership shall be “Sprague Resources LP.” The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” the letters “LP” and “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at Two International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, NH 03801 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be Two International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, NH 03801, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Section 2.4 Purpose and Business . The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner in its sole discretion and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however , that without the approval of a Unit Majority, the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to take any action that the General Partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may, in its sole discretion, decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business.

Section 2.5 Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.6 Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.

Section 2.7 Title to Partnership Assets . Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity and/or its Subsidiaries, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further , that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability . The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

Section 3.2 Management of Business . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited Partners . Subject to the provisions of Section 7.6, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, each Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

Section 3.4 Rights of Limited Partners .

(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law (other than Section 17-305(a) of the Delaware Act, the obligations of which are to the fullest extent permitted by law expressly replaced in their entirety by the provisions below), and except as limited by Sections 3.4(b) and 3.4(c), each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose that is reasonably related, as determined by the General Partner, to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense to obtain:

(i) true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership (provided that the requirements of this Section 3.4(a)(i) shall be satisfied to the extent the Limited Partner is furnished the Partnership’s most recent annual report and any subsequent quarterly or periodic reports required to be filed (or which would be required to be filed) with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act);

(ii) a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Record Holder;

(iii) a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with copies of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

(iv) such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as the General Partner determines in its sole discretion is just and reasonable.

(b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or Section 17-305 of the Delaware Act, each of the Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have rights to receive information from the Partnership or any Indemnitee for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against the Partnership or any Indemnitee relating to the affairs of the Partnership except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to litigation commenced by such Person.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;

REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Certificates . Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates. Certificates that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or any Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. If a Transfer Agent has been appointed for a class of Partnership Interests, no Certificate for such class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however , that if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of Section 4.10, if Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.7, the Record Holders of Subordinated Units, (i) may, if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by Certificates, exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units or (ii) if the Subordinated Units are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates evidencing Common Units.

Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates .

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct, to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner.

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after such Limited Partner has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

Section 4.3 Record Holders . The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be (a) the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest and (b) bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein.

Section 4.4 Transfer Generally .

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a transaction by which (i) the General Partner assigns its General Partner Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, or (ii) the holder of a Limited Partner Interest assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise (but in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage).

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of any Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership or limited liability company interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in such Partner and the term “transfer” shall not mean any such disposition.

Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests .

(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided , that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions hereof, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.

 

A-20


Table of Contents

(c) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as provided in Section 4.8, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

(d) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Sections 4.3, 4.7, 4.10 and 4.11, (iii) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this Agreement establishing such class or series, (iv) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (v) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.

(e) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5 and (ii) Sections 4.3, 4.7, 4.10 and 4.11, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units, Common Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to one or more Persons.

Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest .

(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to December 31, 2023, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units (excluding Limited Partner Interest held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual), (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other Person or the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person or (C) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with enforcement of a pledge of the General Partner Interest (including by means of a consensual transfer in lieu of foreclosure or other realization upon the General Partner Interest) made in support of indebtedness of the Partnership Group.

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after December 31, 2023, the General Partner may transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval or the approval of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) except with respect to a transfer of the type contemplated by Section 4.6(a)(ii)(C) above, the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed). In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

Section 4.7 Restrictions on Transfers .

(a) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws or rules and

 

A-21


Table of Contents

regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of a Partnership Interest or Partnership Interests if it determines, with the advice of counsel, that such restrictions are necessary or advisable to (i) avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) preserve the uniformity of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests. The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided, however , that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.

(c) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 4.10.

(d) The transfer of an Incentive Distribution Right that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 4.11.

(e) Nothing contained in this Agreement, other than Section 4.7(a), shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

Section 4.8 Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees .

(a) If any Group Member is or becomes subject to any law or regulation that the General Partner determines would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner, the General Partner may amend this Agreement to impose requirements for each Partner to be eligible to be a Partner in the Partnership. If the General Partner establishes any such requirement, the General Partner may request any Limited Partner to furnish to the General Partner, within 30 days after receipt of such request, an executed Citizenship Certification or such other information concerning his nationality, citizenship or other related status (or, if the Limited Partner is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the General Partner may request. If a Limited Partner fails to furnish to the General Partner within the aforementioned 30-day period such Citizenship Certification or other requested information or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Citizen, the Limited Partner Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.9. In addition, the General Partner may require that the status of any such Limited Partner be changed to that of a Non-citizen Assignee and, thereupon, the General Partner shall be substituted for such Non-citizen Assignee as the Limited Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee’s Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Non-citizen Assignees, cast the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Partners (including the General Partner) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Non-citizen Assignees are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.

(c) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, a Non-citizen Assignee shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall

 

A-22


Table of Contents

provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Non-citizen Assignee’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Non-citizen Assignee of his Limited Partner Interest (representing his right to receive his share of such distribution in kind).

(d) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an Eligible Citizen, a Non-citizen Assignee may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Non-citizen Assignee not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.9, such Non-citizen Assignee be admitted as a Limited Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Non-citizen Assignee shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall no longer constitute a Non-citizen Assignee and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee’s Limited Partner Interests.

Section 4.9 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees .

(a) If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish a Citizenship Certification or other information requested within the 30-day period specified in Section 4.8(a), or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Citizen, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is an Eligible Citizen or has transferred his Partnership Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Citizen and who furnishes a Citizenship Certification to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:

(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests) and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.

(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 10% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

(iii) The Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable Interests at the place of payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner, at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).

(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The provisions of this Section 4.9 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee of a Person determined to be other than an Eligible Citizen.

(c) Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement.

 

A-23


Table of Contents

Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner that he is an Eligible Citizen. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date

Section 4.10 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units .

(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however , that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder with respect to such converted Subordinated Units, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however , that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and Sections 4.10(b) and 4.10(c).

(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a Subordinated Unit or a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or retained converted Subordinated Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii).

(c) A Unitholder holding a Common Unit that has resulted from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1 (if the Common Units are evidenced by Certificates) and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that upon transfer each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics to the transferee, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit to such transferee. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 4.10(c), the General Partner may apply Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 4.10(b) or, to the extent not resulting in a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units, take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such converted Subordinated Units.

Section 4.11 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of IDR Reset Common Units .

(a) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer an IDR Reset Common Unit (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(iii).

(b) A Unitholder holding an IDR Reset Common Unit shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that upon transfer each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics to the transferee, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit to such transferee. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 4.11(b), the General Partner may apply Sections 5.5(c)(iii), 6.1(d)(x) and 4.11(a) or, to the extent not resulting in a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units, take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such IDR Reset Common Units.

 

A-24


Table of Contents

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1 Organizational Contributions.

In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $10.00 in exchange for a General Partner Interest equal to a 1.0% Percentage Interest and has been admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership. Sprague Holdings made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $990.00 in exchange for a Limited Partner Interest equal to a 99.0% Percentage Interest and has been admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership. As of the Closing Date, the interests of the General Partner and Sprague Holdings shall be redeemed as provided in the Contribution Agreement and the initial Capital Contributions of the General Partner and Sprague Holdings shall be refunded, and all interest or other profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contributions shall be allocated and distributed to the General Partner and Sprague Holdings, respectively.

Section 5.2 Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates.

Pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, on the Closing Date: (i) the General Partner’s General Partner Interest equal to a 1.0% Percentage Interest shall be converted to a non-economic General Partner interest, subject to all of the rights, privileges and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement; and (ii) Sprague Holdings contributed all of its interests in Sprague Operating Resources LLC to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, in exchange for (v)             Common Units, (w)             Subordinated Units, (x) the Incentive Distribution Rights and (y) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution.

Section 5.3 Contributions by Initial Limited Partners.

(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of the number of Common Units to each Underwriter as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(b) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal . No interest on Capital Contributions shall be paid by the Partnership. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon liquidation of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.

(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with

 

A-25


Table of Contents

Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:

(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or other equity holder.

(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the property’s Carrying Value as of such date.

(v) Any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property or Adjusted Property shall be determined under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.

(vi) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).

(c) (i) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.5(c), a transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.

(ii) Subject to 4.10(c), immediately prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units or converted

 

A-26


Table of Contents

Subordinated Units will (A) first, be allocated to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or retained converted Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Subordinated Units or transferred converted Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.

(iii) Subject to 4.11(b), immediately prior to the transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(iii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its IDR Reset Common Units will (A) first, be allocated to the IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any IDR Reset Common Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred IDR Reset Common Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.

(d) (i) Consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, or the conversion of the Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property for an amount equal to its fair market value immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated among the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated; provided, however , that in the event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or Contributed Property, or in the event of an issuance of a de minimis amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt. In making its determination of the fair market values of individual properties, the General Partner may determine that it is appropriate to first determine an aggregate value for the Partnership, based on the current trading price of the Common Units, and taking fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time, and then allocate such aggregate value among the individual properties of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines appropriate).

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value and had been allocated among the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss

 

A-27


Table of Contents

actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual or deemed distribution other than a distribution made pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.

Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests.

(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Interests (including as described in Section 7.5(b)) for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may, or shall be required to, redeem the Partnership Interest (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Interest.

(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, (iv) reflecting the admission of such additional Limited Partners in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest, and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Interests. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.

Section 5.7 Conversion of Subordinated Units.

(a) The Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the second Business Day following the distribution of cash and cash equivalents to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of the final Quarter of the Subordination Period.

(b) Subordinated Units may also convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis as set forth in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 11.4.

 

 

A-28


Table of Contents

(c) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4.10.

Section 5.8 Limited Preemptive Right . Except as provided in this Section 5.8 or as otherwise provided in a separate agreement by the Partnership, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.

Section 5.9 Splits and Combinations.

(a) Subject to Sections 5.9(d), 6.6 and 6.7 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted retroactive to the beginning of the Partnership.

(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of any such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this Section 5.9(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (with a fractional unit equal to or greater than a 0.5 Unit being rounded to the next higher Unit).

Section 5.10 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests . All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Sections 17-607 or 17-804 of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.11 Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.11, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive

 

A-29


Table of Contents

Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no Subordinated Units outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(v) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters, to make an election (the “ IDR Reset Election ”) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units (the “ IDR Reset Common Units ”) derived by dividing (i) the average amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as defined in Section 5.11(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the “ Reset MQD ”) (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “ Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ”). The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in Section 5.11(b) shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive Common Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified in Section 5.11(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.11(d).

(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.11(a), the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Reset Notice ”) to the Partnership. Any execution of an IDR Reset Election is subject to the prior written concurrence of the General Partner that the conditions described in Section 5.11(a) have been satisfied. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, as the case may be, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the aggregate number of Common Units which each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.

(c) In the event that the holder or holders of Incentive Distribution Rights have the right to exercise the rights in Section 5.11(a) as described in Section 5.11(b), the holder(s) of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however, that the issuance of Common Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such Common Units by the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.

(d) Subject to Section 5.11(a) and Section 5.11(b), if the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 on or before the 30th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).

 

A-30


Table of Contents

(e) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.11 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal to the Reset MQD, (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal to 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.

(f) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11(a) (or other Partnership Interests as described in Section 5.11(d)), the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall (A) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units (or other Partnership Interests) in an amount equal to the product of (x) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units (or other Partnership Interests) and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained Pro Rata by the holder(s) of the Incentive Distributions Rights. In the event that there is not a sufficient Capital Account associated with the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common Units in accordance with clause (A) of this Section 5.11(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be subject to Sections 6.1(d)(x)(B) and (C).

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes. For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5) for each taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as provided herein below.

(a) Net Income . Net Income for each taxable period (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable period) shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) and the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for the current and all previous taxable periods; and

(ii) The balance, if any, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata.

(b) Net Loss . Net Loss for each taxable period (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such taxable period) shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided, that Net Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(ii) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses . Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for each taxable period shall be allocated in the manner set forth in this Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all

 

A-31


Table of Contents

other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of distributable cash flow provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.

(i) Except as provided in Section 6.1(c)(iv), Net Termination Gain shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) and the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for all previous taxable periods;

(B) Second, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Unpaid MQD ”) and (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

(C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit into a Common Unit, to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, determined for the taxable period (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;

(D) Fourth, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD, (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, and (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of distributable cash flow that is deemed to be Distributable Cash Flow made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv) and Section 6.4(b)(ii) (the sum of (1), (2), (3) and (4) is hereinafter referred to as the “ First Liquidation Target Amount ”);

(E) Fifth, (x) 15.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (y) 85.0% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of distributable cash flow that is deemed to be Distributable Cash Flow made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) and Section 6.4(b)(iii) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Second Liquidation Target Amount ”);

(F) Sixth, (x) 25.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (y) 75.0% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of distributable cash flow that is deemed to be Distributable Cash Flow made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(vi) and Section 6.4(b)(iv); and

(G) Finally, (x) 50.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (y) 50.0% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

(ii) Except as otherwise provided by Section 6.1(c)(iii), Net Termination Loss shall be allocated:

(A) First, if Subordinated Units remain Outstanding, to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

(B) Second, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

(C) Third, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(D) Fourth, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(iii) Any Net Termination Loss deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d) prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(B) The balance, if any, to the General Partner.

(iv) If a Net Termination Loss has been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii), any subsequent Net Termination Gain deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d) prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) is equal to the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B);

(B) Second, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(B) is equal to the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A); and

(C) The balance, if any, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(c)(i).

(d) Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for each taxable period:

(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period,

 

A-33


Table of Contents

any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Priority Allocations .

(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) with respect to a Unit exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Unit (the amount of the excess, an “ Excess Distribution ” and the Unit with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “ Excess Distribution Unit ”), then there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution.

(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable period.

(iv) Qualified Income Offset . In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided , that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.

(v) Gross Income Allocation . In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided , that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners Pro Rata. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

 

A-34


Table of Contents

(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, the Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities . For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated first, to any Partner that contributed property to the Partnership in proportion to and to the extent of the amount by which each such Partner’s share of any Section 704(c) built-in gains exceeds such Partner’s share of the Nonrecourse Built-in Gain, and second, Pro Rata.

(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution to a Partner in complete liquidation of such Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) taken into account pursuant to Section 5.5, and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

(x) Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law .

(A) At the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of the termination of the Subordination Period (“ Final Subordinated Units ”) in the proportion of the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount that after taking into account the other allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction to be made with respect to such taxable period will equal the product of (A) the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will be available to the General Partner only if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.

(B) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, after the application of Section 6.1(d)(x)(A), any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 equaling the product of (A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

(C) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR Reset Unit is transferred to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership

 

A-35


Table of Contents

gross income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred IDR Reset Unit until such transferor Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

(D) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations of income, gain, loss or deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(D) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or the Partnership.

(xi) Curative Allocation .

(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. In exercising its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the General Partner may take into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously made. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners.

(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.

(xii) Corrective and Other Allocations . In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:

(A) Except as provided in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B), in the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner shall allocate such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to (1) the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights to the same extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to them pursuant to Section 5.5(d) and (2) all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to the extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to any Unitholders pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

(B) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof or an allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof) as a result of a sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset that is an Adjusted Property (“ Disposed of Adjusted Property ”), the General Partner shall allocate (1) additional items of gross income and gain (aa) away

 

A-36


Table of Contents

from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and (bb) to the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and loss (aa) away from the Unitholders and (bb) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.

(C) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balances of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.

(D) For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “ lower tier partnership ”), the General Partner may make allocations similar to those described in Sections 6.1(d)(xii)(A)-(C) to the extent the General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for the Partnership’s allocable share of income, gain, loss, and deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).

(xiii) Special Curative Allocation in Event of Liquidation Prior to End of Subordination Period . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required Allocations), if the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction for the taxable period that includes the Liquidation Date (and, if necessary, items arising in previous taxable periods to the extent the General Partner determines such items may be so allocated), shall be specially allocated among the Partners in the manner determined appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable.

Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as determined appropriate by the General Partner (taking into account the General Partner’s discretion under Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)); provided , that the General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) in all events.

 

A-37


Table of Contents

(c) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.

(d) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided, however , that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction shall, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however , such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full or the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option occurs shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; and provided, further, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction, as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such item is recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.

Section 6.3 Distributions; Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.

(a) It is the policy of the Partnership to pay regular quarterly cash distributions of substantially all of the Partnership’s distributable cash flow. Each Quarter, the General Partner will make a determination of the amount of distributable cash flow to Partners, based upon cash on hand at the end of the Quarter, after establishing

 

A-38


Table of Contents

reserves for the prudent conduct of the Partnership’s business or for distributions to Partners in respect of future Quarters as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate. This policy is subject to change by the General Partner at any time, without amendment to this Agreement.

(b) All amounts of cash and cash equivalents distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Distributable Cash Flow until the sum of all amounts of cash and cash equivalents theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals or exceeds the Distributable Cash Flow from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of cash and cash equivalents distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be Capital Surplus. All distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be subject to Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware Act.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all cash received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from Working Capital Borrowings, shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.

(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through any Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

Section 6.4 Distributions from Distributable Cash Flow .

(a) During Subordination Period . Cash and cash equivalents distributed in respect of any Quarter wholly within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Distributable Cash Flow pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

(iii) Third, to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(v) Fifth, (A) 15.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 85.0% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(vi) Sixth, (A) 25.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 75.0% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(vii) Thereafter, (A) 50.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) 50.0% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata,;

 

A-39


Table of Contents

provided, however , that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of cash and cash equivalents that is deemed to be Distributable Cash Flow with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vii).

(b) After Subordination Period . Cash and cash equivalents distributed in respect of any Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Distributable Cash Flow pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iii) Third, (A) 15.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 85.0% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, (A) 25.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 75.0% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(v) Thereafter, (A) 50.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) 50.0% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata;

provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of cash and cash equivalents that is deemed to be Distributable Cash Flow with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(v).

Section 6.5 Distributions from Capital Surplus . Cash and cash equivalents that are distributed and deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(b) shall be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution has been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a). Cash and cash equivalents that are deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all cash and cash equivalents that are distributed shall be distributed as if it were Distributable Cash Flow and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.

Section 6.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.

(a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution, Third Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 5.9. In the event of a distribution of cash or cash equivalents that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution had to the fair market value of the Common Units immediately prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are publicly traded on a National Securities Exchange, the fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the ex-dividend date. If the Common Units are not publicly traded, the fair market value will be determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner.

 

A-40


Table of Contents

(b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.11 and Section 6.7.

Section 6.7 Entity-Level Taxation. If legislation is enacted or the official interpretation of existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority, which after giving effect to such enactment or modification, results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state, local or non-U.S. income or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate of such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the General Partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution by the amount of income or withholding taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation (the “ Incremental Income Taxes ”), or any portion thereof selected by the General Partner, in the manner provided in this Section 6.7. If the General Partner elects to reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution for any Quarter with respect to all or a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “ Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount ”) for all (or the relevant portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual liability for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.7 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) distributable cash flow with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of distributable cash flow with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, distributable cash flow with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Management.

(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.4, shall have full power and authority to do all things necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:

(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible or exchangeable into Partnership Interests, and the incurring of any other obligations;

(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another

 

A-41


Table of Contents

Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.4 or Article XIV);

(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;

(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership);

(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;

(vii) the selection, employment, retention and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the General Partner or the Partnership and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership, the Partners and Indemnitees;

(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time);

(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange;

(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership Interests;

(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation in the management of any Group Member; and

(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.

(b) Each of the Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement (in the case of each agreement other than this Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or restatements after the date hereof); (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own behalf or on behalf of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners, the other Persons who acquires an interest in Partnership Interests and the other Persons who is bound by this Agreement; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any

 

A-42


Table of Contents

agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise that the General Partner may owe the Partnership, the Limited Partners, the other Persons who acquire an interest in Partnership Interests or the other Persons who are bound by this Agreement.

(c) As used in the following provisions of this Article VII other than Section 7.12, the term Partnership Interest shall include any options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, phantom or tracking interests relating to an equity interest in the Partnership.

Section 7.2 Replacement of Fiduciary Duties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement purports or is interpreted (i) to have the effect of replacing, restricting or eliminating the duties that might otherwise, as a result of Delaware or other applicable law, be owed by the General Partner or any other Indemnitee to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, or (ii) to constitute a waiver or consent by the Partnership, the Limited Partners, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement to any such replacement or restriction, such provision shall be deemed to have been approved by the Partnership, all the Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Certificate of Limited Partnership. The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

Section 7.4 Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority. Except as provided in Articles XII and XIV, the General Partner may not sell or exchange all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority; provided, however , that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.

Section 7.5 Reimbursement of the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person (including Affiliates of the General Partner) to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating the Partnership Group’s business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the General Partner or any member of the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall be in addition to any

 

A-43


Table of Contents

reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7. This provision does not affect the ability of the General Partner or its Affiliates to enter into an agreement to provide services to the Partnership or other Group Member for a fee or otherwise than for cost.

(b) The General Partner, without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership benefit plans, programs and practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any benefit plan, program or practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of employees, consultants and directors of the General Partner or its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees, consultants and directors pursuant to any such benefit plans, programs or practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates, from the Partnership or otherwise, to fulfill awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.5(a). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any benefit plans, programs or practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.5(b) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.

Section 7.6 Outside Activities.

(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a managing member or general partner, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as managing member or general partner, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in any Group Member. Nothing contained in this Section 7.6(a) shall restrict the General Partner’s ability to sell, assign, gift, pledge, encumber, hypothecate, mortgage, exchange or any otherwise dispose of its General Partner Interest by law or otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions set forth in Article IV of this Agreement.

(b) Unless an Unrestricted Person agrees otherwise, each Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member. No such business interest or activity shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise or obligation of any type whatsoever, to the Partnership, any Group Member, any Partner, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or other Person who is bound by this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner). No Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for any Group Member shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to any Group Member , and such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner, any other Person who acquires an

 

A-44


Table of Contents

interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement for breach of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the fact that such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to any Group Member.

(d) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.6(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.

Section 7.7 Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or omitting to act) in such capacity; provided , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless pursuant to this Agreement if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided, further , no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be available to the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than a Group Member) with respect to its or their obligations incurred pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or the Omnibus Agreement. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in appearing at, participating in or defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership (prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified) upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.7.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement).

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse an Indemnitee for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of an Indemnitee as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Indemnitee in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Indemnitee’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership

 

A-45


Table of Contents

also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by an Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Partners, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal. The Limited Partners, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, each on their own behalf and on behalf of the Partnership, waives any and all rights to claim punitive damages or damages based upon the Federal or State income taxes paid or payable by any such Limited Partner or other Person.

(b) The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agent or agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership, the Partners, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, any Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the Partnership, to any Partner, to any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or to any other Person who is bound by this Agreement for its reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in

 

A-46


Table of Contents

effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.9 Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.

(a) Whenever the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee), makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any Affiliate of the General Partner causes the General Partner to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner, such committee, or such Affiliates causing the General Partner to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any higher standard contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A determination, other action or failure to act by the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee) will be deemed to be in good faith unless the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee) believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the Partnership. In any proceeding brought by the Partnership, any Limited Partner, or any Person who acquires and interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement challenging such action, determination or failure to act, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of proving that such determination, action or failure to act was not in good faith.

(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrases, “at the option of the General Partner,” “in its discretion” or some variation of those phrases, are used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual capacity. The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a limited partnership.

(c) Whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement on the other hand, the General Partner may in its discretion submit any resolution or course of action with respect to such conflict of interest for (i) Special Approval or (ii) approval by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates). If such course of action or resolution receives Special Approval or approval of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), then such course of action or resolution shall be conclusively deemed approved by the Partnership, all the Partners, each Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and

 

A-47


Table of Contents

each other Person who is bound by this Agreement, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise or obligation of any type whatsoever.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner or any other Indemnitee shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use.

(e) The Limited Partners, each Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement, hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a member or partner of a Group Member, to approve actions by the managing member or general partner of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.

(f) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise or obligation of any type whatsoever, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, by reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General Partner or any other Indemnitee (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all Partners, (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units or (iii) hasten the ability of the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights to make and IDR Reset Election.

Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Indemnitees.

(a) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may rely upon, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of any Group Member.

Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Interests; provided that, except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.10, the General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any other Indemnitee of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.

 

A-48


Table of Contents

Section 7.12 Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.

(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.12, any Person that is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner, but excluding individual Affiliates who are officers, directors or employees of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) holds Partnership Interests that it desires to sell, (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Interests (the “ Holder ”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Interests it desires to sell at the time, in such manner and in such amounts as it desires without registration under the Securities Act and (iii) at such time the Holder and the Partnership are not subject to any contractual restrictions or restrictions attributable to the insider trading or other written policies of the Partnership, which would prohibit the registration and/or sale of such Partnership Interests at such time, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Interests specified by the Holder. The Partnership shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and remain effective for a period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement and ending on the date that is the earlier of (i) six months following the effective date of the registration statement or (ii) the date when all Partnership Interests covered by such registration statement have been sold. However, if the Conflicts Committee (which may be requested to review the matter by any member of the Board of Directors) determines that a postponement of the filing or effectiveness of the requested registration would be in the best interests of the Partnership and its Partners due to a pending transaction, investigation or other event, the filing of such registration statement or the effectiveness thereof may be deferred for up to six months, but not thereafter. In connection with any registration pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however , that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration, and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Interests subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Partnership Interests are then listed, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Interests in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of Partnership Interests for cash (other than an offering relating solely to a benefit plan), the Partnership shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of Partnership Interests held by any Holder in such registration statement as the Holder shall request; provided , that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the Partnership Interests of the Holder once the registration statement becomes or is declared effective by the Commission, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of Partnership Interests pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.12(b) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Interests would adversely and materially affect the timing or success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Partnership Interests held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

 

A-49


Table of Contents

(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”) against any losses, claims, demands, actions, causes of action, assessments, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs and expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements), resulting to, imposed upon, or incurred by the Indemnified Persons, directly or indirectly, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(c) as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Interests were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus or free writing prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(d) The provisions of Sections 7.12(a) and 7.12(b) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General Partner’s Affiliates as described in Section 7.12(a)) after it ceases to be a general partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Interests with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Interests for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 7.12(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.

(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.12 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Interests, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Interests with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.12.

(f) Any request to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership Interests intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Interests for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Interests, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Interests.

Section 7.13 Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the

 

A-50


Table of Contents

General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each of the Limited Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1 Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided , that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep books maintained on a cash basis and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Distributable Cash Flow, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 8.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

Section 8.3 Reports.

(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means, to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means, to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

A-51


Table of Contents

(c) The General Partner shall be deemed to have made a report available to each Record Holder as required by this Section 8.3 if it has either (i) filed such report with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such report is publicly available on such system or (ii) made such report available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information. The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable period or years that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable period ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 9.2 Tax Elections.

(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(f) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

Section 9.3 Tax Controversies. Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

Section 9.4 Withholding Tax Payments.

(a) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, all or less than all of the Partners, either as a distribution of cash to such Partners or as a general expense of the Partnership, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code and any applicable non-U.S. tax law. To the extent that the Partnership is

 

A-52


Table of Contents

required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income or from a distribution to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1 Admission of Limited Partners.

(a) A Person shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement if such Person purchases or otherwise lawfully acquires any Limited Partner Interest and becomes the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interests in accordance with the provisions of Article IV or Article V hereof. A Person may become a Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and until reflected in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is a Non-citizen Assignee shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.8.

(b) The name and mailing address of each Limited Partner shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1.

(c) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.1(a).

Section 10.2 Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6, provided, however, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

Section 10.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary under the Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

 

A-53


Table of Contents

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “ Event of Withdrawal ”);

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6;

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A) through (C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or

(vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event the General Partner is a limited liability company or a partnership, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 11:59 pm, prevailing Eastern Time, on December 31, 2023, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided , that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“ Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 11:59 pm, prevailing Eastern Time, on December 31, 2023, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such

 

A-54


Table of Contents

notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as managing member or general partner, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor managing member or general partner, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a managing member or a general partner. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner. The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66  2 / 3 % of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units voting as a class and Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Subordinated Units voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as managing member or general partner, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a managing member or a general partner. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2, automatically become a successor managing member or general partner, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a managing member or a general partner. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or 11.2, the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest and its or its Affiliates’ general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by it or its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Combined Interest ”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of

 

A-55


Table of Contents

the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.5, including any employee related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the value of the Units, including the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner, the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest and other factors it may deem relevant.

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and the Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed the Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the Departing General Partner and (ii) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

 

A-56


Table of Contents

Section 11.4 Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist:

(a) Subordinated Units held by any Person will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, provided that (i) neither such Person nor any of its Affiliates voted any Units in favor of the removal and (ii) such Person is not an Affiliate of the successor General Partner; and

(b) if all of the Subordinated Units convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 11.4(a), all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and the Subordination Period will end;

provided, however , that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 4.10.

Section 11.5 Withdrawal of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however , that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1 Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1, 11.2 or 12.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement;

(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.

Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution. Upon (a) an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Sections 11.1(a)(i) or 11.1(a)(iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Sections 11.1 or 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Sections 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as the successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth

 

A-57


Table of Contents

above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement;

provided , that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Section 12.3 Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.3(a)) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

Section 12.4 Liquidation. The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their

 

A-58


Table of Contents

distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).

Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership. Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Partnership shall be terminated and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 12.6 Return of Contributions . The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 12.8 Capital Account Restoration. No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable period of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner. Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or other entity in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that the General Partner determines (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners considered as a whole (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of

 

A-59


Table of Contents

Partnership Interests) in any material respect (except as permitted by subsection (g) hereof); provided, however for purposes of determining whether an amendment satisfies the requirements of this Section 13.1(d)(1), the General Partner shall disregard the effect on any class or classes of Partnership Interests that have approved such amendment pursuant to Section 13.3(c); (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading; (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.9; or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests or any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6;

(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4;

(k) a merger or conveyance pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so in its sole discretion and, in declining to propose or approve an amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. An amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as otherwise provided by Section 13.1, 13.3 or 13.13, the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of

 

A-60


Table of Contents

a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General Partner shall be deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required by this Section 13.2 if it has either (i) filed such amendment with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such amendment is publicly available on such system or (ii) made such amendment available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.

Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of (i) in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, reducing such percentage or (ii) in the case of Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, increasing such percentage, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute, in the case of a reduction as described in subclause (i) hereof, not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced or, in the case of an increase described in subclause (ii) with respect to percentages in Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, 90% or a majority of the Aggregate Outstanding Units, respectively.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 13.1 and 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c) or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict, change or modify in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3 or Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected. If the General Partner determines an amendment does not satisfy the requirements of Section 13.1(d)(i) because it adversely affects one or more classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely affected class or classes.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose laws the Partnership is organized.

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

Section 13.4 Special Meetings. All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the

 

A-61


Table of Contents

Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting. Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

Section 13.6 Record Date. For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals. If the General Partner does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner in accordance with Section 13.11.

Section 13.7 Adjournment. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.

Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes. The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except (i) when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and (ii) that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.

Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting. The holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote and be present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners,

 

A-62


Table of Contents

unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner). In the absence of a quorum any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.

Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting. The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.

Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting. If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting, without a vote and without prior notice, if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners. Nothing contained in this Section 13.11 shall be deemed to require the General Partner to solicit all holders of Units in connection with a matter approved by the requisite percentage of Units or other holders of Outstanding Units acting by written consent without a meeting.

 

A-63


Table of Contents

Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related Matters.

(a) Only those Record Holders of the Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

Section 13.13 Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights.

(a) For so long as a majority of the Incentive Distribution Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Rights on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law and the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, in their capacity as such, shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by the General Partner.

(b) If less than a majority of the Incentive Distribution Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of Unitholders, other than amendments and other matters that the General Partner determines do not adversely affect the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights as a whole in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the Subordinated Units, prior to the end of the Subordination Period, or together with the Common Units, thereafter, in either case as a single class except as otherwise required by Section 13.3(c), and such Incentive Distribution Rights shall be treated in all respects as Subordinated Units or Common Units, as applicable, when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement. The relative voting power of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the Subordinated Units or Common Units, as applicable, will be set in the same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights for the four consecutive Quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of Units for such four Quarters.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 13.13(b), in connection with any equity financing, or anticipated equity financing, by the Partnership of an Expansion Capital Expenditure, the General Partner may, without the approval of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, temporarily or permanently reduce the amount of Incentive Distributions that would otherwise be distributed to such holders, provided that in the judgment of the General Partner, such reduction will be in the long-term best interest of such holders.

ARTICLE XIV

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

Section 14.1 Authority. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability

 

A-64


Table of Contents

partnership)) or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation (“ Merger Agreement ”) or a written plan of conversion (“ Plan of Conversion ”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV.

Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.

(a) Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or Assignee and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.

(b) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(i) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

(ii) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “ Surviving Business Entity ”);

(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity interests of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, then the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of equity interests represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in the certificate of merger); and

(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

A-65


Table of Contents

(c) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion, the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:

(i) the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;

(ii) a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;

(iii) a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity or another entity, or for the cancellation of such equity securities;

(v) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership; and

(vi) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;

(vii) the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the articles of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion (provided, that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in such articles of conversion); and

(viii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners.

(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion and the merger, consolidation or conversion contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

(b) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, contains any provision that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the Delaware Act would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(c) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or certificate of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group

 

A-66


Table of Contents

Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger, or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (B) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (C) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (D) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (E) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests (other than Incentive Distribution Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

(f) Pursuant to Section 17-211(g) of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger. Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or certificate of conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.

Section 14.5 Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.

(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

 

A-67


Table of Contents

(b) At the effective time of the certificate of conversion, for all purposes of the laws of the State of Delaware:

(i) the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;

(ii) all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall remain vested in the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;

(iii) all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;

(iv) all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and are enforceable against the converted entity by such creditors and obligees to the same extent as if the liabilities and obligations had originally been incurred or contracted by the converted entity; and

(v) the Partnership Interests that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other rights or securities in the converted entity or cash as provided in the plan of conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “ Notice of Election to Purchase ”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and circulated in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

 

A-68


Table of Contents

Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Articles IV, V, VI, and XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Articles IV, V, VI, and XII).

ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices. Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below.

Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or proxy materials via electronic mail or by the Internet or (ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials shall be deemed given or made when delivered or made available via such mode of delivery.

An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report given or made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 is returned marked to indicate that such notice, payment or report was unable to be delivered, such notice, payment or report and, in the case of notices, payments or reports returned by the United States Postal Service (or other physical mail delivery mail service outside the United States of America), any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) or other delivery if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed

 

A-69


Table of Contents

given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

The terms “in writing”, “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.

Section 16.2 Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 16.3 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 16.4 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 16.5 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

Section 16.6 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 16.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Unit, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) without execution hereof.

Section 16.8 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction.

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):

(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;

(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and

 

A-70


Table of Contents

(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper, (iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding, and (v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided , nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 16.9 Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and part thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

Section 16.10 Consent of Partners. Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.

Section 16.11 Facsimile Signatures. The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on Certificates representing Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

Section 16.12 Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Partner agrees that (a) any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee and (b) any Unrestricted Person shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Unrestricted Person.

[ REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. ]

 

A-71


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

INITIAL LIMITED PARTNER

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES HOLDINGS LLC

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership ]


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A

to the First Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership of

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

Certificate Evidencing Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests in

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

No.             Common Units

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby certifies that             (the “ Holder ”) is the registered owner of             Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at the principal office of the Partnership located at Two International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, NH 03801. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES ADVICE OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, (i) shall become bound by the terms of the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iii) makes the consents and waivers contained in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Exhibit A


Table of Contents

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Dated:

   

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

Countersigned and Registered:

   

By:

 

Sprague Resources GP LLC

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER
& TRUST COMPANY
     

as Transfer Agent and Registrar

   

By:

   
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

By:  _______________________________

     

Authorized Signature

   

By:

   
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

 

Secretary

[ Reverse of Certificate ]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM — as tenants in common

   UNIF GIFT/ TRANSFERS MIN ACT

TEN ENT — as tenants by the entireties

   (Cust)                              (Minor)
JT TEN — as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common    under Uniform gifts/Transfers to CD
Minors Act (State)

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

 

Exhibit A


Table of Contents

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS

of

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED    hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

____________________________________________

(Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee)

  

____________________________________________

(Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of Assignee)

 

                     Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP.

Date:    NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15     
   (Signature)
  
  
    
   (Signature)

 

Exhibit A


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

GLOSSARY

 

“Accretive acquisition”    An acquisition that is expected to increase net sales or cash flow on a per unit basis.
“Associated gas”    Natural gas that is essentially part of a crude oil reservoir, either dissolved in the oil or as a separate gas phase.
“Backwardation”    Market structure where prices for future delivery requirements are lower than spot prices.
“Basis risk”    The inherent market price risk created when a commodity of certain grade or location is purchased, sold or exchanged as compared to a purchase, sale or exchange of commodity at a different time or place, including, without limitation, transportation costs and timing differentials.
“Bcf”    Billion cubic feet. The standard volume of measure for natural gas.
“BCM”    Length from bow to center manifold on a ship.
“Bbl”    One barrel, equal to 42 U.S. gallons. The standard volume of measure for crude oil and refined products.
“Bunker fuel”    Residual fuel oil used to power ship engines.
“Carry”    When used in reference to “carry economics” or similar terms, refers to margin captured when holding inventory in a contango market structure due to systematically exiting hedge positions and replacing with similar positions in a future delivery period.
“CME”    Chicago Mercantile Exchange.
“CNG”    Compressed natural gas.
“Commodity risk”    The risk of unfavorable market fluctuations in the price of commodities such as refined products and natural gas.
“Contango”    Market structure where prices for future delivery requirements are higher than spot prices.
“Degree Days”    An industry measurement of temperature designed to evaluate energy demand and consumption. Degree days are based on how much the average temperature departs from a human comfort level of 65°F.
“Distillates”    Primarily heating oil, diesel fuel, kerosene and jet fuel.
“Downstream sector”    In the energy industry, refers to the refining of crude oil along with all other related activities through sales of refined products to end users.
“Drayage”    Short distance truck transport of containers to and from warehouses to the loading area.

 

B-1


Table of Contents
“Dry gas”    Purified natural gas, or essentially pure methane following removal of other hydrocarbons and non-hydrocarbon contaminants.
“Exchange agreements”    Arrangements with other suppliers allowing customers to take delivery of product at a terminal or facility that is not owned or leased by us.
“FERC”    Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
“FOB”    Free on board.
“Forward transactions”    Sales where deliveries are expected in the future and are typically based on forward market prices.
“GHG”    Greenhouse gas.
“Heavy oils”    Finished petroleum products such as residual fuel oil and asphalt.
“HO”    No. 2 home heating oil.
“ICE”    Intercontinental Exchange, Inc.
“LCM”    Lower of cost or market.
“LDCs”    Local distribution companies.
“Light oils”    Finished petroleum products such as gasoline and distillates, including heating oil, kerosene, aviation fuel and diesel.
“LNG”    Liquefied natural gas.
“LOA”    Length overall, in reference to the length of a vessel.
“Midstream sector”    In the energy industry, refers to the storage, transportation and distribution of crude oil, refined products and natural gas.
“MMBtu”    One million British thermal units. One British thermal unit is equivalent to the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree. A standard measure for natural gas pricing purposes, particularly in the United States.
“Natural gas”    Several hydrocarbons that occur naturally underground in a gaseous state. Natural gas is normally mostly methane, but other components include ethane, propane and butane. Natural gas that is sold to consumers is composed primarily of methane. Please see “Wet gas” below for a definition of naturally occurring (unpurified) natural gas.
“NYMEX”    New York Mercantile Exchange, Inc.
“PADD”    Petroleum Administration for Defense District.
“ppm”    Parts per million.
“Rack purchase agreements”    Arrangements under which products are purchased from suppliers under fixed or indexed-based formulas, with title passing to customers when the product is loaded at the truck loading rack at a facility.

 

B-2


Table of Contents
“RBOB”    Reformulated Blendstock for Oxygenate Blending.
“Residual fuel oil”    High viscosity and specific gravity hydrocarbon mixture, which typically remains after lighter product streams are separated in a refinery.
“RVP”    Reid Vapor Pressure.
“Short ton”    Two thousand pounds.
“Spot transactions”    Transactions based on current or prompt delivery month prices usually for current or prompt month delivery.
“Stuffing”    Transferring of goods into a container.
“Tcf”    Trillion cubic feet.
“Teu”    Twenty-foot equivalent unit.
“Throughput arrangement”    Agreement allowing for delivery of a specific amount of product to customers of a party to the agreement through a terminal of the other party for a fee typically based on the volumes of product delivered.
“Truck loading rack”    A system designed to facilitate the loading of product from storage tanks into trucks for subsequent delivery to an end-user or bulk storage facility.
“ULSD”    Ultra low sulfur diesel.
“ULSK”    Ultra low sulfur kerosene.
“Upstream sector”    In the energy industry, refers to the exploration and production of crude oil and natural gas.
“Wet gas”    Unpurified natural gas, typically including low concentrations of various hydrocarbons in addition to methane as well as small quantities of non-hydrocarbon contaminants.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2013

 

 

Barclays

J.P. Morgan

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

 

BMO Capital Markets

Raymond James

Janney Montgomery Scott

BNP PARIBAS

Natixis

RBS

SOCIETE GENERALE

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts payable to the underwriters and the structuring fee payable to Barclays Capital Inc.) expected to be incurred by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 24,651   

FINRA filing fee

     23,041   

NYSE listing fee

     125,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     300,000   

Fees and expenses of legal counsel

     1,095,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     450,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     3,500   

Miscellaneous

     253,808   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,275,000   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify officers, directors and affiliates of the general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference. Reference is also made to the Underwriting Agreement to be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement in which Sprague Resources LP and certain of its affiliates will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to contribute to payments that may be required to be made in respect of these liabilities. Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other persons from and against all claims and demands whatsoever. The officers and directors of our general partner will be insured against liabilities asserted and expenses incurred in connection with their activities as officers and directors of the general partner or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In July 2011, in connection with the formation of the partnership, Sprague Resources LP issued to (i) Sprague Resources GP, LLC the 1.0% general partner interest in the partnership for $10 and (ii) to Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Axel Johnson, the 99.0% limited partner interest for $990 in an offering exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement:

 

Exhibit
Number

      

Description

  1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement (including Form of Lock-Up Agreement)
  3.1*      Certificate of Limited Partnership of Sprague Energy Partners LP
  3.2*     

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Limited Partnership of Sprague Energy Partners LP (Changing Name to Sprague Resources LP)

  3.3      Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sprague Resources LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
  5.1      Form of Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered
  8.1      Form of Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters
10.1      Form of Credit Agreement
10.2      Form of Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement
10.3*†      Form of Sprague Resources 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.4      Form of Omnibus Agreement
10.5      Form of Services Agreement
10.6      Form of Terminal Operating Agreement
10.7*†      Directors’ Compensation Summary
10.8†     

Form of Phantom Unit Award Agreement

10.9†      Form of Restricted Unit Award Agreement
10.10†     

Form of Unit Award Grant Letter

21.1*      List of Subsidiaries of Sprague Resources LP
23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2      Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3      Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
23.4*     

Consent of C. Gregory Harper (Director Nominee)

23.5*     

Consent of Robert B. Evans (Director Nominee)

24.1*      Powers of Attorney

 

* Previously filed.
Compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against

 

II-2


Table of Contents

public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For purposes of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, of an offering of securities by the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchase:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of any transactions with Axel Johnson, Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, Sprague Resources GP LLC or any of their affiliates and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to Axel Johnson, Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, Sprague Resources GP LLC or any of their affiliates for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders the financial statements required by Form 10-K for the first full fiscal year of operations of the partnership.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Portsmouth, State of New Hampshire, on September 23, 2013.

 

Sprague Resources LP

By:

  Sprague Resources GP LLC
  its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ David C. Glendon

  David C. Glendon
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on September 23, 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ David C. Glendon

David C. Glendon

  

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

*

Gary A. Rinaldi

  

Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and

Chief Financial Officer, Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

*

John W. Moore

  

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

*

Michael D. Milligan

   Director

*

Ben J. Hennelly

   Director

 

*By:

 

/s/ David C. Glendon    

  David C. Glendon    
  Attorney-in-fact    

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

      

Description

  1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement (including Form of Lock-Up Agreement)
  3.1*      Certificate of Limited Partnership of Sprague Energy Partners LP
  3.2*      Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Limited Partnership of Sprague Energy Partners LP (Changing Name to Sprague Resources LP)
  3.3      Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sprague Resources LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
  5.1      Form of Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered
  8.1      Form of Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters
10.1      Form of Credit Agreement
10.2      Form of Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement
10.3*†      Form of Sprague Resources 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.4      Form of Omnibus Agreement
10.5      Form of Services Agreement
10.6      Form of Terminal Operating Agreement
10.7*†      Directors’ Compensation Summary
10.8†     

Form of Phantom Unit Award Agreement

10.9†      Form of Restricted Unit Award Agreement
10.10†     

Form of Unit Award Grant Letter

21.1*      List of Subsidiaries of Sprague Resources LP
23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2      Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3      Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
23.4*      Consent of C. Gregory Harper (Director Nominee)
23.5*      Consent of Robert B. Evans (Director Nominee)
24.1*      Powers of Attorney

 

* Previously filed.
Compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-5

Exhibit 1.1

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

                 Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                 , 2013

B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .

J.P. M ORGAN S ECURITIES LLC

M ERRILL L YNCH , P IERCE , F ENNER  & S MITH

I NCORPORATED

As Representatives of the several

Underwriters named in Schedule I attached hereto,

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                            Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Sprague Resources LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”) proposes to sell          common units (the “ Firm Units ”) representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”) to the underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) named in Schedule I attached to this agreement (this “ Agreement ”). In addition, the Partnership proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to          additional Common Units on the terms set forth in Section 2 (the “ Option Units ”). The Firm Units and the Option Units, if purchased, are hereinafter collectively called the “ Units .” This Agreement is to confirm the agreement concerning the purchase of the Units from the Partnership by the Underwriters.

It is understood and agreed by all that the Partnership was recently formed to acquire, own, operate and develop the refined petroleum products and natural gas storage and distribution and materials handling businesses that were previously owned and operated directly or indirectly by Sprague Operating Resources LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Predecessor ”), other than (i) all of its corporate assets, including, among other things, office equipment, building and similar corporate items (the “ Corporate Assets ”), (ii) all of the interests in New Kildair (as defined below), (iii) approximately $             million of accounts receivable, (iv) all of the interests in Ekotek Inc., a Delaware corporation, (v) all of the interests in Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Sprague Massachusetts ”), and any other interest in the assets related to the New Bedford Terminal that may be held in the name of the Predecessor, (vi) all of the interests in Sprague New York Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (vii) all of the interests in each of the Predecessor’s Bucksport, Portsmouth and Oceanside Terminals, that may be held in the name of the Predecessor, as defined herein ((iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) above are referred to herein, collectively as the “ Excluded Assets ”).


It is further understood and agreed to by all parties that prior to the date hereof the following transactions (the “ Prior Transactions ”) occurred:

(a) Axel Johnson, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Axel Johnson ”), formed Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Sprague Holdings ”), to which it contributed $2,000 in exchange for all of the membership interests in Sprague Holdings;

(b) Sprague Holdings formed Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), to which it contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the membership interests in the General Partner;

(c) The General Partner and Sprague Holdings formed the Partnership to which they contributed $10 and $990, respectively, in exchange for a 1% general partner interest (the “ Initial GP Interest ”) and a 99% limited partner interest in the Partnership (the “ Initial LP Interest ”), respectively;

(d) The Predecessor formed Sprague Terminal Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Terminal Services ”), to which it contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the membership interests in Terminal Services;

(e) Sprague Holdings formed Sprague Project Rose 2011 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which has been renamed Sprague International Properties LLC, a SPV , to which it contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the membership interests in the SPV;

(f) The SPV formed Sprague Canadian Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ SPV2 ”), to which it contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the membership interests in the SPV2; and

(g) The Predecessor (i) filed articles of conversion with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to which it converted into a Delaware limited liability company named Sprague Operating Resources LLC (the “ OLLC ”) and (ii) filed an election with the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

2


It is further understood and agreed to by all parties hereto that the following additional transactions (the “ Closing Transactions ”) will occur on or before the Initial Delivery Date (as hereinafter defined):

(a) The Partnership, the General Partner, Sprague Holdings, Axel Johnson, SPV, SPV2 and the OLLC entered into a Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement (the “ Contribution Agreement ”), pursuant to which:

(i) The OLLC will effect the amalgamation of Kildair Services Ltd. and 9604827 Canada Inc., with 8604827 Canada Inc., after amalgamation, being the “ Surviving Entity ”;

(ii) The OLLC will effect the amalgamation of the Surviving Entity and Sprague Energy Canada Ltd. (after amalgamation, “ New Kildair ”);

(iii) Axel Johnson will contribute all of the membership interests in the OLLC to Sprague Holdings;

(iv) The OLLC will file with the IRS an election to be disregarded as an entity separate from its sole tax owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(v) The OLLC will distribute to the General Partner the Corporate Assets;

(vi) The OLLC will distribute the Excluded Assets to the SPV;

(vii) The SPV will assume approximately $             million of OLLC unsecured debt and approximately $             million of OLLC long-term acquisition debt;

(viii) The OLLC will assign all of the interests in New Kildair to SPV2;

(ix) The OLLC will assign the Accounts to Holdings;

(x) Sprague Holdings will convey its 100% membership interest in the OLLC to the Partnership in exchange for the “ Holdings Consideration ,” consisting of (i)          Common Units, (ii)          subordinated units (“ Subordinated Units ”), (iii) all of the equity interests in the Partnership classified as Incentive Distribution Rights (as such term is defined in the Partnership Agreement (as defined herein)) and (iv) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution (as defined in Article III of the Contribution Agreement); and

(xi) The Partnership will redeem the Initial GP Interest and the Initial LP Interest for $10 and $990, respectively, and the General Partner will receive a non-economic general partner interest in the Partnership;

(b) The Partnership will amend and restate its agreement of limited partnership (as so amended and restated, the “ Partnership Agreement ”);

(c) The General Partner will amend and restate its limited liability company agreement (as so amended and restated, the “ General Partner LLC Agreement ”);

(d) Axel Johnson, Sprague Holdings, the General Partner and the Partnership will enter into an omnibus agreement (the “ Omnibus Agreement ”) relating to, among

 

3


other things, the agreement of Axel Johnson to offer to the Partnership and to cause its controlled affiliates to offer to the Partnership opportunities to acquire certain businesses and assets and the obligation of Sprague Holdings to indemnify the Partnership for certain liabilities;

(e) The Partnership, the General Partner, Sprague Holdings and Sprague Energy Solutions Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Sprague Solutions ”), will enter into a services agreement (the “ Services Agreement ”) relating to, among other things, the provision by the General Partner of certain general and administrative services and operational services to the Partnership and its subsidiaries and the Partnership’s and Sprague Solutions’ agreement to reimburse the General Partner for the cost of such services;

(f) The OLLC, Sprague Holdings and Sprague Massachusetts will enter into an exclusive terminal operating agreement (the “ Terminal Operating Agreement ”) relating to, among other things, the grant by Sprague Massachusetts and Sprague Holdings to the OLLC of exclusive use and operation of the terminal located in New Bedford, Massachusetts in exchange for a monthly fee;

(g) The public offering of the Firm Units contemplated hereby (the “ Offering ”) will be consummated; and

(h) The Partnership and the OLLC entered into a New Credit Agreement with the lenders party thereto (the “ New Credit Agreement ”).

(i) The Partnership will use the net proceeds of the Offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

The Prior Transactions and the Closing Transactions are referred to collectively herein as the “ Transactions .” The Contribution Agreement (together with any related bills of sale, deeds conveyances and similar transfer documents in connection with the Transactions, the “ Contribution Documents ”), the Omnibus Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Terminal Operating Agreement and the New Credit Agreement, together with any ancillary documents executed or entered into in connection with the foregoing, are referred to collectively herein as the “ Transaction Agreements .” The Partnership Agreement, the General Partner LLC Agreement, the limited liability company agreements of the OLLC Sprague Connecticut Properties LLC (“ Sprague Connecticut ”) and Terminal Services (the “ Subsidiary LLC Agreements ”) and the bylaws of Sprague Solutions are referred to collectively herein as the “ Organizational Agreements .” The Transaction Agreements and the Organizational Agreements are referred to collectively herein as the “ Operative Agreements .” The General Partner, the Partnership, the OLLC and Sprague Holdings are referred to collectively herein as the “ Partnership Parties .” The General Partner, the Partnership, the OLLC (or the Predecessor, when used in a historical context referring to a time before the Predecessor’s conversion to the OLLC), Sprague Solutions, Sprague Connecticut and Terminal Services are referred to collectively herein as the “ Partnership Entities .” The Partnership Entities, Sprague Holdings, Axel Johnson, the SPV, the SPV2 and Sprague Massachusetts are referred to collectively herein as the “ Sprague Entities .”

 

4


1. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Partnership Parties.

The Partnership Parties represent and warrant to, and agree with, each Underwriter that:

(a) Registration Statement. A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-175826) relating to the Units has (i) been prepared by the Partnership in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) thereunder; (ii) been filed with the Commission under the Securities Act; and (iii) become effective under the Securities Act. Copies of such registration statement and any amendment thereto have been delivered by the Partnership to you as the representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the Underwriters. As used in this Agreement:

(i) “ Applicable Time ” means                  p.m. (New York City time) on                  , 2013 or such other time as agreed to by the Partnership and the Representatives;

(ii) “ Effective Date ” means the date and time as of which any part of such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto was declared effective by the Commission;

(iii) “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means each “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership or used or referred to by the Partnership in connection with the offering of the Units;

(iv) “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Units included in such registration statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act;

(v) “ Pricing Disclosure Package ” means, as of the Applicable Time, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, together with the information included in Schedule III hereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed in Schedule IV hereto;

(vi) “ Prospectus ” means the final prospectus relating to the Units, as filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; and

(vii) “ Registration Statement ” means the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-175826) relating to the Units, as amended as of the Effective Date, including any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, all exhibits to such registration statement and including the information deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of such registration statement as of the Effective Date.

Any reference to the “ most recent Preliminary Prospectus ” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement or filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act prior to or on the date hereof. Any reference to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include any abbreviated registration statement to register additional Common Units under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ”).

 

5


(b) No Stop Order. The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and no proceeding or examination for such purpose has been instituted or, to the knowledge of any of the Partnership Parties, threatened by the Commission.

(c) Ineligible Issuer. The Partnership was not at the time of initial filing of the Registration Statement and at the earliest time thereafter that the Partnership, Sprague Holdings or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Units, is not on the date hereof and will not be on the applicable Delivery Date (as defined in Section 4), an “ineligible issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act).

(d) Form of Documents. The Registration Statement conformed and will conform in all material respects on the Effective Date and on the applicable Delivery Date, and any amendment to the Registration Statement filed after the date hereof will conform in all material respects when filed, to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The most recent Preliminary Prospectus conformed, and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects when filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act and on the applicable Delivery Date to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(e) No Material Misstatements or Omissions in the Registration Statement. The Registration Statement did not, as of the Effective Date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 8(e).

(f) No Material Misstatements or Omissions in the Prospectus. The Prospectus will not, as of its date or as of the applicable Delivery Date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 8(e).

(g) No Material Misstatements or Omissions in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package in reliance upon

 

6


and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 8(e).

(h) No Material Misstatements or Omissions in Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. The Pricing Disclosure Package, when taken together with each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package (including those listed in Schedule V hereto), did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 8(e).

(i) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses Conform to the Requirements of the Securities Act. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder on the date of first use, and the Partnership has complied with any filing requirements applicable to such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Partnership has not made any offer relating to the Units that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representatives. The Partnership has retained in accordance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses that were not required to be filed pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Partnership has taken all actions necessary so that any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) in connection with the offering of the Units will not be required to be filed pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Neither Sprague Holdings nor any person acting on behalf of Sprague Holdings (other than, if applicable, the Partnership and the Underwriters) has used or referred to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

(j) Forward-Looking and Supporting Information. Each of the statements made by the Partnership in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package and to be made in the Prospectus (and any supplements thereto) within the coverage of Rule 175(b) under the Securities Act, including (but not limited to) any statements with respect to projected results of operations, estimated cash available for distributions and future cash distributions of the Partnership, and any statements made in support thereof or related thereto under the heading “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” or the anticipated ratio of taxable income to distributions, was made or will be made with a reasonable basis and in good faith.

(k) Formation and Qualification; Authority. Each of the Sprague Entities has been duly formed or incorporated, is validly existing and in good standing as a limited partnership, limited liability company, or corporation under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation, as the case may be. Each of the Sprague

 

7


Entities has all limited partnership, limited liability company or corporate power and authority, as the case may be, necessary to enter into and perform its obligations under the Operative Agreements to which it is a party. Each of the Partnership Entities has all limited partnership, limited liability company or corporate power and authority, as the case may be, necessary to own, lease or operate its properties and to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged. Each of the Partnership Entities is, or at each applicable Delivery Date will be, duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation, as applicable, and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction (as set forth on Schedule VI hereto) that requires, or at each Delivery Date will require, such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, securityholders’ equity, results of operations, business or properties of the Partnership and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

(l) General Partner. The General Partner has, and at each Delivery Date will have, full limited liability company power and authority to serve as general partner of the Partnership in all material respects as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(m) Ownership of the General Partner. Sprague Holdings owns, and at each applicable Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, will own, a 100% membership interest in the General Partner; such membership interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the General Partner LLC Agreement and is fully paid (to the extent required under the General Partner LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Delaware LLC Act ”)); and such membership interest is owned free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, equities, charges or claims (“ Liens ”), except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(n) Ownership of the General Partner Interest in the Partnership. The General Partner is, and at each applicable Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, will be, the sole general partner of the Partnership, with, at each applicable Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, a non-economic general partner interest in the Partnership (the “ GP Interest ”); such GP Interest will have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the Partnership Agreement and the General Partner will own such GP Interest free and clear of all Liens, except those arising under or in connection with the New Credit Agreement and except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(o) Ownership of the Incentive Distribution Rights. At each applicable Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, Sprague Holdings will own all of the Incentive Distribution Rights; the Incentive Distribution Rights and the limited partner interests represented thereby will have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the Partnership Agreement and will be fully paid (to the extent required

 

8


under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by matters described in Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Delaware LP Act ”)); and Sprague Holdings will own such Incentive Distribution Rights free and clear of all Liens except those arising under or in connection with a credit agreement entered into by Kildair Services Ltd., as borrower, and the other parties thereto (the “ Kildair Credit Agreement ”).

(p) Ownership of the Sponsor Units. Assuming no purchase by the Underwriters of any Option Units, on the Initial Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, Sprague Holdings will own                  Common Units and                  Subordinated Units (collectively, the “ Sponsor Units ”) free and clear of all Liens (except those arising under or in connection with the Kildair Credit Agreement, restrictions on transferability contained in the Partnership Agreement and as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus); and the Sponsor Units and the limited partner interests represented thereby will have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the Partnership Agreement, and will be fully paid (to the extent required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware LP Act and except as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability”).

(q) Duly Authorized and Validly Issued Units. At each applicable Delivery Date, the Units to be sold by the Partnership and the limited partner interests represented thereby will have been duly authorized in accordance with the Partnership Agreement and, when issued and delivered to the Underwriters against payment therefor in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid (to the extent required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 17-303, 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware LP Act and except as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability”). Other than the Sponsor Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and any Common Units issued to Sprague Holdings as a part of the Deferred Issuance and Distribution and any limited partner interests issued pursuant to the Partnership’s 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Units will be the only limited partner interests of the Partnership issued or outstanding at the Initial Delivery Date and at each Option Unit Delivery Date, as applicable.

(r) Ownership of the OLLC, Sprague Connecticut and Terminal Services. At each applicable Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, all of the limited liability company interests of the OLLC, Sprague Connecticut and Terminal Services (i) will be duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the applicable Subsidiary LLC Agreement and will be fully paid (to the extent required by the applicable Subsidiary LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware LLC Act) and (ii) will be owned, directly or indirectly, by the Partnership, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens arising under or in connection with the New Credit Agreement and except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(s) Ownership of Sprague Solutions. At each applicable Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, all of the outstanding capital stock of Sprague Solutions (i) will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) will be owned by the OLLC, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens arising under or in connection with the New Credit Agreement.

 

9


(t) No Other Subsidiaries. Other than the Partnership Entities, at each applicable Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the General Partner will not own, directly or indirectly, any equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association or other entity. At each applicable Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, other than the Partnership’s 100% ownership of the OLLC and the OLLC’s 100% ownership of each of Sprague Solutions and Terminal Services, neither the Partnership nor the OLLC will directly or indirectly own any equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association or other entity.

(u) Conformity of Securities to Descriptions. The Units, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement and this Agreement against payment therefor as provided therein and herein, and the Sponsor Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and any Common Units issued to Sprague Holdings as a part of the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement and the Contribution Agreement, will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(v) No Options, Preemptive Rights, Registration Rights, or Other Rights. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any equity securities of any of the Partnership Entities, in each case pursuant to the Organizational Agreements of any such Partnership Entity, the certificates of limited partnership, formation or incorporation, bylaws or any other organizational documents of any such Partnership Entity or any other agreement or other instrument to which any such Partnership Entity is a party or by which any such Partnership Entity may be bound. Neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Units as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any Common Units or other securities of the Partnership.

(w) Authority and Authorization. Each of the Partnership Parties has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations hereunder. The Partnership has all requisite limited partnership power and authority to issue, sell and deliver (i) the Units to be sold by it, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) the Sponsor Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and any Common Units issued to Sprague Holdings as a part of the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Partnership Agreement and the Contribution Agreement. At each Delivery Date, all limited partnership, limited liability company and corporate action, as the case may be, required to be taken by any of the Sprague Entities or any of their respective unitholders,

 

10


members, partners or stockholders for the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Units, the Sponsor Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and any Common Units issued to Sprague Holdings as a part of the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, the execution and delivery of the Operative Agreements and the consummation of the Transactions and any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements, shall have been validly taken.

(x) Authorization, Execution and Delivery of the Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by each of the Partnership Parties.

(y) Authorization, Execution, Delivery and Enforceability of Certain Agreements. At each applicable Delivery Date:

(i) each of the Transaction Agreements will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Sprague Entities party thereto and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of the Sprague Entities party thereto, enforceable against such Sprague Entities party thereto in accordance with its terms;

(ii) the Partnership Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the General Partner and Sprague Holdings and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of the General Partner and Sprague Holdings, enforceable against the General Partner and Sprague Holdings in accordance with its terms;

(iii) the General Partner LLC Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Sprague Holdings and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of Sprague Holdings, enforceable against Sprague Holdings in accordance with its terms; and

(iv) each of the Subsidiary LLC Agreements will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Sprague Entities party thereto and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of the Sprague Entities party thereto, enforceable against such Sprague Entities party thereto in accordance with its terms;

provided , that, with respect to each such agreement, the enforceability thereof may be limited by (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer or conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (B) public policy, applicable law relating to fiduciary duties and indemnification and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(z) Legal Sufficiency of Contribution Agreement. The Contribution Documents will be legally sufficient to transfer or convey to the Partnership Entities all of the limited liability company interests of the OLLC as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, subject to the

 

11


conditions, reservations, encumbrances and limitations contained in the Contribution Documents and those set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Partnership Entities, upon execution and delivery of the Contribution Documents and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, will directly or indirectly succeed in all material respects to the business, assets, properties, liabilities and operations reflected in the pro forma financial statements of the Partnership.

(aa) No Conflicts. None of (i) the offering, issuance or sale of the Units as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Operative Agreements by the Sprague Entities party hereto or thereto, (iii) the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements or (iv) the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Units as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus (A) conflicts with or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a violation of the partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement, certificate of formation or conversion, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governing document (the “ Organizational Documents ”) of any of the Sprague Entities, (B) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach or violation of, a change of control, or a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such an event) under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Sprague Entities is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties may be bound, (C) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation, ruling or any order, judgment, decree or injunction of any court or governmental agency or body directed to any of the Sprague Entities or any of their properties in a proceeding to which any of them or their property is a party or is bound or (D) results or will result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Liens arising under or in connection with the New Credit Agreement) upon any property or assets of any of the Sprague Entities, except with respect to clauses (B), (C) and (D) for such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults or Liens that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or would not materially impair the ability of the any of the Sprague Entities to consummate the Transactions or any other transactions provided for in this Agreement or the Operative Agreements.

(bb) No Consents. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing or qualification (“ consent ”) of or with any court, governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over any of the Sprague Entities or any of their properties or assets is required in connection with (i) the offering, issuance or sale of the Units as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements by the Sprague Entities party hereto and thereto, (iii) the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements or (iv) the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Units as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, except (A) for registration of the Units under the Securities Act and consents required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), the applicable state

 

12


securities or “Blue Sky” laws and the bylaws and rules of the Financial Industry Regulating Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Units by the Underwriters, (B) for such consents that have been, or prior to the Initial Delivery Date will be, obtained or made, (C) for such consents that, if not obtained would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or would not materially impair the ability of any of the Sprague Entities to consummate the Transactions or any other transactions provided for in this Agreement or the Operative Agreements and (D) except as described in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(cc) No Defaults. None of the Sprague Entities is in (i) violation of its Organizational Documents, (ii) violation of any law, statute, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to it or of any order, judgment, decree or injunction of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over it or any of its properties or (iii) breach, default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such an event) or violation in the performance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note or any other evidence of indebtedness or in any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, which breach, default or violation in the cases of clause (ii) or (iii), individually or in the aggregate, if continued, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or would materially impair the ability of any of the Sprague Entities to consummate the Transactions or any other transactions provided for in this Agreement or the Operative Agreements.

(dd) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes and supporting schedules) and other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto) present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the entities purported to be shown thereby, at the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except to the extent disclosed therein. The summary historical financial and operating data included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus under the caption “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and the selected historical financial and operating data set forth under the caption “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data” included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto) is fairly presented in all material respects and prepared on a basis consistent with the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements from which they have been derived, except as described therein. The other financial information of the Partnership Entities, including non-GAAP financial measures, if any, contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Partnership Entities and fairly presents in all material respects the information purported to be shown thereby.

 

13


(ee) Pro Forma Financial Statements. The pro forma financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. The pro forma financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

(ff) Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Ernst & Young LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Predecessor and its consolidated subsidiaries (including the related notes thereto) included in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), is and was during the periods covered by such financial statements, an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Predecessor as required by the Securities Act and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

(gg) Internal Controls . Each of the Partnership Entities maintains internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and to maintain accountability for its assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. As of the date of the most recent balance sheet of the Partnership and its consolidated subsidiaries reviewed or audited by Ernst & Young LLP, there were no material weaknesses in the internal controls of any Partnership Entity.

(hh) Disclosure Controls and Procedures. (i) The Partnership Entities have established and maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act), (ii) such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Partnership in the reports to be filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Partnership and the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the General Partner to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure to be made and (iii) such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established to the extent required by Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 of the Exchange Act.

 

14


(ii) No Changes in Internal Controls. Since the date of the most recent balance sheet of the Partnership and its consolidated subsidiaries reviewed or audited by Ernst & Young LLP, (i) the Partnership has not been advised of or become aware of (A) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the ability of the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries to record, process, summarize and report financial data, or any material weaknesses in internal controls and (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of any Partnership Entity who have a significant role in the internal controls of the Partnership and each of its subsidiaries and (ii) there have been no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that are reasonably likely to significantly affect internal controls.

(jj) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. At the Effective Date, the Partnership, and to the knowledge of the Partnership Parties, the directors and officers of the General Partner, in their capacity as such, were, and on each Delivery Date will be, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules and regulations promulgated therewith and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange that are effective and applicable to the Partnership.

(kk) No Material Changes. Except as disclosed in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, no Partnership Entity has (i) sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, (ii) entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business or (iii) declared or paid any distribution or dividend on its equity interests, and since such date, there has not been any change in the capital stock, partnership or limited liability interests, as applicable, any material increase in long-term debt of any of the Partnership Entities or any adverse change, or any development involving a prospective adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, properties, business or prospects of the Partnership Entities taken as a whole, in each case except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ll) Title to Properties. Each of the Partnership Entities has good and indefeasible title to all real property and good title to all personal property owned by it, in each case free and clear of all Liens except as are described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus (including Liens arising under or in connection with the New Credit Agreement) or as such would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All assets held under lease by each of the Partnership Entities are held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such properties taken as a whole by any of the Partnership Entities as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

15


(mm) Permits. Each of the Partnership Entities has such permits, licenses, patents, franchises, certificates of need and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“ Permits ”) as are necessary under applicable law to own its properties and conduct its business in the manner described in the Registration Statement, subject to such qualifications as may be set forth in the Registration Statement, most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except for any Permits that, if not obtained, would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Partnership Entities has fulfilled and performed all of its obligations with respect to the Permits, and no event has occurred that allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other impairment of the rights of the holder or any such Permits, subject to such qualifications as may be set forth in the Registration Statement, most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except for any of the foregoing that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Partnership Entities has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such Permits that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(nn) Intellectual Property. Each of the Partnership Entities owns or possesses adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, know-how, software, systems and technology (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of its businesses and has no reason to believe that the conduct of its businesses conflicts with, and has not received any notice of any claim of conflict with, any such rights of others.

(oo) Contracts to be Described or Filed. There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement or the most recent Preliminary Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described and filed as required. The statements made in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of the contracts and other documents described and filed, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such contracts and documents in all material respects.

(pp) Summaries of Law. Statements made in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of statutes, rules or regulations, or legal or governmental proceedings, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such statutes, rules and regulations, and legal and governmental proceedings in all material respects.

(qq) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement and the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which any of the Sprague Entities is a party or of which any property or assets of any of the Sprague Entities is the subject that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the ability of any of the Sprague Entities to consummate the Transactions or any other transactions provided for in this Agreement or the Operative Agreements; and to the Partnership Parties’ knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others.

 

16


(rr) Insurance. The Partnership Entities carry, or at each applicable Delivery Date will be covered by, insurance from insurers of recognized financial responsibility in such amounts and covering such risks as is reasonably adequate for the conduct of its businesses and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries. All such policies of insurance of the Partnership Entities are in full force and effect or will be in full force and effect as of each Delivery Date.

(ss) Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any of the Sprague Entities, on the one hand, and any “affiliate,” equity holder, director, manager, officer, customer or supplier of any of the Sprague Entities, on the other hand, that is required by the Securities Act to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that is not so disclosed. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by any Partnership Entity to or for the benefit of any of the officers, directors or managers of any Partnership Entity or their respective family members.

(tt) No Labor Dispute. No labor disturbance by or dispute with the employees of any of the Partnership Entities exists or, to the knowledge of the Partnership Parties, is imminent or threatened that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(uu) Environmental Compliance. Except as described in the Registration Statement and the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, (i) each of the Partnership Entities is, and at all times prior hereto has been, in compliance with all laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, orders, judgments, decrees, permits or other legal requirements of any governmental authority, including without limitation any international, national, state, provincial, regional or local authority, relating to the protection of human health or safety, the environment, or natural resources, or to the use, handling, storage, manufacturing, transportation, treatment, discharge, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”) applicable to such entity, which compliance includes, without limitation, obtaining, maintaining and complying with all permits and authorizations and approvals required by Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) no Partnership Entity has received notice or otherwise has knowledge of any actual or alleged violation of Environmental Laws, or of any actual or potential liability for or other obligation concerning the presence, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, except for such violations, actual or potential liabilities or other obligations which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as described in the Registration Statement and the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, (x) there are no

 

17


proceedings that are pending, or known to be contemplated, against any of the Partnership Entities under Environmental Laws in which a governmental authority is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed and (y) none of the Partnership Entities anticipate material capital expenditures relating to Environmental Laws other than those incurred in the ordinary course of business.

(vv) Tax Returns. The Partnership Entities have filed (or have obtained extensions with respect to) all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof, other than certain state or local tax returns as to which the failure to file, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (which returns are complete and correct in all material respects), and have timely paid all taxes shown to be due pursuant to such returns, other than (i) those that are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established or (ii) those which, if not paid, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(ww) ERISA. (i) Each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)) for which the Partnership or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) would have any material liability (each a “ Plan ”) has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations including ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) with respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (A) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, (B) no “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, (C) the fair market value of the assets under each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan), and (D) neither the Partnership nor any member of its Controlled Group has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan,” within the meaning of Section 4001(c)(3) of ERISA); and (iv) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.

(xx) Statistical and Market-Related Data. The statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Partnership believes to be reliable in all material respects.

 

18


(yy) Investment Company. None of the Partnership Entities is, and as of each applicable Delivery Date, after giving effect to the offer and sale of the Units and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of them will be, an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).

(zz) No Brokers. None of the Sprague Entities is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or the Underwriters for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Units.

(aaa) Private Placement. The sale and issuance of the Sponsor Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and any Common Units as part of the Deferred Issuance and Distribution to Sprague Holdings and the GP Interest to the General Partner are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and securities laws of any state having jurisdiction with respect thereto, and none of the Sprague Entities has taken or will take any action that would cause the loss of such exemption. The Partnership has not sold or issued any securities that would be integrated with the offering of the Units contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the Securities Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or the interpretations thereof by the Commission.

(bbb) Stabilization. The Partnership and its affiliates have not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Partnership in connection with the offering of the Units.

(ccc) NYSE Listing of Common Units. The Units have been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the New York Stock Exchange.

(ddd) Distribution of Offering Materials. The Partnership has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of any Delivery Date and completion of the distribution of the Units, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Units other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to which the Representatives have consented in accordance with Section 1(i) or 5(f).

(eee) Anti-Corruption. None of the Partnership Entities or Sprague Holdings or, to the knowledge of the Partnership Parties, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of any of the Partnership Entities or Sprague Holdings, has (i) used any of its funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from its funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

 

19


(fff) Money Laundering. The operations of the Partnership Entities and Sprague Holdings are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any Partnership Entity or Sprague Holdings with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of any of the Partnership Parties, threatened.

(ggg) OFAC. None of the Partnership Entities or Sprague Holdings or, to the knowledge of the Partnership Parties, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Partnership Entities or Sprague Holdings is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and neither the Partnership nor Sprague Holdings will directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(hhh) No Debt Securities . The Partnership has no debt securities or preferred equity that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act).

Any certificate signed by any officer of any of the Partnership Parties and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Units shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Partnership, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

2. Purchase of the Units by the Underwriters. On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants contained in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, the Partnership agrees to sell the Firm Units to the several Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase the number of Firm Units set forth opposite that Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto. Each Underwriter shall be obligated to purchase from the Partnership that number of Firm Units set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 . The respective purchase obligations of the Underwriters with respect to the Firm Units shall be rounded among the Underwriters to avoid fractional Common Units, as the Representatives may determine.

In addition, the Partnership grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase from the Partnership up to                  additional Option Units. Such option is exercisable in the event that the Underwriters sell more Common Units than the number of Firm Units in the offering and as set forth in Section 4 hereof. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Option Units (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional Common Units as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Option Units to be sold on such Delivery Date as the number of Firm Units set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Units.

 

20


The purchase price payable by the Underwriters for the Firm Units shall be $          per Unit. The purchase price payable by the Underwriters for any Option Units purchased by the Underwriters shall be $          per Unit less an amount equal to any distributions declared by the Partnership and payable on each Firm Unit but not on such Option Units being purchased.

The Partnership shall not be obligated to deliver any of the Firm Units or Option Units, as applicable, to be delivered on the applicable Delivery Date, except upon payment for all such Units to be purchased on such Delivery Date as provided herein.

3. Offering of Units by the Underwriters. Upon authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Firm Units, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Units for sale upon the terms and conditions to be set forth in the Prospectus.

4. Delivery of and Payment for the Units. Delivery of and payment for the Firm Units shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the third full business day following the date of this Agreement or at such other date or place as shall be determined by agreement between the Representatives and the Partnership. This date and time are sometimes referred to as the “ Initial Delivery Date .” Delivery of the Firm Units shall be made to the Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the aggregate purchase price of the Firm Units to or upon the order of the Partnership by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Partnership. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Underwriter hereunder. The Partnership shall deliver the Firm Units through the facilities of DTC unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

The option granted in Section 2 will expire 30 days after the date of this Agreement and may be exercised in whole or from time to time in part by written notice being given to the Partnership by the Representatives; provided that if such date falls on a day that is not a business day, the option granted in Section 2 will expire on the next succeeding business day. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Units as to which the option is being exercised, the names in which the Option Units are to be registered, the denominations in which the Option Units are to be issued and the date and time, as determined by the Representatives, when the Option Units are to be delivered; provided, however , that this date and time shall not be earlier than the Initial Delivery Date nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the fifth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. Each date and time any Option Units are delivered is sometimes referred to as an “ Option Units Delivery Date ,” and the Initial Delivery Date and any Option Units Delivery Date are sometimes each referred to as a “ Delivery Date .”

Delivery of the Option Units by the Partnership and payment for the Option Units by the several Underwriters through the Representatives shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in the preceding paragraph

 

21


or at such other date or place as shall be determined by agreement between the Representatives and the Partnership. On the Option Units Delivery Date, the Partnership shall deliver or cause to be delivered the Option Units to the Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the aggregate purchase price of the Option Units being sold by the Partnership to or upon the order of the Partnership by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Partnership. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Underwriter hereunder. The Partnership shall deliver the Option Units through the facilities of DTC unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

5. Further Agreements . The Partnership Parties jointly and severally covenant and agree with each of the Underwriters:

(a) Preparation of Prospectus. To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Delivery Date except as provided herein; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Units for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding or examination for any such purpose or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to use promptly their best efforts to obtain its withdrawal.

(b) Copies of Registration Statement. To furnish promptly to each of the Representatives and to counsel for the Underwriters a signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereto filed with the Commission, including all consents and exhibits filed therewith.

(c) Copies of Documents. To deliver promptly to the Representatives such number of the following documents as the Representatives shall reasonably request: (A) conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission and each amendment thereto (in each case excluding exhibits other than this Agreement), (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amended or supplemented Prospectus and (C) each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time after the date hereof in connection with the offering or sale of the Units or any other securities relating thereto and if at such time

 

22


any events shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act, to notify the Representatives and, upon their request, to file such document and to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.

(d) Filing of Amendment or Supplement. To file promptly with the Commission any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that may, in the judgment of the Partnership or the Representatives, be required by the Securities Act or requested by the Commission.

(e) Copies of Amendment or Supplement. Prior to filing with the Commission any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, to furnish a copy thereof to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters and obtain the consent of the Representatives to the filing.

(f) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Not to make any offer relating to the Units that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

(g) Rule 433. To comply with all applicable requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act with respect to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. If at any time after the date hereof any events shall have occurred as a result of which any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to notify the Representatives and, upon their request, to file such document and to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that will correct such conflict, statement or omission or effect such compliance.

(h) Earnings Statement. As soon as practicable after the Effective Date (it being understood that the Partnership shall have until at least 410 days or, if the fourth quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the Effective Date is the last fiscal quarter of the Partnership’s fiscal year, 455 days after the end of the Partnership’s current fiscal quarter), to make generally available to the Partnership’s security holders and to deliver to the Representatives an earnings statement of the Partnership (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including, at the option of the Partnership, Rule 158 under the Securities Act).

 

23


(i) Blue Sky Laws. Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Units for offering and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of Canada and such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Units; provided that in connection therewith the Partnership shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be subject.

(j) Lock-Up Period. For a period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the 180th day after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), not to, directly or indirectly, (A) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any Common Units or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Units (other than the Units and Common Units issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans existing on the date hereof), or sell or grant options, rights or warrants with respect to any Common Units or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Units, (B) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of such Common Units, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Units or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (C) file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any Common Units or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Units or any other securities of the Partnership (other than any registration statement on Form S-8) or (D) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the Underwriters, and to cause each officer, director and stockholder of the Partnership set forth on Schedule III hereto to furnish to the Representatives, prior to the Initial Delivery Date, a letter or letters, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Lock-Up Agreements ”); notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Partnership issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Partnership occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Partnership announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed in this paragraph shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event, unless Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the Underwriters, agrees not to require such extension in writing.

 

24


(k) Use of Proceeds. To apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Units being sold by the Partnership substantially in accordance with the description as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

(l) Rule 463. To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(m) Stabilization. To not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that reasonably would be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Partnership in connection with the offering of the Units.

(n) Document Delivery. That Sprague Holdings will deliver to the Representatives on or prior to the Initial Delivery Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9.

Each Underwriter severally agrees that such Underwriter shall not include any “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) in any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) used or referred to by such Underwriter without the prior consent of the Partnership (any such issuer information with respect to whose use the Partnership has given its consent, “ Permitted Issuer Information ”); provided that (i) no such consent shall be required with respect to any such issuer information contained in any document filed by any Partnership Party with the Commission prior to the use of such free writing prospectus, and (ii) “issuer information,” as used in this paragraph, shall not be deemed to include information prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter on the basis of or derived from issuer information.

6. Expenses. The Partnership agrees, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay all expenses, costs, fees and taxes incident to and in connection with (a) the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Units and any stamp duties or other taxes payable in that connection, and the preparation and printing of certificates for the Units; (b) the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement (including any exhibits thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto; (c) the distribution of the Registration Statement (including any exhibits thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, all as provided in this Agreement; (d) the production and distribution of this Agreement, any supplemental agreement among Underwriters, and any other related documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Units; (e) any filing fees in connection with any filings required to be made with the FINRA; (f) the listing of the Units on the New York Stock Exchange; (g) the qualification of the Units under the securities laws of the several jurisdictions as provided in Section 5(i); (h) the preparation, printing and distribution of one or more versions of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus for distribution in Canada, often in the form of a Canadian “wrapper” (including related, reasonable fees and expenses of Canadian counsel to the Underwriters); (i) the investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Units, including, without limitation, expenses associated with any electronic road show, travel and

 

25


lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Partnership; provided , however , that the Partnership is obligated to pay only 50% of the costs and expenses of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show and (j) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Partnership Parties under this Agreement; provided that, except as provided in this Section 6 and in Section 11, the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including the costs and expenses of their counsel, any transfer taxes on the Units which they may sell, the expenses of advertising any offering of the Units made by the Underwriters and 50% of the costs and expenses of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show.

7. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The respective obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, when made and on each Delivery Date, of the representations and warranties of the Partnership Parties contained herein, to the performance by the Partnership Parties of their respective obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions:

(a) Filing of Prospectus; No Stop Order. The Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission in accordance with Section 5(a). The Partnership shall have complied with all filing requirements applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus used or referred to after the date hereof; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceeding or examination for such purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and any request of the Commission for inclusion of additional information in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise shall have been complied with. If the Partnership has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement.

(b) No Misstatements or Omissions. No Underwriter shall have discovered and disclosed to the Partnership on or prior to such Delivery Date that the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Pricing Disclosure Package, or any amendment or supplement thereto, contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, is material or omits to state a fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary (in the case of the Prospectus and the Pricing Disclosure Package, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made) to make the statements therein not misleading.

(c) Authorization and Validity. All proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of this Agreement, the Units, the Operative Agreements, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the Transactions (and any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Operative Agreements) shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to counsel for the Underwriters, and the Partnership and Sprague Holdings shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

26


(d) Partnership Parties’ Counsel Opinion. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. shall have furnished to the Representatives its written opinion, as counsel to the Partnership Parties, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

(e) General Counsel Opinion. Paul A. Scoff shall have furnished to the Representatives his written opinion, as general counsel to the General Partner, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

(f) Underwriters’ Counsel Opinion. The Representatives shall have received from Baker Botts L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Delivery Date, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Units, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Pricing Disclosure Package and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Partnership Parties shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(g) Comfort Letter. At the time of execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the date hereof (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission and (ii) stating, as of the date hereof (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, as of a date not more than three days prior to the date hereof), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters ordinarily covered by accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters in connection with registered public offerings.

(h) Bring-Down Comfort Letter. With respect to the letter of Ernst & Young LLP referred to in the preceding paragraph and delivered to the Representatives concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ initial letter ”), the Partnership shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter (the “ bring-down letter ”) of such accountants, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, (ii) stating, as of the date of the bring-down letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Prospectus, as of a date not more than three days prior to the date of the bring-down letter), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by the initial letter and (iii) confirming in all material respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the initial letter.

 

27


(i) Officers’ Certificate. The Partnership shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated such Delivery Date, of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the General Partner as to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that:

(i) The representations, warranties and agreements in Section 1 are true and correct on and as of such Delivery Date, and the Partnership Parties have complied with all their agreements contained herein and satisfied all the conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Delivery Date;

(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued; and no proceedings or examination for that purpose have been instituted or, to the knowledge of such officers, threatened; and

(iii) They have examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, in their opinion, (A) (1) the Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date, (2) the Prospectus, as of its date and on the applicable Delivery Date, and (3) the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and did not and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein (in the case of the Registration Statement) or necessary to make the statements therein (except in the case of the Registration Statement, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and (B) since the Effective Date, no event has occurred that should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that has not been so set forth.

(j) No Material Change. Except as described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, (i) none of the Partnership Entities shall have sustained, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree and (ii) since such date there shall not have been any change in the Units or long-term debt of any of the Partnership Entities or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, partners’ capital, properties, management or business of the Partnership Entities taken as a whole, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is, individually or in the aggregate, in the judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Units being delivered on such Delivery Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

 

28


(k) No Other Changes. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in securities generally on The New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or materially limited, (ii) trading in any securities of the Partnership on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or materially limited, (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, (iv) the United States shall have become engaged in hostilities, there shall have been an escalation in hostilities involving the United States or there shall have been a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States or (v) there shall have occurred such a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions, including, without limitation, as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof (or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such), as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or delivery of the Units being delivered on such Delivery Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(l) NYSE Listing. The New York Stock Exchange shall have approved the Units for listing, subject only to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution.

(m) Lock-Up Agreements. The Lock-Up Agreements between the Representatives and the officers and directors of the General Partner set forth on Schedule II , delivered to the Representatives on or before the date of this Agreement, shall be in full force and effect on such Delivery Date.

(n) Other Certificates. On or prior to each Delivery Date, the Partnership Parties shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

8. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) The Partnership Parties hereby agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its directors, officers, employees, agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and any “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of such Underwriter participating in the offering of the Units, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Units), to which that Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) any Preliminary Prospectus,

 

29


the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, (B) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, (C) any Permitted Issuer Information, or (D) any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) not constituting an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (a “ Non-Prospectus Road Show ”), or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Permitted Issuer Information, or any Non-Prospectus Road Show, any material fact required to be stated therein (in the case of the Registration Statement) or necessary to make the statements therein (except in the case of the Registration Statement, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and shall reimburse each Underwriter and each such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that none of the Partnership Parties shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any such amendment or supplement thereto or in any Permitted Issuer Information or any Non-Prospectus Road Show, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Underwriter furnished to the Partnership through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information consists solely of the information specified in Section 8(e). The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability which the Partnership Parties may otherwise have to any Underwriter or to any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person of that Underwriter.

(b) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Partnership Parties, their respective directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any of the Partnership Parties within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Partnership Parties or any such director, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Non-Prospectus Road Show or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Non-Prospectus Road Show, any material fact required to be stated therein (in the case of the Registration Statement) or necessary to make the statements therein (except in the case of the Registration Statement, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged

 

30


omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Underwriter furnished to the Partnership through the Representatives by or on behalf of that Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is limited to the information set forth in Section 8(e). The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability that any Underwriter may otherwise have to the Partnership Parties or any such director, officer, employee or controlling person.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 8 except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights and defenses) by such failure and, provided , further , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however , that the indemnified party shall have the right to employ counsel to represent jointly the indemnified party and those other indemnified parties and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Section 8 if (i) the indemnified party and the indemnifying party shall have so mutually agreed in writing; (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified parties; (iii) the indemnified parties and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons shall have reasonably concluded, based upon the advice of counsel, that there may be legal defenses available to them that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel for the indemnified parties and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons (in addition to any local counsel) in any one action, suit or proceeding or series of related actions, suits or proceedings in the same jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action, suit or proceeding); or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnified parties or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or controlling persons, on the one hand, and the indemnifying party, on the other hand, and representation of both sets of parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, and in any such event described in clauses (i)-(iv) the fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be paid by the indemnifying party. No

 

31


indemnifying party shall (x) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party, or (y) be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with the consent of the indemnifying party or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or 8(b) in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Partnership Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the offering of the Units, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Partnership Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Partnership Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Units purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Partnership, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the Units purchased under this Agreement, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the other hand. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Partnership Parties or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Partnership Parties and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 8(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 8(d) shall be deemed to

 

32


include, for purposes of this Section 8(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(d), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Units exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e) The Underwriters severally confirm and the Partnership Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the third sentence of the section “Underwriting—Offering Price Determination,” (ii) the third paragraph under “Underwriting—Underwriting Discounts and Expenses” and (iii) the statements set forth under “Underwriting—Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and “—Discretionary Sales,” in each such case in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, are correct and constitute the only information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing to the Partnership by or on behalf of the Underwriters specifically for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Non-Prospectus Road Show; provided that Barclays Capital Inc. confirms and the Partnership Parties acknowledge and agree that the second and third sentences of the third paragraph under “Underwriting—Lock-Up Agreements” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, are correct and constitute additional information concerning Barclays Capital Inc. furnished in writing to the Partnership by or on behalf of Barclays Capital Inc. for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Non-Prospectus Road Show.

9. Defaulting Underwriters .

(a) If, on any Delivery Date, any Underwriter defaults in its obligations to purchase the Units that it has agreed to purchase under this Agreement, the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Units by the non-defaulting Underwriters or other persons satisfactory to the Partnership on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Units, then the Partnership shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Units on such terms. In the event that within the respective prescribed periods, the non-defaulting Underwriters notify the Partnership that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Units, or the Partnership notifies the non-defaulting Underwriters that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Units, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Partnership may postpone such Delivery Date for up to seven full business days in order

 

33


to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Partnership or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Partnership agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any such other document or arrangement that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise, any party not listed in Schedule I hereto that, pursuant to this Section 9, purchases Units that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Units of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Partnership as provided in paragraph (a) above, the total number of Units that remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the total number of all Units, then the Partnership shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the total number of Units that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the total number of Units that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Units of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; provided that the non-defaulting Underwriters shall not be obligated to purchase more than 110% of the total number of Units that it agreed to purchase on such Delivery Date pursuant to the terms of Section 2.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Units of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Partnership as provided in paragraph (a) above, the total number of Units that remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the total number of all the Units, or if the Partnership shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9 shall be without liability on the part of the Partnership Parties, except that the Partnership will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Sections 6 and 11 and except that the provisions of Section 8 shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Partnership Parties or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

10. Termination. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be terminated by the Representatives by notice given to and received by the Partnership prior to delivery of and payment for the Firm Units if, prior to that time, any of the events described in Sections 7(j) and 7(k) shall have occurred or if the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Units for any reason permitted under this Agreement.

11. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses. If the Partnership shall fail to tender the Units for delivery to the Underwriters by reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of any Partnership Parties to perform any agreement on its part to be performed, or

 

34


because any other condition to the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Partnership Parties it not fulfilled for any reason, other than Section 7(k)(i), (iii), (iv) and (v), the Partnership will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the proposed purchase of the Units, and upon demand the Partnership shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representatives. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9 by reason of the default of one or more Underwriters, the Partnership shall not be obligated to reimburse any Underwriter on account of those expenses.

12. Research Analyst Independence. The Partnership acknowledges that the Underwriters’ research analysts and research departments are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Underwriters’ research analysts may hold views and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Partnership and/or the offering that differ from the views of their respective investment banking divisions. The Partnership Parties hereby waive and release, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Partnership Parties may have against the Underwriters with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to any of the Partnership Parties by such Underwriters’ investment banking divisions. The Partnership Parties acknowledge that each of the Underwriters is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies that may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

13. No Fiduciary Duty . The Partnership Parties acknowledge and agree that in connection with this offering, sale of the Units or any other services the Underwriters may be deemed to be providing hereunder, notwithstanding any preexisting relationship, advisory or otherwise, between the parties or any oral representations or assurances previously or subsequently made by the Underwriters: (a) no fiduciary or agency relationship between the Partnership Parties and any other person, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, exists; (b) the Underwriters are not acting as advisors, expert or otherwise, to any of the Partnership Parties, including, without limitation, with respect to the determination of the public offering price of the Units, and such relationship between the Partnership Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, is entirely and solely commercial, based on arms-length negotiations; (c) any duties and obligations that the Underwriters may have to the Partnership Parties shall be limited to those duties and obligations specifically stated herein; and (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may have interests that differ from those of the Partnership Parties. The Partnership Parties hereby waive any claims that any of the Partnership Parties may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach of fiduciary duty in connection with this offering.

 

35


14. Notices, etc. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:

(a) if to the Underwriters, shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Registration (Fax: 646-834-8133), J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk (Fax: 212-622-8358), and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036, Facsimile: (646) 855-3073, Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy to Facsimile: (212) 230-8730, Attention: ECM Legal, and with a copy, in the case of any notice pursuant to Section 8 hereof, to the Director of Litigation, Office of the General Counsel, Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019; and

(b) if to any of the Partnership Parties, shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to the address of the Partnership set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Paul A. Scoff (Fax: (603) 430-5324).

Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof. The Partnership Parties shall be entitled to act and rely upon any request, consent, notice or agreement given or made on behalf of the Underwriters by Barclays Capital Inc. on behalf of the Representatives.

15. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Partnership Parties and their respective successors. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof are for the sole benefit of only those persons, except that (a) the representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements of the Partnership Parties contained in this Agreement shall also be deemed to be for the benefit of the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Underwriters and each person or persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and any “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of any of the Underwriters participating in the offering of the Units, and (b) the indemnity agreement of the Underwriters contained in Section 8(b) of this Agreement shall be deemed to be for the benefit of the directors of the General Partner, the officers of the General Partner who have signed the Registration Statement and any person controlling the Partnership Parties within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the persons referred to in this Section 15, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

16. Survival. The respective indemnities, representations, warranties and agreements of the Partnership Parties and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Units and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any of them or any person controlling any of them.

17. Definition of the Terms “Business Day,” “Affiliate” and “Subsidiary . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) “ business day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close and (b) “ affiliate ” and “ subsidiary ” have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

36


18. Governing Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

19. Waiver of Jury Trial . The Partnership Parties and the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20. Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Partnership Parties, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

37


If the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Partnership Parties and the Underwriters, please indicate your acceptance in the space provided for that purpose below.

 

Very truly yours,
SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP
By:   Sprague Resources GP LLC,
  its General Partner
  By:  

 

  Name:   Gary A. Rinaldi
  Title:  

Senior Vice President, Chief

Operating Officer and Chief

Financial Officer

SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Gary A. Rinaldi
Title:  

Senior Vice President, Chief

Operating Officer and Chief

Financial Officer

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Gary A. Rinaldi
Title:  

Senior Vice President, Chief

Operating Officer and Chief

Financial Officer

SPRAGUE RESOURCES HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement


Accepted:

B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .

J.P. M ORGAN S ECURITIES LLC

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

  INCORPORATED

For themselves and as Representatives

of the several Underwriters named

in Schedule I hereto

 

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH                                 INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriters

   Number of Firm Units

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                       Incorporated.

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

  

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

  

Natixis Securities North America Inc.

  

RBS Securities Inc.

  

SG Americas Securities, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

Schedule I


SCHEDULE II

PERSONS DELIVERING LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

Directors

Robert B. Evans

C. Gregory Harper

Ben J. Hennelly

Michael D. Milligan

Officers

David C. Glendon

Gary A. Rinaldi

Thomas F. Flaherty

Steven D. Scammon

Joseph S. Smith

Paul A. Scoff

John W. Moore

James Therriault

Burton S. Russell

Brian W. Weego

Frank B. Easton

Kevin G. Henry

Schedule II


SCHEDULE III

ORALLY CONVEYED PRICING INFORMATION

 

Number of Units:                     Firm Units or, if the Underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Units granted in Section 2 hereof,                  Units

Public offering price

for the Units:

   $                  per unit

 

Schedule III


SCHEDULE IV

ISSUER FREE WRITING PROSPECTUSES INCLUDED IN

PRICING DISCLOSURE PACKAGE

 

Schedule IV


SCHEDULE V

ISSUER FREE WRITING PROSPECTUSES NOT INCLUDED IN

PRICING DISCLOSURE PACKAGE

 

Schedule V


SCHEDULE VI

LIST OF JURISDICTIONS OF FOREIGN QUALIFICATION

Alabama

Arkansas

Connecticut

District of Columbia

Florida

Georgia

Indiana

Iowa

Kansas

Kentucky

Louisiana

Maine

Maryland

Massachusetts

Michigan

Minnesota

Mississippi

Missouri

New Hampshire

New Jersey

New York

North Carolina

Ohio

Oklahoma

Pennsylvania

Rhode Island

South Carolina

Texas

Vermont

West Virginia.

Wisconsin

 

Schedule VI


EXHIBIT A

LOCK-UP LETTER AGREEMENT

B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .

J.P. M ORGAN S ECURITIES LLC

M ERRILL L YNCH , P IERCE , F ENNER  & S MITH

I NCORPORATED

As Representatives of the several

  Underwriters named in Schedule I

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you and certain other firms (the “ Underwriters ”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for the purchase by the Underwriters of common units (the “ Units ”) representing limited partner interests (“ Common Units ”) of Sprague Resources LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), and that the Underwriters propose to reoffer the Units to the public (the “ Offering ”).

In consideration of the execution of the Underwriting Agreement by the Underwriters, and for other good and valuable consideration, the undersigned hereby irrevocably agrees that, without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any Common Units (including, without limitation, Common Units that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and Common Units that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Units, except

 

Exhibit A-1


for transfers of Common Units (i) to an affiliate or (ii) as a bona fide gift (provided that in the case of any such transfer (A) the transferee or donee shall execute and deliver a lock-up letter agreement substantially in the form of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement, (B) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Units, shall be required or voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (as defined below) and (C) the undersigned notifies Barclays Capital Inc. at least two business days prior to the proposed transfer or gift), (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of Common Units, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Units or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any Common Units or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Units or any other securities of the Partnership, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing for a period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the 180th day after the date of the Prospectus relating to the Offering (such 180-day period, the “ Lock-Up Period ”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Partnership issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Partnership occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Partnership announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed by this Lock-Up Letter Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event, unless Barclays Capital Inc. agrees not to require such extension in writing. The undersigned hereby further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement to and including the 34 th day following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Partnership and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Partnership that the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to this paragraph) has expired.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Partnership and its transfer agent are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement.

It is understood that, if the Partnership notifies the Underwriters that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Units, the undersigned will be released from its obligations under this Lock-Up Letter Agreement.

The undersigned understands that the Partnership and the Underwriters will proceed with the Offering in reliance on this Lock-Up Letter Agreement.

 

Exhibit A-2


Whether or not the Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Partnership and certain of its affiliates and the Underwriters.

[Signature page follows]

 

Exhibit A-3


The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Letter Agreement and that, upon request, the undersigned will execute any additional documents necessary in connection with the enforcement hereof. Any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:             

 

Exhibit A-4


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF OPINION OF VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.

1. The Partnership has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited partnership under the Delaware LP Act, with all requisite limited partnership power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in all material respects. The Partnership is duly registered or qualified as a foreign limited partnership for the transaction of business under the laws of each jurisdiction set forth on a schedule to such counsel’s opinion.

2. The General Partner has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the Delaware LLC Act, with all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in all material respects. The General Partner is duly registered or qualified as a foreign limited liability company for the transaction of business under the laws of each jurisdiction set forth on a schedule to such counsel’s opinion.

3. Each of the OLLC, Sprague Connecticut and Terminal Services has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the Delaware LLC Act, with all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in all material respects. Each of the OLLC, Sprague Connecticut and Terminal Services is duly registered or qualified as a foreign limited liability company for the transaction of business under the laws of each jurisdiction set forth on a schedule to such counsel’s opinion.

4. Sprague Solutions has been duly incorporated and is validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), with all requisite corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in all material respects. Sprague Solutions is duly registered or qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business under the laws of each jurisdiction set forth on a schedule to such counsel’s opinion.

5. The General Partner has all necessary limited liability company power and authority to serve as general partner of the Partnership in all material respects.

6. Sprague Holdings owns a 100% membership interest in the General Partner; such membership interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the General Partner LLC Agreement and is fully paid (to the extent required under the General Partner LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by matters described in Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware LLC Act); and Sprague Holdings owns such membership interest free and clear of all Liens (A) in respect of which a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware naming Sprague Holdings as debtor is on file in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or (B) otherwise known to such counsel, without independent investigation, other than those created by or arising under the Delaware LLC Act.

 

Exhibit B-1


7. The General Partner is the sole general partner of the Partnership, with a non-economic general partner interest in the Partnership; such general partner interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the Partnership Agreement; and the General Partner owns such general partner interest free and clear of all Liens (A) in respect of which a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware naming the General Partner as debtor is on file in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (B) other than Liens arising under or in connection with the New Credit Agreement or (C) otherwise known to such counsel, without independent investigation, other than those created by or arising under the Delaware LP Act.

8. Sprague Holdings owns all of the Incentive Distribution Rights; such Incentive Distribution Rights and the limited partner interests represented thereby have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the Partnership Agreement and are fully paid (to the extent required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by matters described in Sections 17-303, 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware LP Act); and Sprague Holdings owns such Incentive Distribution Rights free and clear of all Liens (except those arising under or in connection with the Kildair Credit Agreement) (A) in respect of which a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware naming Sprague Holdings as debtor is on file in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or (B) otherwise known to such counsel, without independent investigation, other than those created under the Delaware LP Act.

9. At the Initial Delivery Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, Sprague Holdings owns all of the Sponsor Units; the Sponsor Units and the limited partner interests represented thereby have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the Partnership Agreement, and are fully paid (to the extent required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by matters described in Sections 17-303, 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware LP Act and as otherwise described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability”); and Sprague Holdings owns the Sponsor Units free and clear of all Liens (except those arising under or in connection with the Kildair Credit Agreement) (A) in respect of which a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware naming Sprague Holdings as debtor is on file in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or (B) otherwise known to such counsel, without independent investigation, other than those created by or arising under the Delaware LP Act.

10. The Units to be issued and sold to the Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement and the limited partner interests represented thereby have been duly authorized by the Partnership Agreement and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid (to the extent required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 17-303, 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware LP Act and as otherwise described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability”).

11. Assuming no purchase by the Underwriters of the Option Units, other than the Sponsor Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights, the Common Units to be issued to Sprague Holdings as part of the Deferred Issuance and Distribution and any limited partner interests issued pursuant to long-term incentive plans of the Partnership, the Firm Units issued at the Initial Delivery Date, if any, are the only limited partner interests of the Partnership issued and outstanding at the Initial Delivery Date.

 

Exhibit B-2


12. All of the outstanding limited liability company interests of the OLLC, Sprague Connecticut and Terminal Services have been duly and validly authorized and issued in accordance with the applicable Subsidiary LLC Agreements, are fully paid (to the extent required by the applicable Subsidiary LLC Agreements) and nonassessable (except, in the case of a Delaware limited liability company, as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 18-303, 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware LLC Act).

13. All of the outstanding limited liability company interests of the OLLC, Sprague Connecticut and Terminal Services are owned, directly or indirectly by the Partnership, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens arising under or in connection with the New Credit Agreement) (A) in respect of which a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware naming each respective owner as debtor is on file in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or (B) otherwise known to such counsel, without independent investigation, other than those created by or arising under the Delaware LLC Act.

14. All of the outstanding capital stock of Sprague Solutions (a) has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable and (b) is owned by the OLLC, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens arising under or in connection with the New Credit Agreement) (A) in respect of which a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware naming the OLLC as debtor is on file in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or (B) otherwise known to such counsel, without independent investigation.

15. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as provided in the Operative Agreements, there are no options, warrants, preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any equity securities of any of the Partnership Entities pursuant to any of their Organizational Documents or any agreement or instrument listed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to which any of the Partnership Entities is a party or by which any of them may be bound. To the knowledge of such counsel, neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Units as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any Units or other securities of the Partnership.

16. Each of the Partnership Parties has all requisite limited partnership or limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations hereunder. The Partnership has all requisite limited partnership power and authority to issue, sell and deliver (i) the Units to be sold by it pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) the Sponsor Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and any Common Units issued to Sprague Holdings as a part of the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Partnership Agreement and the Contribution Agreement. All limited partnership, limited liability company and corporate action, as the case may be, required to be taken by any of Sprague Holdings and the Partnership

 

Exhibit B-3


Entities (collectively, the “ Subject Entities ”) or any of their respective unitholders, members, partners or stockholders for the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Units, the Sponsor Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and any Common Units issued to Sprague Holdings as a part of the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, the execution and delivery of the Operative Agreements by each of the Subject Entities party thereto and the consummation of the Transactions and any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements has been validly taken.

17. This Agreement has been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by each of the Partnership Parties.

18. The Operative Agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Subject Entities party thereto, and are valid and legally binding agreements of the Subject Entities party thereto, enforceable against such Subject Entities party thereto in accordance with their terms; provided , that, with respect to each such agreement, the enforceability thereof may be limited by (x) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (y) public policy, applicable law relating to fiduciary duties and indemnification and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

19. The Contribution Agreement is in a form legally sufficient as between the parties thereto to transfer or convey all of the equity interests in the OLLC to the Partnership, as described in the Contribution Agreement, subject to the conditions, reservations, encumbrances and limitations described therein.

20. None of (a) the offering, issuance or sale of the Units, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Operative Agreements by the Subject Entities party hereto or thereto, (c) the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements or (d) the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Units as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus (i) constitutes or will constitute a violation of the Organizational Documents of any of the Subject Entities, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach or violation of, a change of control or a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such an event) under any agreement or instrument filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (iii) violates or will violate the Delaware LP Act, the Delaware LLC Act or any federal statute, law or regulation or (iv) results or will result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Liens arising under or in connection with the New Credit Agreement) upon any property or assets of any of the Partnership Entities, except with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) for such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults or Liens that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the ability of any of the Partnership Entities to consummate the Transactions or any other transactions provided for in this Agreement or the Operative Agreements, it being understood that such counsel need not express an opinion in clause (iii) of this paragraph (20) with respect to any securities or other anti-fraud law.

 

Exhibit B-4


21. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing or qualification (“ consents ”) of or with any Delaware or federal court, governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Subject Entities, or under the Delaware LLC Act, Delaware LP Act, DGCL or federal law, is required in connection with (a) the offering, issuance or sale of the Units as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements by the Subject Entities party hereto or thereto (c) the consummation by the Subject Entities of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by the Agreement or the Operative Agreements or (d) the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Units as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, except (i) for registration of the Units under the Securities Act and consents required under the Exchange Act and applicable state securities or “Blue Sky” laws and bylaws and rules of FINRA, (ii) for such consents that have been, or prior to the Initial Delivery Date will be, obtained or made and (iii) with respect to clauses (b) and (c) only, for such consents that, if not obtained, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the ability of the any of the Partnership Entities to consummate the Transactions or any other transactions provided for in this Agreement or the Operative Agreements.

22. The statements in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions,” “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Agreement,” “Business—Environmental,” “Business—Security Regulation,” “Business—Employee Safety,” “Business—Employees,” “Business—Legal Proceedings,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties,” “Description of the Common Units,” “The Partnership Agreement” and “Investment by Employee Benefit Plans” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of provisions of federal or New York statutes, rules or regulations, the Delaware LP Act or the Delaware LLC Act or of any specific agreement, constitutes accurate summaries thereof in all material respects; and descriptions of the Common Units contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Summary—The Offering,” “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions,” “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions,” “Description of the Common Units” and “The Partnership Agreement” constitute accurate summaries of the terms of the Common Units in all material respects.

23. The opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. that is filed as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement is confirmed, and the Underwriters may rely upon such opinion as if it were addressed to them.

24. The Registration Statement was declared effective under the Securities Act as of the date and time specified in such opinion), and the Prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act specified in such opinion on the date specified therein. To such counsel’s knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding or examination for such purpose has been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

 

Exhibit B-5


25. The Registration Statement, at the Effective Time, the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, and the Prospectus, when filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and as of the Applicable Delivery Date, appear on their face to be appropriately responsive, in all material respects, to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, except that in each case such counsel need express no opinion with respect to the financial statements and the notes and schedules thereto and the independent public accounting firm’s report thereon or other financial and accounting data contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

26. The Partnership is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Units and the application of the net proceeds from such sale as described in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds” will not be, an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act.

In addition, such counsel shall state that they have reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the General Partner, the Partnership and Sprague Holdings and the independent registered public accounting firm of the Partnership and representatives of the Underwriters, at which the contents of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed, and although such counsel has not independently verified, is not passing upon, and is not assuming any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (except to the extent specified in the foregoing opinions), based on the foregoing, no facts have come to such counsel’s attention that lead such counsel to believe that:

(A) the Registration Statement, at the Effective Date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(B) the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or

(C) the Prospectus, as of its date or as of each applicable Delivery Date, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,

it being understood that such counsel expresses no statement or belief with respect to (i) the financial statements and related schedules, including the notes thereto and the independent public accounting firm’s report thereon, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (ii) any other financial and accounting data contained or omitted from the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

Exhibit B-6


In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (i) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and other employees of the General Partner, the Partnership and Sprague Holdings and upon information obtained from public officials, (ii) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to such counsel conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by such counsel are genuine, (iii) state that such counsel’s opinion is limited to federal laws, the laws of the State of New York, the Delaware LP Act, the Delaware LLC Act and the DGCL (iv) with respect to the opinions expressed as to the due qualification or registration as a foreign limited partnership or limited liability, as the case may be, of the Partnership Entities, state that such opinions are based upon certificates of foreign qualification or registration provided by the Secretary of State of the states listed on an annex to be attached to such counsel’s opinion and (v) state that such counsel expresses no opinion with respect to (A) any permits to own or operate any real or personal property or (B) state or local tax statutes to which any of the Partnership Entities may be subject.

 

Exhibit B-7


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF OPINION OF PAUL A. SCOFF

1. Each of Sprague Holdings, the SPV, the SPV2 and Sprague Massachusetts has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the Delaware LLC Act, with all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in all material respects. Each of Sprague Holdings the SPV, the SPV2 and Sprague Massachusetts is duly registered or qualified as a foreign limited liability company for the transaction of business under the laws of each jurisdiction set forth on a schedule to such counsel’s opinion.

2. Each of the SPV, the SPV2 and Sprague Massachusetts has all requisite limited liability company power and authority necessary to enter into and perform its obligations under the Operative Agreements to which it is a party.

3. None of (a) the offering, issuance or sale of the Units by the Partnership, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Operative Agreements by the Sprague Entities party hereto or thereto, (c) the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements by the Sprague Entities or (d) the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Units by the Partnership as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach or violation of, a change of control, or a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such an event) under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Partnership Entities is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties may be bound (excluding any agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement) or (ii) violates or will violate any order, judgment, decree or injunction known to such counsel of any court or governmental agency or body directed to any of the Sprague Entities or any of their properties in a proceeding to which any of them or their property is a party or is bound, except for such conflicts, violations, breaches or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the ability of the any of the Sprague Entities to consummate the Transactions or any other transactions provided for in this Agreement or the Operative Agreements, it being understood that such counsel need not express an opinion with respect to any securities or other anti-fraud law.

4. Except as described in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any equity securities of any of the Partnership Entities (other than pursuant to the Organizational Document of any Partnership Entities or any agreement or instrument listed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, as to which such counsel expresses no opinion). To the knowledge of such counsel, neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Units as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any Units or other securities of the Partnership.

 

Exhibit C-1


5. To the knowledge of such counsel, there are no (a) legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Partnership Entities is a party or to which any of their respective properties is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus but are not so described as required by the Securities Act or (b) agreements, contracts, indentures, leases or other instruments that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the Securities Act.

In addition, such counsel shall state that he has reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the General Partner, the Partnership and Sprague Holdings and the independent registered public accounting firm of the Partnership and representatives of the Underwriters, at which the contents of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed, and although such counsel has not independently verified, is not passing upon, and is not assuming any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (except to the extent specified in the foregoing opinions), based on the foregoing, no facts have come to such counsel’s attention that lead such counsel to believe that:

(A) the Registration Statement, at the Effective Date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(B) the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or

(C) the Prospectus, as of its date or as of each applicable Delivery Date, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,

it being understood that such counsel expresses no statement or belief with respect to (i) the financial statements and related schedules, including the notes thereto and the independent public accounting firm’s report thereon, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (ii) any other financial and accounting data contained or omitted from the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (i) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and other employees of the General Partner, the Partnership and Sprague Holdings and upon information obtained from public officials, (ii) assume that all documents submitted to such counsel as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to such counsel conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by such counsel are genuine, (iii) state that such counsel’s opinion is limited to federal laws and the laws of the States of Delaware and (iv) state that such counsel expresses no opinion with respect to (A) any permits to own or operate any real or personal property or (B) state or local tax statutes to which any of the Partnership Entities may be subject.

 

Exhibit C-2


In addition, such counsel shall state that (A) Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and Baker Botts L.L.P. are each authorized to rely upon such opinion letter in connection with the offering as if such opinion letter were addressed and delivered to him on the date hereof and (B) subject to the foregoing, such opinion letter may be relied upon only by the Underwriters and its counsel in connection with the offering and no other use or distribution of this opinion letter may be made without such counsel’s prior written consent.

 

Exhibit C-3

LOGO    Exhibit 5.1

                    , 2013

Sprague Resources LP

Two International Drive, Suite 200

Portsmouth, NH 03801

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Sprague Resources LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of the offering and sale by the Partnership of up to an aggregate of          common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”).

We are rendering this opinion as of the time the Partnership’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333 - 175826), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), to which this opinion is an exhibit and relating to the Common Units, becomes effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act. The term “Common Units” shall include any additional common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership registered pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement.

As the basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed, we examined such statutes, including the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Delaware LP Act ”), the Partnership’s records and documents, certificates of the Partnership and public officials, and other instruments and documents as we deemed necessary or advisable for the purposes of this opinion. In such examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies.

Based on the foregoing and on such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that the Common Units, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as described in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

The foregoing opinion is limited to the federal laws of the United States of America, the Constitution of the State of Delaware and the Delaware LP Act, each as interpreted by the courts of the State of Delaware, and we are expressing no opinion as to the effect of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

We hereby consent to the reference to us under the heading “Validity of the Common Units” in the Registration Statement and the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Units. By giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP Attorneys at Law

Abu Dhabi Austin Beijing Dallas Dubai Hong Kong Houston

London Moscow New York Palo Alto Shanghai Tokyo

Washington

  

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002-6760

Tel +1.713.758.2222 Fax +1.713.758.2346 www.velaw.com

Exhibit 8.1

 

LOGO

                     , 2013

Sprague Resources LP

Two International Drive, Suite 200

Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801

Re: Sprague Resources LP Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for Sprague Resources LP (the “ Partnership ”), a Delaware limited partnership, with respect to certain legal matters in connection with the offer and sale of common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership. We have also participated in the preparation of a Prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) dated on or about the date hereof, forming part of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333-175826 (the “ Registration Statement ”).

This opinion is based on various facts and assumptions, and is conditioned upon certain representations made by the Partnership as to factual matters through a certificate of an officer of the Partnership (the “ Officer’s Certificate ”). In addition, this opinion is based upon the factual representations of the Partnership concerning its business, properties and governing documents as set forth in the Registration Statement.

In our capacity as counsel to the Partnership, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and other instruments, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. For the purpose of our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in the above-referenced documents or in the Officer’s Certificate. In addition, in rendering this opinion we have assumed the truth and accuracy of all representations and statements made to us which are qualified as to knowledge or belief, without regard to such qualification.

We hereby confirm that all statements of legal conclusions contained in the discussion in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” constitute the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters set forth therein as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, subject to the assumptions, qualifications, and limitations set forth therein. This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Also, any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the representations described above, including in the Registration Statement and the Officer’s Certificate, may affect the conclusions stated herein.

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP Attorneys at Law

 

Abu Dhabi   Austin   Beijing   Dallas    Dubai   Hong Kong   Houston   London   Moscow

 

New York   Palo Alto   Riyadh   San Francisco   Shanghai   Tokyo   Washington

  

First City Tower, 1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

 

Houston, TX 77002-6760

 

Tel +1.713.758.2222   Fax +1.713.758.2346   www.velaw.com


 

LOGO   Page 2

No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.” We are opining herein only as to the federal income tax matters described above, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability to, or the effect on, any transaction of other federal laws, foreign laws, the laws of any state or any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state.

This opinion is rendered to you as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, and we undertake no obligation to update this opinion subsequent to the date hereof. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or furnished to, assigned to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or other entity, for any purpose, without our prior written consent. However, this opinion may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities law, including persons purchasing common units pursuant to the Registration Statement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion of counsel as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Very truly yours,

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

FORM OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC,

as Borrower,

and

The Several Lenders

from time to time Parties Hereto,

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent,

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

and BNP PARIBAS,

as Co-Collateral Agents

and

NATIXIS

RBS CITIZENS, N.A.,

and WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

as Co-Syndication Agents

and

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.,

COÖPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK

NEDERLAND”, NEW YORK BRANCH,

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

and SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE,

as Co-Documentation Agents

Dated as of October [    ], 2013

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

BNP PARIBAS,

NATIXIS,

RBS CITIZENS, N.A.,

and WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1

 

DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     1   

1.2

 

Other Definitional Provisions

     56   

1.3

 

Rounding

     57   

SECTION 2

 

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOANS AND COMMITMENTS

     57   

2.1

 

Working Capital Facility Loans

     57   

2.2

 

[Reserved]

     57   

2.3

 

Swing Line Loans

     57   

2.4

 

Acquisition Facility Loans

     58   

2.5

 

Procedure for Borrowing Loans

     58   

2.6

 

Refunding of Swing Line Loans

     59   

2.7

 

[Reserved]

     60   

2.8

 

Commitment Fee

     60   

SECTION 3

 

LETTERS OF CREDIT

     61   

3.1

 

Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit

     61   

3.2

 

Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit

     61   

3.3

 

Procedure for the Issuance and Amendments of Letters of Credit

     61   

3.4

 

General Terms of Letters of Credit

     63   

3.5

 

Fees, Commissions and Other Charges

     65   

3.6

 

L/C Participations

     65   

3.7

 

Reimbursement Obligations of the Borrower

     66   

3.8

 

Obligations Absolute

     67   

3.9

 

Role of the Issuing Lenders

     68   

3.10

 

Letter of Credit Request

     69   

SECTION 4

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     69   

4.1

 

Increase, Termination or Reduction of Commitments

     69   

4.2

 

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

     71   

4.3

 

Conversion and Continuation Options

     71   

4.4

 

Minimum Amounts of Tranches; Maximum Number of Tranches

     72   

4.5

 

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     72   

4.6

 

Optional Prepayments

     73   

4.7

 

Mandatory Prepayments

     73   

4.8

 

Computation of Interest and Fees

     75   

4.9

 

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments

     75   

4.10

 

Requirements of Law

     76   

4.11

 

Taxes

     78   

4.12

 

Lending Offices

     81   

4.13

 

Credit Utilization Reporting

     81   

4.14

 

Indemnity

     81   

4.15

 

Inability to Determine Interest Rate

     82   

4.16

 

Illegality

     82   

4.17

 

Replacement of Lenders

     82   

4.18

 

Defaulting Lender

     83   

 

i


SECTION 5

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     85   

5.1

 

Financial Condition

     85   

5.2

 

No Change

     86   

5.3

 

Existence; Compliance with Law

     86   

5.4

 

Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations

     86   

5.5

 

No Legal Bar

     87   

5.6

 

No Material Litigation

     87   

5.7

 

No Default

     87   

5.8

 

Ownership of Property; Liens

     87   

5.9

 

Intellectual Property

     88   

5.10

 

No Burdensome Restrictions

     88   

5.11

 

Taxes

     88   

5.12

 

Federal Regulations

     88   

5.13

 

ERISA

     88   

5.14

 

Investment Company Act; Other Regulations

     89   

5.15

 

Subsidiaries

     89   

5.16

 

Security Documents

     89   

5.17

 

Accuracy and Completeness of Information

     90   

5.18

 

Labor Relations

     90   

5.19

 

Insurance

     91   

5.20

 

Solvency

     91   

5.21

 

Use of Letters of Credit and Proceeds of Loans

     91   

5.22

 

Environmental Matters

     92   

5.23

 

Risk Management Policy

     93   

5.24

 

AML Laws

     93   

SECTION 6

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     94   

6.1

 

Conditions Precedent

     94   

6.2

 

Conditions to Each Credit Extension

     100   

SECTION 7

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     102   

7.1

 

Financial Statements

     102   

7.2

 

Certificates; Other Information

     104   

7.3

 

Payment of Obligations

     105   

7.4

 

Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence

     105   

7.5

 

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

     105   

7.6

 

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions

     106   

7.7

 

Notices

     106   

7.8

 

Environmental Laws

     107   

7.9

 

Periodic Audit of Borrowing Base Assets

     108   

7.10

 

Risk Management Policy

     108   

7.11

 

Collections of Accounts Receivable

     108   

7.12

 

Taxes

     108   

7.13

 

Additional Collateral; Further Actions

     109   

7.14

 

Use of Proceeds

     111   

7.15

 

Cash Management

     111   

7.16

 

New Business Valuations of Approved Acquisition Assets

     111   

7.17

 

[Reserved]

     111   

7.18

 

AML Laws

     111   

 

ii


SECTION 8

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     111   

8.1

 

Financial Condition Covenants

     111   

8.2

 

Limitation on Indebtedness

     112   

8.3

 

Limitation on Liens

     113   

8.4

 

Limitation on Fundamental Changes

     115   

8.5

 

Restricted Payments

     115   

8.6

 

Limitation on Sale of Assets

     116   

8.7

 

Limitation on Capital Expenditures

     117   

8.8

 

Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances

     117   

8.9

 

Limitation on Payments or Modifications of Junior Debt Instruments

     118   

8.10

 

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

     119   

8.11

 

Accounting Changes

     119   

8.12

 

Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses

     119   

8.13

 

Limitation on Lines of Business

     120   

8.14

 

Governing Documents

     120   

8.15

 

Limitations on Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions

     120   

SECTION 9

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     121   

9.1

 

Events of Default

     121   

SECTION 10

 

THE AGENTS

     124   

10.1

 

Appointment

     124   

10.2

 

Delegation of Duties

     124   

10.3

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     125   

10.4

 

Reliance by Agents

     125   

10.5

 

Notice of Default

     125   

10.6

 

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

     125   

10.7

 

Indemnification

     126   

10.8

 

Agents in Their Individual Capacity

     126   

10.9

 

Successor Agents

     126   

10.10

 

Collateral Matters

     127   

10.11

 

The Co-Collateral Agents; Co-Documentation Agents and the Co-Syndication Agents

     128   

SECTION 11

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     128   

11.1

 

Amendments and Waivers

     128   

11.2

 

Notices

     130   

11.3

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     132   

11.4

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     132   

11.5

 

Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations

     132   

11.6

 

Payment of Costs and Expenses

     132   

11.7

 

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

     133   

11.8

 

Adjustments; Set-off

     137   

11.9

 

Counterparts

     138   

11.10

 

Severability

     138   

11.11

 

Integration

     138   

11.12

 

Governing Law

     138   

11.13

 

Submission to Jurisdiction

     138   

11.14

 

Acknowledgements

     139   

11.15

 

Waivers of Jury Trial

     139   

11.16

 

Confidentiality

     139   

11.17

 

Specified Laws

     140   

 

iii


11.18

 

[Reserved]

     140   

11.19

 

Additional Borrowers

     140   

11.20

 

Joint and Several Liability

     142   

11.21

 

Contribution and Indemnification among the Borrower; Subordination

     143   

11.22

 

Express Waivers by Borrower Parties in Respect of Cross Guaranties and Cross Collateralization

     143   

11.23

 

Limitation on Obligations of Borrower Parties

     144   

 

iv


SCHEDULES

  

Schedule 1.0

  

Lenders, Commitments, and Applicable Lending Offices

Schedule 1.1(A)

  

Approved Inventory Locations

Schedule 1.1(B)

  

Cash Management Banks

Schedule 1.1(C)

  

Eligible Foreign Counterparties

Schedule 1.1(D)

  

Independent Entity Schedule

Schedule 1.1(E)

  

Mortgaged Property

Schedule 2.2

  

Wire Instructions for Working Capital Facility Loans and Swing Line Loans

Schedule 3.1

  

Existing Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit

Schedule 3.2

  

Existing Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit

Schedule 5.1(c)

  

Liabilities

Schedule 5.1(f)

  

Acquisitions

Schedule 5.4

  

Consents and Authorizations

Schedule 5.9

  

Intellectual Property

Schedule 5.15

  

Subsidiaries

Schedule 5.16

  

Filing Jurisdictions

Schedule 5.19

  

Insurance

Schedule 5.22

  

Environmental Matters

Schedule 8.2

  

Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 8.3

  

Existing Liens

Schedule 8.8

  

Investments

Schedule 8.10

  

Transactions with Affiliates

EXHIBITS

  

Exhibit A-1

  

Form of Working Capital Facility Note

Exhibit A-2

  

Form of Swing Line Note

Exhibit A-3

  

Form of Acquisition Facility Note

Exhibit B

  

Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit C

  

Form of Pledge Agreement

Exhibit D-1

  

Form of Section 4.11 Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships)

Exhibit D-2

  

Form of Section 4.11 Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships)

Exhibit D-3

  

Form of Section 4.11 Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships)

Exhibit D-4

  

Form of Section 4.11 Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships)

Exhibit E

  

Form of Secretary’s Certificate

Exhibit F

  

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit G

  

Form of Borrowing Base Report

Exhibit H-1

  

Form of Intercompany Subordination Agreement

Exhibit H-2

  

Form of Axel Johnson Subordination Agreement

Exhibit I

  

Risk Management Policy

Exhibit J

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit K

  

Cash Collateral Documentation

Exhibit L

  

Form of Mortgage and Security Agreement

Exhibit M

  

Form of Position Report

Exhibit N

  

Form of Guarantee

 

v


Exhibit O

  

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit P

  

Form of Increase and New Lender Agreement

Exhibit Q

  

Form of Perfection Certificate

Exhibit R

  

Form of Marked-to-Market Report

Exhibit S

  

Form of Borrower’s Certificate

Exhibit T

  

Form of Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification

Exhibit U

  

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit V

  

Form of Solvency Certificate

ANNEXES

  

Annex I

  

Form of Borrowing Notice

Annex II

  

Form of Continuation/Conversion Notice

Annex III

  

Form of Notice of Prepayment

Annex IV

  

Form of Credit Utilization Summary

 

vi


CREDIT AGREEMENT

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October [    ], 2013, among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement, as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., (“ JPMorgan Chase Bank ”), as administrative agent (together with any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.9 , in such capacity the “ Administrative Agent ”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK and BNP PARIBAS (“ BNP Paribas ”), as Co-Collateral agents (together with any successor Co-Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.9 , in such capacities the “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), NATIXIS, RBS CITIZENS, N.A. and WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. , as co-syndication agents (in such capacities, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”) and THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., COÖPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK NEDERLAND”, NEW YORK BRANCH, STANDARD CHARTERED BANK and SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as co-documentation agents (in such capacities, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

  SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Acceptable Investment Grade Credit Enhancement ”: with respect to any Account Receivable, (i) a letter of credit in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent issued by a bank which is Investment Grade and which letter of credit does not terminate earlier than fifteen (15) days after the expected payment date of such Account Receivable; provided , that, upon the request of the Administrative Agent during the continuance of an Event of Default, with respect to each letter of credit described in this clause (i), the applicable Loan Party shall (A) assign the proceeds of such letter of credit to the Administrative Agent, (B) cause the issuing bank of such letter of credit to consent to such assignment and (C) cause any such letter of credit issued to be advised by the Administrative Agent, or (ii) a parent guarantee, insurance policy, surety bond or other customary credit support, in each case, (A) provided by any Person who is Investment Grade and (B) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Account ”: as defined in Section 9-102 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code.

Account Control Agreements ”: with respect to any Deposit Account, Commodity Account or Securities Account of a Loan Party (other than Excluded Accounts), an account control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Account Debtor ”: a Person who is obligated to a Loan Party under an Account Receivable or Exchange Receivable of such Loan Party.

Account Receivable ”: an Account or Payment Intangible of a Loan Party.

Acquisition ”: as to any Person, the acquisition by such Person of (a) Capital Stock of any other Person if, after giving effect to the acquisition of such Capital Stock, such other Person would be a Subsidiary, (b) all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or (c) assets constituting one or more business units of any other Person.


Acquisition Assets ”: all assets of the Loan Parties (other than Exempt CFCs or any Subsidiaries thereof) other than (a) assets included in the Borrowing Base and (b) Excluded Assets (as defined in the Security Agreement); provided that no such asset shall be an Acquisition Asset unless it is subject to a Perfected First Lien and is free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted hereunder.

Acquisition Facility ”: the Acquisition Facility Commitments and the extensions of credit thereunder.

Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit ”: at any date, as to any Acquisition Facility Lender, that portion of the Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit that are not Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit.

Acquisition Facility Acquisition Letter of Credit ”: each Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit that is an Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extension of Credit.

Acquisition Facility Acquisition Loan ”: each Acquisition Facility Loan that is an Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extension of Credit.

Acquisition Facility Commitment ”: at any date, as to any Acquisition Facility Lender, the obligation of such Acquisition Facility Lender to make Acquisition Facility Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4 and to participate in Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Acquisition Facility Lender’s name on Schedule 1.0 under the caption “ Acquisition Facility Commitment ” or, as the case may be, in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Acquisition Facility Lender becomes a party hereto, as such amount may be changed from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. As of the Closing Date, the original aggregate amount of the Acquisition Facility Commitments is $250,000,000.

Acquisition Facility Commitment Percentage ”: as to any Acquisition Facility Lender at any time, the percentage which such Acquisition Facility Lender’s Acquisition Facility Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Acquisition Facility Commitments of all Acquisition Facility Lenders at such time (or, at any time after the Acquisition Facility Commitments shall have expired or terminated, such Acquisition Facility Lender’s Acquisition Facility Credit Exposure Percentage).

Acquisition Facility Commitment Period ”: the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the Acquisition Facility Commitment Termination Date or such earlier date on which all of the Acquisition Facility Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

Acquisition Facility Commitment Termination Date ”: the date that is the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

Acquisition Facility Credit Exposure ”: as to any Acquisition Facility Lender at any time, the Available Acquisition Facility Commitment of such Acquisition Facility Lender plus, the amount of the Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit of such Acquisition Facility Lender.

Acquisition Facility Credit Exposure Percentage ”: as to any Acquisition Facility Lender at any time, the fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the Acquisition Facility Credit Exposure of such Acquisition Facility Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate Acquisition Facility Credit Exposures of all of the Acquisition Facility Lenders at such time.

 

2


Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit ”: at any date, as to any Acquisition Facility Lender at any time, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Acquisition Facility Loans made by such Acquisition Facility Lender plus the amount of the undivided interest of such Acquisition Facility Lender (based on such Acquisition Facility Lenders’ Acquisition Facility Credit Exposure Percentage) in any then-outstanding Acquisition Facility L/C Obligations.

Acquisition Facility Increase ”: as defined in Section 4.1(b) .

Acquisition Facility Issuing Lenders ”: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and [ ], and each other Acquisition Facility Lender from time to time designated by the Borrower (and agreed to by such Lender) as an Acquisition Facility Issuing Lender with the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), each in its capacity as issuer of any Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit.

Acquisition Facility L/C Obligations ”: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit which have not then been reimbursed or converted to an Acquisition Facility Loan pursuant to Section 3.7 .

Acquisition Facility L/C Participants ”: with respect to any Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit, all of the Acquisition Facility Lenders other than the Acquisition Facility Issuing Lender thereof.

Acquisition Facility L/C Participation Obligations ”: the obligations of the Acquisition Facility L/C Participants to purchase participations in the obligations of the Acquisition Facility Issuing Lenders under outstanding Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Acquisition Facility Lender ”: each Lender having an Acquisition Facility Commitment (or, after the termination of the Acquisition Facility Commitments, each Lender holding Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit), and, as the context requires, includes the Acquisition Facility Issuing Lenders. As of the Closing Date, each Acquisition Facility Lender is specified on Schedule 1.0 .

Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit ”: as defined in Section 3.2 .

Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit Sub-Limit ”: $50,000,000 at any time outstanding.

Acquisition Facility Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.4(a) .

Acquisition Facility Maintenance Cap-Ex Extensions of Credit ”: Acquisition Facility Loans and Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit which are used to finance Capital Expenditures for the maintenance of existing assets or property of the Loan Parties, as designated by the Borrower in good faith.

Acquisition Facility Maintenance Cap-Ex Sub-Limit ”: $25,000,000 during any Fiscal Year.

Acquisition Facility Maturity Date ”: with respect to any Acquisition Facility Loan, the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the Acquisition Facility Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9 , (ii) the date on which the Acquisition Facility Commitments terminate pursuant to Section 4.1 and (iii) the Acquisition Facility Commitment Termination Date.

 

3


Acquisition Facility Working Capital Availability Time ”: any time during the period commencing on August 1 of any year and ending on March 31 of the next year when the aggregate Available Working Capital Facility Commitments is $0.

Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit ”: Acquisition Facility Loans and Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit which are used for general working capital purposes, including to finance assets included in the Borrowing Base.

Acquisition Facility Working Capital Letter of Credit ”: each Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit that is an Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extension of Credit.

Acquisition Facility Working Capital Loan ”: each Acquisition Facility Loan that is an Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extension of Credit.

Acquisition Facility Working Capital Sub-Limit ”: an amount at the time of the incurrence of any Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extension of Credit equal to (a) at any time when an Acquisition Facility Working Capital Availability Time is in effect, the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base Availability and (ii) the Available Acquisition Facility Commitment, and (b) at any time other than when an Acquisition Facility Working Capital Availability Time is in effect, $0.

Additional Borrower ”: as defined in Section 11.19 .

Additional Borrower Collateral Risk Review ”: as defined in Section 11.19 .

Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Affiliate ”: as to any Person, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 25% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or, if such Person is not a corporation, similar governing Persons) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

Agent-Related Person ”: as defined in Section 10.3 .

Agents ”: the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents, and “Agent” means each of them, as the context requires.

Aggregate Eligible In the Money Forward Contract Amount ”: the aggregate of all Eligible In the Money Forward Contract Amounts with respect to all Forward Contract Counterparties.

Agreement ”: this Credit Agreement.

Allowed Reserve ”: with respect to any Fiscal Year, an amount equal to the transportation and hedged storage gains or losses arising under contracts in place that the Borrower and the Guarantors have elected to defer for use in calculations hereunder, which shall be reflected in the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ Reconciliation Summary.

AML Laws ”: as defined in Section 5.24 .

 

4


Annual Budget ”: the annual budget of the MLP and its consolidated Subsidiaries which encompasses, among other things, environmental matters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as updated from time to time pursuant to Section 7.1(d) .

Applicable Commitment Fee Rate ”: on any day,

(a) with respect to the Working Capital Facility, the rate per annum set forth in the table below as the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate opposite the applicable Working Capital Facility Utilization for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

 

Working Capital

Facility Utilization

   Applicable
Commitment Fee
Rate
 

Category 1:

³ 75%

     0.50

Category 2:

< 75%

     0.375

(b) with respect to the Acquisition Facility, the rate per annum set forth in the table below as the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate opposite the applicable Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

 

Consolidated Total

Leverage Ratio

   Applicable
Commitment Fee
Rate
 

Category 1:

³ 3.0:1.0

     0.50

Category 2:

< 3.0:1.0

     0.375

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, and (A) in the case of any determination of the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate based on Working Capital Facility Utilization, shall be based on the Borrowing Base Reports that are delivered from time to time pursuant to Section 7.2 and (B) in the case of any determination of the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate based on the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, based upon the Borrower’s annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 and (ii) each change in the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change, provided that the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall be deemed to be in Category 1 (A) at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) at the option of the Administrative Agent or at the request of the Required Lenders if the Borrower fails to deliver the annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 7.1 or any Borrowing Base Report required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 7.2, during the period from the expiration of the time for delivery thereof specified in Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 , as applicable, until such consolidated financial statements or Borrowing Base Report, as applicable, are delivered.

 

5


Applicable L/C Fee Rate ”: on any day,

(a) with respect to each Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit, the rate per annum set forth in the table below for such Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit opposite the applicable Working Capital Facility Utilization for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

 

Working Capital

Facility Utilization

   Applicable L/C Fee
Rate
(Trade Letters of
Credit – Working
Capital Facility)
    Applicable L/C Fee
Rate
(Performance
Letters of Credit –
Working Capital
Facility)
 

Category 1:

³ 75%

     2.50     2.50

Category 2:

< 75% but ³ 40%

     2.25     2.25

Category 3:

< 40%

     2.00     2.00

(b) with respect to any Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit, the rate per annum set forth in the table below for such Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit opposite the applicable Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

 

Consolidated Total

Leverage Ratio

   Applicable L/C Fee
Rate
(Acquisition Facility
Letters of Credit)
 

Category 1:

³ 3.0:1.0

     3.25

Category 2:

< 3.0:1.0 and ³ 2.0:1.0

     3.125

Category 3:

< 2.0:1.0

     3.00

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) the Applicable L/C Fee Rate shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, and (A) in the case of any determination of the Applicable L/C Fee Rate based on Working Capital Facility Utilization, shall be based on the Borrowing Base Reports that are delivered from time to time pursuant to Section 7.2 and (B) in the case of any determination of the Applicable L/C Fee Rate based on the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, based upon the Borrower’s annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 and (ii) each change in the Applicable L/C Fee Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the

 

6


date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change, provided that the Applicable L/C Fee Rate shall be deemed to be in Category 1 (A) at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) at the option of the Administrative Agent or at the request of the Required Lenders if the Borrower fails to deliver the annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 7.1 or any Borrowing Base Report required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 7.2, during the period from the expiration of the time for delivery thereof specified in Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 , as applicable, until such consolidated financial statements or Borrowing Base Report, as applicable, are delivered.

Applicable Lending Office ”: for each Lender and for each Type of Loan, and/or participation in any Reimbursement Obligation, the lending office of such Lender designated on Schedule 1.0 (or, as the case may be, in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto) for such Type of Loan and/or participation in any Reimbursement Obligation (or any other lending office from time to time notified to the Administrative Agent by such Lender) as the office at which its Loans and/or participation in any Reimbursement Obligation of such Type are to be made and maintained.

Applicable Margin ”: on any date:

(a) on any day with respect to each Working Capital Facility Loan or Swing Line Loan, the rate per annum set forth in the table below for such Loans opposite the applicable Working Capital Facility Utilization for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

 

Working Capital

Facility Utilization

   Applicable Margin
(Base Rate Loans)
    Applicable Margin
(Eurodollar Loans)
 

Category 1:

³ 75%

     1.50     2.50

Category 2:

<75% but ³ 40%

     1.25     2.25

Category 3:

< 40%

     1.00     2.00

(b) on any day with respect to any Acquisition Facility Loan, the rate per annum set forth in the table below opposite the applicable Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

 

7


Consolidated Total

Leverage Ratio

   Applicable
Margin
(Base Rate Loans)
    Applicable Margin
(Eurodollar Loans)
 

Category 1:

³ 3.0:1.0

     2.25     3.25

Category 2:

<3.0:1.0 and ³ 2.0:1.0

     2.125     3.125

Category 3:

< 2.0:1.0

     2.00     3.00

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) the Applicable Margin shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower (A) in the case of any determination of the Applicable Margin based on Working Capital Facility Utilization shall be based on the Borrowing Base Reports that are delivered from time to time pursuant to Section 7.2 and (B) in the case of any determination of the Applicable Margin based on the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be based upon the Borrower’s annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 and (ii) each change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change, provided that the Applicable Margin shall be deemed to be in Category 1 (A) at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) at the option of the Administrative Agent or at the request of the Required Lenders if the Borrower fails to deliver the annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 7.1 or any Borrowing Base Report required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 7.2, during the period from the expiration of the time for delivery thereof specified in Section 7.1 or Section 7.2, as applicable, until such consolidated financial statements or Borrowing Base Report, as applicable, are delivered.

Applicable Sub-Limit ”: each of the following:

(a) [reserved];

(b) with respect to Working Capital Facility Non-Maintenance Cap-Ex Extensions of Credit, the Working Capital Facility Non-Maintenance Cap-Ex Sub-Limit;

(c) with respect to Swing Line Loans, the Swing Line Loan Sub-Limit;

(d) with respect to Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit, the Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit Sub-Limit;

(e) with respect to Working Capital Facility Performance Letters of Credit, the Performance Letter of Credit Sub-Limit;

(f) with respect to Working Capital Facility Long Tenor Letters of Credit, the Long Tenor Letter of Credit Sub-Limit;

(g) with respect to Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit, the Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit Sub-Limit;

 

8


(h) with respect to Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit, the Acquisition Facility Working Capital Sub-Limit; and

(i) with respect to Acquisition Facility Maintenance Cap-Ex Extensions of Credit, the Acquisition Facility Maintenance Cap-Ex Sub-Limit.

Approved Acquisition Assets ”: each Acquisition Asset for which the Administrative Agent has received a Business Valuation meeting the requirements of the definition therefor; provided that no such asset shall be an Approved Acquisition Asset unless it is subject to a Perfected First Lien and is free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted hereunder.

Approved Fund ”: (a) with respect to any Lender, any Bank CLO of such Lender, and (b) with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate or Subsidiary of such investment advisor.

Approved Inventory Location ”: (a) any pipeline or storage facility owned by any Loan Party and (b) any other pipeline, third-party carrier or third party storage facility that (i) within forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, has been sent notice of the Administrative Agent’s Perfected First Lien on the inventory owned by any Loan Party located in or at such pipeline, third party carrier or third party storage facility in accordance with the Security Agreement, and (ii) (A) is identified on Schedule 1.1(A) (the “ Approved Inventory Location Schedule ”) or (B) has been approved by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith), from time to time after the Closing Date, unless in each case, the status of such pipeline, third party carrier or third party storage facility as an Approved Inventory Location has been revoked upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent, acting in its reasonable discretion. The Approved Inventory Location Schedule shall be deemed amended to include such Approved Inventory Locations without further action immediately upon the Administrative Agent’s approval.

Arrangers ”: the Lead Arranger, BNP Paribas, Natixis, RBS Citizens, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Asset Sale ”: any conveyance, sale, lease, sub-lease, assignment, transfer or other disposition of property or series of related sales, leases or other dispositions of property (excluding any such sale, lease or other disposition permitted by Section 8.6 ) which yields Net Cash Proceeds to the Borrower or any other Loan Party (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $5,000,000.

Assignee ”: as defined in Section 11.7(c) .

Assignment and Acceptance ”: as defined in Section 11.7(c) .

Assignment of Claims Act ”: the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. §3727 et seq.) and any similar state or local laws, together with all rules, regulations, interpretations and binding court decisions related thereto.

Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”: as defined in Section 3.4(c) .

Availability Certification ”: as defined in Section 6.2(e)(vii).

 

9


Available Acquisition Facility Commitment ”: as to any Acquisition Facility Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of such Acquisition Facility Lender’s Acquisition Facility Commitment at such time over (ii) such Acquisition Facility Lender’s Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time; provided , that such amount shall never be less than zero.

Available Commitment ”: at any time as to any Lender, the Available Working Capital Facility Commitment or the Available Acquisition Facility Commitment of such Lender at such time, or both, as the context requires.

Available Working Capital Facility Commitment ”: as to any Working Capital Facility Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of such Working Capital Facility Lender’s Working Capital Facility Commitment at such time over (ii) such Working Capital Facility Lender’s Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time; provided , that such amount shall never be less than zero; provided further that solely for purposes of determining fees pursuant to Section 2.8 , the amount of outstanding Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit consisting of Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be zero.

Axel Johnson Affiliate ”: any Person that is directly or indirectly in control of, controlled by, or under common control with, Axel Johnson Inc., excluding any Loan Party and any other Person with respect to whom any Loan Party has the power, directly or indirectly to (x) vote any of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or, if such Person is not a corporation, similar governing Persons) of such Person or (y) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or, if such Person is not a corporation, similar governing Persons) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness ”: with respect to any Loan Party, unsecured Indebtedness owed by such Loan Party to any Axel Johnson Affiliate that is subject to a subordination agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 , which such form provides that there shall be no restriction as to the incurrence of such Indebtedness by any Loan Party, or the interest rate or stated maturity applicable thereto, or, except as provided in Section 8.9 , as to the repayment of such Indebtedness.

Bank CLO ”: as to any Lender, any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by such Lender or an Affiliate or Subsidiary of such Lender.

Bankruptcy Code ”: Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.). “ Barrel ”: forty-two U.S. gallons.

Base Rate ”: for any day, the rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1.00%, (b) the Prime Rate in effect on such day (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1.00%) and (c) the one-month Eurodollar Rate in effect on such day plus 1.00%. For purposes hereof: “ Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by

 

10


JPMorgan Chase Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors). Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Eurodollar Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the day such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Eurodollar Rate becomes effective, respectively.

Base Rate Loans ”: Loans the rate of interest of which is based upon a Base Rate.

Benefited Lender ”: as defined in Section 11.8(a) .

BNP Paribas ”: as defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower Materials ”: as defined in Section 11.2 .

Borrower ”: as defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Borrower Parties ”: collectively, the Borrower and any Additional Borrowers.

Borrowing Base ”: on any date, solely with respect to the assets of the Loan Parties, an amount equal to:

(i) 100% of Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents; plus

(ii) 90% of Eligible Tier 1 Accounts Receivable; plus

(iii) 85% of Eligible Unbilled Tier 1 Accounts Receivable; plus

(iv) 85% of Eligible Tier 2 Accounts Receivable; plus

(v) 80% of Eligible Unbilled Tier 2 Accounts Receivable; plus

(vi) 85% of Eligible Hedged Petroleum Inventory; plus

(vii) 80% of Eligible Petroleum Inventory; plus

(viii) 85% of Eligible Hedged Natural Gas Inventory; plus

(ix) 80% of Eligible Natural Gas Inventory; plus

(x) 70% of Eligible Coal Inventory; plus

(xi) 70% of Eligible Asphalt Inventory; plus

(xii) 75% of Prepaid Purchases; plus

(xiii) 85% of Eligible Net Liquidity in Futures Accounts; plus

(xiv) 80% of Eligible Exchange Receivables; plus

(xv) 80% of Eligible Short Term Unrealized Forward Gains; plus

 

11


(xvi) 70% of Eligible Medium Term Unrealized Forward Gains; plus

(xvii) 60% of Eligible Long Term Unrealized Forward Gains; plus

(xviii) 80% of Eligible Letters of Credit Issued for Commodities Not Yet Received; plus

(xix) 100% of Paid But Unexpired Letters of Credit; plus

(xx) 70% of Eligible RINs; less

(1) 100% of the First Purchaser Lien Amount; less

(2) 100% of Product Taxes; less

(3) 110% of any Swap Amounts due to Qualified Counterparties solely to the extent, and if, such Swap Amounts due to Qualified Counterparties are in excess of $20,000,000; less

(4) 100% of the Overcollateralization Amount.

Any amounts described in categories (i) through (xx) and (1) through (4) above which may fall into more than one of such categories shall be counted only once under the category with the highest applicable advance rate percentage, when making the calculation under this definition. In addition, any deductions made from the value of any asset included in the Borrowing Base in respect of counterparty contra, offsets, counterclaims, unrealized forward losses and any other similar charges or claims shall be without duplication. In calculating the Borrowing Base, the following adjustments shall be made:

(A) the value of Accounts Receivable to be included in clauses (ii) through (v) shall not exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate for the following two categories of Accounts Receivable and $15,000,000 individually for each of the following two categories of Accounts Receivable: (i) Accounts Receivable the Account Debtor of which is any Kildair Entity, and (ii) Accounts Receivables the Account Debtors of which are Eligible Foreign Counterparties;

(B) (i) the value of that portion of the Borrowing Base described in clauses (xv) through (xvii) shall not exceed (1) in the aggregate, the lesser of (a) 40% of the Borrowing Base then in effect and (b) $250,000,000, (2) $175,000,000 from Forward Contracts relating to Petroleum Products, or (3) $75,000,000 from Forward Contracts relating to Natural Gas Products and (ii) the value of that portion of the Borrowing Base described in clause (xvii) shall not exceed $10,000,000;

(C) any category of the Borrowing Base shall be calculated taking into account any elimination and reduction related to any potential offset to such asset category;

(D) the Co-Collateral Agents may, in their reasonable discretion, determine that one or more assets described in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xvii) or (xx) does not meet the eligibility requirements for inclusion in the Borrowing Base, and any such assets shall not be included in the Borrowing Base;

 

12


(E) notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no asset shall be eligible in whole or in part for inclusion in the Borrowing Base to the extent such asset is in violation of the Risk Management Policy;

(F) the calculation of the value of the assets included in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (xiii) with respect to a counterparty shall be net of any Out of the Money Forward Contract Amount attributable to such counterparty (for purposes of this clause (F), any reference to a counterparty shall include all Subsidiaries and Affiliates of such counterparty which affiliation is known or should be known by the Loan Parties, except for a counterparty that holds itself out as an independent credit and separate legal entity with respect to its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with such counterparty’s independent Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and is listed on the Independent Entity Schedule );

(G) the calculation of the value of the assets included in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (xii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi) and (xvii) that are attributable to a single counterparty shall be netted against any contra, offset, counterclaim, unrealized forward losses or obligations of the Loan Parties with such counterparty including amounts payable to such counterparty (for purposes of this clause (G), any reference to a counterparty shall include all Subsidiaries and Affiliates of such counterparty which affiliation is known or should be known by the Loan Parties, except for a counterparty that holds itself out as an independent credit and separate legal entity with respect to its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with such counterparty’s independent Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and is listed on the Independent Entity Schedule );

(H) the value of that portion of the Borrowing Base described in clause (xviii) relating to Letters of Credit for the transportation of Eligible Commodities shall not exceed $10,000,000; and

(I) the value of that portion of the Borrowing Base described in clause (xx) shall not exceed $10,000,000.

The value of the Borrowing Base at any time shall be the value of the Borrowing Base as of the applicable Borrowing Base Date.

Borrowing Base Availability ”: at any time, an amount equal to the Borrowing Base at such time minus the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit at such time minus the Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit.

Borrowing Base Date ”: the most recent date as of which the Borrower has based a Borrowing Base Report to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.2(c) .

Borrowing Base Report ”: with respect to the Borrowing Base, a report certified by a Responsible Person of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , with appropriate insertions and schedules, showing the Borrowing Base as of the date set forth therein and the basis on which it was calculated, together with the following detailed supporting information:

(i) for Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents, a statement as of the applicable Borrowing Base Date of the account balance, issued by each Cash Management Bank;

 

13


(ii) for Eligible Tier 1 Accounts Receivable, Eligible Tier 2 Accounts Receivable, Eligible Unbilled Tier 1 Accounts Receivable, and Eligible Tier 2 Unbilled Accounts Receivable,

(A) a schedule listing each Account Receivable which is supported by a letter of credit, together with the amount of such Account Receivable, the Account Debtor of such Account Receivable, the issuing bank, the applicant and the expiration date of the related letter of credit, the terms of the auto-renewal provision, if any, and the face amount of the related letter of credit (or, if applicable, the maximum value of the related letter of credit after giving effect to any tolerance included therein, and the amount of such tolerance);

(B) a schedule of each Eligible Account Receivable and Eligible Unbilled Account Receivable, listing the counterparty thereof, and each of the offsets and deductions to the amount of such Eligible Account Receivable or Eligible Unbilled Account Receivable, as applicable, including, if applicable, (1) the contra account balance thereof, (2) any offset or counterclaim resulting from trade liabilities, (3) the net marked-to-market net-off calculation of any losses applied to the Account Debtor after deduction for all margin monies received and/or paid and the details of any related letters of credit described in clause (A) above, (4) any Out of the Money Forward Contract Amounts applied thereto pursuant to clause (F) of the definition of “ Borrowing Base ”) and (5) any adjustments described in the definitions of Borrowing Base, to the extent applicable; and

(C) with respect to each Eligible Account Receivable, other than Eligible Unbilled Accounts Receivable, to the extent applicable, an aging report in form and substance satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents;

(iii) for Eligible Inventory, a schedule of (A) inventory locations, (B) Market Value and inventory volumes by location and type of Eligible Commodity, (C) if requested by the Co-Collateral Agents, in the case of Eligible Hedged Petroleum Inventory and Eligible Hedged Natural Gas Inventory, evidence of the hedge as demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Co-Collateral Agents in the Position Report delivered concurrently with the applicable Borrowing Base Report, (D) each of the offsets and deductions used in determining the value of the Eligible Inventory, including any exchange payable or other offsets and any adjustments described in the definitions of Borrowing Base, to the extent applicable, (E) except to the extent covered by clause (F) or clause (G) below, available supporting documentation for the inventory volumes as of such Borrowing Base Date, (F) within thirty (30) days after each Borrowing Base Date with respect to a calendar month ( provided that the Borrower shall use best efforts to provide within thirty (30) days following receipt therefor a Borrowing Base Report requested by the Co-Collateral Agents), a volume difference reconciliation comparing the inventory volumes reflected in the Borrower’s accounting records with the Borrower’s third party statements, together with a copy of such statements (provided, that a copy of such third party statements shall not be required with respect to any storage site not owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Affiliates where less than 5,000 Barrels of Eligible Petroleum Inventory is held) and (G) within thirty (30) days after each Borrowing Base Date that occurs on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year, if requested by the Co-Collateral Agents, inventory and field reports supplied by 25% of the terminals owned by the Loan Parties (so that, in one calendar year, reports with respect to each terminal owned by any Loan Party shall have been delivered);

 

14


(iv) for Eligible Net Liquidity in Futures Accounts, copies of summary account statements (or if requested by the Co-Collateral Agents, the full account statements) issued by the Eligible Broker where such assets are held as of the applicable Borrowing Base Date together with additional statements for each commodities futures account that account for any (x) discounted face value of any U.S. Treasury Securities held in such account that are zero coupon securities issued by the United States of America and (y) unearned interest on such U.S. Treasury Securities;

(v) for Eligible Exchange Receivables, (A) a schedule of each Eligible Exchange Receivable, the counterparty thereof, the time outstanding and each of the offsets and deductions to the amount of such Eligible Exchange Receivable used in determining the value of Eligible Exchange Receivables, including any contra account balance thereof and, if applicable, any Out of the Money Forward Contract Amounts applied thereto pursuant to clause (F) of the definition of “ Borrowing Base ” and any other adjustments described in the definitions of Borrowing Base, to the extent applicable, and (B) to the extent applicable, information described in clause (ii)(A) above;

(vi) for the Eligible Short Term Unrealized Forward Gains, Eligible Medium Term Unrealized Forward Gains and Eligible Long Term Unrealized Forward Gains, a summary schedule thereof listing:

(A) the Marked-to-Market Value and the date of the final cash or physical settlement of each Forward Contract;

(B) the aggregate amount of each of the offsets and deductions to the Marked-to-Market Value of such Forward Contracts included in the calculation of the Counterparty Forward Contract Amount with respect to a Forward Contract Counterparty, including, to the extent applicable, the aggregate contra account balance of such Forward Contract Counterparty (and the calculation of such contra balance), all margin monies received and/or paid with respect to such Forward Contracts and the details of any related letters of credit and any adjustments described in the definitions of Borrowing Base, to the extent applicable; and

(C) the Counterparty Forward Contract Amount for each Forward Contract Counterparty;

(vii) for Eligible Letters of Credit Issued for Commodities Not Yet Received, (A) a schedule listing each Letter of Credit giving rise to Eligible Letters of Credit Issued for Commodities Not Yet Received, together with the name of the applicant, the expiration date of the related Letter of Credit and the face value thereof (or, if applicable, the maximum value of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to any tolerance included therein, and the amount of such tolerance), (B) a calculation supporting the value of physical volume delivered and the liability owed by the Borrower to the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit in connection therewith versus the face amount of such Letters of Credit, and (C) a schedule of each of the offsets and deductions used in determining the value of Eligible Letters of Credit Issued for Commodities Not Yet Received, including

 

15


the amounts and a calculation, by type (i.e., mark-to-market loss, exchange payables and other type of liability owed), supporting the value of any other liabilities owed by the Borrower to the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit versus the face amount of such Letters of Credit and any adjustments described in the definitions of Borrowing Base, to the extent applicable;

(viii) for Paid but Unexpired Letters of Credit, (A) a schedule listing each Letter of Credit giving rise to Paid but Unexpired Letters of Credit, together with the name of the applicant, the expiration date of the related Letter of Credit and the face value thereof (or, if applicable, the maximum value of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to any tolerance included therein, and the amount of such tolerance), (B) a statement describing the existing liabilities that may be satisfied with such Letter of Credit and the amount therefor, (C) a schedule of any payments made by the Borrower to satisfy the obligations for which such Letter of Credit was issued, (D) a schedule of the underlying “ operational tolerance ” with respect to any such Trade Letter of Credit (if applicable) and (E) a schedule of each of the offsets and deductions used in determining the value of Paid but Unexpired Letters of Credit, including the amounts and a calculation, by type (i.e. mark-to-market loss, exchange payables and other type of liability owed), supporting the value of any other liabilities owed by the Borrower to the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit versus the face amount of such Letters of Credit and any adjustments described in the definitions of Borrowing Base, to the extent applicable;

(ix) for Eligible RINS, a schedule summarizing the value of the RINs inventory available for sale, including the total RINs volume separated by fuel category. For each fuel category the RINs volumes and values for each RINs year for which there is inventory also will be shown;

(x) for the First Purchaser Lien Amount, a schedule setting forth the holder of each First Purchaser Lien, the amount of the obligations outstanding giving rise to the First Purchaser Lien Amount to such holder, each of the offsets and deductions to the amount of such obligations used in determining the First Purchaser Lien Amount, including the portion thereof reduced by any Letter of Credit, and any adjustments described in the definitions of Borrowing Base, to the extent applicable;

(xi) for Product Taxes, a schedule listing the amounts of each tax liability by taxing authority, the description thereof and the period(s) for which such taxes were assessed;

(xii) for Swap Amounts due to Qualified Counterparties, a schedule listing the aggregate net unrealized gains or losses with respect to each Commodity OTC Agreement with a Qualified Counterparty and each Financial Hedging Agreement with a Qualified Counterparty (whether or not the Swap Amounts due to Qualified Counterparties is equal to or in excess of $20,000,000);

(xiii) a summary report showing the total amount outstanding under each type of extension of credit made hereunder; and

(xiv) a summary of the Working Capital Facility Utilization for the period from the immediately preceding Borrowing Base Date (or, in the case of the first Borrowing Base Report, the Closing Date) to (but not including) the Borrowing Base Date for such Borrowing Base Report.

 

16


Borrowing Date ”: any Business Day specified (i) in a Borrowing Notice as a date on which a Loan requested by the Borrower is to be made or (ii) in a Letter of Credit Request as a date on which a Letter of Credit requested by the Borrower is to be issued, amended or renewed.

Borrowing Notice ”: as defined in Section 2.5(a) .

Brokerage Account Deducts ”: as defined in the definition of “Eligible Net Liquidity in Futures Accounts” in this Section 1.1 .

Business ”: as defined in Section 5.22(b) .

Business Day ”: (i) for all purposes other than as covered by clause (ii) of this definition, a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by Law to close, and, (ii) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, any day which is a Business Day as described in clause (i) of this definition and which is also a day on which dealings in United States Dollar deposits are carried out in the London interbank market.

Business Valuation ”: with respect to any Approved Acquisition Asset, a business valuation commissioned by and addressed to the Administrative Agent and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and prepared by a Valuation Agent.

Capital Expenditures ”: for any period with respect to any Person, all expenditures made by such Person during such period that, in accordance with GAAP, should be classified as a capital expenditure.

Capital Stock ”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, all membership interests in a limited liability company, all partnership interests in a limited partnership, or any and all similar ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Cash and Carry Transaction ”: in respect of a particular commodity, all transactions that occur during a Contango Market consisting of:

(a) the entering into of future or swap contracts for the purchase of such commodity offset by the concurrent entering into of future or swap contracts for the sale of the same quantity of such commodity for a later delivery date and a maximum period not exceeding twelve (12) months; and/or

(b) the physical purchase by the Borrower or any other Loan Party of such commodity which shall be stored for a period not exceeding twelve (12) months from the date of delivery of such commodity to the Borrower or such Loan Party, and the sale of which shall be Hedged by hedges that have a maximum tenor not exceeding twelve (12) months; and/or

(c) any combination of the foregoing.

Cash (100%) Collateralize ”; “ Cash (100%) Collateralized ”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, to pledge and deposit as collateral for the Obligations Cash Collateral in an amount equal to 100% of the undrawn face amount of such Letter of Credit plus unpaid fees associated with such Letter of Credit (including any letter of credit commissions) then due and payable or to be owed with respect to such

 

17


Letter of Credit for the period from the time such Cash Collateral is deposited as collateral until the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, pursuant to documentation substantially in the form of Exhibit K or such other substantially similar form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Cash Collateral ”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, cash or deposit account balances denominated in United States Dollars that have been pledged and deposited with or delivered to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties as collateral for the Obligations, including the repayment of such Letter of Credit.

Cash Collateralize ”, “ Cash Collateralized ”, “ Cash Collateralization ”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, to pledge and deposit as collateral for the Obligations Cash Collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the undrawn face amount of such Letter of Credit plus unpaid fees associated with such Letter of Credit (including any letter of credit commissions) then due and payable or to be owed with respect to such Letter of Credit for the period from the time such Cash Collateral is deposited as collateral until the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, pursuant to documentation substantially in the form of Exhibit K or such other substantially similar form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Cash Equivalents ”: (a) securities with maturities of twelve (12) months or less from the date of acquisition or acceptance which are issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of nine (9) months or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits, in each case, of any Lender or of any international or national commercial bank with commercial paper rated, on the day of such purchase, at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s, (c) commercial paper, variable rate or auction rate securities, or any other short term, liquid investment having a rating, on the date of purchase, of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and that matures or resets not more than nine (9) months after the date of acquisition, (d) obligations of any U.S. state or a division, public instrumentality or taxing authority thereof, having on the date of purchase a rating of at least AA or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least Aa2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and (e) investments in money market funds, mutual funds or other pooled investment vehicles, in each case acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the assets of which consist solely of the foregoing.

Cash Management Account ”: a Deposit Account or Securities Account maintained with any Cash Management Bank.

Cash Management Bank ”: JPMorgan Chase Bank and each of the banks and other financial institutions listed on Schedule 1.1(B) and any other bank or financial institution (which is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) from time to time designated by the Borrower as a bank or financial institution at which the Borrower or any Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries maintains any Controlled Account.

Cash Management Bank Agreement ”: any account agreement, account control agreement or other agreement governing the relationship between a Cash Management Bank and the Borrower or Guarantor with respect to a Cash Management Account.

Change of Control ”: the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Permitted Investors shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock of the General Partner entitled to vote generally in the election of directors free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens of the type permitted pursuant to Section 8.3 (as if Section 8.3 were applicable), (b) the General Partner shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, 100% of the general partnership interests of the MLP free and clear of all Liens,

 

18


other than Liens of the type permitted pursuant to Section 8.3 (as if Section 8.3 were applicable), or (c) the MLP shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower and each other Guarantor (other than the MLP) free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.3 , provided that a Change of Control shall not occur as a result of the exercise of remedies by the lenders under the Kildair Credit Agreement under their respective security documents.

Chapter 11 Debtor ”: as defined in the definition of “ Eligible Account Receivable ” in this Section 1.1 .

Closing Date ”: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.1 shall be satisfied or waived.

Coal Products ”: coal and any other product or by-product of the foregoing and all rights to transmit, transport or store the foregoing.

Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Co-Collateral Agents ”: as defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Co-Documentation Agents ”: as defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Co-Syndication Agents ”: as defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Collateral ”: all property and interests in property of the Loan Parties now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Commitment ”: at any date, as to any Lender, the Working Capital Facility Commitments and/or the Acquisition Facility Commitments of such Lender, as the context requires.

Commitment Percentage ”: at any time, as to any Lender, the Acquisition Facility Commitment Percentage or the Working Capital Facility Commitment Percentage of such Lender at such time, as the context requires.

Commitment Period ”: the Acquisition Facility Commitment Period or the Working Capital Facility Commitment Period, as the context requires.

Commitment Termination Date ”: the Acquisition Facility Commitment Termination Date or the Working Capital Facility Commitment Termination Date, as the context requires.

Commodity Account ”: as defined in Section 9-102 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code.

Commodity Contract ”: (a) a Physical Commodity Contract, (b) any Commodity OTC Agreement or (c) a contract for the storage or transportation of any physical Eligible Commodity.

Commodity OTC Agreement ”: (i) any forward commodity contracts (excluding any Forward Contract which is a Physical Commodity Contract), swaps, options, collars, caps, or floor transactions, in each case based on Eligible Commodities and (ii) any other similar transaction (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any combination of the foregoing.

 

19


Commonly Controlled Entity ”: an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or is part of a group which includes the Borrower and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

Compliance Certificate ”: as defined in Section 7.2(b) .

Conduit Lender ”: any special purpose entity organized and administered by any Lender (or an affiliate of such Lender) for the purpose of making Loans required to be made by such Lender or of funding such Lender’s participation in any unpaid Reimbursement Obligation and designated as its Conduit Lender by such Lender in a written instrument; provided , that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations to fund a Loan or a participation in any unpaid Reimbursement Obligation under this Agreement if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan or participation in any unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender; provided , further , that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to Section 11.6 than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender or (b) be deemed to have any commitment hereunder.

Confidential Information ”: as defined in Section 11.16 .

Consolidated Current Assets ”: as of any date of determination, all assets of the Loan Parties that, in accordance with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis, would be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of the Loan Parties; provided , that (i) amounts otherwise classified as current assets which are due from any Affiliate (including shareholders (other than public shareholders of the MLP)) or Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall not be classified as current assets and (ii) notwithstanding clause (i) above, “Consolidated Current Assets” may include amounts due from any Kildair Entity under Eligible Kildair Transactions in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 for all Kildair Entities.

Consolidated Current Liabilities ”: as of any date of determination, all liabilities of the Loan Parties that, in accordance with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis, would be classified as current liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet of the Loan Parties; provided that “ Consolidated Current Liabilities ” shall (i) include (A) except to the extent excluded in clause (ii) below, all Loans outstanding hereunder from time to time, and (B) the current portion of all Indebtedness with a maturity (as of such date of determination) of longer than one (1) year, and (ii) exclude any (A) Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness, (B) Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness, (C) unsecured Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2(h) and (D) Acquisition Facility Loans.

Consolidated EBITDA ”: for any period, Consolidated Net Income of the Loan Parties for such period, plus, without duplication and to the extent used in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of:

(1) provisions for income taxes, interest expense, and depreciation and amortization expense;

(2) amounts deducted in respect of other non-cash expenses;

(3) the amount of any aggregate net loss (or minus the amount of any gain) arising from the Disposition of capital assets by such Person and its Subsidiaries; and

(4) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring losses and charges;

 

20


provided that (i) each of the foregoing items (1)-(4) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis and (ii) for the purposes of this definition, (x) with respect to a business or assets acquired by the Loan Parties pursuant to an Acquisition permitted under this Agreement (other than the Motiva Bridgeport Acquisition), Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, using historical numbers, in accordance with GAAP and such calculation shall be determined in good faith by a financial officer of the Borrower (and the Borrower will provide to the Administrative Agent such supporting information as Administrative Agent may reasonably request), without giving effect to any anticipated or proposed change in operations, revenues, expenses or other items included in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA, and in a manner which is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in all respects, adjusted on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, as if the acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such period and (y) with respect to the Motiva Bridgeport Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal quarters ending on or prior to September 30, 2013 (and for any period including such fiscal quarters) shall be increased by the following amounts: (i) $1,776,165, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, (ii) $761,328, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2013 and (iii) $223,608, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2013, and provided , further , that for the purposes of this definition, with respect to a business or assets disposed of by the Loan Parties pursuant to a disposition permitted under this Agreement, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, using historical numbers, in accordance with GAAP and such calculation shall be determined in good faith by a financial officer of the Borrower (and the Borrower will provide to the Administrative Agent such supporting information as Administrative Agent may reasonably request), without giving effect to any anticipated or proposed change in operations, revenues, expenses or other items included in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA, and in a manner which is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in all respects, as if such disposition had been consummated on the first day of such period.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ”: for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ”: for any period with respect to the Loan Parties, the sum (without duplication) of (i) the amounts deducted for the cash portion of Consolidated Interest Expense in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, (ii) letter of credit fees to the extent paid in cash during such period, and (iii) principal paid or payable during such period in respect of Indebtedness (excluding (A) principal on any Loan, (B) principal on the Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness, (C) principal on any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness, (D) principal on unsecured Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2(h) incurred for working capital purposes in an aggregate outstanding amount (as of such date of determination) of $50,000,000 or less with a maturity (as of such date of determination) of less than one (1) year that is not a note (other than a promissory note evidencing commercial Indebtedness), debenture, bond or other like obligation) of the Loan Parties and (E) principal on any Indebtedness outstanding under a Contango Facility). For purposes of the above calculation, (1) with respect to a business or assets acquired by the Loan Parties pursuant to an Acquisition permitted under this Agreement (other than the Motiva Bridgeport Acquisition), Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, using historical numbers, in accordance with GAAP and such calculation shall be determined in good faith by a financial officer of the Borrower (and the Borrower will provide to the Administrative Agent such supporting information as Administrative Agent may reasonably request), without giving effect to any anticipated or proposed change in operations, revenues, expenses or other items included in the computation of Consolidated Interest Expense, and in a manner which is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in all respects, as if the Indebtedness associated with the Acquisition had been incurred on the first day of such period, (2) with respect to the Motiva Bridgeport Acquisition, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be increased for the fiscal quarters

 

21


ending on or prior to September 30, 2013 (and for any period including such fiscal quarters) by the following amounts: (i) $305,356, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, (ii) $305,356, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2013 and (iii) $101,785, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2013, and (3) with respect to a business or assets disposed of by the Loan Parties pursuant to a disposition permitted under this Agreement, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, using historical numbers, in accordance with GAAP and such calculation shall be determined in good faith by a financial officer of the Borrower (and the Borrower will provide to the Administrative Agent such supporting information as Administrative Agent may reasonably request), without giving effect to any anticipated or proposed change in operations, revenues, expenses or other items included in the computation of Consolidated Interest Expense, and in a manner which is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in all respects, as if such disposition had been consummated on the first day of such period.

Consolidated Interest Expense ”: for any period with respect to the Loan Parties, the amount which, in conformity with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Bases plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, as applicable, would be set forth opposite the caption “interest expense” or any like caption (including imputed interest included in payments under Financing Leases) on a consolidated income statement of the Loan Parties for such period excluding the amortization of any original issue discount; provided that “Consolidated Interest Expense” shall not include interest expense with respect to the Maine Dock Liability Obligations or the Office Building Obligations.

Consolidated Net Income ”: for any period, the consolidated net income (or deficit) of the Loan Parties for such period (taken as a cumulative whole) determined in accordance with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, as applicable; provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income (or deficit) of any Loan Party accrued prior to the date it becomes a Loan Party or is merged into or consolidated with any Loan Party, (b) any write-up of any fixed asset (other than write-ups as the result of the application of purchase accounting), (c) any net gain from the collection of the proceeds of life insurance policies, and (d) any gain arising from the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment, under GAAP, of any Indebtedness, of any Loan Party.

Consolidated Net Working Capital ”: as of any date of determination, (a) Consolidated Current Assets as of such date minus (b) Consolidated Current Liabilities as of such date.

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness of the Loan Parties secured by Liens on any assets of any Loan Party as of such date minus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Working Capital Facility Loans and any Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit outstanding at such time to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the twelve (12) month period ending as of such date.

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness (excluding any (A) Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness, (B) Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness or (C) unsecured Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2(h) incurred for working capital purposes in an aggregate outstanding amount (as of such date of determination) of $50,000,000 or less with a maturity (as of such date of determination) of less than one (1) year that is not a note (other than a promissory note evidencing commercial Indebtedness), debenture, bond or other like obligation) of the Loan Parties as of such date minus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Working Capital Facility Loans and any Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit outstanding at such time to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the twelve (12) month period ending as of such date.

 

22


Contango Facility ”: a senior secured credit facility of any Loan Party solely to be used to finance Cash and Carry Transactions, the recourse to such Loan Party with respect to such credit facility Indebtedness is limited to its interest in the inventory, forward contracts and receivables related to such Cash and Carry Transactions (and the proceeds thereof); provided , that (a) any release of Collateral hereunder for inclusion as collateral for the Contango Facility has been approved by the Administrative Agent and the Supermajority Lenders and (b) such facility is subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Supermajority Lenders.

Contango Market ”: the market condition in which the price of a commodity for forward delivery is higher than the price that is quoted for spot settlement, or where a far forward delivery price is higher than a nearer forward delivery price.

Continuation/Conversion Notice ”: as defined in Section 4.3(a)

Continue ”, “ Continuation ” and “ Continued ”: the continuation of a Eurodollar Loan from one Interest Period to the next Interest Period.

Contractual Obligation ”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Controlled Account ”: each Pledged Account that is subject to an Account Control Agreement.

Convert ”, “ Conversion ” and “ Converted ”: a conversion of Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Loans, or a conversion of Eurodollar Loans into Base Rate Loans, which may be accompanied by the transfer by a Lender (at its sole discretion) of a Loan from one Applicable Lending Office to another.

Counterparty Forward Contract Amount ”: with respect to any Forward Contract Counterparty, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate Marked-to-Market Value of all Eligible Forward Contracts of the Loan Parties with such Forward Contract Counterparty with a positive value, net of (i) cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Loan Parties from such Forward Contract Counterparty for such Eligible Forward Contract and (ii) any claim of offset or other counterclaim known to the Loan Parties to have been asserted in respect of those Eligible Forward Contracts by such Forward Contract Counterparty, minus, (b) the aggregate Marked-to-Market Value of all Forward Contracts of the Loan Parties with such Forward Contract Counterparty with a negative value, net of cash and Cash Equivalents posted by the Loan Parties with such Forward Contract Counterparty for such Forward Contract.

Credit Exposure ”: as to any Lender at any time, the sum of its Acquisition Facility Credit Exposure and its Working Capital Facility Credit Exposure.

Credit Exposure Percentage ”: as to any Lender at any time, the fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate Credit Exposures of all of the Lenders at such time.

Credit Utilization Summary ”: as defined in Section 4.13 .

Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1 , whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

23


Defaulting Lender ”: at any time, any Lender that (a) within two (2) Business Days of when due, has failed to fund any portion of any Working Capital Facility Loan, Acquisition Facility Loan, Swing Line Loan, Refunded Swing Line Loan, Swing Line Participation Amount or L/C Participation Obligation (or any participation in the foregoing) to, as applicable, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or any Issuing Lender required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to be funded by such Lender, or has notified the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to do so unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall be specifically identified in writing) has not been satisfied; or (b) notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender, or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall be specifically identified in writing) cannot be satisfied) or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under other agreements generally in which it commits to extend credit; or (c) failed, within three (3) Business Day after request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to any of its obligations to fund prospective Working Capital Facility Loans, Acquisition Facility Loans, Swing Line Loans, Refunded Swing Line Loans, Swing Line Participation Amounts or L/C Participation Obligations; or (d) otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender, or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute; or (e) (i) has become or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent or (ii) has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

Deposit Account ”: as defined in Section 9-102 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code.

Disclosing Party ”: as defined in Section 11.16(b) .

Disposition ”: with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof; and the terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

Economic Basis ”: means GAAP adjusted to include, as applicable and to the extent not already included in the calculation of GAAP at such time, (a) the positive Market Value of inventory and exchanges in respect of transactions that do not qualify for hedging treatment under GAAP; (b) the positive or negative Marked-to-Market Value of Forward Contracts, including, but not limited to, forward physical purchase and sales contracts, that do not qualify as derivatives under GAAP, such as storage and transportation; provided that the preceding clause (b) , with respect to storage and transportation contracts, shall be limited to the intrinsic value of the underlying contracts, net of any demand charges; and (c) other Marked-to-Market changes or adjustment as determined by the Borrower with agreement from the Administrative Agent; provided , that in its reasonable discretion the Administrative Agent may require the vote of the Required Lenders.

 

24


Eligible Account Receivable ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, an Account Receivable as to which the following requirements have been fulfilled:

(a) such Account Receivable relates to a Materials Handling Contract, Commodity Contract or Financial Hedging Agreement;

(b) the relevant Loan Party has lawful and absolute title to such Account Receivable subject only to Permitted Borrowing Base Liens or Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents; provided that the amount of the Eligible Account Receivable, if any, included in the Borrowing Base shall be net of the aggregate amount secured by such Permitted Borrowing Base Lien (other than Liens created by the Security Documents);

(c) with respect to any such Account Receivable relating to a Financial Hedging Agreement, the amount of such Account Receivable payable by the Account Debtor thereof has been determined;

(d) such Account Receivable is a valid, legally enforceable obligation of the party who is obligated under such Account Receivable;

(e) the amount of such Account Receivable included as an Eligible Account Receivable shall have been reduced by any portion that is, or which any Loan Party has a reasonable basis to believe may be, subject to any dispute, offset, counterclaim or other claim or defense on the part of the Account Debtor (including offset or netting relating to trade or any other payables, contra, accrued liabilities, unrealized forward losses and net exchange payables specific to such Account Debtor) or to any claim on the part of the Account Debtor denying payment liability under such Account Receivable (provided that any amount so deducted shall not be further deducted from the Borrowing Base);

(f) such Account Receivable is not evidenced by any chattel paper, promissory note or other instrument unless such chattel paper, promissory note or other instrument is subject to a Perfected First Lien and delivered to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

(g) such Account Receivable is subject to a Perfected First Lien, and such Account Receivable is not subject to any Liens other than Perfected First Liens or Permitted Borrowing Base Liens;

(h) (i) such Account Receivable has been fully earned and such Account Receivable has been invoiced (if the issuance of such an invoice is a condition precedent to the Account Debtor’s obligation to pay) or is, as of such Borrowing Base Date, within four (4) Business Days of being invoiced or (ii) payment of the Account Receivable is otherwise due and payable; provided that such Account Receivable shall qualify as an Eligible Account Receivable only (A) if such Account Receivable arises from the sale of wholesale Natural Gas Products where it is customary industry practice for the payment for such Natural Gas Product to be due on the 25th of each month, not more than five (5) Business Days have elapsed after the due date specified in the original invoice; (B) if such Account Receivable arises from a Financial Hedging Agreement and not more than five (5) Business Days have elapsed after the date on which the payment of the Account Receivable is required to be paid under the terms of such Financial Hedging Agreement; and (C) for any other Account Receivable not covered by clauses (A) or (B), not more than 60 days have elapsed after the due date specified in the original invoice; provided , further, that an “ Eligible Account Receivable ” shall not include any Account Receivable that is outstanding longer than 90 days after the date such Account Receivable arose;

 

25


(i) such Account Receivable complies with all applicable Laws (excluding any prohibition, limitation or restriction in any agreement with a Governmental Authority to the extent that such prohibition, limitation or restriction would be ineffective under applicable Law (including as provided under Sections 9-406 and 9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction)) to which the relevant Loan Party is subject;

(j) such Account Receivable is reduced by any prepayment or cash collateral from the applicable Account Debtor;

(k) if the Account Debtor of such Account Receivable is a debtor under the Bankruptcy Code (a “ Chapter 11 Debtor ”), such Account Receivable arose after the commencement of the bankruptcy case (the “ Petition Date ”) of such Account Debtor or has been assumed by such Account Debtor;

(l) at the time of the sale giving rise to such Account Receivable, the Account Debtor is not in contractual default on any other obligations to any Loan Party (other than (i) any amounts subject to a good faith dispute under the applicable contract, (ii) amounts due and owing within the applicable time periods specified in clause (h) above and (iii) with respect to any Account Debtor that is a Chapter 11 Debtor, payment defaults that occurred prior to the Petition Date of such Chapter 11 Debtor or other defaults that arose as a result of such Account Debtor becoming a Chapter 11 Debtor); provided , however , that this clause (l) shall not apply to any Account Debtor to which a Loan Party, consistent with its internal credit policies, has granted a waiver of a contractual default to lift a specified volume of product;

(m) except with respect to an Account Receivable described in clause (k) above, the Account Debtor obligated on such Account Receivable (i) has not admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts generally or made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) has not instituted or had instituted against it a proceeding seeking to adjudicate it a debtor, bankrupt or insolvent or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any Law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official of it or for any substantial part of its property, and (iii) has not taken any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing;

(n) (i) the Account Debtor of such Account Receivable shall not be a Governmental Authority unless all actions required under any Assignment of Claims Act applicable to such Account Receivable and such Governmental Authority shall have been taken to approve and permit the assignment of rights to payment thereunder or thereon to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, under the Security Documents and (ii) the Account Debtor of such Account Receivable shall not be a Governmental Authority of a State within the United States unless such state has waived any claim of sovereign immunity with respect to such Account Receivable by statute, applicable case law, contract or otherwise;

(o) if the Account Debtor of such Account Receivable is a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Borrower, such Account Debtor is approved by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion (exercised in good faith); provided , that any Account Receivable the Account Debtor of which is a Kildair Entity arising from an Eligible Kildair Transaction may be an “ Eligible Account Receivable ”;

(p) if the Account Debtor of such Account Receivable is incorporated in, or primarily conducts business in, any jurisdiction outside the United States or Canada, such Account Debtor is an Eligible Foreign Counterparty; provided , however , that this clause (p) shall not be applicable to any Kildair Entity;

 

26


(q) the Account Debtor of such Account Receivable is creditworthy in accordance with the Risk Management Policy; provided , that such Account Debtor may be deemed non-creditworthy (and therefore such Account Receivable thereof shall be ineligible for inclusion as an “ Eligible Account Receivable ”) in the judgment of the Co-Collateral Agents after consultation with the Borrower;

(r) such Account Receivable is denominated in United States Dollars and payable in the United States;

(s) such Account Receivable is not inclusive of any demurrage claim; and

(t) with respect to any such Account Receivable relating to a Materials Handling Contract, such Account Receivable has been billed in arrears.

Eligible Acquisition Asset Value ”: 65% multiplied by the aggregate Estimated Going Concern Value of the Approved Acquisition Assets taken as a whole.

Eligible Asphalt Inventory ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, all Eligible Inventory of the Loan Parties consisting of asphalt.

Eligible Broker ”: as defined in the definition of “ Eligible Net Liquidity in Futures Accounts ” in this Section 1.1 .

Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, currency consisting of United States Dollars or Cash Equivalents, in each case, which (i) has been deposited in a Deposit Account or a Securities Account with a Cash Management Bank that is subject to an Account Control Agreement, (ii) is subject to a Perfected First Lien, and (iii) is subject to no other Liens other than Permitted Cash Management Liens.

Eligible Coal Inventory ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, all Eligible Inventory of the Loan Parties consisting of Coal Products.

Eligible Commodities ”: collectively, Coal Products, Natural Gas Products, Petroleum Products and asphalt.

Eligible Exchange Receivable ”: an Exchange Receivable of any Loan Party that would be an Eligible Account Receivable but for the fact that the consideration to be received by such Loan Party consists in whole or in part of the delivery of Eligible Commodities; provided , however , that the value of an Eligible Exchange Receivable shall be the Value as of any Borrowing Base Date of the Eligible Commodities required to be delivered to such Loan Party.

Eligible Foreign Counterparty ”: means an Account Debtor that is incorporated in, or primarily conducts business in, any jurisdiction outside the United States or Canada, and (A) is set forth on Schedule 1.1(C) or (B) has been approved by the Required Lenders, in their sole discretion, from time to time after the Closing Date in accordance with the following procedure: (x) the Borrower shall deliver a written request to the Administrative Agent for such approval by the Required Lenders of such counterparty and credit exposure, which request shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders, including, if requested by a Lender, through posting on Intralinks or other web site in use to distribute information to the Lenders, or by other electronic mail, or other notice procedure permitted

 

27


under Section 11.2 ; and (y) the Required Lenders shall inform the Administrative Agent of such approval in writing (by electronic communication, telecopy or facsimile) within five (5) Business Days after receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent; provided that failure of a Lender to respond to any request for approval within the time period provided for hereby shall be deemed to be an acceptance of such counterparty as a Eligible Foreign Counterparty by such Lender; provided , further , that, the Supermajority Lenders, in their sole discretion, may from time to time revoke the Eligible Foreign Counterparty status of any counterparty previously approved as a Eligible Foreign Counterparty or reduce the previously-approved credit exposure of the Loan Parties to such counterparty, which revocation or reduction shall be effective as of the first Borrowing Base Date that is at least ten (10) days after the delivery of written notice of such revocation or reduction by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, extend such five (5) Business Day period if the Administrative Agent determines that any counterparty requires additional review by the Lenders. Schedule 1.1(C) shall be deemed amended to include such Eligible Foreign Counterparties and the related credit exposure without further action immediately upon the Required Lenders’ approval of such Eligible Foreign Counterparty and the related credit exposure in accordance with the procedure described in this definition.

Eligible Forward Contract ”: a Forward Contract of a Loan Party which (a) conforms to the Risk Management Policy, (b) is evidenced by a written agreement or a trade confirmation enforceable against the party thereto, (c) is subject to a Perfected First Lien, subject only to Permitted Borrowing Base Liens, (d) has not been terminated and is not subject to termination by reason of an occurrence of a default or any other termination event having occurred thereunder, (e) the Forward Contract Counterparty thereto is not a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any Loan Party, (f) has not been deemed ineligible as to its form by the Co-Collateral Agents acting in their sole discretion, and (g) the Forward Contract Counterparty thereto is not a Governmental Authority unless all actions required under any applicable Assignment of Claims Act, if any, applicable to such Forward Contract and such Governmental Authority shall have been taken to approve and permit the assignment of rights to payment thereunder or thereon to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents.

Eligible Hedged Natural Gas Inventory ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, the Value of Eligible Natural Gas Inventory as of such date that has been Hedged.

Eligible Hedged Petroleum Inventory ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, the Value of Eligible Petroleum Inventory as of such date that has been Hedged.

Eligible In the Money Forward Contract Amount ”: to the extent that the Counterparty Forward Contract Amount with respect to any Forward Contract Counterparty is positive, such Counterparty Forward Contract Amount.

Eligible Inventory ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, all inventory of any Loan Party consisting of Eligible Commodities valued at the then current Value, and in all instances as to which the following requirements have been fulfilled:

(a) the inventory is owned by such Loan Party;

(b) the inventory is subject to a Perfected First Lien and is free and clear of all other Liens except Permitted Borrowing Base Liens;

(c) all requirements set forth in Section 5(k) of the Security Agreement applicable to such inventory have been satisfied;

 

28


(d) the inventory has not been identified for deliveries with the result that a buyer may have rights to the inventory that could be superior to the Perfected First Liens, nor shall such inventory have become subject to a customer’s ownership or lien;

(e) the inventory is in transit, in a pipeline or in a storage facility at an Approved Inventory Location in the U.S. or Canada and, if such inventory is in transit on a water borne vessel chartered, rented, owned or leased by such Loan Party, either a bill of lading related thereto has been issued to or endorsed to the order of such Loan Party (without further endorsement as of such Borrowing Base Date) or a letter of indemnity for payment, provided by the holder or named shipper thereof, has been issued to or addressed to such Loan Party;

(f) the inventory is in good saleable condition, is not deteriorating in quality and is not obsolete;

(g) with respect to any inventory consisting of biofuels, biodiesel or ethanol, not more than six (6) months has passed since the receipt thereof; and

(h) the inventory has not been placed on consignment;

provided that (i) the value of Eligible Inventory shall be reduced by the Value of any net volumetric balance owed by any Loan Party to a counterparty with whom such Loan Party holds title to the inventory, and (ii) (A) line fill and tank bottoms (other than any tank bottoms consisting of distillates, gasolines or other light oil products or residual fuel oils acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents in their sole discretion) in transportation or storage facilities owned by any Loan Party and (B) the portion of commodities held in third party transportation or storage facilities (1) that are tank bottoms (other than any tank bottoms consisting of distillates, gasolines or other light oil products or residual fuel oils acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents in their sole discretion) or (2) line fill or working inventory (however designated) that is not subject to an agreement recognizing such Loan Party’s ownership and/or the withdrawal of which is subject to contractual restrictions (other than any tank bottoms consisting of distillates, gasolines or other light oil products or residual fuel oils acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents in their sole discretion), will not be considered “ Eligible Inventory ”. For the purposes of this definition, “ tank bottoms ” with respect to asphalt shall be deemed to be that portion of asphalt that is located at or below the suction point.

Eligible Kildair Transaction ” any transaction between the Borrower or a Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Kildair Entity, on the other hand, which (A) include terms no less favorable in a material respect to the payee than would be obtainable in comparable arm’s-length transactions with a Person that is not an Affiliate of such payee and (B) are for goods or services in the ordinary course of business.

Eligible Letters of Credit Issued for Commodities Not Yet Received ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, the aggregate face amount of either standby and/or documentary Letters of Credit for the purchase or transportation of Eligible Commodities for which title has passed to a Loan Party as of such Borrowing Base Date, as long as such Loan Party is able to calculate drawable liability thereof in a manner acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents in their sole discretion (exercised in good faith), which such manner shall be in such Loan Party’s normal course of business and consistent with its month-end reconciliation processes, minus any amounts drawn or paid under such Letters of Credit minus any other liabilities then existing that may be satisfied by any such Letters of Credit minus any other liabilities that may be owed by such Loan Party to the beneficiary of any such Letters of Credit and which may be satisfied by any such Letters of Credit minus , with regard to any such Letters of Credit for transportation, any liabilities that may be satisfied by any such Letters of Credit as reasonably estimated by such Borrower through the immediately following calendar month, if the applicable Borrowing Base Date is as of the end of the month, and otherwise through the end of the current calendar month.

 

29


Eligible Long Term Unrealized Forward Gain ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, the Aggregate Eligible In the Money Forward Contract Amount at such date for Eligible Forward Contract obligations whose final cash or physical settlement is during the period exceeding twenty-four (24) months but no greater than thirty-six (36) months after such Borrowing Base Date; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Forward Contract shall be excluded from the calculation of Eligible Long Term Unrealized Forward Gain if it is not in compliance with the Risk Management Policy or is a Futures Contract.

Eligible Medium Term Unrealized Forward Gain ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, the Aggregate Eligible In the Money Forward Contract Amount at such date for Eligible Forward Contract obligations whose final cash or physical settlement is during the period exceeding twelve (12) months but no greater than twenty-four (24) months after such Borrowing Base Date; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Forward Contract shall be excluded from the calculation of Eligible Medium Term Unrealized Forward Gain if it is not in compliance with the Risk Management Policy or is a Futures Contract.

Eligible Natural Gas Inventory ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, all Eligible Inventory of the Loan Parties consisting of Natural Gas Products.

Eligible Net Liquidity in Futures Accounts ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, the Net Liquidation Value of any Commodity Account of any Loan Party as of such date maintained with BNP Paribas Commodity Futures, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., NewEdge USA, LLC or a reputable broker reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (each, so long as such Person remains qualified as such pursuant to the next succeeding sentence, an “ Eligible Broker ”) with respect to positions held by such Eligible Broker on a regulated exchange (including the New York Mercantile Exchange, the Intercontinental Commodities Exchange and CME ClearPort) that have been maintained at all times and in all respects in accordance with the Risk Management Policy and this Agreement (including for the avoidance of doubt, all transactions credited to such Commodity Account or related thereto) which such Commodity Account is subject to (i) a Perfected First Lien, subject only to Permitted Borrowing Base Liens and any Lien of such Eligible Broker in connection with any indebtedness of such Loan Party to such Eligible Broker permitted by the applicable Account Control Agreement (including, but not limited to, if permitted, any right of the Eligible Broker to close out open positions of such Loan Party without prior demand for additional margin and without prior notice) (such amounts in a Commodity Account subject to the liens and close-out rights of the Eligible Broker set forth in this clause (i) , the “ Brokerage Account Deducts ”), and (ii) an Account Control Agreement among the Administrative Agent, such Loan Party holding such account and the Eligible Broker with which such account is maintained. For the avoidance of doubt, a broker may, at any time, cease to qualify as an “ Eligible Broker ” for all purposes hereunder upon two (2) Business Days’ notice thereof by the Administrative Agent, acting in its reasonable discretion, to the Borrower. Eligible Net Liquidity in Futures Accounts shall include any discounted face value of any U.S. Treasury Securities held as of such date in such account that are zero coupon securities issued by the United States of America, minus any unearned interest on such U.S. Treasury Securities as of such date; provided that the maturity date thereof is within six (6) months of the relevant Borrowing Base Date; provided , further , that the Eligible Net Liquidity in Futures Accounts as calculated pursuant to this definition shall be net of any Brokerage Account Deducts.

Eligible Petroleum Inventory ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, all Eligible Inventory of the Loan Parties consisting of Petroleum Products.

 

30


Eligible RINs ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, all inventory of any Loan Party consisting of RINs valued at the then current Value, and in all instances as to which the following requirements have been fulfilled:

(a) the Eligible RIN is owned by such Loan Party;

(b) the Eligible RIN is subject to a Perfected First Lien and is free and clear of all other Liens except Permitted Borrowing Base Liens;

(c) if the Eligible RIN is credited to a Commodity Account or Securities Account, such account is a Controlled Account;

(d) all requirements of applicable law with respect to the Eligible RIN have been satisfied; and

(e) the Eligible RIN has an expiration date at least 31 days after the applicable Borrowing Base Date.

Eligible Short Term Unrealized Forward Gain ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, the Aggregate Eligible In the Money Forward Contract Amount at such time for Eligible Forward Contract obligations whose final cash or physical settlement is during the period ending twelve (12) months after such Borrowing Base Date; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Forward Contract shall be excluded from the calculation of Eligible Short Term Unrealized Forward Gain if it is not in compliance with the Risk Management Policy or is a Futures Contract.

Eligible Tier 1 Account Receivable ”: at the time of any determination thereof, each Eligible Account Receivable the Account Debtor of which is a Tier 1 Counterparty.

Eligible Tier 2 Account Receivable ”: at the time of any determination thereof, each Eligible Account Receivable the Account Debtor of which is a Tier 2 Counterparty.

Eligible Unbilled Account Receivable ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, each Account Receivable of any Loan Party which would be an Eligible Account Receivable but for the fact that such Account Receivable has not actually been invoiced prior to such Borrowing Base Date.

Eligible Unbilled Tier 1 Account Receivable ”: at the time of any determination thereof, each Eligible Unbilled Account Receivable the Account Debtor of which is a Tier 1 Counterparty.

Eligible Unbilled Tier 2 Account Receivable ”: at the time of any determination thereof, each Eligible Unbilled Account Receivable the Account Debtor of which is a Tier 2 Counterparty.

Employee Benefit Plans ”: any benefit plan or arrangements in respect of any employees or past employees operated by any Loan Party or in which any Loan Party participates and which provides benefits on retirement or voluntary withdrawal from or involuntary termination of employment, including termination indemnity payments and post-retirement medical benefits.

Environmental Laws ”: any and all federal, state or local statutes, orders, regulations or other Law having the force and effect of law, including common law, guidelines, decrees, orders, injunctions, rules, judgments, consents, directives, instructions, standards, judicial or administrative decisions or other requirements by Governmental Authority having the force and effect of law, including judicial interpretation of any of the foregoing concerning the environment or health and safety (including

 

31


regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning Materials of Environmental Concern) which are in existence now or in the future and are binding at any time on any Loan Party in the relevant jurisdiction in which such Loan Party has been or is operating (including by the export of its products or its waste to that jurisdiction). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, the defined term “ Laws ” and the usage of such term (including as used in the defined term “ Requirement of Law ”) herein and in each other Loan Document shall not include any of the items in the definition of the term “ Laws ” to the extent they both (i) concern the environment or health and safety (including regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning Materials of Environmental Concern) and (ii) do not have the force and effect of law.

Environmental Permits ”: any permit, license, registration, consent, approval and other authorization from a Governmental Authority required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business, including facilities and equipment, of any Loan Party conducted on, at the Properties.

ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ESA ”: as defined in Section 7.13(d) .

Estimated Going Concern Value ”: with respect to any Approved Acquisition Asset, the “going concern value” of such Approved Acquisition Asset as reflected in the most recent Business Valuation of such Approved Acquisition Asset obtained by the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date (or with respect to any Approved Acquisition Asset acquired after the Closing Date, upon acquisition thereof), pursuant to Section 7.16 , or at the request of the Borrower (at the Borrower’s sole expense).

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements current on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto), as now and from time to time hereafter in effect, dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “ Eurocurrency Liabilities ” in Regulation D of such Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

Eurodollar Base Rate ”: with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by the British Bankers Association (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for United States Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters Screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case, the “ Screen Rate ”) at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided , that , if the Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “ Impacted Interest Period ”) with respect to United States Dollars, then the Eurodollar Base Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate at such time. “ Interpolated Rate ” means, at any time, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available in United States Dollars) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available for United States Dollars) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

 

32


Eurodollar Loans ”: Loans for which the applicable rate of interest is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

Eurodollar Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula:

 

 

Eurodollar Base Rate

 
  1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements  

Event of Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1 for which all applicable requirements for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, have been satisfied.

Exchange Receivable ”: any right to receive consideration that would be an Account Receivable but for the fact that the consideration to be received by the relevant Loan Party consists in whole or in part of the delivery of Eligible Commodities.

Excluded Accounts ”: collectively, Deposit Accounts of any Grantor solely to the extent that the amount on deposit in such Deposit Accounts, in aggregate, at any one time is less than $200,000.

Excluded Swap Obligation ”: with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, and only for so long as, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, as applicable, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure to constitute an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, at the time the guarantee of (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Executive Order ”: as defined in Section 5.24(a) .

Exempt CFC ”: Any “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in Section 957 of the Code) of which the MLP or a Subsidiary of the MLP is a “United States shareholder” (within the meaning of Section 951 of the Code).

Extensions of Credit ”: at any date, as to any Lender at any time, the amount of its Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit or its the Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit at such time, as the context requires.

Existing Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit ”: each outstanding “Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) set forth on Schedule 3.2 .

Existing Credit Agreement ”: that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, as amended pursuant to (i) the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2011, (ii) the Second Amendment, dated as of September 27, 2012 and (iii) the Third Amendment, dated as of May 15, 2013, and as otherwise amended, supplemented, waived or modified prior to the date hereof.

Existing Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit ”: each “Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) set forth on Schedule 3.1 .

 

33


Facility ”: the Acquisition Facility or the Working Capital Facility, as the context requires.

Facility Increase ”: as defined in Section 4.1(b) .

FATCA ”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any intergovernmental agreements entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the interest rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by JPMorgan Chase Bank from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ”: the fee letter dated as of August 19, 2013, among J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Borrower.

FERC ”: the U.S. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

FERC Contract Collateral ”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

Financial Hedging Agreement ”: any currency swap, cross-currency rate swap, currency option, interest rate option, interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or similar arrangement or any other similar transaction (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any combination of the foregoing including any derivative relating to interest rate or currency rate risk, in each case which is not a Commodity OTC Agreement.

Financing Lease ”: any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations of the lessee in respect of which are required in accordance with GAAP to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee.

First Purchaser Lien ”: a so-called “first purchaser” Lien, as defined in Texas Bus. & Com. Code Section 9.343, comparable Laws of the states of Oklahoma, Kansas, Mississippi, Wyoming or New Mexico, or any other comparable Law of any such jurisdiction or any other applicable jurisdiction.

First Purchaser Lien Amount ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, in respect of any property of a Loan Party subject to a First Purchaser Lien, the aggregate amount of the obligations outstanding as of such date giving rise to such First Purchaser Lien, less any portion of such obligations that are secured or supported by a Letter of Credit.

Fiscal Year ”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s fiscal year, which consists of a twelve (12) month period beginning on each January 1 and ending on each December 31.

Forward Contract ”: as of any date of determination, a Commodity Contract with a delivery date or, with respect to a Commodity OTC Agreement, price settlement date, one day or later after such date of determination.

 

34


Forward Contract Counterparty ”: any counterparty to a Forward Contract of any Loan Party.

Futures Contracts ”: contracts for making or taking delivery of Eligible Commodities that are traded on a market-recognized commodity exchange, which such contracts meet the specification and delivery requirements of futures contracts on such commodity exchange.

GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.

General Partner ”: Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Governing Documents ”: with respect to (a) a corporation, its articles or certificate of incorporation, continuance or amalgamation and by-laws; (b) a partnership, its certificate of limited partnership or partnership declaration, as applicable, and partnership agreement; (c) a limited liability company, its certificate of formation and operating agreement; and (d) any other Person, the other organizational or governing documents of such Person.

Governmental Authority ”: any nation or government, any state, provincial or other political subdivision thereof and any agency, authority, instrumentality, court, central bank or other similar entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Grantor ”: any Person executing and delivering a Security Document, or becoming party to a Security Document (by supplement or otherwise), as a grantor or pledgor (or in a similar role), pursuant to this Agreement.

Guarantee ”: the Guarantee to be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit N .

Guarantee Obligation ”: as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of an obligation for which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of a third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The terms “Guarantee” and “Guaranteed” used as a verb shall have a correlative meaning. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case

 

35


the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith. Guaranteed Obligation shall not include any performance bonds, surety bonds, appeal bonds or customs bonds required in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the enforcement of rights or claims of any Loan Party or in connection with judgments that have not resulted in a Default or an Event of Default.

Guarantors ”: the MLP, Sprague Energy Solutions Inc., Sprague Connecticut Properties LLC and Sprague Terminal Services LLC and, after the Closing Date, each other Person executing and delivering the Guarantee, or becoming a party to the Guarantee (by supplement or otherwise), pursuant to this Agreement.

Hedged ”: at any time in relation to Eligible Inventory, if the purchase or sale price thereof has been effectively hedged as evidenced by the most recent Position Report or, if not in such Position Report, as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents through one or a combination of Commodity Contracts or Futures Contracts entered into or held in accordance with the Risk Management Policy for the corresponding volume of physical Eligible Commodities held in Eligible Inventory; provided that the applicable Loan Parties’ rights under such Commodity Contracts or Futures Contracts and all amounts due or to become due to the relevant Loan Party under or in respect of such Commodity Contracts or Futures Contracts are subject to a Perfected First Lien.

Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification ”: a notification in substantially in the form of Exhibit T .

Increase Amount ”: as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii) .

Increase and New Lender Agreement ”: as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii) .

Increase Period ”: the period from the Closing Date until (but excluding) the Termination Date.

Increasing Lender ”: as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii) .

Indebtedness ”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan or the issuance and sale of debt securities) or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practice), (b) any other indebtedness of such Person which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (c) all obligations of such Person under Financing Leases or Synthetic Leases, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, acceptances or similar instruments issued or created for the account of such Person, (e) all liabilities of a third party secured by (or for which the holder of such obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on any property owned by such Person even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof, (f) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above, and (g) for the purposes of Section 9.1(f) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Commodity OTC Agreements and Financial Hedging Agreements. The amount of any Indebtedness under (x) clause (e) shall be equal to the lesser of (A) the stated amount of the relevant obligations and (B) the fair market value of the property subject to the relevant Lien, and (y) clause (g) shall be the net amount, including any net termination payments, required to be paid to a counterparty rather than the notional amount of the applicable Commodity OTC Agreement or Financial Hedging Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Maine Dock Liability Obligations and the Office Building Obligations shall not be considered Indebtedness for purposes of this Agreement.

 

36


Indemnified Liabilities ”: as defined in Section 11.6 .

Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 11.6 .

Independent Entity Schedule ”: Schedule 1.1(D) hereto, which sets forth each counterparty with which any Loan Party transacts that has an Affiliate and/or Subsidiary that holds itself out as an independent credit and a separate legal entity, together with any of such counterparty’s independent Affiliates and/or Subsidiaries, provided , that (a) a new Person may be added to such Schedule 1.1(D) at the sole discretion (exercised in good faith) of the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date and (b) a Person may be removed from such Schedule 1.1(D) by the Administrative Agent, acting in its reasonable discretion, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Borrower.

Ineligible Participant ”: Persons identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders from time-to-time as Persons to whom no Participation may be sold pursuant to Section 11.7 for competitive reasons, and as to which the Administrative Agent has consented to the designation of such Person as an Ineligible Participant.

Insolvency ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Insolvent ”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

Intellectual Property ”: as defined in Section 5.9 .

Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness ”: with respect to any Loan Party, Indebtedness owed by such Loan Party to the MLP or any Subsidiary that is subject to a subordination agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 .

Interest Payment Date ”: (a) with respect to any Base Rate Loan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Swing Line Loan), (i) prior to the Working Capital Facility Maturity Date or the Acquisition Facility Maturity Date, as applicable, the last Business Day of each month and (ii) the Working Capital Facility Maturity Date or the Acquisition Facility Maturity Date, as applicable, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of each Interest Period with respect thereto and, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of six (6) months, the last day of such Interest Period and the date which is three (3) months after the start of such Interest Period and (c) with respect to any Loan (other than as provided in the first sentence of Section 4.9(b) ), the date of any repayment or prepayment of principal made in respect thereof.

Interest Period ”: (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(i) initially, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date or Conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, as irrevocably selected by the Borrower of such Eurodollar Loan in its Borrowing Notice or Continuation/Conversion Notice, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and

(ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, as irrevocably selected by the Borrower in its Continuation/Conversion Notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto;

 

37


provided that:

(A) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(B) any Interest Period with respect to any Loan that would otherwise extend beyond the applicable Termination Date, shall end on the applicable Termination Date; and

(C) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the applicable calendar month.

Interpolated Rate ”: as defined in the definition of “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” in this Section 1.1 .

Investment ”: any advance, loan or extension of credit (other than trade receivables incurred in the ordinary course of the applicable Person’s business and payable in accordance with customary market practices) or capital contribution to, investment in, or purchase or acquisition of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of or any assets constituting a business unit of, any Person.

Investment Grade ”: with respect to any Person, the long term senior unsecured non-credit enhanced credit rating or shadow rating of which is BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s.

IPO ”: the initial public offering of common units in the MLP on the Closing Date.

IPO Distributed Assets ”: the cash and Accounts Receivable to be distributed to Axel Johnson Inc. or any Subsidiary thereof (excluding the Loan Parties) on the Closing Date in connection with the IPO.

ISP 98 ”: as defined in Section 3.4(g) .

Issuing Lenders ”: collectively, the Acquisition Facility Issuing Lenders and the Working Capital Facility Issuing Lenders; provided that there shall be no more than five Issuing Lenders at any time unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and notified to Lenders (it being understood that any financial institution may be both an Acquisition Facility Issuing Lender and a Working Capital Facility Issuing Lender and shall for purposes of this proviso be considered one Issuing Lender).

JPMorgan Chase Bank ”: as defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Junior Indebtedness ”: as defined in Section 8.9.

 

38


Kildair ”: Kildair Services Ltd., a corporation formed under the laws of Canada.

Kildair Credit Agreement ”: that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Kildair, the lenders and agents party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as administrative agent.

Kildair Entities ”: collectively, Sprague International Properties LLC, Sprague Canadian Properties LLC, Kildair, Wintergreen Transport Corporation Ltd. and Transit P.M. Inc.

Laws ”: collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

L/C Fee Payment Date ”: (a) the fifteenth day after the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (or, if such day is not on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) and (b) the expiration date of the last outstanding Post-Termination LOC.

L/C Obligations ”: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of the then-outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed or converted into a Loan pursuant to Section 3.7(b) or (c) .

L/C Participants ”: with respect to any Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit, the Acquisition Facility L/C Participants, and with respect to any Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit, the Working Capital Facility L/C Participants.

L/C Participation Obligations ”: at any time, the Acquisition Facility L/C Participation Obligations and/or the Working Capital Facility L/C Participation Obligations at such time, as the context requires.

L/C Reimbursement Loan ”: as defined in Section 3.7(c) .

Lead Arranger ”: J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

Lender Party ”: each Agent, each Lender, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Co-Syndication Agents.

Lenders ”: as defined in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes, the Issuing Lenders and the Swing Line Lender. As of the Closing Date, each Lender is specified on Schedule 1.0 .

Letter of Credit ”: any Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit and any Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Request ”: a request by the Borrower for a new Letter of Credit or an amendment to an existing Letter of Credit, in each case pursuant to Section 3.3 , which request for a new Letter of Credit shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent and which request for an amendment to an existing Letter of Credit shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent.

 

39


Lien ”: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any Financing Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing), and the filing of any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable Law of any jurisdiction in order to perfect any of the foregoing; provided that “Lien” shall refer to neither (a) any interest or title of a lessor under any leases or subleases entered into by the Loan Parties in the ordinary course of business nor (b) licenses, sub-licenses, leases or sub-leases granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

Loan ”: any loan made pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents ”: this Agreement, the Notes, any Letter of Credit Requests, the Perfection Certificate, the Guarantee and the Security Documents.

Loan Parties ”: the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Long Tenor Letter of Credit ”: any (a) Trade Letter of Credit that is a Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit that is initially issued with a maximum tenor of more than ninety (90) days but less than three hundred sixty-four (364) days and (b) Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit.

Long Tenor Letter of Credit Sub-Limit ”: $75,000,000 at any time outstanding.

Maine Dock Liability Obligations ”: indebtedness of the Borrower with respect to the State of Maine Port Authority dock liability in an aggregate principal amount of $9,772,708 as of August 31, 2013 (which amount may be reduced (but not increased) from time to time).

Majority Facility Lenders ”: at any time, (a) with respect to the Acquisition Facility, Lenders having Acquisition Facility Credit Exposure Percentages which aggregate more than 50%; provided , that the Acquisition Facility Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from the calculation of Acquisition Facility Credit Exposure Percentages in determining the Majority Facility Lenders and (b) with respect to the Working Capital Facility, Lenders having Working Capital Facility Credit Exposure Percentages which aggregate more than 50%; provided , that the Working Capital Facility Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from the calculation of Working Capital Facility Credit Exposure Percentages in determining the Majority Facility Lenders.

Marked-to-Market Report ”: a comprehensive marked-to-market report, in form and substance reasonably similar to Exhibit R , of the Loan Parties’ Product purchase and sale positions identified in the related Position Report. Such report shall include all positions for all future time periods and cover all instruments that create either an obligation to purchase or sell Product or that generate price exposure and shall include unrealized marked-to-market margin for the position considered. The positions shall include, but not be limited to, positions under Physical Commodity Contracts for spot purchase and sale of Eligible Commodities, Forward Contracts, exchanges, Commodity OTC Agreements, Financial Hedging Agreements and Futures Contracts. The report shall exclude positions in carbon credits, wood pellets and any other energy products approved by the Required Lenders as “ Product ” pursuant to Section 5.21 after the Closing Date, in each case, to the extent that the Loan Parties’ positions in any such energy product are not material.

 

40


Marked-to-Market Value ”: with respect to any Commodity Contract of any Person on any date:

(a) in the case of a Commodity Contract for the purchase, sale, transfer or exchange of any physical Eligible Commodities, the unrealized gain or loss on such Commodity Contract, determined by comparing (i) the amount to be paid or received under such Commodity Contract for such Eligible Commodities pursuant to the terms thereof to (ii) the Value of such Eligible Commodities on such date, and

(b) in the case of any other Commodity Contract, the unrealized gain or loss on such Commodity Contract determined by calculating the amount to be paid or received under such other Commodity Contract pursuant to the terms thereof as if the cash settlement of such other Commodity Contract were to be calculated on such date of determination by reference to the Value of the Eligible Commodities that are the subject of such other Commodity Contract;

provided , that (i) in the case of any Commodity Contract that is, in whole or in part, an option by its terms, the amount so calculated shall reflect industry standard valuation models approved by the Co-Collateral Agents and (ii) the Marked-to-Market Value of any Commodity Contract for the storage or transportation of any physical Eligible Commodity shall be limited to its intrinsic value and shall take into account any demand charges associated with such Commodity Contract.

Market Value ”: with respect to an Eligible Commodity or Eligible RIN on any date, the price at which such Eligible Commodity or Eligible RIN could be purchased or sold for delivery on that date or during the applicable period adjusted to reflect the specifications thereof and the location and transportation differential, determined by using prices (a) on the New York Mercantile Exchange, the COMEX, the London Metal Exchange, the New York Board of Trade, the International Petroleum Exchange, the Intercontinental Commodities Exchange, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or, if a price for any such Eligible Commodity or Eligible RIN (or, in each case, delivery period or location) is not available on such exchanges, such other markets or exchanges recognized as such in the commodities trading industry, including over-the-counter markets and private quotations, or as published in an independent industry recognized source, in each case reasonably selected by the Borrower, (b) if such a price for any such Eligible Commodity or Eligible RIN is not available in any market or exchange described in clause (a) above, any other exchange or market reasonably selected by the Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents on such date or (c) if such a price for any such Eligible Commodity or Eligible RIN is not available in any market or exchange described in clause (a) or (b) above, such other value determined pursuant to methodology reasonably selected by the Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents. With respect to any Eligible Commodity consisting of tank bottoms consisting of distillates, gasolines or other light oil products or residual fuel oils acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents in their sole discretion (exercised in good faith), the Market Value thereof shall be 50% of the value as determined by the immediately preceding sentence.

Material Adverse Effect ”: a development or an event that has resulted in a material adverse change in (a) the operations, business, assets, properties or condition (financial or other condition) of the MLP and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or (c) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Agents or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

Materials Handling Contract ”: any fee-based contractual arrangement entered into by any Loan Party whereby such Loan Party performs business services relating to materials handling or through-put for a third party.

Materials of Environmental Concern ”: any gasoline, natural gas or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction or derivative thereof) or petroleum products or any other pollutant, contaminant,

 

41


dangerous goods, hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under, or which form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, including asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation, medical waste, radioactive materials and electromagnetic fields.

Maturity Date ”: the Acquisition Facility Maturity Date or the Working Capital Facility Maturity Date, as the context requires.

Maximum Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ”: 3.5:1.0.

Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio ”: 4.5:1.0.

Minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ”: 1.2:1.0.

Minimum Consolidated Net Working Capital Amount ”: $35,000,000.

MLP ”: Sprague Resources LP.

MLP Partnership Agreement ”: that certain First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sprague Resources LP, dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among the General Partner and the limited partners from time to time parties thereto.

Moody’s ”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to its rating agency business.

Mortgage and Security Agreement ”: (i) each Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing covering the Mortgaged Properties owned on the Closing Date and (ii) each Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing, substantially in the form of Exhibit L , with respect to each Mortgaged Property acquired after the Closing Date located in the United States.

Mortgaged Properties ”: each property listed on Schedule 1.1(E) and any other properties as to which the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, has after the Closing Date been granted a Lien pursuant to one or more Mortgage and Security Agreements.

Motiva Bridgeport Acquisition ”: the acquisition by Sprague Connecticut Properties LLC of the oil product terminal and associated dock and equipment located in Bridgeport, Connecticut from Motiva Enterprises LLC pursuant to that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, by and between Motiva Enterprises LLC and Sprague Connecticut Properties LLC.

Multiemployer Plan ”: a Plan which is a “ multiemployer plan ” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA and which is subject to Title IV of ERISA.

Natural Gas Products ”: natural gas and natural gas liquids and any other product or by-product of any of the foregoing, and all rights to transmit, transport or store any of the foregoing.

net after-Tax basis ”: with respect to any payment to be received by a Person from the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.10 (a “ Section 4.10 Payment ”) or pursuant to Section 11.6 in respect of an Indemnified Liability (a “ Section 11.6 Payment ”), the amount of such Section 4.10 Payment or Section 11.6 Payment plus a further payment or payments so that the net amount received by such Person, after all Taxes imposed on such Person with respect to such amounts (net of any actual current reduction in Taxes

 

42


payable by such Person as a result of the costs or expenses for which such Person receives a Section 4.10 Payment or Section 11.6 Payment) is equal to the original payment required to be received pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 11.6 , respectively. For avoidance of doubt, if a Lender incurs a cost of $100 for which the Borrower pays the Lender $100 pursuant to Section 11.6 , and the cost gives rise to a tax deduction that reduces such Person’s Taxes by $35, and the payment increases such Person’s Taxes by $35, then the net after-Tax basis payment shall be $100 because the increase in Tax of $35 with respect to the Indemnified Liability is offset by the reduction in Taxes of $35 that arises from the cost. However, if the cost was not deductible and the payment increased such Person’s Taxes by $35, then the net-after Tax basis payment would be at least $135.

Net Cash Proceeds ”: with respect to any Disposition of any Property or assets by any Person or any Recovery Event with respect to any asset of any Person, the aggregate amount of cash received from time to time by or on behalf of such Person for its own account in connection with any such transaction, after deducting therefrom (a) brokerage commissions, underwriting fees and discounts, legal fees, finder’s fees and other similar fees, costs and commissions and reasonable related expenses that, in each case, are incurred in connection with such event and are actually paid to or earned by a Person that is not a Subsidiary or Affiliate of any of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (b) reasonable reserves for liabilities, indemnities, escrows and purchase price adjustments in connection with any such Disposition or Recovery Event and (c) the amount of taxes payable by such Person (or, in the case of a Person that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, by the owner of such Person, in the case of a Person that is a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, by the owners of such Person, or in the case of a Person that is a member of a consolidated or unitary tax group, by such group, in each case, only to the extent the payor of such taxes is the Borrower or a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower) in connection with or as a result of such transaction that, in each case, are actually paid at the time of receipt of such cash to the applicable taxation authority or other Governmental Authority or, so long as such Person is not otherwise indemnified therefor, are reserved for in accordance with GAAP, as in effect at the time of receipt of such cash, based upon such Person’s reasonable estimate of such taxes, and paid to the applicable taxation authority or other Governmental Authority within 16 months after the date of receipt of such cash; provided that if, at the time any of the liabilities, indemnities, escrows or purchase price adjustments referred to in clause (b)  and/or taxes referred to in clause (c)  are actually paid or otherwise satisfied, the reserve therefor exceeds the amount paid or otherwise satisfied, then the amount of such excess reserve shall constitute “ Net Cash Proceeds ” on and as of the date of such payment or other satisfaction for all purposes of this Agreement.

Net Liquidation Value ”: with respect to any Commodity Account, the sum of (i) the aggregate marked-to-market value of all futures positions, (ii) the aggregate liquidation value of all option positions, and (iii) the cash balance, in each case credited to such Commodity Account.

New Lenders ”: as defined in Section 4.1(b)(iii) .

Non-Defaulting Lender ”: at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-Excluded Taxes ”: as defined in Section 4.11(a) .

Non-Exempt Agent ”: as defined in Section 4.11(e) .

Non-Exempt Lender ”: as defined in Section 4.1 1(e) .

Non-Renewal Notice Date ”: as defined in Section 3.4(c) .

 

43


Note ” and “ Notes ”: as defined in Section 4.5(e) .

Notice of Prepayment ”: as defined in Section 4.6 .

Obligations ”: the unpaid principal amount of, and interest (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any of the Loan Parties, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) on the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, and all other obligations and liabilities of any of the Loan Parties to the Secured Parties and the Lenders, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, or out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, any other Loan Documents, any Letter of Credit, any Commodity OTC Agreement with a Qualified Counterparty, any Financial Hedging Agreement with a Qualified Counterparty or any Cash Management Bank Agreement with a Qualified Cash Management Bank, or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith or herewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agents or to the Lenders that are required to be paid by a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents or other agreement or instrument evidencing such obligations or liabilities) or otherwise; provided that, for purposes of determining any Guarantor Obligations of any Guarantor under this Agreement, the definition of “Obligations” shall not create any guarantee by any Guarantor of any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor, provided further that, (i) obligations of any Loan Party under any Commodity OTC Agreement to a Qualified Counterparty, Financial Hedging Agreement to a Qualified Counterparty or any Cash Management Bank Agreement to a Qualified Cash Management Bank (such obligations, the “ Hedging and Bank Product Obligations ”), shall be secured pursuant to the Security Documents and guaranteed pursuant to the Guarantee only to the extent that, and for so long as, those obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties listed above not consisting of Hedging and Bank Product Obligations (the “ Other Obligations ”) are so secured and guaranteed, unless the Other Obligations cease to be so secured and guaranteed either (A) as a result of the Administrative Agent’s undertaking an Enforcement Action (as defined in the Security Agreement) or (B) following an Insolvency Proceeding (as defined in the Security Agreement) with respect to any Loan Party, in which cases the Hedging and Bank Product Obligations shall continue to be secured pursuant to the Security Documents and guaranteed pursuant to the Guarantee and (ii) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of any Hedging and Bank Product Obligations. The Hedging and Bank Product Obligations shall be subordinated to the Other Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

OFAC ”: as defined in Section 5.24(b)(i) .

Office Building Obligations ”: indebtedness with respect to the building to be built at 185 International Drive, Portsmouth, NH 03801 in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 (which amount may be reduced (but not increased) from time to time).

Operating Forecast ”: the monthly operating forecast of the income statement and balance sheet of the MLP and its consolidated Subsidiaries in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as updated from time to time pursuant to Section 7.1(e) .

Other Connection Taxes ”: with respect to any Lender or any Agent, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender or Agent and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Lender or Agent, as applicable, having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

44


Other Taxes ”: as defined in Section 4.11(b) .

Out of the Money Forward Contract Amount ”: to the extent that the Counterparty Forward Contract Amount with respect to any Forward Contract Counterparty is negative, the absolute value of such Counterparty Forward Contract Amount.

Out of the Money Swap Amount ”: to the extent that the Qualified Counterparty Swap Amount with respect to any Qualified Counterparty is negative, the absolute value of such Qualified Counterparty Swap Amount.

Overcollateralization Amount ”: with respect to any counterparty under a Commodity Contract of any Loan Party, the amount by which the cash collateral deposited with or prepayments made to such Loan Party by such counterparty exceeds the amount of the obligations such cash collateral was pledged to secure or with respect to which such prepayment was made.

Paid but Unexpired Letters of Credit ”: as of any Borrowing Base Date, the sum of (a) the amount of any payment made by any Loan Party within 45 calendar days prior to such Borrowing Base Date to satisfy the obligation for which a Letter of Credit was issued solely to the extent that such Letter of Credit has not been reduced, cancelled or drawn upon and (b) for any Trade Letter of Credit with respect to which no amount can be drawn with respect to mark-to-market liability, an amount equal to 20%, times, the lesser of (i) the then applicable undrawn portion of such Trade Letter of Credit and (ii) the operational tolerance with respect to the underlying purchase contract with respect to which such Trade Letter of Credit was issued.

Participant ” and “ Participants ”: as defined in Section 11.7(b) .

Participant Register ”: as defined in Section 11.7(b) .

Participation ”: as defined in Section 11.7(b) .

Payment Intangible ”: as defined in Section 9-102 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code.

PBGC ”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.

Perfected First Lien ”: any perfected, first priority Lien or security interest (or its substantial equivalent under applicable Laws) granted by a Loan Party pursuant to a Security Document in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties; provided that, in the case of inventory that is not located in the United States or contracts, Accounts Receivable or Payment Intangibles not governed by Laws of the United States of America or any state or political subdivision thereof, the validity and, if customarily available, priority of such Lien shall be confirmed by an opinion of special local counsel, the form and substance of which shall be customary and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Perfection Certificate ”: the Perfection Certificate to be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit Q .

 

45


Performance Letter of Credit ”: a standby Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit issued to support bonding, swap transaction, performance, transportation and tariff requirements relating to Eligible Commodities (other than the obligation to pay for the purchase of Eligible Commodities).

Performance Letter of Credit Sub-Limit ”: $50,000,000 at any time outstanding.

Permitted Borrowing Base Liens ”: (a) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, landlords’, or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or which have been bonded over or otherwise adequately secured against, (b) Permitted Cash Management Liens, (c) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents ( provided , that such permitted Liens shall not include any Liens purported to be granted to any commodity intermediary on assets other than assets credited to a Controlled Account maintained with such commodity intermediary or such Controlled Account as a result of the incorporation by reference of a separate security agreement), (d) First Purchaser Liens, (e) inchoate tax Liens, (f) Liens arising from unauthorized Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and (g) netting and other offset rights granted by any Loan Party to counterparties under Commodity Contracts and Financial Hedging Agreements on or with respect to payment and other obligations owed by such Loan Party to such counterparties.

Permitted Cash Management Liens ”: (a) Liens with respect to (i) all amounts due to the Cash Management Bank, in respect of customary fees and expenses for the routine maintenance and operation of any Cash Management Account, (ii) the face amount of any checks which have been credited to any Cash Management Account, but are subsequently returned unpaid because of uncollected or insufficient funds, or (iii) other returned items or mistakes made in crediting such Cash Management Account, (b) any other Liens permitted under the Account Control Agreement for a Cash Management Account, (c) Liens created by the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents, (d) inchoate tax Liens, (e) Liens arising from unauthorized Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, (f) any Overcollateralization Amounts and (g) Liens on currency, Cash Equivalents, commodities or Commodities Contracts of the Loan Parties deposited in, or credited to, any Controlled Account that are subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that, such Liens are specifically permitted by such Account Control Agreement or arise by operation of law.

Permitted Investors ”: Antonia A. Johnson, together with her spouse, children, grandchildren and heirs (and any trust of which any of the foregoing (or any combination thereof) constitute at least 80% of the then current beneficiaries).

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ”: as defined in Section 8.2(d).

Person ”: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Petition Date ”: as defined in the definition of “ Eligible Account Receivable ” in this Section 1.1.

Petroleum Products ”: crude oil and refined petroleum products (including heating oil, diesel, gasoline, kerosene, jet fuel and propane) and any other product or by-product of either of the foregoing, residual fuels, biodiesel, biofuels and ethanol and all rights to transmit, transport or store any of the foregoing.

 

46


Physical Commodity Contract ”: a contract for the purchase, sale, transfer or exchange of any physical Eligible Commodity.

Plan ”: at a particular time, any employee benefit plan which is covered by ERISA and in respect of which any of the Loan Parties or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “ employer ” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA or to which any Loan Party or Commonly Controlled Entity has any actual or contingent liability.

Platform ”: as defined in Section 11.2 .

Pledge Agreement ”: the Pledge Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties party thereto, substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Pledged Accounts ”: all Commodity Accounts, Deposit Accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) and Securities Accounts of any Grantor.

Pledged Collateral ”: the “Pledged Collateral” as defined in the Pledge Agreement.

Position Report ”: a position report in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit M which shows in detail the calculations supporting the Borrower’s certification of the Loan Parties’ compliance with the position limits in the Risk Management Policy.

Post-Termination LOC ”: as defined in Section 3.6(c) .

Prepaid Purchases ”: Eligible Commodities (consisting of Natural Gas Products and Petroleum Products) valued at the then current Value purchased and prepaid by the Loan Parties from suppliers reasonably acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents in their sole discretion, with respect to which (w) title shall not have passed to the any Loan Party, (x) such Eligible Commodities shall not have been delivered to any Loan Party; provided that such products must be supported by an invoice from said supplier (i) specifying the purpose of the applicable prepayment, and (ii) including a copy of the underlying purchase contract; (y) (A) with respect to the prepayments by the Borrower under that certain Master Agreement for the Purchase and Sale of Petroleum Products, Crude Oil and Natural Gas Liquids, effective March 15, 2009 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time), between the Borrower and Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., not more than sixty (60) days shall have elapsed since such prepayment was made or (B) with respect to prepayment by any Loan Party under any other agreement or arrangement, not more than five (5) Business Days shall have elapsed since such prepayment was made and (z) the Administrative Agent shall have a Perfected First Lien in the right of such Loan Party to receive such Eligible Commodities (including that no provision of any agreement between such supplier and such Loan Party shall prohibit the assignment of a security interest by such Loan Party to the Administrative Agent in such Loan Party’s right to receive such Eligible Commodities).

Product ”: as defined in Section 5.21(a) .

Product Taxes ”: any amounts which are due and owing to any Governmental Authority, including excise or sales taxes, applicable to services provided under any Materials Handling Contract or the sale of Eligible Commodities, to the extent such amounts are collected or collectable by any Loan Party from such Loan Party’s customer to be remitted to such Governmental Authority.

 

47


Pro Forma Basis ”: with respect to the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 on any date of determination, the calculation of such covenants as at such date of determination; provided that the amount of Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Fixed Charges in any such calculation shall be the amount of Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Fixed Charges for the most recently ended four (4) fiscal quarter period.

Pro Forma Financial Statements ”: as defined in Section 6.1(r)

Projections ”: as defined in Section 6.1(r) .

Properties ”: as defined in Section 5.22(a) .

Public Lender ”: as defined in Section 11.2 .

Qualified Cash Management Bank ”: any Cash Management Bank that, at the time a Cash Management Bank Agreement was entered into between a Loan Party and such Cash Management Bank, was a Lender (or an Affiliate thereof).

Qualified Counterparty ”: any counterparty to any Financial Hedging Agreement or Commodity OTC Agreement entered into between a Loan Party and a Person that, at the time such Financial Hedging Agreement or Commodity OTC Agreement was entered into, was a Lender; provided , that such counterparty (other than any counterparty that is the Administrative Agent) shall be a “Qualified Counterparty” with respect to any Financial Hedging Agreement or Commodity OTC Agreement solely to the extent such counterparty has delivered a Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification to the Administrative Agent.

Qualified Counterparty Swap Amount ”: with respect to any Qualified Counterparty, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate unrealized gains to each relevant Loan Party, based upon such Loan Party’s reasonable calculation of such amount in accordance with industry standard valuation models, under all Commodity OTC Agreements and Financial Hedging Agreements between such Qualified Counterparty and such Loan Party minus (b) the aggregate unrealized losses to such Loan Party, based upon such Loan Party’s reasonable calculation of such amount in accordance with industry standard valuation models, under all Commodity OTC Agreements and Financial Hedging Agreements between such Qualified Counterparty and such Loan Party.

Reconciliation Summary ”: with respect to the annual and monthly consolidated financial statements (other than the statements of cash flow and owners’ equity) delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 , (i) a schedule showing the elimination of transactions between any Loan Party and any Subsidiary of a Loan Party that is not itself a Loan Party and transactions between any Loan Party and any Affiliate of a Loan Party (other than any Subsidiary of a Loan Party), (ii) a statement showing the adjustments made to report such financial statements on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, as applicable, and (iii) a statement showing the adjustments made to such financial statements with respect to any Allowed Reserve.

Recovery Event ”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any Property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Loan Party resulting in Net Cash Proceeds to the applicable Loan Party in excess of $5,000,000.

Refunded Swing Line Loan ”: as defined in Section 2.6(a) .

Register ”: as defined in Section 11.7(d) .

 

48


Regulation U ”: Regulation U of the Board.

Reimbursement Date ”: as defined in Section 3.7(b) .

Reimbursement Obligations ”: the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse any Issuing Lender, pursuant to Section 3.7(a) for Unreimbursed Amounts.

Reinvestment Deferred Amount ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Loan Party in connection therewith which are not applied to prepay outstanding Loans pursuant to Section 4.7(c) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.

Reinvestment Event ”: any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which the Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.

Reinvestment Notice ”: a written notice executed by a Responsible Person of the Borrower stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the relevant Loan Party either (i) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire assets (directly or through the purchase of the Capital Stock of a Person pursuant to an Acquisition or otherwise) to replace, repair or upgrade the assets subject to such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, or (ii) in the case of a Recovery Event, has replaced, repaired or upgraded the asset subject to such Recovery Event prior to such Person’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof and the amount expended therefor.

Reinvestment Prepayment Amount ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire assets (directly or through the purchase of the Capital Stock of a Person pursuant to an Acquisition or otherwise) to replace, repair or upgrade the assets subject to such Reinvestment Event (including, in the case of a Recovery Event, amounts expended to replace, repair or upgrade the asset subject to such Recovery Event prior to the receipt by the relevant Loan Party of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof).

Reinvestment Prepayment Date ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring 12 months after such Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which the applicable Loan Party shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire assets (directly or through the purchase of the Capital Stock of a Person pursuant to an Acquisition or otherwise) to replace, repair or upgrade the assets subject to such Reinvestment Event with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.

Related Person ” means with respect to any Person, each officer, employee, director, trustee, agent, advisor, affiliate, partner and controlling person of such Person.

Relevant Facility Lender ”: with respect to any Acquisition Facility Loan, an Acquisition Facility Lender, and with respect to any Working Capital Facility Loan, a Working Capital Facility Lender.

Relevant Facility Loan ”: with respect to any L/C Reimbursement Loan related to an Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit, an Acquisition Facility Loan, and with respect to any L/C Reimbursement Loan related to a Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit, a Working Capital Facility Loan.

 

49


Relevant L/C Participant ”: with respect to an Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit, an Acquisition Facility L/C Participant, and with respect to a Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit, a Working Capital Facility L/C Participant.

Relevant Letter of Credit ”: with respect to an Acquisition Facility Issuing Lender, an Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit, and with respect to a Working Capital Facility Issuing Lender, a Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit.

Renewal Notice Date ”: as defined in Section 3.4(c) .

Reorganization ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event ”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty (30) day notice period is waived under PBGC Reg. § 4043.

Representatives ”: as defined in Section 11.16 .

Requested Increase Amount ”: as defined in Section 4.1(b)(i) .

Requested Increase Effective Date ”: as defined in Section 4.1(b)(i) .

Required Lenders ”: at any time, Lenders, the Credit Exposure Percentages of which aggregate more than 50%; provided , that the Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from the calculation of Credit Exposure Percentages in determining the Required Lenders.

Requirement of Law ”: as to any Person, any Law or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Person ”: (i) with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the chief executive officer, president, chairman, chief operating officer, chief accounting officer, chief financial officer, chief risk officer, chief compliance officer, senior vice-president, executive vice-president, vice-president of finance, controller, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, or any additional natural person notified to the Administrative Agent in an officer’s certificate signed by one or more then existing Responsible Persons of the MLP and that contains a specimen signature of such additional natural person; provided that, with respect to any Borrowing Base Report, “Responsible Person” shall include any vice president responsible for the oversight of the trading and financial operations of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, or any additional natural person notified to the Administrative Agent in an officer’s certificate signed by one or more then existing Responsible Persons of the MLP and that contains a specimen signature of such additional natural person; and (ii) with respect to the MLP, the chief executive officer, president, chairman, chief operating officer, chief accounting officer, chief financial officer, chief risk officer, chief compliance officer, senior vice-president, executive vice-president, vice-president of finance, controller, treasurer or assistant treasurer or any additional natural person notified to the Administrative Agent in an officer’s certificate signed by one or more then existing Responsible Persons of the MLP and that contains a specimen signature of such additional natural person.

Restricted Payments ”: as defined in Section 8.5 .

 

50


RIN ”: any renewable identification number associated with the government-mandated renewable fuel standards.

Risk Management Policy ”: the risk management policy of the Loan Parties applicable to the funding activities of the Loan Parties as approved by the board of directors of the General Partner and as in effect as of the date hereof, and as the same may be modified in accordance with Section 7.10 .

SEC ”: the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

SEC Filings ”: as defined in Section 7.1 .

Section 4.11 Certificate ”: as defined in Section 4.11(e) .

Secured Parties ”: collectively, the Agents, the Lenders (including any Issuing Lender in its capacity as Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as Swing Line Lender), any Qualified Cash Management Bank, any Qualified Counterparty and, in each instance, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Securities Account ”: as defined in Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code.

Security Agreement ”: the Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Security Documents ”: the collective reference to each Account Control Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, each Mortgage and Security Agreement and each other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any asset or assets of any Person to secure any of the Obligations or to secure any guarantee of any such Obligations.

Semi-Monthly Reporting Date ”: the fifteenth (15th) day and the last day of each month.

Single Employer Plan ”: any Plan which is subject to Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

S&P ”: Standard and Poor’s Financial Services LLC, or any successor to its rating agency business.

Specified Laws ”: (i) Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act.

Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the MLP. As of the Closing Date, the Subsidiaries of the MLP are listed on Schedule 5.15 .

 

51


Supermajority Lenders ”: at any time, Lenders the Credit Exposure Percentages of which aggregate more than 66 2/3%; provided that the Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from the calculation of Credit Exposure Percentage in determining Supermajority Lenders.

Swap ”: any agreement, contract, or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Amounts due to Qualified Counterparties ”: as of any date, the aggregate of all Out of the Money Swap Amounts.

Swap Obligation ”: with respect to any Person, any obligation to pay or perform under any Swap.

Swing Line Lender ”: JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as lender of Swing Line Loans hereunder.

Swing Line Loan Sub-Limit ”: $75,000,000 at any time outstanding.

Swing Line Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.3(a) .

Swing Line Participation Amount ”: as defined in Section 2.6(b) .

Synthetic Lease ”: any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations of the lessee in respect of which are treated as an operating lease for financial accounting purposes and a financing lease for tax purposes, in accordance with GAAP.

Taxes ”: as defined in Section 4.11(a) .

Termination Date ”: the date that is the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

Tier 1 Counterparty ”: in relation to an Eligible Account Receivable or Eligible Unbilled Account Receivable, the counterparty thereto to the extent that (a) such counterparty is Investment Grade or (b) such counterparty’s obligations with respect thereto are supported by Acceptable Investment Grade Credit Enhancement.

Tier 2 Counterparty ”: in relation to an Eligible Account Receivable or Eligible Unbilled Account Receivable, the counterparty thereto to the extent that it is not a Tier 1 Counterparty.

Title Insurance Company ”: as defined in Section 6.1(o) .

Total Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit ”: an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Acquisition Facility Loans outstanding at such time, plus (b) the aggregate amount of Acquisition Facility L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, that are, in each case, Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit.

Total Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit ”: an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Acquisition Facility Loans outstanding at such time, plus (b) the aggregate amount of Acquisition Facility L/C Obligations outstanding at such time.

Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit ”: an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Acquisition Facility Loans outstanding at such time, plus (b) the aggregate amount of Acquisition Facility L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, that are, in each case, Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit.

 

52


Total Extensions of Credit ”: at any time, the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit or the Total Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit at such time, as the context requires.

Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit ”: an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Working Capital Facility Loans and Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time, plus (b) the aggregate amount of Working Capital Facility L/C Obligations outstanding at such time.

Trade Letter of Credit ”: a commercial or standby Letter of Credit supporting the purchase of Eligible Commodities giving rise to Eligible Inventory and/or an Eligible Account Receivable no later than sixty (60) days following the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit.

Trading Business ”: with respect to each Lender, the day-to-day activities of such Lender or a division, Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Lender relating to the proprietary purchase, sale, hedging and/or trading of commodities, including Eligible Commodities, and any related derivative transactions.

Tranche ”: Eurodollar Loans, the then-current Interest Periods of which all begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Eurodollar Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Transferee ”: as defined in Section 11.7(f).

Type ”: as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

UCP 600 ”: as defined in Section 3.4(g) .

United States Dollars ” and “ $ ”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount ”: as defined in Section 3.7(a) .

USA PATRIOT Act ”: as defined in Section 5.24(a) .

Valuation Agent ”: Muse, Stancil & Co. or such other business valuation firm acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Value ”: means with respect to any Eligible Commodity or Eligible RIN, the Market Value thereof.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ”: means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment or other required scheduled payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wells Fargo Credit Agreement ”: that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2012, by and among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, as amended, supplemented, waived or modified prior to the date hereof.

 

53


Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Working Capital Facility ”: the Working Capital Facility Commitments and the extensions of credit thereunder.

Working Capital Facility Commitment ”: at any date, as to any Working Capital Facility Lender, the obligation of such Working Capital Facility Lender to make Working Capital Facility Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 and to participate in Swing Line Loans and Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Working Capital Facility Lender’s name on Schedule 1.0 under the caption “ Working Capital Facility Commitment ” or, as the case may be, in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Working Capital Facility Lender becomes a party hereto, as such amount may be changed from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. As of the Closing Date, the original aggregate amount of the Working Capital Facility Commitments is $750,000,000.

Working Capital Facility Commitment Percentage ”: as to any Working Capital Facility Lender at any time, the percentage which such Working Capital Facility Lender’s Working Capital Facility Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments of all Working Capital Facility Lenders at such time (or, at any time after the Working Capital Facility Commitments shall have expired or terminated, such Working Capital Facility Lenders’ Working Capital Facility Credit Exposure Percentage).

Working Capital Facility Commitment Period ”: the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the Working Capital Facility Commitment Termination Date or such earlier date on which all of the Working Capital Facility Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

Working Capital Facility Commitment Termination Date ”: the date that is the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

Working Capital Facility Credit Exposure ”: as to any Working Capital Facility Lender at any time, the Available Working Capital Facility Commitment of such Working Capital Facility Lender plus the amount of the Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit of such Working Capital Facility Lender.

Working Capital Facility Credit Exposure Percentage ”: as to any Working Capital Facility Lender at any time, the fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the Working Capital Facility Credit Exposure of such Working Capital Facility Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate Working Capital Facility Credit Exposures of all of the Working Capital Facility Lenders at such time.

Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit ”: at any date, as to any Working Capital Facility Lender at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal amount (without duplication) of Working Capital Facility Loans, Swing Line Loans and Refunded Swing Line Loans made by such Working Capital Facility Lender plus (without duplication) the amount of the undivided interest of such Working Capital Facility Lender in any then-outstanding Working Capital Facility L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans.

 

54


Working Capital Facility Increase ”: as defined in Section 4.1(b) .

Working Capital Facility Issuing Lenders ”: JPMorgan Chase Bank and [    ], and each other Working Capital Facility Lender from time to time designated by the Borrower (and agreed to by such Lender) as a Working Capital Facility Issuing Lender with the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), each in its capacity as issuer of any Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit.

Working Capital Facility L/C Obligations ”: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit which have not then been reimbursed or converted to a Working Capital Facility Loan pursuant to Section 3.7 .

Working Capital Facility L/C Participants ”: with respect to any Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit, all of the Working Capital Facility Lenders other than the Working Capital Facility Issuing Lender thereof.

Working Capital Facility L/C Participation Obligations ”: the obligations of the Working Capital Facility L/C Participants to purchase participations in the obligations of the Working Capital Facility Issuing Lenders under outstanding Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Working Capital Facility Lender ”: each Lender having a Working Capital Facility Commitment (or, after the termination of the Working Capital Facility Commitments, each Lender holding Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit), and, as the context requires, includes the Working Capital Facility Issuing Lenders. As of the Closing Date, each Working Capital Facility Lender is specified on Schedule 1.0 .

Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit ”: as defined in Section 3.1 .

Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit Sub-Limit ”: $250,000,000 at any time outstanding.

Working Capital Facility Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.1(a) .

Working Capital Facility Long Tenor Letters of Credit ”: Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit which are Long Tenor Letters of Credit.

Working Capital Facility Maturity Date ”: with respect to any Working Capital Facility Loan, the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the Working Capital Facility Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9 , (ii) the date on which the Working Capital Facility Commitments terminate pursuant to Section 4.1 and (iii) the Working Capital Facility Commitment Termination Date.

Working Capital Facility Non-Maintenance Cap-Ex Extensions of Credit ”: Working Capital Facility Loans and Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit which are used to finance Capital Expenditures other than for the maintenance of existing assets and property of the Loan Parties as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

 

55


Working Capital Facility Non-Maintenance Cap-Ex Sub-Limit ”: $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

Working Capital Facility Performance Letters of Credit ”: Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit which are Performance Letters of Credit.

Working Capital Facility Utilization ”: with respect to the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments, for any fiscal quarter, an amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to the quotient of (a) the quotient of (i) the sum of the applicable Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit outstanding as of the close of business on each day during such fiscal quarter divided by (ii) the number of days in such fiscal quarter divided by (b) the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments in effect on the last Business Day of such fiscal quarter.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions . (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any Notes or any other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in any Notes, any other Loan Documents and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the MLP and its Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and (subject to Section 1.2(c) ) accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1 , to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP ( provided that all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to (i) any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (previously referred to as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159) (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof).

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule, Exhibit and Annex references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(e) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to Governing Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, waivers, supplements and other modifications thereto and (ii) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

(f) As used herein and in any Notes, any other Loan Documents and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” and (ii) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights.

 

56


1.3 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower and/or the Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

  SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOANS AND COMMITMENTS

2.1 Working Capital Facility Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Working Capital Facility Lender severally shall make revolving credit loans under the Working Capital Facility Commitments (the “ Working Capital Facility Loans ”) to the Borrower in an amount requested by the Borrower from time to time during the Working Capital Facility Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Working Capital Facility Lender’s then outstanding Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit, does not exceed such Lender’s Working Capital Facility Commitment at such time; provided that, after giving effect to any Working Capital Facility Loan requested by the Borrower, each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied or waived. During the Working Capital Facility Commitment Period, the Borrower may borrow, prepay the Working Capital Facility Loans in whole or in part, and reborrow Working Capital Facility Loans, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

(b) Working Capital Facility Loans may be denominated only in United States Dollars and may from time to time be (i) Eurodollar Loans, (ii) Base Rate Loans or (iii) a combination thereof, in each case, as the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 4.3 . No Working Capital Facility Loan shall be made as a Eurodollar Loan after the day that is one (1) month prior to the Termination Date.

2.2 [Reserved] .

2.3 Swing Line Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender shall make a portion of the credit under the Working Capital Facility Commitments available to the Borrower by making swing line loans (individually, a “ Swing Line Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Swing Line Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Swing Line Loan Sub-Limit then in effect; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans outstanding at any time (including any such new Swing Line Loans), when aggregated with the Swing Line Lender’s Working Capital Facility Commitment Percentage of the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit, may exceed such Swing Line Lender’s Working Capital Facility Commitment then in effect and (ii) the Borrower shall not request, and the Swing Line Lender shall not make, any Swing Line Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such Swing Line Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available Working Capital Facility Commitments would be less than zero; provided further that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan requested by the Borrower, each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied or waived. During the Working Capital Facility Commitment Period, the Borrower may use the Swing Line Loan Sub-Limit by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

(b) Swing Line Loans shall be Base Rate Loans.

 

57


2.4 Acquisition Facility Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Acquisition Facility Lender severally shall make loans under the Acquisition Facility Commitments (the “ Acquisition Facility Loans ”) to the Borrower in an amount requested by the Borrower from time to time during the Acquisition Facility Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which does not exceed such Acquisition Facility Lender’s Acquisition Facility Commitment at such time; provided that, after giving effect to any Acquisition Facility Loan requested by the Borrower, each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied or waived. During the Acquisition Facility Commitment Period, the Borrower may borrow, prepay the Acquisition Facility Loans in whole or in part, and reborrow Acquisition Facility Loans, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

(b) Acquisition Facility Loans may be denominated only in United States Dollars and may from time to time be (i) Eurodollar Loans, (ii) Base Rate Loans or (iii) a combination thereof, in each case, as the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 4.3 . No Acquisition Facility Loan shall be made as a Eurodollar Loan after the day that is one (1) month prior to the Termination Date.

2.5 Procedure for Borrowing Loans . (a) The Borrower may borrow Acquisition Facility Loans, Working Capital Facility Loans and Swing Line Loans during the applicable Commitment Period on any Business Day; provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent, irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent, (x) in the case of a Working Capital Facility Loan or Acquisition Facility Loan, prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), (A) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, if all or any part of the requested Working Capital Facility Loans or Acquisition Facility Loans are to be initially Eurodollar Loans, or (B) on the same Business Day of the requested Borrowing Date, otherwise, and (y) in the case of a Swing Line Loan, prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the requested Borrowing Date, in each case, in the form attached hereto as Annex I (the “ Borrowing Notice ”), specifying:

(i) whether the borrowing is to be an Acquisition Facility Loan, Working Capital Facility Loan or a Swing Line Loan;

(ii) the amount to be borrowed;

(iii) the requested Borrowing Date;

(iv) in the case of a Working Capital Facility Loan, whether the borrowing is to be a Working Capital Facility Non-Maintenance Cap-Ex Extension of Credit;

(v) in the case of an Acquisition Facility Loan, whether the borrowing is to be an Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extension of Credit, an Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extension of Credit or an Acquisition Facility Maintenance Cap-Ex Extension of Credit;

(vi) in the case of a Working Capital Facility Loan or an Acquisition Facility Loan, the purpose of such Loan;

(vii) in the case of a Working Capital Facility Loan or an Acquisition Facility Loan, whether the borrowing is to be a Base Rate Loan, a Eurodollar Loan or a combination thereof; and

(viii) in the case of a Working Capital Facility Loan or an Acquisition Facility Loan, if the borrowing is to be entirely or partly of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Periods therefor.

 

58


(b) Each borrowing of Acquisition Facility Loans, Working Capital Facility Loans and Swing Line Loans shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Commitments applicable to such Loans of all Lenders of such Loans are less than $100,000, such lesser amount) and (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.

(c) Upon receipt of any notice from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.5(a) with respect to a requested borrowing of Acquisition Facility Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Acquisition Facility Lender thereof, and upon receipt of any notice from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.5(a) with respect to a requested borrowing of Working Capital Facility Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Working Capital Facility Lender thereof. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions contained in Section 6.2 , each Working Capital Facility Lender shall make the amount of its Working Capital Facility Commitment Percentage of each such borrowing of Working Capital Facility Loans, and each Acquisition Facility Lender shall make the amount of its Acquisition Facility Commitment Percentage of each such borrowing of Acquisition Facility Loans, available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Administrative Agent’s office specified in Section 11.2 prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Each Loan so requested will then promptly, and not later than 3:30 p.m. (New York City time), be made available on the Borrowing Date to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent by wire transfer to the account of the Borrower set forth on Schedule 2.2 or to such other account as may be specified by the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

(d) Upon receipt of any notice from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.5(a) with respect to a requested borrowing of a Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will make the amount of the requested Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower within two (2) hours of receipt of the Borrowing Notice therefor on the Borrowing Date by wire transfer to the account of the Borrower set forth on Schedule 2.2 or such other account as may be specified by the Borrower.

(e) [Reserved].

(f) [Reserved].

2.6 Refunding of Swing Line Loans . (a) The Borrower unconditionally promises to pay each Swing Line Loan on or before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day following the making of such Swing Line Loan (or, if earlier, the Working Capital Facility Maturity Date), including by arranging to refinance such Swing Line Loan with a Working Capital Facility Loan in accordance with procedures specified herein. If the Administrative Agent shall not have received full repayment in cash of any Swing Line Loan on or before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the day that is five (5) Business Days after the making of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender may, not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time), on such day, request on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to act on its behalf solely in this regard), that each Working Capital Facility Lender, including the Swing Line Lender, make a Working Capital Facility Loan (which initially shall be a Base Rate Loan) in an amount equal to such Working Capital Facility Lender’s Working Capital Facility Commitment Percentage of the outstanding amount of such Swing Line Loan (a “ Refunded Swing Line Loan ”). In accordance with Section 2.5(c) , unless any of the conditions contained in Section 6.2 shall not have been satisfied or waived (in which event the procedures of clause (b) of this Section 2.6 shall apply), each Working Capital Facility Lender shall make the proceeds of its Working Capital Facility Loan available to the Swing Line Lender for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Swing Line Lender’s Applicable Lending Office for Base Rate Loans prior to 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) in funds immediately available on the Business Day such request is made. The proceeds of such Working Capital Facility Loans shall be immediately applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Loans.

 

59


(b) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by a Working Capital Facility Loan in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 2.6 , the Swing Line Lender irrevocably agrees to grant to each Working Capital Lender, and, to induce the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans hereunder, each Working Capital Lender irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase from the Swing Line Lender, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, for such Working Capital Lender’s own account and risk on the date such Working Capital Facility Loan was to have been made, an undivided participation interest in the then-outstanding Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to its Working Capital Facility Commitment Percentage of such Swing Line Loans that were to have been repaid with such Working Capital Facility Loans (the “ Swing Line Participation Amount ”). Each Working Capital Facility Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds such Working Capital Lender’s Swing Line Participation Amount, and upon receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute such funds to the Swing Line Lender in like funds received.

(c) If any Working Capital Facility Lender failed to timely pay to the Administrative Agent all or a portion of its Swing Line Participation Amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.6(b) , such overdue amounts shall bear interest payable by such Working Capital Facility Lender at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Working Capital Facility until such overdue amounts are paid in full.

(d) Each Working Capital Facility Lender’s obligation to make Working Capital Facility Loans referred to in Section 2.6(a) and to purchase participation interests pursuant to Section 2.6(b) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Working Capital Facility Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower, or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default, (iii) any failure to satisfy any condition precedent to the applicable extension of credit set forth in Section 6 , (iv) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Loan Party, (v) any breach of this Agreement or any Loan Document by any Loan Party or any other Lender or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(e) Whenever, at any time after the Swing Line Lender has received from any Working Capital Facility Lender its Swing Line Participation Amount, the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account thereof (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the Swing Line Lender) or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Swing Line Lender shall distribute to such Working Capital Facility Lender its Working Capital Facility Commitment Percentage of such payments; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by the Swing Line Lender shall be required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender, such Working Capital Facility Lender shall return to the Swing Line Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by the Swing Line Lender to it in like funds received.

2.7 [Reserved] .

2.8 Commitment Fee . Subject to Section 4.18(b)(i) , the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender under each Facility a commitment fee for the period from and including the first day of the Commitment Period for such Facility to but not including the Commitment Termination Date for such Facility, computed at the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate for such Facility on the average daily amount of the Available Commitment of such Lender under such

 

60


Facility during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the fifteenth day after the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (or, if such day is not on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) and on the Commitment Termination Date for such Facility or such earlier date as all of the Commitments under such Facility shall terminate as provided herein, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof.

 

  SECTION 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1 Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit . On the Closing Date, upon the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 6.1 , each of the Existing Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit shall automatically be deemed to be Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit outstanding under this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Working Capital Facility Issuing Lender severally agrees to issue letters of credit (“ Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit ”) for the account of the Borrower for use by the Borrower or any other Loan Party from time to time during the Working Capital Facility Commitment Period; provided that, after giving effect to any Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit requested by the Borrower:

(i) each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied or waived; and

(ii) Section 3.4 shall not be contravened by any Loan Party at any time.

The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that, for the avoidance of doubt, each Letter of Credit designated as Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit shall be entirely a Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit and no portion thereof will be an Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit.

3.2 Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit . On the Closing Date, upon the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 6.1 , each of the Existing Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit shall automatically be deemed to be Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit outstanding under this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Acquisition Facility Issuing Lender severally agrees to issue letters of credit (“ Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit ”) for the account of the Borrower from time to time during the Acquisition Facility Commitment Period; provided that, after giving effect to any Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit requested by the Borrower:

(i) each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall be satisfied or waived; and

(ii) Section 3.4 shall not be contravened by any Loan Party at any time.

The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that, for the avoidance of doubt, each Letter of Credit designated as Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit shall be entirely an Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit and no portion thereof will be a Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit.

3.3 Procedure for the Issuance and Amendments of Letters of Credit .

(a) Procedure for the Issuance of Letters of Credit . The Borrower may from time to time request the issuance of an Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit from an Acquisition Facility Issuing Lender or a Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit from a Working Capital Facility Issuing Lender by delivering to the Issuing Lender of such Letter of Credit and the Administrative Agent a Letter of Credit Request, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as such Issuing Lender may reasonably request (consistent with requests made by such Issuing Lender from other similarly situated account parties). Such Letter of Credit Request shall specify:

(i) whether the Letter of Credit requested is to be an Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit or a Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit;

 

61


(ii) the maximum amount of such Letter of Credit and the account party therefor;

(iii) in the case of a Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit, if such Working Capital Facility Letter of Credit is a Performance Letter of Credit, a Long Tenor Letter of Credit and/or a Trade Letter of Credit;

(iv) in the case of an Acquisition Facility Letter of Credit, if such Letter of Credit is to be an Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extension of Credit, an Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extension of Credit or an Acquisition Facility Maintenance Cap-Ex Extension of Credit;

(v) the requested date on which such Letter of Credit is to be issued;

(vi) the purpose and nature of the proposed Letter of Credit;

(vii) the name and address of the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit;

(viii) the expiration or termination date of the Letter of Credit;

(ix) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in the case of a drawing or demand for payment thereunder; and

(x) the delivery instructions for such Letter of Credit.

If requested by the Issuing Lender, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. To the extent that any material provision of any such application is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3 or adds events of default, grants of security, or remedies not already contained in the Loan Documents, the provisions of this Section 3 and this Agreement shall apply and such provision shall not be given effect.

(b) Procedure for Amendments of Letters of Credit . The Borrower may from time to time request an amendment (including any extension) to any outstanding Letter of Credit by delivering to the Issuing Lender of such Letter of Credit and the Administrative Agent a Letter of Credit Request which shall specify:

(i) the Letter of Credit to be amended;

(ii) the requested date of the proposed amendment;

(iii) the nature of the proposed amendment; and

(iv) the delivery instructions for such amendment.

(c) Timing of Letter of Credit Requests . A Letter of Credit Request must be received by the applicable Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent by no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the date such Letter of Credit is to be issued or amended, or such other time as previously agreed between the Issuing Lender thereof and the Borrower. Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to an outstanding Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent and the Acquisition Facility Lenders or the Working Capital Facility Lenders, as applicable, shall be entitled to assume that the Letter of Credit Request and certificates, documents and other papers and information reasonably requested by the Issuing Lender in connection therewith were completed and delivered to the satisfaction of such Issuing Lender.

 

62


(d) Validation Procedure . Upon receipt of a Letter of Credit Request by an Issuing Lender, such Issuing Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone and in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Request and, if not, such Issuing Lender will provide the Administrative Agent, with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by such Issuing Lender of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested Letter of Credit or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, such Issuing Lender shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such Issuing Lender’s usual and customary business practices.

3.4 General Terms of Letters of Credit . (a) Each Letter of Credit is to be denominated only in United States Dollars.

(b) Each Letter of Credit shall, subject to Section 3.4(c), expire no later than ninety (90) days after the date of issuance (or extension), unless such Letter of Credit is, subject to the Long Tenor Letter of Credit Sub-Limit, a Long Tenor Letter of Credit, or, subject to the Performance Letter of Credit Sub-Limit, a Performance Letter of Credit, in which case, such Letter of Credit shall expire no later than the earlier of three hundred sixty-four (364) days after the date of issuance and the Termination Date applicable thereto; provided that (i) at any time, the aggregate face of amount of all Letters of Credit issued with an expiration date after the Termination Date applicable thereto shall not exceed $300,000,000; (ii) all Letters of Credit with an expiration date after the Termination Date applicable thereto shall be returned and cancelled (with the beneficiary’s consent) or Cash Collateralized at least 15 Business Days prior to the Termination Date applicable thereto and (iii) no such Letter of Credit may be issued with an expiration date after the date that is six months after the Termination Date applicable thereto.

(c) Upon request by the Borrower in the applicable Letter of Credit Request, the relevant Issuing Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”). Unless otherwise agreed upon by the applicable Issuing Lender at its sole discretion, the Borrower shall make a specific request to such Issuing Lender for any renewal of an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit, such prior notice to be delivered to the applicable Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration or termination date of such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit (the date of the delivery of such notice, the “ Renewal Notice Date ”); provided that, unless otherwise agreed upon by the applicable Issuing Lender at its sole discretion, the Borrower shall provide to the applicable Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent written notice of its intent to not renew such an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration or termination date of such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit (the date of the delivery of such notice, the “ Non-Renewal Notice Date ”). Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued (or is permitted to be outstanding hereunder in the case of an outstanding Letter of Credit that is an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit), the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but the Lenders may not require) such Issuing Lender to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to a date not later than six (6) months after the Termination Date; provided , however, that no Issuing Lender shall permit any renewal of an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit if (A) such Issuing Lender has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 3.4 or 6.2 or otherwise), (B) after giving effect to any such renewal, the earlier of the (x) expiration date of such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit and (y) the next occurring Non-Renewal Notice Date of such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit would occur after the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date, or (C) it has received notice in writing on or before the date that is two (2) Business Days before the Renewal Notice Date from the

 

63


Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 3.4 or 6.2 is not then satisfied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Issuing Lender shall have any obligation to permit the renewal of any Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit at any time if any of the applicable conditions specified in Section 6.2 is not then satisfied.

(d) If any Issuing Lender (other than JPMorgan Chase Bank or an Affiliate thereof) shall issue, extend or amend any Letter of Credit without obtaining prior consent of the Administrative Agent (as provided in Section 3.3(d) ), or if any Issuing Lender (other than, in the case of clause (i) below, JPMorgan Chase Bank or an Affiliate thereof) shall permit the extension or renewal of an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit (i) without giving timely prior notice to the Administrative Agent or (ii) when such extension or renewal is not permitted hereunder (as provided in sub-section (c) above), such Letter of Credit (A) shall for all purposes be deemed to have been issued by such Issuing Lender solely for its own account and risk and (B) shall not be considered a Letter of Credit outstanding under this Agreement, and no Lender shall be deemed to have any participation therein, effective as of the date of such issuance, amendment, extension or renewal, as the case may be, unless the Required Lenders expressly consent thereto; provided , however , that to be considered a Letter of Credit outstanding under this Agreement, the consent of all Lenders shall be required to the extent that any such issuance, amendment, extension or renewal is not then permitted hereunder by reason of the provisions of this Section 3.4 .

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an Issuing Lender is under no obligation to issue or provide any Letter of Credit (including any renewal of an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit) or renew, extend or amend any Letter of Credit unless consented to by such Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent, if:

(i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Lender from issuing, renewing, extending or amending such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law applicable to such Issuing Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of Law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that such Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance, renewal, extension or amending of a Letter of Credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (in the case of an amendment of a Letter of Credit, for which such Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it; or

(ii) such Letter of Credit or the requested amendment is not in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such Issuing Lender thereof or the issuance of such Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable policies of such Issuing Lender.

(f) Within one (1) Business Day after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the Issuing Lender thereof will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(g) Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the International Standby Practices (“ ISP 98 ”) International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 or Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits No. 600 (“ UCP 600 ”), as applicable, and to the extent not inconsistent with ISP 98 or UCP 600, the Laws of the State of New York.

 

64


3.5 Fees, Commissions and Other Charges .

(a) Letter of Credit Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the relevant Issuing Lender and the Acquisition Facility L/C Participants or Working Capital Facility L/C Participants, as applicable, a letter of credit commission, with respect to each outstanding Letter of Credit, in an amount equal to the Applicable L/C Fee Rate times the average daily maximum amount of such Letter of Credit; provided that such letter of credit commission shall not be in an amount less than $500 for the period during which such Letter of Credit is outstanding, and, in each case, such commission shall be payable to the Acquisition Facility L/C Participants or Working Capital Facility L/C Participants, as applicable, and the Issuing Lender of such Letter of Credit to be shared ratably among them in accordance with the average daily amount of their respective Acquisition Facility Commitment Percentages and Working Capital Facility Commitment Percentages. Such commission shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date.

(b) Fronting Fee . In addition to the fees and commissions in Sections 3.5(a) and (c) , the Borrower shall pay each relevant Issuing Lender an amount equal to 0.20% per annum times the face amount of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender. Such fee shall be nonrefundable and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date.

(c) Other Charges . In addition to the foregoing fees and commissions, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse each Issuing Lender of any Letter of Credit for such normal and customary costs, expenses and fees as are incurred or charged by such Issuing Lender in issuing, effecting payment under, amending, processing, negotiating or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit. The Borrower shall pay each relevant Issuing Lender of any Letter of Credit (i) a fee of no less than $500 for any issuance of a Letter of Credit by such Issuing Lender and (ii) a fee of $100 for any amendment of a Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender (which fees shall be in addition to any fee payable under the preceding sentence for such issuance or amendment).

(d) Distribution of Fees . The Administrative Agent shall, within two (2) Business Days following its receipt thereof, distribute to the relevant Issuing Lenders and the L/C Participants all fees and commissions received by the Administrative Agent for their respective accounts pursuant to this Section 3.5 .

3.6 L/C Participations . (a) Each Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each Relevant L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Lenders to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each Relevant L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from each such Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, for such Relevant L/C Participant’s own account and risk, an undivided interest in such Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under each Relevant Letter of Credit issued or provided by such Issuing Lender hereunder and the amounts paid by such Issuing Lender thereunder equal to such Relevant L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage.

(b) Each L/C Participant’s obligation to accept and purchase for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk, an undivided participation interest in an Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under each Letter of Credit issued or provided by such Issuing Lender hereunder and the amounts paid by such Issuing Lender thereunder equal to such L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage thereof shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such L/C Participant may have against any Issuing Lender, the Borrower, or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Loan Party, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any Loan Party or any other Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

65


(c) The obligations of the L/C Participants to purchase participations in the obligations of the Issuing Lenders under outstanding Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.6 shall survive the Termination Date with respect to Letters of Credit which have been Cash Collateralized pursuant to Section 3.4(b) until the earliest of (i) the expiration date for such Letters of Credit and all drawings thereunder having been repaid in full, (ii) the date the entire amount available under such Letters of Credit are drawn and such drawings are repaid and no further drawings are permitted under such Letters of Credit, and (iii) the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date applicable to such Letters of Credit; provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.6(c) , with respect to any Letter of Credit having an expiration date following the Termination Date applicable thereto (such a Letter of Credit, a “ Post-Termination LOC ”), in no event shall the obligations of the L/C Participants to purchase participations in the obligations of an Issuing Lender under a Post-Termination LOC pursuant to Section 3.6(a) expire or terminate prior to the Business Day following the expiration, cancellation or termination of the last remaining outstanding Post-Termination LOC and the payment in full of all drawings, if any, thereunder.

(d) If for any reason any Unreimbursed Amount cannot be refinanced by an L/C Reimbursement Loan in accordance with Section 3.7(c) , each Relevant L/C Participant shall, on or before the deadline for such Relevant Facility Loan to have been made, pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Lender in immediately available funds such Relevant L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage of such Unreimbursed Amount, and upon receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute such funds to the applicable Issuing Lender in like funds received.

(e) If any L/C Participant fails to timely pay to the Administrative Agent all or a portion of its Commitment Percentage of any Unreimbursed Amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(d) , such overdue amounts shall bear interest payable by such L/C Participant at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the applicable Facility until such overdue amounts are paid in full.

(f) Whenever, at any time after any Issuing Lender has received from any Relevant L/C Participant its Commitment Percentage of any Unreimbursed Amount, such Issuing Lender receives any payment on account thereof (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by such Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, such Issuing Lender shall distribute to such Relevant L/C Participant its Commitment Percentage of such payments; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by such Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by such Issuing Lender, such Relevant L/C Participant shall return to such Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by such Issuing Lender to it in like funds received.

3.7 Reimbursement Obligations of the Borrower . (a) Upon receipt by the relevant Issuing Lender from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing or demand for payment under such Letter of Credit, such Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. If the Borrower receives notice (confirmed by telephone) from such Issuing Lender of a drawing or demand for payment under a Letter of Credit prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), on any Business Day, the Borrower shall reimburse such Issuing Lender on such Business Day for the Unreimbursed Amount of such Letter of Credit. If the Borrower receives notice (confirmed by telephone) from such Issuing Lender of a drawing or demand for payment under a Letter of Credit at or after 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), on any Business Day, the Borrower shall so reimburse such Issuing Lender on the Business Day immediately following the Business Day upon which such notice was received by the Borrower. Such reimbursement shall be made directly to such Issuing Lender in an amount in United Stated Dollars equal to (i) the amount so paid and (ii) any Non-Excluded Taxes and any reasonable fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by such Issuing Lender at its Applicable Lending Office in immediately available funds (such amount that has not been reimbursed by the Borrower being, the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”).

 

66


(b) If the Borrower fails to fully reimburse any Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.7(a) at the time and on the due date specified in such Section (the “ Reimbursement Date ”), such Issuing Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower), which notice shall be provided on a Business Day, and specify in such notice the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount. Immediately upon receipt of such notice from such Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Relevant L/C Participant of the Reimbursement Date, the Unreimbursed Amount, and the amount of such Relevant L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage thereof.

(c) If there shall be any Unreimbursed Amounts owing to any Issuing Lender on or after such Unreimbursed Amounts were due pursuant to Section 3.7(a) , the relevant Issuing Lender may request on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes such Issuing Lender to act on its behalf solely in this regard), that each Relevant Facility Lender make a Relevant Facility Loan (which initially shall be a Base Rate Loan) in an amount equal to such Relevant Facility Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding amount of such Unreimbursed Amount (an “ L/C Reimbursement Loan ”). In accordance with Section 2.5(c) , unless any of the conditions contained in Section 6.2 shall not have been satisfied or waived (in which event the procedures set forth in Section 3.6 shall apply), each Relevant Facility Lender shall make the proceeds of its Relevant Facility Loan available to the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) in funds immediately available on the Business Day next succeeding the date such request is made. The proceeds of such Relevant Facility Loans shall be immediately applied to repay the applicable Issuing Lender.

(d) With respect to Unreimbursed Amounts that are not paid on the date due, interest shall be payable on any and all Unreimbursed Amounts from the date such amounts become payable (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, demand or otherwise) until payment in full (either in cash or upon the making of a Relevant Facility Loan) at the applicable rate which would be payable on any outstanding Relevant Facility Loans that were Base Rate Loans which were then overdue.

3.8 Obligations Absolute . (a) The Borrower’s obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute, irrevocable and unconditional and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Lender, nor any of their Related Persons, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Lender; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Lender from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Lender’s failure to exercise care

 

67


when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Lender (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

3.9 Role of the Issuing Lenders . (a) The responsibility of any Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit issued on behalf of the Borrower shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered by or on behalf of the beneficiary under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are in conformity with such Letter of Credit. In addition, each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing or demand for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender of such Letter of Credit shall not have any responsibility to inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any document presented in connection with such drawing or demand for payment or the authority of the Person executing or delivering the same.

(b) No Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any Issuing Lender shall be liable to any Lender for: (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith in respect of any Letter of Credit at the request or with the approval or deemed approved of the Required Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in respect of any Letter of Credit in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any document delivered in connection with the issuance or payment of such Letter of Credit.

(c) The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower from pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against such beneficiary or transferee. No Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Issuing Lenders shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section 3.8 ; provided , however , that anything in such Section or elsewhere herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against any Issuing Lender and such Issuing Lender may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proved were caused (x) by such Issuing Lender’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of documents strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit or (y) as a result of gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Issuing Lender with respect to the payment by such Issuing Lender of any Letter of Credit against presentation of any document or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing: (i) any Issuing Lender may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary; and (ii) no Issuing Lender shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

68


3.10 Letter of Credit Request . To the extent that any material provision of any Letter of Credit Request related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3 , the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

 

  SECTION 4 GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

4.1 Increase, Termination or Reduction of Commitments . (a) The Borrower shall have the right, from time to time, upon not less than four (4) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Working Capital Facility Commitments and Acquisition Facility Commitments or, from time to time, reduce the Commitments on a ratable basis; provided , that no such termination or reduction of the relevant Commitments shall be permitted to the extent that, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Loans and Cash Collateralization of the Letters of Credit made on or before the effective date thereof, (i) the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit would exceed the aggregate amount of all Working Capital Facility Commitments of all Working Capital Facility Lenders then in effect or (ii) the Total Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit would exceed the aggregate amount of all Acquisition Facility Commitments of all Acquisition Facility Lenders then in effect. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof and shall reduce permanently and ratably the applicable relevant Commitment then in effect.

(b) At any time during the Increase Period, (x) the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments may be increased to an amount not to exceed $950,000,000 (a “ Working Capital Facility Increase ”) and (y) the aggregate Acquisition Facility Commitments may be increased to an amount not to exceed $450,000,000 (an “ Acquisition Facility Increase ”; a Working Capital Facility Increase and an Acquisition Facility Increase, each being a “ Facility Increase ”) pursuant to the following procedure:

(i) Not more than thirty (30) days and not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed effective date of any Facility Increase with respect to any Facility, the Borrower may make a written request for such Facility Increase to the Administrative Agent, who shall forward a copy of any such request to the Lenders under such Facility. Each request by the Borrower pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall specify a proposed effective date of such increase (the “ Requested Increase Effective Date ”), the aggregate amount of such requested increase (the “ Requested Increase Amount ”), and shall constitute an invitation to each of the Lenders under such Facility to increase its Commitment under such Facility by its Commitment Percentage of such Requested Increase Amount.

(ii) Each Lender under such Facility, acting in its sole discretion and with no obligations to increase its Commitment under such Facility pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) , shall by written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent advise the Borrower and the Administrative Agent whether or not such Lender agrees to all or any portion of such increase in its Commitment under such Facility within ten (10) days after the Borrower’s request. Any such Lender may accept all of its Commitment Percentage of such increase, a portion of such increase, or decline to accept any of such increase in its Commitment under such Facility. If any such Lender shall not have responded affirmatively within such ten (10) day period, such Lender shall be deemed to have rejected the Borrower’s request for an increase in such Commitment in full. Promptly following the conclusion of such ten (10) day period, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of the results of the request for the applicable Facility Increase.

(iii) If the aggregate amount of the increases in the Commitments under any Facility which the Lenders under such Facility have accepted in accordance with Section 4.1(b)(ii) shall be less than the Requested Increase Amount, the Administrative Agent (subject to the approval of the

 

69


Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lenders under such Facility, such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) may offer to such additional Persons (including the Lenders under such Facility), as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the opportunity to make available such amount of new Commitments under such Facility as may be required so that the aggregate increases in the Commitments under such Facility by the existing Lenders thereunder together with such new Commitments by such other Persons (the “ New Lenders ”) shall equal the Requested Increase Amount (the aggregate Facility Increase provided by such existing Lenders and the New Lenders, the “ Increase Amount ”). Such Increase Amount shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof. The effectiveness of all such increases in the Commitments under such Facility are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: (A) each Lender that so elects to increase its Commitment under such Facility (each an “ Increasing Lender ”), each New Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have executed and delivered an agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit P (an “ Increase and New Lender Agreement ”); (B) (i) with respect to the Working Capital Facility, aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitment after giving effect to such increases shall not exceed $950,000,000 and (ii) with respect to the Acquisition Facility, the aggregate Acquisition Facility Commitments after giving effect to such increase shall not exceed $450,000,000; (C) any fees and other amounts (including pursuant to Section 11.6 ) payable by the Borrower in connection with such increase and accession shall have been paid; (D) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such increase in the Commitments; (E) delivery of an Availability Certification dated as of the date of such increase and (F) the Administrative Agent shall have received in respect of the Mortgaged Properties (1) such amendments to the Mortgage and Security Agreements as are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party to the extent necessary to reflect the increase in the Working Capital Facility or the Acquisition Facility, as applicable (it being understood that, unless requested by the Administrative Agent, no amendment shall increase the amount secured thereby if the same will result in the payment of additional mortgage recording tax) and (2) with respect to each such Mortgage and Security Agreement, a date-down endorsement to the title insurance policy covering such Mortgage and Security Agreement (or if a date-down is not available for a particular jurisdiction, a new title insurance policy in the same insured amount as originally issued or marked up unconditional title commitment, pro forma policy or binder for such insurance) in each case in form and substance not materially less favorable to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders as such title policies or marked up unconditional title commitments, pro forma policies or binders delivered on or prior to the Closing Date, (3) evidence satisfactory to it that all premiums in respect of a related date-down endorsement or title policy (or policies) have been paid and (4) to the extent required by applicable Law, a standard flood hazard determination for each Mortgaged Property, and with respect to any Mortgaged Property that is located in a special flood hazard area, evidence of flood insurance in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, Extensions of Credit made under any Facility Increase shall bear interest at the rate otherwise applicable to corresponding Extensions of Credit under the applicable Facility.

(iv) On any Requested Increase Effective Date with respect to any Facility, (A) each Increasing Lender or New Lender thereof shall make available to the Administrative Agent such amounts in immediately available funds as the Administrative Agent shall determine for the benefit of the other Lenders under such Facility as being required in order to cause (after giving effect to such increase and the use of such amounts to make payments to the other Lenders under such Facility) each Lender’s portion of the outstanding Loans of all Lenders under such Facility to equal its Commitment Percentage of such Loans, (B) the Borrower shall be deemed to have repaid and reborrowed all outstanding Loans of all the Lenders under such Facility to equal its Commitment Percentage of such outstanding Loans as of the date of the applicable Facility Increase (with such reborrowing to consist of the Types of Loans, with related Interest Periods, if applicable, specified in a notice delivered by the

 

70


Borrower in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.3 ) and (C) the participations in Letters of Credit shall be adjusted to reflect changes in the applicable Commitment Percentages. The deemed payments made pursuant to clause (B) of the immediately preceding sentence in respect of each Eurodollar Loan shall be subject to indemnification by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.14 if the deemed payment occurs other than on the last day of the related Interest Periods; provided , that the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall cooperate with the Borrower to reduce and/or eliminate any such indemnification payments to the extent reasonably possible if such cooperation would not subject the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to the Administrative Agent or such Lender.

(v) Upon the Requested Increase Effective Date with respect to any Facility, Schedule 1.0 of the Increase and New Lender Agreement, which shall reflect the Commitments and the Commitment Percentages of the Lenders under such Facility at such time, shall be deemed to supersede Schedule 1.0 hereto without any further action or consent of any party. The Administrative Agent shall cause a copy of such revised Schedule 1.0 to be available to the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders.

4.2 Interest Rates and Payment Dates . (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Eurodollar Loan determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Each Base Rate Loan (including Swing Line Loans) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), all outstanding Obligations (whether or not overdue) (to the extent legally permitted) shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is equal to (i) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2.00%, (ii) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans in respect of the applicable Facility plus 2.00%, and (iii) in the case of any interest payable on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or any commitment fee or other amount payable hereunder, at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Working Capital Facility plus 2.00%, in each case, from the date of such nonpayment until such amount not paid when due is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date or on the applicable date with respect to interest payable pursuant to Section 4.2(c) above.

4.3 Conversion and Continuation Options . (a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to Convert Eurodollar Loans to Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least two (2) Business Days’ prior irrevocable notice of such election in the form attached hereto as Annex II (the “ Continuation/Conversion Notice ”), such Continuation/Conversion Notice specifying the amount and the date such Conversion is to be made; provided that any such Conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to Convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election (in the form of a Continuation/Conversion Notice) prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at its New York office, three (3) Business Days before the date of such election. Any such notice of Conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the amount to be Converted, the date of such Conversion and the length of the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods therefor. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans may be Converted as provided herein; provided that (i) no Base

 

71


Rate Loan may be Converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have reasonably determined that such a Conversion is not appropriate and (ii) no Base Rate Loan may be Converted into a Eurodollar Loan after the date that is one (1) month prior to the Termination Date.

(b) Any Eurodollar Loans may be Continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (in the form of a Continuation/Conversion Notice) prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), at its New York office, in each case, three (3) Business Days before the date such Eurodollar Loans are to be Continued, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “ Interest Period ” set forth in Section 1.1 , of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans. If the Borrower fails to give timely notice requesting a Continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be converted to Base Rate Loans. Any automatic Conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Loans.

(c) During the existence of an Event of Default, no Loan may be requested as, Converted to or Continued as Eurodollar Loans if the Required Lenders have reasonably determined that such a request, Conversion or Continuation is not appropriate.

4.4 Minimum Amounts of Tranches; Maximum Number of Tranches . (a) All borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Tranche shall be equal to $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.

(b) No more than twenty (20) Tranches of Eurodollar Loans shall be outstanding at any one time; provided that for each Facility Increase in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000, two (2) additional Tranches of Eurodollar Loans may be outstanding (up to a maximum of twenty-five (25) Tranches of Eurodollar Loans) at any one time.

4.5 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) The Borrower unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the appropriate Lender or to the relevant Issuing Lender, as applicable, the then unpaid principal amount of each Acquisition Facility Loan and each Working Capital Facility Loan on the Maturity Date therefor. The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations of the Borrower from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 4.2 .

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice a record or records setting forth all of the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan or other Extension of Credit of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain the Register required by Section 11.7(d) , and shall include a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan and a copy of the Note, if any, evidencing such Loan, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest or fee due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder, (iii) the amount of such Lender’s share of any Unreimbursed Amount and (iv) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

72


(d) The entries made in the Register and the records of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 4.5(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded (absent manifest error); provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note evidencing the Working Capital Facility Loans, the Swing Line Loans or the Acquisition Facility Loans, as applicable, of such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , A-2 or A-3 , as applicable, with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount (individually, a “ Note ” and, collectively, the “ Notes ”).

4.6 Optional Prepayments . The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans made to it, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon notice by the Borrower in the form attached hereto as Annex III (the “Notice of Prepayment”) delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed prepayment date in the case of Eurodollar Loans, (y) no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the proposed prepayment date in the case of Base Rate Loans, and (z) not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the proposed prepayment date in the case of Swing Line Loans, in each case, which notice shall specify (x) the date and amount of prepayment, (y) which Loans shall be prepaid and (z) whether the prepayment is of Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Loans or a combination thereof, and, if of a combination thereof, the amount allocable to each; provided that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or the Borrower revokes any notice of prepayment previously delivered pursuant to this Section 4.6 after the date/time specified above, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.14 . Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.14 . Partial prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.6 shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof. If the Borrower shall make any prepayment of a Swing Line Loan after 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day following the making of such Swing Line Loan and the Swing Line Lender shall have requested from the Lenders Refunded Swing Line Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a) on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Administrative Agent shall apply such prepayment in the following order: first , to any other Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time and second , to any outstanding Working Capital Facility Loans that are Base Rate Loans of the Borrower. If the amount of such prepayment is greater than the outstanding amount of such Swing Line Loans and such Working Capital Facility Loans that are Base Rate Loans at the time such prepayment is made, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit the excess to the Borrower.

4.7 Mandatory Prepayments . (a) If on any date, the sum of the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit and the Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit exceed the Borrowing Base, then (i) the Borrower shall specify, at its sole discretion, one or more of the Working Capital Facility Loans, the Acquisition Facility Working Capital Loans or the Swing Line Loans of the Borrower to be prepaid and the Borrower shall prepay such Loan or Loans, and/or (ii) the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize, replace or decrease (if the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit agrees to such decrease) the amount of outstanding Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit or Acquisition Facility Working Capital Letters of Credit by an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess, no later than three (3) Business Days immediately following such date.

 

73


(b) If on any date (i) the Total Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit shall exceed the Eligible Acquisition Asset Value, (ii) the Total Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit shall exceed the aggregate Acquisition Facility Commitments, (iii) the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit shall exceed the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments, and/or (iv) any extension of credit under this Agreement shall result in any Applicable Sub-Limit being exceeded, then (A) the Borrower shall specify, at its sole discretion, one or more Loans of the Borrower to be prepaid and the Borrower shall prepay such Loans and/or (B) the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize, replace or decrease (if the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit agrees to such decrease) the amount of outstanding Letters of Credit by an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess, no later than three (3) Business Days immediately following such date.

(c) Unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree, if on any date the Borrower or any Guarantor shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any individual Asset Sale or Recovery Event, then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof within three (3) Business Days thereafter, 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on such third Business Day toward the prepayment of the relevant Loans ( provided , however , that the Borrower shall specify, at its sole discretion, the Loans of the Borrower to be so prepaid) and Cash Collateralization of the relevant Letters of Credit in accordance with Sections 4.7(d) , (e)  and (f) ; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event shall be applied toward the prepayment of the relevant Loans and Cash Collateralization of the relevant Letters of Credit as set forth in Sections 4.7(d) and (e) .

(d) Amounts prepaid pursuant to Section 4.7(c) from the proceeds of Asset Sales or Recovery Events with respect to Acquisition Assets shall be applied, first , to the prepayment of the Acquisition Facility Acquisition Loans that are Base Rate Loans, second , to the prepayment of the Acquisition Facility Acquisition Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, third , to the Cash Collateralization of the Acquisition Facility Acquisition Letters of Credit, fourth , to the prepayment of the Swing Line Loans, fifth , to the prepayment of Acquisition Facility Working Capital Loans that are Base Rate Loans, sixth , to the prepayment of Acquisition Facility Working Capital Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, seventh , to the Cash Collateralization of the Acquisition Facility Working Capital Letters of Credit, eighth , to the prepayment of Working Capital Facility Loans that are Base Rate Loans, ninth , to the prepayment of Working Capital Facility Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, and tenth , to the Cash Collateralization of the Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit.

(e) Amounts prepaid pursuant to Section 4.7(c) from the proceeds of Asset Sales or Recovery Events with respect to assets included in the Borrowing Base shall be applied, first , to the prepayment of the Swing Line Loans, second , to the prepayment of Acquisition Facility Working Capital Loans that are Base Rate Loans, third , to the prepayment of Acquisition Facility Working Capital Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, fourth , to the Cash Collateralization of the Acquisition Facility Working Capital Letters of Credit, fifth , to the prepayment of Working Capital Facility Loans that are Base Rate Loans, sixth , to the prepayment of Working Capital Facility Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, seventh , to the Cash Collateralization of the Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit, eighth , to the prepayment of the Acquisition Facility Acquisition Loans that are Base Rate Loans, ninth , to the prepayment of the Acquisition Facility Acquisition Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, and tenth , to the Cash Collateralization of the Acquisition Facility Acquisition Letters of Credit.

(f) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender) by written notice of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), three (3) Business Days before the date of the prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of a Base Rate Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the prepayment and (iii) in the

 

74


case of prepayment of a Swing Line Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Loan or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the required amount of such prepayment. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swing Line Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each prepayment of an extension of credit shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid extension of credit and otherwise in accordance with this Section 4.7(f) . Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 4.2 .

(g) Any prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 4.7 , and the rights of the Lenders in respect thereof, are subject to the provisions of Section 4.9 .

(h) For the avoidance of doubt, no amounts prepaid under this Section 4.7 shall permanently reduce any Commitments.

4.8 Computation of Interest and Fees . (a) All fees and interest on Base Rate Loans that are calculated using clauses (a) or (c) of the definition of “Base Rate” and Eurodollar Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Interest on Base Rate Loans calculated using clause (b) of the definition of “ Base Rate ” shall be calculated on the basis of a 365/366-day year, as the case may be, for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of each determination of each Eurodollar Rate for any Eurodollar Loans outstanding. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Base Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.2(a) .

4.9 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments . (a) Other than as expressly set forth herein, each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder and any reduction of the Commitments under any Facility shall be made pro rata according to the respective Commitment Percentages, as applicable, of the Lenders under such Facility. Other than as expressly set forth herein, each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest and fees on the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations under any Facility shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations under such Facility, respectively, then held by the Lenders.

(b) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder on account of principal of Loans (other than Base Rate Loans on any day other than the Maturity Date of such Loans) shall be accompanied by a payment in an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid interest on such Loans. All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders at the Administrative Agent’s office specified in Section 11.2 in United States Dollars in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the appropriate Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day,

 

75


such payment obligation shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its Commitment Percentage of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 4.9 shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans on demand from the Borrower (without duplication of the interest otherwise applicable thereto).

(d) Subject to Sections 4.7(d) and (e)  and Section 4.18 , the application of any payment of Loans (including optional and mandatory prepayments), along with the application of any proceeds obtained upon the exercise of remedies by the Agents for the Lenders hereunder or under any Loan Document, shall be made to each Lender based upon its Commitment Percentage, first , to Base Rate Loans and, second , to Eurodollar Loans. Each payment of the Eurodollar Loans shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such payment on the amount paid.

4.10 Requirements of Law . (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender or the Administrative Agent with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

(i) does or shall subject any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any Tax or increased Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any Loan or any Letter of Credit made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the Administrative Agent in respect thereof ( provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to (x) any U.S. federal withholding Tax or Other Taxes, as to which Section 4.11 shall govern, or (y) any Tax imposed on or measured by a Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s net income (to the extent it does not change the basis of taxation), including any changes in the rate of net income Taxes (or franchise Taxes in lieu thereof) imposed on a Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable);

(ii) does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate; or

 

76


(iii) does or shall impose on such Lender any other condition, cost or expense ( provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to (x) any U.S. federal withholding Tax or Other Taxes, as to which Section 4.11 shall govern, or (y) any Tax imposed on or measured by a Lender’s net income (to the extent it does not change the basis of taxation), including any changes in the rate of net income Taxes (or franchise Taxes in lieu thereof) imposed on a Lender); and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or the Administrative Agent of making, Converting into, Continuing or maintaining this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any Loan or issuing, providing and maintaining any Letter of Credit or holding an interest in any Issuing Lender’s obligations thereunder, or to reduce any amount receivable by the Lender or the Administrative Agent in respect thereof, then the Lender or the Administrative Agent shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Applicable Lending Office for funding or booking Loans or issuing Letters of Credit if, in the judgment of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, such designation (x) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10 or eliminate the need to provide the notice specified in clause (c) of this Section 4.10 and (y) would not subject such Lender or the Administrative Agent to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or the Administrative Agent;

then, in any such case, and to the extent that such cost is not fully compensated for by an adjustment to the Eurodollar Rate, the Base Rate or any fee on a Letter of Credit or mitigated pursuant to a change in such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office, the Borrower shall promptly, after receiving notice as specified in clause (c) of this Section 4.10 , pay such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Administrative Agent for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable on a net after-Tax basis.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction on a net after-Tax basis.

(c) If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.10 , it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled. A certificate prepared in good faith as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10 submitted by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The agreements in this Section 4.10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder. No Lender shall be entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.10(a) and (b) for circumstances which occurred more than 180 days prior to the date such Lender makes a request for payment hereunder.

(d) It is agreed and understood that, for all purposes under this Agreement (including for purposes of this Section 4.10 and Section 4.11 ) that (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith on in implementation thereof and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee

 

77


on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be an adoption or change in a Requirement of Law made subsequent to the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, implemented or issued.

4.11 Taxes . (a) Any and all payments by or on behalf of each Loan Party or any Agent under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party shall, unless otherwise required by law, be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities (including penalties, interest and additions to tax) with respect thereto, whether now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any taxation authority or other Governmental Authority (collectively, “ Taxes ”). If any Loan Party or the Agent shall be required under any Requirement of Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under or in respect of this Agreement, the Loans, the Letters of Credit or any of the other Loan Documents to any Agent or Lender (including for purposes of this Section 4.11 and Section 4.10 any assignee, successor or participant), as determined in good faith by the applicable Loan Party or Agent, (i) such Loan Party or Agent shall make all such deductions and withholdings in respect of Taxes, (ii) such Loan Party or Agent shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld in respect of Taxes to the relevant taxation authority or other Governmental Authority in accordance with any Requirement of Law, and (iii) in the case of any Non-Excluded Taxes, the sum payable by such Loan Party shall be increased as may be necessary so that after such Loan Party or Agent has made all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and withholdings applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section 4.11 ) such Lender or Agent receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made or required in respect of Non-Excluded Taxes. For purposes of this Agreement the term “ Non-Excluded Taxes ” are Taxes other than, (i) in the case of a Lender or Agent, Taxes that are imposed on it by the jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Lender or Agent is organized or has its applicable lending office, unless such Taxes are imposed solely as a result of such Lender or Agent having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received payments under, or enforced, this Agreement, the Loans, the Letters of Credit or any of the other Loan Documents, in which case such Taxes will be treated as Non-Excluded Taxes, (ii) net income, franchise or branch profit taxes imposed on a Lender or an Agent (A) by the jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Lender or Agent is organized or has its principal office or applicable lending office or (B) that are Other Connection Taxes, (iii) any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed on any payment under the law as of the date hereof, (iv) any Tax imposed on a Transferee (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 4.17 ) or successor Agent to the extent that, under applicable Law in effect on the date of the transfer to such Transferee or such successor Agent, the amount of such Tax exceeds the Non-Excluded Taxes, if any, that were imposed on payments to the transferring Lender or predecessor Agent, or (v) any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed under FATCA. For the avoidance of doubt, the exclusions described in the preceding sentence will apply to the same effect to direct or indirect beneficial owners of a Lender that is fiscally transparent.

(b) In addition, each Loan Party hereby agrees to pay any present or future stamp, recording, documentary, excise, property or value-added taxes, or similar Taxes, charges or levies that arise from any payment made under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, any performance under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (collectively, “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) Each Loan Party hereby agrees to indemnify each Lender that is not fiscally transparent and, in the case of a Lender that is fiscally transparent, its direct or indirect beneficial owners for which such Loan Party has received proof of such ownership and entitlement to the benefits of this

 

78


Section 4.11 (subject to the same conditions for, and exclusions from indemnification as are applicable to a Lender that is not fiscally transparent), and each Agent for, and to hold each harmless against, the full amount of Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes, and the full amount of Taxes of any kind imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 4.11 imposed on or paid by such Lender or Agent, and any liability (including penalties, additions to tax, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. The indemnity by the Loan Parties provided for in this Section 4.11(c) shall apply and be made whether or not the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes for which indemnification hereunder is sought have been correctly or legally asserted. Amounts payable by any Loan Party under the indemnity set forth in this Section 4.11(c) shall be paid within ten (10) days from the date on which the Lender or Agent makes written demand therefor.

(d) Within thirty (30) days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the applicable Loan Party (or any Person making such payment on behalf of the Loan Parties) shall furnish to Lender and/or Agent for its own account a certified copy of the original official receipt evidencing payment thereof or evidence of such payment as is reasonably satisfactory to such Lender or Agent.

(e) For purposes of this Section 4.11(e) , the terms “ United States ” and “ United States person ” shall have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Code. Each Lender (including for avoidance of doubt any assignee, successor or participant) or Agent (including for the avoidance of doubt any successor) (i) that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia or (ii) whose name does not include “Incorporated”, “Inc.”, “Corporation”, “Corp.”, “P.C.”, “N.A.”, “National Association”, “insurance company”, or “assurance company” (in the case of a Lender, a “ Non-Exempt Lender ” and, in the case of an Agent, a “ Non-Exempt Agent ”) shall on or prior to the Closing Date, or in the case of a Transferee of a Lender or a successor to an Agent, on or prior to the date such Person becomes a Transferee or Agent, deliver or cause to be delivered to each of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower originals of the following properly completed and duly executed documents:

(i) in the case of a Non-Exempt Lender or Non-Exempt Agent that is not a United States person or is a foreign disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is entitled to provide such form, a complete and executed (x) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN with Part II completed in which Lender claims the benefits of a tax treaty with the United States providing for a zero or reduced rate of withholding (or any successor forms thereto), including all appropriate attachments or (y) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms thereto); or

(ii) in the case of a Non-Exempt Lender or Non-Exempt Agent that is an individual, (x) a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms thereto) and a certificate substantially in the form of the applicable Exhibit D-1 , D-2 , D-3 or D-4 (a “ Section 4.11 Certificate ”) or (y) a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor forms thereto); or

(iii) in the case of a Non-Exempt Lender or Non-Exempt Agent that is organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia, a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor forms thereto); or

(iv) in the case of a Non-Exempt Lender or Non-Exempt Agent that (x) is not organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia and (y) is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms thereto) and a Section 4.11 Certificate ; or

 

79


(v) in the case of a Non-Exempt Lender or Non-Exempt Agent that (A) is treated as a partnership or other non-corporate entity and (B) is not organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia, (x)(i) a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms thereto) (including all required documents and attachments) and (ii) a Section 4.11 Certificate , and (y) if the Non-Exempt Lender or Non-Exempt Agent is not a withholding foreign partnership or withholding foreign trust, without duplication, with respect to each of its beneficial owners and the beneficial owners of such beneficial owners looking through chains of owners to individuals or entities that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes (all such owners, “ beneficial owners ”), the documents that would be provided by each such beneficial owner pursuant to this Section 4.11(e) if each such beneficial owner were a Lender; or

(vi) in the ease of a Non-Exempt Lender or Non-Exempt Agent that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the document that would be provided by its beneficial owner pursuant to this Section 4.11(e) if such beneficial owner were the Lender; or

(vii) in the case of a Non-Exempt Lender or Non-Exempt Agent that (A) is not a United States person and (B) is acting in the capacity of an “ intermediary ” (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations), (x)(i) a U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor form thereto) (including all required documents and attachments) and (ii) a Section 4.11 Certificate , and (y) if the intermediary is a “non-qualified intermediary” (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations), from each person upon whose behalf the “non-qualified intermediary” is acting the documents that would be provided by such person pursuant to this Section 4.11(e) if each such person were a Lender.

Each Lender that is not a Non-Exempt Lender or Non-Exempt Agent shall, at or prior to the Closing Date, or in the case of a Transferee, on or prior to the date such Person becomes a Transferee, deliver to each of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor forms thereto).

If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this paragraph, “ FATCA ” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Person required to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal withholding tax matters pursuant to Section 4.11(e) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Person of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, that such Person, to the extent it is entitled to do so, shall promptly (x) deliver to each of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower new originals of any forms or other certifications required under this Section 4.11(e), properly completed and duly executed by such Person, together with any other certificate or statement of exemption required in order to confirm or establish that such Person is entitled to an exemption or reduction in the amount of United States federal income tax required to be withheld from payments to such Person under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or (y) notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence in which case such Person shall not be required to deliver any such form or certificate pursuant to this Section 4.11(e).

 

80


(f) For any period with respect to which a Lender has failed to provide the Borrower with the appropriate form, certificate or other document described in Section 4.11(e) , if required (other than if such failure is due to a change in any Requirement of Law, or in the interpretation or application thereof, occurring after the date on which a form, certificate or other document originally was required to be provided by such Lender), such Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification or additional amounts under Section 4.11(a) or (c)  with respect to Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States by reason of such failure; provided , however, that should a Lender become subject to Non-Excluded Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form, certificate or other document required hereunder, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts as such Lender shall reasonably request to assist such Lender in recovering such Non-Excluded Taxes.

(g) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Loan Parties hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Loan Parties contained in this Section 4.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing contained in Section 4.10 or this Section 4.11 shall require any Agent or Lender to make available any of its tax returns or any other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary.

4.12 Lending Offices . Loans of each Type made by any Lender shall be made and maintained at such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office for Loans of such Type.

4.13 Credit Utilization Reporting . Within five (5) Business Days after the end of each calendar month, each Issuing Lender shall deliver a report to the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Annex IV (a “ Credit Utilization Summary ”), setting forth, for each Letter of Credit issued or provided by such Issuing Lender, (i) the amount available to be drawn or utilized under such Letters of Credit as of the end of such calendar month and (ii) the amount of any drawings, payments or reductions of such Letters of Credit during such month, in each case, on an aggregate and per Letter of Credit basis. Upon receiving notice from the Borrower or the beneficiary under a Letter of Credit issued or provided by such Issuing Lender of a reduction or termination of such Letter of Credit, each Issuing Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof.

4.14 Indemnity . The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from any actual loss or expense (other than, in the case of expenses, any administrative, processing or similar fee in respect thereof exceeding $100 for each affected Lender for each relevant event) which such Lender sustains or incurs as a result of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, Conversion into or Continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder. No Lender shall be entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.14 for circumstances which occurred more than 180 days prior to the date such Lender makes a request for payment hereunder.

 

81


4.15 Inability to Determine Interest Rate . (a) If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

(i) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means (including by means of an Interpolated Rate) do not exist for ascertaining the relevant Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period; or

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of any Facility that the relevant Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period, as applicable, will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their affected Eurodollar Loans under such Facility during such Interest Period; then the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter.

(b) If such notice is given with respect to the Eurodollar Rate applicable to Eurodollar Loans under any Facility, (x) any such Eurodollar Loan requested to be made under such Facility on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as a Base Rate Loan, (y) any Base Rate Loans under such Facility that were to have been Converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall not be so Converted and shall continue as Base Rate Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under such Facility shall be Converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been revoked by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans under such Facility shall be made or Continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to Convert Loans under such Facility into such Type.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall promptly revoke (i) any such notice pursuant to clause (a)(i) above if the Administrative Agent determines that adequate and reasonable means exist for ascertaining the relevant Eurodollar Rate for the applicable Interest Period and (ii) any such notice pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above upon receipt of notice from the requisite Lenders under the applicable Facility necessary to give such notice in clause (a)(ii) that the relevant circumstances described in such clause (a)(ii) have ceased to exist.

4.16 Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans, Continue Eurodollar Loans as such and Convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be suspended to the extent necessary for such Lender to avoid any such unlawful action until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent that it is lawful to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, provided, however, that notwithstanding the suspension contemplated by this clause (a), the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Base Rate Loans shall continue to be in effect, and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be Converted automatically to available and lawful Interest Periods, if any, or Base Rate Loans, at the option of the Borrower, on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such Conversion of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.14 .

4.17 Replacement of Lenders . If (a)(i)(A) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to or indemnify any Lender pursuant to Section 4.11 or (B) any Lender requests compensation under Section 4.10 , and (ii) in the case of Section 4.11 , a Lender has declined to designate a different Applicable Lending Office, (b) any Lender invokes Section 4.16 , (c) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, or (d) any Lender has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver or other modification that, pursuant to the terms of Section 11.1 , requires the consent of all the Lenders, or all

 

82


affected Lenders, and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then, in each case, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower may, at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions and obligations contained in Section 11.7 ), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.11 ) and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (or all of its interests, rights and obligations in respect of the Loans or Commitments that are the subject of the related amendment, waiver or other modification) to an assignee that shall assume such obligations and become a Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that (i) the transferring Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to (A) the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, and accrued fees payable to it hereunder, from the Assignee and (B) any additional amounts (including indemnity payments) payable to it hereunder from the Borrower and (ii) in the case of a transferring Lender that is also an Issuing Lender, the Letters of Credit issued by such transferring Lender shall have been cash collateralized or backed by a letter of credit or other credit support from a Non-Defaulting Lender or other bank reasonably acceptable to the transferring Lender, in each case, on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to such transferring Lender; provided , further , that, if, upon such demand by the Borrower, such Lender elects to waive its request for additional compensation pursuant to Sections 4.10 or 4.11 , or consents to the proposed amendment, waiver or other modification, the demand by the Borrower for such Lender to so assign all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement shall thereupon be deemed withdrawn. Nothing in this Section 4.17 shall affect or postpone any of the rights of any Lender or any of the Obligations of the Borrower under any of the foregoing provisions of Sections 4.10 , 4.11 or 4.16 in any manner. Each Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as assignor, any Assignment and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interest hereunder in the circumstances contemplated by this Section 4.17 .

4.18 Defaulting Lender . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if at any time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the following provisions shall apply so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) If any Defaulting Lender (or a Lender who would be a Defaulting Lender but for the expiration of the relevant grace period) as a result of the exercise of a set-off shall have received a payment in respect of its Loans or its participation interests in Swing Line Loans or Letters of Credit which results in its Extensions of Credit under any Facility being less than its Commitment Percentage of the Total Extensions of Credit under such Facility, then payments (including principal, interest and fees) to such Defaulting Lender will be suspended until such time as all amounts due and owing to the Lenders under such Facility have been equalized in accordance with such Lenders’ Commitment Percentages of the Total Extensions of Credit under such Facility. Further, if at any time prior to the acceleration or maturity of the Obligations under any Facility with respect to which a Defaulting Lender is a Lender at such time, the Administrative Agent shall receive any payment in respect of principal of a Loan or a reimbursement of a Letter of Credit under such Facility, the Administrative Agent shall apply such payment first to the Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and, if applicable, Swing Line Loans, under such Facility and for which such Defaulting Lender shall have failed to fund its pro rata share to non-Defaulting Lenders under such Facility until such time as such Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund such Loans and/or participations is satisfied in full or each Lender under such Facility is paid its Commitment Percentage of the Total Extensions of Credit under such Facility. After acceleration or maturity of the Obligations under any Facility to which a Defaulting Lender is a Lender, subject to the first sentence of this Section 4.18(a) , all principal will be paid ratably as provided in Section 4.9(a) .

 

83


(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(i) fees shall cease to accrue on the Available Commitments of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.8 ;

(ii) with respect to any L/C Participation Obligation, Refunded Swing Line Loan or Swing Line Participation Amount (collectively, “ Participation Obligations ”) of such Defaulting Lender that exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or thereafter:

(A) all or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s pro rata portion of all Participation Obligations under each Facility to which such Defaulting Lender is a Lender shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders under such Facility in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment under such Facility) but only to the extent that (x) the sum of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Available Commitments under such Facility is greater than zero and (y) each such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Available Commitment under such Facility is greater than zero;

(B) if the reallocation described in clause (ii)(A) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, then the Borrower shall within three (3) Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (1) Cash (100%) Collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s portion of the Letters of Credit under the applicable Facility (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (ii)(A) above) for so long as such Letters of Credit are outstanding and (2) after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (ii)(A) above, if such Defaulting Lender is a Working Capital Facility Lender, repay the non-reallocated amount of each Swing Line Loan for so long as such Refunded Swing Line Loan and Swing Line Participation Amount are outstanding;

(C) if the Participation Obligations of the Non-Defaulting Lenders under the relevant Facility are reallocated pursuant to clause (ii)(A) above or Cash (100%) Collateralized or repaid pursuant to clause (ii)(B) , then the fees payable to the Lenders under such Facility pursuant to Section 2.8 shall be adjusted or reduced, as applicable, in accordance with such Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitment Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment under such Facility); and

(D) if any Defaulting Lender’s portion of the Participation Obligations under any Facility is neither Cash (100%) Collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 4.18(b)(ii) , then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies hereunder of the Lenders and Issuing Lenders under such Facility and, in the case of the Working Capital Facility, the Swing Line Lender, all commitment and commission fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment under such Facility that was utilized by the Participation Obligations under such Facility) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 3.5(a) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s portion of the Letters of Credit under such Facility shall be payable to the Issuing Lenders under such Facility and, in the case of the Working Capital Facility, the Swing Line Lender, until such Participation Obligations are Cash (100%) Collateralized, reallocated and/or repaid in full.

(c) So long as any Lender under any Facility is a Defaulting Lender, (i) no Issuing Lender under such Facility shall be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit under such Facility, unless it is satisfied that the exposure of the L/C Participants in respect of such Letter of Credit will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders under such Facility and/or

 

84


cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 4.18(b) , and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders under such Facility in a manner consistent with Section 3.6 (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein), and (ii) if the Defaulting Lender is a Working Capital Facility Lender, the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to advance any Swing Line Loan, unless it is satisfied that the remaining Working Capital Facility Lenders’ exposure in respect of such Swing Line Loan will be 100% covered by the Working Capital Facility Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders under the Working Capital Facility.

(d) So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall not be a Qualified Counterparty with respect to any Commodity OTC Agreements or Financial Hedging Agreements, or a Qualified Cash Management Bank with respect to a Cash Management Bank Agreement, entered into while such Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

(e) In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Issuing Lender under a Facility in which a Defaulting Lender is a Lender, and, in the case of the Working Capital Facility, the Swing Line Lender, each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Participation Obligations under such Facility shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment under such Facility, and on such date each Lender under such Facility shall purchase at par such of the Loans, funded Participation Obligations and Commitments under such Facility as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans, funded Participation Obligations and Commitments in accordance with its Commitment Percentage with respect to such Facility.

 

  SECTION 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and provide other extensions of credit hereunder and, with respect to the Issuing Lenders, to issue the Letters of Credit, the Loan Parties hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Agent and each Lender as of the Closing Date and each Borrowing Date that:

5.1 Financial Condition . (a) Each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(r) and Section 7.1 (other than the Annual Budgets, the Operating Forecasts and the financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 6.1(r)(iv) and (v) ) present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Persons covered by such financial statements as at such date, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP or GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, as applicable, in each case applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by such accountants and as disclosed therein and, with regard to the non-annual financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

(b) The Annual Budgets and the Operating Forecasts have been prepared in good faith under the direction of a Responsible Person of the General Partner. The Annual Budgets and the Operating Forecasts were based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Loan Parties to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount.

 

85


(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1(c) hereto, neither the MLP nor any of its consolidated Subsidiaries has, at the date of the most recent balance sheet referred to in Section 5.1(a) , any material Guarantee Obligation, contingent liability or liability for taxes, or any material long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment, including any material interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other financial derivative which is not reflected in the foregoing statements or in the notes thereto.

(d) The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the Extensions of Credit to be made on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof, (ii) the consummation of the IPO and (iii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing. The Pro Forma Financial Statements been prepared based on the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and presents fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2013, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date

(e) The Projections have been prepared based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount.

(f) During the period from December 31, 2012 to and including the Closing Date, there has been no sale, transfer or other disposition by any Loan Party or any of their respective consolidated Subsidiaries of any material part of their respective business or property and no purchase or other acquisition of any business or property (including any Capital Stock of any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of such Loan Party and its consolidated Subsidiaries at December 31, 2012, other than those sales, transfers, dispositions and acquisitions listed on Schedule 5.1(f) .

5.2 No Change . Since December 31, 2012, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Existence ; Compliance with Law . Each of the Loan Parties (a) is duly formed or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the corporate (or analogous) power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign entity and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Power ; Authorization ; Enforceable Obligations . Each of the Loan Parties has the corporate (or analogous) power and authority, and the legal right, to execute, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, if applicable, to borrow hereunder, and, if applicable, has taken all necessary corporate (or analogous) action to authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Notes and to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and equivalent filings for foreign jurisdictions and the taking of applicable actions referred to in Section 5.16 and (b) the filings or other actions listed on Schedule 5.4 (and including such other authorizations, approvals, registrations, actions, notices or filings as have already been obtained, made or taken and are in full force and effect), no consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, including the FERC, to

 

86


which the Borrower or other Loan Party is subject, is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents to which the Loan Parties are a party; provided that approval by the FERC may be required for the transfer of direct or indirect ownership or control of FERC Contract Collateral; provided , further, that no approval of the FERC is required for the granting of the security interest in the FERC Contract Collateral to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. As of the Closing Date, the only contracts comprising FERC Contract Collateral of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries as to which further consent of the FERC may be required in connection with the exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents are contracts for the transportation and storage of certain Eligible Commodities. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party will be, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which it is a party when executed and delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

5.5 No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which any of the Loan Parties is a party, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof (i) will not violate any Requirement of Law, including any rules or regulations promulgated by the FERC, in any material respect or where a waiver has not been obtained, in each case to the extent applicable to or binding upon such Loan Party or its Properties, (ii) will not violate a material Contractual Obligation (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Governing Documents) of any of the Loan Parties, except where such violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation (other than Liens created by the Security Documents in favor of the Administrative Agent and Liens permitted by Section 8.3 ).

5.6 No Material Litigation . No litigation or proceeding to which a Loan Party is party before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened by or against any Loan Party or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents, (b) with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by or occurring simultaneously with the entering into of any of the Loan Documents in which such litigation or proceeding is material and has a reasonable basis in fact, or (c) which could, after giving effect to any insurance, bond or reserve, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Default . No Loan Party is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

5.8 Ownership of Property ; Liens . Except for matters disclosed on the title reports and surveys, including minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes and except where the failure to have such title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party has defensible title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its tangible personal property, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 8.3 .

 

87


5.9 Intellectual Property . Each Loan Party owns, is licensed to use or has a common law or contractual right to access and use, all material trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents, technology, know-how and processes necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted (the “ Intellectual Property ”) except for those the failure to own or license which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.9 , no claim has been asserted nor is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use by any such Loan Party of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property, nor does any Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, except any claim that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of such Intellectual Property by the Loan Parties does not infringe on the rights of any Person, except for such claims and infringements that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 No Burdensome Restrictions . No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11 Taxes . (a) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all material Tax returns required to be filed and has timely paid all material Taxes due and payable by it or imposed with respect to any of its property and all other material fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any Taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Loan Parties).

(b) There are no Liens for Taxes and no claim is being asserted with respect to Taxes, except for statutory liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or for Taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the MLP.

5.12 Federal Regulations . No part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will be used for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U, or for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of the regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1 referred to in said Regulation U.

5.13 ERISA . Neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of Section 412 or 430 of the Code has occurred during the six-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Single Employer Plan, no Plan is reasonably expected to be in “at risk” status within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code and each Plan (including, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, a Multiemployer Plan or a multiemployer welfare plan maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement) has complied in all respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and the constituent documents of such Plan, except for instances of non-compliance that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred during such six-year period or is reasonably expected to occur (other than a termination described in Section 4041(b) of ERISA), and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen during such six-year period or is reasonably expected to arise. Except to the extent that any such excess could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits. Except to the extent that such liability could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither the Loan Parties nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan, and (ii) the

 

88


Loan Parties would not become subject to any liability under ERISA if a Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization, Insolvent or terminating or is reasonably expected to be in Reorganization, become Insolvent or be terminated or is, or is reasonably expected to be in endangered, seriously endangered or critical status, in each case within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code. Except to the extent that any such excess could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the present value (determined using actuarial and other assumptions which are reasonable in respect of the benefits provided and the employees participating) of the aggregate liabilities of the Loan Parties and each Commonly Controlled Entity for the provision of post-retirement benefits to their current and former employees under Plans which are welfare benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) do not, in the aggregate, exceed the total assets under all such Plans allocable to such benefits except as disclosed in the financial statements of the Loan Parties. Neither the Loan Parties nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has engaged in a prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code in connection with any Plan that would subject any Loan Party to liability under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (1) Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS covering such plan’s most recently completed five-year remedial amendment cycle in accordance with Revenue Procedure 2007-44, I.R.B. 2007-28, indicating that such Plan is so qualified and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code or an application for such a determination is currently pending before the Internal Revenue Service and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of the most recent determination letter which would cause such Plan to lose its qualified status; (2) no liability to the PBGC (other than required premium payments) or the IRS with respect to any Plan, any Plan or Single Employer Plan or any trust established under Title IV of ERISA has been or is expected to be incurred by any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity; (3) no Event of Default under Section 9.1(h) hereof has occurred and neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an Event of Default; and (4) each of the Loan Parties’ Commonly Controlled Entities have complied with the requirements of Section 515 of ERISA with respect to each Multiemployer Plan and are not in “default” (as defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to payments to a Multiemployer Plan.

5.14 Investment Company Act ; Other Regulations . None of the Loan Parties is required to register as an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Loan Parties are not subject to regulation under any Federal or State statute or regulation (other than Regulation X of the Board) which limits their ability to incur Indebtedness.

5.15 Subsidiaries . Schedule 5.15 sets forth as of the Closing Date the names of all direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the MLP, their respective forms of organization, their respective jurisdictions of organization, the total number of issued and outstanding shares or other interests of Capital Stock thereof, the classes and number of issued and outstanding shares or other interests of Capital Stock of each such class, and with respect to the MLP, the name of each holder of general partnership interests thereof and the number of general partnership interests held by each such holder.

5.16 Security Documents . (a) The provisions of the Security Documents are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable Lien in all right, title and interest of each Loan Party party thereto in the “Collateral” described therein, subject to any Liens permitted by Section 8.3 .

 

89


(b) When any stock certificates representing Pledged Collateral are delivered to the Administrative Agent, and proper financing statements or other applicable filings listed in Schedule 5.16 have been filed in the offices in the jurisdictions listed in Schedule 5.16 , the Pledge Agreement shall constitute a perfected first Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of each Loan Party party thereto in the “ Pledged Collateral ” described therein, subject to any Liens permitted by Section 8.3 .

(c) When proper financing statements or other applicable filings listed in Schedule 5.16 have been filed in the offices in the jurisdictions listed in Schedule 5.16 , the security interest granted under the Security Agreement shall constitute a perfected first Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrower and those Loan Parties party thereto in the portion of the “ Collateral ” described therein that consists of assets included in the Borrowing Base hereunder, which can be perfected by such filing, subject to any Permitted Borrowing Base Liens.

(d) When an Account Control Agreement has been entered into with respect to each Pledged Account, the Security Agreement shall constitute a perfected first Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Party thereto in the portion of the “ Collateral ” described therein that consists of Pledged Accounts, prior and superior in right to any other Person, subject to any Permitted Cash Management Liens.

5.17 Accuracy and Completeness of Information . All factual information, reports and other papers and data with respect to the Loan Parties furnished pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all factual statements and representations made in writing, to the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders by any Loan Party or on behalf of any Loan Party at its direction, were, at the time the same were so furnished or made, when taken together with all such other factual information, reports and other papers and data previously so furnished and all such other factual statements and representations previously so made in writing, complete and correct in all material respects, to the extent necessary to give the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter thereof in all material respects, and did not, as of the date so furnished or made, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made. The projections and pro forma information contained in the materials referenced above were based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Loan Parties to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount; provided , however, that the representation and warranty in this Section 5.17 shall not cover (x) the financial information addressed in Section 5.1 or Section 7.1 or (y) any reports that were prepared by any Agent, any Arranger, any Lender or any advisor thereof (whether or not such advisor’s fees were paid by any Loan Party), but shall apply to any information, reports, other papers or data that were approved by any Loan Party for inclusion in any such report.

5.18 Labor Relations . No Loan Party is engaged in any unfair labor practice which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is (a) no unfair labor practice complaint pending or, to the best knowledge of each Loan Party, threatened against a Loan Party before the National Labor Relations Board and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under a collective bargaining agreement is so pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, (b) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, threatened against a Loan Party, and (c) no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of a Loan Party and, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, no union organizing activities are taking place with respect to any thereof.

 

90


5.19 Insurance . As of the Closing Date, each Loan Party has, with respect to its properties and business, insurance covering the risks, in the amounts, with the deductible or other retention amounts, and with the carriers, listed on Schedule 5.19 , which insurance meets the requirements of Section 7.5 hereof and Section 5(q) of the Security Agreement as of the Closing Date.

5.20 Solvency . (a) As of the Closing Date, and each other Borrowing Date, immediately after giving effect to Loans and Letters of Credit to be made, issued or provided on such date, (i) the amount of the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of each of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the MLP and the Borrower will, as of such time, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of each of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the MLP and the Borrower, contingent or otherwise”, such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state Laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (ii) the present fair saleable value of the assets of each of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the MLP and the Borrower will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liabilities of each of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the MLP and the Borrower on their respective debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (iii) none of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the MLP or the Borrower will have an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct their respective businesses, and (iv) each of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the MLP and the Borrower will be able to pay their respective debts as they mature. For purposes of this Section 5.20 , “debt” means “liability on a claim”, “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, and (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

5.21 Use of Letters of Credit and Proceeds of Loans . (a) The proceeds of the Loans shall be used (x) on the Closing Date, to repay outstanding obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement and the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement, and (y) thereafter only (i) to finance the Loan Parties’ purchase, storage and sale of Petroleum Products, Natural Gas Products, Coal Products, carbon credits, RINs, wood pellets, asphalt and such other energy products as the Required Lenders may approve from time to time (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) (collectively, “ Product ”), (ii) to finance (x) maintenance Capital Expenditures, (y) solely with respect to Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit, the acquisition of Acquisition Assets and (z) solely with respect to the Working Capital Facility, and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 expended for such purpose outstanding at any time (as to all Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit), non-maintenance Capital Expenditures, (iii) for hedging related to the purchase, storage and sale of Product, (iv) for the general working capital purposes of the Loan Parties, (v) to finance the carrying of accounts receivable, (vi) for the payment of contractual margin calls (with respect to exchange-traded contracts, over-the-counter contracts and otherwise) or establishment of reserves in connection therewith, (vii) for the making of Restricted Payments to the extent permitted by Section 8.5 below, (viii) to support certain working capital requirements related to the Loan Parties’ marketing activities and (ix) to pay any fees and expenses payable to the Lenders, the Agents and any other Secured Parties, and not for any other purpose.

(b) Letters of Credit shall be used only (i) for the general working capital purposes of the Loan Parties, (ii) to facilitate and finance the purchase of Product for resale or storage, (iii) to secure the obligations of any Loan Party under any contract or agreement or in connection with any legal requirement or governmental permit, such as transportation obligations, bonding obligations, performance and margin-related obligations related to hedging of Product and (iv) to support (x) maintenance Capital Expenditures, (y) solely with respect to Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit, the acquisition of Acquisition Assets and (z) solely with respect to the Working Capital Facility, and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 for such purpose outstanding at any time (with respect to all Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit), non-maintenance Capital Expenditures, and not for any other purpose.

 

91


5.22 Environmental Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.22 :

(a) To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, such knowledge and belief being that of a reasonable person who had conducted due diligence and good faith inquiry, the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties (the “ Properties ”) do not contain, and have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute or constituted a violation of, or (ii) could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law except in either case insofar as such violation or liability, or any aggregation thereof, is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, such knowledge and belief being that of a reasonable person who had conducted due diligence and good faith inquiry, (i) except where the failure to be in compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance, and have, for the lesser of the last five years or for the duration of their ownership, lease, or operation by Loan Parties, been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, and (ii) there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit with respect to the Properties or the business at the Properties operated by Loan Parties (the “ Business ”) which could materially interfere with the continued operation of the Properties or materially impair the fair saleable value thereof. All Environmental Permits necessary in connection with the ownership and operation of each Loan Party’s business have been obtained and are in full force and effect, except where any such failure to obtain and maintain in full force and effect (individually or in the aggregate) has not had and is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, all material permits, registrations, licenses or similar authorizations or notifications required to construct and operate bulk storage tanks and other bulk storage facilities at the Properties are in effect.

(c) No Loan Party has received any written notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability pursuant to Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits with regard to any of the Properties or the Business, nor do the Loan Parties have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened, except insofar as such notice or threatened notice, or any aggregation thereof, does not involve a matter or matters that is or are reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, such knowledge and belief being that of a reasonable person who had conducted due diligence and good faith inquiry, Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location which could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law, except insofar as any such violation or liability referred to in this paragraph, or any aggregation thereof, is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Loan Party is or will be named as a party with respect to any of the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements or liens outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to any of the Properties or the Business, except insofar as such proceeding, action, decree, order or other requirement or lien, or any aggregation thereof, is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

92


(f) There has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from any of the Properties arising from or related to the operations of any Loan Party in connection with any of the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, no other Person has released Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws, except insofar as any such violation or liability referred to in this paragraph, or any aggregation thereof, is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.23 Risk Management Policy . The Risk Management Policy has been duly adopted in accordance with the internal risk policies of the Borrower, is in full force and effect with respect to all Loan Parties, and has been previously delivered to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders) and certified by a Responsible Person of the Borrower as being a true and correct copy and in full force and effect, and the Risk Management Policy in effect as of the Closing Date is attached hereto as Exhibit I .

5.24 AML Laws . (a) None of the Loan Parties and none of their respective Subsidiaries are, and to their knowledge none of their respective Affiliates are, in violation of any Requirement of Law relating to terrorism or money laundering (collectively, “ AML Laws ”), including, but not limited to, Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 (the “ Executive Order ”), and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (“ USA PATRIOT Act ”).

(b) None of the Loan Parties, none of their respective Subsidiaries and, to their knowledge, none of their respective Affiliates and no broker or other agent of any Loan Party, that is, in each case, acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans, is any of the following:

(i) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order or any other applicable the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) regulation;

(ii) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order or any other applicable OFAC regulation;

(iii) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any applicable AML Law;

(iv) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “ terrorism ” as defined in the Executive Order or other applicable OFAC regulations; or

(v) a Person that is named as a “ specially designated national ” or “ blocked person ” on the most current list published by OFAC at its official website, currently available at www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/ or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

(c) None of the Loan Parties, and to their knowledge no broker or other agent of any Loan Party acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans, (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any person

 

93


described in paragraph (b) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order or other applicable OFAC regulations, or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any applicable AML Law.

If any Loan Party acquires or forms any Subsidiary, each of the foregoing representations and warranties referring to any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall be thereafter deemed modified to cover, on a prospective basis, the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries (including such Loan Party’s newly acquired or formed Subsidiary), mutatis mutandis.

 

  SECTION 6 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions Precedent . The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, each Agent, the Co-Syndication Agents, the Co-Documentation Agents and each Lender set forth on Schedule 1.0 ;

(ii) the Guarantee, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto;

(iii) the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto;

(iv) the Pledge Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto;

(v) [reserved];

(vi) [reserved];

(vii) a Mortgage and Security Agreement for each Mortgaged Property located in the United States, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the applicable Loan Party securing the total amount of the Obligations, provided, however, that with respect to any Mortgaged Property located in a jurisdiction which imposes mortgage recording taxes or similar fees, that the amount secured thereby may be limited to an amount not less than 100% of the appraised value of the land and improvements constituting such Mortgaged Property which is subject to the Mortgage and Security Agreement;

(viii) the Perfection Certificate, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party;

(ix) for each Working Capital Facility Lender requesting the same, a Note of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 and conforming to the requirements hereof and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower;

(x) [reserved];

 

94


(xi) for each Swing Line Lender requesting the same, a Note of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 and conforming to the requirements hereof and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower;

(xii) for each Acquisition Facility Lender requesting the same, a Note of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 and conforming to the requirements hereof and executed by an authorized officer of the Borrower; and

(xiii) each of the Account Control Agreements, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto.

(b) Secretary’s Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E , with appropriate insertions and attachments, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, executed by (i) the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary on behalf of such Person, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of such Person, on behalf of such Person, or (ii) in the case of any such Person that is a limited liability company or limited partnership that does not have any such officers, the general partner, in the case of a limited partnership, or, in the case of a limited liability company, the managing member or members of such Person, on behalf of such Person.

(c) Borrowing Base Report ; Marked-to-Market Report ; Position Report . The Co-Collateral Agents shall have received a pro forma Borrowing Base Report showing the Borrowing Base as of a date not greater than 20 calendar days prior to the Closing Date, modified on a pro forma basis to give effect to the IPO, the distribution of the IPO Distributed Assets and any Extensions of Credit to be made or continued on the Closing Date, and the latest Marked-to-Market Report and Position Report required to be delivered pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date, in each case, with appropriate insertions and supporting schedules and dated the Closing Date, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Co-Collateral Agents, and executed by a Responsible Person of the Borrower.

(d) Proceedings of the Loan Parties . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors (or analogous body) of each Loan Party authorizing as applicable to such Person (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (ii) the borrowings contemplated hereunder and (iii) the granting by it of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, certified on behalf of such Person by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of such Person, as of the Closing Date, which certification shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of such Person pursuant to Section 6.1(b) , shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded.

(e) Incumbency Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of such Person or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of such Person, executing any Loan Document, or having authorization to execute any certificate, notice or other submission required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or a Lender pursuant to this Agreement, which certificate shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of such Person pursuant to Section 6.1(b) , shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, and shall be executed by the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of such Person, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of such Person, on behalf of such Person.

 

95


(f) Organizational Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received true and complete copies of the Governing Documents of each Loan Party, certified as of the Closing Date as complete copies thereof by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of such Person, on behalf of such Person, which certification shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of such Person pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Good Standing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates dated as of a recent date from the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority, evidencing the good standing of each Loan Party (i) in the jurisdiction of its organization and (ii) in each other jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires it to qualify as a foreign Person except, as to this subclause (ii), where the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) Consents, Licenses and Approvals . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Person of the Borrower either (i) attaching copies of all consents, authorizations and filings referred to in Section 5.4 (other than the Mortgage and Security Agreements and any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filed pursuant to the Security Documents), and stating that such consents, licenses and filings are in full force and effect or (ii) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required.

(i) Borrower’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit S signed by a Responsible Person of the Borrower, stating on behalf of the Borrower that:

(i) The representations and warranties contained in Section 5 are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, as though made on and as of such date;

(ii) No Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iii) There has not occurred since December 31, 2012 a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) Fees . The Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders shall have received the fees (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Agents) to be received on the Closing Date referred to herein and in the Fee Letter and, to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (or such lesser time as agreed by the Borrower) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Agents and the Lead Arranger in connection with the negotiation of the Loan Documents and due diligence with respect thereto.

(k) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received, with a counterpart for each Lender, the following executed legal opinions:

(i) the executed legal opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP, counsel to the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in accordance with customary opinion practice;

 

96


(ii) the executed legal opinion of the General Counsel of the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in accordance with customary opinion practice;

(iii) the executed legal opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP with respect to the Mortgaged Properties located in New York, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in accordance with customary opinion practice; and

(iv) an executed legal opinion of local counsel to the Loan Parties with respect to each Mortgaged Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in accordance with customary opinion practice.

Each such legal opinion shall cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in accordance with customary opinion practice.

(l) Collateral and Risk Management Practices . The Administrative Agent shall have completed a satisfactory collateral and risk management practices review of all of the assets of the Loan Parties that comprise each asset category set forth in the definitions of “Borrowing Base” (which review shall be satisfied by the delivery to the Administrative Agent of the collateral and risk management practices review report performed by BNP Paribas with a borrowing base date of January 31, 2013 and field visit of March 12-15, 2013).

(m) Risk Management Policy . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received a copy of the Risk Management Policy, including position and other limits, which shall be satisfactory in content and form to the Administrative Agent.

(n) Lien Searches . The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent search by a Person reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, under the Uniform Commercial Code and equivalent legislation in all relevant jurisdictions and all customary judgment and tax Lien searches for financing transactions of this nature in all applicable jurisdictions, which may have been filed with respect to personal property of the Loan Parties, and the results of such search shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(o) Actions to Perfect Liens . All filings, recordings, registrations and other actions, including the filing of financing statements on form UCC-1, necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Liens created by the Security Documents, shall have been filed, registered or recorded or shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent or the title insurance company issuing the policy referred to in Section 6.1(u) (the “ Title Insurance Company ”) in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(p) Pledged Collateral ; Stock Powers ; Pledged Interests ; Pledged Notes ; Pledged Chattel Paper . The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) the certificates representing the shares or other equity interests (to the extent such equity interests are certificated) pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate, executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof;

 

97


(ii) all promissory notes, if any, and other instruments, in each case, in a principal amount in excess of $2,500,000 and pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, each endorsed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof; and

(iii) the original counterpart of all chattel paper, if any, in a principal amount in excess of $2,500,000 and pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement, duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and containing a legend, if required by the Administrative Agent, that it is the original counterpart of such chattel paper.

(q) Issuer Consent . Each Issuer (as defined in the Pledge Agreement) referred to in the Pledge Agreement shall have delivered an acknowledgement of and consent to such Pledge Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of such Issuer, in substantially the form appended to such Pledge Agreement.

(r) Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received each of the following:

(i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the applicable Fiscal Year ended on each such date, audited by Ernst & Young LLP, prepared in accordance with GAAP, in each case applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by such accountants and as disclosed therein);

(ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the portion of the Fiscal Year ended on each such date, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, as applicable, certified by a Responsible Person of the Borrower, as being fairly presented in all material respects (subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes);

(iii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last date of each calendar month ended subsequent to June 30, 2013 and at least 30 days prior to the Closing Date, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each such month and the portion of the Fiscal Year ending on each such date in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, as applicable, certified by a Responsible Person of the Borrower, as being fairly presented in all material respects (subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes);

(iv) a projected income statement and balance sheet (the “ Projections ”) for the MLP and its consolidated Subsidiaries for each Fiscal Year ending after the Closing Date and on or prior to December 31, 2018, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, and accompanied by such information as the Agent may reasonably request to confirm the tax, legal and business assumptions made in such projections; and

(v) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of income (the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”) of the MLP and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the twelve (12) month period ending on June 30, 2013, after giving effect to the IPO and any Extensions of Credit to be made on the Closing Date (as if such transactions had occurred as of June 30, 2013 (in the case of the balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of the statement of income)), in each case (A) prepared in accordance with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve and (B) satisfactory in content and form to the Administrative Agent.

 

98


(s) Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it that all of the insurance-related requirements of Section 7.5 hereof and Section 5(q) of the Security Agreement shall have been satisfied and (ii) evidence that the premiums then due and payable on each insurance policy have been paid.

(t) Appraisals; Surveys . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) real property appraisals with respect to each Mortgaged Property from an appraiser reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (ii) current or existing ALTA/ACSM surveys with respect to each Mortgaged Property reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and which is sufficient for the title insurance company to remove the survey exception for each Mortgage Policy and to issue such survey-dependent endorsements as are requested by the Administrative Agent.

(u) Title Insurance Policy . The Administrative Agent shall have received, with respect to each Mortgage and Security Agreement intended to encumber Mortgaged Property, a policy or policies of title insurance insuring the Lien of the Mortgage and Security Agreement on such Mortgaged Property, in an amount equal to, for any fee mortgage policy, the aggregate of the land value and insurable building and improvements value of such Mortgaged Property (or such lesser amount as may be acceptable to Administrative Agent), and for any leasehold mortgage policy, an agreed upon value of the leasehold estate reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent (the “ Mortgage Policies ”), issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of such Mortgage and Security Agreement as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of all other Liens that are not expressly permitted under this Agreement, containing no general survey exception or mechanics lien exception and issued together with such endorsements and affirmative coverage as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(v) Solvency . The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit V from either the chief financial officer of the MLP or the General Partner.

(w) Copies of Recorded Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of all recorded documents referred to, or listed as exceptions to title in, the title policy or policies referred to in Section 6.1(u) .

(x) Environmental Reports . An American Society for Testing & Materials E1527-05 compliant Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (“ ESA ”), inclusive of 40 CFR 312 representations for each Mortgaged Property, prepared by an environmental consultant reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in form, scope, and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with a letter from the environmental consultant permitting the Agents and the Lenders to rely on the environmental assessment as if addressed to and prepared for each of them.

(y) PATRIOT Act . The Administrative Agent shall have received, no later than five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information requested by the Administrative Agent that are required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

(z) Flood Determination . The Administrative Agent and Lenders shall have received, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (i) a “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged

 

99


Property and (ii) for each Mortgaged Property that is located in a flood zone, (A) flood acknowledgements executed by the Borrower, (B) flood insurance, in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (1) maintained with a financially sound and reputable insurer, (2) covering buildings and contents for such Mortgaged Property and (3) naming the Administrative Agent, as mortgagee and (C) evidence of the payment of premiums then due and payable for the flood insurance required by clause (B).

(aa) Axel Johnson Acknowledgment . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the acknowledgment of Axel Johnson Inc. to the subordination provisions applicable to any Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness.

(bb) Concurrent Transactions . (i) The IPO shall have been, or shall be concurrently with the effectiveness hereof, consummated yielding Net Cash Proceeds to the MLP of not less than the aggregate face value of the IPO Distributed Assets at the time of the distribution thereof.

(ii) The Indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been, or shall be concurrently with the effectiveness hereof, paid in full (and any letters of credit outstanding thereunder shall have becomes Letters of Credit hereunder), the Administrative Agent shall have received a payoff letter in respect thereof and any Liens in respect thereof shall have been, or shall be concurrently with the effectiveness hereof, terminated.

(iii) The Indebtedness outstanding under the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement shall have been, or shall be concurrently with the effectiveness hereof, paid in full and the Administrative Agent shall have received a payoff letter in respect thereof.

(cc) Outside Date . The Closing Date shall occur on or before December 15, 2013.

(dd) Additional Matters . All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents and legal opinions in respect of any aspect or consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as it shall reasonably request.

6.2 Conditions to Each Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date (including its initial Loan, if any) and the agreement of the Issuing Lenders to issue or provide any Letter of Credit (including the initial Letters of Credit, if any) is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Borrowing Notice . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Notice or Letter of Credit Request pursuant to Section 2.5 or Section 3.3 , as the case may be.

(b) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified by “ materiality ” or “ Material Adverse Effect ” shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified) on and as of such date as if such representation and warranty was made on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation and warranty relates solely to a specified prior date, in which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such specified date.

 

100


(c) No Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

(d) Borrowing Base Report . The Co-Collateral Agents shall have timely received a Borrowing Base Report for the most recent period for which such Borrowing Base Report is required to be delivered in accordance with Section 6.1(c) or Section 7.2(c) , as applicable.

(e) Borrowing Availability . After giving effect to such extension of credit requested to be made on such date,

(i) the sum of the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit and the Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the Borrowing Base as of such date,

(ii) the Total Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the Eligible Acquisition Asset Value,

(iii) the Total Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the aggregate Acquisition Facility Commitments,

(iv) the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments,

(v) such extension of credit shall not result in any Applicable Sub-Limit being exceeded,

(vi) with respect to any such extension of credit under the Acquisition Facility, the Loan Parties shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, and

(vii) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Person of the Borrower (such certificate, the “ Availability Certification ”) certifying as to the satisfaction of each of the specific conditions set forth in Sections 6.2(b) and (c)  and clauses (i)-(vi) of Section 6.2(e) as of such date.

(f) [Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit . If, at the time the Borrower requests any Working Capital Facility Extension of Credit hereunder, the then outstanding principal balance of all Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit (including the face amount of any Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit) is less than $[        ] (such requested Working Capital Facility Extension of Credit, a “ Working Capital Taxable Advance ”), Borrower shall cause to be recorded in the appropriate land records a supplemental instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which evidences that each Mortgage covering real property located in the State of New York secures such Working Capital Taxable Advance, and Borrower shall pay all applicable mortgage recording tax on that portion of the Working Capital Taxable Advance which equals the difference between such then outstanding principal balance of the Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit prior to the Working Capital Taxable Advance and $[        ]. Before such Working Capital Taxable Advance is made, the Borrower shall furnish the Administrative Agent with a recorded, stamped copy of such supplemental instrument and evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that all applicable mortgage recording tax due in connection with such Working Capital Taxable Advance has been paid.

 

101


(g) Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit . If, at the time the Borrower requests any Acquisition Facility Extension of Credit hereunder, the then outstanding principal balance of all Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit (including the face amount of any Acquisition Facility Letters of Credit) is less than $[        ] (such requested Acquisition Facility Extension of Credit, an “ Acquisition Facility Taxable Advance ”), Borrower shall cause to be recorded in the appropriate land records a supplemental instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which evidences that each Mortgage covering real property located in the State of New York secures such Acquisition Facility Taxable Advance, and Borrower shall pay all applicable mortgage recording tax on that portion of the Acquisition Facility Taxable Advance which equals the difference between such then outstanding principal balance of the Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit prior to the Acquisition Facility Taxable Advance and $[        ]. Before such Acquisition Facility Taxable Advance is made, the Borrower shall furnish the Administrative Agent with a recorded, stamped copy of such supplemental instrument and evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that all applicable mortgage recording tax due in connection with such Acquisition Facility Taxable Advance has been paid.] 1

 

  SECTION 7 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, commencing on the Closing Date and continuing so long as any of the Commitments remain in effect or any amount is owing to any Lender or the Agents hereunder or under any other Loan Document (except contingent indemnification and expense reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), each Loan Party shall:

7.1 Financial Statements . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the MLP commencing with the Fiscal Year ending on December 31, 2013, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the MLP and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, in each case with the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows for such year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (or, with respect to the Fiscal Year ending on December 31, 2013, the figures for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries), reported on without a “ going concern ” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after (i) the end of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2013, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Person of the Borrower as being fairly presented in all material respects (subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and (ii) the end of each subsequent fiscal quarter of the MLP (except for the fiscal quarter ending on December 31 of each fiscal year), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the MLP and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year

 

1   To be discussed.

 

102


through the end of such quarter (it being understood that the financials for any portion of the year prior to the Closing Date shall be for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries), prepared in accordance with GAAP and setting forth, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending on March 31, 2014, in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (or, with respect to any fiscal quarter ending on or prior to September 30, 2014, the figures for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the previous year), certified by a Responsible Person of the Borrower as being fairly presented in all material respects (subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes);

(c) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar month, the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the MLP and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such calendar month and the related unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income and the unaudited consolidated retained earnings and cash flows for such month and the portion of the Fiscal Year through the end of such month (it being understood that the financials for any portion of the year prior to the Closing Date shall be for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries), prepared in accordance with GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, as applicable, and setting forth, beginning with the first calendar month ending after the Closing Date, in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (or, with respect to any calendar month ending on or prior to the date that is the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the figures for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the previous year), certified by a Responsible Person of the Borrower, as being fairly presented in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes);

(d) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 60 days after the commencement of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, the Annual Budget for such Fiscal Year;

(e) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar month, (i) the Operating Forecast for the next succeeding calendar month and (ii) a comparison of actual performance (as to income) of the MLP and its consolidated Subsidiaries against the Operating Forecast for such calendar month;

(f) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(a) , a Reconciliation Summary for the annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) ; and

(g) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(c) , a Reconciliation Summary for the monthly financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(c) .

All such financial statements (other than the Annual Budgets and the Operating Forecasts) shall present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Persons covered by such financial statements as at such date and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and, except as noted herein, in accordance with GAAP or GAAP adjusted on an Economic Basis plus or minus any Allowed Reserve, as applicable, applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed therein and, with regard to the non-annual financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes). The Annual Budgets and the Operating Forecasts shall have been prepared in good faith under the direction of a Responsible Person of the General Partner and based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Loan Parties to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results

 

103


during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly or other reports or proxy statements containing such information, shall have been posted and shall remain available on a website maintained by the SEC (such reports or proxy statements, the “ SEC Filings ”), provided that the Borrower shall have notified (which may be made by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such information pursuant to Section 7.7(l) . In addition, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.1 , to the extent any SEC Filing shall have been certified by a Responsible Officer of the MLP, no further certification by the Borrower shall be required under this Section 7.1 with respect to the information contained in such SEC Filing; provided , that the MLP hereby allows the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to rely upon such certification as if such certification had been made to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

7.2 Certificates ; Other Information . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders, including, if requested by a Lender, through posting on Intralinks or other web site in use to distribute information to the Lenders):

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(a) , a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting on such financial statements, if such accountants are willing to provide such certificate (provided, that if such independent certified public accountants are unwilling to provide such certificate, and such certificate is customarily given by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing in the market, the Loan Parties shall engage another certified public accountant willing to provide such certificate), stating in substance that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default arising out of the financial covenants in Section 8.1 , except as specified in such certificate;

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(c) , a certificate of a Responsible Person of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit O (such a certificate, a “ Compliance Certificate ”) (A) stating that such Responsible Person has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, in each case except as specified in such certificate, (B) stating the Loan Parties are in material compliance with the Risk Management Policy and (C) showing in detail the calculations supporting such Person’s certification of the Loan Parties’ compliance with the requirements of Sections 8.1(a) and 8.7 and, if such period ends on a date which is also the end date of a fiscal quarter, the requirements of Sections 8.1(b) , (c)  and (d) ;

(c) (w) within seven (7) Business Days after the last day of each calendar month, a Borrowing Base Report for the Loan Parties dated the last day of such calendar month, (x) within seven (7) Business Days after each Semi-Monthly Reporting Date at any time that (i) either (A) the Borrowing Base Availability or (B) the Acquisition Facility Working Capital Sub-Limit, plus, the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments, minus, the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit, minus , the Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit is less than or equal to $35,000,000, (ii) both (A) the sum of the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit and the Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit exceeds $725,000,000 (or if a Working Capital Facility Increase has been effected, the Working Capital Facility Commitments less $25,000,000) and (B) the Borrowing Base Availability is less than or equal to $50,000,000 or (iii) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, a Borrowing Base Report dated as of the applicable Semi-Monthly Reporting Date, (y) within seven (7) Business Days following any request by the Co-Collateral Agents, a Borrowing Base Report for the Loan Parties dated the date of such request and (z) at any time and from time to time, as the Borrower may determine in its sole, absolute discretion, a Borrowing Base Report for the Loan Parties dated as of a date within the seven (7) Business Days preceding delivery thereof to the Co-Collateral Agents;

 

104


(d) as soon as available, but in any event not later than seven (7) Business Days after each Semi-Monthly Reporting Date, a Marked-to-Market Report and Position Report, as of the applicable Semi-Monthly Reporting Date, in form reasonably acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents, certified by the Borrower;

(e) if any such report described in clauses (b), (c) or (d) above is not reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents, as applicable, the Borrower shall promptly deliver such information supplementing such report as the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents, as applicable, may reasonably request;

(f) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1 , a written briefing on any material overdue Account Receivables or any other material impairment in the value of the assets of the Loan Parties;

(g) upon request by the Administrative Agent, copies of any Employee Benefit Plan and related documents, reports and correspondence;

(h) [reserved];

(i) promptly, and at least one (1) Business Day after the initial execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, (i) notice of the entrance into any document or agreement governing any Indebtedness incurred by any Loan Party pursuant to Section 8.2(h) having a principal amount equal to or in excess of $10,000,000 or that is a note (other than a promissory note evidencing commercial Indebtedness), debenture, bond or other like obligation, together with a certificate of a Responsible Person of the Borrower stating that such Indebtedness complies with the terms of Section 8.2(h) , and (ii) true, correct and complete copies of any material documents and agreements governing any Indebtedness incurred by any Loan Party pursuant to Section 8.2(h) having a principal amount in excess of $50,000,000 or that is a note (other than a promissory note evidencing commercial Indebtedness), debenture, bond or other like obligation; and

(j) promptly, such additional financial and other information regarding the Loan Parties as any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

7.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on its books.

7.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence . (i) Continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it or as described in Section 8.13 and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all material rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 8.4 or where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance . (i) Keep substantially all its property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition in all material respects (excepting ordinary wear and tear and the effect of events or circumstances as to which such property is covered by insurance or as to which funds have been reserved); (ii) maintain with financially sound and reputable

 

105


insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business, which insurance shall name the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties as lender loss payee, in the case of property insurance, as an additional insured, in the case of liability insurance, and as an additional insured and recipient of a mortgagee endorsement, in the case of environmental liability insurance, as its interests may appear; (iii) furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders through posting on Intralinks or other web site in use to distribute information to the Lenders), upon request, full information as to the insurance carried, evidence of the underlying policy, the related cover note and all addenda thereto; and (iv) promptly pay all insurance premiums.

7.6 Inspection of Property ; Books and Records ; Discussions . At the sole expense of the Loan Parties: (i) keep books of records and accounts in conformity with GAAP that present fairly the financial condition of the MLP and its consolidated Subsidiaries covered thereby and (ii) within three (3) Business Days of the date agreed or requested therefor, permit representatives of the Agents to (x) visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records upon reasonable notice during normal business hours once during each twelve (12) month period following the Closing Date (or more often at the Co-Collateral Agents’ discretion exercised in good faith); provided that, during the continuance of an Event of Default, such visits and inspections may occur at any time, and (y) discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Loan Parties with officers and employees of the Loan Parties and with its independent certified public accountants to the extent consistent with the national policies of such independent certified public accountants, upon reasonable notice during normal business hours. Information obtained by the Agents pursuant to this Section 7.6 shall be shared with a Lender upon the request of such Lender.

7.7 Notices . Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders, including, if requested by a Lender, through posting on Intralinks or other web site in use to distribute information to the Lenders) of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between any Loan Party and any Governmental Authority, which in either case could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) (i) any litigation or administrative or arbitration proceeding to which any Loan Party is a party in which the amount involved is $5,000,000 or more and not covered by insurance, segregated cash reserves or bonds, or in which injunctive or similar relief is sought or (ii) any Lien on any of the Collateral (other than Liens created hereby or Liens permitted on Collateral pursuant to Section 8.3) ;

(d) the following events: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Single Employer Plan, a determination that a plan is in “ at risk ” status within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan when such contributions have become due, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan, a determination that a multiemployer plan is in endangered, seriously endangered or critical status, in each case within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code, or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan in which the Borrower or any other Loan Party is reasonably expected to have a liability in excess of $5,000,000 or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC to terminate any Single Employer Plan;

 

106


(e) the Borrowing Base Availability becoming less than or equal to $35,000,000;

(f) the Acquisition Facility Working Capital Sub-Limit, plus , the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments, minus , the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit, minus , the Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit becoming less than or equal to $35,000,000;

(g) the sum of the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit and the Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit exceeding the Borrowing Base;

(h) the Total Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit exceeding the Eligible Acquisition Asset Value;

(i) both (1) the sum of the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit and the Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit exceeding $725,000,000 (or if a Working Capital Facility Increase has been effected, the Working Capital Facility Commitments less $25,000,000) and (2) the Borrowing Base Availability becoming less than or equal to $50,000,000;

(j) the occurrence of any event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Collateral;

(k) a Material Adverse Effect; and

(l) any filing made by the Borrower or any Guarantor with the SEC of any annual, regular, periodic or special report or registration statement which the Borrower or Guarantor files with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Person setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Loan Parties propose to take with respect thereto.

7.8 Environmental Laws . (a) Comply with, and direct or obtain agreement, to the extent that any lease existing as of the Closing Date allows and in all cases pursuant to terms that shall be contained in all leases renewed or entered into after the Closing Date, compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, any and all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and maintain, and direct all tenants and subtenants to obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all Environmental Permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent that failure to do so could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, comply in all material respects with all material permits, registrations, licenses or similar authorizations or notifications required to construct and operate bulk storage tanks and other bulk storage facilities at the Properties.

(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal, compliance and other actions, required under Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the pendency of such proceedings could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

107


7.9 Periodic Audit of Borrowing Base Assets . Permit the Co-Collateral Agents or any other designee of the Co-Collateral Agents to perform, or to have an independent inspector mutually reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Required Lenders perform, a periodic due diligence inspection, test and review of all of the assets of the Loan Parties that comprise each asset category set forth in the definitions of “Borrowing Base” and the Borrower’s internal controls, credit and risk practices and trading book on a mutually convenient Business Day once during each twelve (12) month period following the Closing Date (or more often at the Co-Collateral Agents’ discretion exercised in good faith), the results of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents in all material respects and provided by the Co-Collateral Agents to each Lender; provided , however, the Co-Collateral Agents or any other designee of the Co-Collateral Agents shall be entitled to perform additional due diligence inspections, tests and reviews of such inventory and accounts receivable on Business Days at any time and/or frequency that the Co-Collateral Agents or the Required Lenders deem necessary at any time during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default; provided , further, that the expense of all such due diligence inspections, tests and reviews shall be borne exclusively by the Borrower.

7.10 Risk Management Policy . (a) Keep the Risk Management Policy in full force and effect and conduct its business in compliance with the Risk Management Policy.

(b) The Borrower shall provide at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders through posting on Intralinks) of any proposed amendment, modification, supplement or other change to such Risk Management Policy, which proposed amendment, modification, supplement or other change must be approved by the Administrative Agent (which may require the approval of the Supermajority Lenders at its reasonable discretion; provided , that (i) subject to the following clause (ii), failure of a Lender to respond to any request by the Administrative Agent for approval within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such request shall be deemed an approval of such proposed amendment, modification, supplement or other change and (ii) the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, extend such ten (10) Business Day period if the Administrative Agent determines that any such proposed amendment, modification, supplement or other change requires additional review by any Lender) if it relates to modifications to stop loss position limits, or contract or commodity traded limits (including outright position limits). The Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders, including, if requested by a Lender, through posting on Intralinks or other web site in use to distribute information to the Lenders), within ten (10) days of the effectiveness of any such amendment, modification, supplement or other change, such revised Risk Management Policy in its entirety.

7.11 Collections of Accounts Receivable . Pursuant to and in accordance with Section 3(c) of the Security Agreement, (i) instruct each Account Debtor of an Account Receivable to make all payments to the applicable Loan Party in respect of such Account Receivable to a Controlled Account, (ii) with respect to any items sent directly to a Loan Party by an Account Debtor, hold such items in trust for the Secured Parties and promptly deposit such items into a Controlled Account and (iii) otherwise comply with Section 3 of the Security Agreement.

7.12 Taxes . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries shall timely file or cause to be filed all material Tax returns required to be filed by it and shall timely pay all material Taxes due and payable by it or imposed with respect to any of its property and all other material fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any Taxes, fees or other charges, the amount or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Loan Party).

 

108


7.13 Additional Collateral; Further Actions .

(a) In the event that any such Loan Party acquires or forms any additional Subsidiary (other than an Exempt CFC or any Subsidiaries thereof), shall:

(i) cause such additional Subsidiary to become a party to the applicable Security Documents and Guarantee;

(ii) if such additional Subsidiary holds any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary (other than an Exempt CFC or any Subsidiaries thereof), cause such additional Subsidiary to execute such pledge agreements or addenda to the applicable Pledge Agreement, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and take such other action as shall be necessary or advisable (including the filing of financing statements on Form UCC-1 and the delivery of pledge agreements) in order to perfect the pledge of all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

(iii) cause such additional Subsidiary to deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations; including the USA PATRIOT Act;

(iv) if effective to perfect a Lien on such accounts in the applicable jurisdiction or otherwise requested by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, cause an Account Control Agreement for each Deposit Account (other than any Excluded Account), Securities Account and Commodity Account of such additional Subsidiary to be executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and the bank, broker or other Person maintaining such Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account to the extent required by the Security Agreement;

(v) at the request of the Administrative Agent, solely with respect to any real property having a value equal to or in excess of $500,000, (A) cause any such additional Subsidiary that owns a fee simple or material leasehold estate in real property located in the United States to (i) prepare, execute and deliver a mortgage or deed of trust, as applicable, (if and to the extent permissible under the terms of the lease) in substantially the same form as the Mortgage and Security Agreement together with any Form UCC-1 financing statements required by the Administrative Agent and (ii) deliver a “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination and with respect to each such real property that is located in a flood zone, flood acknowledgements, flood insurance and evidence of the payment of premiums then due and payable for such flood insurance, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and subject to the requirements set forth in Section 6.1(z) , and (B) cause any such Subsidiary that owns a fee simple or material leasehold estate in such real property located outside of the United States to prepare, execute and deliver all mortgage or security documentation determined by the Administrative Agent to be sufficient to create and/or perfect a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent on such real property, and to take such other actions as the Administrative Agent shall request in order to create and/or perfect a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent on such real property of such Subsidiary and cause such Subsidiary to deliver a mortgage title insurance policy (only for such real property located in the United States), survey (only for such real property located in the United States) and appraisal of the real property, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent subject to the matters and in the form required by Sections 6.1(t) and (u) ; and

(vi) take any other action as shall be necessary or advisable (including the filing of financing statements on Form UCC-1 and any other filing necessary to maintain the perfection of the security interest in the applicable jurisdiction) to cause such Lien described in this Section 7.13(a) to be a Perfected First Lien on all right, title and interest of such Collateral.

 

109


(b) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to receive legal opinions of one or more counsel to the Borrower and such additional Subsidiary addressing such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and as is customary opinion practice, including the enforceability of each Security Document to which such additional Subsidiary becomes a party and the pledge of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary, and the creation, validity and perfection of the Liens so granted by such Subsidiary and the Borrower and/or other Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders.

(c) (i) With respect to any fee simple or material leasehold estate in real property having a value equal to or in excess of $500,000 of any of the Loan Parties located in the United States which were not Mortgaged Properties on the Closing Date, including pipelines, identified by the Administrative Agent or with respect to any such property acquired by any Loan Party after the Closing Date, the applicable Loan Party shall, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, prepare, execute and deliver a mortgage or deed of trust, as applicable (if and to the extent permissible under the terms of the lease), in substantially the same form as the Mortgage and Security Agreement together with any Form UCC-1 financing statements required by the Administrative Agent, and with respect to any fee simple or leasehold estate in real property of any of the Loan Parties (other than an Exempt CFC or any Subsidiaries thereof) located outside the United States, the applicable Loan Party shall prepare, execute and deliver all mortgage or security documentation determined by the Administrative Agent to be sufficient to create and/or perfect a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent on such real property, and take such other actions as the Administrative Agent shall request in order to create and/or perfect a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent on any Mortgaged Property of such Loan Party; and (ii) with respect to any Mortgaged Property having a value equal to or in excess of $500,000 of any Loan Party (whether or not mortgaged on the Closing Date or thereafter), the applicable Loan Party shall, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, cause such Loan Party to deliver a mortgagee’s title insurance policy (only for a Mortgaged Property located in the United States), survey (only for a Mortgaged Property located in the United States) and appraisal of such Mortgaged Property, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent subject to the matters and in the form required by Sections 6.1(t) and (u)  hereof, (iii) upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver legal opinions of one or more counsel to the applicable Loan Party with respect to each Mortgage and Security Agreement and each non-United States mortgage and collateral document (in each case, covering real property having a value equal to or in excess of $500,000), addressing such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and is customary opinion practice, including the enforceability of such Security Documents, and the creation, validity and perfection of the Liens so granted by the applicable Loan Party and (iv) with respect to any Mortgaged Property located in the United States and having a value equal to or in excess of $500,000 of any Loan Party (whether or not mortgaged on the Closing Date or thereafter), the applicable Loan Party shall deliver, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, a “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination and if such Mortgaged Property is located in a flood zone, flood acknowledgements, flood insurance and evidence of the payment of premiums then due and payable for such flood insurance, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and subject to the requirements set forth in Section 6.1(z) .

(d) Upon request of the Administrative Agent (which request shall not be made unless the Administrative Agent has a reasonable basis to make such request with respect to one or more Mortgaged Properties), the Loan Parties shall promptly order and, upon completion, provide the Administrative Agent, an American Society for Testing & Materials E1527-05 compliant Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (“ ESA ”), inclusive of 40 CFR 312 representations for each such Mortgaged Property, prepared by an environmental consultant reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with a letter from the environmental consultant permitting the Agents and the Lenders to rely on

 

110


the environmental assessment as if addressed to and prepared for each of them. The Administrative Agent may, upon the receipt of a Phase I ESA and after consultation with the Borrower regarding the results of such Phase I ESA and the recommendations therein, require the delivery of further environmental assessments or reports to the extent such further assessments or reports are recommended in the Phase I ESA or the Administrative Agent has a reasonable basis to require such further assessments or reports.

7.14 Use of Proceeds . Use the entire amount of the proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit as set forth in Section 5.21 .

7.15 Cash Management . Maintain all of the Pledged Accounts of the Loan Parties at a Cash Management Bank.

7.16 New Business Valuations of Approved Acquisition Assets . If at any time any Approved Acquisition Asset has been destroyed or damaged in any material respect or any other event or condition has occurred that results in a material adverse change in the value of any Approved Acquisition Asset, (a) the Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and permit the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and at sole expense of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, to obtain a new Business Valuation of such Approved Acquisition Asset and (b) without derogating from the Borrower’s obligations to provide notification pursuant to clause (a) above, if the Administrative Agent otherwise becomes aware of any such destruction, damage, event or condition without notification from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted, in its sole discretion, upon notice to and at the sole expense of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, to obtain a new Business Valuation of such Approved Acquisition Asset, provided that in the case of clause (a) or (b), a new Business Valuation shall not be required if the Borrower has agreed to remove the affected Approved Acquisition Asset from the calculation of the Eligible Acquisition Asset Value.

7.17 [Reserved] .

7.18 AML Laws . Comply with each of representations and warranties under Section 5.24 .

 

  SECTION 8 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, commencing on the Closing Date and continuing so long as any of the Commitments remain in effect or any amount is owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document (except contingent indemnification and expense reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), no Loan Party shall, directly or indirectly:

8.1 Financial Condition Covenants .

(a) Minimum Consolidated Net Working Capital . Permit, as of the last day of any calendar month (commencing with the first calendar month ending after the Closing Date), the Consolidated Net Working Capital to be less than the Minimum Consolidated Net Working Capital Amount applicable as of such day in accordance with the definitions thereof.

(b) Minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Permit, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2013), for the twelve (12) month period ending on such day, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than the Minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

111


(c) Maximum Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio . Permit, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2013), for the twelve (12) month period ending on such day, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio to exceed the Maximum Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio applicable as of such day in accordance with the definition thereof.

(d) Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio . Permit, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2013), for the twelve (12) month period ending on such day, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio to exceed the Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio applicable as of such day in accordance with the definition thereof.

8.2 Limitation on Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, or permit any preferred stock to be issued or outstanding, except:

(a) Indebtedness of such Loan Party under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) (i) any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness and (ii) any Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness;

(c) Indebtedness in respect of purchase money security interests, Financing Leases or Synthetic Leases; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 8.2(c) in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $30,000,000;

(d) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 8.2 , or any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (such refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, “ Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ”); provided that (i) the stated amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except to the extent of non-cash interest), (ii) such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extended Indebtedness shall (A) not have a stated final maturity prior to the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and (B) have an average life to maturity equal to or greater than such Indebtedness, (iii) the terms of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, taken as a whole, shall not be more restrictive than the terms of such Indebtedness, (iv) any guarantee entered into in connection with such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension that is not a refinancing of an existing guarantee of such Indebtedness shall not be permitted under this Section 8.2(d) and (v) if the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated to at least the same extent, and on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders, as the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended;

(e) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness (other than credit or purchase cards) is extinguished within one (1) Business Day after notification to any Loan Party of its incurrence;

(f) Indebtedness under one or more Contango Facilities in an amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $125,000,000 in the aggregate;

(g) limited recourse Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Loan Party to any Governmental Authority in respect of a capital project financing provided by such Governmental Authority, but only so long as (i) such funding accounts for 100% of the capital costs of such project in

 

112


excess of any Investment by the Borrower or such Loan Party, (ii) the recourse to the Borrower or such Loan Party, as applicable, with respect to such Indebtedness is limited to its interest in the project financed by such Indebtedness and proceeds from the operation of such project, (iii) the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness at any time outstanding shall not exceed $20,000,000 and (iv) the terms of such Indebtedness are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(h) additional unsecured Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount (for all Loan Parties) not to exceed $250,000,000 at any one time outstanding; provided , that (i) the terms of such unsecured Indebtedness shall not be more restrictive, in the aggregate to the Loan Parties, than the terms, conditions, covenants and defaults contained in the Loan Documents, (ii) the terms of such unsecured Indebtedness shall permit Obligations under the Loan Documents in a principal amount at least equal to 115% of the combined aggregate amount of the Working Capital Facility Commitments in effect as of the date the documentation for any such unsecured Indebtedness is entered into and the Acquisition Facility Commitments in effect as of the date the documentation for any such unsecured Indebtedness is entered into without meeting any financial ratio test (including any incurrence test) contained in the documentation for such unsecured Indebtedness, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such unsecured Indebtedness shall be at least ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date, (iv) the maturity date of such unsecured Indebtedness shall be at least six (6) months after the Maturity Date, (v) such unsecured Indebtedness shall not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the MLP that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor; and (vi) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date of incurrence or refinancing of such unsecured Indebtedness (or would occur as a result thereof) and as of such date, the Loan Parties would be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of such date assuming the incurrence of such unsecured Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party, on the one hand, owing to (ii) the MLP or any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the MLP, on the other hand, be permitted hereunder other than pursuant to Section 8.2(b) .

8.3 Limitation on Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Loan Party, in conformity with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s Liens, or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or which have been bonded over or otherwise adequately secured against;

(c) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation or in connection with casualty insurance;

(d) deposits or bonds to secure (i) the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds and (ii) indemnities, performance and similar bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Permitted Cash Management Liens;

 

113


(f) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar title exceptions and encumbrances, landlords’ and lessors’ Liens on rented premises and restrictions on transfers of leases, each incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, secure obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Loan Parties;

(g) Liens arising from precautionary or unauthorized Uniform Commercial Code financing statements;

(h) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents;

(i) First Purchaser Liens;

(j) netting and other offset rights granted by any Loan Party to counterparties under Commodity Contracts and Financial Hedging Agreements on or with respect to payment and other obligations owed by such Loan Party to such counterparties;

(k) Liens in existence on the Closing Date that are listed, and the property subject thereto described, on Schedule 8.3 ;

(l) Liens on cash and short-term investments deposited as collateral by a Loan Party under any Commodity Contract or Financial Hedging Agreement with the counterparty (or counterparties) thereto;

(m) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.1(i) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;

(n) Liens of the account bank on currency, Cash Equivalents, commodities or Commodities Contracts of the Loan Parties deposited in, or credited to, any Controlled Account that are subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that, such Liens are specifically permitted by such Account Control Agreement or arise by operation of law;

(o) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Loan Parties permitted by Section 8.2(f) ; provided that such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the inventory, forward contracts and receivables related to the Cash and Carry Transactions financed by such Indebtedness;

(p) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Loan Parties permitted by Section 8.2(g) ;

(q) restrictions under federal and state securities laws on the transfer of securities;

(r) Liens constituting purchase money security interests (including mortgages, conditional sales, Financing Leases and any other title retention or deferred purchase devices) in real property, interests in leases or personal property existing or created on the date on which such property is acquired; provided , however, that (i) each such security interest shall attach solely to the particular item of property so acquired, and the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby shall not exceed the cost (including all such Indebtedness secured thereby, whether or not assumed) of such item of property; and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby was incurred, and permitted, pursuant to Section 8.2(c) ;

 

114


(s) Liens securing the Maine Dock Liability Obligations and the Office Building Obligations in connection with the incurrence of such liabilities; provided , however, that each such Lien shall attach solely to the property acquired; and

(t) Liens on assets not included in the Borrowing Base securing obligations of the Loan Parties in an amount not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any Security Document (including any provision for, reference to, or acknowledgement of, any Lien or Permitted Borrowing Base Lien or Permitted Cash Management Lien), nothing herein and no approval by the Administrative Agent or Lenders of any Lien, Permitted Borrowing Base Lien or Permitted Cash Management Lien (whether such approval is oral or in writing) shall be construed as or deemed to constitute a subordination by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders of any security interest or other right, interest or Lien in or to the Collateral or any part thereof in favor of any Lien, Permitted Borrowing Base Lien or Permitted Cash Management Lien or any holder of any Lien, Permitted Borrowing Base Lien or Permitted Cash Management Lien.

8.4 Limitation on Fundamental Changes . Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all of its property, business or assets of such Loan Party, except for the following, in each case so long as, at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(a) the merger, consolidation, amalgamation or liquidation of any Subsidiary into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving or resulting entity;

(b) the merger, consolidation, amalgamation or liquidation of any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary into or with a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or the merger, consolidation, amalgamation or liquidation of any Person into a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or pursuant to which such Person will become a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary in a transaction in which the resulting or surviving entity is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (it being understood that if any Person involved is a Loan Party, the surviving entity shall be a Loan Party);

(c) the conveyance, sale, lease, assignment, transfer or disposal of all, or substantially all, of the property, business or assets of a Loan Party to another Loan Party;

(d) sales or other Dispositions permitted under Section 8.6 (other than Section 8.6(h) ); and

(e) any inactive Subsidiary may be liquidated.

8.5 Restricted Payments . Declare or pay any dividend (other than distributions payable solely in common Capital Stock of the MLP) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Loan Party or any warrants or options to purchase any such Stock, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or Property or in obligations of any Loan Party (such declarations, payments, setting apart, purchases, redemptions, defeasances, retirements, acquisitions and distributions, being herein called “ Restricted Payments ”); provided that:

 

115


(a) the MLP at any time may make Restricted Payments payable solely in common Capital Stock of the MLP;

(b) any Loan Party that is a Subsidiary of the MLP may make Restricted Payments to the MLP or any other Loan Party that owns Capital Stock of such Loan Party;

(c) the MLP may make Restricted Payments up to the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the MLP as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of the “ green shoe ” option after the closing of, and with respect to, the IPO within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the MLP of such Net Cash Proceeds;

(d) the MLP may (i) redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value its Capital Stock or (ii) pay, settle, exercise, redeem, repurchase, or exchange any other award constituting a Restricted Payment, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), that is held or received by current or former officers, directors or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates or their immediate family members), of the General Partner and the MLP or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, equity plan, equity option agreement, unitholders’ agreement, incentive plan or similar agreement under which such Capital Stock was issued or such award made; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid therefor in any calendar year after the Closing Date does not exceed an aggregate amount of $2,500,000 (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the two succeeding calendar years);

(e) the following shall be permitted: (i) any repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of units, options or other rights to the extent such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of those units, options or other rights; (ii) any repurchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of equity options, warrants, incentives or other rights to acquire Capital Stock; and (iii) any payment of cash made in lieu of the issuance of fractional units upon the exercise of units, options, or other rights or the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid pursuant to this clause (e) in any calendar year after the Closing Date does not exceed an aggregate amount of $2,500,000; and

(f) the MLP may make Restricted Payments (including quarterly distributions contemplated under the MLP Partnership Agreement) if at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Loan Parties are in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment.

8.6 Limitation on Sale of Assets . Convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including Accounts Receivable and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell or permit the issuance or sale of any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person other than any Loan Party or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, except:

(a) the sale or other disposition of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the sale or other disposition of any property in the ordinary course of business;

(c) the sale of Eligible Commodities and Eligible RINs in the ordinary course of business;

 

116


(d) sales or other dispositions of Investments permitted under Section 8.8 in the ordinary course of business;

(e) leases or subleases of real property not material to the business of any Loan Party entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(f) the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof;

(g) any Disposition of Acquisition Assets so long as at the time of and after giving effect to such Disposition, Total Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit (after giving effect to any repayment of the Acquisition Facility occurring in connection with such Disposition) do not exceed the Eligible Acquisition Asset Value, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(h) sales or other Dispositions permitted under Section 8.4 (other than Section 8.4(d) );

(i) any Disposition by a Loan Party to another Loan Party;

(j) any Disposition occurring on the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement listed on Schedule 8.10 ;

(k) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 8.5 ;

(l) any of the following: (i) the termination or unwinding of any Financial Hedging Agreement or Commodity OTC Agreement; (ii) the surrender, modification, release or waiver of contract rights; or (iii) the settlement, release, modification, waiver or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(m) any payment to an Axel Johnson Affiliate in amounts equal to the collections received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary on any Accounts Receivable included in the IPO Distributed Assets.

8.7 Limitation on Capital Expenditures . Make or commit to make (by way of the acquisition of securities of a Person or otherwise): (i) Capital Expenditures made with respect to the maintenance or improvement of assets or property then owned by any Loan Party in excess of $25,000,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year; or (ii) Capital Expenditures made with respect to any acquisition of any additional assets or property in a single transaction in excess of $55,000,000, provided that the aggregate amount of such Capital Expenditures for all such acquisitions of additional assets or property in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $100,000,000.

8.8 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances . Make any Investment in any Person, except:

(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business (including, for the avoidance of doubt, ordinary course extensions of credit under Commodity Contracts and Financial Hedging Agreements made in accordance with the Risk Management Policy);

(b) Investments in Cash Equivalents;

 

117


(c) Investments by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party;

(d) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents posted as collateral to satisfy margin requirements with counterparties of Commodity Contracts or Financial Hedging Agreements of the Borrower or any Loan Party;

(e) Investments (including debt obligations and equity securities) received in connection with the bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Investments in existence on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 8.8 , together with any renewals and extensions thereof, so long as the principal amount of such renewal or extension does not exceed the original principal amount of such Investment;

(g) payroll, travel and other loans or advances to, or Guarantee Obligations issued to support the obligations of, current or former officers, directors, and employees of the General Partner, the MLP or any Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(h) any Investment resulting from pledges and deposits permitted by Section 8.3(c) , (d) , (l)  and (m) ;

(i) any Investment using the proceeds of any issuance of common Capital Stock of the MLP; and

(j) any other Investment if at the time of such Investment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Loan Parties are in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

8.9 Limitation on Payments or Modifications of Junior Debt Instruments . (a) Except as provided in clause (b) of this Section 8.9 , amend, modify or change, or consent or agree to any material amendment, modification or change to any of the terms of any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness, any Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness, or any other Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, is secured on a junior Lien basis on the Collateral or is unsecured (the foregoing Indebtedness, “ Junior Indebtedness ”) (other than any such amendment, modification or change which would extend the maturity or reduce the amount of any payment of principal thereof or which would reduce the rate, increase the non-cash portion of the rate or extend the date for payment of interest thereon or that would relax or waive any covenant therein or (in the case of any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness or Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness) which would modify any term relating to such Indebtedness not addressed in Exhibit H-1 or Exhibit H-2 , as applicable, that could not reasonably be expected to be adverse to the interests of the Lenders), (b) amend the subordination provisions of any Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness, Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness or any other Junior Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations without the consent of the Required Lenders, (c) make any voluntary payment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption of, or otherwise optionally or voluntarily defease or segregate funds with respect to, any Junior Indebtedness, provided that such payments shall be permitted (subject to clause (d) of this Section 8.9) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Loan Parties are in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 calculated on a Pro Forma Basis or (d) make any payment on any Junior Indebtedness in violation of any subordination provisions applicable thereto.

 

118


8.10 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates . Engage in any transaction with any Affiliate or Subsidiary unless such transaction is (i) otherwise permitted under this Agreement and (ii) on terms no less favorable in all material respects to such Loan Party than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate or Subsidiary; provided , however, that this Section 8.10 shall not apply to:

(a) any payment or other transaction pursuant to any agreement in effect on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 8.10 (or any renewal thereof that is not materially adverse to the Lenders);

(b) an Eligible Kildair Transaction;

(c) any payment or transaction by one Loan Party with one or more other Loan Parties;

(d) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made pursuant to Section 8.5 ;

(e) any payment to an Axel Johnson Affiliate in amounts equal to the collections received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary on Accounts Receivable included in the IPO Distributed Assets;

(f) any issuance of common Capital Stock of the MLP; or

(g) any Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness and any payment with respect thereto permitted hereunder.

8.11 Accounting Changes . Make any significant change in its accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or change its Fiscal Year without the consent of the Required Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). At the end of any calendar year during which any such change has occurred, the affected Loan Party shall prepare and deliver to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders through posting on Intralinks or other web site in use to distribute information to the Lenders) an explanatory statement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, reconciling the previous treatment or practice with the new treatment or practice.

8.12 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses . Enter into, or permit to exist, with any Person any agreement which effectively prohibits or limits the ability of a Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or otherwise transfer any interest in any of its property, assets or revenues as Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than:

(a) this Agreement;

(b) the Loan Documents;

(c) agreements evidencing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 8.2(c) and (g) , any industrial revenue bonds, purchase money security interests or Financing Leases permitted by this Agreement, and agreements relating to the Maine Dock Liability Obligations and the Office Building Obligations (in which cases, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby);

(d) leases, contracts and agreements containing restrictions on assignment entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

119


(e) licensing agreements or management agreements with customary provisions restricting assignment, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(f) joint venture agreements containing customary and standard provisions regarding ownership and distribution of the assets or equity interests of such joint venture;

(g) agreements that neither restrict the Agents’ or any Secured Party’s ability to obtain first priority liens on Collateral included in the Borrowing Base or in the calculation of Eligible Acquisition Asset Value nor restrict in any material respect the Agents’ or any Secured Party’s ability to exercise the remedies available to them under applicable Law and the Security Documents, subject to Liens permitted hereunder; provided that in no event shall such agreements restrict the payment of the Loans and other Obligations;

(h) agreements entered into by a Loan Party with a third party customer or supplier of such Loan Party in the ordinary course of business with respect to a transaction that places restrictions on a portion of the cash of such Loan Party in an amount reasonably related to the amount of such transaction on terms consistent with the past practice of such Loan Party;

(i) Materials Handling Contracts and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business with commodity storage, transportation and/or processing facilities that prohibit Liens on the commodities that are the subject thereof and which shall not be included in the Borrowing Base;

(j) Commodity Contracts and Financial Hedging Agreements not included in the Borrowing Base and containing restrictions on the assignment thereof; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any such prohibition, restriction or limitation is ineffective as a matter of law, the account receivable deriving from or the proceeds of such contract or agreement may be included in the Borrowing Base;

(k) agreements purporting to prohibit the existence of any Liens upon, or transferring of any interest in, any Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement); and

(l) agreements with respect to assets not included in the Borrowing Base, the aggregate value of such assets at any one time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000.

8.13 Limitation on Lines of Business . Enter into any business except for those lines of business in which the Loan Parties are engaged on the date of this Agreement, and any activities reasonably related, complementary or incidental thereto.

8.14 Governing Documents . Amend its Governing Documents in any manner that could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and the Agents without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

8.15 Limitations on Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under this Agreement, (ii) any restrictions existing under the other Loan Documents and (iii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary.

 

120


  SECTION 9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

9.1 Events of Default . If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) (i) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, or (ii) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, when such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, and in the case of this clause (ii), the same shall remain unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or which is identified as such and contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Any Loan Party shall (i) default in the observance or performance of any covenant contained in any of Sections 7.1(a) (annual financial statements), (c)  (monthly financial statements), (f)  (annual Reconciliation Summary) and (g)  (monthly Reconciliation Summary), 7.2 (other than Sections 7.2(e) , (g)  and (i) ), 7.4 , 7.6 , 7.7(a) , (b) , (e)-(h)  or 8 of the Agreement or Sections 5(a), (c), (d), (g), (h), (i), (j), (n)(i), (n)(iii), (p) or (t) of the Security Agreement or (ii) default in the observance or performance, in any material respect, of any covenant contained in Section 5(q) of the Security Agreement; or

(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any covenant contained in Section 7.10 for a period of four (4) Business Days; or

(e) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other obligation applicable to it contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 9 ), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of (x) such Loan Party having knowledge of such default or (y) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower; or

(f) Any Loan Party shall (A) default in any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations) or in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created, if the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness and/or Guarantee Obligations of any Loan Party in respect of which such default or defaults shall have occurred is at least $10,000,000; (B) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or such Guarantee Obligation (in each case involving the amounts specified in clause (A) above) or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity (other than with respect to Indebtedness that is, by its terms, callable upon demand) or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable; or (C) default in the

 

121


observance or performance of any obligation (payment or otherwise) under a Financial Hedging Agreement or a Commodity OTC Contract that would allow the counterparty thereof to exercise a right to terminate its position under such Financial Hedging Agreement or Commodity OTC Contract, if the aggregate net exposure with regard to all such positions is in excess of $10,000,000; or

(g) (i) Any Loan Party shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future Law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, winding-up or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Loan Party shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Loan Party any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Loan Party any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief with regard to all or any substantial part of its assets, which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within forty-five (45) days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Loan Party shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Loan Party shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(h) (i) Any Person that is a fiduciary, party-in-interest or disqualified person with respect to a Plan shall engage in any non-exempt “ prohibited transaction ” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving such Plan; (ii) any failure to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of Section 412 or 430 of the Code, whether or not waived, shall occur with respect to any Plan, a Plan shall be determined to be “ at risk ” status within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity; (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA; (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate pursuant to Section 4041(c) or 4042 of ERISA; (v) the Loan Parties or any Commonly Controlled Entity incur any liability in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal from, or the Insolvency, Reorganization or termination of, a Multiemployer Plan or a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is or is expected to be endangered, seriously endangered or in critical status, in each case within the meaning of Sections 431 or 432 of the Code or Sections 304 or 305 of ERISA, or any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity fails to make any required contributions to a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Sections 431 or 432 of the Code; (vi) the failure of any Plan to comply with any material provisions of ERISA and/or the Code (and applicable regulations under either) or with the material terms of such Plan; (vii) the failure by any Loan Party or any of its Commonly Controlled Entities to pay when due (after expiration of any applicable grace period) any installment payment with respect to Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA; (viii) the withdrawal by any Loan Party or any of their respective Commonly Controlled Entities from any Single Employer Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Single Employer Plan resulting in liability to any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (ix) the imposition of liability on any Loan Party or any of their respective Commonly Controlled Entities pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of

 

122


the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (x) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on any Loan Party or any of their respective Commonly Controlled Entities of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Section 409, Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Plan; (xi) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Loan Party or any of their respective Commonly Controlled Entities in connection with any Plan; (xii) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Single Employer Plan (or any other Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Single Employer Plan (or any other Plan) to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code; (xiii) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or pursuant to ERISA with respect to any Single Employer Plan; or (xiv) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (xiv) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(i) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Loan Party involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance) of $10,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or

(j) (i) Any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall so assert or (ii) the Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby (other than, in each case, by reason of the express release thereof pursuant to Section 11.5) ; or

(k) The Guarantee shall cease, for any reason (other than by reason of the express release thereof pursuant to Section 11.5 ), to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party shall so assert; or

(l) [Reserved];

(m) Any agreement or provision pertaining to the subordination of any Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness or Intercompany Subordinated Indebtedness under a subordination agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, while such Indebtedness is outstanding; or

(n) Any Change of Control shall occur;

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (g) of this Section 9 with respect to the Borrower, the Commitments shall immediately and automatically terminate and the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations (except as provided in the following paragraph) hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans and, except as provided in the following paragraph, Reimbursement Obligations hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement (including all amounts of L/C Obligations) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.

 

123


With respect to all outstanding Letters of Credit with respect to which demand for payment shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time Cash Collateralize the aggregate then-undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lenders, the Lenders, the L/C Participants and the other Secured Parties, a security interest in such Cash Collateral to secure all obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all other Obligations. Cash Collateralized amounts shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and fees owing with respect to such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Notes and any other Obligations. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Notes and all other Obligations shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower. The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lenders, the Lenders, the L/C Participants and the other Secured Parties, such further documents and instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the creation and perfection of the security interest in such Cash Collateral account.

 

  SECTION 10 THE AGENTS

10.1 Appointment . (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agents as the agents of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.

(b) Each Qualified Counterparty and each Qualified Cash Management Bank, pursuant to the terms of the applicable Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification and/or by accepting the grant by the Loan Parties of the security interest in the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agents as the agents of such Qualified Counterparty or Qualified Cash Management Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Qualified Counterparty and Qualified Cash Management Bank irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Qualified Counterparty or Qualified Cash Management Bank, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.

10.2 Delegation of Duties . Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

 

124


10.3 Exculpatory Provisions . No Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact, Subsidiaries or Affiliates (each, an “Agent-Related Person”) shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including in any audit prepared by the Administrative Agent’s internal auditor pursuant to Section 6.1(l) ) or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

10.4 Reliance by Agents . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any Note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower or any other Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent with reasonable care. The Agents may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with such Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such greater percentage of Lenders as shall be required therefor under Section 11.1 ) as it deems appropriate or as otherwise required by Section 11.1 or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such greater percentage of Lenders as shall be required therefor under Section 11.1 ) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans and all other Obligations.

10.5 Notice of Default . No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Agent has received notice from a Lender, or the Borrower or any other Loan Party referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Agents shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided that unless and until an Agent shall have received such directions, such Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

10.6 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact, Subsidiaries or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any Loan Party or any audit performed by the Administrative Agent’s internal auditor pursuant to Section 6.1(l) , shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents

 

125


to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and made its own decision to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, no Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other Loan Party which may come into the possession of such Agent or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact, Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent shall have any duty to monitor the Collateral used to calculate the Borrowing Base or the reporting requirements or the contents of reports delivered by the Borrower. Each Lender assumes the responsibility of keeping itself informed at all times.

10.7 Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent and each other Agent-Related Person on an after-Tax basis in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Commitment Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and the cash collateralization of the L/C Obligations) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent or such Agent-Related Person in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from such Agent’s or such Agent-Related Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section 10.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and all amounts payable hereunder and the cash collateralization of the L/C Obligations.

10.8 Agents in Their Individual Capacity . Each Agent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may make loans and other extensions of credit to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though such Agent were not an Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. With respect to the Loans and other extensions of credit made by it hereunder, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

10.9 Successor Agents . (a) The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Co-Collateral Agents, the Borrower and the Lenders. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders (unless no

 

126


Lender is willing to act as the Administrative Agent, in which case the Administrative Agent may be any Person approved by the Required Lenders) a successor Administrative Agent for the Lenders, which successor Administrative Agent shall be approved by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall not be required during the continuance of an Event of Default), whereupon such successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor Administrative Agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans or other Obligations. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. If no successor Administrative Agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of such Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.

(b) Either or both Co-Collateral Agents may resign as a Co-Collateral Agent upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the other Co-Collateral Agent (if any), the Borrower and the Lenders. Upon any such resignation, the remaining Co-Collateral Agent (the “ Sole Remaining Co-Collateral Agent ”) shall perform all of the functions of the Co-Collateral Agents and the retiring Co-Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. If both Co-Collateral Agents shall resign substantially simultaneously or the Sole Remaining Co-Collateral Agent shall resign, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders (unless no Lender is willing to act as a Co-Collateral Agent, in which case the Co-Collateral Agent may be any Person approved by the Required Lenders) a successor Co-Collateral Agent for the Lenders, who shall be the sole successor Co-Collateral Agent hereunder (the “ Sole Successor Co-Collateral Agent ”) and which Sole Successor Co-Collateral Agent shall be approved by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall not be required during the continuance of an Event of Default), whereupon such Sole Successor Co-Collateral Agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Co-Collateral Agents and the term “Co-Collateral Agents” shall mean such Sole Successor Co-Collateral Agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Co-Collateral Agents’ rights, powers and duties as Co-Collateral Agents shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Co-Collateral Agents or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans or other Obligations. After any retiring Co-Collateral Agent’s resignation as Co-Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Co-Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. If no successor Co-Collateral Agent has accepted appointment as Co-Collateral Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following a retiring Sole Remaining Co-Collateral Agent’s notice of resignation or the substantially simultaneous retiring of both Co-Collateral Agents, the resignation of the retiring Co-Collateral Agent(s) shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of such Co-Collateral Agent(s) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.

10.10 Collateral Matters . (a) The Administrative Agent is authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Loan Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

127


(b) The Lenders, and each Qualified Counterparty and each Qualified Cash Management Bank (pursuant to the terms of the applicable Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification and/or by accepting the grant by the Loan Parties of the security interest in the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents), irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the Administrative Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments, and payment in full of all Loans and all other Obligations known to the Administrative Agent and payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made and of which no Responsible Person of any Loan Party has knowledge or any obligations owed under a Commodity OTC Agreement with a Qualified Counterparty, any Financial Hedging Agreement with a Qualified Counterparty or any Cash Management Bank Agreement with a Qualified Cash Management Bank); (ii) constituting property sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition permitted hereunder; (iii) constituting property in which the Loan Parties owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; (iv) constituting property leased to any Loan Party under a lease which has expired or been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or is about to expire and which has not been, and is not intended by a Loan Party to be, renewed or extended; (v) consisting of an instrument evidencing Indebtedness or other debt instrument, if the indebtedness evidenced thereby has been paid in full; or (vi) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the portion of the Lenders required by Section 11.1 . Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.10 ; provided that the absence of any such confirmation for whatever reason shall not affect the Administrative Agent’s rights under this Section 10.10 .

(c) The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in fact selected by it with reasonable care.

10.11 The Co-Collateral Agents; Co-Documentation Agents and the Co-Syndication Agents . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, all determinations of the Co-Collateral Agents under the Loan Documents shall be made jointly by the Co-Collateral Agents, provided that, in the event that the Co-Collateral Agents cannot agree on any matter to be determined by the Co-Collateral Agents, the determination shall be made by the individual Co-Collateral Agent asserting, in its discretion exercised in good faith, the more conservative credit judgment or declining to permit the requested action for which consent is being sought by the applicable Loan Party. This provision shall be binding upon any successor to a Co-Collateral Agent.

(b) None of any Co-Documentation Agent or any Co-Syndication Agent, in their respective capacities as such, shall have any duties or responsibilities, nor shall any such Person in such capacity incur any liability under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

  SECTION 11 MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1 . The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents with the Loan Parties party thereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights and obligations of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties party thereto

 

128


hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive or consent to any departure from, prospectively, concurrently or retrospectively, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however, that no such waiver or consent and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

(i) reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or payment Obligation hereunder or any installment thereof (other than any such Obligation to pay any interest or letter of credit commission at the rate set forth in Section 4.2(c) ), or extend the due date for any Reimbursement Obligation, or reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than the rates of interest or fees set forth in Section 4.2(c) ) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the additional written consent of each Lender affected thereby, or

(ii) increase any percentage in the definition of “ Borrowing Base ” or otherwise amend or modify the definition of “ Borrowing Base ” or any direct or indirect component definition thereof that has the effect of increasing the Borrowing Base Availability, in each case without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders; or

(iii) amend or modify the definition of “ Eligible Commodities ” or any component definition thereof that has the effect of adding commodities thereto without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders; or

(iv) consent to any changes to the Risk Management Policy which are materially adverse to the Lenders without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders;

(v) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 11.1 or change the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders or Supermajority Lenders, or consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of their rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case without the written consent of all of the Lenders, or

(vi) consent to the release by the Administrative Agent of all or substantially all of the Collateral or release any guarantor from its Guarantee Obligations under the Guarantee or provide for the Collateral or the Guarantee to no longer secure or guarantee all Obligations ratably, without the written consent of all of the Lenders, except to the extent such release is permitted or required under this Agreement, or

(vii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 4.7(d) or (e) , Section 4.9(a) or (b)  or Section 11.8 , or Section 8(b) of the Security Agreement, without the written consent of all the Lenders affected thereby, or

(viii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 , or any other provision affecting the rights, duties or obligations of any Agent, without the written consent of any Agent directly affected thereby, or

(ix) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 , or any provision of Section 11.7(c) affecting the right of the Issuing Lenders to consent to certain assignments thereunder, without the written consent of the Issuing Lenders or any other provision affecting the rights, duties or obligations of any Issuing Lenders, without the additional written consent of any Issuing Lender directly affected thereby.

 

129


Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans and other Obligations. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Borrower, may amend, modify or supplement any Loan Document without the consent of any Lender or the Required Lenders in order to correct, amend or cure any ambiguity, inconsistency or defect or correct any typographical error or other manifest error in any Loan Document.

11.2 Notices .

(a) General . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) in the case of delivery by overnight courier or delivery by hand, when delivered, (b) in the case of delivery by mail, three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mails, postage prepaid, or (c) in the case of delivery by facsimile transmission, when sent and receipt has been electronically confirmed, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents, and as set forth in Schedule 1.0 in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

 

  Borrower:   

Sprague Operating Resources LLC

Two International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801

Attention: Paul Scoff, Esq.

Fax: (603) 430-5324

  The Administrative Agent:   

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

277 Park Avenue, 22 nd Floor

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Dan Bueno

  The Co-Collateral Agents:   

If to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Co-

Collateral Agent:

  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Co-

Collateral Agent

277 Park Avenue, 22 nd Floor

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Dan Bueno

  

If to BNP Paribas, as Co-Collateral Agent:

  

[ ]

 

130


provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon any Agent, the Issuing Lenders or the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.5 , 2.6 , 3.3 , 3.6 , 3.7 , 4.1 , 4.3 , 4.6 , 4.7 , or 4.9 shall not be effective until received.

(b) Limited Use of Electronic Mail . Electronic mail and internet and intranet websites may be used only to distribute routine communications, such as financial statements and other information, and to distribute Loan Documents for execution by the parties thereto, and may not be used to deliver any notice hereunder.

(c) The Platform . THE BORROWER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT WILL MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE LENDERS MATERIALS AND/OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE BORROWER HEREUNDER (COLLECTIVELY, “ BORROWER MATERIALS ”) BY POSTING THE BORROWER MATERIALS ON INTRALINKS OR ANOTHER SIMILAR ELECTRONIC SYSTEM (THE “ PLATFORM ”). THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “ AS IS ” AND “ AS AVAILABLE. ” THE AGENT-RELATED PERSONS DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall any Agent or any other Agent-Related Person have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or any Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent-Related Person; provided , however, that in no event shall any Agent-Related Person have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages). Certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “ Private Side Information ” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to any Loan Party or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(d) Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Agents and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic notices) purportedly and in good faith believed to be given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly and believed in good faith to be given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other communications with any Agent may be recorded by such Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

131


11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein and in the other Loan Documents provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made herein, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

11.5 Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations . (a) Upon any sale or other transfer of any Collateral that is permitted under the Loan Documents by any Loan Party or a sale of all of the assets of, or all of the Capital Stock of, a Subsidiary in a transaction that is permitted under the Loan Documents (other than a sale, transfer or other disposition to another Loan Party), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.10 hereof, the security interest in such Collateral shall automatically terminate and Administrative Agent shall execute and a deliver a termination or satisfaction of any Mortgage and Security Agreement affecting such Collateral, in proper form for recording.

(b) Upon any sale or other transfer of all of the Capital Stock of any Loan Party that is permitted or consented to under the Loan Documents (other than a sale or transfer to another Loan Party), the Guarantee of such Loan Party shall automatically be released and terminated.

(c) Upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made and of which no Responsible Person of any Loan Party has knowledge) and the termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit, the pledge and security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall automatically terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the applicable Loan Party. Upon any such termination or pursuant to any termination or release as described in Section 11.5(a) , the Administrative Agent will, at the applicable Loan Party’s expense, execute and deliver to such Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

11.6 Payment of Costs and Expenses . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse each Agent and the Lead Arranger for all its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the syndication of the Facilities and the development, preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel to the Agents and the Lead Arranger, one regulatory counsel to the Agents and the Lead Arranger and a single firm of local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, the Swing Line Lender, each Issuing Lender, each Agent and the Lead Arranger, for all its documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the documented fees and disbursements of counsel to each Lender, the Lead Arranger, the Swing Line Lender and each Issuing Lender and of counsel to the Agents, (c) to pay or reimburse the Agents and the Lead Arranger for their documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with inspections performed pursuant to Section 7.9

 

132


and audits performed pursuant to Section 6.1(l) , and any other due diligence performed in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agents (including the fees and expenses of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP), (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Lenders, each Agent and the Lead Arranger harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other similar taxes (except to the extent the Borrower has otherwise indemnified such Person for such taxes under Section 4.11(b) ), if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent (including the determination of whether or not any such waiver or consent is required) under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (e) on a net after-Tax basis, to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Issuing Lenders, the Agents and the Arrangers, and each of their respective officers, employees, directors, trustees, agents, advisors, affiliates, partners and controlling persons (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one firm of counsel for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and if necessary, one regulatory counsel and a single firm of local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole (and in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, by another firm of counsel for the affected Indemnitee)) other than Taxes (as to which Section 4.10 and Section 4.11 shall govern) with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any such other documents or the use or proposed use of proceeds of the Facilities, including any of the foregoing relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Loan Parties and any of their Subsidiaries, or any of the Properties, or any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing in this clause (e), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities (x) are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any Related Person thereof, (y) are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from a material breach of the obligations of such Indemnitee or any Related Person thereof or (z) result from any proceeding that is solely among Indemnitees (other than any proceeding against any Agent or Arranger or Person fulfilling a similar role in respect of the Facilities in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as such) and does not involve an act or omission by the Borrower or any of its Affiliates. The agreements in this Section 11.6 shall survive repayment of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.7 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments . (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lenders, the Agents and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any purported such assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent of each Lender shall be null and void).

(b) Any Lender may, in accordance with applicable Law, at any time sell to one or more banks, financial institutions or other entities (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) (individually, a “ Participant ” and, collectively, the “ Participants ”) (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, only to a Person other than an Ineligible Participant) participating interests in any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation owing to such Lender, any Commitment

 

133


of such Lender or any other interest of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (a “ Participation ”). In the event of any such sale by a Lender of a participating interest to a Participant, such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement to the other parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Loan, Reimbursement Obligation or other interest for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Borrower and the Agents shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, except with respect to Section 4.10 and 4.11 , under which the Participant has certain rights with respect thereto. In no event shall any Participant under any such Participation have any right to approve any amendment to or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, or any consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, except to the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would reduce the principal of, or the stated rate of interest on, the Loans, Reimbursement Obligation or any fees payable hereunder, or postpone the date of the final maturity of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations, in each case to the extent subject to such Participation (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower may exercise any rights granted to it in Section 4.17 with respect to the Lender that sold a Participation to such Participant to the extent that the direction by such Participant to such Lender to not consent to any such amendment would cause the applicable Lender to be subject to the provisions of Section 4.17 ). The Borrower agrees that if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due or unpaid during an Event of Default, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, be deemed to have the right of setoff in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement; provided that in purchasing such participating interest, such Participant shall be deemed to have agreed to share with the Lenders the proceeds thereof as provided in Section 11.8(a) as fully as if it were a Lender hereunder. The Borrower also agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of, and be bound by the obligations imposed on the Lenders in, Sections 4.10 , 4.11 and 4.14 with respect to its Participation in the Commitments and the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder outstanding from time to time as if it were a Lender; provided , that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater payments under Sections 4.10 , 4.11 and 4.14 , with respect to its participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation and the Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 4.17 , as if it were an assignee under paragraph (c) of this Section. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 4.17 with respect to any Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

134


(c) Any Lender may, in accordance with applicable Law, at any time and from time to time assign to any Lender or any Subsidiary, Affiliate or Approved Fund thereof, or, with the consent of the Administrative Agent, and, in the case of an assignment of the Acquisition Facility Commitments, the Acquisition Facility Issuing Lenders, and, in the case of an assignment of the Working Capital Facility Commitment, the Working Capital Facility Issuing Lenders and the Swing Line Lender, and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to any other Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) (the “ Assignee ”), all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit F , appropriately completed (an “ Assignment and Acceptance ”), executed by such Assignee, such assigning Lender (and, in the case of an Assignee that is not then a Lender or any Subsidiary, Affiliate or Approved Fund thereof, by the Administrative Agent, and, in the case of an assignment of the Acquisition Facility Commitments, the Acquisition Facility Issuing Lenders, and, in the case of an Assignment of the Working Capital Facility Commitment, the Working Capital Facility Issuing Lenders and the Swing Line Lender, and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower is not deemed to consent to such assignment, the Borrower) and attaching the Assignee’s relevant tax forms, administrative details and wiring instructions, and delivered to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance and recording in the Register; provided that (i) each such assignment to an Assignee (other than any Lender) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (other than in the case of (A) an assignment of all of a Lender’s interests under this Agreement or (B) an assignment to another Lender, a Subsidiary, an Affiliate or an Approved Fund of such assigning Lender), unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (such amount to be aggregated in respect of assignments by to any Lender and the affiliates or Approved Funds thereof), (ii) in the case of an assignment by a Lender to a Bank CLO managed by such Lender or an affiliate of such Lender, unless such assignment to such Bank CLO has been consented to by the Administrative Agent, and in the case of an assignment of the Acquisition Facility Commitments, the Acquisition Facility Issuing Lenders, and, in the case of an Assignment of the Working Capital Facility Commitment, the Working Capital Facility Issuing Lenders, and the Swing Line Lender, and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower is not deemed to consent to such assignment, the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the assigning Lender shall retain the sole right to approve any amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that the Assignment and Acceptance between such Lender and such Bank CLO may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of such Bank CLO, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to Section 11.2 , and (iii) each Assignee shall comply with the provisions of Section 4.11(e) . Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date determined pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder with Commitments as set forth therein, and (y) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such assigning Lender shall cease to be a party hereto). Notwithstanding any provision of this paragraph (c) and paragraph (e) of this Section 11.7 , (x) the consent of the Borrower shall not be required, and, unless requested by the Assignee and/or the assigning Lender, new Notes shall not be required to be executed and delivered by the Borrower, for any assignment which occurs at any time when any of the events described in Section 9.1(g) shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment that requires consent of the Borrower pursuant to the terms hereof unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.7 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a Participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 11.7(b).

 

135


(d) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain at the address of the Administrative Agent referred to in Section 11.2 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register (the “ Register ”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders (including all Assignees and successors) and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and other Obligations owing to, each Lender from time to time. The entries made in the Register shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may (and, in the case of any Loan or other Obligation hereunder not evidenced by a Note, shall) treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of a Loan or other Obligation hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided , however, that the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any assignment of any Loan or other Obligation hereunder, whether or not evidenced by a Note, shall be effective only upon appropriate entries with respect thereto being made in the Register. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The parties intend for the Loans or other Obligations to be in registered form for tax purposes and this provision shall be construed in accordance with that intent.

(e) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee (and, in the case of an Assignee that is not then a Lender (or any Subsidiary, Affiliate or Approved Fund thereof), by the Administrative Agent, and, in the case of an assignment of the Acquisition Facility Commitments, the Acquisition Facility Issuing Lenders, and, in the case of an assignment of the Working Capital Facility Commitment, the Working Capital Facility Issuing Lenders and the Swing Line Lender and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower is not deemed to consent to such assignment, the Borrower), together with payment to the Administrative Agent by the assigning Lender of a registration and processing fee of $3,500, the Administrative Agent shall (i) promptly accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) on the effective date determined pursuant thereto record the information contained therein in the applicable Register and give notice of such acceptance and recordation to the Lenders and the Borrower.

(f) The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant or Assignee (each, a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, other than an Ineligible Participant) in each case, any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and Affiliates which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower or the other Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower or other Loan Parties in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of the Borrower, the other the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries or Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement; provided that such Transferee or prospective Transferee shall have agreed to be bound by the provisions of Section 11.16 hereof.

(g) For avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the provisions of this Section 11.7 concerning assignments of Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and Notes relate only to absolute assignments and that such provisions do not prohibit assignments creating security interests, including (i) any pledge or assignment by a Lender of any Loan or Note to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable Law and (ii) any pledge or assignment by a Lender which is a fund to its trustee for the benefit of such trustee and/or its investors to secure its obligations under any indenture or Governing Documents to which it is a party; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

136


(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may, with notice to, but without consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and in accordance with the definition of “ Conduit Lender ” set forth in Section 1.1 hereof and the terms of this Section 11.7(h) , designate a Conduit Lender and fund any of the Loans or Unreimbursed Amounts which such Lender is obligated to make or pay hereunder by causing such Conduit Lender to fund such Loans or Unreimbursed Amounts on behalf of such Lender. Any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans or Unreimbursed Amounts it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 11.7(c) . The Borrower, each Lender and each Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state bankruptcy or similar Law in connection with any obligation of such Conduit Lender under the Loan Documents, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided , however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans or Reimbursement Obligations to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such Conduit Lender to support the funding or maintenance of Loans or Reimbursement Obligations by such Conduit Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans and its Reimbursement Obligations to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such Conduit Lender. This clause (h) may not be amended without the written consent of any Conduit Lender directly affected thereby.

11.8 Adjustments; Set-off . (a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans or Reimbursement Obligations with regards to either Facility, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(g) , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender under such Facility, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans or Reimbursement Obligations under such Facility, or interest thereon, except to the extent specifically provided hereunder, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders under such Facility a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans or Reimbursement Obligations under such Facility, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders under such Facility; except that with respect to any Lender that is a Defaulting Lender by virtue of such Lender failing to fund its Commitment Percentage of any Loan or Participation Obligation, such Defaulting Lender’s pro rata share of the excess payment shall be allocated to the Lender (or the Lenders, pro rata) that funded such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment Percentage thereof; provided , however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest; provided further , that to the extent prohibited by applicable law as described in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligation,” no amounts received from, or set off with respect to, any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor . The Borrower agrees that each Lender so purchasing a portion of another Lender’s Loans or Reimbursement Obligations may exercise all rights of payment (including rights of set-off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such Lender were the direct holder of such portion.

 

137


(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law, during the existence of an Event of Default, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees to promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off or application.

11.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile transmission or electronic mail transmission in portable document format of signature pages hereto), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail in portable document format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

11.10 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.11 Integration . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.12 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

11.13 Submission to Jurisdiction . Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

138


(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Loan Parties as the case may be, at their address set forth in Section 11.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by Law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by Law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

11.14 Acknowledgements . Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) none of the Agents nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Loan Parties arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, on one hand, and Agents and Lenders, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Loan Parties and the Lenders.

11.15 Waivers of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.16 Confidentiality . (a) Each Lender Party shall use its best efforts to (i) keep confidential (and shall cause its directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents, professional advisors or auditors (collectively, “Representatives”) to keep confidential) all information that such Lender Party receives from or on behalf of the Loan Parties other than information that is identified by any of the Loan Parties as being non-confidential information (all such information that is not so identified being “ Confidential Information ”); provided that nothing in this Section 11.16 shall prevent any Lender Party from (A) disclosing, subject to the terms and requirements of this Section 11.16 , such information to a Subsidiary or an Affiliate or its or their Representatives, (B) disclosing Confidential Information in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, (C) using Confidential Information solely for purposes of evaluating and administering the Loans and the Loan Documents, (D) disclosing Confidential Information to a Participant, an Assignee or a potential Transferee, in each case in accordance with Section 11.7(f) or (E) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization and (ii) subject to Section 11.16(d) , not disclose Confidential Information to Representatives of its Trading Business. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information as provided in this Section 11.16 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

139


(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.16 to the contrary, any Confidential Information may be disclosed by any Lender Party or any Representative (the affected Lender Party or Representative being the “ Disclosing Party ”) if the Disclosing Party is compelled by judicial process or is required by Law or regulation or is requested to do so by any examiner or any other regulatory authority or recognized self-regulatory organization including the New York Stock Exchange, the Federal Reserve Board, the New York State Banking Department and the Securities & Exchange Commission, in each case having or asserting jurisdiction over the Disclosing Party.

(c) The obligations of each Lender Party and its Representatives under this Section 11.16 with respect to Confidential Information shall not apply to (i) any Confidential Information which, as of the date of disclosure by such Lender Party or its Representatives, is in the public domain or subsequently comes into the public domain other than as a result of a breach of the obligations of such Lender Party or its Representatives hereunder, or (ii) any Confidential Information that was or becomes available to such Lender Party or its Representatives from a person or source that is or was not, to the knowledge of such Lender Party or its Representatives, bound by a confidentiality agreement with any Loan Party or otherwise prohibited from transferring such information to any other Person, or (iii) any Confidential Information which was or becomes available to such Lender Party or its Representatives without any obligation of confidentiality prior to its disclosure by or on behalf of the Loan Parties or (iv) any Confidential Information that was developed by such Lender Party or its Representative without the use of information provided by any Loan Party.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Lender Party may disclose Confidential Information to those Representatives of its Trading Business, solely to the extent (i) such disclosure is (A) advisable, in the good faith discretion of such Lender Party, to assist such Lender Party in protecting and enforcing its rights under any Loan Document and other credit facilities which such Lender Party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates has with the applicable Loan Party (or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) and (B) relevant to such assistance, (ii) such Representatives have been advised of, and agree to, the confidential nature, and restrictions on use, of such Confidential Information and need to know same in connection with providing such assistance, and (iii) such Confidential Information is not used for any purpose other than that set forth in this Section 11.16 .

(e) Each of the Lender Parties acknowledges that (a) the Confidential Information may include material non-public information concerning the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.

11.17 Specified Laws . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Specified Laws, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the names and addresses of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the Specified Laws.

11.18 [ Reserved ].

11.19 Additional Borrowers . At any time and from time-to-time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may request that any of its Subsidiaries become a borrower under this Agreement (each Subsidiary which becomes a borrower pursuant to the terms of this Section 11.19 , an “ Additional Borrower ”). Such Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower with effect on and from the date on which the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that each of the following has been satisfied (which date shall be within ten (10) Business Days after each Lender has received the documents referred to in Section 11.19(e) :

 

140


(a) the Administrative Agent receives a duly completed and executed Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit U ;

(b) each Lender has approved of such Additional Borrower;

(c) the Borrower confirms that no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower and each of the representations and warranties relating to the Additional Borrower and the Loan Parties (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1 , 5.4 , 5.6 , 5.7 , 5.17 and 5.20 ) is true and not misleading in any material respect (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified by “ materiality ” or “ Material Adverse Effect ” shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified) as if made on date of accession of Additional Borrower;

(d) the Subsidiary is incorporated, organized or formed in the United States of America or another jurisdiction approved by the Supermajority Lenders;

(e) the Administrative Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence referred to in Section 6.1(b) and Sections 6.1(d) through 6.1(g) in relation to that Additional Borrower together with a legal opinion in respect of the Additional Borrower from a law firm qualified to issue legal opinions with respect to the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(f) the Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent search by a Person reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Uniform Commercial Code (if relevant), judgment and tax Lien filings, and all customary searches for financing transactions of this nature in all applicable jurisdictions, which may have been filed with respect to personal property of such Additional Borrower, and the results of such search shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(g) the Co-Collateral Agents and each Lender shall have received copies of a collateral and risk management review (the “ Additional Borrower Collateral Risk Review ”), in form and substance satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents, of all of the assets of such Additional Borrower that would comprise each asset category set forth in the definition of “ Borrowing Base ”, prepared by Co-Collateral Agents’ internal or external collateral and risk manager; provided , however, that (i) the Additional Borrower Collateral Risk Review shall be completed (or in the event it is not completed, be deemed completed) by a date no later than the date twenty-one (21) calendar days following the Borrower’s request that a Subsidiary become an Additional Borrower, which such request may not be made more than sixty (60) calendar days prior to the date such Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower and (ii) prior to the completion of the Additional Borrower Collateral Risk Review, the Co-Collateral Agents may, in their sole discretion, count the assets of such Additional Borrower in the calculation of the Borrowing Base;

(h) the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it that all of the requirements of Section 7.5 hereof and Section 5(q) of the Security Agreement shall have been satisfied with respect to such Additional Borrower;

(i) each Lender shall have received all of the documents referred to in Section 6.1(y) with respect to that Additional Borrower and has confirmed to the Administrative Agent that such documents are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Lender;

 

141


(j) such Additional Borrower becomes a Grantor; and

(k) such Additional Borrower appoints the Borrower to act on its behalf as the agent for such Additional Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Borrower to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Borrower by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and the Borrower accepts such appointment (which appointment shall not be terminated or revoked without the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders).

The Agents, the Borrower and any Additional Borrowers shall be permitted to amend this Agreement and the other Loan Documents solely as necessary or advisable to permit the Additional Borrower to borrow hereunder and as otherwise required or advisable in connection therewith.

11.20 Joint and Several Liability . Upon entry into this Agreement by an Additional Borrower, all Loans, upon funding, shall be deemed to be jointly funded to and received by the Borrower Parties. Each Borrower Party jointly and severally agrees to pay, and shall be jointly and severally liable under this Agreement for, all Obligations, regardless of the manner or amount in which proceeds of Loans are used, allocated, shared, or disbursed by or among the Borrower Parties themselves, or the manner in which an Agent and/or any Lender accounts for such Loans or other extensions of credit on its books and records. Each Borrower Party shall be liable for all amounts due to an Agent and/or any Lender under this Agreement, regardless of which Borrower Party actually receives Loans or other Extensions of Credit hereunder or the amount of such Loans and Extensions of Credit received or the manner in which such Agent and/or such Lender accounts for such Loans or other Extensions of Credit on its books and records. Each Borrower Party’s Obligations with respect to Loans and other Extensions of Credit made to it, and such Borrower Party’s Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of such Borrower Party hereunder, with respect to Loans and other Extensions of Credit made to the other Borrower Parties hereunder, shall be separate and distinct obligations, but all such Obligations shall be primary obligations of such Borrower Party. The Borrower Parties acknowledge and expressly agree with the Agents and each Lender that the joint and several liability of each Borrower Party is required solely as a condition to, and is given solely as inducement for and in consideration of, credit or accommodations extended or to be extended under the Loan Documents to any or all of the other Borrower Parties and is not required or given as a condition of Extensions of Credit to such Borrower Party. Each Borrower Party’s obligations under this Agreement shall be separate and distinct obligations. Each Borrower Party’s obligations under this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, be unconditional irrespective of (i) the validity or enforceability, avoidance, or subordination of the Obligations of any other Borrower Party or of any Note or other document evidencing all or any part of the Obligations of any other Borrower Party, (ii) the absence of any attempt to collect the Obligations from any other Borrower Party, any Guarantor, or any other security therefor, or the absence of any other action to enforce the same, (iii) the waiver, consent, extension, forbearance, or granting of any indulgence by an Agent and/or any Lender with respect to any provision of any instrument evidencing the Obligations of any other Borrower Party or any Guarantor, or any part thereof, or any other agreement now or hereafter executed by any other Borrower Party or any Guarantor and delivered to an Agent and/or any Lender, (iv) the failure by an Agent and/or any Lender to take any steps to perfect and maintain its security interest in, or to preserve its rights to, any security or collateral for the Obligations of any other Borrower Party or any Guarantor, (v) an Agent’s and/or any Lender’s election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by any other Borrower Party, as debtor-in-possession under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, (vii) the disallowance of all or any portion of an Agent’s and/or any Lender’s claim(s) for the repayment of the Obligations of any other Borrower Party under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (viii) any other circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor or of any

 

142


other Borrower Party. With respect to any Borrower Party’s Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of the Borrower Parties hereunder with respect to Loans or other Extensions of Credit made to any of the other Borrower Parties hereunder, such Borrower Party waives, until the Obligations shall have been paid in full and this Agreement shall have been terminated, any right to enforce any right of subrogation or any remedy which an Agent and/or any Lender now has or may hereafter have against any other Borrower Party, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to an Agent and/or any Lender to secure payment of the Obligations or any other liability of any Borrower Party to an Agent and/or any Lender. Upon any Event of Default, the Agents may proceed directly and at once, without notice, against any Borrower Party to collect and recover the full amount, or any portion of the Obligations, without first proceeding against any other Borrower Party or any other Person, or against any security or collateral for the Obligations. Each Borrower Party consents and agrees that the Agents shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Borrower Party or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. Each Borrower Party further acknowledges that credit extended to each Borrower Party hereunder will directly or indirectly benefit each other Borrower Party.

11.21 Contribution and Indemnification among the Borrower ; Subordination . Each Borrower Party is obligated to repay the Obligations as joint and several obligor under this Agreement. To the extent that any Borrower Party shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, repay any of the Obligations constituting Loans made to another Borrower Party hereunder or other Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other Borrower Party (an “Accommodation Payment”), then the Borrower Party making such Accommodation Payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each of the other Borrower Parties in an amount, for each of such other Borrower Parties, equal to a fraction of such Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which fraction is such other Borrower Party’s Allocable Amount (as defined below) and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the Borrower Parties. As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of each Borrower Party shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for Accommodation Payments which could be asserted against such Borrower Party hereunder without (a) rendering such Borrower Party “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (“UFTA”) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (“UFCA”), (b) leaving such Borrower Party with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (c) leaving such Borrower Party unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA. All rights and claims of contribution, indemnification, and reimbursement under this Section 11.21 shall be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations. The provisions of this Section 11.21 shall, to the extent expressly inconsistent with any provision in any Loan Document, supersede such inconsistent provision.

11.22 Express Waivers by Borrower Parties in Respect of Cross Guaranties and Cross Collateralization . Each Borrower Party agrees as follows:

(a) Each Borrower Party hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance of this Agreement; (ii) notice of the making of any Loans, the issuance of any Letter of Credit or any other financial accommodations made or extended under the Loan Documents or the creation or existence of any Obligations; (iii) notice of the amount of the Obligations, subject, however, to such Borrower Party’s right to make inquiry of the Administrative Agent to ascertain the amount of the Obligations at any reasonable time; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any other Borrower Party or of any other fact that might increase such Borrower Party’s risk with respect to such other Borrower Party under the Loan Documents; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any promissory notes or other instruments among the Loan Documents; and (vi) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to such Borrower Party hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower Party is a party) and demands to which such Borrower Party might otherwise be entitled.

 

143


(b) Each Borrower Party hereby waives the right by statute or otherwise to require an Agent or any other Secured Party to institute suit against any other Borrower Party or to exhaust any rights and remedies which an Agent or any other Secured Party has or may have against any other Borrower Party. Each Borrower Party further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower Party (other than the defense that the Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and paid) or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of any such Borrower Party in respect thereof.

(c) Each Borrower Party hereby waives and agrees not to assert against an Agent or any Lender: (i) any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Borrower Party may now or at any time hereafter have against any other Borrower Party or any other party liable under the Loan Documents; (ii) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim of any kind or nature available to any other Borrower Party against an Agent or any Lender, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Obligations or any security therefor; (iii) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by an Agent or any Lender under any applicable law; and (iv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting any other Borrower Party’s liability hereunder.

(d) Each Borrower Party consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such Borrower Party and without affecting or impairing the obligations of such Borrower Party hereunder, the Agents may (subject to any requirement for consent of any of the Lenders to the extent required by this Agreement), by action or inaction: (i) compromise, settle, extend the duration or the time for the payment of, or discharge the performance of, or may refuse to or otherwise not enforce the Loan Documents; (ii) release all or any one or more parties to any one or more of the Loan Documents or grant other indulgences to any other Borrower Party in respect thereof; (iii) amend or modify in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any of the Loan Documents; or (iv) release or substitute any Person liable for payment of the Obligations, or enforce, exchange, release, or waive any security for the Obligations or any Guarantee of the Obligations.

(e) Each Borrower Party represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that, as of the date of entry of any Additional Borrower into this Agreement, such Borrower Party is currently informed of the financial condition of all other Borrower Parties and all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations. Each Borrower Party further represents and warrants that, as of the date of entry of such Borrower Party into this Agreement, such Borrower Party has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents. Each Borrower Party agrees that none of the Agents or any Lender has any responsibility to inform any Borrower Party of the financial condition of any other Borrower Party or of any other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Obligations.

11.23 Limitation on Obligations of Borrower Parties . In the event that in any action or proceeding involving any state or foreign corporate law, or any state, Federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, the obligations of any Borrower Party, including for the obligations of any other Borrower Party, under this Agreement shall be held or determined to be void, avoidable, invalid or unenforceable (including because of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable state or Federal Law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers), then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the amount of such liability of a Borrower Party shall, without any further action by any Loan Party, Agent or Lender,

 

144


be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable (such highest amount determined hereunder being the relevant Borrower’s “Maximum Liability”); provided that nothing contained in this Section 11.23 shall limit the liability of any Borrower Party to repay Loans made directly or indirectly to or for the benefit of that Borrower Party or any Subsidiary of that Borrower Party (including Loans advanced to any other Borrower Party and then re-loaned or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, such Borrower Party or any of its Subsidiaries), Obligations relating to Letters of Credit issued for the direct or indirect benefit of such Borrower Party or any of its Subsidiaries, and all interest, fees, expenses and other related Obligations under the Loan Documents with respect thereto, for which such Borrower Party shall be primarily liable for all purposes hereunder. This Section 11.23 with respect to the Maximum Liability of each Borrower Party is intended solely to preserve the rights of the Agents and the Lenders to the maximum extent not subject to avoidance under applicable Law, and no Loan Party nor any other person or entity shall have any right or claim under this Section 11.23 with respect to such Maximum Liability, except to the extent necessary so that the obligations of any Borrower Party hereunder shall not be rendered void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable under applicable Law.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

 

145


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC , as Borrower

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


AGENTS AND LENDERS :

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, Co-Collateral Agent, Working Capital Facility Issuing Lender, Acquisition Facility Issuing Lender, Swing Line Lender and Lender

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


BNP PARIBAS,

    as a Co-Collateral Agent and Lender

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


[   ],

        as [   ]

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


[   ],

        as [   ]

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


[   ],

        as [   ]

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


[   ],

        as [   ]

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


Schedule 1.0

to Credit Agreement

LENDERS, COMMITMENTS AND APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES

 

Lender

   Working
Capital Facility
Commitment
     Acquisition
Facility
Commitment
     Total
Commitment
     Applicable Lending
Office

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 59,522,250.00       $ 19,840,750.00       $ 79,363,000.00      

BNP Paribas

   $ 59,522,250.00       $ 19,840,750.00       $ 79,363,000.00       787 Seventh
Avenue
9 th  Floor
New York, NY
10019

RBS Citizens, National Association

   $ 59,522,250.00       $ 19,840,750.00       $ 79,363,000.00      

Natixis, New York Branch

   $ 59,522,250.00       $ 19,840,750.00       $ 79,363,000.00      

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   $ 59,522,250.00       $ 19,840,750.00       $ 79,363,000.00      

Standard Chartered Bank

   $ 51,377,100.00       $ 17,125,700.00       $ 68,502,800.00      

Societe Generale

   $ 51,377,100.00       $ 17,125,700.00       $ 68,502,800.00      

Cooperatieve Centralie Raiffeisenboerenleenbank, B.A. “Rabobank Nederland”, New York Branch

   $ 40,725,750.00       $ 13,575,250.00       $ 54,301,000.00      

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.

   $ 40,725,750.00       $ 13,575,250.00       $ 54,301,000.00      


Lender

   Working
Capital Facility
Commitment
     Acquisition
Facility
Commitment
     Total
Commitment
     Applicable Lending
Office

Sovereign Bank, N.A.

   $ 40,725,750.00       $ 13,575,250.00       $ 54,301,000.00      

Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

   $ 28,186,500.00       $ 9,395,500.00       $ 37,582,000.00      

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 25,062,000.00       $ 8,354,000.00       $ 33,416,000.00      

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 25,062,000.00       $ 8,354,000.00       $ 33,416,000.00      

BMO Harris Bank N.A.

   $ 25,062,000.00       $ 8,354,000.00       $ 33,416,000.00      

TD Bank, N.A.

   $ 23,182,350.00       $ 7,727,450.00       $ 30,909,800.00      

RB International Finance (USA), LLC

   $ 20,049,600.00       $ 6,683,200.00       $ 26,732,800.00      

People’s United Bank, N.A.

   $ 15,000,000.00       $ 5,000,000.00       $ 20,000,000.00      

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 13,877,100.00       $ 4,625,700.00       $ 18,502,800.00      

Raymond James Bank, N.A.

   $ 12,531,000.00       $ 4,177,000.00       $ 16,708,000.00      

Blue Hills Bank

   $ 11,250,000.00       $ 3,750,000.00       $ 15,000,000.00      

Webster Bank

   $ 9,398,250.00       $ 3,132,750.00       $ 12,531,000.00      

First Niagara Bank, N.A.

   $ 9,398,250.00       $ 3,132,750.00       $ 12,531,000.00      

Israel Discount Bank of New York

   $ 9,398,250.00       $ 3,132,750.00       $ 12,531,000.00      
           

 

Total

   $ 750,000,000       $ 250,000,000       $ 1,000,000,000      
           

 


Schedule 1.1(A)

to Credit Agreement

APPROVED INVENTORY LOCATIONS

 

New Bedford Terminal   TRT Terminal  
30 Pine Street   740 Washington Street  
New Bedford, MA 02740   Quincy, MA 02169  
Portland Terminal    
92 Cassidy Point Drive    
Portland, Maine 04102    

Throughput Locations

 

Legal Name Per Throughput Agreement

  

Physical Address

  

Office Address

121 Point Breeze Management Corporation    6310 West Passyunk Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19153    6310 West Passyunk Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19153
Arc Terminals Holding LLC (former Motiva Brooklyn)    23 Paidge Avenue; Brooklyn, NY 11222    3000 Research Forest Drive, Suite 250; The Woodlands, TX 77381
B & B Petroleum, Inc.    1 Brownstone Avenue; Portland CT 06480    1 Brownstone Avenue; Portland CT 06480
Bigelow Oil Company, Inc.    50 Tower Road; Newton Upper Falls, MA 02164    50 Tower Road; Newton Upper Falls, MA 02164
BP Products North America Inc.    125 Apollo Street; Brooklyn, NY 11222    28301 Ferry Road; Warrenville, IL 60555
Buckeye Terminals, LLC    50 Burbank Road, Wethersfield, CT 06109    Five TEK Park, 9999Hamilton Blvd.; Breinigsville, PA 18031
Buckeye Terminals, LLC    County Route 37 & River Road; Brewerton, NY 13029    5002 Buckeye Rd; Emmaus, PA 18049
Buckeye Terminals, LLC    5198 Buckeye Road; Macungie, PA 18062    5002 Buckeye Rd; Emmaus, PA 18049
Buckeye Terminals, LLC    9586 River Road Route 49; Marcy, NY 13403    5002 Buckeye Rd; Emmaus, PA 18049
Buckeye Terminals, LLC    37 Wurz. Avenue; Utica, NY 13502    5002 Buckeye Rd; Emmaus, PA 18049
Buckeye Terminals, LLC    3121 Shippers Road; Vestal, NY 13850    5002 Buckeye Rd; Emmaus, PA 18049
Carbo Industries Inc.    1 Bay Boulevard; Lawrence, NY 11559    1 Bay Boulevard; Lawrence, NY 11559


Champagne’s Energy    845 Old Post Road; Arundel, ME 04046    845 Old Post Road; Arundel, ME 04046
Citgo Petroleum Corporation    4801 South Woods Ave; Linden, NJ 07036    1293 Eldridge Parkway; Houston, TX 77077
Depot Place Terminal, Inc.    17 Depot Place; Unionville, CT 06085    17 Depot Place; Unionville, CT 06085
Dominion Energy Manchester Street, Inc.    Manchester Street Station, Providence, RI 02903    40 Point Street; Providence, RI 02903
Duck Island Terminal, Inc.    1463 Lamberton Road; Trenton, NJ 08611    1463 Lamberton Road; Trenton, NJ 08611
Dutch Hill Terminals, LLC    568 Paulson Avenue; Clifton, NJ 07011    568 Paulson Avenue; Clifton, NJ 07011
Edgemont Garage & Oil Co.    115 W. Main Street; Merrimac, MA 01860    115 W. Main Street; Merrimac, MA 01860
ExxonMobil Oil Corp.    52 Beachum Street; Everett, MA 02149    3225 Gallows Road; Fairfax, VA 22037
Frank Bros. Fuel Corp.    7 Belford Avenue; Bay Shore, NY 11706    7 Belford Avenue; Bay Shore, NY 11706
Fred M. Schildwachter & Sons, Inc.    1400 Ferris Place, Bronx, NY 10461    1400 Ferris Place, Bronx, NY 10461
General Utilities, Inc.    82 Arlington Ave.; St. James, NY 11780    100 Fairfield Avenue; Plainfield, NY 11803
General Utilities, Inc.    48 Brooklyn Avenue; Massapequa, NY 11758    100 Fairfield Avenue; Plainfield, NY 11803
General Utilities, Inc.    3 Washington Pkwy; Hicksville, NY 11801    100 Fairfield Avenue; Plainfield, NY 11803
General Utilities, Inc.    201 Union Blvd.; West Islip, NY 11795    100 Fairfield Avenue; Plainfield, NY 11803
General Utilities, Inc.    98 E. Montauk Highway; Hampton Bays, NY 11946    100 Fairfield Avenue; Plainfield, NY 11803
George T. Taylor &Son, Inc.    152 Broad Brook Road; Broad Brook, CT 06016    152 Broad Brook Road; Broad Brook, CT 06016
Global Companies LLC (assigned from Warex Terminals Corp)    1184 River Road, New Windsor, NY 12553-6728    800 South Street, Suite 200, Waltham, MA 02454-9161
Grafton Upton Rail Care, LLC    25 Maple Avenue; Upton, MA 01568    25 Maple Avenue; Upton, MA 01568
Hess Corporation (assigned from Stuyvesant Fuel Terminal Co, LLC)    1040 East 149th Street; Bronx, NY 10455    1 Hess Plaza; Woodbridge, NJ 07095
L.E. Belcher, Inc.    615 St. James Avenue, Springfield, MA 01109    615 St. James Avenue, Springfield, MA 01109
Lewisy Fuel Oil, Inc.    549 Larkfield Road, East Northport, NY 11731    549 Larkfield Road, East Northport, NY 11731
Motiva Enterprises LLC    111 State Street; Sewaren, NJ 07077-1440    PO Box 2099; Houston, TX 77252-2099
New Hyde Park Oil Terminal, Inc.    1900 Plaza Avenue; New Hyde Park, NY 11040    1900 Plaza Avenue; New Hyde Park, NY 11040


NuStar Logistics, L.P. & NuStar Pipeline Operating Partnership L.P.    3700 South Wood Avenue, Linden, NJ 07036    2330 North Loop 1604 West, San Antonio, TX 78248
Oswego Oil Service Corporation    45 Intersection Street, Hempstead, NY 11550    45 Intersection Street, Hempstead, NY 11550
Peterson Oil Service (should be Peterson’s Oil Service, Inc.)    75 Crescent Street; Worchester, MA 01604 14 Putnam Lane; Worchester, MA 01604    75 Crescent Street; Worchester, MA 10604
Plains Products Terminal LLC    3rd Steet, Billings Road; Paulsboro, NJ 08066    333 Clay Street, Suite 1600; Houston, TX 77022
Plains Products Terminal LLC    1630 S. 51st Steet; Philadelphia, PA 19153    333 Clay Street, Suite 1600; Houston, TX 77022
Romanelli & Son, Inc.    88 East Hoffman Avenue; Lindenhurst, NY 11757    88 East Hoffman Avenue; Lindenhurst, NY 11757
Savage Sevices Corporation    123 Rodman Road; Auburn, ME 04210    6430 South 3000 East, Suite 600; Salt Lake City, UT 84121
Scalzo Utilities    115 West 11th Street; Huntington Station, NY 11746    115 West 11th Street; Huntington Station, NY 11746
Shore Properties. LLC    One Private Road; East Moriches, NY 11940    Route 112; PO Box 684, Patchogue, NY 11772
Sunoco Partners Marketing & Terminals L.P.    436 Doremus Ave., Newark, NJ 07105    1818 Market Street, Suite 1500, Phila. PA 19103
Swezey Fuel Co., Inc.    51 Rider Avenue; Patchogue, NY 11772    51 Rider Avenue; Patchogue, NY 11772
Taylor & Murphy, Inc.    188 Lexington Street; Waltham, MA 02154    188 Lexington Street; Waltham, MA 02154
Transflo Terminal Services, Inc.    One Exchange Street Extension; Albany, NY 12205    6735 Southpoint Drive South, J-975; Jacksonville, FL 32216
Transflo Terminal Services, Inc.    454 York Street; Elizabeth, NJ 07201    6735 Southpoint Drive South, J-975; Jacksonville, FL 32216
Transflo Terminal Services, Inc.    19 Walkup Drive; Westborough, MA 01581    6735 Southpoint Drive South, J-975; Jacksonville, FL 32216
Windsor Fuel Co., Inc.    80 Windsor Ave.; Mineola, NY 11501-1922    80 Windsor Ave.; Mineola, NY 11501-1922


Schedule 1.1(B)

to Credit Agreement

CASH MANAGEMENT BANKS

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

JPMORGAN SECURITIES SAFEKEEPING

BNP PARIBAS

BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

NEWEDGE USA, LLC

RBS CITIZENS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

TD BANK, N.A.

SOVEREIGN BANK

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.


Schedule 1.1(C)

to Credit Agreement

ELIGIBLE FOREIGN COUNTERPARTIES

A/S DAMPSKIBSSELSKABET TORM

AET INC LIMITED

ANCORA SHIPPING BV

ANDRIAKI SHIPPING

ARMADA (SINGAPORE) PTE LTD

BALTSHIP A/S

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

BBC CHARTERING & LOGISTICS

BEBEKA

BP AMOCO EXCHANGE

BP SHIPPING LIMITED

BRITISH AIRWAYS PLC

BSL AGENCIES MONACO SAM

BUNKERNET LTD.

CLIPPER GROUP AS

COCKETT MARINE OIL LTD

COLUMBIA SHIP MANAGEMENT

CSSA CHARTERING AND SHIPPING SERVICES SA

DALKIA ENERGY SERVICES LLC

DANNEBROG REDERI A/S

DELTA TANKERS LTD.

DONNELLY TANKER MANAGEMENT LTD

DYNACOM TANKER MANAGEMENT

EIGER SHIPPING S.A.

EITSEN BULK AS

EITZEN CHEMICAL A/S

ES BOCES-TRANS LOC #2

GAC BUNKER FUELS (USA) L.L.C.

GEARBULK (UK) LTD

GEMINI TANKERS, LLC

GORTHON LINES AB

GREENI TRADING OY

HAMPTON BERMUDA LTD.

INGENIO SAN RAFAEL DE PUCTE SA CV

LAURITZEN BULKERS A/S

MITSUI OSK LINES LTD.

MONJASA A/S

MST MINERALIEN SCHIFFART


NEREUS SHIPPING SA

NORWEGIAN OIL TRADING AS

ODFJELL SEACHEM AS

ONEGO SHIPPING & CHARTERING

ONEGO SHIPPING & CHARTERING B.V.

OSG SHIPMANAGEMENT (GR) LTD

OW BUNKER & TRADING AS

PACC CONTAINER LINE PTE LTD

PDVSA PETROLEO Y GAS S

PENINSULA PETROLEUM LTD

PP&L / SUNBURY

PRAXIS ENERGY AGENTS S.A.

PROJECTOR (UK) LIMITED

PT KALTIM PRIMA COAL

ROTTNEROS BRUK AB

RUDDER SAM

SBI SEA BUNKERING INTERNATIONAL BV

SCANDINAVIA BUNKERING

SCORPIO PARAMAX TANKER POOL LTD.

SHELL INTERNATIONAL TRADING & SHIPPING C

SKS TANKERS, LTD.

SMT SHIPMANAGEMENT & TRANSPORT LIMITED

SPLIETHOFF’S BEVRACHTINGSKANTOOR BV

ST SHIPPING & TRANSPORT INC.

STATOILHYDRO ASA

STENA OIL AB

TANKER PACIFIC MANAGEMENT

THENAMARIS, INC.

TORVALD KLAVENESS GROUP

TRAFIGURA BEHEER BV

TRAFIGURA DERIVATIES LTD

TRANSATLANTIC SERVICES AB

TRECAN COMBUSTION LIMITED

TTS SHIPPING, LTD.

U-SEA BULK AS

UTANSJO BRUK AB

VALLVIKS BRUK AB

WESTERN BULK CARRIERS KS

WINDSOR EXCHANGE


Schedule 1.1(D)

to Credit Agreement

INDEPENDENT ENTITY SCHEDULE

 

Customer

ID

  

Customer Name

  

Parent
Customer ID

  

Parent

Customer Name

80562000

  

BP CANADA ENERGY COMPANY

   87006000    BP. PLC

80641000

  

BP CANADA ENERGY MARKETING CORP.

   87006000    BP. PLC

80690000

  

BP CORPORATION NORTH AMERICA INC.

   87006000    BP. PLC

80074000

  

BP ENERGY CO

   87006000    BP. PLC

65090000

  

BP NORTH AMERICA PETROLEUM

   87006000    BP. PLC

46972000

  

BP SHIPPING LIMITED

   87006000    BP. PLC

80134000

  

CARGILL INCORPORATED

   87013000    CARGILL, INC.

80705000

  

CARGILL LIMITED

   87013000    CARGILL, INC.

47025000

  

CHEVRON CANADA RESOURCES

   87014000    CHEVRON CORPORATION

60056000

  

Chevron Products Company

   87014000    CHEVRON CORPORATION

80702000

  

CHEVRON TEXACO NATURAL GAS

   87014000    CHEVRON CORPORATION

80636000

  

CONOCO CANADA LIMITED

   87018000    CONOCOPHILLIPS

80111000

  

CONOCOPHILLIPS COMPANY

   87018000    CONOCOPHILLIPS

21842000

  

Con Edison Energy, Inc.

   87093000    CONSOLIDATED EDISON, INC.

24588000

  

Con Edison Kero & H2 Only

   87093000    CONSOLIDATED EDISON, INC.

80565000

  

CONSOLIDATED EDISON ENERGY, INC.

   87093000    CONSOLIDATED EDISON, INC.

80119000

  

CONSTELLATION ENERGY COMMODITIES GROUP,

   87019000    CONSTELLATION GROUP, INC.

84824000

  

CONSTELLATION NEW ENERGY GAS DIV LLC

   87019000    CONSTELLATION GROUP, INC.

80729000

  

DYNEGY CANADA MARKETING AND TRADE

   87325000    Dynegy Holdings, Inc.

80777000

  

Dynegy Gas Imports

   87325000    Dynegy Holdings, Inc.

80017000

  

DYNEGY MARKETING AND TRADE

   87325000    Dynegy Holdings, Inc.

60010000

  

EXXON COMPANY USA (INC)

   87782000    Exxonmobil Corp

65017000

  

EXXONMOBIL OIL CORP

   87782000    Exxonmobil Corp

20380000

  

Getty Petroleum Marketing, Inc.

   87763000    OAO LUKOIL

21328000

  

Getty Terminals/P.T. Petro

   87763000    Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc

26284000

  

Lukoil North America LLC

   87763000    Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc

49477000

  

Kingston Oil Supply Corp.

   87763000    Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc

90423000

  

PT Petro Corp.

   87763000    Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc


Customer
ID

  

Customer Name

  

Parent
Customer ID

  

Parent

Customer Name

83260000

  

AMERADA HESS

   87036000    HESS CORPORATION
60000000   

Hess Corporation

   87036000    HESS CORPORATION
60048000   

Hess Energy Trading Co. LLC

   87036000    HESS CORPORATION
47088000   

IRVING OIL COMMERCIAL GP

   87282000    Irving Oil
20171000   

Irving Oil Corp

   87282000    Irving Oil
46986000   

IRVING OIL LIMITED

   87282000    Irving Oil
65067000   

IRVING OIL TERMINALS CORP

   87282000    Irving Oil
24743000   

NRG POWER MARKETING INC

   87106000    NRG POWER MARKETING, INC.
80683000   

NRG POWER MARKETING LLC

   87106000    NRG POWER MARKETING, INC.
84243000   

NRG Power Marketing LLC (Oswego)

   87106000    NRG POWER MARKETING, INC.
65216000   

Shell Canada Products Ltd

   87290000    Royal Dutch Shell, plc
80762000   

Shell Energy North America

   87290000    Royal Dutch Shell, plc
83303000   

SHELL ENERGY NORTH AMERICA (CANADA) INC.

   87290000    Royal Dutch Shell, plc
46984000   

Shell International Trading & Shipping C

   87290000    Royal Dutch Shell, plc
60113000   

Shell Trading (US) Company

   87290000    Royal Dutch Shell, plc
42697000   

Santa Buckley Energy, Inc.

   57645    Santa Holding Co
84129000   

Santa Fuel, Inc

   57645    Santa Holding Co
83144000   

SEMPRA ENERGY SOLUTIONS

   87068000    SEMPRA ENERGY
66202000   

Sempra Oil Trading LLC

   87068000    SEMPRA ENERGY
44653000   

Tambrands Manufacturing, Inc.

   87056000    Proctor & Gamble Company
83178000   

The Gillette Company

   87056000    Proctor & Gamble Company


Schedule 1.1(E)

to Credit Agreement

MORTGAGED PROPERTY

 

1. Albany Terminal, NY

540 Riverside Avenue

East Greenbush, NY 12144

 

2. Rensselaer Terminal, NY

(Adjacent to Albany Terminal)

58 Riverside Avenue

Rensselaer, NY 12144

 

3. Avery Lane Terminal, NH

194 Shattuck Way

Newington, NH 03801

 

4. Bridgeport Terminal, CT

250 Eagles Nest Road

Bridgeport, CT 06607

241 Seaview Avenue Rear

and Lordship Blvd.

Stratford, CT 06615

 

5. Everett Terminal, MA

43 Beacham Street

Everett, MA 02149

 

6. Merrill’s Marine Terminal, ME (leased)

92 Cassidy Point Drive

Portland, ME 04102

 

7. Mt. Vernon Terminal, NY

40 Canal Street

Mt. Vernon, NY 10550

 

8. Oswego Terminal, NY

One West Van Buren Street

Oswego, NY 13126

 

9. Providence Terminal, RI

144 Allens Avenue

Providence, RI 02903

 

10. Quincy Terminal, MA

728 Southern Artery

Quincy, MA 02169


11. River Road Terminal, NH

372 Shattuck Way

Newington, NH 03801

 

12. Searsport Terminal, ME

P.O. Box 435

Mack Point – Trundy Road

Searsport, ME 04974

 

13. South Portland Terminal, ME

59 Main Street

South Portland, ME 04106

 

14. Stamford Terminal, CT

10 Water Street

Stamford, CT 06902

 

15. TRT Terminal (Leasehold) 1

740 Washington Street

Quincy, MA 02169

 

1   Leasehold mortgage will not be delivered as of the Closing Date; Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the leasehold mortgage.


Schedule 2.2

to Credit Agreement

WIRE INSTRUCTIONS FOR WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY LOANS, ACQUISITION FACILITY LOANS AND SWING LINE LOANS

Sprague Operating Resources LLC

Bank: JP Morgan Chase Bank

ABA: 021000021

Reference: Sprague Operating Resources LLC

Account #: XXXXXXXXXX

Swift: CHASUS33


Schedule 3.1

to Credit Agreement

EXISTING WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY LETTERS OF CREDIT 2

 

Issuing Bank

   Amount      Issue Date      Expiration Date  

BNP Paribas

   $ 5,000,000         06/14/2010         10/31/2013   

BNP Paribas

   $ 3,000,000         06/09/2010         11/30/2013   

BNP Paribas

   $ 180,000         04/22/2011         03/28/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 4,600,000         02/04/2013         03/31/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 500,000         02/28/2013         05/31/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 96,000         06/01/2010         10/31/2013   

BNP Paribas

   $ 1,050,000         06/16/2010         01/31/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 75,000         04/02/2012         01/31/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 146,000         07/09/2010         04/30/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 142,000         06/12/2012         04/30/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 50,000         07/09/2010         04/30/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 1,035,000         06/22/2010         05/31/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 75,000         07/08/2010         07/08/2014   

BNP Paribas

   $ 500,000         06/23/2010         07/31/2014   

Natixis

   $ 3,478,750         12/20/2010         12/28/2013   

 

2   To be updated as of the Closing Date.


Schedule 3.2

to Credit Agreement

EXISTING ACQUISITION FACILITY LETTERS OF CREDIT 3

None.

 

3   To be updated as of the Closing Date.


Schedule 5.1(c)

to Credit Agreement

LIABILITIES

Sprague Operating Resources LLC Swap Exposures as of 8/31/2013 :

 

     Net Interest Rate Swap Exposure  

Lender

   Asset      Liability  

RBS Citizens, N.A.

     —           (874,925

BNP Paribas

     —           —     

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

     —           (1,827,504

Standard Chartered

     —           —     

Sovereign Bank

     —           (525,048

Natixis

     —           (654,970

Rabobank

     —           (316,627

Societe Generale

     —           (210,467
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           (4,409,540
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Schedule 5.1(f)

to Credit Agreement

SALES, TRANSFERS, DISPOSITIONS AND ACQUISITIONS

I. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower is distributing to Axel Johnson, Inc. or any Subsidiary thereof (excluding the Loan Parties) the assets set forth below:

 

  1. Employee-related assets, including office equipment, building and similar overhead items

 

  2. IPO Distributed Assets

 

  3. 100% of the equity interests in Kildair Service Ltd.

 

  4. 100% of the equity interests in Ekotek Inc.

 

  5. 100% of the assets comprising the terminal located in Bucksport, Maine at Route 15 River Road, Bucksport, ME 04416, Hancock County

 

  6. 100% of the assets comprising the terminal located in Portsmouth, New Hampshire at 290 Gosling Road, Portsmouth, NH 03801, Rockingham County

 

  7. 100% of the assets comprising the terminal located in Oceanside, New York at 3624 Hampton Road, Oceanside, NY 11572, Nassau County

 

  8. 100% of the equity interests in Sprague New York Properties LLC

 

  9. 100% of the equity interests in Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC

 

  10. The note receivable for $71,600,000 4 from Sprague Energy Canada, Ltd. associated with its acquisition of equity interests in 9047-1137 Quebec Inc. from Jean Delangis and Fiducie des Enfants Delangis.

II. Sprague Connecticut Properties LLC acquired the Bridgeport Terminal, consisting of real and personal property located at 250 Eagles Nest Road, Bridgeport, CT 06607 and 241 Seaview Avenue Rear and Lordship Blvd., Stratford, CT 06615, as well as related contracts and permits, in connection with the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, between Sprague Connecticut Properties LLC and Motiva Enterprises LLC.

 

4   Amount including accrued interest as of July 31, 2013.


Schedule 5.4

to Credit Agreement

CONSENTS AND AUTHORIZATIONS

 

1. The filing of a Mortgage and Security Agreement in the applicable jurisdiction for each Mortgaged Property listed on Schedule 1.1(E).

 

2. Payment of recording taxes in the State of New York.


Schedule 5.9

to Credit Agreement

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

None.


Schedule 5.15

to Credit Agreement

SUBSIDIARIES AND GENERAL PARTNER OF THE MLP

Subsidiaries :

 

Name

   Form of
Organization
   Jurisdiction of
Organization
   Total
Number of
Issued
Shares or
Other
Interests of
Capital
Stock
     Total Number of
Outstanding
Shares or Other
Interests of
Capital Stock
     Classes
of
Capital
Stock
     Total
Number of
Issued
Shares or
Other
Interests of
Capital
Stock of
Each Class
     Total Number of
Outstanding
Shares or Other
Interests of
Capital Stock of
Each Class
 

Sprague Operating Resources LLC

   Limited Liability
Company
   Delaware      N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   

Sprague Energy Solutions Inc.

   Corporation    Delaware      1,000         1,000         1         1,000         1,000   

Sprague Terminal Services LLC

   Limited Liability
Company
   Delaware      N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   

Sprague Resources LP

   Limited
Partnership
   Delaware      N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   

Sprague Connecticut Properties LLC

   Limited Liability
Company
   Delaware      N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   

General Partnership Interests of the MLP :

Sprague Resources GP LLC owns 100% of the general partnership interests of Sprague Resources LP.


Schedule 5.16

to Credit Agreement

FILING JURISDICTIONS

UCC-1 Financing Statements:

 

  1. Sprague Operating Resources LLC: Secretary of State of the State of Delaware

 

  2. Sprague Energy Solutions Inc.: Secretary of State of the State of Delaware

 

  3. Sprague Terminal Services LLC: Secretary of State of the State of Delaware

 

  4. Sprague Connecticut Properties LLC: Secretary of State of the State of Delaware

 

  5. Sprague Resources LP: Secretary of State of the State of Delaware

Copyright Security Interest Filings:

 

  1. Sprague Operating Resources LLC: United States Copyright Office


Schedule 5.19

to Credit Agreement

INSURANCE

 

  1. Commercial General Liability

 

Carrier:    Zurich
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 to June 1, 2014
Policy No.:    GLO 6516297 22
Coverages:    To pay those sums that the insured becomes legally obligated to pay to third parties because of Bodily Injury, Property Damage, Personal Injury and Advertising Injury resulting from a covered loss and occurring during the policy period.
Policy Limit:    $4,000,000 General Aggregate Limit (Other than Products / Completed Operations)
   2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Limit
   2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   2,000,000 Each Person – Personal & Advertising Injury Limit
   1,000,000 Any One Fire – Damages to Premises Rented to You
   10,000 Any One Person – Medical Expense Limit
   1,000,000 General Aggregate – Employee Benefits Liability
   1,000,000 Each Employee – Employee Benefits Liability
Deductibles:    $2,000,000

 

  2. Automobile Liability

 

Carrier:    Zurich
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 to June 1, 2014
Policy No.:    BAP 6516296 22
Coverages:    To pay all sums the insured legally must pay as damages because of third party bodily injury or third party property damage to which this insurance applies, caused by an accident and resulting from the ownership, maintenance or use of a covered auto. Physical damage to the vehicle is self-insured.
Policy Limit:    $2,000,000 Bodily Injury & Property Damage – Coverage Symbol “1” – Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury & Property Damage
   Personal Injury Protection – Coverage Symbol “5” – Minimum limits required by law


   Uninsured Motorists – Coverage Symbol “6” – Minimum limits required by law Underinsured Motorists – Coverage Symbol “6” – Minimum limits required by law
Deductible:    $250,000 Per Occurrence

 

  3. Workers’ Compensation & Employer’s Liability

 

Carrier:    Zurich
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 to June 1, 2014
Policy No.:   

WC 6756088 21 (Deductible – All other States)

WC 6516131 23 (Retro – NJ, WI, MA)

Coverages:    Workers’ Compensation provides statutory medical and indemnity benefits to employees of the Named Insured arising out of bodily injury resulting from an accident or disease caused or aggravated by conditions of employment occurring during the policy period. Employer’s Liability provides protection for the employer from employee liability claims for injuries not covered by statutory Workers’ Compensation Laws.
Policy Limit:    Coverage A: Workers Compensation Statutory Benefits
   Coverage B: Employer’s Liability
   $5,000,000 Each Accident – Bodily Injury by Accident
   5,000,000 Policy Limit – Bodily Injury by Disease
   5,000,000 Each Employee – Bodily Injury by Disease
Deductible:    $500,000

 

  4. Umbrella Liability

 

Carrier:    Zurich
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 to June 1, 2014
Policy No.:    AUC 948585502
Coverages:    To pay on behalf of the insured, damages the insured becomes legally obligated to pay by reason of liability imposed by law because of bodily injury, property damage, personal injury or advertising injury resulting from a covered loss and occurring during the policy period. Coverage applies excess of primary liability policies, or excess of self-insured retentions where no primary liability coverage exists, unless otherwise excluded.
Limits:    $10,000,000 Per Occurrence
   10,000,000 Products Completed Operations Aggregate
   10,000,000 General Aggregate
   250,000 Casualty Business Crisis Aggregate Limit
Retention:    $25,000


  5. Excess Bumbershoot Liability

 

Carrier:    Lloyd’s of London
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 to June 1, 2014
Policy No.:    PP1308095
Coverages:    This policy is to indemnify the insured in respect of their legal and or contractual liability to third parties which they may incur by reason of their operations as port authorities and/or terminal operators and/or any companies as presently or hereinafter constituted over which the insured exercises active management control and as per underlying policy(ies)
Limits:    $100,000,000 Each Occurrence
   100,000,000 Aggregate Where Applicable
   Excess of underlying insurance and Self Insured Retentions as listed on the lead umbrella and terminal operator’s legal liability policies.
Retention:    $25,000 Any One Accident

 

  6. Excess Bumbershoot Liability

 

Carrier:    Lloyd’s of London
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 to June 1, 2014
Policy No.:    PP1308096
Coverages:    This policy is to indemnify the insured in respect of their legal and or contractual liability to third parties which they may incur by reason of their operations as port authorities and/or terminal operators and/or any companies as presently or hereinafter constituted over which the insured exercises active management control and as per underlying policy(ies)
Limits:    $100,000,000 Each Occurrence
   100,000,000 Aggregate Where Applicable
   Excess of $100,000,000 which is in turn excess of underlying insurance and Self Insured Retentions as listed on the lead umbrella and terminal operator’s legal liability policies.
Retention:    Nil


  7. Marine Cargo / Stockthroughput

 

Carrier:    National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh PA
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 – June 1, 2014 (continuous until cancelled)
Policy No.:    051767769
Coverage:    Voyage: To cover all Shipments and / or Storage Risks made by, for, or to the Assured for their own account as Principal, or as Agents for others and in which they have an insurable interest; or for the account of others from whom instructions to insure have been received prior to any known or reported loss, damage, or accident, and prior to arrival of vessel.
Conveyances:    By all conveyances.
Limits:    $30,000,000 Any one vessel or aircraft
   3,000,000 Any one vessel subject to an On-Deck bill of lading
   17,500,000 Any one steel barge, any one tow
   1,000,000 Any one inland transit (not connecting) conveyance
   Per Schedule Per any one named Warehouse location on file with these Assurers
   1,000,000 Per any one unnamed Warehouse location (not on file with these Assurers), but subject to an aggregate limit of $5,000,000 and one occurrence.
   15,000,000 Sub-limit flood, earthquake, earth subsidence, and Named Windstorm per location
Deductibles:    $50,000 Per Occurrence each warehouse or oil storage tank
   $2,500 Any one occurrence or series of occurrences arising out of one event, with the exception of General Averages and Salvage charges and total loss which are payable in full

 

  8. Terminal Operators Legal Liability

 

Carrier:    Starr Indemnity & Liability Company
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 – June 1, 2014
Policy No.:    MASILNY000343-13
Coverage:    To cover 100% interest in the legal and /or contractual liability, subject to contract approval, of the Assured arising out of the premises and/or operation, including products hazard or completed operations hazard and independent contractors, of scheduled US locations only. Including worldwide any associated operations, including products and completed operations.
Limits:    $3,000,000 Per Occurrence, CSL, Inclusive of Legal Fees
Deductibles:    $75,000 Per Occurrence


  9. Aviation Products

 

Carrier:    Allianz Global Risk US Insurance Company
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 – June 1, 2014
Policy No.:    A1GA000544213AM
Coverage:    Bodily Injury or property damage arising out of the possession, use, consumption or handling of any goods or products manufactured, constructed, altered, repaired, serviced, treated, sold, supplied or distributed by the Insured or his employees after such Aviation goods or Aviation products have ceased to be in the possession or under the control of the Insured.
Limits:    $2,000,000 Aircraft Liability
   2,000,000 War-Risk Liability Write-back
   5,000 Medical Payments – Per Passenger
Deductible:    Nil

 

  10. Aircraft Products / Completed Operations & Grounding Liability

 

Carrier:    Allianz Global Risk US Insurance Company
Policy Term:    June 1, 2013 – June 1, 2014
Policy No.:    A1PR000124113AM
Coverage:    Bodily Injury or property damage arising out of the products hazard or the completed operations hazard. Loss of use of completed aircraft occurring after delivery to and acceptance for flight operations by a purchaser or operator of such aircraft, and caused by a grounding following an occurrence arising out of the products or completed operations hazard.
Limits:    $100,000,000 Bodily Injury or Property Damage per Occurrence
   $100,000,000 Each Grounding and Annual Aggregate
   $100,000,000 Combined Aggregate
Deductible:    Nil

 

  11. Pollution Legal Liability

 

Carrier:    Navigators Specialty Insurance Company
Policy Term:    June 1, 2012 – June 1, 2015
Policy No.:    CH12ECP0A2GDFNC


Coverage:    Third-party claims for on-site and off-site bodily injury, property damage or clean-up costs for non-owned locations. Pollution conditions resulting from transported cargo.
Limits:    $5,000,000 Each Incident Limit
   $6,000,000 Aggregate
Deductible:    $100,000 Each Incident

 

  12. Underground Storage Tank – Run-Off

 

Carrier:    Zurich
Policy Term:    October 1, 2010 to April 1, 2014
Policy No.:    USC 9425950 01
Coverages:    Protects owners and operators of underground storage tanks (USTs) by providing financial resources to pay for cleanup of spills and/or leaks from their tanks.
Limits:    $2,000,000 Each Claim
   2,000,000 Total for All Claims
Deductibles:    $5,000 Each Claim

 

  13. Business Travel Accident Program (Sprague Operating Resources, LLC)

 

Carrier:    Zurich
Policy Term:    January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2014
Policy No.:    GTU 5464774
Eligible Classes:    Class I: All employees of the Policyholder not included in any other Class. 5 x Base Annual Earnings to a maximum of $500,000. Permanent Total Disability Benefit = 5 x base Annual Earnings to a maximum of $500,000.
   Class II: Outside Directors, Trustees and Consultants on file with the Policyholder. $250,000.
Enhanced Benefits:    All Classes Higher Education Benefit
   All Classes Accidental Dismemberment
   All Classes Day Care Benefit
   All Classes Felonious Assault Benefit
   All Classes Seat Belt Benefit
   Class I & II Family Traveling With Employee on Business / Relocation Trips


   All Classes Permanent and Total Disability Benefit
   All Classes Extra-Ordinary Commutation Coverage
   All Classes Travel Assistance Coverage
   All Classes 24 Hour Accident Protection While on Business Trip Excluding Policyholder Owned or Leased Aircraft H-14


Schedule 5.22

to Credit Agreement

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.


Schedule 8.2

to Credit Agreement

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

Indebtedness pursuant to Lease and Purchase Option dated as of November 8, 2004 between Merrill Industries Inc., as lessor, and Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as lessee, in an approximate principal amount equal to $3,514,355 as of August 31, 2013.


Schedule 8.3

to Credit Agreement

EXISTING LIENS

 

Debtor

  

Secured Party

  

Description of Collateral

  

Filing Date

  

Jurisdiction

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (f.k.a. Sprague Energy Corp.)    RBS Asset Finance, Inc.    Equipment under a Master Equipment Lease, dated as of 12/30/04, including 4150TM Trackmobile    6/5/2007    Delaware
Sprague Operating Resources LLC (f.k.a. Sprague Energy Corp.)    Irving Oil Terminals Inc.    Liquid asphalt throughput by Irving in accordance with terminalling subcontract    5/11/2009    Delaware, Maine
Sprague Operating Resources LLC (f.k.a. Sprague Energy Corp.)    Cisco Systems Capital Corporation    Certain software, appliances and systems provided by Cisco    8/3/2009    Delaware
Sprague Operating Resources LLC (f.k.a. Sprague Energy Corp.)    Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation (file # 10072226 and file # 10072242)    One Caterpillar 980H wheel loader, S/N JMS05552    1/7/2011    Delaware
Sprague Operating Resources LLC (f.k.a. Sprague Energy Corp.)    Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.    Office equipment and products leased from Konica    1/21/2011    Delaware
Sprague Operating Resources LLC    De Lage Landen Financial Services    Hercules trackmobile rail car movers, S/N LGN993160413    5/22/2013    Delaware


Schedule 8.8

to Credit Agreement

INVESTMENTS

Promissory Note dated as of March 21, 2009 by Patriot Fuels, Inc., as debtor and Sprague Operating Resources LLC as payee, in an outstanding amount of $1,124,482 as of August 31, 2013.


Schedule 8.10

to Credit Agreement

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

1. Services Agreement, dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among Sprague Resources GP LLC, Sprague Resources LP, Sprague Resources Holdings LLC and Sprague Energy Solutions Inc.

2. Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among Sprague Resources LP, Sprague Resources GP LLC, Axel Johnson Inc., Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, Sprague Operating Resources LLC, Sprague International Properties LLC and Sprague Canadian Properties LLC and the other transfer documents related thereto.

3. First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sprague Resources LP, dated on or about the Closing Date.

4. Terminal Operating Agreement, dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC, Sprague Resources Holdings LLC and Sprague Operating Resources LLC.

5. Omnibus Agreement, dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among Axel Johnson Inc., Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, Sprague Resources LP and Sprague Resources GP LLC.


Exhibit A-1

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY NOTE

THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$                  New York, New York   
                      , 201       

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to              or its registered assigns (the “ Working Capital Facility Lender ”), at the times specified in the Credit Agreement (referred to below), in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds, the principal amount of             , or such lesser principal amount of Working Capital Facility Loans made by the Working Capital Facility Lender as may then be outstanding from time to time under the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned further agrees to pay interest in like money on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time commencing from the date of disbursement at the rates per annum and on the dates as provided in the Credit Agreement until paid in full (both before and after judgment).

The holder of this Note is authorized to record on the schedules attached hereto and made a part hereof, the date, Type and amount of each Working Capital Facility Loan made by the Working Capital Facility Lender pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement, each Conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Credit Agreement and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof. Each such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded; provided that, failure of the Working Capital Facility Lender to make any such recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Note or under the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto, and the Working Capital Facility Lender is entitled to the benefits thereof, is secured as provided for therein, and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided therein. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower expressly waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand and other notices of any kind, except as required by the Credit Agreement.


NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11.7 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Schedule A

to Working Capital Facility Note

LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF BASE RATE LOANS

 

Date   Amount of
Base Rate Loans
  Amount
Converted to
Base Rate Loans
  Amount of
Principal of
Base Rate Loans
Repaid
  Amount of Base Rate
Loans Converted to
Eurodollar Loans
  Unpaid Principal
Balance
of Base Rate Loans
  Notation
Made By
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           


Schedule B

to Working Capital Facility Note

LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF EURODOLLAR LOANS

 

Date   Amount of
Eurodollar
Loans
  Amount Converted
to
Eurodollar Loans
  Amount of Principal of
Eurodollar Loans
Repaid
  Amount of Eurodollar
Loans Converted to
Base Rate Loans
  Unpaid Principal
Balance
of Eurodollar
Loans
  Notation
Made By
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           


Exhibit A-2

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE

THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$                  New York, New York   
                      , 201       

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or its registered assigns (the “ Swing Line Lender ”), at the times specified in the Credit Agreement (referred to below), in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds, the principal amount of             , or such lesser principal amount of Swing Line Loans as may then be outstanding from time to time under the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned further agrees to pay interest in like money on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time commencing from the date of disbursement at the rates per annum and on the dates as provided in the Credit Agreement until paid in full (both before and after judgment).

The holder of this Note is authorized to record on the schedules attached hereto and made a part hereof, the date, and amount of each Swing Line Loan made by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement, and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof. Each such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded; provided that, failure of the Swing Line Lender to make any such recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Note or under the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, , as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto, and the Swing Line Lender is entitled to the benefits thereof, is secured as provided for therein, and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided therein. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower expressly waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand and other notices of any kind, except as required by the Credit Agreement.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11.7 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.


[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Schedule A

to Swing Line Note

LOANS AND REPAYMENTS OF SWING LINE LOANS

 

Date   Amount of
Swing Line Loans
  Amount of
Principal of
Swing Line Loans
Repaid
  Unpaid Principal
Balance
of Swing Line Loans
  Notation
Made By
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       


Exhibit A-3

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF ACQUISITION FACILITY NOTE

THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$                  New York, New York   
                      , 201       

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to              or its registered assigns (the “ Acquisition Facility Lender ”), at the times specified in the Credit Agreement (referred to below), in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds, the principal amount of             , or such lesser principal amount of Acquisition Facility Loans made by the Acquisition Facility Lender as may then be outstanding from time to time under the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned further agrees to pay interest in like money on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time commencing from the date of disbursement at the rates per annum and on the dates as provided in the Credit Agreement until paid in full (both before and after judgment).

The holder of this Note is authorized to record on the schedules attached hereto and made a part hereof, the date, Type and amount of each Acquisition Facility Loan made by the Acquisition Facility Lender pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement, each Conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Credit Agreement and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof. Each such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded; provided that, failure of the Acquisition Facility Lender to make any such recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Note or under the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto, and the Acquisition Facility Lender is entitled to the benefits thereof, is secured as provided for therein, and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided therein. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower expressly waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand and other notices of any kind, except as required by the Credit Agreement.


NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11.7 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Schedule A

to Acquisition Facility Note

LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF BASE RATE LOANS

 

Date   Amount of
Base Rate Loans
  Amount
Converted to
Base Rate Loans
  Amount of
Principal of
Base Rate Loans
Repaid
  Amount of Base Rate
Loans Converted to
Eurodollar Loans
  Unpaid Principal
Balance
of Base Rate Loans
  Notation
Made By
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           


Schedule B

to Acquisition Facility Note

LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF EURODOLLAR LOANS

 

Date   Amount of
Eurodollar
Loans
  Amount Converted
to
Eurodollar Loans
  Amount of Principal of
Eurodollar Loans
Repaid
  Amount of Eurodollar
Loans Converted to
Base Rate Loans
  Unpaid Principal
Balance
of Eurodollar
Loans
  Notation
Made By
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           


Exhibit B

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT

[Provided Separately]


SECURITY AGREEMENT

SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [                    ], 2013, made by each party listed on Schedule I hereto (together with each Person which may, from time to time, become party hereto as a Grantor, each a “ Grantor ”, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (, in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Secured Parties as described and defined below.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the “ Lenders ”), the Administrative Agent and the other agents parties thereto, the Lenders have severally agreed to make loans to and participate in letters of credit issued on behalf of, and certain Lenders (the “ Issuing Lenders ”) have agreed to issue letters of credit for the account of, the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower, and the Issuing Lenders to issue their letters of credit, under the Credit Agreement, and for other good, fair and valuable consideration and reasonably equivalent value, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each Grantor, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

1. Defined Terms .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms which are defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement; the following terms which are defined in the UCC are used herein as so defined: Accounts, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Account, Documents, Equipment, Farm Products, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Proceeds, Securities Account and Supporting Obligations; and the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Account Control Agreement ”: (i) with respect to any Deposit Account, a control agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; (ii) with respect to any Securities Account, a control agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; and (iii) with respect to any Commodity Account, a control agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Account Transaction ”: as defined in Section 5(j) .

Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the Preamble hereto.


Bankruptcy Code ”: the provisions of Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§101 et seq.

Bankruptcy Law ”: the Bankruptcy Code and any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law affecting creditors’ rights generally.

Borrower ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Cash Management Account ”: a Controlled Account maintained at a Cash Management Bank.

Collateral ”: as defined in Section 2 of this Security Agreement.

Collateral Account ”: any collateral account established by the Administrative Agent as provided in Section 3(c) or 8 of this Security Agreement.

Contract ”: any contract to which a Pledgor is a party, other than the Loan Documents.

Controlled Account ”: each Pledged Account that is subject to an Account Control Agreement.

Copyrights ”: as defined in the definition of “Intellectual Property” in this Section 1(a) .

Credit Agreement ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Deposit Account ”: a “deposit account” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, in any event, including, without limitation, any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained with any depositary institution.

DIP Financing ”: as defined in Section 10(c)(ii) .

Enforcement Actions ”: as defined in Section 9(b) .

Excluded Assets ”: (i) Capital Stock of Exempt CFCs (or of any Subsidiaries of Exempt CFCs) of any Grantor not pledged or required to be pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement; (ii) any property to the extent that such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any Requirements of Law, requires a consent not obtained of any Governmental Authority or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or giving rise to such property or, in the case of any Investment Property (other than any of the foregoing issued by a Grantor), any applicable shareholder or similar agreement, except to the extent that such Requirement of Law or the term in such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document or shareholder or similar agreement providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination or requiring such consent is ineffective under applicable law; (iii) any assets that are subject to a purchase money Lien or capital lease permitted under the Credit Agreement to the extent the documents relating to such purchase money Lien or capital lease do not permit such assets to be subject to the security interests created hereby; (iv) the Grantors’ office space leased in White Plains, New York, Lawrence, New York and Portsmouth, New Hampshire; (v) the Newington Electric Pipeline; (vi) Accounts Receivable included in the IPO Distributed Assets; and (vii) the Excluded Accounts.

 

-2-


FERC Contract Collateral ”: contracts of any Grantor and the books and records related thereto, in each case, that constitute Collateral, that, by their nature, require a filing with the FERC (whether such filing is made for notice purposes only or is intended to receive acceptance by FERC of such filing or approval by FERC of the requests set forth therein) in order for the Administrative Agent to be able to exercise the remedies set forth in Section 9 .

FERC Sub-Agent ”: as defined in Section 11(a) .

Grantors ”: as defined in the Preamble hereto.

Grantor’s Intellectual Property ”: at any time, with respect to any Grantor, all Intellectual Property used (but not owned) or licensed by such Grantor at such time.

Incidental Rights ”: (a) all books and records relating to the Collateral, (b) all indemnities, guaranties or warranties relating to any type of the Collateral to the extent a security interest is permitted to be granted therein pursuant to the UCC and (c) all governmental filings, permits, approvals or licenses relating to the ownership, use or occupancy of the Inventory that constitutes Collateral to the extent that (i) a security interest may be granted therein under applicable Law, (ii) the granting of a security interest therein would not result in the violation, termination, suspension or limitation thereof or otherwise violate applicable Law and (iii) the granting of a security interest therein would not require the prior approval of or prior notice to any Governmental Authority under applicable Law, which notice or approval has not been made or obtained.

Insolvency Proceeding ”: as to any Grantor, any of the following: (a) any case or proceeding with respect to such Person under any Bankruptcy Law or any other or similar proceedings seeking any stay, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of the obligations and indebtedness of such Grantor, (b) any proceeding seeking the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other insolvency official with similar powers with respect to such Grantor or any of its assets, (c) any proceeding for liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the business of such Grantor, (d) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or (e) any marshalling of assets of such Grantor.

Intangible Asset ”: as defined in the definition of “Excluded Assets” in this Section (a) .

Intellectual Property ”: all (i) trademarks, collective marks, certification marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, domain names, service marks, logos, brand names, trade dress, designs and all other source identifiers, and the rights in any of the foregoing which arise under applicable law, the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby or associated with each of them, all registrations and applications in connection therewith and all renewals of any of the foregoing, including registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof (“ Trademarks ”); (ii) inventions and discoveries whether patentable or not, invention disclosures, patentable designs, all letters patent and design letters patent of the United States or any other country and all applications for letters patent or design letters patent of the United States or any other country, including applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all reissues, renewals, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, revisions and extensions of any of the foregoing (“ Patents ”); (iii) trade secrets or confidential information, including confidential technical and business information, know-how, show-how, processes, schematics, algorithms, concepts, ideas, inventions, business methods, research and development, formulae, drawings, prototypes, models, designs, customer and supplier information and lists, software, including source code, object code, user interface, or other confidential proprietary intellectual property, and all additions and

 

-3-


improvements to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing (“ Trade Secrets ”), (iv) all published and unpublished works of authorship whether copyrightable or not, databases and other compilations of information, software, including source code, object code, user interface, algorithms and the like, or other confidential proprietary intellectual property, and all additions and improvements to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing, including user manuals and other training documentation related thereto, arising under the laws of the United States or any other country, all registrations and applications for copyrights under the laws of the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all derivative works, renewals, extensions, restorations and reversions of any of the foregoing (“ Copyrights ”), (v) all other intellectual property to the extent entitled to legal protection as such, including products under development and methodologies therefor, and (vi) all claims for, and rights to sue for, past, present or future infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other impairment or violation of any of the foregoing and all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing.

Intellectual Property Licenses ”: any and all agreements, whether written or oral, to which any Grantor is a party and pursuant to which (i) any third Person is granted a license in or right to use any Owned Intellectual Property, or (ii) any Grantor is granted a license in or right to use any Intellectual Property of a third Person.

Issuing Lenders ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Lenders ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Material Contracts ”: the contracts and agreements integral to operating the business of the Loan Parties listed on Schedule IV hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including, without limitation, (i) all rights of any Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due to it thereunder or in connection therewith, (ii) all rights of any Grantor to damages arising out of, or for, breach or default in respect thereof and (iii) all rights of any Grantor to perform and to exercise all remedies thereunder.

Owned Intellectual Property ”: at any time, with respect to any Grantor, all Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor at such time.

Patents ”: as defined in the definition of “Intellectual Property” in this Section 1(a) .

Permitted Liens ”: Liens permitted on the Collateral pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Pledged Accounts ”: all Commodity Accounts, Deposit Accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) and Securities Accounts of any Grantor.

Post-Petition Claims ”: means interest, fees, costs, expenses and other charges that, pursuant to the Loan Documents or any Cash Management Bank Agreement, Commodity OTC Agreement or Financial Hedging Agreement, continue to accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, to the extent such interest, fees, expenses and other charges are allowed or allowable under Bankruptcy Law or in an Insolvency Proceeding.

Receivable ”: any right to payment for goods sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including, without limitation, any Account).

 

-4-


Security Agreement ”: this Security Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Obligations ”: all Obligations other than the Subordinated Obligations.

Senior Parties ”: collectively, the Secured Parties, solely with respect to the Senior Obligations.

Subordinated Obligations ”: the portion of the Obligations arising under any (a) Cash Management Bank Agreement to a Qualified Cash Management Bank (other than such Obligations to the extent secured by property of any Loan Party held in a Cash Management Account with such Cash Management Bank), (b) Commodity OTC Agreement to a Qualified Counterparty (other than such Obligations to the extent secured by property of any Loan Party consisting of cash or short-term investments deposited as collateral by such Loan Party with such Qualified Counterparty pursuant to the terms of such Commodity OTC Agreement) or (c) Financial Hedging Agreement to a Qualified Counterparty (other than such Obligations to the extent secured by property of any Loan Party consisting of cash or short-term investments deposited as collateral by such Loan Party with such Qualified Counterparty pursuant to the terms of such Financial Hedging Agreement).

Subordinated Parties ”: collectively, the Cash Management Banks and Qualified Counterparties, solely in such capacities and with respect to Subordinated Obligations.

Trade Secrets ”: as defined in the definition of “Intellectual Property” in this Section 1(a) .

Trademarks ”: as defined in the definition of “Intellectual Property” in this Section 1(a) .

UCC ”: the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York or, as the context requires, any other applicable jurisdiction.

Vehicles ”: all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and other vehicles owned by any Grantor and covered by a certificate of title law of any State and all tires and other appurtenances to any of the foregoing.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Security Agreement shall refer to this Security Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Security Agreement, and Section, Schedule, Annex and Exhibit references are to this Security Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

2. Grant of Security Interest . As collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all personal property and other assets, whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), including:

 

  (i) all Accounts;

 

-5-


  (ii) all Chattel Paper;

 

  (iii) all Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule VI hereto (as such Schedule VI may be from time to time supplemented pursuant to Section 5(l) );

 

  (iv) all Commodity Accounts;

 

  (v) all Contracts;

 

  (vi) all Deposit Accounts;

 

  (vii) all Documents;

 

  (viii) all Equipment;

 

  (ix) all General Intangibles;

 

  (x) all Incidental Rights;

 

  (xi) all Instruments;

 

  (xii) all Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses;

 

  (xiii) all Inventory;

 

  (xiv) all Investment Property;

 

  (xv) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

 

  (xvi) all Payment Intangibles

 

  (xvii) all Securities Accounts, and all Investment Property held therein or credited thereto;

 

  (xviii) all Vehicles;

 

  (xix) all Goods and other property not otherwise described above;

 

  (xx) all books and records pertaining to any and/or all of the Collateral; and

 

  (xxi) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing, all Supporting Obligations in respect of any of the foregoing, and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided , that the Collateral shall not include the Excluded Assets.

3. Certain Matters Respecting Receivables and Material Contracts .

(a) Communication with and Notice to Receivable Obligors and Contracting Parties . The Administrative Agent in its own name or in the name of any one or more of the Grantors may, at any time in the course of any audit pursuant to Section 7.9 of the Credit Agreement, in consultation with the Borrower, communicate with Account Debtors on the Receivables and parties to the Material Contracts to verify with them to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any such Receivables or Material Contracts. Each Grantor shall notify Account Debtors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been collaterally assigned to the Administrative Agent on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

(b) Analysis of Receivables . The Co-Collateral Agents shall have the right to make test verifications of the Receivables in any manner and through any medium that they reasonably consider advisable at any time during an Event of Default or in the course of any audit pursuant to Section 7.9 of the Credit Agreement, in consultation with the Borrower, and each Grantor shall furnish all such assistance and information as the Co-Collateral Agents may require in connection therewith. At any time during an Event of Default or in the course of any audit pursuant to Section 7.9 of the Credit Agreement, in consultation with the Borrower, upon the Co-Collateral Agents’ request and at the expense of the

 

-6-


relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall cause independent public accountants or others satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to furnish to the Administrative Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Receivables.

(c) Collections on Receivables . The Grantors shall instruct and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Account Debtor on each Receivable to remit all amounts owing in respect of such Receivable to a Cash Management Account. Any amounts in respect of any Receivable collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be promptly deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent if required, in a Cash Management Account, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. All Proceeds constituting collections of Receivables while held by the Administrative Agent (or by any Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties) shall continue to be collateral security for all of the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as hereinafter provided. At the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to such Grantor’s Receivables, including, without limitation, all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

4. Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants as of the Closing Date and each Borrowing Date that:

(a) Title; No Other Liens . Except for the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Security Agreement and the other Permitted Liens, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral pledged by it free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others. No security agreement, financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as may have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Security Agreement or as may be filed to secure a Permitted Lien.

(b) Perfected First Priority Liens . Upon the filing of UCC-1 financing statements in the applicable jurisdictions and, with respect to each Pledged Account, upon the execution and delivery of an Account Control Agreement with respect to such Pledged Account, the Liens granted pursuant to this Security Agreement other than Liens on Vehicles shall constitute perfected Liens (with respect to Intellectual Property, if and to the extent perfection may be achieved by the filing of UCC-1 financing statements and/or security agreements substantially in the form of Annex A , Annex B or Annex C , as applicable, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office) in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, in the Collateral as collateral security for the Obligations, which Liens will be prior to all other Liens on the Collateral of such Grantor, subject to Permitted Borrowing Base Liens, Permitted Cash Management Liens and First Purchaser Liens and which are enforceable as such against all creditors of such Grantor and any Person purporting to purchase such Collateral from such Grantor.

(c) Receivables . The amount represented by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent from time to time as owing by each Account Debtor or by all Account Debtors in respect of such Grantor’s Receivables will at such time be the correct amount actually owing by such Account Debtor or Account Debtors thereunder. No amount payable to such Grantor under or in connection with any Receivable is evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper in a principal amount that is greater than $2,500,000 that has not been delivered to the Administrative Agent. As of the Closing Date, the place where such Grantor keeps its records concerning such Grantor’s Receivables is the address set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule I .

 

-7-


(d) Material Contracts . No consent of any party (other than such Grantor) to any Material Contract such Grantor is party to is required, or purports to be required, in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Security Agreement. Each Material Contract such Grantor is party to is in full force and effect and constitutes a valid and legally enforceable obligation of the parties thereto, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). No consent or authorization of, filing with or other act by or in respect of any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery, validity or enforceability of any of the Material Contracts such Grantor is party to by any party thereto other than those which have been duly obtained, made or performed, are in full force and effect and do not subject the scope of any such Material Contract to any material adverse limitation, either specific or general in nature. Neither such Grantor nor (to the best of such Grantor’s knowledge) any other party to any Material Contract such Grantor is party to is in default or is likely to become in default in the performance or observance or any of the terms thereof in any manner that, in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Grantor has fully performed all its material obligations under each Material Contract such Grantor is party to. The right, title and interest of such Grantor in, to and under each Material Contract such Grantor is party to are not subject to any defense, offset, counterclaim or claim which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor have any of the foregoing been asserted or alleged against such Grantor as to any such Material Contract. Such Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent a complete and correct copy of each Material Contract such Grantor is party to, including all amendments, supplements and other modifications thereto. No amount payable to such Grantor under or in connection with any Material Contract such Grantor is party to is evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper that has not been delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Inventory and Equipment . As of the Closing Date, the Inventory and the Equipment of such Grantor as of the Closing Date are kept at the locations listed on Schedule III hereto. All of said locations are owned by such Grantor except for locations (i) which are leased by the Grantor as lessee and designated in Part (b)  of Schedule III and (ii) at which Inventory is held in a public warehouse or is otherwise held by a bailee or on consignment or pursuant to a throughput or other storage arrangement as designated in Part (c)  of Schedule III .

(f) Location . As of the Closing Date, such Grantor’s location (for purposes of Section 9-307 of the UCC) is, and for the four (4) months preceding the Closing Date has been, at the place specified for such Grantor on Schedule I . As of the Closing Date, such Grantor, if not a “registered organization” as defined in the UCC, is so designated on Schedule I and has only one place of business, the location of which is at the place specified for such Grantor on Schedule I .

(g) Name; Type and Jurisdiction of Organization; Organizational and Identification Number . As of the Closing Date, (i) the exact legal name of such Grantor is as specified for such Grantor on Schedule I ; (ii) such Grantor has not done business under a previous name, assumed name or trade name or changed its name in the prior twelve (12) months, except for the Borrower, which was formerly known as Sprague Energy Corp and (iii) the type of entity of such Grantor, its state of organization, the organizational number issued to it by its state of organization and its federal employer identification number are set forth on Schedule I .

(h) Farm Products . None of the Collateral of such Grantor constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, Farm Products.

 

-8-


(i) Insurance Policies . As of the Closing Date, none of the Collateral of such Grantor constitutes an interest or claim in or under any policy of insurance or contract for annuity, except to the extent the same constitutes Proceeds.

(j) Intellectual Property .

(i) Schedule II is a true, correct and complete list setting forth all Intellectual Property registered by, issued to, or applied for by each Grantor, and, for each listed item (as applicable) the application or registration numbers and dates, and the name of the current registered owner and/or registrar of domain names;

(ii) Schedule II sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all material written Intellectual Property Licenses of each Grantor and true and complete copies of each such license have been made available by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date. Such Intellectual Property Licenses are enforceable by the Grantors, either alone or in the aggregate, in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that enforcement may be limited by applicable law. No Grantor has in the past year received any written notice alleging any breach or default by any Grantor of any such Intellectual Property Licenses, and (A) no Grantor is in breach or default of any such Intellectual Property Licenses, (B) to the knowledge of the Grantors, no counterparty to any such Intellectual Property Licenses is in breach or default of any such Intellectual Property Licenses and (C) no defense, offset, deduction or counterclaim exists under any Intellectual Property License in favor of any third party or such counterparty which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) (A) all of each Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property set forth on Schedule II is subsisting, unexpired and has not been abandoned or allowed to lapse; (B) to the knowledge of any Grantor, all of such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property is valid and enforceable; and (C) no Grantor has within the past year received any written notice or claim challenging the validity, enforceability, registration or use of such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property;

(iv) all necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees in connection with such Grantor’s material Owned Intellectual Property have been paid and all necessary documents and certificates in connection with such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in the United States or applicable foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of prosecuting, maintaining or renewing such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property;

(v) the Grantors, either individually or in the aggregate, exclusively own free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) or have the right to use all of each Grantor’s material Owned Intellectual Property. All of such Grantor’s rights pertaining to such Grantor’s Intellectual Property shall survive unchanged immediately following the applicable closing and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Security Agreement;

(vi) with respect to Intellectual Property other than Patents, none of such Grantor’s material Owned Intellectual Property nor the conduct of any Grantors’ business infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates Intellectual Property owned by any third party. No Grantor has within the past three years received any written notice or written claim asserting any of the foregoing;

(vii) with respect to Intellectual Property other than Patents, to the knowledge of such Grantor, none of such Grantor’s material Owned Intellectual Property is being infringed,

 

-9-


misappropriated or otherwise violated by any third party. No Grantor has (A) within the past three years received any written notice or written claim asserting any of the foregoing, or (B) entered into any agreement granting any other third party the exclusive right to bring infringement actions with respect to, or otherwise exclusively to enforce rights with respect to, any of such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property;

(viii) to the knowledge of such Grantor, none of such Grantor’s Patents is being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any third party and none of such Grantor’s business infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates Patents owned by any third party. No Grantor has within the past six years received any written notice or written claim asserting infringement, misappropriation, or other violations of the Intellectual Property owned by any third party;

(ix) no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority which would limit, cancel, invalidate or question the validity of, or any of such Grantor’s rights in, any of such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(x) to the knowledge of any Grantor, no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority which would limit, cancel, invalidate or question the validity of, or any of such Grantors’ rights in, any of such Grantor’s Intellectual Property in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xi) no action or proceeding is pending, or, to the knowledge of any Grantor, threatened, on the date hereof (A) seeking to limit, cancel, invalidate or question the validity of any of such Grantor’s material Owned Intellectual Property or any Grantors’ ownership interest therein or use thereof, or (B) which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the use, transfer, licensing or value of any such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property;

(xii) each Grantor has taken reasonable steps to protect its rights in, and confidentiality of all material Trade Secrets, and any other confidential information owned, used or held by such Grantor, including a policy that employees, licensees, contractors, and other third parties with access to Trade Secrets or other confidential information safeguard and maintain the secrecy and confidentiality of such Trade Secrets and confidential information. To such Grantor’s knowledge, such Trade Secrets have not been used, disclosed to or discovered by any third party except pursuant to valid and appropriate non-disclosure, license or any other appropriate contract which has not been breached;

(xiii) except as permitted under the Credit Agreement, none of the Grantors have conveyed, pledged or otherwise transferred ownership of, or granted or agreed to grant any exclusive license of or right to use, or granted joint ownership of, any such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property to any third party; and

(xiv) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will not cause to be provided or licensed to any third party, or give rise to any rights of any third party with respect to, any software source code that is such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property. Grantors have implemented reasonable disaster recovery and back-up plans with respect to information technology systems that are included within such Grantor’s Intellectual Property.

(k) Vehicles . As of the Closing Date, the aggregate book value of all Vehicles owned by all Grantors is less than $5,000,000.

 

-10-


(l) Governmental Obligors . As of the Closing Date, none of the obligors on any Receivable that constitutes Collateral, and none of the parties to any Contract that constitutes Collateral, is a Governmental Authority except for (i) with respect to Receivables or Contracts not included in a Borrowing Base because all actions required under all applicable Assignment of Claims Acts have not been taken to approve and permit the assignment of rights to payment thereunder or thereon to the Administrative Agent, the obligors thereon or parties thereto, (ii) with respect to Receivables or Contracts included in a Borrowing Base as to which all actions required under all applicable Assignment of Claims Acts have been taken to approve and permit the assignment of rights to payment thereunder or thereon to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the obligors thereon or parties thereto, and (iii) with respect to any other Receivables or Contracts, in each case, that constitute Collateral, those obligors and parties thereof so long as the requirements of Section 5(m) have been satisfied with respect to such Receivables or Contracts.

(m) Deposit Accounts, Commodity Accounts and Securities Accounts . All Pledged Accounts with respect to such Grantor are listed on Schedule V , including the institution at which such Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account is established, the purpose thereof, the name thereon, and the account number thereof. Each Pledged Account is a Controlled Account.

(n) Additional Representations and Warranties . Each representation and warranty set forth in Section 5 of the Credit Agreement and applicable to any Grantor is incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein.

5. Covenants . The Grantors hereby jointly and severally agree that, so long as any of the Commitments remain in effect or any amount is owing to any Secured Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (except contingent indemnification and expense reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), each Grantor shall:

(a) Maintenance of Perfected Security Interests; Further Documentation; Pledge of Instruments and Chattel Paper . Such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Security Agreement as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 4(b) hereof and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever. At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Security Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) the filing of any financing statements, financing change statements or amendments to financing statements or continuation statements under the UCC or any similar personal property security legislation in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Liens created hereby, (ii) the filing of any recordation of security interest documents with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office and any other applicable office or agency of another country or political subdivision thereof and (iii) in the case of Investment Property, Deposit Accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) and any other relevant Collateral, taking any actions (including, without limitation, entering into, and using its best efforts to cause any relevant third party to enter into, one or more Account Control Agreements) necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to obtain “control” (within the meaning of the applicable UCC) with respect thereto. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall enable the Administrative Agent to obtain control of each Letter-of-Credit Right of such Grantor by (A) assigning such Letter-of-Credit Right to the Administrative Agent, (B) causing the issuing bank of the related letter of credit to consent to such assignment and (C) causing the related letter of credit to be advised by the Administrative Agent. Each Grantor also hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file any such financing statements, financing change statements or amendments to financing statements or continuation statements without the

 

-11-


signature of such Grantor to the extent permitted by applicable law. Any such financing statement may, at the option of the Administrative Agent, describe the property covered thereby as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Grantor, or may use a similar description; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent shall amend any such description to the extent reasonably necessary to accommodate Excluded Assets. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement for filing in any jurisdiction. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper in a principal amount that is greater than $2,500,000 or any Certificated Security, such Instrument, Chattel Paper or Certificated Security shall be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent, duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement; provided , however , that any other such Instrument or Chattel Paper shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent.

(b) Maintenance of Records . Such Grantor will keep and maintain at its own cost and expense satisfactory and complete records of the Collateral, including, without limitation, a record of all payments received and all credits granted with respect to the Accounts.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Compliance with Laws, etc. Such Grantor will comply with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Collateral or any part thereof or to the operation of such Grantor’s business except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that each Grantor may obtain waivers or contest any Requirement of Law in any reasonable manner which shall not, in the sole opinion of the Administrative Agent, adversely affect the Administrative Agent’s, or the Lenders’ or the Issuing Lender’s rights or the priority of its Liens on the Collateral.

(e) Compliance with Terms of Material Contracts, etc. Such Grantor will perform and comply with all its obligations under the Material Contracts and all its other Contractual Obligations relating to the Collateral unless (i) the subject of a good faith dispute or (ii) such failure to perform or comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Payment of Obligations . Such Grantor will pay promptly when due all material Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Collateral, as well as all material claims of any kind (including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials and supplies) against or with respect to the Collateral, except that no such charge need be paid if (i) the validity thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (ii) such charge is adequately reserved against on such Grantor’s books in accordance with GAAP.

(g) Limitation on Liens on Collateral . Such Grantor will not create, incur or suffer to exist, will defend the Collateral against, and will take such other reasonable action as is necessary to remove, any Lien or claim on or to the Collateral, other than the Liens created hereby and other than Permitted Liens, and will defend the right, title and interest of the Secured Parties in and to any of the Collateral against the claims and demands, other than in respect of Permitted Liens, of all Persons whomsoever.

(h) Limitations on Dispositions of Collateral . Such Grantor will not sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, or attempt, offer or contract to do so except for sales, transfers and other dispositions of Collateral permitted under the Credit Agreement.

 

-12-


(i) Control of Pledged Accounts . Such Grantor agrees that, subject to Section 8(a) or otherwise with the consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith), at no time shall it hold any funds or any other assets in any Pledged Account that is not a Controlled Account.

(j) Assets in Pledged Accounts . Such Grantor agrees that at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default in respect of which the Administrative Agent has exercised any remedies in respect of any Collateral in any Controlled Account, including without limitation, giving any instruction to a bank, securities intermediary or other Person maintaining a Controlled Account, such Grantor will not, and will not cause or permit any of its agents, representatives or other Persons to withdraw any cash (or, with respect to any Securities Account or Commodity Account, withdraw, transfer, sell, redeem, pledge, rehypothecate or otherwise deliver or dispose of any assets in such account) from any Controlled Account (each an “ Account Transaction ”) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to instruct the applicable bank, securities intermediary or other Person maintaining any Controlled Account to not execute any Account Transaction without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and (ii) any amounts in any Controlled Account may be withdrawn by the Administrative Agent and applied as provided in Section 8(b) . Such Grantor agrees that it will not transfer assets out of any Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts, or transfer any Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts to another securities intermediary, unless such Grantor, the Administrative Agent, and the substitute securities intermediary have entered into an Account Control Agreement. No arrangement contemplated hereby or by any Account Control Agreement in respect of any Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or other Investment Property shall be modified by such Grantor without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent to be exercised in good faith). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may notify any securities intermediary to liquidate the applicable Securities Accounts and/or Commodity Accounts or any related Investment Property maintained or held thereby and remit the proceeds thereof to an account specified by the Administrative Agent (including any Collateral Account). For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Account Control Agreement or any other Loan Document, including this Security Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise any remedies in respect of any Collateral in any Controlled Account, including without limitation, giving any instruction (including any shifting control, or other like, notice) to a bank, securities intermediary or other Person maintaining a Controlled Account, or withdrawing or transferring any funds or assets from a Controlled Account, unless in each case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(k) Inventory Evidenced by Documents .

(i) Such Grantor shall cause any negotiable Documents evidencing any Inventory of such Grantor (A) if being held by the ultimate purchaser thereof, to be (1) issued to the order of the Administrative Agent and (2) delivered to the Administrative Agent and (B) if otherwise, to be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (provided that any bill of lading issued for such Inventory shall be duly endorsed to the extent that it has been issued to or endorsed to such Grantor (without further endorsement)), to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement.

(ii) Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, such Grantor shall, within 60 days after the Closing Date, provide to the bailee or consignee of any such Inventory of such Grantor that is evidenced by a non-negotiable Document or that is not evidenced by any Document a written notice of the Lien created by this Security Agreement, such notice to be substantially in the form of Annex E or such other form otherwise acceptable to the

 

-13-


Administrative Agent and duly executed and delivered by such Grantor and the Administrative Agent; provided that such Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have such notices acknowledged by such bailee or consignee as described therein; provided , further that, delivery of such a notice pursuant to this Section (k)(ii) with respect to any contract for the storage of Inventory that constitutes Collateral shall be deemed a delivery of such a notice with respect to any and all Documents evidencing any additional Inventory that constitutes Collateral, delivered to such bailee or consignee at any time pursuant to such contract. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees not to deliver a “Control Notice” (as defined in Annex E) to any bailee or consignee of any Inventory of any Grantor pursuant to any notice referred to in the preceding sentence unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(l) Additional Commercial Tort Claims . If at any time such Grantor has any Commercial Tort Claims for an amount in controversy in excess of $2,500,000 that constitute Collateral which are not described on Schedule VI hereto, such Grantor shall as soon as reasonably practicable provide to the Administrative Agent a supplement to Schedule VI , describing such additional Commercial Tort Claims. Upon delivery of such supplement, Schedule VI shall be deemed modified to the extent provided in such supplement.

(m) Certain Government Receivables . With respect to Receivables or Contracts, in each case, that constitute Collateral, to which the counterparty or obligor is (i) a Governmental Authority, such Grantor shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the request by the Administrative Agent, take any commercially reasonable actions under any Assignment of Claims Act required to permit or approve the assignment of the rights to payment thereunder or thereon to the Administrative Agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties; provided , that the Administrative Agent shall not make such request with respect to any Receivables or Contracts that are not included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base to the extent that the value of all such Receivables and Contracts to which the counterparty or obligor is a Governmental Authority that have not been perfected under an Assignment of Claims Act is less than $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) a Governmental Authority of a State within the United States, such Grantor shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, give notice to the Administrative Agent if such Governmental Authority has not, or has ceased to, waive all claims of sovereign immunity with respect to such Receivable or Contract by statute, applicable case law, contract or otherwise.

(n) Limitations on Modifications of Material Contracts and Agreements Giving Rise to Receivables; Exercise of Rights; Notices . Such Grantor will not (i) other than in accordance with its standard operating practices and customary market practice in markets similar to those in which such Grantor operates, amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of any Material Contract or any agreement giving rise to a Receivable in any manner which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the value of such Material Contract or such Receivable as Collateral, (ii) other than in accordance with its standard operating practices and customary market practice in markets similar to those in which such Grantor operates, fail to exercise promptly and diligently each and every material right which it may have under each Material Contract and each agreement giving rise to a Receivable (other than any right of termination) or (iii) fail to deliver to the Administrative Agent a copy of each material demand, notice or document received by it relating in any way to any Material Contract or any agreement giving rise to a Receivable that questions the validity or enforceability of such Material Contract or Receivables constituting more than 5% of the aggregate amount of the Receivables indicated in the latest Borrowing Base Report within three (3) Business Days after receipt by such Grantor thereof.

(o) Maintenance of Equipment . Such Grantor will maintain each item of Equipment in good operating condition, ordinary wear and tear and immaterial impairments of value and damage by the elements excepted, and will provide all maintenance, service and repairs in accordance with its standard operating practices and customary market practice in markets similar to those in which such Grantor operates.

 

-14-


(p) Limitations on Discounts, Compromises, Extensions of Receivables . Other than in accordance with its standard operating practices and customary market practice in markets similar to those in which such Grantor operates, such Grantor will not (i) grant any extension of the time of payment of any Receivable, (ii) compromise, compound or settle any Receivable for less than the full amount thereof, (iii) release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment of any Receivable, or (iv) allow any credit or discount whatsoever on any Receivable.

(q) Maintenance of Insurance . Such Grantor will maintain, with financially sound and reputable companies, insurance policies (i) insuring the Inventory, Equipment and Vehicles against loss by fire, explosion, theft and such other casualties as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in amounts comparable to amounts of insurance coverage obtained by similar businesses of similar size acting prudently and (ii) insuring each Grantor and the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the other Secured Parties) against liability for personal injury and property damage relating to such Inventory, Equipment and Vehicles, such policies to be in such form and amounts and having such coverage as shall be comparable to forms, amounts and coverage, respectively, obtained by similar businesses of similar size acting prudently, with losses payable to any Grantor and the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the other Secured Parties) as their respective interests may appear or, in the case of liability insurance, showing the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the other Secured Parties) as additional insured parties. All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least thirty (30) days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice thereof (unless the policy of the applicable insurance company shall be not to provide such assurance), (ii) name the Administrative Agent as insured party and loss payee, (iii) include a breach of warranty clause and (iv) be reasonably satisfactory in all other respects to the Administrative Agent. Each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to such insurance when available during each calendar year and such supplemental reports with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(r) Further Identification of Collateral . Such Grantor will furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

(s) Notices . Such Grantor will advise the Administrative Agent promptly, in reasonable detail, at its address set forth in the Credit Agreement, (i) of any Lien (other than Liens created hereby or Permitted Liens) on, or claim asserted against, any of the Collateral and (ii) of the occurrence of any event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Collateral or on the Liens created hereunder.

(t) Changes in Locations, Name, etc. Such Grantor will not (i) without ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its location (for purposes of Section 9-307 of the UCC) from that specified in Section 4(f) or remove its books and records concerning the Receivables from the location specified in Section 4(c) , (ii) without ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, permit any of the Inventory or Equipment to be kept at a location other than those listed on Schedule III hereto or otherwise in such other locations in the United States as notified to the Administrative Agent other than while in transit to such locations or for repairs, (iii) without ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its name,

 

-15-


identity or structure or (iv) unless thirty (30) days written notice to such effect shall have been given and any filing under the UCC as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to maintain the perfected security interest granted hereto has been made, reorganize under the laws of another jurisdiction or as a different type of entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Grantor shall be required to give any notice to the Administrative Agent in respect of its move after the Closing Date to new office space located at 185 International Drive, Portsmouth, New Hampshire.

(u) Intellectual Property .

(i) Each Grantor, as applicable, (either itself or through licensees) shall (A) continue to use each material Trademark on each and every product or in connection with each and every service identified in its respective applications or registrations in order to maintain such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, except such Trademarks that such Grantor decides, in its reasonable good faith business judgment and consistent with its past practices, to abandon, (B) maintain the quality of products and services offered under such Trademark consistent with its best past standards, (C) use such Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by applicable Requirements of Law, and (D) not (and not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby such Trademark may become abandoned, invalidated or impaired in any way.

(ii) Except as otherwise permitted herein, each Grantor (either itself or through licensees) shall not do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any of such Grantor’s material Owned Intellectual Property may become forfeited, invalidated or abandoned or dedicated to the public, or placed or fall in public domain.

(iii) Whenever any Grantor, either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any applicable office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, such Grantor shall report such filing to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days after the last day of the fiscal quarter in which such filing occurs. Upon request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may request to evidence and/or perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any applicable Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby.

(iv) Each Grantor, as applicable, shall take all reasonable and necessary steps, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any applicable office or agency in any other country or political subdivision thereof, to maintain, pursue and enforce each application relating to any of such Grantor’s material Owned Intellectual Property (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of such Grantor’s material Owned Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability, except for applications and registrations that such Grantor decides, in its reasonable good faith business judgment and consistent with its past practices, to abandon or allow to expire.

(v) Each Grantor (either itself or through licensees) shall not perform any act or use any of such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property to knowingly infringe the intellectual property rights of any third party.

 

-16-


(vi) In the event that any Grantor’s material Owned Intellectual Property is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor shall (A) take such actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property and (B) if such Grantor’s Owned Intellectual Property is of material economic value, promptly notify the Administrative Agent after such Grantor learns thereof and protect and/or enforce such Intellectual Property, including, as applicable, by suing for infringement, misappropriation, or dilution, seeking injunctive relief where appropriate and recovering any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution; provided that, the Grantors shall not have any obligation to protect or enforce such Intellectual Property if the Administrative Agent provides any Grantor with a written waiver of this requirement.

(v) Vehicles . Such Grantor will maintain each Vehicle in good operating condition, ordinary wear and tear and immaterial impairments of value and damage by the elements excepted, and will provide all maintenance, service and repairs necessary for such purpose in accordance with its standard operating practices and customary market practice in markets similar to those in which such Grantor operates. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, at the request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall, within thirty (30) days after such request, file applications for certificates of title indicating the Administrative Agent’s first priority Lien on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties on the Vehicles covered by such certificates, together with any other necessary documentation, in each office in each jurisdiction which the Administrative Agent shall deem advisable to perfect their Liens on the Vehicles.

6. Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact .

(a) Powers . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of each Grantor and in the name of each Grantor or in its own name, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Security Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of each Grantor, without notice to or assent by any Grantor, to do the following:

(i) in the name of each Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, to take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper, General Intangible or Material Contract or with respect to any other Collateral and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper, General Intangible or Material Contract or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

(ii) to pay or discharge Taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, to effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Security Agreement and to pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

(iii) in the case of any Grantor’s Intellectual Property, to execute and deliver any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of the Grantors relating thereto or represented thereby;

 

-17-


(iv) to execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 9 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (A) to direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (B) to ask or demand for, collect, receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (C) to sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (D) to commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (E) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against any Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (F) to settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (G) to assign any Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (H) generally, subject to any applicable FERC approvals, rules and regulations and any applicable tariffs, to sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent was the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and the Grantors’ expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Administrative Agent’s Liens thereon on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and to effect the intent of this Security Agreement, all as fully and effectively as the Grantors might do.

Anything in this Section 6(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, (x) the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights provided for in this Section 6(a) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) Administrative Agent’s power of attorney over the FERC Contract Collateral, and the delegation thereof to the FERC Sub-Agent pursuant to Section 11 , shall not be effective until the Administrative Agent delivers notice to such Grantor that such power of attorney is effective.

Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

The power of attorney conferred hereby on the Administrative Agent is solely to protect, preserve and realize upon its security interest in the Collateral. This power of attorney shall neither create any agency on the part of the Administrative Agent in favor of any Grantor, nor any fiduciary obligations or relationship on the part of any Secured Party for the benefit of any Grantor.

(b) No Duty on Administrative Agent’s or other Secured Parties’ Part . The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The

 

-18-


Administrative Agent and each Secured Party shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, shareholders, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

7. Performance by Administrative Agent of Grantors’ Obligations; Use of Collateral . If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and at its option, but without any obligation to do so, may itself perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, so long as none of (a) an Event of Default of the type described in Section 9.1(g) of the Credit Agreement shall have occurred, (b) any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing pursuant to which the Administrative Agent shall be exercising remedies pursuant to Section 9 hereof or (c) any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have provided notice to a Grantor, each Grantor may use, commingle and dispose of all or any part of the Collateral in the ordinary course of its business, subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the provisions of this Security Agreement.

8. Proceeds .

(a) In addition to the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties specified in Section 3(c) with respect to payments of Receivables, it is agreed that all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items shall be held by the Grantors in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of the Grantors, and shall, promptly upon receipt by any Grantor, be deposited and held in a Controlled Account (or, to the limit allowed, in an Excluded Account). Any and all such Proceeds held in a Controlled Account (or by any Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 8(b) . Cash or any other property held in a Controlled Account shall not be transferred to any Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account of any Grantor that is not a Controlled Account or an Excluded Account.

(b) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent’s election (or at the direction of the Required Lenders), the Administrative Agent shall apply all or any part of the Proceeds constituting Collateral, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, and any Proceeds of any Pledge Agreement, the Guarantee or any other Loan Document, or otherwise received by the Administrative Agent, against the Obligations (whether matured or unmatured), such application to be in the following order:

(i) First , to pay incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the Issuing Lenders and Agents under the Loan Documents;

(ii) Second , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards payment of all amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of interest and fees pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of such Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations) then due and owing and remaining unpaid to the Secured Parties;

(iii) Third , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards (i) payment of all principal on all Loans then outstanding and all Unreimbursed Amounts then outstanding and (ii) Cash Collateralizing any outstanding Letters of Credit, pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of the Obligations to be so paid or Cash Collateralized under this clause (iii) owing to the Secured Parties;

 

-19-


(iv) Fourth , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards payment of all other amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of the Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations), pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of such Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations) then due and owing and remaining unpaid to the Secured Parties;

(v) Fifth , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards prepayment of the Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations), pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of the Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations) being so prepaid then held by the Secured Parties;

(vi) Sixth , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards payment of all amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of the Subordinated Obligations and prepayment of the remaining Subordinated Obligations, pro rata among the Subordinated Parties according to the amounts of the Subordinated Obligations then due and owing and remaining unpaid or being so prepaid then held by the Subordinated Parties; and

(vii) Seventh , any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have terminated, shall be paid over to the applicable Grantor or to whomsoever else may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amounts received from any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

9. Remedies .

(a) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Security Agreement, the Loan Documents (including all of the Security Documents) and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to any of the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. In such circumstances, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the Administrative Agent’s name or the name of its nominee or nominees, and/or may forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions (including by lease or by deferred payment arrangement) as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk and/or may take such other actions as may be available under applicable law. The Administrative Agent or any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, auction or closed tender, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived or released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s

 

-20-


request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select (on its behalf and on behalf of the Secured Parties), whether at any Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization or sale, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred therein or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties arising out of the exercise by the Administrative Agent hereunder, including, without limitation, documented fees and disbursements of counsel, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as provided in Section 8(b) , and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including, without limitation, Section 9-615 of the UCC, or required pursuant to clause (vi) of Section 8(b) , need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to the Grantors. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party arising out of the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party of any of its rights hereunder. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition. Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay the Obligations (including the documented fees and disbursements of counsel employed by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency to the extent provided therefor in Section 11.6 of the Credit Agreement).

(b) With respect to FERC Contract Collateral, (i) only the FERC Sub-Agent shall take any of the actions described in Section 9(a) (“ Enforcement Actions ”), (ii) the FERC Sub-Agent shall not take any Enforcement Actions until the FERC Sub-Agent delivers a notice to the Administrative Agent and such Grantor that it thereafter may take Enforcement Actions, (iii) the FERC Sub-Agent shall take such Enforcement Actions at it determines are advisable, in consultation with the Administrative Agent, but without obligation to follow direction of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders and (iv) any such enforcement actions shall be subject to any applicable FERC approvals, rules and regulations and any applicable tariffs.

10. Subordination Provisions .

(a) Who May Exercise Remedies .

(i) Subject to subsection (ii) below, until the date on which all Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated, the Senior Parties will have the exclusive right to:

(A) commence and maintain an Enforcement Action or exercise rights with respect to a Lien, credit bid their debt, make any set-off, sue or participate in any suit, action or proceeding to enforce payment or collection or enforce any redemption or mandatory prepayment obligation, or commence any judicial enforcement of rights and remedies;

(B) subject to Section 19 hereof and Section 10.10 and 11.5 of the Credit Agreement, make determinations regarding the release or Disposition of, or restrictions with respect to, the Collateral; and

(C) otherwise enforce the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the UCC and the Bankruptcy Laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

-21-


(ii) Notwithstanding Section 10(a)(i) , a Subordinated Party may:

(A) file a proof of claim or statement of interest, vote on a plan of reorganization (including a vote to accept or reject a plan of partial or complete liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, composition or extension), and make other filings, arguments and motions, with respect to the Subordinated Obligations and the Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding commenced by or against any Grantor, in each case in accordance with this Security Agreement;

(B) take action to create, perfect, preserve or protect its Lien on the Collateral, so long as such actions are not adverse to the priority status in accordance with this Security Agreement of Liens on the Collateral securing the Senior Obligations or Senior Parties’ rights to exercise remedies;

(C) file necessary pleadings in opposition to a claim objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of a Subordinated Obligation or a Lien securing the Obligation; and

(D) join (but not exercise any control over) a judicial foreclosure or Lien enforcement proceeding with respect to the Collateral initiated by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Senior Parties, to the extent that such action could not reasonably be expected to materially interfere with the Enforcement Action, but no Subordinated Party may receive any proceeds thereof unless expressly permitted herein.

(iii) Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Section 10(a) , Subordinated Parties may exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors, other than initiating or joining in an involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to a Grantor against a Grantor that has guaranteed or granted Liens to secure the Subordinated Obligations, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and the Cash Management Bank Agreements, Commodity OTC Agreements or Financial Hedging Agreements to which the Subordinated Party is a party and applicable law; provided , that any judgment Lien obtained by a Subordinated Party as a result such exercise of rights will be included in the Collateral and be subject to this Security Agreement for all purposes (including in relation to the Senior Obligations).

(b) Manner of Exercise .

(i) Subject to the terms of the Loan Documents, a Senior Party may take any Enforcement Action:

(A) in any manner in its sole discretion in compliance with applicable law;

(B) without consultation with or the consent of any Subordinated Party;

(C) regardless of whether an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced;

(D) regardless of any provision of any Cash Management Bank Agreement, Commodity OTC Agreement or Financial Hedging Agreement; and

(E) regardless of whether such exercise is adverse to the interest of any Subordinated Party.

 

-22-


(ii) The rights of a Senior Party to enforce any provision of this Security Agreement or any other Loan Document will not be prejudiced or impaired by:

(A) any act or failure to act of any Grantor, or

(B) noncompliance by any Person other than such Senior Party with any provision of this Security Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Cash Management Bank Agreement, Commodity OTC Agreement or Financial Hedging Agreement,

regardless of any knowledge thereof that any Senior Party or the Administrative Agent may have or otherwise be charged with.

(iii) No Subordinated Party will contest, protest or object to, or take any action to hinder, and each waives any and all claims with respect to, any Enforcement Action by a Senior Party.

(iv) Subject to the terms of the Loan Documents and the applicable Cash Management Bank Agreements, Commodity OTC Agreements or Financial Hedging Agreements, following the date on which the Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated, a Subordinated Party may take any Enforcement Action:

(A) in any manner in its sole discretion in compliance with applicable law;

(B) regardless of whether an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced; and

(C) regardless of any provision of any Loan Document (other than this Security Agreement).

(v) Following the date on which the Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated, the rights of a Subordinated Party to enforce any provision of this Security Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Cash Management Bank Agreement, Commodity OTC Agreement or Financial Hedging Agreement to which it is party to will not be prejudiced or impaired by:

(A) any act or failure to act of any Grantor or any other Subordinated Party; or

(B) noncompliance by any Person other than such Subordinated Party with any provision of this Security Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Cash Management Bank Agreement, Commodity OTC Agreement or Financial Hedging Agreement to which it is party;

regardless of any knowledge thereof that any Subordinated Party or the Administrative Agent may have or otherwise be charged with.

 

-23-


(c) Use of Cash Collateral and DIP Financing .

(i) Until the date on which the Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated, if an Insolvency Proceeding has commenced, no Subordinated Party will, or will direct the Administrative Agent to, contest, protest or object to, any use, sale or lease of “cash collateral” (as defined in section 363(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) if the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Senior Parties, has consented in writing to such use, sale or lease; provided , that the Subordinated Parties will have the right to seek adequate protection permitted by Section 10(f) and if such adequate protection is not granted, the Subordinated Parties will have the right to object under this Section 10(c) solely on such basis.

(ii) Until the date on which the Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated, if an Insolvency Proceeding has commenced, no Subordinated Party will, or will direct the Administrative Agent to, contest, protest or object to, the Borrower or any other Grantor obtaining credit or incurring debt secured by Liens on the Collateral pursuant to section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code (or similar Bankruptcy Law) (each, a “ DIP Financing ”) if the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Senior Parties, has consented in writing to such DIP Financing; provided , that the Subordinated Parties will have the right to seek adequate protection permitted by Section 10(f) , and if such adequate protection is not granted, the Subordinated Parties will have the right to object under this Section 10(c) solely on such basis.

(iii) The amount of any customary “carve-out” or other similar administrative priority expense or claim consented to in writing by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Senior Parties, to be paid prior to the payment in full of the Senior Obligations (i) will be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 10(c)(i) , a use of cash collateral at the time consented to by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Senior Parties, and (ii) will not be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 10(c)(ii) , a principal amount of DIP Financing at the time consented to by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Senior Parties.

(iv) No Subordinated Party may, directly or indirectly, seek to provide DIP Financing to the Borrower or other Grantor secured by Liens equal or senior in priority to the Liens securing any Senior Obligations; provided , that nothing in this Section 10(c)(iv) shall prohibit any Subordinated Party which is also a Senior Party from offering to provide or from providing a DIP Financing to the extent permitted under Section 10(c)(ii) ; provided further that, if one or more of Senior Parties do not offer to provide a DIP Financing to the extent permitted under Section 10(c)(ii) , then the Subordinated Parties may seek to provide such DIP Financing permitted under Section 10(c)(ii) , secured by Liens equal or senior in priority to the Liens securing any Senior Obligations, and the Senior Parties may object thereto.

(d) Sale of Collateral . In its capacity as the holder of a Lien on the Collateral, no Subordinated Party will, or will direct the Administrative Agent to, contest, protest or object to, and each Subordinated Party will be deemed to have consented to, pursuant to section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or similar Bankruptcy Law), a sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of any Collateral free and clear of its Liens or other interests under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (or similar Bankruptcy Law), if the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Senior Parties, has consented in writing to such Disposition; provided , that the Liens of the Subordinated Parties attach to any net proceeds of such Disposition with the same priority and validity as the Liens held by the Subordinated Parties on the assets disposed of in such Disposition, and any such Liens will remain subject to the terms of this Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subordinated Parties may raise objections to any Disposition of Collateral that could be raised in an Insolvency Proceeding by unsecured creditors generally so long as not otherwise inconsistent with the terms of this Security Agreement.

 

-24-


(e) Relief from the Automatic Stay . Until the date on which the Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated, no Subordinated Party will, or will direct the Administrative Agent on its behalf to, seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Senior Parties, or oppose any request by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Senior Parties, for relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(f) Adequate Protection . No Subordinated Party will, or will direct the Administrative Agent on its behalf to, contest, protest or object to (x) any request by a Senior Party for “adequate protection” (within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar Bankruptcy Law); or (y) any objection by a Senior Party to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a Senior Party claiming a lack of adequate protection.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Section 10(f) , in any Insolvency Proceeding:

(i) except as permitted in this Section 10(f) , the Subordinated Parties may not seek or request adequate protection and may not seek relief from the automatic stay imposed by section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code (or similar Bankruptcy Law) or other relief based upon a lack of adequate protection;

(ii) if the Senior Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection in the form of additional Collateral in connection with any motion described in Section 10(c) , then the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Subordinated Parties, may seek or request adequate protection in the form of a Lien on such additional or replacement Collateral for the benefit of the Subordinated Parties, which Lien will be subordinated to the Liens at any time securing the Senior Obligations and any DIP Financing (and all Obligations relating thereto) on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Subordinated Obligations are so subordinated to the Senior Obligations under this Security Agreement; and

(iii) any claim of any Subordinated Party under section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (or similar Bankruptcy Law) will be subordinate in right of payment to any claim of the Senior Parties under section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (or similar Bankruptcy Law); provided , that the Subordinated Parties will be deemed to have agreed pursuant to section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar Bankruptcy Law) that any such junior claims may be paid under any plan of reorganization in any form, having a value on the effective date of such plan equal to the allowed amount of such claims.

(g) No Waiver . Subject to Section 10(a)(i) and (iii) , nothing contained herein will prohibit or in any way limit a Senior Party from objecting in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to any action taken by a Subordinated Party, including the seeking by any Subordinated Party of adequate protection or the asserting by a Subordinated Party of any of its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents or any Cash Management Bank Agreements, Commodity OTC Agreements or Financial Hedging Agreements to which it is a party or otherwise.

(h) Post-Petition Claims .

(i) Neither the Administrative Agent on behalf of any Subordinated Party, nor any other Subordinated Party, will oppose or seek to challenge any claim by a Senior Party for allowance or payment in any Insolvency Proceeding of Senior Obligations consisting of

 

-25-


Post-Petition Claims, to the extent of the value of the Senior Parties’ Lien on the Collateral, without regard to the existence of the Lien of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Subordinated Party on the Collateral.

(ii) Neither the Administrative Agent on behalf of any Senior Party, nor any other Senior Party, will oppose or seek to challenge any claim by a Subordinated Party for allowance and any payment permitted under Section 10(f) in any Insolvency Proceeding of Subordinated Obligations consisting of Post-Petition Claims, to the extent of the value of the Lien of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Subordinated Party on the Collateral (after taking account of the existence of the Lien of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Senior Parties on the Collateral).

(i) Waiver . Each Subordinated Party waives any claim it may hereafter have against any Senior Party arising out of the election of any Senior Party of the application of section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, and/or out of any cash collateral or financing arrangement or out of any grant of a security interest in connection with the Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(j) Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification. Each Subordinated Party and each Senior Party acknowledges and agrees that because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Collateral, the Subordinated Obligations, to the extent deemed to be “secured claims” within the meaning of section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar Bankruptcy Law), are fundamentally different from the Senior Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization in an Insolvency Proceeding. No Subordinated Party will seek in any Insolvency Proceeding to be treated as part of the same class of creditors as Senior Parties and will not oppose or contest any pleading by Senior Parties seeking separate classification of their respective secured claims.

(k) Effectiveness in Insolvency Proceedings . The provisions of this Section 10 , which the Secured Parties agree constitutes a “subordination agreement” under section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, will be effective before, during and after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding. All references herein to any Grantor will include such Grantor as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Grantor in any Insolvency Proceeding. The relative rights of the Senior Parties and the Subordinated Parties in respect of any Collateral or proceeds thereof shall continue after the filing of such petition on the same basis as prior to the date of such filing, subject to any court order approving the financing of, or use of cash collateral by, any Grantor.

(l) No Third Party Beneficiaries . No Person (including, without limitation, any Loan Party) is a third-party beneficiary of the provisions of this Section 10 , except that the Senior Parties and Subordinated Parties which are not parties hereto shall be entitled to the benefits of the provisions of this Section 10 . This Section 10 shall be binding upon the Senior Parties and Subordinated Parties and each Senior Party and Subordinated Party shall be deemed to have agreed to the terms hereof, by virtue of its acceptance of the benefits of the Senior Obligations and the Subordinated Obligations, respectively. No other creditor of any Grantor has any rights under this Section 10 , and no Grantor or other Loan Party may rely on the terms hereof. Nothing in this Section 10 impairs the Obligations of the Borrower and the other Grantors to pay principal, interest, fees and other amounts as provided in, or otherwise comply with the provisions of, the Loan Documents, the Cash Management Bank Agreements, the Commodity OTC Agreements or the Financial Hedging Agreements.

11. Appointment of FERC Sub-Agent .

(a) In connection with the FERC Contract Collateral, the Administrative Agent may designate and appoint a sub-agent (in such capacity, the “ FERC Sub-Agent ”), which appointment and

 

-26-


designation shall be effective upon written notice of the same to the Lenders and the Grantors, to take actions on behalf of the Administrative Agent and, upon the effectiveness of such appointment and designation, hereby authorizes the FERC Sub-Agent to take any action in connection with the FERC Contract Collateral required under this Security Agreement or otherwise permitted thereunder, without any further consent or instruction of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.

(b) If at any time the FERC Sub-Agent determines in good faith that its status as FERC Sub-Agent may adversely affect the FERC Sub-Agent or any of its affiliates, the FERC Sub-Agent may resign and/or release the security interest in the FERC Contract Collateral whether or not a new FERC Sub-Agent is appointed. Any release of the security interest in the FERC Contract Collateral pursuant to this Section 11 shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default or a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by any Grantor in this Security Agreement or made by any Grantor in any other Loan Document.

12. Grant of License to Use Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral . For the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under Section 9 hereof at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Grantor) to use, license or sublicense any of the Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored. The use of such license by the Administrative Agent shall be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent for any purpose appropriate in connection with the exercise of remedies hereunder, only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default; provided that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default. The Administrative Agent agrees to apply the net proceeds received from any license as provided in Section 8 hereof.

13. Limitation on Duties Regarding Presentation of Collateral .

(a) The Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account. None of the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Party nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or advisors shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent and other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents or advisors shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(b) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Receivables and Contracts (that constitute Collateral) and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable or under any Contract, in each case, that constitutes Collateral, by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement

 

-27-


or the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party of any payment relating to such Receivable or Contract pursuant hereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable or under or pursuant to any Contract, in each case, that constitutes Collateral, to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any Receivable or under any Contract, in each case, that constitutes Collateral, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

14. Powers Coupled with an Interest . All authorizations and agencies herein contained with respect to the Collateral are irrevocable and powers coupled with an interest.

15. Notices . (a) Notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Borrower shall be effected in the manner set forth in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement and (b) notices, requests and demands to or upon any other Grantor shall be effected in the manner set forth in Section 14 of the Guarantee.

16. Waivers by Grantor . Each Grantor waives, to the maximum extent permitted by law, demand, presentment for payment, notice of non-payment, protest, notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, or any other notice or formalities of any kind (except notice of the time and place of public or private sale of the Collateral and any notice specifically provided herein, or in the other Loan Documents) to or upon such Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which are hereby expressly waived) with respect to the Obligations, and waives notice of the amount of the Obligations outstanding at any time.

17. Authority of Administrative Agent . Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Security Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Security Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

18. Indemnification . Each Grantor agrees, jointly and severally, to (i) save the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party harmless from, any and all liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel) with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in paying, any and all Other Taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral and (ii) indemnify each Secured Party as set forth in Section 11.6(e) of the Credit Agreement (or as may be applied to such Grantor pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Guarantee). The agreements in this Section 18 shall survive the termination of this Security Agreement and the payment of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents.

19. Termination and Release .

(a) In addition to, and not in limitation of, the release provisions contained in Sections 10.10 and 11.5 of the Credit Agreement, this Security Agreement (including as to any power of

 

-28-


attorney, authorization or agency granted herein) and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate when all the Obligations have been paid in full (other than inchoate claims in respect of indemnities for which no claim has been made or is known to any Grantor at the time all other Obligations have been paid in full), no Letters of Credit remain outstanding (unless such Letters of Credit have been Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments no longer remain in effect.

(b) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or Sections 10.10 or 11.5 of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to each Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all UCC termination statements and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, and will duly assign and transfer to such Grantor, such of the Collateral that may be in the possession of the Administrative Agent and has not theretofore been sold or otherwise applied or released pursuant to this Security Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 19 shall be without recourse to or representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party.

20. Severability . Any provision of this Security Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

21. Paragraph Headings . The paragraph headings used in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

22. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . None of the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 23 hereof), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Administrative Agent or any other such Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

23. Waivers and Amendments; Successors and Assigns; Governing Law . None of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by each Grantor and the Administrative Agent (subject to the Administrative Agent’ obtaining the requisite consents of any applicable Secured Parties pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement and, solely to the extent such instrument waives, amends, supplements or otherwise modifies Section 10 , the written consent of each Subordinated Party adversely affected thereby); provided that any provision of this Security Agreement may be waived by the Administrative Agent in a written instrument executed by the Administrative Agent (subject to the Administrative Agent’s obtaining the requisite consents of the applicable Secured Parties pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement and, solely to the extent such instrument waives, amends, supplements or otherwise modifies Section 10 , the written consent of each Subordinated Party adversely affected thereby); provided further that, reasonable updates and modifications to the schedules hereto shall not require the consent of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. This Security

 

-29-


Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns. THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

24. Additional Grantors . Each Subsidiary of any Loan Party which is required pursuant to Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement to become party to this Security Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a Supplement in the form of Annex D hereto.

25. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Grantor at its address set forth in (a) Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement, with respect to the Borrower or (b) Section 15 of the Guarantee, with respect to each other Grantor, or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction.

26. Waiver of Certain Damages . Each Grantor and the Administrative Agent (on behalf of themselves and each Secured Party) hereby waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in Section 25 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

27. WAIVER OF JURY . EACH OF THE GRANTOR AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

28. Counterparts . This Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission of signature pages hereto), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Security Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

-30-


[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-31-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as a Grantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SPRAGUE ENERGY SOLUTIONS INC., as a Grantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SPRAGUE TERMINAL SERVICES LLC, as a Grantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SPRAGUE CONNECTICUT PROPERTIES LLC, as a Grantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP, as a Grantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement


Schedule I

NAMES, FORM OF ORGANIZATION, AND LOCATION (AND JUSTIFICATION THEREFOR) OF GRANTORS

 

Name of Grantor

 

Type of

Organization

 

Jurisdiction of

Organization/Formation

   Organizational
Identification

Number
   Location of
Records
         
         
         
         

 

-Sch. I-1-


Schedule II

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

-Sch. II-1-


Schedule III

INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT

(a) Properties Owned by the Grantor :

(b) Properties Leased by the Grantor

(Include Landlord’s Name):

(c) Public Warehouses or other Locations pursuant to Bailment or Consignment Arrangements

(include name of Warehouse Operator or other Bailee or Consignee):

 

-Sch. III-1-


Schedule IV

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

-Sch. IV-1-


Schedule V

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS, SECURITIES ACCOUNTS AND COMMODITY ACCOUNTS

 

-Sch. V-1-


Schedule VI

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 

-Sch. VI-1-


ANNEX A

FORM OF

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of             , 20    , is made by each of the signatories hereto (the “ Grantors ”) in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. ,having its principal place of business at                     , as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), under the Credit Agreement, dated as of [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, the Administrative Agent and the other agents party thereto.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make loans to, and the Issuing Lenders have agreed to issue letters of credit for the account of, the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Grantors and the other grantors thereunder have executed and delivered a Security Agreement, dated as of [            ,         ], in favor of the Administrative Agent (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Administrative Agent a security interest in, inter alia, certain Intellectual Property, including those Patents set forth on Exhibit A that constitute Collateral; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Grantors agrees, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, as follows:

1. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided or provided by reference in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement, as applicable.

2. Grant of Security Interest for Obligations . Each of the Grantors hereby grants a continuing security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Patents constituting Collateral (including, without limitation, those items listed on Exhibit A hereto) (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”), to the Administrative Agent, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.

3. Purpose . This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Administrative Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

4. Acknowledgment . Each of the Grantors does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and

 

-Annex A-1-


provisions of which (including the remedies provided for therein) are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

5. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same original.

6. Governing Law . This Agreement and the right and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

-Annex A-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-Annex A-3-


Exhibit A

PATENTS

 

Serial No. or

Patent No.

 

Inventor

 

Issue or File Date

 

Title

     
     
     

PATENT LICENSES

 

United States Patent No.

 

Owner

 

Issue Date

   
   
   

PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

Serial No.

 

Owner

 

Nature of Interest

 

Filing Date

     
     
     

 

-Annex A-4-


ANNEX B

FORM OF

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of             , 20    , is made by each of the signatories hereto (the “ Grantors ”) in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., having its principal place of business at                     , as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), under the Credit Agreement, dated as of [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, the Administrative Agent and the other agents party thereto.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make loans to, and the Issuing Lenders have agreed to issue letters of credit for the account of, the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Grantors and the other grantors thereunder have executed and delivered an Security Agreement, dated as of [            ,         ], in favor of the Administrative Agent (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Administrative Agent a security interest in, inter alia, certain Intellectual Property, including those Trademarks set forth on Exhibit A that constitute Collateral; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Grantors agrees, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, as follows:

1. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided or provided by reference in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement, as applicable.

2. Grant of Security Interest for Obligations . Each of the Grantors hereby grants a continuing security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trademarks constituting Collateral (including, without limitation, those items listed on Exhibit A hereto and all goodwill related thereto) (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”), to the Administrative Agent, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.

3. Purpose . This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Administrative Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

-Annex B-1-


4. Acknowledgment . Each of the Grantors does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which (including the remedies provided for therein) are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

5. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same original.

6. Governing Law . This Agreement and the right and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-Annex B-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers as if the day and year first above written.

 

[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-Annex B-3-


Exhibit A

TRADEMARKS

 

Serial No.
or Registration No.

 

Issue or File Date
(Renewal Date, if Applicable)

 

Mark

   
   
   

TRADEMARK LICENSES

 

Serial No.
or Registration No.

 

Owner

 

Issue or File Date
(Renewal Date,
If Applicable

 

Mark

     
     
     

TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

 

Serial Number

 

Filing Date

 

Mark

   
   
   

 

-Annex B-4-


ANNEX C

FORM OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of             , 20    , is made by each of the signatories hereto (the “ Grantors ”) in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., having its principal place of business at                     , as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), under the Credit Agreement, dated as of [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, the Administrative Agent and other agents party thereto.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make loans to, and the Issuing Lenders have agreed to issue letters of credit for, the account of the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Grantors and the other grantors thereunder have executed and delivered an Security Agreement, dated as of [            ,         ], in favor of the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated , supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Administrative Agent a security interest in, inter alia, certain Intellectual Property, including those Copyrights set forth on Exhibit A that constitute Collateral; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Grantors agrees, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, as follows:

1. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided or provided by reference in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement, as applicable.

2. Grant of Security Interest for Obligations . Each of the Grantors hereby grants a continuing security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Copyrights constituting Collateral (including, without limitation, those items listed on Exhibit A hereto) (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”), to the Administrative Agent, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.

3. Purpose . This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Administrative Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

4. Acknowledgment . Each of the Grantors does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the security interest in the

 

-Annex C-1-


Copyright Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which (including the remedies provided for therein) are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

5. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same original.

6. Governing Law . This Agreement and the right and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-Annex C-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first written above.

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-Annex C-3-


Exhibit A

COPYRIGHTS

 

Registration No.

 

Country

 

Issue or File Date

  

Title of Work

      
      
      

COPYRIGHT LICENSES

 

Registration No.

 

Owner

 

Issue or File Date

  

Title of Work

      
      
      

COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS

 

Title of Work

 

File Date

 

Application No.

   
   
   

 

-Annex C-4-


ANNEX D

ADDENDUM TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

Each of the undersigned, [NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY] (each a “ New Grantor ”, together the “ New Grantors ”):

(i) agrees to all of the provisions of the Security Agreement, dated as of [            ,         ] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Security Agreement ”), made by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, and each other party listed on Schedule I thereto (together with each Person which may, from time to time, become party thereto as a Grantor, each a “ Grantor ”, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Secured Parties, made pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013, among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, the Administrative Agent and the other agents party thereto;

(ii) effective on the date hereof, becomes a party to the Security Agreement, as a Grantor, with the same effect as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Security Agreement and with the representations and warranties contained therein being deemed to be made by it on and as of the date hereof;

(iii) as additional collateral security for the prompt and complete payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations and in order to induce the Lenders to make and maintain outstanding their Loans under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the property listed in Section 2 of the Security Agreement now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such New Grantor or in which such New Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ New Grantor Collateral ”);

(iv) represents and warrants that the information provided on the attached schedules disclose, with respect to it, all information that is required under the Security Agreement to be disclosed by a Grantor; and

(v) the Schedules to the Security Agreement are hereby supplemented by (a) if a supplement to any such Schedule is attached to this Supplement, by including the items listed on such supplement to such Schedule in such Schedule, and (b) if any such Schedule refers to the Collateral Certificate delivered by the Grantors on the Closing Date, by deeming incorporated in such Collateral Certificate the Supplement to Collateral Certificate delivered by the New Grantor to the Administrative Agent on the date of this Supplement.

Terms defined in the Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement shall have such defined meanings when used herein. This Addendum to Security Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

By its acceptance hereof, each undersigned New Grantor hereby ratifies and confirms its respective obligations under the Security Agreement, as supplemented hereby.

 

-Annex D-1-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Addendum to Security Agreement, all as of the day and year written below.

 

[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                  , 20    

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-Annex D-2-


Schedule I

NAME, FORM OF ORGANIZATION AND LOCATION OF NEW GRANTOR

 

-Annex D-3-


Schedule II

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

Registration No.

 

Country

 

Issue or File Date

  

Description/Title

  

Type of

Intellectual

Property

         
         
         

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES

 

Registration No.

 

Owner

 

Issue or File Date

  

Description/Title

  

Type of

Intellectual

Property

         
         
         

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY APPLICATIONS

 

Description/Title

 

File Date

 

Application No.

   
   
   

 

-Annex D-4-


Schedule III

INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT

 

-Annex D-5-


Schedule IV

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

-Annex D-6-


Schedule V

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS, SECURITIES ACCOUNTS AND COMMODITY ACCOUNTS

 

-Annex D-7-


Schedule VI

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 

-Annex D-8-


ANNEX E

INVENTORY ACKNOWLEDGMENT CERTIFICATE

[Date]

[NAME OF BAILEE/CONSIGNEE]

[ADDRESS]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

[NAME OF GRANTOR] (the “ Grantor ”) hereby notifies and acknowledges to [NAME OF BAILEE/CONSIGNEE] (the “ Company ”) that it has granted to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. as Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “ Administrative Agent ”) a security interest in all assets of the Grantor and the proceeds thereof currently held or which may be delivered from time to time to the Company at its facility located at [                                        ] (the “ Product ”).

The Grantor remains the owner of the Product and the Company can follow any and all instructions of the Grantor until the Company shall have received written notice from the Administrative Agent (a “ Control Notice ”) instructing the Company to no longer take instruction from the Grantor. After receipt of a Control Notice, the Grantor irrevocably authorizes and instructs the Company to take instructions only from the Administrative Agent with respect to the Product and any warehouse receipts or documents of title related thereto. The Company shall be fully protected in relying upon any Control Notice and any subsequent instructions from the Administrative Agent. The Grantor hereby irrevocably agrees that delivery of any or all of the Product by the Company in accordance with any such notification and instruction from the Administrative Agent shall constitute delivery of such Product to a person whose receipt was rightful as against the Grantor, notwithstanding that the Grantor is the holder or the person to which delivery is to be made under or pursuant to any warehouse receipt or other document of title.

By countersigning below, the Company (a) acknowledges the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Product and agrees to hold the Product for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, (b) confirms that no party has advised the Company that such party claims a security interest or lien in the Product or requested the Company to hold the Product, or any portion thereof, for its benefit, and (c) agrees that, without prior notice to the Administrative Agent, the Company will not issue negotiable warehouse receipts or documents of title covering the Product.

 

Sincerely,
[GRANTOR], as Grantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-Annex E-1-


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-Annex E-2-


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

[NAME OF BAILEE/CONSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

INSERT CONTACT INFORMATION

 

-Annex E-3-


Exhibit C

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF PLEDGE AGREEMENT

[Provided Separately]


PLEDGE AGREEMENT

PLEDGE AGREEMENT, dated as of [            ,         ], made by each party listed on Schedule II hereto (each a “ Pledgor ” and, collectively, together with each Person which may, from time to time, become party hereto as a Pledgor, the “ Pledgors ”), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Secured Parties defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the “ Lenders ”), the Administrative Agent, the agents from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders have severally agreed to make loans to and participate in letters of credit issued on behalf of, and certain Lenders (the “ Issuing Lenders ”) have agreed to issue letters of credit for the account of, the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower, and the Issuing Lenders to issue their letters of credit, under the Credit Agreement, and for other good, fair and valuable consideration and reasonably equivalent value, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each Pledgor, each Pledgor hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

1. Defined Terms .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms which are defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Pledged LLC Interest ”: as defined in any supplement to this Pledge Agreement delivered pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof.

Additional Pledged Partnership Interest ”: as defined in any supplement to this Pledge Agreement delivered pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof.

Additional Pledged Stock ”: as defined in any supplement to this Pledge Agreement delivered pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof.

Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the Preamble hereto.

Borrower ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.


Collateral Account ”: any account established to hold money Proceeds, maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 8 hereof.

Credit Agreement ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Issuer ”: each of the Persons identified on Schedule I or a supplement thereto as an issuer of Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests.

Issuing Lenders ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Lenders ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Limited Liability Company ”: any Issuer identified as a limited liability company on Part B of Schedule I hereto or in a supplement thereto.

Limited Liability Company Agreement ”: as to any Limited Liability Company, its certificate of formation and operating agreement or other Governing Documents, as each may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

LLC Interest ”: any Limited Liability Company membership interest or economic interest.

Partnership ”: any Issuer identified as a limited or general partnership on Part C of Schedule I hereto or in a supplement thereto.

Partnership Agreement ”: as to any Partnership, its certificate of formation, if applicable, and partnership agreement or other Governing Documents, as each may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Partnership Interest ”: any partnership interest or economic interest in a Partnership.

Permitted Liens ”: Liens permitted on the Pledged Collateral pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Pledge Agreement ”: this Pledge Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Pledged Collateral ”: the Pledged Stock, the Pledged LLC Interests, the Pledged Partnership Interests, and all Proceeds, except that the Pledged Collateral shall not include more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of any Exempt CFC.

Pledged LLC Interest ”: any and all of each Pledgor’s interests, including units of membership interest, in the Limited Liability Companies as set forth in Schedule I attached hereto and any Additional Pledged LLC Interest at any time pledged pursuant to Section 5(e) , including, without limitation, all its rights to participate in the operation or management of the Limited Liability Companies and all its rights to properties, assets, member interests and distributions (except as otherwise provided herein) under the Limited Liability Company Agreements in respect of such membership interests, together with all certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever which may be issued or granted by any of the Issuers to any of the Pledgors in respect of the Pledged LLC Interests while this Pledge Agreement is in effect.

 

-2-


Pledged Partnership Interest ”: any and all of each Pledgor’s interests, including units of partnership interest, in the Partnerships as set forth in Schedule I attached hereto and any Additional Pledged Partnership Interest at any time pledged pursuant to Section 5(e) , including, without limitation, all its rights to participate in the operation or management of the Partnerships and all its rights to properties, assets, partnership interests and distributions (except as otherwise provided herein) under the Partnership Agreements in respect of such Partnership Interests, together with all certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever which may be issued or granted by any of the Issuers to any of the Pledgors in respect of the Pledged Partnership Interests while this Pledge Agreement is in effect.

Pledged Stock ”: the shares of Capital Stock listed on Part A of Schedule I hereto, together with all stock certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever which may be issued or granted by any of the Issuers to any of the Pledgors in respect of the Pledged Stock while this Pledge Agreement is in effect, together with any Additional Pledged Stock at any time pledged pursuant to Section 5(e) .

Pledgors ”: as defined in the Preamble hereto.

Proceeds ”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends, distributions or other income from the Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests or collections with respect thereto.

Securities Act ”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security ”: as defined in Article 8-102(15) of the UCC.

Subordinated Obligations ”: the portion of the Obligations arising under any (a) Cash Management Bank Agreement to a Qualified Cash Management Bank (other than such Obligations to the extent secured by property of any Loan Party held in a Cash Management Account with such Cash Management Bank), (b) Commodity OTC Agreement to a Qualified Counterparty (other than such Obligations to the extent secured by property of any Loan Party consisting of cash or short-term investments deposited as collateral by such Loan Party with such Qualified Counterparty pursuant to the terms of such Commodity OTC Agreement) or (c) Financial Hedging Agreement to a Qualified Counterparty (other than such Obligations to the extent secured by property of any Loan Party consisting of cash or short-term investments deposited as collateral by such Loan Party with such Qualified Counterparty pursuant to the terms of such Financial Hedging Agreement).

Subordinated Parties ”: collectively, the Cash Management Banks and Qualified Counterparties, solely in such capacities and with respect to Subordinated Obligations.

UCC ”: the Uniform Commercial Code from time to time in effect in the State of New York or, as the context requires, any other applicable jurisdiction.

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Pledge Agreement shall refer to this Pledge Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Pledge Agreement, and Section, Schedule, Annex and Exhibit references are to this Pledge Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

-3-


2. Pledge; Grant of Security Interest . Subject to the terms hereof, each Pledgor hereby delivers, pledges and assigns, and transfers, as appropriate, to the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, all the Pledged Collateral in which it has any right, title or interest, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority security interest in the Pledged Collateral, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.

3. Transfer Powers . Concurrently with the delivery to the Administrative Agent of each certificate representing one or more shares of the Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interest or Pledged Partnership Interest which is a Security, each Pledgor shall deliver an undated stock power or transfer power covering such certificate, duly executed in blank with, if the Administrative Agent so requests, signature guaranteed.

4. Representations and Warranties . Each Pledgor represents and warrants that:

(a) the shares of Pledged Stock listed on Part A of Schedule I , as supplemented from time to time, constitute all the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of the Issuers and are represented by the certificates listed thereon;

(b) the Pledged LLC Interests listed on Part B of Schedule I , as supplemented from time to time, constitute all the issued and outstanding LLC Interests of all classes of the Issuers and are represented by the certificates listed thereon, if such Pledged LLC Interests are Securities;

(c) the Pledged Partnership Interests listed on Part C of Schedule I , as supplemented from time to time, constitute all the issued and outstanding Partnership Interests of all classes of the Issuers owned by each Pledgor and are represented by the certificates listed thereon, if such Pledged Partnership Interests are Securities;

(d) all the shares of the Pledged Stock, the Pledged LLC Interests and the Pledged Partnership Interests have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and, to the extent that such shares are assessable by their nature, nonassessable;

(e) such Pledgor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has title to, the Pledged Collateral, free of any and all Liens or options in favor of, or claims of, any other Person, except the Lien created by this Pledge Agreement and Permitted Liens;

(f) upon delivery to the Administrative Agent of the certificates evidencing the Pledged Stock, the certificates evidencing the Pledged LLC Interests (to the extent these certificates or the interests evidenced thereby constitute Securities), if any, or the certificates evidencing the Pledged Partnership Interests (to the extent these constitute Securities), if any (and assuming the continuing possession by Administrative Agent of such certificates in accordance with the requirements of applicable law), the Liens granted pursuant to this Pledge Agreement shall constitute perfected Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, on the Pledged Collateral as collateral security for the Obligations, which Liens will be prior to all other Liens on the Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor, other than Permitted Liens, and which are enforceable as such against all creditors of such Pledgor and any Person purporting to purchase such Pledged Collateral from such Pledgor;

(g) upon the filing of UCC-1 (or equivalent) financing statements in the jurisdictions referenced on Schedule II or in a supplement thereto, the Liens granted pursuant to this Pledge Agreement

 

-4-


on that portion of the Pledged Collateral not perfected as described in Section 4(f) shall constitute perfected Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, on such Pledged Collateral as collateral security for the Obligations, which Liens will be prior to all other Liens on such Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor and which are enforceable as such against all creditors of such Pledgor and any Person purporting to purchase such Pledged Collateral from such Pledgor;

(h) none of the Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests (i) is dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (ii) is by its terms expressly subject to Article 8 of the UCC, (iii) constitute an investment company security or (iv) is held in a securities account (in each case within the meaning of Section 8-103(c) of the UCC);

(i) all consents of each member in each Limited Liability Company or Partnership to the grant of the security interests provided hereby and to the transfer of the Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests, as the case may be, to the Administrative Agent or its designee pursuant to the exercise of any remedies under Section 8 have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

(j) such Pledgor’s location (for purposes of Section 9-307 of the UCC) is, and for the four (4) months preceding the date hereof has been, the place specified for such Pledgor on Schedule II . Such Pledgor, if not a “registered organization” as defined in the UCC, is so designated on Schedule II and has only one place of business, the location of which is at the place specified for such Pledgor on Schedule II ; and

(k) (i) the exact legal name of such Pledgor is as specified for such Pledgor on Schedule II ; and (ii) such Pledgor has not changed its legal name in the twelve (12) months preceding the date hereof.

5. Covenants . Each Pledgor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent that, from and after the date of this Pledge Agreement until the Obligations are paid in full, no Letters of Credit remain outstanding (unless such Letters of Credit have been fully Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments have been terminated:

(a) If any Pledgor shall, as a result of its ownership of any Pledged Collateral, become entitled to receive or shall receive any stock certificate, partnership interest certificate or membership interest certificate or similar certificate evidencing such interest (including, without limitation, any certificate representing a stock dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or any certificate issued in connection with any reorganization), option or rights, whether in addition to, in substitution for, as a conversion of, or in exchange for any shares of any Pledged Collateral, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Pledgor shall accept the same as the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ agent, hold the same as collateral in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and deliver the same forthwith to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received, and duly indorsed by such Pledgor to the Administrative Agent, if required, together with an undated stock or transfer power covering such certificate duly executed in blank and with, if the Administrative Agent so requests, signature guaranteed, to be held by the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, subject to the terms hereof as additional collateral security for the Obligations. Any sums paid upon or in respect of any Pledged Collateral upon the liquidation or dissolution of any of the Issuers shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties as additional collateral security for the Obligations, and in case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of any Pledged Collateral or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to any Pledged Collateral pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of any of the

 

-5-


Issuers or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent to be held by it on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Obligations. If any sums of money or property so paid or distributed in respect of any Pledged Collateral shall be received by any Pledgor, such Pledgor shall, until such money or property is paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent, hold such money or property in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties segregated from other funds of such Pledgor, as additional collateral security for the Obligations.

(b) Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and except as permitted under the Credit Agreement, no Pledgor will (i) vote to enable, or take any other action to permit, any of the Issuers to issue any stock or other equity securities of any nature or to issue any other securities convertible into or granting the right to purchase or exchange for any stock or other equity securities of any of the Issuers, or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any Pledged Collateral, or (iii) create, incur or permit to exist any Lien or option in favor of, or any claim of any Person with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral, or any interest therein, except for the Lien provided for by this Pledge Agreement and Permitted Liens, or (iv) enter into any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or ability of any Pledgor or the Administrative Agent to sell, assign or transfer any of the Pledged Collateral.

(c) Each Pledgor shall maintain the security interest created by this Pledge Agreement as a first, perfected security interest and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever. At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of the Pledgors, each Pledgor will promptly and duly execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Pledge Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) the filing of any financing statements, financing change statements or amendments to financing statements or continuation statements under the UCC or any similar personal property security legislation in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Liens created hereby and (ii) taking any actions necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to take delivery of the Pledged Collateral or to obtain “control” (within the meaning of the UCC) with respect thereto. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, other instrument or chattel paper, such note, instrument or chattel paper shall be immediately delivered to the Administrative Agent, duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Pledge Agreement.

(d) Each Pledgor agrees, jointly and severally, to (i) pay, and to save the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party harmless from, any and all liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel) with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in paying, any and all Other Taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Pledge Agreement and (ii) indemnify each Secured Party as set forth in Section 11.6 of the Credit Agreement. The agreements in this Section 5(d) shall survive the termination of this Pledge Agreement and the payment of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents.

(e) If any Pledgor shall at any time acquire any shares of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary which is not an Issuer hereunder, such Pledgor shall (i) promptly deliver such shares of Capital Stock, and all stock or other certificates evidencing the same, to the Administrative Agent to be held as additional collateral security for the Obligations hereunder, except that no more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Capital Stock entitled to vote of any Exempt CFC and the stock

 

-6-


or other certificates evidencing the same must be delivered, (ii) promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a supplement to this Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Pledge Agreement, duly completed, adding such shares of Capital Stock to Schedule I hereto, and (iii) promptly cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver an acknowledgment and consent substantially in the form appended as Annex I to Exhibit A to this Pledge Agreement. If any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary that is an Exempt CFC or a Subsidiary thereof) of a Pledgor which is not a Pledgor hereunder (a “ New Pledgor ”) shall at any time acquire any shares of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary, such New Pledgor shall (i) promptly deliver such shares of Capital Stock, and all stock or other certificates evidencing the same, to the Administrative Agent to be held as additional collateral security for the Obligations hereunder, except that no more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Capital Stock entitled to vote of any Exempt CFC or any Subsidiary thereof and the stock or other certificates evidencing the same must be delivered, (ii) promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a supplement to this Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Pledge Agreement, duly completed, including such New Pledgor as a Pledgor hereunder and adding such shares of Capital Stock to Schedule I hereto, and (iii) promptly cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver an acknowledgment and consent substantially in the form appended as Annex I to Exhibit A to this Pledge Agreement.

(f) Such Pledgor will not (i) without ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its location (for purposes of Section 9-307 of the UCC) from that specified in Section 4(j) , (ii) without ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its name, identity or structure or (iii) unless it shall give 30 days’ written notice to such effect to the Administrative Agent and shall have made any filing under the UCC as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to maintain the perfected security interest granted pursuant to this Pledge Agreement, reincorporate or reorganize under the laws of another jurisdiction.

(g) Such Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that (i) to the extent each interest in any Partnership controlled now or in the future by such Pledgor and pledged hereunder is a Security, such interest shall be certificated and (ii) each such interest shall at all times hereafter continue to be such a Security and represented by such certificate. Such Pledgor further acknowledges and agrees that with respect to any interest in any Partnership controlled now or in the future by such Pledgor and pledged hereunder that is not a Security such Pledgor shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “Security”, nor shall such interest be represented by a certificate, unless such Pledgor provides prior written notification to the Administrative Agent of such election and such interest is thereafter represented by a certificate that is promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

6. Cash Dividends; Voting Rights .

(a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given notice to the Pledgors of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 7 below, each Pledgor shall be permitted to receive and retain all cash distributions, dividends or preferred share redemption proceeds permitted to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and to exercise all voting, corporate (with respect to Pledged Stock), member (with respect to Pledged LLC Interests) and partnership (with respect to Pledged Partnership Interests) rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 6(a) , each Pledgor agrees that no vote shall be cast or corporate, partnership or member right exercised or other action taken which would impair any Pledged Collateral or which would result in any violation of any provision of the Credit Agreement, this Pledge Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

-7-


7. Rights of the Administrative Agent .

(a) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to any Pledgor: (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral and make application thereof to the Obligations in the order provided in Section 8(a) and (ii) at the request of the Administrative Agent, all shares of the Pledged Stock, all Pledged LLC Interests and all Pledged Partnership Interests shall be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee, and the Administrative Agent or its nominee may thereafter exercise (A) all voting, corporate or other rights pertaining to such shares of Pledged Stock at any meeting of shareholders of any of the Issuers or otherwise; (B) all members rights, powers and privileges with respect to the Pledged LLC Interests to the same extent as a member under the applicable Limited Liability Company Agreement; (C) all partnership rights, powers and privileges with respect to the Pledged Partnership Interests to the same extent as a partner under the applicable Partnership Agreement; and (D) any and all rights of conversion, exchange, subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such shares of the Pledged Collateral as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including, without limitation, the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Pledged Collateral upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or company structure of any of the Issuers, or upon the exercise by any Pledgor or the Administrative Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such shares or interests of the Pledged Collateral, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Collateral with any committee, depository, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as it may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

(b) The rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Administrative Agent of any right or remedy against any of the Issuers or against any other Person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Obligations or against any other collateral security therefor, guarantee thereof or right of offset with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Pledged Collateral or for any delay in doing so, nor shall it be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Pledged Collateral upon the request of any Pledgor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof.

8. Remedies .

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent’s election (or at the direction of the Required Lenders), the Administrative Agent shall apply all or any part of the Proceeds held in any Collateral Account in payment of the Obligations in the following order:

(i) First , to pay incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the Issuing Lenders and Agents under the Loan Documents;

(ii) Second , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards payment of all amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of interest and fees pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of such Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations) then due and owing and remaining unpaid to the Secured Parties;

 

-8-


(iii) Third , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards (i) payment of all principal on all Loans then outstanding and all Unreimbursed Amounts then outstanding and (ii) Cash Collateralizing any outstanding Letters of Credit, pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of the Obligations to be so paid or Cash Collateralized under this clause (iii) owing to the Secured Parties;

(iv) Fourth , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards payment of all other amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of the Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations), pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of such Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations) then due and owing and remaining unpaid to the Secured Parties;

(v) Fifth , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards prepayment of the Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations), pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of the Obligations (other than the Subordinated Obligations) being so prepaid then held by the Secured Parties;

(vi) Sixth , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards payment of all amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of the Subordinated Obligations and prepayment of the remaining Subordinated Obligations, pro rata among the Subordinated Parties according to the amounts of the Subordinated Obligations then due and owing and remaining unpaid or being so prepaid then held by the Subordinated Parties; and

(vii) Seventh , any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have terminated, shall be paid over to the applicable Pledgor or to whomsoever else may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Pledge Agreement, the Loan Documents (including all of the Security Documents) and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to any of the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. In such circumstances, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Pledgor, any of the Issuers or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may transfer all or any part of the Pledged Collateral into the Administrative Agent’s name or the name of its nominee or nominees, and/or may forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Pledged Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, assign, give option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, in the over-the-counter market, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk and/or may take such other actions as may be available under applicable law. The Administrative Agent or any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Pledgor, which right or equity is hereby waived or released. The Administrative Agent shall apply any Proceeds from time to time held by it and the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization or sale, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred therein or incidental to the care or

 

-9-


safekeeping of any of the Pledged Collateral or in any way relating to the Pledged Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties arising out of the exercise by the Administrative Agent hereunder, including, without limitation, documented fees and disbursements of counsel, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as is provided in Section 8(a) , and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including, without limitation, Section 9-615 of the UCC, or required pursuant to clause (vi) of Section 8(a) , need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Pledgor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Pledgor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party arising out of the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party of any of its rights hereunder. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Pledged Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least ten (10) days before such sale or other disposition. Each Pledgor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of Pledged Collateral are insufficient to pay the Obligations (including the documented fees and disbursements of counsel employed by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency to the extent provided therefor in Section 11.6 of the Credit Agreement).

9. Registration Rights; Private Sales .

(a) If the Administrative Agent shall determine to exercise its right to sell any or all of the shares of Pledged Stock, any or all of the Pledged LLC Interests or any or all of the Pledged Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 8 hereof, and if in the opinion of the Administrative Agent it is necessary or advisable to have the Pledged Stock and/or the Pledged LLC Interests and/or the Pledged Partnership Interests, or that portion thereof to be sold, registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, each Pledgor will cause any or all of the Issuers to (i) execute and deliver, and cause the officers of such Issuers to execute and deliver, all such instruments and documents, and do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, necessary or advisable to register the shares of Pledged Stock and/or the Pledged LLC Interests and/or the Pledged Partnership Interests or that portion of them to be sold, under the provisions of the Securities Act, (ii) to use its best efforts to cause the registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to remain effective for a period of one year from the date of the first public offering of the shares of Pledged Collateral, or that portion thereof to be sold, and (iii) to make all amendments thereto and/or to the related prospectus which, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, are necessary or advisable, all in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto. Each Pledgor agrees to cause the Issuers to comply with the provisions of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of any and all jurisdictions which the Administrative Agent shall designate and to make available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

(b) Each Pledgor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Collateral, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable to the Administrative Agent than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. The Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuers to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if the Issuers would agree to do so.

 

-10-


(c) Each Pledgor further agrees to use its reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make any sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Pledge Agreement valid and binding and in compliance with any and all other applicable Requirements of Law. Each Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section will cause irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section shall be specifically enforceable against each Pledgor, and each Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement.

10. Irrevocable Authorization and Instruction to Issuers . Each Pledgor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer to comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (a) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (b) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Pledge Agreement, without any other or further instructions from any Pledgor, and each Pledgor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying.

11. Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact .

(a) Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent of the Administrative Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of each Pledgor and in the name of each Pledgor or in the Administrative Agent’s own name, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Pledge Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Pledge Agreement, including, without limitation, any financing statements, endorsements, assignments or other instruments of transfer.

(b) Each Pledgor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done pursuant to the power of attorney granted in Section 11(a) . All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Pledge Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Pledge Agreement is terminated and the security interest created hereby is released.

(c) The power of attorney conferred hereby on the Administrative Agent is solely to protect, preserve and realize upon its security interest in the Pledged Collateral. This power of attorney shall neither create any agency on the part of the Administrative Agent in favor of any Pledgor, nor any fiduciary obligations or relationship on the part of any Secured Party for the benefit of any Pledgor.

(d) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights provided for in this Section 11 unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

12. Limitation on Duties Regarding Pledged Collateral . The Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Pledged Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar securities and property for its own account, except that the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to invest funds held in any Collateral Account and may hold the same as demand deposits. None of the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or advisors shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Pledged Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any

 

-11-


obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Pledged Collateral upon the request of the Pledgors or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent and other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents or advisors shall be responsible to any Pledgor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

13. Authorization of Financing Statements . Each Pledgor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements with respect to the Pledged Collateral in such form and in such filing offices as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Pledge Agreement.

14. Powers Coupled with an Interest . All authorizations and agencies herein contained with respect to the Pledged Collateral are irrevocable and powers coupled with an interest.

15. Notices . (a) Notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Borrower shall be effected in the manner set forth in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement and (b) notices, requests and demands to or upon any other Pledgor shall be effected in the manner set forth in Section 15 of the Guarantee.

16. Authority of Administrative Agent . Each Pledgor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Pledge Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Pledge Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Pledgors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and neither the Pledgors nor any Issuer shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

17. Severability . Any provision of this Pledge Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

18. Paragraph Headings . The paragraph headings used in this Pledge Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

19. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . The Administrative Agent or any Secured Party shall not by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 20 hereof), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or

 

-12-


the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

20. Waivers and Amendments; Successors and Assigns; Governing Law . None of the terms or provisions of this Pledge Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by each Pledgor and the Administrative Agent (subject to the Administrative Agent obtaining the requisite consents of any applicable Secured Parties pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement), provided that any provision of this Pledge Agreement may be waived by the Administrative Agent (subject to the Administrative Agent obtaining the requisite consents of any applicable Secured Parties pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement) in a letter or agreement executed by the Administrative Agent or by telex or facsimile transmission from the Administrative Agent; provided further that, reasonable updates and modifications to Schedule I hereto shall not require the consent of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party and Schedule I shall be deemed amended pursuant to any applicable Disposition permitted under the Credit Agreement. This Pledge Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Pledgor and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns. THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

21. Additional Pledgors . Each Subsidiary of a Pledgor which is required pursuant to Section 5(e) to become party to this Pledge Agreement shall become a Pledgor for all purposes of this Pledge Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a Supplement in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

22. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Pledge Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Pledgor at its address set forth in (a) Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement, with respect to the Borrower or (b) Section 15 of the Guarantee, with respect to each other Pledgor, or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction.

 

-13-


23. Waiver of Certain Damages . Each Pledgor and the Administrative Agent (on behalf of itself and each Secured Party) hereby waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in Section 22 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

24. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PLEDGORS AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

25. Counterparts . This Pledge Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Pledge Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission of signature pages hereto), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Pledge Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Pledge Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-14-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Pledge Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Signature Page to Pledge Agreement]


ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT

The undersigned, the Issuers referred to in the foregoing Pledge Agreement, hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy thereof and agree to be bound thereby and to comply with the terms thereof insofar as such terms are applicable to it. The undersigned agree to notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 5(a) of the Pledge Agreement. The undersigned further agree that the terms of Section 9(c) of the Pledge Agreement shall apply to them, mutatis mutandis , with respect to all actions that may be required of them under or pursuant to or arising out of Section 9 of the Pledge Agreement.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SPRAGUE ENERGY SOLUTIONS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SPRAGUE TERMINAL SERVICES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SPRAGUE CONNECTICUT PROPERTIES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Acknowledgment and Consent to Pledge Agreement]


SCHEDULE I to

Pledge Agreement

A. DESCRIPTION OF PLEDGED STOCK

 

Name of
Issuer
  Class of
Stock
  Stock
Certificate
Number
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage
of Stock
Owned by
Pledgor
  Pledgor
         
         
         

B. DESCRIPTION OF PLEDGED LLC INTERESTS

 

Name of
Issuer
  Certificate
Number
  Number of
Interests
  Percentage of
LLC Interests
Owned by
Pledgor
  Pledgor
       
       
       

C. DESCRIPTION OF PLEDGED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

Sch. I-1


SCHEDULE II to

Pledge Agreement

PLEDGORS, FILING OFFICES, LOCATION AND BASIS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION

 

Grantor   Form of Organization   Location of Records
   
   
   

 

Sch. II-1


EXHIBIT A to

Pledge Agreement

PLEDGE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

PLEDGE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT, [            ,         ] (this “ Supplement ”), made by [NAME OF PLEDGOR], a                      [corporation] and [NAME OF PLEDGOR], a                      [corporation] (each an “ Existing Pledgor ” and collectively, the “ Existing Pledgors ”), [and by [NAME OF NEW PLEDGOR], a                      [corporation] and [NAME OF NEW PLEDGOR], a             [corporation] (each, a “ New Pledgor ” and collectively, the “ New Pledgors ”]; collectively, the Existing Pledgors and the New Pledgors are referred to herein as the “ Pledgors ”), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement (as defined in the Pledge Agreement referred to below) for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as so defined).

1. Reference is hereby made to that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of [            ,         ] made by the Existing Pledgors in favor of the Administrative Agent (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof, the “ Pledge Agreement ”). Terms defined in the Pledge Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

2. [Each Pledgor hereby confirms and reaffirms the security interest in the Pledged Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Pledge Agreement, and, as additional collateral security for the prompt and complete payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations and in order to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower, and the Issuing Lenders to issue their letters of credit, under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each Pledgor hereby delivers to the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, [all][65%] of the shares, membership or partnership interests of Capital Stock of [INSERT NAME OF ADDITIONAL ISSUER], a                      [corporation] (each, an “ Additional Issuer ”, together the “ Additional Issuers ”) listed in Schedule I hereto, together with all certificates, options, or rights of any nature whatsoever which may be issued or granted by each Additional Issuer in respect of such Capital Stock while the Pledge Agreement, as supplemented hereby, is in force (the “ Additional Pledged Stock ”, “ Additional Pledged LLC Interests ” or “ Additional Pledged Partnership Interest ”, as applicable, as described on such Schedule I) and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority security interest in the Additional Pledged Stock, the Additional Pledged LLC Interests and the Additional Pledged Partnership Interests, as applicable, and all Proceeds thereof. From and after the date of this Supplement, as used in the Pledge Agreement as supplemented by this Supplement and for all purposes of the Pledge Agreement as so supplemented, “Pledged Stock” shall be deemed to include the Additional Pledged Stock, “Pledged LLC Interests” shall be deemed to include the Additional Pledged LLC Interests, “Pledged Partnership Interests” shall be deemed to include the Additional Pledged Partnership Interests and “Issuers” shall be deemed to include each of the Additional Issuers.]

3. [Each New Pledgor agrees to all of the provisions of the Pledge Agreement and effective on the date hereof, becomes a party to the Pledge Agreement, as a Pledgor, with the same effect as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Pledge Agreement. Each New Pledgor, as additional collateral security for the prompt and complete payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations and in order to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower, and the Issuing Lenders to issue their letters of credit, under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, hereby delivers to the Administrative Agent,

 

Exh. A-1


on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, [all][65%] of the shares or interests of Capital Stock of [INSERT NAME OF NEW ISSUER], a                      [corporation] (the “ New Issuer ”) listed in Schedule I hereto, together with all certificates, options, or rights of any nature whatsoever which may be issued or granted by the New Issuer in respect of such Capital Stock while the Pledge Agreement, as supplemented hereby, is in force (the “ New Pledged Stock ”, “ New Pledged LLC Interests ” or “ New Pledged Partnership Interest ”, as applicable, as described on such Schedule I) and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a first priority security interest in the New Pledged Stock, the New Pledged LLC Interests and the New Pledged Partnership Interests, as applicable, and all Proceeds thereof. From and after the date of this Supplement, as used in the Pledge Agreement as supplemented by this Supplement and for all purposes of the Pledge Agreement as so supplemented, “Pledged Stock” shall be deemed to include the New Pledged Stock, “Pledged LLC Interests” shall be deemed to include the New Pledged LLC Interests, “Pledged Partnership Interests” shall be deemed to include the New Pledged Partnership Interests and “Issuers” shall be deemed to include the New Issuer. Each New Pledgor has set forth such New Pledgor’s name and the applicable filing office for a financing statement covering the Pledged Collateral owned by such New Pledgor on Schedule II attached hereto.]

4. Each Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Pledge Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on the date of this Supplement with references therein to the “Pledged Stock” to include [the Additional Pledged Stock] and [the New Pledged Stock], with references to “Pledged LLC Interests” to include [the Additional Pledged LLC Interests] and [the New Pledged LLC Interests], with references to “Pledged Partnership Interests” to include [the Additional Pledged Partnership Interests] and [the New Pledged Partnership Interests], with references to the “Issuers” therein to include each [New Issuer] and each [Additional Issuer], and with references to the Pledge Agreement to mean the Pledge Agreement as supplemented hereby.

5. This Supplement is supplemental to the Pledge Agreement, forms a part thereof and is subject to the terms thereof. From and after the date of this Supplement, [Schedule I to the Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include each item listed on Schedule I to this Supplement] [Schedule II to the Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include each item listed on Schedule II to this Supplement]. This Supplement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Supplement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF PLEDGOR]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exh. A-2


SCHEDULE I to

Supplement

A. DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL PLEDGED STOCK

 

Name of
Issuer
  Class of
Stock
  Stock
Certificate
Number
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage of
Stock Owned
by Pledgor
  Pledgor
         
         
         

B. DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL PLEDGED LLC INTERESTS

 

Name of
Issuer
  Class of
LLC Interest
  Certificate
Number
  Number of
Interests
  Percentage of
LLC Interest
Owned by
Pledgor
  Pledgor
         
         
         

C. DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL PLEDGED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

Name of
Issuer
  Class of
Partnership
Interest
  Certificate
Number
  Number of
Interests
  Percentage of
Partnership
Interest
Owned by
Pledgor
  Pledgor
         
         
         

D. DESCRIPTION OF NEW PLEDGED STOCK

 

Name of
Issuer
  Class of
Stock
  Stock
Certificate
Number
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage of
Stock Owned
by Pledgor
  Pledgor
         
         
         

 

Schedule I to Supplement-1


E. DESCRIPTION OF NEW PLEDGED LLC INTERESTS

 

Name of
Issuer
  Class of
LLC Interest
  Certificate
Number
  Number of
Interests
  Percentage of
LLC Interest
Owned by
Pledgor
  Pledgor
         
         
         

F. DESCRIPTION OF NEW PLEDGED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

Name of
Issuer
  Class of
Partnership
Interest
  Certificate
Number
  Number of
Interests
  Percentage of
Partnership
Interest
Owned by
Pledgor
  Pledgor
         
         
         

 

Schedule I to Supplement-2


SCHEDULE II to

Supplement

NEW PLEDGORS AND FILING OFFICES

 

Name of New Pledgor

  

Filing Office

  
  
  
  

 

Schedule II to Supplement-1


ANNEX I to

Supplement

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT

The undersigned, the [New] [Additional] Issuer referred to in the foregoing Supplement to Pledge Agreement, hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy thereof and of the Pledge Agreement referred to therein and agrees to be bound thereby and to comply with the terms thereof insofar as such terms are applicable to it. The undersigned agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 5(a) of the Pledge Agreement. The undersigned further agrees that the terms of Section 9(c) of the Pledge Agreement shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis , with respect to all actions that may be required of it under or pursuant to or arising out of Section 9 of the Pledge Agreement.

 

[NAME OF NEW/ADDITIONAL ISSUER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Annex I to Supplement-1


Exhibit D-1

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF SECTION 4.11 CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that: (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any promissory note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF NON-EXEMPT [LENDER][AGENT]]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                      , 201    


Exhibit D-2

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF SECTION 4.11 CERTIFICATE

(For non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that: (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                      , 201    


Exhibit D-3

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF SECTION 4.11 CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that: (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect to such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                      , 201    


Exhibit D-4

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF SECTION 4.11 CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that: (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any promissory note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any promissory note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF NON-EXEMPT [LENDER][AGENT]]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                      , 201    


Exhibit E

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

October [    ], 2013

The undersigned, the Secretary of [INSERT LOAN PARTY] (the “ Company ”), does hereby certify in such capacity, and not individually, as follows pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto, that as of the date hereof:

(1) Certificate of Incorporation/Formation . Attached hereto as “ Exhibit A ” is a true, correct and complete copy of the [Certificate of Incorporation/Formation] of the Company, together with any and all amendments thereto, as on file with the [Secretary of State of the State of [JURISDICTION]], and no action has been taken to amend, modify or repeal such [Certificate of Incorporation/Formation], the same being in full force and effect in the attached form as of the date hereof.

(2) Bylaws/Governing Agreements . Attached hereto as “ Exhibit B ” is a true, correct and complete copy of the [By-laws/Limited Liability Company Agreement] of the Company, together with any and all amendments thereto, and no action has been taken to amend, modify or repeal such [By-laws/ Limited Liability Company Agreement], the same being in full force and effect in the attached form as of the date hereof.

(3) Resolutions/Authority . Attached hereto as “ Exhibit C ” is a true and correct copy of the resolutions that have been duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of the [Board of Directors of the Company] dated [             ,         ], and such resolutions have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded in any respect since their adoption and remain in full force and effect on the date hereof.

(4) Incumbency . “ Exhibit D ” attached hereto sets forth the names, titles, and specimen signatures of individuals who are duly elected, qualified and acting officers of [the general partner of][the managing member of][the members of] the Company as of the date hereof, each of whom is authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as more particularly described and defined in the resolutions attached hereto as “ Exhibit C ”, and any other agreements, documents, certificates or writings in connection therewith which are required of the Company to effect or evidence the Credit Agreement.

(5) Good Standing/Existence . Attached hereto as “ Exhibit E ” are copies of recently dated certificates issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority of each jurisdiction in which the Company was formed or is qualified to do business, such certificates evidencing the good standing and existence of the Company in such jurisdictions.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto executed this Secretary’s Certificate as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Name:  
Title:   Secretary

The undersigned,                                         , does hereby certify that [he][she] is the duly elected and presently incumbent                              of the Company referred to above, and in such capacity does hereby certify to the Administrative Agent that                                          is the duly elected and presently incumbent Secretary of the Company.

 

 

Name:
Title:


Exhibit A

[Certificate of Incorporation/Formation

and all amendments thereto]


Exhibit B

[By-laws/ Limited Liability Company Agreement]


Exhibit C

[Resolutions]


Exhibit D

Incumbency

 

Name

  

Office

  

Date

  

Signature

        
        
        
        
        


Exhibit E

[Good Standing Certificates]


Exhibit F

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

This Assignment and Acceptance Agreement (the “ Assignment and Acceptance ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor named below (the “ Assignor ”) and the Assignee named below (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Acceptance as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any letters of credit, guarantees and swing line loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.


1.    Assignor:   
2.    Assignee:   
      [and is [a][an] [Subsidiary] [Affiliate]
  

[Approved Fund]of [ identify Lender ]] 1

3.   

Borrower: Sprague Operating Resources LLC

4.   

Administrative Agent: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

5.   

Credit Agreement: The Credit Agreement, dated as of October [ ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto.

6.   

Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned

   Aggregate
Amount of
Commitment/Loans/
Obligations for all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans/
Obligations
Assigned
     Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/Loans/
Obligations 2
 

Working Capital Facility Commitment

   $                    $                          

Swing Line

   $                    $                          

Acquisition Facility Commitment

   $                    $                          

Effective Date:                  , 201     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed administrative questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their Affiliates or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including federal and state securities laws.

 

1   Select as applicable.
2   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.


The terms set forth in this Assignment and Acceptance are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[ NAME OF ASSIGNOR ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ASSIGNEE
[ NAME OF ASSIGNEE ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Consented to and Accepted:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. ,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Consented to:

[ JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. ,

as a Working Capital Facility Issuing Lender, and Swing Line Lender

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[    ],

as a Working Capital Facility Issuing Lender,

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:] 3

 

3   Include for Assignments of Working Capital Facility Commitment.


[JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. ,

as an Acquisition Facility Issuing Lender

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[      ] ,

as an Acquisition Facility Issuing Lender,

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:] 4
[Consented to:

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC ,

as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:] 5

 

4   Include for Assignments of Acquisition Facility Commitment.
5   Include if required by Section 11.7(c) of the Credit Agreement.


ANNEX 1

Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the other agents parties thereto.

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT

AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

1. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the MLP, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the MLP, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

(b) Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 thereof, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and (v) if it is a Non-U.S. Lender, attached to the Assignment and Acceptance is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.


3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Acceptance shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Acceptance by email or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Acceptance. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.


Exhibit G

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF BORROWING BASE REPORT

 

Date:   

 

     
Borrower:    Sprague Operating Resources LLC   
For:    Credit Agreement dated as of October [    ], 2013   

 

 

This report, the schedule attached as Exhibit 1 hereto and the accompanying supporting information (collectively, the “ Report ”) is delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto.

The undersigned hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent that:

(1) such Responsible Person is the [insert title] of the Borrower;

(2) the amounts set forth on the schedule attached as Exhibit 1 hereto constitute all Collateral which has been or is being used in determining availability for an advance or letter of credit issued under the Credit Agreement as of [    ], 2013;

(3) the sum of (i) the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit plus (ii) the Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit, do not exceed the Borrowing Base as of the date hereof; and

(4) the information contained in this Report is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, is based on information contained in the Borrower’s financial accounting records, and is all of the information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(c) of the Credit Agreement and the definition of “Borrowing Base Report” under the Credit Agreement in relation to the Borrowing Base.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


EXHIBIT 1

CONSOLIDATED BORROWING BASE REPORT

As of [Borrowing Base Reporting Date]

 

COLLATERAL TYPE

   Gross
Value
    Advance
Rate
    Borrowing Base
Value
 

Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents

     [                 100     [            

Eligible Tier 1 Accounts Receivable

     [                 90     [            

Eligible Unbilled Tier 1 Accounts Receivable

     [                 85     [            

Eligible Tier 2 Accounts Receivable

     [                 85     [            

Eligible Unbilled Tier 2 Accounts Receivable

     [                 80     [            

Eligible Hedged Petroleum Inventory

     [                 85     [            

Eligible Petroleum Inventory

     [                 80     [            

Eligible Hedged Natural Gas Inventory

     [                 85     [            

Eligible Natural Gas Inventory

     [                 80     [            

Eligible Coal Inventory

     [                 70     [            

Eligible Asphalt Inventory

     [                 70     [            

Prepaid Purchases

     [                 75     [            

Eligible Net Liquidity in Futures Accounts

     [                 85     [            

Eligible Exchange Receivables

     [                 80     [            

Eligible Short Term Unrealized Forward Gains

     [                 80     [            

Eligible Medium Term Unrealized Forward Gains

     [                 70     [            

Eligible Long Term Unrealized Forward Gains

     [                 60     [            

Eligible Letters of Credit Issued for Commodities Not Yet Received

     [                 80     [            

Paid But Unexpired Letters of Credit

     [                 100     [            

Eligible RINs

     [                 70     [            

Less

      

First Purchaser Lien Amount

     [                 100     [            

Product Taxes

     [                 100     [            

Swap Amounts due to Qualified Counterparties in excess of $20,000,000.00

     [                 110     [            

Overcollateralization Amount

     [                 100     [            

Total Borrowing Base

         [            

Less

      

EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

      


COLLATERAL TYPE

   Gross
Value
   Advance
Rate
   Borrowing Base
Value
 

Working Capital Facility Letters of Credit

           [            

Working Capital Facility Loans

           [            

Acquisition Facility Working Capital Letters of Credit

           [            

Acquisition Facility Working Capital Loans

           [            

Swing Line obligations

           [            

Total Extensions of Credit for calculation

           [            
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

AGGREGATE BORROWING BASE AVAILABILITY

           [            
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 


SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit H-1

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, dated as of                      (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Subordination Agreement ”), by and among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ” and, together with each other Loan Party (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) listed on the signature pages hereof or which becomes a party hereto, each an “ Obligor ” and, collectively, the “ Obligors ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to and the Issuing Lenders have agreed to issue or provide Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, which Loans may be evidenced by the Notes issued by the Borrower thereunder;

WHEREAS, each Obligor has made or may make from time to time certain loans, advances or other extensions of credit to one or more of the other Obligors; and

WHEREAS, it is a covenant under Section 8.2(b) of the Credit Agreement that each Obligor enter into this Subordination Agreement with the Administrative Agent in respect of all amounts from time to time owing to such Obligor (including any interest thereon) from any other Obligor.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein which are defined in, or by reference in, the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings specified therein. In addition, as used in this Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Payment in Full of the Senior Obligations ”: (a) the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all amounts due or to become due (whether or not all or any of the Senior Obligations have been declared due and payable prior to the date on which such Senior Obligations would otherwise have become due and payable) on or in respect of all Senior Obligations, and (b) the termination of the Commitments.

Senior Obligations ”: the collective reference to the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans, unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and interest thereon and all other Obligations (for the avoidance of doubt, including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) of any Loan Party to the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders, the Cash Management Banks, Qualified Cash Management Banks, Qualified Counterparties and the Agents (collectively, the “ Lender Parties ”).


Subordinated Obligations ”: with respect to any Obligor, any and all amounts from time to time owing to such Obligor (including any interest thereon) from any other Obligor.

Subordination Event ”: the Senior Obligations becoming due and payable in full, whether upon maturity, acceleration or otherwise.

2. Subordination . (a) Each Obligor agrees that the Subordinated Obligations shall be Subordinate and Junior in Right of Payment to all Senior Obligations.

(b) As used in this Subordination Agreement the term “ Subordinate and Junior in Right of Payment ” shall mean that:

(i) no part of the Subordinated Obligations shall have any claim to the assets of any Obligor on a parity with or prior to the claim of the Senior Obligations, and payment of all of the Subordinated Obligations is and shall be subject, subordinate and deemed junior in right of payment to the prior Payment in Full of the Senior Obligations;

(ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and following receipt by any Loan Party of a written notice from the Administrative Agent prohibiting the following,

(A) no Obligor will take, demand or receive from any other Obligor and no Obligor will make, give or permit, directly or indirectly, by set off, redemption, purchase or in any other manner, any payment of or security for the whole or any part of the Subordinated Obligations unless otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement or consented to in writing by the Administrative Agent, and

(B) no Obligor will accelerate for any reason the scheduled maturities of any Subordinated Obligations unless permitted in writing by the Administrative Agent;

provided that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, no payments permitted pursuant to clause (A) above shall be made into any Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account of any Loan Party that is not a Controlled Account (in each case as defined in the Security Agreement); provided , further , that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Obligor may make payments of interest on and principal of the Subordinated Obligations, including, without limitation, any payments on Subordinated Obligations consisting of customary revolving intercompany payables consistent with past practice; and

(iii) in the event of any Subordination Event, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities which, but for the subordination provisions of this Subordination Agreement, and subject to the proviso in the preceding subsection (ii) would otherwise be payable or deliverable upon or in respect of the Subordinated Obligations, shall instead be paid over or delivered to the Administrative Agent for application on account of the Senior Obligations, and no Obligor shall receive any such payment or distribution or any benefit therefrom.


(c) Upon the occurrence of a Subordination Event arising pursuant to Section 9.1(g) of the Credit Agreement, (i) if any Obligor shall have failed to file claims or proofs of claim with respect to the Subordinated Obligations earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the deadline for any such filing, such Obligor shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such powers of attorney, assignments or other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to file such claims or proofs of claim and (ii) unless each Lender Party shall otherwise agree in writing, until the Payment in Full of the Senior Obligations, no Obligor shall be entitled to receive any payment on account of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on or other amounts payable in respect of the Subordinated Obligations, and to that end, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, which may be payable or deliverable in respect of Subordinated Obligations in any such case, proceeding, receivership, dissolution, liquidation or other winding up proceeding (such proceedings, collectively, “ Insolvency Proceedings ”) shall instead be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent for application to the Senior Obligations that are due and payable until the Payment in Full of the Senior Obligations shall have first occurred.

(d) If any Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by or against any Obligor:

(i) the Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party is hereby irrevocably authorized and empowered (in its own name or in the name of the applicable Obligor or otherwise), but shall have no obligation, to demand, sue for, collect and receive every payment or distribution in respect of the Subordinated Obligations above and give acquittance therefor and to file claims and proofs of claim and take such other action (including voting the Subordinated Obligations or enforcing any security interest or other lien securing payment of the Subordinated Obligations) as such Lender Party may deem necessary or advisable for the exercise or enforcement of any of the such Lender Party’s rights or interests hereunder; and

(ii) each Obligor shall duly and promptly take such action as the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party may request in its good faith business judgment (A) to collect the Subordinated Obligations for the account of the Lender Parties and to file appropriate claims or proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Obligations, (B) to execute and deliver to the Lender Parties such powers of attorney, assignments, or other instruments as such Lender Parties may request in order to enable them to enforce any and all claims with respect to, and any security interests and other liens securing payment of, the Subordinated Obligations and (C) to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to the Subordinated Obligations.

(e) Should any payment or distribution or security, or the proceeds of any thereof, be collected or received by any Obligor in respect of Subordinated Obligations, and such collection or receipt is not expressly permitted hereunder prior to the payment in full of the Senior Obligations, such Obligor will, forthwith deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, to the extent practicable in precisely the form received (except for the endorsement or the assignment of the holder thereof where necessary) and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by such Obligor as the property of the Lender Parties.

(f) Each Obligor waives any right that it may have to be subrogated to the rights of the Lender Parties to receive payments or distributions of assets of any other Obligor made on the Senior Obligations or to otherwise seek reimbursement, indemnity or contribution or payment of any kind from any other Obligor in respect of amounts paid to the Lender Parties in lieu of such Obligor by operation of this Subordination Agreement, until such time as the Senior Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Commitments have been terminated.


(g) Each Obligor hereby waives any and all notices of renewal, extension or accrual or increase of any of the Senior Obligations, present or future, and agrees and consents that without notice to or assent by such Obligor:

(i) the obligations and liabilities of any other Obligor or any other party or parties for or upon the Senior Obligations (and/or any promissory note(s), security document or guaranty evidencing or securing any of the same) may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, modified, amended, accelerated, compromised, supplemented, terminated, sold, exchanged, waived or released or increased;

(ii) the Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party may exercise or refrain from exercising any right, remedy or power granted by the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document creating, evidencing or otherwise related to any of the Senior Obligations or at law, in equity, or otherwise, with respect to any of the Senior Obligations or any collateral security or lien (legal or equitable) held, given or intended to be given therefor (including, without limitation, the right to perfect any lien or security interest created in connection therewith); and

(iii) any and all Collateral or other collateral security and/or Liens (legal or equitable) at any time, present or future, held, given or intended to be given for any of the Senior Obligations, and any rights or remedies of any Lender Party in respect thereof may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be exchanged, sold, surrendered, released, modified, waived or extended by such Lender Party;

in each case, as the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party may deem advisable and all without impairing, abridging, diminishing, releasing or affecting the subordination to the Senior Obligations provided for herein.

(h) Each Obligor acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party has relied upon and will continue to rely upon the subordination provided for herein in entering into the Credit Agreement.

3. Representations and Warranties . Each Obligor hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, such Obligor has no material claims against any other Obligor arising out of breach of contract or tort or otherwise.

4. Transfers of Subordinated Obligations . Each Obligor agrees that it will not assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of its right, title and interest in any Subordinated Obligation to any other Person, other than an Affiliate or a Subsidiary, which transferee shall agree to the terms of this Subordination Agreement.

5. Miscellaneous . (a) No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of the holders, assignees and beneficiaries from time to time of the Senior Obligations, any right, power or privilege under this Subordination Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Subordination Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The Administrative Agent shall not be prejudiced in its right to enforce the subordination contained herein in accordance with the terms hereof by any act or failure to act on the part of any Obligor. The rights and remedies provided in this Subordination Agreement and in the other Loan Documents and in all other agreements, instruments and documents referred to in any of the foregoing are cumulative and shall not be exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.


(b) Each Obligor agrees to execute and deliver such further documents and to do such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Subordination Agreement.

(c) All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (i) in the case of delivery by hand, when received, (ii) in the case of delivery by mail, when received, or (iii) in the case of delivery by facsimile transmission, when sent, and receipt has been electronically confirmed, (1) to any Obligor, as set forth below its name on the signature pages hereof, and (2) to the Administrative Agent, at its address specified in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement.

(d) Each Obligor agrees to give the Administrative Agent prompt notice of any default by any other Obligor in respect of the Subordinated Obligations.

(e) Each Obligor will cause each note and instrument (if any) evidencing the Subordinated Obligations to be endorsed with the following legend:

“The indebtedness evidenced by this instrument is subordinated to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Senior Obligations (as defined in the Intercompany Subordination Agreement dated as of                      by and among the [Payor][Borrower][MLP], the [Payee][Lender], certain of their affiliates and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, regarding subordination) pursuant to, and to the extent provided in, such Intercompany Subordination Agreement.”

(f) Each Obligor hereby agrees to mark its books of account in such a manner as shall be effective to give proper notice of the effect of this Subordination Agreement and will, in the case of any Subordinated Obligations not evidenced by any note or instrument, following the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, cause such Subordinated Obligations to be evidenced by an appropriate note or instrument or instruments endorsed with the above legend. Each Obligor will at its expense and at any time and from time to time promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents and take all further action that may be necessary or that the Administrative Agent may request in its good faith business judgment to protect any right or interest granted or purported to be granted hereunder or to enable the Lender to exercise and enforce their rights and remedies hereunder.

(g) THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LENDER PARTIES AND EACH OBLIGOR UNDER THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. This Subordination Agreement shall be binding upon the Administrative Agent, each Obligor and their respective successors, transferees and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the other Lender Parties, each Obligor and their respective successors, transferees and assigns; provided , that no Obligor may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

(h) The subordination provisions contained herein are for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the other Lender Parties and their respective successors and assigns as holders from time to time of Senior Obligations and may not be rescinded or canceled or modified in any way, nor, unless otherwise expressly provided for herein, may any provision of this Subordination Agreement be waived or changed without the express prior written consent thereto of the Required Lenders. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Subordination Agreement may be amended or modified only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.


(i) This Subordination Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Subordination Agreement on any number of separate counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Subordination Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

[INSERT NAME OF OBLIGOR]
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:
[INSERT NAME OF OBLIGOR]
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:
  Address for Notices:
  [ADDRESS]
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:


Exhibit H-2

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF AXEL JOHNSON SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

[Provided Separately]


AXEL JOHNSON SUBORDINATED NOTE

This Note has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be sold or otherwise transferred in the absence of such registration or an exemption therefrom under such Act. Furthermore, this Note may not be sold or otherwise transferred other than in compliance with Section 1.4 of this Note.

This Note is, to the extent expressly described herein, subordinated to the prior payment and satisfaction of all Senior Indebtedness, as defined herein. [This Note is in satisfaction of the principal of that certain Note dated                      with a maturity date of                      in the amount of                      ($        ). That Note is hereby deemed to be fully matured and satisfied, and no further payment obligation exists with respect to the principal thereof.]

[SPRAGUE ENTITY]

 

U.S. $[        ]    [                 , 201  ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned [Sprague Entity] (the “Company”) hereby promises to pay to [Name of Axel Johnson Affiliate], a [jurisdiction of formation] [entity type] (in such capacity as payee, the “ Investor ”), or its registered assigns (collectively, the “ Noteholder ”), at the Company’s principal office, or at such other place as the Noteholder shall from time to time have designated to the Company in writing, on [                 , 201  ] (the “ Maturity Date ”), [                    ] United States Dollars (U.S. $[        ]). Interest will accrue daily (computed on the basis of a 360-day year) on the principal amount hereof from time to time unpaid to and including the maturity hereof at a rate per annum equal to [    ]%. Interest shall be payable in arrears on [                    ], [                    ], [                    ] and [                    ], commencing on [                 , 201  ], on the date of any prepayment of this Note (in whole or in part), and at maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise. Interest payable after maturity of this Note (by acceleration or otherwise) shall be payable upon demand.

 

1. PAYMENT PROVISIONS.

The Company covenants that so long as this Note is outstanding:

1.1. Payment at Maturity of Note . Subject to the restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement and in Section 3 below, on the Maturity Date, or on any accelerated maturity of this Note, the Company will pay the entire principal amount of this Note then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest hereon.

1.2. Voluntary Prepayments . Subject to the restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement and in Section 3 below, the Company may at any time and from time to time prepay all or any part of the principal amount of this Note, without premium or penalty. Upon each prepayment of this Note, in whole or in part, the Company will pay to the Noteholder the principal amount to be prepaid and any unpaid interest accrued thereon to the prepayment date. From and after the date such payment is actually made, interest on the principal amount so prepaid shall cease to accrue.


1.3. Manner and Time of Payment . All payments made by the Company pursuant to this Note shall be made without defense, set off or counterclaim, in same day funds and delivered to the holder of this Note not later than Noon (New York time) on the date such payment is due, with such payment to be made in the same manner as that provided for payment of interest herein; provided that funds received by such holders after Noon (New York time) shall be deemed to have been paid by the Company on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such additional period shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder.

1.4. Transfer.

(a) Transfer of Note . The Noteholder shall have the right to sell, assign, transfer or negotiate all or part of this Note to one or more of its Axel Johnson Affiliates. In the case of any sale, assignment, transfer or negotiation of all or part of this Note authorized under this Section 1.4 , the assignee, transferee or recipient shall have, to the extent of such sale, assignment, transfer or negotiation, the same rights, benefits and obligations as it would if it were the Noteholder with respect to such Note or the loans evidenced thereby.

(b) Registration of Transfer . The Company shall keep at its principal office a register in which the Company shall provide for the registration of this Note and for the transfer of the same. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of this Note at the principal office of the Company, the Company shall, at its expense, promptly execute and deliver one or more new Notes of like tenor and of a like principal amount, registered in the name of such transferee or transferees and, in the case of a transfer in part, a new Note in the appropriate amount registered in the name of such transferor.

(c) Transferee . In connection with any sale, assignment or transfer of this Note, the transferor shall give notice to the Company and the Administrative Agent of the identity of the transferee.

 

2. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

If one or more of the following events (herein referred to as “ Events of Default ”) shall occur and be continuing:

2.1. Payment Default . The Company shall fail to pay (i) any principal of this Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether upon maturity, prepayment, acceleration or otherwise or (ii) any interest on this Note, for a period of ten days after the same shall become due and payable or (iii) any other amount due hereunder within 30 days after demand therefore.

2.2. Bankruptcy, etc . The Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, an “ Obligor ”) shall: (a) commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or authorize, by appropriate proceedings of its board of directors or other governing body, the commencement of such a voluntary case; (b) (i) have filed against it a petition commencing an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code that shall not have been dismissed within 90 days after the date on which such petition is filed, or (ii) file an answer or other pleading within such 90-day period admitting or failing to deny the material allegations of such a petition or seeking, consenting to or acquiescing in the relief therein provided, or (iii) have entered against it an order for relief in any involuntary case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code; (c) seek relief as a debtor under any applicable law, other than the Bankruptcy Code, of any jurisdiction relating to the liquidation

 

-2-


or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors, or consent to or acquiesce in such relief; (d) have entered against it an order by a court of competent jurisdiction (i) finding it to be bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) ordering or approving its liquidation or reorganization as a debtor or any modification or alteration of the rights of its creditors or (iii) assuming custody of, or appointing a receiver or other custodian for, all or a substantial portion of its property; or (e) make an assignment for the benefit of, or enter into a composition with, its creditors, or appoint, or consent to the appointment of, or suffer to exist a receiver or other custodian for, all or a substantial portion of its property,

then, (i) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 2.2 with respect to the Company, the unpaid principal amount of this Note, together with accrued interest thereon, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, and (ii) upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default the Noteholder may, upon prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (if the Credit Agreement is then still in effect), and upon written notice to the Company, declare this Note to be due and payable, whereupon the principal amount of this Note, together with accrued interest thereon, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without any other notice of any kind, and without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company; provided , however , that the acceleration of principal and interest with respect to this Note and the exercise of judicial and foreclosure remedies shall be subject to the restrictions in Section 3 below.

 

3. SUBORDINATION

3.1. Obligations Subordinate to Senior Indebtedness . The Company covenants and agrees, and the Noteholder by its acceptance of this Note, likewise covenants and agrees, that this Note shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 3 ; and the Noteholder, whether a holder upon original issue or upon transfer, assignment or exchange of this Note, accepts and agrees (i) that the payment of all Note Obligations shall be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of the Senior Indebtedness from time to time outstanding, and the Note Obligations are subordinated as a claim against the Company, any other Obligor, any guarantor of the Senior Indebtedness or any of their respective assets to the prior payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness, in each case, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth and whether such claim is (a) in the ordinary course of business or (b) in the event of any Bankruptcy Event, (ii) that the subordination is for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable directly by, each holder of such Senior Indebtedness, and (iii) that each holder of such Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter created, assumed or guaranteed, shall be deemed to have acquired its Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon the covenants and provisions contained in this Note including, without limitation, this Section 3.

3.2. Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Bankruptcy Event . In the event of (i) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization, adjustment, composition or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or any other Obligor or to their respective creditors, as such, or to their respective assets, or (ii) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company or any other Obligor, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (iii) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Company or any other Obligor (collectively, “ Bankruptcy Events ”), then and in any such event:

(a) All obligations due or to become due under or with respect to all Senior Indebtedness in such proceeding shall be paid in full, in cash, or payment thereof in a

 

-3-


form and manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness then outstanding shall have been provided for, before the Noteholder is entitled to receive any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, on account of the Note Obligations;

(b) Any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, by set-off or otherwise, to which the Noteholder would be entitled but for the provisions of this Section 3, including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Note Obligations shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or otherwise, directly to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, or its representative, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of, and interest on, such Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, for application to the Senior Indebtedness to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all such Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid;

(c) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.2 , the Noteholder shall have received after any such Bankruptcy Event any such payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of any other Indebtedness being subordinated to the payment of the Note Obligations before all such Senior Indebtedness is paid in full or payment thereof provided for in a form and manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, then and in such event such payment or distribution shall be segregated and held in trust by the Noteholder for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, and shall forthwith be paid over and delivered (together with any necessary endorsements) directly to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, or its representative, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of, and interest on, such Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, for application to the Senior Indebtedness to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full; and

(d) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, shall have the right to request the Noteholder to file and, in the event the Noteholder fails to do so within 10 days prior to any deadline fixed in such proceeding for the filing of such a claim, is hereby authorized to file a proof of claim in the form required in any Bankruptcy Event for and on behalf of the Noteholder, to accept and receive any payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in respect of the Note Obligations in an amount not in excess of the Senior Indebtedness then outstanding, including without limitation all interest and Post Petition Interest with respect thereto, and to take such other action as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the foregoing. In any proceedings with respect to any Bankruptcy Event, the Noteholder irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness: (a) to vote claims comprising any Note Obligations and to accept or reject on behalf of the Noteholder any plan proposed in connection with any such Bankruptcy Event; (b) to accept and execute receipts for any payment or distribution made with respect to any such Note Obligations and to apply such payment or distribution to the payment of the Senior

 

-4-


Indebtedness; and (c) to take any action and to execute any instruments necessary to effectuate the foregoing, either in the name of the Administrative Agent or in the name of the Noteholder as the attorney-in-fact of the Noteholder. The Noteholder shall provide to the Administrative Agent all information and documents reasonably necessary to present such claims or seek enforcement as aforesaid.

3.3. Restricted Payments .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Note, the Company will not make, and the Noteholder will not accept or receive, any payment of any Note Obligations, whether in cash, securities or other property or by way of conversion, exchange or set-off or otherwise, and no such payment shall become due; provided , however , that the Company may make any payment of Note Obligations, and the Noteholder may accept any such payment, if at the time of such payment and after giving effect thereto, no “Default” or “Event of Default” (each as defined and used in the Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing and the Company is in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

(b) In the event that any payment shall be received by the Noteholder which is prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3 , then in such event such payment shall be segregated and held in trust by the Noteholder for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and shall forthwith be paid over and delivered (together with any necessary endorsements) directly to the Administrative Agent or its representative, for the benefit of holders of the Senior Indebtedness, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of, and interest on, such Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, for application to the Senior Indebtedness to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The provisions of this Section 3.3 shall not apply to any payment with respect to which Section 3.2 would be applicable.

3.4. Manner of Exercise .

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent may take any actions to enforce Obligations under the Senior Indebtedness:

 

  (i) in any manner in its sole discretion in compliance with applicable law;

 

  (ii) without consultation with the Noteholder;

 

  (iii) regardless of whether a proceeding during a Bankruptcy Event has been commenced; and

 

  (iv) regardless of whether such exercise is adverse to the interest of the Noteholder.

 

-5-


(b) The rights of the Administrative Agent to enforce any provision of this Note will not be prejudiced or impaired by:

 

  (i) any act or failure to act of the Company; or

 

  (ii) noncompliance by any Person other than the Administrative Agent with any provision of this Note,

regardless of any knowledge thereof that the Administrative Agent may have or otherwise be charged with.

(c) The Noteholder, in such capacity, will not contest, protest or object to, or take any action to hinder, and it waives any and all claims with respect to, any action taken by the Administrative Agent to enforce Obligations under the Senior Indebtedness.

3.5. Remedies Standstill . Without the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent, the Noteholder shall not institute judicial or foreclosure proceedings to enforce any Note Obligations and the Noteholder shall not commence or join with any other creditor of the Obligors in commencing any proceeding against the Obligors seeking to effect an involuntary bankruptcy, receivership or similar arrangement until the acceleration of maturity of the Senior Indebtedness.

3.6. Restrictions on Acceleration . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Note, any Note Obligations or any Note Agreement, (a) no Note Obligations (other than payments permitted by Section 3.3(a) ) shall become or be declared to be due and payable prior to the date on which the Senior Indebtedness becomes or is declared to be due and payable and (b) if any Senior Indebtedness shall have become or been declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity, the Note Obligations shall become immediately due and payable.

3.7. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Indebtedness . If the Noteholder pays or distributes cash, property or other assets to the Administrative Agent or another holder of Senior Indebtedness, the Noteholder will be subrogated to the rights of the Administrative Agent and/or such other holder of Senior Indebtedness, as applicable, with respect to the value of such payment or distributions; provided , that the Noteholder agrees not to assert or enforce any such rights of subrogation it may acquire as a result of any such payment or distribution until the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Noteholder would be entitled except for the provisions of this Section 3 , and no payments over pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3 to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, by the Noteholder shall, as among the Company, its creditors (other than holders of such Senior Indebtedness) and the Noteholder, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness.

3.8. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights . The provisions of this Section 3 are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Noteholder on the one hand and the holders of Senior Indebtedness on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Section 3 or elsewhere in this Note is intended to or shall (a) impair, as among the Company, its creditors (other than holders of Senior Indebtedness) and the Noteholder, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Noteholder the principal of, and interest on, and any other amount payable by the Company hereunder as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with its terms; or (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Noteholder and its creditors (other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness); or (c) except to the extent provided in Section 3.5 and 3.6 above, prevent the Noteholder from accelerating this Note and exercising all other remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Note, in each case subject to the notice requirements provided in Section 2 hereof, and to the rights, if any, under this Section 3 of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with respect to the turnover of assets received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

 

-6-


3.9. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions . No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Note, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Noteholder, without incurring responsibility to the Noteholder and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Section 3 or the obligations hereunder of the Noteholder to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness; (iii) take security in any form for the Senior Indebtedness; (iv) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of Senior Indebtedness; and (v) exercise or refrain from exercising or waiving any rights, powers or remedies against the Company or any other Person.

3.10. Reinstatement . The provisions of this Note shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time, upon the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event or otherwise, any payment of any of the Senior Indebtedness is rescinded, invalidated, avoided, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or must otherwise be returned by any holder of Senior Indebtedness (a “ Recovery ”), all as though such payment had not been made. If the provisions of this Note are terminated prior to any such Recovery, the provisions of this Note will be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination will not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of the parties hereto from the date of reinstatement. Upon any such reinstatement, the Noteholder will deliver to the Administrative Agent any proceeds or other payments made by Company between the purported payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness and their reinstatement in accordance with this Section 3 . The Noteholder may not benefit from any Recovery, and any distribution made to it as a result of any Recovery will be paid over to the Administrative Agent for application to the Senior Indebtedness in accordance with this Section 3 .

3.11. Amendment . The subordination provisions of this Section 3 are solely for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and may not be rescinded, canceled, amended or modified in any way without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders to be affected by such rescission, cancellation, amendment or modification.

3.12. Refinancing . If the Company issues other indebtedness in exchange or replacement for the Senior Indebtedness, in whole or in part (a “ Refinancing ”), then the Senior Indebtedness will automatically be deemed not to have been discharged or paid in full for all purposes of this Section 3 . Upon Noteholder’s receipt of a notice stating that the Company has entered into a new loan or credit document with respect to a Refinancing and identifying the new agent thereunder (the “ New Agent ”),

(a) the indebtedness and obligations under such new credit or loan documents will be treated as Senior Indebtedness for all purposes under this Note; and

(b) the New Agent under such new credit or loan documents will be Administrative Agent for all purposes under this Note.

 

-7-


3.13. Remedies . The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Section 3 specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Section 3 and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The Noteholder and the Company each acknowledges and agrees that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Section 3 and that the Administrative Agent, on behalf of holders of Senior Indebtedness, may apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Section 3 .

3.14. No Collateral . The Obligors shall not grant, and the Noteholder shall not demand, accept or receive, any collateral, direct or indirect, for any Note Obligation.

3.15. Payment in Full . For the purposes of this Note, no Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been paid in full unless the holder thereof shall have received immediately available cash equal to the amount thereof then outstanding, all commitments to extend credit that would be Senior Indebtedness have been irrevocably terminated or have expired and the termination or cash collateralization of all letters of credit that, if drawn upon, would constitute Senior Indebtedness; provided , however , that if the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are required by reason of a judgment or order of any court or administrative authority having competent jurisdiction to repay any amounts or property received by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the holder of the Senior Indebtedness, or the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on account of the Obligations, and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, or the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, repay or return such amounts or property, then the subordination provisions of this Note shall be reinstated retroactively with respect to the amounts so repaid or property so returned as if such amounts or property had never been received by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the holder of the Senior Indebtedness, or the holders of the Senior Indebtedness notwithstanding any termination thereof or the cancellation of any instrument or agreement evidencing any of the Obligations.

3.16. Effectiveness during Bankruptcy Event Proceedings . The provisions of this Section 3 , which the parties hereto expressly acknowledge constitute a “subordination agreement” under section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, will be effective before, during and after the commencement of proceedings under a Bankruptcy Event. All references in this Note to the Company will include such Person as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Person in any proceedings during a Bankruptcy Event.

3.17 Acknowledgment . The Company acknowledges that the Investor has executed that certain Acknowledgment and Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013, pursuant to which the Investor has acknowledged and agreed to the provisions of this Section 3 , and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause any additional Noteholder to execute an Acknowledgment and Agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

4. DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Note shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement. The following terms used in this Note shall have the following meanings:

Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement, together with any successors or assigns thereof.

 

-8-


Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code and any successor statute.

Business Day ” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in New York, New York, are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, extended, renewed, increased, supplemented, refinanced, replaced or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the other agents parties thereto.

Default ” means any event, act or condition which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Note Agreement ” means any agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued and any other present or future agreement or instrument from time to time entered into among the Company or any other Obligor relating to, amending or modifying such agreement referred to above, each as from time to time in effect.

Note Obligations ” mean any and all obligations of the Company under this Note or under any Note Agreement with respect to this Note, including without limitation the obligation to pay principal, interest, expenses, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, indemnities and other amounts payable thereunder or in connection therewith or related thereto.

Obligations ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

Post Petition Interest ” means interest accruing in respect of Senior Indebtedness after any Bankruptcy Event at the rate applicable to such Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the Credit Agreement, whether or not such interest is allowed as a claim enforceable against the Company or any other Loan Party in a bankruptcy case under the Bankruptcy Code, and any other interest that would have accrued but for the occurrence of such Bankruptcy Event.

Senior Indebtedness ” means the Obligations and any other amounts owing to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and all interest, including without limitation Post Petition Interest, with respect to the Obligations and such other amounts.

 

5. GENERAL

5.1. Amendments and Waivers . Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3.11, any provision of this Note may be amended, modified, terminated or waived only with the written consent of the Noteholder, the Administrative Agent and the Company. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 5.1 shall be binding upon the Noteholder at the time outstanding and each future holder thereof.

5.2. Independence of Covenants . All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitation of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of an Event of Default or Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

 

-9-


5.3. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by facsimile, overnight courier, registered mail or certified mail. Any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given, as applicable, (a) upon confirmation of facsimile, (b) one business day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery or (c) five business days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid at the following address:

If to the Company, to:

[Sprague Entity]

Two International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801

Attention: Paul Scoff, Esq.

Fax: (603) 430-5324

If to the Noteholder, to:

[Name of Axel Johnson Affiliate]

[Address of Axel Johnson Affiliate]

Attention: [                    ]

Telephone: [                      ]

Fax: [                      ]

If to the Administrative Agent, to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

277 Park Avenue, 22 nd Floor

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Dan Bueno

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or the Noteholder may send any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth above using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger service, facsimile, telex, ordinary mail, or electronic mail); provided , however , that no such notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the intended recipient. The Company and the Noteholder may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other party notice in the manner herein set forth.

5.4. Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of the Noteholder in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under this Note shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Note are cumulative to and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

 

-10-


5.5. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Note would, under applicable law, be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall (to the extent permitted by applicable law) be construed by modifying or limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with, and possible under, applicable law. The provisions of this Note are severable, and in the event any provision of this Note should be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise affect any other provision of this Note.

5.6. Headings . The headings contained in this Note are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Note.

5.7. Governing Law, etc . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan for any actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Note and the transactions contemplated hereby, and each of the parties hereto agrees not to commence any action, suit or proceeding relating hereto or thereto except in such courts. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Note or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, in the courts of the State of New York or the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. In any action or suit to enforce any right or remedy under this Note or to interpret any provision of this Note, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8. Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS NOTE OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 5.8 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

5.9. Delivery . Delivery of an executed signature page of this Note by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the executed copies of this Note shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

[The rest of this page intentionally left blank]

 

-11-


The undersigned has caused this Note to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

[SPRAGUE ENTITY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, extended, renewed, increased, supplemented, refinanced, replaced or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as borrower (the “Borrower”), the lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) and the other agents parties thereto. Capitalized terms used herein not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned, [Name of Axel Johnson Affiliate] (the “Noteholder”), hereby acknowledges and agrees to the subordination provisions of Section 3 of each note or instrument entered into by any of the Loan Parties with respect to any Axel Johnson Subordinated Indebtedness. Further, the Noteholder shall cause each successor or assign of any of the Noteholder’s rights or obligations under any such note or instrument to execute an acknowledgment and agreement on substantially the form hereof.

This Acknowledgment and Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Acknowledgment and Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Acknowledgment and Agreement by telecopy or electronic transmission (in .pdf format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Acknowledgment and Agreement. THIS ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Signature Page Follows]


The terms set forth in this Acknowledgment and Agreement are hereby agreed to:

 

[NAME OF AXEL JOHNSON AFFILIATE]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit I

to Credit Agreement

RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY

[Provided Separately]


Sprague Operating Resources LLC

Risk Management Policy

December 5, 2011

- This information is confidential and proprietary to Sprague Operating

Resources LLC


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

  

RISK MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY, OBJECTIVES AND PROCESS

     4   
  

1.1

 

OVERVIEW

     4   
  

1.2

 

RISK MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY

     5   
  

1.3

 

RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND PROCESS

     5   

2.

  

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

     7   

2.1

    

OVERVIEW

     7   

2.2

    

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     7   

2.3

    

RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE

     8   

2.4

    

CHIEF RISK OFFICER

     9   

2.5

    

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS

     10   

2.6

    

CREDIT RISK

     11   

2.7

    

MIDDLE OFFICE

     11   

2.8

    

CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

     12   

2.9

    

SUPPLY / TRADING AND MARKETING

     13   
    

2.9.1

  

Front Office

     13   
    

2.9.2

  

Trading and Marketing Officers

     13   
    

2.9.3

  

Pricing

     13   
    

2.9.4

  

Trading Leaders

     14   
    

2.9.5

  

Traders

     14   
    

2.9.6

  

Market Leaders

     15   
    

2.9.7

  

Marketers

     15   
  

2.10

 

SUPPORT FUNCTIONS

     16   
     2.10.1   

Back Office

     16   
     2.10.2   

Operations Accounting

     16   
     2.10.3   

Information Technology

     16   
     2.10.4   

Legal

     17   
     2.10.5   

Tax

     18   
     2.10.6   

Internal Audit

     18   

3.

  

COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT

     19   
  

3.1

 

REPORTING INCIDENTS OF NON-COMPLIANCE

     19   
  

3.2

 

SANCTIONS

     19   
    

3.2.1

  

Examples of Sanctions

     20   
    

3.2.2

  

Fraud or Willful Acts of Misrepresentation

     20   

4.

  

VALUATION, RISK MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL

     22   

4.1

    

VALUATION FREQUENCY

     22   

4.2

    

VALUATION DATA SOURCES

     22   

4.3

    

VALUATION RESERVES

     22   

4.4

    

PORTFOLIO DEFINITIONS

     22   

4.5

    

MARKET RISK LIMITS

     24   

4.6

    

POSITION LIMITS

     25   

4.7

    

STOP LOSS LIMITS

     28   

4.8

    

VALUE AT RISK LIMITS

     28   

4.9

    

CREDIT LIMITS

     28   

 

2


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

5.

  

CREDIT RISK

     29   

6.

  

CONTROL PROCESSES

     30   
    

6.1

  

MANAGEMENT REPORTING

     30   
    

6.2

  

OFF- PREMISES / AFTER HOURS TRANSACTIONS

     30   
    

6.3

  

CONFIRMATIONS

     30   
    

6.4

  

PERSONAL ACCOUNTS

     30   
    

6.5

  

CONTRACT SIGNATURE AUTHORIZATION

     30   

7.

  

PROCESSES FOR NEW PRODUCTS, NON-STANDARD TRANSACTIONS, AND ELECTRONIC TRADING SYSTEMS

     32   
  

7.1

  NEW PRODUCT      32   
     7.1.1   

Definition of New Product

     32   
     7.1.2   

New Product Objectives

     32   
     7.1.3   

New Product Approval Process

     33   
  

7.2

  NON-STANDARD TRANSACTION      34   
     7.2.1   

Definition of Non-Standard Transaction

     34   
     7.2.2   

Non-Standard Transaction Approval Process

     35   
     7.2.3   

Electronic Trading Systems

     36   

EXHIBIT 1 — APPROVED PRODUCTS LIST

     38   

EXHIBIT 1 — APPROVED PRODUCTS LIST (CONT.)

     39   

EXHIBIT 2 — PRODUCT DEFINITIONS

     40   

EXHIBIT 2 — PRODUCT DEFINITIONS (CONT.)

     41   

EXHIBIT 2 — PRODUCT DEFINITIONS (CONT.)

     42   

EXHIBIT 3 — MARKET RISK LIMIT STRUCTURE

     43   

EXHIBIT 4 — SAMPLE NEW PRODUCT APPROVAL FORM

     44   

EXHIBIT 4 — SAMPLE NEW PRODUCT APPROVAL FORM (CONT.)

     45   

EXHIBIT 5 — EMPLOYEE CONFIRMATION

     46   

EXHIBIT 6 — MANAGEMENT REPORTS & CONTROL PROCESSES

     47   

EXHIBIT 6 — MANAGEMENT REPORTS & CONTROL PROCESSES (CONT.)

     48   

ATTACHMENT 1 — SPRAGUE RISK MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION

     49   

ATTACHMENT 2 — APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

     50   

ATTACHMENT 3 — AUTHORIZED OIL TRADERS AND INSTRUMENTS LIST

     61   

ATTACHMENT 4 — AUTHORIZED NAT GAS TRADERS AND INSTRUMENTS LIST

     66   

ATTACHMENT 5 — APPROVED MATERIALS HANDLING PRODUCTS

     70   

 

3


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

I. RISK MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY, OBJECTIVES AND PROCESS

 

  1.1 Overview

Sprague Operating Resources LLC (“Sprague” or “the Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company engaged in the purchase, storage, distribution and sale of refined petroleum products, and natural gas and also provides storage and handling services for a broad range of materials. We are one of the largest independent wholesale distributors of refined products in the Northeast United States based on aggregate terminal capacity. We own and/or operate a large network of 15 refined products and materials handling terminals strategically located throughout the Northeast. We also have access to approximately 50 third-party terminals in the Northeast through which we sell or distribute refined products.

Sprague operates its business and reports results under three business segments: refined products, natural gas and materials handling. The refined products segment purchases a variety of refined products, such as heating oil, diesel fuel, residual fuel oil, kerosene, jet fuel and gasoline (primarily from refining companies, trading organizations and producers) and sells them to our customers. The wholesale customers resell the refined products we sell to them and commercial customers consume the refined products we sell to them. The wholesale customers consist largely of home heating oil retailers and diesel fuel and gasoline resellers. The commercial customers include federal and state agencies, municipalities, regional transit authorities, large industrial companies, hospitals and educational institutions. Although for internal purposes Sprague separates its refined products and natural gas businesses into smaller components (e.g. Supply and Marketing), it consolidates results of these groups for reporting purposes.

With respect to its refined products (a.k.a. oil) and natural gas businesses, Sprague enters into a variety of transactions including exchange-traded futures and options contracts and various over-the-counter derivative instruments that may result in physical delivery or are settled financially. In order to manage the risks associated with its core business activities, Sprague has centralized its supply and trading activities into its Portsmouth, NH headquarters.

The Supply and Trading mandate consists of the following:

 

1. System Related Activities : Management of commodity supply requirements and commitments (and the associated price risks) arising from the following core business activities:

 

  a.

Refined Products (Oil) Marketing : As indicated, Sprague has an extensive network of refined products terminals along the U.S. East Coast, providing the foundation for its refined products marketing activities. As indicated, in addition to the Sprague-operated terminals, Sprague markets products from a range of 3 rd -party facilities. Sprague’s annual Oil Marketing sales are nearly 30 million barrels.

 

  b. Refined Products (Oil) Supply : The key role of the Oil Supply group is to provide supply to support Sprague’s Oil Marketing system requirements. Included is supply at the facilities owned or operated by Sprague as well as a large number of third-party locations. A significant part of Sprague’s Oil Supply profitability is typically related to meeting system supply requirements, e.g. optimizing the timing of purchases in the physical (a.k.a. cash) markets when oil product basis levels are lower than sales that have been or will be completed by Oil Marketing. In addition, a key focus of Oil Supply is management of the hedges and associated futures / swaps contract rolls associated with the refined products inventory.

 

  c. Natural Gas Marketing : Sprague’s Natural Gas Marketing business is focused on delivering natural gas to industrial and commercial customers, primarily in the Northeast United States. Marketing obtains its supply exclusively from Sprague’s Natural Gas Supply group and sells natural gas via a range of contract types, including various kinds of forward contracts. Annual Natural Gas Marketing sales are over 50 BCF.

 

  d. Natural Gas Supply : A primary role for the Natural Gas Supply group is to procure and deliver the supply needed for Marketing’s industrial and commercial customers. All of Natural Gas Marketing’s supply requirements are met by Natural Gas Supply.

 

4


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

2. Discretionary Trading : Entering into contracts with the objective of generating profits on or from the exposure to shifts in market prices. In general, this is a limited activity at Sprague, as described below.

 

  a. Oil Supply : Oil Supply can take discretionary positions, including both physical and financial. These positions are generally based on capitalizing on Sprague’s analysis and assessment of the fundamental supply / demand environment and other pertinent market knowledge leading to a view of the forward market, though are not specifically required to meet system supply requirements.

 

  b. Natural Gas Supply : In addition to meeting Natural Gas Marketing’s requirements, Natural Gas Supply also sells natural gas to wholesale customers (resellers) as well as to gas utilities and power generation facilities. Natural Gas Supply does not undertake discretionary trading, rather focuses on meeting wholesale supply commitments in a timely and cost effective manner.

 

  1.2 Risk Management Philosophy

It is the general philosophy of Sprague to hedge risks associated with its core business activities. Additionally, Sprague may assume risk within approved limits in order to grow the business and increase earnings. However, taking risks outside of approved limits is not permitted without prior approval of the Risk Management Committee (“RMC”).

 

  1.3 Risk Management Objectives and Process

The objective of the risk management program at Sprague is to identify, measure, monitor, and control Sprague’s major risks (primarily market, credit and operational risk, recognizing that physical operations risks, liquidity risks, and business risks are not explicitly addressed in this policy) on a timely basis to better manage the business, thereby optimizing the Company’s financial performance. See Section 2.3 for definitions of the major risks.

Managing of these risks is achieved through determination of the Company’s financial objectives and risk tolerance, optimal allocation of risk capital to the Company’s business activities, an appropriate system of internal control systems and processes and the prudent actions of Sprague’s management, traders and staff.

Sprague’s Risk Management Policy and related documents i.e., policies, procedures, model documentation, etc. (collectively the “Risk Management and Control Documents”) establish standards for monitoring and controlling the financial risks associated with Sprague’s core businesses. The policy includes controls associated with asset optimization, hedging, marketing and discretionary trading activities. These documents codify Sprague’s control practices and therefore reduce the likelihood of sustaining material unanticipated losses. It is expected that the policy will be updated as necessary based on developments either within or outside the company. This Policy does not constitute a contract or agreement with employees or contract workers and may be modified or withdrawn at any time at the Risk Management Committee’s sole discretion, consistent with any obligations contained in Sprague’s credit facility.

The risk management process includes the following key elements:

 

  A. Identifying risks;

 

  B. Measuring and assessing risks;

 

  C. Establishing risk limits and guidelines;

 

5


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  D. Executing transactions and strategies properly, consistent with Sprague’s risk tolerance;

 

  E. Recording positions and processing transactions properly;

 

  F. Validating policies, guidelines, procedures, methodologies, and models on an ongoing basis; and

 

  G. Monitoring performance against approved limits and targets.

 

6


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

2. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

  2.1 Overview

In accordance with prevailing industry practice, lines of authority and responsibility for managing and controlling risk for trading, commercial and operations are clearly delineated. In particular, the appropriate separation between the transacting, risk monitoring/reporting and settlement/accounting functions is maintained through a three-office structure (front, middle and back offices). In addition, the Risk Analysis and Control function (“Middle Office”) will report and monitor exposures and limits independent of the commercial business functions. It is the responsibility of senior management and the RMC to ensure that appropriate segregation of duties is maintained in the context of organizational changes.

Risk monitoring of operational, health, safety and environmental matters is divided between operational line management, senior management of Sprague and the Legal Department.

Risk management and internal control are the responsibility of all Company personnel. An essential element of a strong risk control framework is the recognition by all employees of the need to carry out their responsibilities effectively and to communicate to the appropriate level of management any problems in operations, instances of non-compliance, or other violations. As it relates to Sprague’s transacting activities, prohibited activities include, but are not limited to the following:

 

  A.

Wash sales 2 , roundtrip trades, offsetting transactions, or transactions that attempt to artificially inflate volume or revenue;

 

  B. Transactions or strategies specifically prohibited by the various regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over our business.

Any employee that becomes aware of such behavior or is contacted by a third party and requested to engage in such behavior should report such incidents in accordance with Section 3.1 of this Policy.

 

  2.2 Board of Directors

The Axel Johnson, Inc. (“AJI”) Board of Directors (“Board of Directors”) is ultimately responsible for overseeing all activities of Sprague. In the context of risk management oversight, this body will define the risk tolerance (overall limits) of the Company and ensure that appropriate systems, processes and internal controls are in place to measure, monitor and manage the Company’s risk exposure, in particular market, credit and operational risk.

The Board of Directors has in turn delegated authority and responsibility to the Risk Management Committee and certain Officers of the Company for the bulk of the risk oversight function (see section 2.3). Changes in the overall risk exposure limits (e.g., VaR, stop loss, outright positions) and maximum credit limits must still be approved by the Board of Directors. Note that although discussions and communication with the Board of Directors is referenced in this policy, the common approach will be for Sprague to conduct the direct communication with Axel Johnson, Inc. President or designee. Subsequent communication with other Board of Directors members will be either done directly or managed by the AJI President.

 

1  

This document refers to specific positions and titles currently in place within Sprague. If the titles change due to factors such as promotions or changes in scope, the title changes would not affect the defined roles, responsibilities, etc.

2

FERC defines such transactions as those involving the intentional and simultaneous purchase and sale of an energy product to another company at the same price at the same delivery point

 

7


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  2.3 Risk Management Committee

The Risk Management Committee (“RMC”) maintains general oversight of all risk taking and risk management activities of the Company, including:

 

   

Market risk related to commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and interest rates. The primary component of this risk for Sprague is the exposure to commodity price volatility and the potential for financial losses;

 

   

Credit risk . This risk reflects the exposure to credit quality of Sprague’s counterparties and the potential for non-performance of their obligations;

 

   

Physical operations risk . This risk reflects the range of exposures that are associated with Sprague’s physical operations, primarily within terminals and trucking. Key exposures include health, safety, and environmental areas as well as the risks associated with not meeting customer obligations;

 

   

Operational risk . This risk refers to having inadequate systems and control processes as well as explicit items such as fraud and human error;

 

   

Liquidity risk . This is essentially a financial risk due to uncertain liquidity, e.g., if cash outflows are too large relative to cash inflows and available credit lines. Liquidity issues can also occur due to significant ownership of assets with low liquidity; and

 

   

Business risk . This reflects the range of standard risks of operating a business, including factors such as uncertainty in product demand, legal risk, and regulatory risk.

The RMC has authority and responsibility for:

 

   

Monitoring all risk taking and risk management activities of the Company;

 

   

Ensuring development and communication of appropriate Risk Management and Control Policies and ensuring that such documents are updated periodically, as needed;

 

   

Ensuring that Risk Management and Control Documents are adhered to;

 

   

Ensuring that appropriate internal control processes are established and adhered to;

 

   

Reviewing and approving new products, trading instruments and entry into new markets;

 

   

Reviewing and approving proposed interest rate risk management strategy, e.g. proportion of fixed and floating instruments;

 

   

Monitoring adequacy of staffing of resources devoted to commercial and risk management activities and ensuring that clear lines of authority and responsibility exist for assessing, measuring, and managing risks;

 

   

Curtailing or suspending trading activities, if necessary due to out of compliance actions, processes or results;

 

   

Ensuring that RMC actions and decisions are properly documented and acted upon in a timely manner;

 

   

Ensuring the development of appropriate systems for recording, monitoring and reporting the results of trading and exposure management activities; and

 

   

Reviewing and approving all changes to the Risk Management Policy, with the following exceptions.

RMC changes requiring approval of the Board of Directors:

 

   

Overall risk exposure limits (e.g., VaR, stop loss, outright positions); and

 

   

Maximum credit limits.

The Sprague Operating Resources LLC President and CEO is authorized to appoint a Chairperson and a Secretary to the Risk Management Committee to be confirmed by the Board of Directors. The current makeup of the RMC is as follows:

 

   

President and CEO (committee chairperson);

 

8


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

   

Chief Operating Officer / Chief Financial Officer (committee vice-chairperson);

 

   

General Counsel (committee secretary);

 

   

VP, Oil Trading, Pricing and Customer Service

 

   

VP, Sales

 

   

VP, Operations,

 

   

VP and Chief Information Officer; and

 

   

Chief Risk Officer.

Other participants can be invited for particular meetings depending on the planned topics. Potential participants include employees with direct responsibility for key elements of risk within the Company such as the VP Oil Trading, VP Natural Gas, and Managing Director(s) Sales. In addition, the AJI President and CEO is expected to be a frequent participant, depending on scheduling constraints and the planned discussion topics.

The RMC is expected to meet approximately bi-monthly, or more frequently as needed. A meeting may be conducted in person or via conference call. Five RMC members or their designees must be present in order to constitute a quorum. The members required to be present in order to constitute a quorum are:

 

   

Chief Risk Officer (CRO);

 

   

President and CEO (or designee);

 

   

Chief Operating Officer / Chief Financial Officer (COO / CFO) [or designee];

 

   

VP, Oil Trading, Pricing and Customer Service (or designee); and

 

   

VP, Sales (or designee).

Note that any overlap in the designees is limited to a maximum of two of the five “quorum” members, i.e. a minimum of three of the five members listed above must participate in the bi-monthly meeting either in person or by phone. If there are time sensitive issues that need to be addressed, the CRO can address directly with the President / CEO and/or the COO / CFO outside of the regular meetings. For these discussions other Sprague participants will be included as appropriate.

Agendas for each RMC meeting are determined by its members. At any time, a member has the right to call a meeting by giving advance notice to the other members. A quorum must be present for any business of the RMC to take place. RMC actions may be approved by a positive vote from the Chief Risk Officer along with a simple majority vote of the quorum and shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting. Minutes will be taken by the Secretary and distributed to Committee members and other appropriate personnel with a copy to be kept on file in the Legal Department. If the General Counsel or a designee is not a participant at the meeting, it is the responsibility of the Chief Risk Officer to take and distribute minutes from the meeting.

 

  2.4 Chief Risk Officer

The Chief Risk Officer assists the RMC in fulfilling its responsibilities and serves management and the Board of Directors through the following risk control responsibilities:

 

  A. Providing risk management oversight including identifying and classifying material risks facing the company;

 

  B. Establishing uniform standards within the Company for risk assessment and measurement, including reporting requirements and valuation techniques (excluding valuation standards of acquisitions / investments which are the responsibility of the COO / CFO);

 

  C. Developing and implementing an effective and efficient risk control infrastructure and improving the effectiveness and efficiency of internal controls;

 

9


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  D. Designing and implementing market risk and credit risk measurement methodologies, procedures, and report formats with the assistance of Front Office, Back Office and Support personnel;

 

  E. Overseeing model development, validation and testing processes to ensure that market and credit risks are appropriately quantified;

 

  F. Responding to risk assessment by assisting Front Office personnel in devising strategies for mitigation and/or transfer of risk;

 

  G. Validating and approving (with assistance from third parties, if necessary) valuation models/algorithms, forward price curves, price models (where market quotes are not available) and related assumptions and providing independent valuation of Supply / Trading and Marketing activities;

 

  H. Overseeing compliance with this Policy and related procedures and communicating any deviations and limit breaches to the RMC as appropriate;

 

  I. Working with Trading Leaders, ensuring that appropriate immediate and short-term portfolio actions are taken in the event that a risk limit is exceeded;

 

  J. Presenting the status of risk management and risk monitoring systems and processes to the RMC on a regular basis; and

 

  K. Leading the risk assessment of business opportunities such as acquisitions / divestments.

The Chief Risk Officer also leads the Risk Management Department (ATTACHMENT 1). This group’s primary direct risk role is for the Middle Office activities, though Insurance also reports into Risk as well as the Financial Planning and Analysis function. In addition to the Sprague organization and reporting structure, the Chief Risk Officer also has a direct reporting relationship to the Board of Directors. In this structure, the Chief Risk Officer has the ability to report any issues directly to the Board of Directors without additional Sprague review if the Chief Risk Officer considers it necessary.

 

  2.5 Quantitative Analysis

The Supply / Trading and Marketing groups are expected to work with the Middle Office and Quantitative Analysis to develop report formats and methodologies for transaction valuation and risk measurement. The Chief Risk Officer will review and approve such formats and methodologies. The Middle Office will, in turn, use the approved methodologies and formats for accurate transaction valuation, risk measurement, and reporting.

Responsibilities include the following:

 

  A. Facilitating development of reports of appropriate risk measures covering Supply / Trading and Marketing activity including, but not limited to, Risk positions, MTM, option Greeks, and VaR; ;

 

  B. Validating valuation models through backtesting and/or other reasonable methods;

 

  C. Recommending improvements to risk measurement techniques;

 

  D. Providing independent analysis of Non-Standard deals as necessary;

 

  E. Developing pricing models including forward curves methodologies and new product valuations;

 

  F. Providing analytical support as appropriate to support Company initiatives;

 

  G. Coordinating with IT, Front and Middle Offices and other relevant stakeholders prior to utilizing new software to ensure stability of Information Services infrastructure; and

 

  H. When necessary, participating in the formal review and approval process of new products and trading instruments to ensure that they can be measured and managed.

 

10


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  2.6 Credit Risk

The Credit Department is responsible for evaluating the creditworthiness of potential and existing transacting partners and establishing counterparty credit risk limits. Additional responsibilities include establishing credit risk measurement methodologies and monitoring counterparty credit exposure on a daily basis to ensure that counterparty credit limits are adhered to and utilized in a manner consistent with the Company’s risk tolerance. Refer to Sprague’s Credit Management Policy and related documentation for measurement, management and reporting of Credit Risks. The Credit function reports to Treasury.

 

  2.7 Middle Office

The Middle Office provides a significant level of control and monitoring of the Front Office’s activities and, therefore, is independent of the Front Office, reporting to the Chief Risk Officer. The Middle Office function includes assuring data integrity through deal validation and executing the risk monitoring requirements authorized by the RMC. The important control areas and responsibilities include the following:

 

  A. Collecting market data (prices, volatilities, interest rates, etc.) from independent sources for mark-to-market assessment;

 

  B. Validating and modeling forward curves for all commodity exposures (market analysis);

 

  C. Ensuring that the transactions in the Company’s Trading and Risk Management System(s) accurately reflect each day’s activity by performing daily check out with the daily transaction summary from Supply / Trading and Marketing personnel and broker statements;

 

  D. Calculating mark-to-market and VaR on a daily basis;

 

  E. Monitoring compliance with risk limits;

 

  F. Reporting suspected violations of the Company’s Risk Management and Control Documents to the Chief Risk Officer;

 

  G. Identifying weaknesses and opportunities for enhancement in the control environment, developing solutions and implementing strategies;

 

  H. Managing the reporting of results by “book” structure to accomplish both Front and Back Office objectives;

 

  I. Producing and distributing reports on a daily basis showing net positions;

 

  J. Reporting the realized and unrealized (forward mark-to-market) P&L of executed transactions on a daily, month-to-date, and year-to-date basis; and

 

  K. Working with Accounting to ensure understanding of any differences in P&L reported by Risk and Accounting results;

A strong segregation of duties must exist between Trading/Marketing and Middle Office activities. The activities of the Middle Office do not replace the traders’ and marketers’ primary responsibility for assessing the risks associated with their positions and the timely and accurate recording of all transactions with written confirmations and/or on recorded phone lines in accordance with the Company’s Contract Administration and Confirmations procedures.

 

11


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  2.8 Contract Administration

Contract Administration has primary responsibility for the administration and maintenance of contracts and agreements related to the trading of all approved commodities. These contracts and agreements include: (i) Master Agreements, (ii) Confirmations based upon such Master Agreements, (iii) Stand-alone Agreements, (iv) One-off Agreements, (v) ISDA Master Agreements for financial derivatives, (vi) Confirmations based upon such ISDA Master Agreements, and (vii) ISDA Long Form Confirmation Agreements for financial derivatives. Additionally, Contract Administration is responsible for the development, negotiation as appropriate, administration and maintenance of other Company contracts and agreements including, but not necessarily limited to, (i) Throughput and or Exchange Agreements, (ii) Electronic Trading Platform Agreements, (iii) Natural Gas Transportation and Storage Agreements, (iv) Assignment and Assumption Agreements, and (v) Other contracts and agreements needed and requested by various Front Office departments. Contracts Administration will work in conjunction with the Legal Department to ensure the contracts conform to all Sprague requirements.

Primary responsibilities include:

 

  A. Ensuring implementation of the contractual terms and conditions developed and negotiated by the Commercial and Legal departments (and consistent with guidelines provided by the Credit Department) for the above-listed contracts and ensuring the agreements are implemented in the final executed contracts;

 

  B. Confirming in writing all term transactions with assistance from Front Office Traders and Marketers;

 

  C. Collecting and monitoring third-party trade confirmations, securing assistance from the Front Office where necessary to obtain missing information;

 

  D. Coordinating communications and information flow between Sprague traders, marketers, credit, accounting, billing and legal groups and from counterparties;

 

  E. Obtaining and maintaining signed copies of daily transactions from Supply personnel confirming that all activity is complete and accurate;

 

  F. Initiating and monitoring the development, negotiations, review and execution of agreements and contracts;

 

  G. Ensuring that new and existing counterparties have the proper documentation in place;

 

  H. Developing and maintaining effective Contract Administration and Confirmations practices;

 

  I. Maintaining copies of contracts and confirmations in accordance with the document retention policy.

 

  J. Developing procedures for routing and approving counterparties’ contracts and making changes to the company’s standard contracts; and

 

  K. Maintaining various data fields in the Company’s Risk Management and Trading systems.

 

12


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  2.9 Supply / Trading and Marketing

 

  2.9.1 Front Office

Supply / Trading and Marketing (the “Front Office”) executes the Company’s risk taking and risk mitigation strategies. The Front Office’s functions include deal execution, buying and selling, and hedging of physical commodities or financial instruments. The Front Office is responsible for the initial capturing and logging of a transaction’s specific terms and conditions, as well as the support role of scheduling. The duties and responsibilities of the Front Office are described below under Trading and Marketing Officers, Pricing, Trading Leaders, Traders, Marketing Leaders and Marketers. Note that the focus of these lists is responsibilities with respect to risk management.

 

  2.9.2 Trading and Marketing Officers

The VP Oil Trading, Pricing and Customer Service, VP Natural Gas and VP Sales (“Trading and Marketing Officers”) are responsible for overseeing and directing Front Office line managers to ensure that day-to-day operations are in compliance with the Company’s Risk Management and Control Documents. The VP Trading, Pricing and Customer Service, VP Natural Gas and VP Sales report to the Company President and CEO.

Responsibilities include the following:

 

  A. Ensuring that overall marketing, hedging and trading strategies are consistent with the Company’s risk tolerance, profitability targets, limit structure, and control policies;

 

  B. Managing and guiding Front Office line management to ensure that commodity supply commitments and requirements are achieved;

 

  C. Ensuring that unwanted market risk is hedged in accordance with the allocation of risk to the business;

 

  D. Reviewing the effectiveness of hedges on a regular basis;

 

  E. Directing the overall operations of various segments of the Front Office to achieve defined objectives;

 

  F. Describing short and long-term market views, business strategies, and corresponding risks to the Board of Directors and the RMC;

 

  G. Developing and communicating proposed aggregate risk limits and transacting scope to the RMC for approval;

 

  H. Monitoring market conditions and proactively managing positions in the context of market volatility; and

 

  I. Maintaining adequate depth and competency of personnel assigned to operating groups.

2.9.3 Pricing

The Front Office pricing desks (oil marketing and natural gas marketing) are responsible for creating a structure for origination deals that optimizes risk-reward profile in accordance with corporate guidelines. This is accomplished by characterizing risks (credit risk, price risk, volumetric risk, etc.) and appropriately pricing transactions to the Company’s customers.

 

13


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

Responsibilities of the Front Office pricing desks include:

 

  A. Ensuring the integrity of transaction pricing, contract structuring and transaction confirmations;

 

  B. Capturing all transactions in the Company’s trade capture and risk management systems in a timely manner; and

 

  C. Communicating openly with Traders, Middle Office and Credit to facilitate exchange of critical information regarding markets or customers in a timely fashion.

 

  2.9.4 Trading Leaders

Responsibilities of the V.P. Oil Trading, Pricing and Customer Service, VP Oil Supply and V.P. Natural Gas include:

 

  A. Overseeing all trading activities in their respective departments;

 

  B. Ensuring that transactions are executed in accordance with approved procedures;

 

  C. Ensuring the integrity of transaction pricing, contract structuring and transaction confirmations;

 

  D. Capturing all transactions in the Company’s trade capture and risk management systems in a timely manner;

 

  E. Implementing risk management strategies consistent with the Company’s overall hedging policy and approved risk limits;

 

  F. Developing and implementing same-commodity and cross-commodity hedges and trades to maximize profit potential within such approved limits;

 

  G. Ensuring traders verify and sign off on position and other appropriate risk management reports;

 

  H. Ensuring traders remain within their limits; and

 

  I. Informing the CRO of any suspected violations.

 

  2.9.5 Traders

Responsibilities of Traders include:

 

  A. Signing off on End of Day reports on a daily basis as required;

 

  B. Inputting all executed transactions in the Company’s Trading and Risk Management System(s) on the calendar day of execution unless it is an approved exception which can apply to non-discretionary trading activity only;

 

  C. Following up with floor brokers as necessary to address any outstanding issues;

 

  D. Resolving transaction discrepancy notices received from the Middle Office or Contract Administration by the end of the following business day;

 

  E. Adhering to all specified limits, e.g., individual transaction authority, open position, VaR, Stop Loss, Credit;

 

  F. Transacting only with approved brokers and counterparties (approved credit and contracts);

 

14


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  G. Checking with Contract Administration to ensure that proper documentation is in place prior to trading; and securing approval from the Manager of Contract Administration when documentation is not in place;

 

  H. Checking the Approved Product List and Authorized Instruments List prior to trading to ensure that contemplated transaction falls within product or risk type approved by the RMC;

 

  I. Ensuring the counterparty, broker (where applicable) and transaction type have been approved for the respective counterparty;

 

  J. Conducting all trade execution and trade processing on Company premises utilizing the standard transaction execution script unless the activity is part of normal business practices or they are given explicit authority by their Trading Leader to do otherwise; and

 

  K. Informing the CRO and the appropriate Trading Leader and Trading and Marketing Officer of any known or suspected violation of this Risk Management Policy.

 

  2.9.6 Market Leaders

Responsibilities of the VP of Sales and Market Leaders include:

 

  A.

Overseeing all marketing activities to ensure transactions are executed in accordance with the Company’s Risk Management and Control Documents; .

 

  B. Establishing and optimizing a profitable portfolio of rack and contract business utilizing approved commodities, products and locations;

 

  C. Avoiding any participation in outright or discretionary trading;

 

  D. Pursuing strategies with the objective of optimizing risk to reward for all business activities;

 

  E. Providing sufficient advance notice of anticipated new customers, delivery locations, products or instruments to Supply / Trading and Marketing Officers, Chief Risk Officer and Middle Office;

 

  F. Ensuring that all marketing transactions are appropriately priced and documented in accordance with the Company’s Contract Administration and Confirmations practices; and

 

  G. Informing the CRO of any suspected violations.

 

  2.9.7 Marketers

Responsibilities of Marketers include:

 

  A. Ensuring that all transactions are appropriately priced, taking into account the best information available with respect to all material risk factors including credit and volumetric risks. The Company recognizes that in establishing this pricing the trade-off of prices and material risks may often be based significantly on qualitative assessments;

 

  B. Ensuring that all transactions are appropriately documented in writing in accordance with the Company’s Risk Management and Control Documents, including the Contract Administration and Confirmations processes;

 

15


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  C. Ensuring that all transactions are executed only with pre-approved counterparties, for pre-approved products and at pre-approved locations; and

 

  D. Informing the CRO and the appropriate Market Leader and Trading and Marketing Officer of any known or suspected violation of this Risk Management Policy.

 

  2.10 Support Functions

 

  2.10.1 Back Office

The functions of the Back Office include performing processes in support of the Front Office such as accounting, invoicing, dispute resolution, broker reconciliation, accounts receivable and payable, tax reporting and management reporting. The duties and responsibilities of the Back Office are described in the support functions listed below.

 

  2.10.2 Operations Accounting

The Operations Accounting group is responsible for management reporting, transaction processing, billing, and invoice processing. To ensure proper segregation of duties all cash settlements are processed by the Treasury Department. Moreover, Operations Accounting does not control the recording in or reconciliation of the general ledger, but provides assistance in a transparent manner to the Financial Accounting Department which determines the appropriate financial accounting treatment and disclosure for Supply / Trading and Marketing transactions and related exposures. The responsibilities of Operations Accounting encompass comprehensive support of Front Office transactional activities other than position valuation, which is performed by the Middle Office group as discussed earlier in Section 2.7. Specific responsibilities include:

 

  A. Facilitating the Financial Accounting Department’s understanding of Middle Office valuation and related reserves in a transparent manner;

 

  B. Reconciliation of broker statements with trade information captured in Sprague’s systems including to support of month-end reporting requirements;

 

  C. Completing any hedge accounting requirements if applicable;

 

  D. Providing management report(s) of monthly P&L and supporting Financial Planning and Analysis (FP&A) and Operating Groups as necessary to develop narrative explanations of significant changes in volumes, margins and mark-to-market amounts;

 

  E. Reviewing Risk Management & Trading System prior to billing and informing the Middle Office of discrepancies; and

 

  F. Producing and processing invoices based upon Supply / Trading and Marketing activity and reporting such activity to the Treasury Department for cash collection/distribution.

 

  2.10.3 Information Technology

Responsibilities of (“IT”) include:

 

  A. Providing business analysis of Front/Middle/Back Office system needs, ensuring balance with the varied interests throughout the corporation;

 

  B. Developing business process flow, ensuring efficient, timely, and accurate information to all applicable corporate business units;

 

16


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  C. Developing design requirements for Information Services (“IS”) software development;

 

  D. Approving any software that interfaces or will interface with the Company’s Risk Management and Trading Systems to ensure integration and enable successful support of Supply / Trading and Marketing activities;

 

  E. Managing various system interfaces, providing focused direction of current support and future needs, recognizing that the business continuity needs will require adequate capital support;

 

  F. Ensuring all control features established in Risk Management and Trading Systems are fully functional at all times and notifying the Chief Risk Officer and appropriate Supply / Trading and Marketing Officer and Trading Leader when any control feature is not fully functional;

 

  G. Supporting all IT applications regardless of whether they were involved in the development or not; and

 

  H. Providing the RMC with updated timetables detailing system improvements that are in development and expected completion dates for each item.

IT provides critical support to the Supply / Trading and Marketing and Risk Management functions by providing:

 

  A. Voice and data networks;

 

  B. Data management;

 

  C. Software architecture development and support;

 

  D. Physical and logical security of networks, data and applications; and

 

  E. Business continuity:

 

  a) Change control;

 

  b) Redundancies; and

 

  c) Disaster recovery.

 

  2.10.4 Legal

The Legal Department is responsible for oversight and direction of all legal matters that impact the Company as well as providing advice to Senior Management, business units and supporting departments regarding mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, human resource matters, benefit issues, insurance, contracts, litigation, regulatory compliance, legislative initiatives, new business products and markets. The General Counsel is responsible for oversight and direction of the Health, Safety and Environmental Department and developing appropriate compliance training for the Company at all levels.

Primary responsibilities include:

 

  A. Ensuring the Company is in compliance with all laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates;

 

  B. Ensuring the Company maintains adequate policies and procedures and training programs to comply with relevant laws and regulations pertaining to the Company’s Supply / Trading and Marketing businesses and it Operating, Financial and Human Resource units;

 

17


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  C. Developing and overseeing the Company’s Document Retention Policy as it relates to the Company’s Supply / Trading and Marketing businesses and other departments;

 

  D. Participating in the preparation and review of regulatory filings to ensure compliance with reporting requirements;

 

  E. Administering licensing programs, file renewals and new license applications with the appropriate federal, state or local agencies or private entities, e.g., marketing licenses;

 

  F. Drafting, negotiating and reviewing all trade agreements and contracts and ensuring compliance with all laws, regulations, Sprague Policies and changes in market practices;

 

  G. Advising the Contract Administration and Credit departments on applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws;

 

  H. Advising the Contract Administration and Credit departments regarding the procedures necessary to ensure enforceable transactions and adequate documentation;

 

  I. Developing and administering Confidentiality Agreements; and

 

  J. Advising Commercial groups and Sprague Management on key contractual exposures.

 

  2.10.5 Tax

Responsibilities and duties include:

 

  A. Determining the effect of changes in tax laws as it relates to the Company’s Trading and Marketing businesses;

 

  B. Developing hedge identification procedures that meet tax documentation requirements as needed;

 

  C. Determining the tax effect of transactions; and

 

  D. Determining the most efficient tax structure for transactions.

 

  2.10.6 Internal Audit

Responsibilities and duties include:

 

  A. Working with management to understand and enhance as necessary key internal controls;

 

  B. Coordinate efforts with external auditors, especially in relation to compliance with requirements associated with Sarbanes-Oxley Act; and

 

  C. Lead efforts to complete independent internal financial and business process audits.

 

18


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

3. COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT

All corporate officers, members of the Supply and Trading groups, marketers involved with futures / forward transactions, Middle Office staff and managerial personnel in Back Office functions involved with risk management activities are required to sign the Risk Management Policy. Signing the Employee Confirmation form for this Risk Management Policy confirms that the employee has read and understands the risk controls and standards as they relate to Sprague’s Supply / Trading and Marketing business. Signing of new Employee Confirmations will be required whenever a significant update of the Risk Management Policy is completed. The CRO will work with the various applicable managers to ensure that all pertinent staff members meet this requirement.

Compliance with these standards is an employment requirement and will be considered in each individual’s overall performance evaluation. This includes the execution of day-to-day responsibilities by all personnel discussed as having energy risk management duties, as well as compliance with the Risk Management and Control Documents in their entirety. Any incidence of non-compliance with this Policy may be considered a violation, and subject to possible sanctions as outlined in Section 3.2.

 

  3.1 Reporting Incidents of Non-Compliance

All incidents of non-compliance and misconduct are to be reported to the Chief Risk Officer as soon as practicable after the incidence of non-compliance is detected. Failure on the part of a leader to report an incidence of non-compliance by a direct report will itself be considered a violation. Such reports must document the reason why non-compliance occurred.

All violations will be reported to the Sprague President, COO / CFO, General Counsel and Senior Commercial Manager. In addition, they will be reported to the RMC. Those violations considered fraudulent, conscious, willful and/or intentional violation of Company Policy or Procedures are considered severe and must be communicated to the RMC immediately. Note that notification of the President, COO / CFO and General Counsel meets this RMC notification requirement. Examples of such violations are described in Section 3.2.2 below.

To the extent that the Chief Risk Officer does not feel that appropriate actions have been taken to correct violations, the Chief Risk Officer is obligated to communicate these concerns to the RMC. If the condition persists, the Chief Risk Officer should concurrently notify the Sprague President and the Board of Directors.

In the case of a credit risk limit violation, please refer to the Sprague’s Credit Management Policy Manual and related documentation.

 

  3.2 Sanctions

Any violation of this Policy may result in an employees’ termination. Nothing contained in these Guidelines alters the At-Will employment relationship between an employee and the Company. The Management of Sprague may impose whatever sanction it deems necessary for a violation of this Policy up to and including termination. Lesser sanctions, such as those discussed in this section, are also available to management for use at Sprague Management’s discretion.

In cases where non-compliance with this Policy is reported, the RMC may use an independent party to determine whether the breakdown in compliance occurred, and collect any evidence as to who was aware of the non-compliance. A meeting would then be held with the employee’s supervisor prior to discussing the issue with RMC.

 

19


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

The Supply / Trading and Marketing Officers and Chief Risk Officer (“Management”) are responsible for imposing sanctions on their respective personnel for instances of non-compliance, considering recommendations by Human Resources and the Legal Department. The Chief Risk Officer will inform the Sprague President, COO / CFO, and General Counsel of all instances of non-compliance and the planned sanctions. If there is a disagreement with the planned sanctions, the Chief Risk Officer will coordinate a discussion leading to agreement on the sanctions to be put in place. The outcome of the transaction or situation is not relevant to the determination of sanctions or disciplines. Following are examples of sanctions that could be used.

 

  3.2.1 Examples of Sanctions

Examples of possible sanctions include, but are not limited to the following:

 

  A. Verbal counseling to employee by supervisory personnel. A record of such counseling will be maintained in the employee’s personnel file and consideration given during annual performance evaluation process;

 

  B. Written warning and verbal counseling to the employee by supervisory personnel. A record will be maintained in the employee’s personnel file and consideration given during the annual performance evaluation process;

 

  C. Suspension from active trading for up to thirty (30) business days, including pay adjustments if deemed appropriate;

 

  D. Pre-approval of all transacting activity prior to execution by designated supervisory personnel;

 

  E. Suspension from participation in the bonus structure, incentive compensation plan, etc.; and

 

  F. Termination.

 

  3.2.2 Fraud or Willful Acts of Misrepresentation

Certain severe violations are explicitly classified as such and must be reported to the RMC immediately. Employees should be made aware that violations of this magnitude would, subject only to the RMC’s discretion, result in immediate termination. Examples include but are not limited to the following:

 

  A. Violating a Confidentiality Agreement willfully;

 

  B. Transacting in physical or financial transactions for the employee’s own (or friends / family member’s) account or providing information to others for transacting on the employee’s behalf. Note that this restriction is applicable only to Sprague’s approved products, i.e. non-approved products and/or other trading instruments are not part of this restriction;

 

  C. Engaging in transactions knowingly that are in violation of Federal or State regulations (including but not limited to the Securities and Exchange Commission, Commodity Futures Trading Commission and Federal Energy Regulatory Commission);

 

  D. Falsifying transactions/positions or concealing losses deliberately; and

 

  E. Violating a position limit deliberately.

 

20


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

Sprague may pursue legal action against those employees who conduct an illegal or criminal act(s) while employed by Sprague which, directly or indirectly, affects the Company and / or its reputation.

Notwithstanding these guidelines, management retains all rights as an At-Will employer to terminate employment with or without cause.

 

21


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

4. VALUATION, RISK MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL

 

  4.1 Valuation Frequency

The Middle Office performs daily valuation of the Company’s Supply portfolios by marking-to-market each transaction. The valuation of those transactions that are difficult to value or are valued outside of the Risk Management and Trading Systems may be estimated for daily purposes. Such transactions must be valued at least weekly. A list of all transactions that reside outside of the Risk Management and Trading Systems will be distributed by the Middle Office Manager on a monthly basis to the Chief Risk Officer, Supply / Trading and Marketing Officers, Trading Leaders and Chief Financial Officer / Chief Operating Officer. An example of a transaction that would fit into this category is a financial derivative whose price is not readily available from standard publications or other industry sources. A digital (a.k.a. binary) option with no published pricing would be a specific example.

 

  4.2 Valuation Data Sources

Data used for mark-to-market calculations must be accurate and consistent. All price and volatility information should be taken at approximately the same time of day (e.g.., close of day), preferably from a public data source. If such information must be provided by the Front Office, it will be periodically audited or checked by the Middle Office against the most readily available reasonable proxy.

 

  4.3 Valuation Reserves

Market valuation reserves represent adjustments to estimates of value in order to arrive at an amount that reflects fair market value. Reserves may be required for positions in illiquid markets or for cases where subjective estimates are required. In such cases an appropriate valuation reserve will be made considering bid/ask spreads in nearby markets, the number of players in a given market, etc. Valuation reserves may also be required for complex transactions to consider fully the future costs required in fulfilling the obligations of the transaction.

A form of valuation reserve is the Credit Reserve which is intended to provide a cushion to protect against losses that may be incurred from the insolvency or default of a trading counterparty. Refer to Sprague’s Credit Policy and related documentation for more information.

The establishment of valuation reserves will be determined by the Chief Risk Officer in conjunction with the Chief Operating Officer / Chief Financial Officer.

 

  4.4 Portfolio Definitions

All transactions will be assigned to one of eight portfolios:

1) Natural Gas

a) Supply / Trading

 

  i) System Supply

 

  ii) System Optimization

 

  iii) Discretionary

b) Marketing

2) Refined Products

a) Supply / Trading

 

22


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  i) System Supply

 

  ii) System Optimization

 

  iii) Discretionary

b) Marketing

 

  A.

System Supply Portfolios : System supply transactions arise from Sprague’s management of the volume and underlying price risk associated with its inventory and/or marketing obligations. Included in this category are: Inventory; Throughputs; Exchanges; 3 rd Party Storage; Purchases, Sales; Buy/Sell Transactions; Transportation Agreements and In-house transactions to balance the Marketing Portfolios. Also included in the system supply portfolio are the related financial hedges and forward spread transactions that are used to “pre-roll” inventory or as precursors to subsequent “summerfill” transactions.

 

  B. System Optimization Portfolios : The system optimization portfolios include a range of financial and physical transactions that are used to fine tune system operations and performance. Included in this category can be financial transaction types such as futures, swaps and options or physical activity such as volumes transported by pipeline from the U.S. Gulf Coast. These transactions can be done on either a stand-alone basis or in combinations such as spreads that result in a net balanced volume position. An example would be a Gulf Coast swap transaction put in place with the opportunity to lower the cost on an expected future product delivery requirement. Currently, the System Optimization Portfolio is only relevant for oil transactions, though if the natural gas system (e.g. inventory) grows substantially in the future, there may be a justification to isolate the system supply and optimization portfolio in natural gas also.

 

  C. Discretionary Portfolios : Transactions and positions taken in anticipation of profiting from a market view. In general, this is a limited activity at Sprague with no discretionary trading currently undertaken in support of the natural gas business and modest discretionary activity for oil. As discussed above, there are various transactions undertaken to procure and optimize oil supplies. There will remain some modest volume imbalances, however, since the daily hedges are based on projected sales. In addition to these modest imbalances, there may be some other positions taken within the specified position limits that are not intended as part of a system or hedging requirement. These discretionary positions can be characterized in two high level categories:

 

   

Outright positions, i.e. net positions that result in an unbalanced position. Although Sprague tracks the outright positions on a daily basis, it handles long and short positions differently when identifying discretionary outright positions.

 

   

Sprague has ongoing sales requirements as part of its sales activities. As long as the outright long position remains within the risk limits (maximum of 500 KB or 500 NYMEX contract equivalents for oil and 250 NYMEX contract equivalents for natural gas), this position is not considered discretionary, as expected sales requirements can readily consume this volume in a relatively short time period. Consistent with our understanding of tax regulations, these outright long positions are considered part of Sprague’s system / system optimization requirements.

 

   

In contrast, outright short positions can be discretionary. If Sprague is going to take a short discretionary position, the transaction(s) are identified as discretionary on the day the positions are taken. The profitability associated with these positions will be tracked separately as discretionary until the positions are closed out.

 

   

In addition to the discretionary short position trades undertaken as a specific strategy, there can be modest short volume imbalances due primarily to the projected daily sales not meeting actual customer volume requirements. These resultant positions will not be part of the discretionary portfolio, as any discretionary trades will be

 

23


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

 

identified as such on the day the transactions are undertaken. For oil, Sprague’s approach to assess any short imbalances is to separate the refined products outright positions into three categories, i.e. distillates, gasolines, and heavy oils (primarily residual fuels). For each of these three groups, an allowable operating tolerance of 100,000 barrels is allowed. If this operating tolerance is exceeded on any day (again noting that each product group is treated separately), then Sprague will take all reasonable commercial steps to promptly balance the position within the tolerance levels, with an expectation that this balancing will generally occur by the close of the next business day. However, if it isn’t practical to balance the positions during the next business day due to market conditions or other factors, up to three business days is allowed to get the short positions within the defined operating tolerances. All positions that are part of this operating tolerance will remain part of the system / system optimization portfolios as originally classified.

 

   

Other discretionary oil positions are ones that are not associated with either the system supply or system optimization portfolios. As an example, a crack spread (net balanced position between crude oil and refined products such as RBOB and / or heating oil) would generally not be part of a system requirement and would be considered discretionary. Again, these positions will be specifically identified as a discretionary position on the day the trade is undertaken.

 

 

As indicated, there are no new discretionary natural gas positions now being taken, with the exception of ones associated with a small legacy leased storage position in the U.S. Gulf Coast. Since there are no new discretionary positions, the full natural gas Supply / Trading portfolio is used when comparing positions with the specified limits. Although no discretionary natural gas positions are taken the positions are still tracked on a daily basis. If an outright short position inadvertently exceeds 100 NYMEX contract equivalents on any day, the same general approach as used for oil will be used to balance the position within the operating tolerance. Again, the expectation is that the position will be brought within the 100 contract tolerance by the close of the next business day, with a maximum of three business days allowed to meet this requirement.

 

  D. Marketing Portfolios : The marketing portfolio houses all transactions associated with the Company’s marketing directly to its customers. Transactions in this portfolio include both the direct obligation to the customer as well as the hedging transactions (in-house transactions between Supply and Marketing) to maintain a balanced portfolio. The residual volume and price exposure of the marketing portfolio will be a reflection of any mismatch of the customized wholesale products, which the marketing customers require, and the standardized products available in the wholesale market for hedging. These positions will be minimal and only tracked for internal purposes, as the reported results are consolidated at the Refined Products and Natural Gas levels.

 

  4.5 Market Risk Limits

The market risk measurement methodologies described in this section are the agreed methods for measuring and assessing market risk by the RMC. Such methodologies will be used to ensure that all significant sources of market risk are identified, quantified and reported. Furthermore, the Company has established a risk limit system consistent with the Company’s risk management philosophy as defined in section 1.2.

The aggregate limit for the amount of risk to be incurred by Sprague Resources, and the broad structure of the limits is approved by the Board of Directors. The allocation of the aggregate limit to the business units and the structure of more specific limits are approved by the RMC. The Supply / Trading and Marketing Officers determine the further allocation of risk limits across trading and marketing books.

If any of the aggregate limits of the Senior Commercial / Trading Managers are exceeded without obtaining a waiver prior to the breach, a violation occurs and the Chief Risk Officer or designee will notify the

 

24


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

President and COO / CFO. Based on this discussion, the Chief Risk Officer will determine whether to convene a special meeting of the total RMC or a subset of this group to discuss a course of action with the appropriate senior commercial / trading manager(s). Depending on the results of this discussion, a determination will be made regarding any specific steps to cure the violation, either by getting the position within the approved limits (typically within the next day) or by obtaining a waiver from the President/CEO up to his control limit. As long as the aggregate level remains under the Sprague President’s limit, there is no requirement that specific actions be taken to adjust the position, though a waiver must always be granted until the position is brought within limits. System Supply and System Optimization activities (refer to Portfolio Definitions above) that are considered necessary to mitigate risk and/or meet obligations can also continue without restriction. If the losses exceed the President’s limit, the Board of Directors must also be notified. Depending on the Board of Directors response, actions may or may not be required. Any violation beyond the President/CEO’s limit must be cured by the next day unless authorization is provided by the AJI Board of Directors’ President or designee.

The following table summarizes the limit authorizations that are required and reporting frequency/responsibility:

 

Limit Structure

   Approved By    Reporting
Responsibility
   Reporting
Frequency

Position Limits

   Board of Directors    Middle Office    Daily

Stop Loss Limit *

   Board of Directors    Middle Office    Daily

Value-at-Risk*

   Board of Directors    Middle Office    Daily

Specific Portfolio Limits

   RMC    Middle Office    Daily

Credit Limits

   Board of Directors    Director of Credit    Daily

 

* Discretionary and system optimization trading only

 

  4.6 Position Limits

The oil position limits are divided into outright positions, as well as a range of spread and individual position limits. The outright position limits refers to the net risk position, i.e. includes all physical and financial (e.g. futures and swaps) positions. Examples of outright oil positions would include the following:

 

   

Exchange transactions, such as Heating Oil, Gasoil, RBOB, Natural Gas, and WTI;

 

   

Over-the-Counter (OTC) swaps positions; and

 

   

Cash (physical) positions.

The outright positions for both oil and natural gas are measured on a daily basis, with the limits in place applying to the total portfolio, i.e. the combination of system supply, system optimization and discretionary positions. All of the other position limits in place apply to the combination of the system optimization and discretionary portfolios.

As per of the determination of the positions, Sprague defines “standard” hedging products. In general, basis refers to the price differential between the cash or spot price of a commodity and the price of the nearest month futures or swaps contract. Basis may reflect different time periods, qualities or locations. Consistent with common market practice, for the oil business Sprague uses basis to refer to quality differences. As indicated below, Sprague treats location spreads for oil separate from basis (quality). Note that for the natural gas business, basis typically refers to location, since quality differences are generally not pertinent.

 

25


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

Similar to the oil location spreads, Sprague treats system positions with potential basis exposure differently than discretionary positions. Sprague generally runs a balanced book with the system positions largely hedged with what is considered to be the most appropriate trading instrument. The current “base” hedging instruments are as indicated below, recognizing that they may change in the future depending on product availability and considerations such as liquidity.

 

Oil Product Group    Base Hedging Instrument
Gasolines    NYMEX RBOB futures contract*
Ethanol    NYMEX RBOB future contract or CBOT ethanol futures contract*
Distillates    NYMEX Heating Oil (HO) futures contract*
Fuel Oils    NYH 1% Sulfur Residual Fuel Oil Swaps

 

* Could also use comparable swaps contracts

There is no basis spread recorded for any system position hedged with the base hedging instrument. For fuel oil there can also periodically be a strong rationale to use an alternative instrument such as Gulf Coast 3% sulfur fuel oil swaps or crude oil (either WTI or Brent futures or swaps) as a hedge. These instruments could be preferred due to considerations such as liquidity or quality differences. If these alternative instruments are used as a hedge then a cross commodity as well as a location spread (if applicable) is recorded for the position Note, however, that up to 500,000 barrels of residual fuel oil can be hedged with crude oil without counting against the approved cross commodity and location spread limits. Any positions beyond this 500,000 barrel limit would count against the pertinent position limits.

Spreads are defined as offsetting positions which net to a balanced overall position. Although the positions offset, there can still be substantial exposure. As indicated, the oil spread position limits apply to the system optimization and discretionary trading portfolios, i.e. any activities associated with the system supply portfolio are not subject to these additional spread limits. The most notable system supply example for Sprague is the use of forward (a.k.a. deferred) spreads when the heating oil market is in a contango or carry structure. These spreads are completed in anticipation of a subsequent filling of a corresponding volume of oil inventory in the tanks, frequently called summerfill. When the oil is purchased to put in the tanks, the long position of the spread can be closed out, with the remaining short position acting as the hedge on the physical inventory. Another example of a system transaction is a “pre-roll” of the distillate inventory hedge. As indicated earlier, Sprague operates with a substantially balanced book, with the inventory hedged within limited tolerances. For light oil products, the base assumption is that inventory is hedged with the prompt month NYMEX position of the most appropriate oil commodity (see table above). As an example, during the month of December, the base distillate inventory hedge would be a corresponding volume of January NYMEX heating oil contracts. Since these January NYMEX contracts would expire at the end of December, it is necessary to exit the positions prior to month-end. The exit from these contracts is generally accomplished by either closing the position if the hedge volume is no longer needed or “rolling” it to the next month, e.g. in this case purchasing the short January contract(s) and selling a corresponding volume of February contract(s). This process whereby the prompt month hedges are “rolled” to the next month prior to expiration is considered part of the requisite system activity and the positions are included in the System Supply portfolio.

There can also be strong incentive to “pre-roll” an inventory hedge beyond the next month. For example, if the inter-month price spreads appear attractive, a pre-roll can either lock in a gain (when in contango) or limit a loss (when in backwardation) to what is considered an acceptable level. Sprague can pursue this strategy depending on the current and expected market conditions. Since these pre-rolls are pursued in

 

26


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

support of the system requirements, they are also included in the System Supply positions. The position limits recognize this pre-roll option up to a maximum of three million barrels (President’s limit) and up to two additional months forward beyond the prompt month roll. Based on the example cited in the paragraph above, the January inventory hedge could be pre-rolled up to April and be considered a system supply pre-roll rather than a system optimization position. Any pre-roll beyond this time frame is considered part of the System Optimization portfolio and subject to the additional position limits imposed on the combination Discretionary plus System Optimization positions.

Note that the pre-rolls are in concept quite similar to the forward spreads discussed above. A key difference is that the pre-rolls refer to positions where the “long” side of the spread is a cash position rather than a forward month paper position.

The oil spread limits on the combination Discretionary plus System Optimization positions are divided into four categories, again with potential positions on the exchanges, OTC, or cash markets:

 

   

Time spreads, i.e. based on the same commodity in different time periods;

 

   

Location or geographical spreads, based on the same or similar (e.g. heating oil and gasoil are considered similar) commodity in different locations;

 

   

Basis spreads, based on a spread between the same or similar physical commodity and futures or swaps contract; and

 

   

Cross Commodity spreads, based on different commodities, e.g. heating oil / crude oil positions or a heating oil / natural gas spread. Note that if residual fuel oil is hedged with crude oil (WTI or Brent), no cross commodity spread is calculated as these instruments can be the preferred hedge instrument due to liquidity or other considerations.

Option trading is approved for exchange (NYMEX or ICE) and OTC options for Oil Supply / Trading. Natural Gas Supply / Trading has natural gas options trading approval, though only for system transactions.

The Oil group is authorized to trade natural gas cross commodity spreads, though only as part of a hedge. As an example, a residual fuel oil / natural gas spread trade could be used to “lock in” the economics of a capital project designed to convert fuel usage from residual fuel to natural gas. This type of transaction would be measured as part of the system trading portfolio, though would need to be specifically documented as such.

In addition to the total oil spread limits, Sprague recognizes individual spread position limits on the System Optimization plus Discretionary positions. These limits are put in place to help recognize that concentration in individual spread positions can carry additional risk compared to a more diversified portfolio.

Similar to many other companies, Sprague aggregates all forward natural gas market risk into high level components for position management and hedging purposes. This approach groups positions with similar risk profiles to establish market exposure. The position limits are based on this breakdown:

 

   

Fixed Position : All forward positions containing risk that is impacted by the settlement of the NYMEX Natural Gas contract. This risk can be offset using NYMEX Natural Gas futures or OTC look-alike instruments;

 

   

Basis Positions : Forward positions that contain risk impacted by the location differential between a published index point and the NYMEX natural gas futures settlement; and

 

   

Index Positions : Forward physical positions and swaps that are priced relative to a published index, e.g. Platts IFERC.

The Company utilizes VaR limits (see section 4.8), but not as the sole measure and control of market risk. In both oil and natural gas, the VaR limits are based on the system optimization plus discretionary positions only (i.e. system supply excluded). Note that the oil book can have a large system position due to the substantial physical infrastructure. The VaR associated with the oil system may not be routinely calculated, though the overall market risks are primarily monitored through the use of items such as the outright and

 

27


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

basis positions, inventory levels, forward sales commitments and the product mix distribution. VaR limits are supplemented with additional risk measures and position limits with respect to particular strategies and commodities. These can include duration (tenor) limits, and limits related to specific stress tests. The structure of specific market risk limits for oil and natural gas is presented in EXHIBIT 3. In addition, the Company monitors the trends in the VaR values to help assess any major changes in the level of market risk in place. The Middle Office can propose additional or alternative limits as appropriate. Any changes which potentially increase the level of overall risk will require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

  4.7 Stop Loss Limits

For the Oil Supply / Trading business areas, an aggregate threshold is set on cumulative margin losses for the combination of System Optimization and Discretionary positions on a monthly basis. The System Supply activities that directly support the oil system (primarily Sprague-owned terminals) requirements are not subject to a daily VaR limit. In contrast, the complete Natural Gas Supply / Trading positions are part of the daily VaR calculation, as they essentially represent the existing imbalances that exist within the daily position balancing activities, since there are no specific discretionary positions taken. For the purposes of the above thresholds, losses (or reserves) due to a counterparty’s failure to perform will be excluded. Both realized losses and unrealized (“mark to market”) losses in the Supply / Trading portfolios will be taken into account when computing the cumulative loss.

For purposes of the threshold, the losses will begin to accumulate on the first day of a calendar month. A net loss from the prior calendar month will be carried forward and added to the current month’s losses. However, gains in the prior calendar month will not carry forward to the current month for stop loss purposes. After a month occurs with a positive margin, all carryforward losses from prior months for this calculation will be reset to zero. In addition, the carryforward losses from prior months are reset to zero following any month when a Stop Loss limit is breached (i.e. a MAT occurs).

In an instance when the aggregate Stop Loss limit exceeds the President’s authority level, the Chief Risk Officer will also notify the AJI President on the background of the losses and any remedial actions.

 

  4.8 Value at Risk Limits

In the Oil Supply area, Sprague currently applies a $1.5 million daily “Value-at-Risk” (VaR) metric to the combination of the System Optimization and Discretionary portfolios. This limit is based on a 95% confidence interval and a one-day holding period to calculate daily VaR. The Natural Gas Supply group uses a $0.75 million daily VaR for its daily Natural Gas Supply/ Trading positions, again based on a 95% confidence interval and a one-day holding period. The System Supply activities that support the Oil business (primarily Sprague-owned terminals) requirements are not subject to a daily VaR limit. In contrast, the complete Natural Gas Supply / Trading positions are part of the daily VaR calculation, as they simply represent the existing imbalances that exist within the daily position balancing activities, since there are no discretionary positions taken. If there are any instances where the daily VaR calculation is unavailable, the Middle Office will rely on the previous calculation and also consider the approximate impact of any major position or market price changes when assessing VaR compared to the approved limit.

 

  4.9 Credit Limits

Credit limits are established and approved as per the standard Sprague Credit Management Policy and processes.

 

28


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

5. CREDIT RISK

In order to protect the capital allocated to its transacting activities, Sprague Energy Corp. has developed guidelines for measuring, monitoring and managing the inherent credit risks across the various activities of its Supply / Trading and Marketing. Refer to the Sprague Credit Policy Manual and related documentation for information pertaining to Credit Risk Management.

 

29


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

6. CONTROL PROCESSES

 

  6.1 Management Reporting

The Board of Directors may request periodic reports prepared by the Chief Risk Officer which indicate the levels of risk being undertaken by the Company, the degree of compliance with policies, procedures and limits, and the financial performance of the various physical and financial transacting activities.

In addition, internal or external audit reports covering the Supply / Trading and Marketing and/or Risk Management functions may be reviewed by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and, based upon their review significant issues of concern should be drawn to the attention of the Board of Directors.

EXHIBIT 6 summarizes standard reports to be produced, their frequency, responsibility for production, and distribution.

 

  6.2 Off-Premises / After Hours Transactions

All Natural Gas and Oil Supply Traders and Schedulers are granted authority to complete transactions within their normal course of business outside of the office and outside of normal business hours. This authority can also be extended to specific Oil Marketers or Traders that would regularly conduct futures / forward transactions outside of normal business hours. It is the responsibility of the specific employee to ensure that all transactions are entered into the appropriate commercial system as soon as practical, in all cases expected by at least the end of the next business day.

If a trader or marketer who does not fit into the category identified above and is not normally authorized to transact off-premises or after hours, he/she must receive pre-authorization from his/her Trading Leader. The Trading Leader will grant such authorization on a case by case basis and document the specific exception to this procedure.

 

  6.3 Confirmations

The use of written confirmations and/or other appropriate documentation such as e-mail or other on-line communication tools are generally used to confirm transactions, supported if available by recorded phone lines. Exceptions must be approved and documented by the responsible Trading Leader and reported to the Chief Risk Officer. Unless there is an appropriate reason for an exception, the standard protocol is for the signed confirmations from 3 rd -parties to be sent to the Contract Administration group.

 

  6.4 Personal Accounts

Traders must not engage in trading any of the commodities listed in EXHIBIT 1 outside of their responsibilities at Sprague Energy Corp. This policy does not restrict trading of other instruments such as equities, equity options or non-approved commodities and related trading instruments. It also does not restrict trading in funds that utilize commodities in their portfolio of assets.

 

  6.5 Contract Signature Authorization

The following information identifies the signature authority typically applicable for key contract types. Note that it is not intended to override any signature authority already provided by the Board of Directors. Also note that the Sprague President / CEO has authority to sign all of the contracts identified below and the CRO can sign all contracts listed below with the exception of ones that require COO / CFO or President / CEO approval.

 

30


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  A. Vice President of Oil Trading, Pricing and Customer Service: Signature authority for all Oil Supply / Trading Agreements, with the exception of those requiring AJI Guarantees (requires AJI signature) and margin (collateral) provisions (requires COO / CFO signature). The VP of Oil Trading, Pricing and Customer Service can delegate signature authority to the VP Oil Supply for contracts in the Oil Supply area.

 

  B. Vice President of Sales: Signature authority for all Oil Marketing Agreements, with the exception of those requiring AJI Guarantees (requires AJI signature) and margin (collateral) provisions (requires COO / CFO signature). The VP of Sales can delegate signature authority to the Managing Directors of Oil Marketing for contracts in their respective areas.

 

  C. Vice President Marketing and Materials Handling: Signature authority for all Materials Handling Agreements, with the exception of those requiring AJI Guarantees (requires AJI signature) and margin (collateral) provisions (requires COO / CFO signature).

 

  D.

Manager of Contract Administration: 3 Signature authority for all confirmations, including ones which have been reconciled with the deal information entered by the Front Office or are electronically generated based on data entered by the appropriate member of the Front Office. Note that in practice the confirmations will typically be signed by the appropriate Front Office member with signature authority.

 

  E. Responsible Trader or Marketer: Review all Confirmations, including ISDA Long Form Confirmation Agreements and One-off agreements, regardless of which of the above individuals signs the agreement, which shall include a review/approval and a related signature by the responsible Trader or Marketer.

 

3  

For backup purposes, if the Manager of Contract Administration is not available the Treasurer, Chief Risk Officer or Chief Operating Officer / Chief Financial Officer can sign all agreements listed under the authority of the Manager of Contract Administration.

 

31


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

7. PROCESSES FOR NEW PRODUCTS, NON-STANDARD TRANSACTIONS, AND ELECTRONIC TRADING SYSTEMS

 

  7.1 New Product

 

  7.1.1 Definition of New Product

A New Product is defined as any physical or financial transaction or exposure that: 1) is not listed on EXHIBIT 1: APPROVED PRODUCTS LIST; or 2) exposes Sprague to risks (e.g., Market, Liquidity, Credit, Operational, Legal, Regulatory, Accounting, Tax) to which the Company has not been previously exposed. Exposure to pre-existing approved risk types in significantly different ways (e.g., significantly different geographic location, market structure, or contract terms) would also constitute a New Product. For example, trading refined products in Singapore would constitute a new geographic location, which would require review through the new product process. Note that although adding a new customer always exposes the company to new credit risk, this stand-alone activity does not constitute a new product. An example form that can be used by the sponsor of a new product is included as EXHIBIT 4.

The APPROVED PRODUCTS LIST as shown in EXHIBIT 1 is separated into Oil, Natural Gas, and Materials Handling. In addition to the general listing of the products, more detailed matrices are included in ATTACHMENTS 2 through 5. The oil and gas product matrices in ATTACHMENTS 3 and 4 list approved instruments by trader or marketer. The approved Materials Handling products matrix in ATTACHMENT 5 is shown by terminal and based on products that have been previously, are currently, or are now under consideration for handling at specific terminals.

 

  7.1.2 New Product Objectives

The Supply / Trading and Marketing Officers are responsible for identifying the exposures of New Products and services and ensuring that the following objectives have been met:

 

  A. The risks and rewards associated with the product or service are identified, analyzed and understood;

 

  B. Any conflicts or overlaps with existing business are identified and evaluated in relation to the new product or service before proceeding;

 

  C. The necessary support and control infrastructure can be put in place in a timely manner to permit smooth and well-controlled operation; and

 

  D. The pace of expansion is consistent with the capacity to measure, monitor and manage the associated risks.

The responsible Supply / Trading and Marketing Leader will review and consider these and other pertinent issues. If, in his/her opinion, the request meets the stated objectives and is consistent with the Company’s stated business vision and strategies, the Supply / Trading and Marketing Leader will request approval identifying the type of information included in the example New Product Approval Form (EXHIBIT 4). The Chief Risk Officer will perform a high level review of the New Product request to determine if the proposed New Product is not covered on the Approved Products list and needs to go through the New Product Process. As part of this review the CRO will discuss with the President and/or the COO / CFO as deemed necessary. The guidelines defined below will be used if the proposed product needs to go through a formal New Product Approval process.

 

32


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  7.1.3 New Product Approval Process

The appropriate Supply / Trading and Marketing Officer will sponsor any New Product request. Once the sponsor has reviewed the request and desires to proceed with a formal review and request for approval, it is the responsibility of the Supply / Trading and Marketing Officer and the Chief Risk Officer to coordinate the New Product Approval process.

The following departments will generally be required to review and understand the New Product request, though in some cases the Chief Risk Officer may determine that the review of a specific department(s) is not required. Each department will be required to identify any concerns and, where appropriate, identify necessary changes to address those concerns in order to accommodate the new product:

 

  A. Credit

 

  B. Legal

 

  C. Tax

 

  D. Accounting (financial accounting, operations accounting, invoicing/billing, tax)

 

  E. Contract Administration

 

  F. Trading Leader(s)

 

  G. Operations (logistics, scheduling, nominations)

 

  H. IT

 

  I. Treasury

 

  J. Insurance

 

  K. Middle Office

 

  L. Operations

 

  M. Health, Safety, and Environmental

If a representative of these departments has concerns with the New Product, these concerns must be communicated to the sponsor of the transaction and the Chief Risk Officer. Among the information that may be required on the New Product Approval request are the following items:

 

  A. Product overview, features, benefits to Sprague (including target market, expected/upside/downside scenarios);

 

  B. Start-up costs (infrastructure/system changes, new hires, licenses, collateral);

 

  C. Description of risks (types of market risks, types of credit risks, etc.), measurement and reporting methods and required controls;

 

  D. Proposed limit structure (e.g. volumetric, tenor, VaR, stress, other);

 

  E. Source(s) of physical supply, where applicable;

 

  F. Transportation and/or storage requirements, where applicable;

 

  G. Target market, list of potential counterparties;

 

  H. Credit issues;

 

33


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  I. Legal issues;

 

  J. Tax issues;

 

  K. Regulatory issues;

 

  L. Credit support requirements (guarantee, L/C, Collateral);

 

  M. Liquidity issues (including cash requirements);

 

  N. Hedging strategy; and

 

  O. Exit strategy.

The responsibility for initially suggesting appropriate risk measurement methodologies, limits and controls (collectively referred to as “parameters”) for a New Product lies with the New Product sponsor. The New Product sponsor and the Chief Risk Officer will then review their understanding of the risks, rewards, related assumptions and appropriate limits. If the sponsor and the CRO are in agreement and all pertinent departments have reviewed and agreed to the New Product, it is approved subject to concurrence by the President and COO / CFO. The CRO will ensure that the President and COO / CFO are informed and in conjunction with the sponsor address any questions or concerns. Following approval by the President and COO / CFO, the product becomes part of the Approved Products list. Once the product and any pertinent parameters have been approved, the Chief Risk Officer should ensure that they are appropriately considered in report formats, as well as transaction recording processes and valuation methodologies. Some examples of offerings that would normally constitute a New Product consistent with the definition above include:

 

   

A marketing product that exposes the company to a different set of market risks, e.g. Oil Marketing’s Heat Curve and Free Range products were new products when first introduced. Similarly, the Natural Gas Accelerated Collar product was a new product when introduced; and

 

   

A Materials Handling product to be handled at a terminal that is dissimilar to past Materials Handling experience.

Ultimate responsibility for verification that risks have been identified and, mitigated where appropriate, rests with the Chief Risk Officer. This new product requirement is only required when the product in question is not part of the current portfolio, e.g., is not required when new marketing products are added that are simply different blends of existing grades in inventory or minor variations due to changing product quality regulations. Materials Handling products that are comparable to ones previously or currently handled also do not need to go through the new product approval process. In addition, if a new product is added to Sprague’s portfolio via an acquisition or other third-party mechanism (joint venture, etc.), a specific new product approval process is not required. For these situations, the new products will be evaluated as part of the transaction process.

 

  7.2 Non-Standard Transaction

 

  7.2.1 Definition of Non-Standard Transaction

A “Non-Standard transaction” will include multiple classes of transactions for which approval will be required before execution. The various classes of transactions falling into this category will be as follows:

 

  A. All transactions with tenor greater than: contract length of 24 months or position duration of 32 months;

 

34


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  B. Transactions which are outside the authority levels of the Trading Leader(s); and / or

 

  C. Transactions that cannot be automatically captured in Company’s Trading and Risk Management System(s).

Examples of non-standard transactions would include:

 

   

Natural Gas Supply Transportation deal covering five year period;

 

   

Individual discretionary location spread position in Oil Supply of over 400 KB; and

 

   

Transaction requiring mark-to-model approach (i.e. does not have transparent arms-length pricing mechanism) to provide daily valuations.

Transactions that hedge the initial non-standard transaction do not require explicit approval as long as the hedge is within the established credit and market risk limits. Other transactions that are excluded from this category include Material Handling deals (where tenor frequently exceeds the limits indicated above) and bid opportunities covering longer time periods that obtain Senior Management approval via an explicit bid process.

 

  7.2.2 Non-Standard Transaction Approval Process

Any trader or marketer seeking approval for a non-standard transaction will be required to notify his/her Trading Leader or Market Leader. Once the responsible Trading Leader or Market Leader concurs that they wish to submit the Non-Standard Transaction for approval, either the Trading Leader or Market Leader must notify the Chief Risk Officer. Note that the CRO can also be notified directly by the trader or marketer. Depending on the details of the proposed transaction, the Chief Risk Officer will determine what additional information and review is required. The appropriate Middle Office Manager will coordinate the Non-Standard Transaction Approval process as necessary in conjunction with the Chief Risk Officer.

The requirements for assessment can vary from simply obtaining concurrence from the person(s) with the appropriate authority level, e.g. the Sprague President or the AJI President to completing a more detailed analysis. The Chief Risk Officer will coordinate the approval process. For the opportunities that require detailed analysis, the Middle Office Manager, in conjunction with the Senior Quantitative Analyst, will provide a high level risk and valuation assessment while the following departments will be included on an as needed basis as determined by the Chief Risk Officer:

 

  A. Credit

 

  B. Legal

 

  C. Tax

 

  D. Accounting

 

  E. Contract Administration

 

  F. Trading Leader(s)

 

  G. Operations (logistics, scheduling, nominations)

 

  H. IT

 

  1. Treasury

 

  J. Insurance

 

35


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

  K. Middle Office

 

  L. Operations

 

  M. Health, Safety, and Environmental

If concerns arise from representatives of these departments, they should be communicated immediately to the Non-Standard Transaction Sponsor and the Chief Risk Officer or Middle Office Manager. Types of information that may be required to complete the Non-Standard Transaction evaluation include:

 

  A. Critical terms (term, price, volume, location, etc.)

 

  B. Description of transaction

 

  C. Notional value

 

  D. Cash flow analysis

 

  E. Source of physical supply

 

  F. Counterparty details

 

  G. Credit issues

 

  H. Legal issues

 

  I. Transmission or transportation requirements

 

  J. Effect on position limits

 

  K. Tax issues

 

  L. Regulatory issues

 

  M. Liquidity issues (including cash requirements)

 

  N. Hedging strategy

 

  O. Exit strategy

 

  P. Separate risk limits required

If concerns arise that cannot be resolved in a timely manner, the Supply / Trading and Marketing Officer and Chief Risk Officer will attempt to find a resolution and either: 1) proceed with the transaction; or 2) deny the request. Ultimate responsibility for determination that material issues have been adequately addressed rests with the Chief Risk Officer.

 

  7.2.3 Electronic Trading Systems

Contract Administration shall coordinate the review and approval of new electronic trading systems by the Front Office. This approval will be granted following review of the business case (developed by the Front Office) and the control issues associated with the specific product. This process will include review by the Credit, Contracts and Legal departments, as well as the responsible Trading Leader(s), IT and the Middle Office Manager. Once approved for use by the Front Office, the Credit department will be responsible for maintaining control of the approved counterparty list and trading limits on electronic systems. Procedures for the use of Electronic Trading Systems will be maintained in the Front Office.

 

36


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

EXHIBITS

 

37


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

EXHIBIT 1 — APPROVED PRODUCTS LIST

I. Oil Supply and Marketing

Logistics

Barge / Ship

Pipeline

Truck

Railcar

Trading / Hedging

Futures (NYMEX and ICE)

EFPs

Fixed-for-Float Swaps

Basis Swaps

Options (Futures and OTC)

Sales / Marketing / System Supply

Buy / Sell

Thruputs

Exchange Agreements

3 rd - Party Storage

Reseller

Fixed Forwards

Unpriced Guaranteed Differentials (UGDs)

Heat Curves

Downside Protection

Rack Sales

Prompts (including E-Commerce)

E-Commerce Forwards

Collars

Forward Basis

II. Natural Gas Supply and Marketing:

Logistics / Storage

Transportation

Storage

Trading / Hedging

Futures (NYMEX and ICE), Natural Gas and Oil Products

Index Swaps

Swing Swaps

Financial Basis (a.k.a. Basis Swaps)

Physical Basis

Fixed-for-Float Swaps

Options (futures and OTC)

Spreads (time, basis)

Cross Commodity Spreads

Note: ATTACHMENTS 2-5 provide more details on approved products breakdown

 

38


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

EXHIBIT 1 — APPROVED PRODUCTS LIST (CONT.)

 

Marketing / Sales

Forwards (fixed, index, or basis)

Trigger

Caps

Collar

Accelerated Collar

III. Materials Handling

Product Name

Aggregates

Asphalt

Aviation Fuel

Calcium Chloride

Caustic Soda

Cement

China Clay

Coal

Furnace Slag

Government Petroleum

Gypsum

Heavy Lift

Iron Oxide

Logs

Lumber

Paper (rolled or bundled)

Petcoke

Pulp (baled)

Recycled Oil

Salt

Scrap

Seaweed

Sugar

Tallow

Tapioca

Urea

Veg Oil

Wood Pellets

Note: ATTACHMENTS 2-5 provide more details on approved products breakdown

 

39


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

EXHIBIT 2 — PRODUCT DEFINITIONS

 

   Note that the following definitions are in some cases in reference to specific Sprague offerings / terminology and are not considered general industry definitions
Accelerated Collar :    Specific product offered by Natural Gas to its customers. Product is more complex than a standard collar deal (see below), providing the customer upside price protection and downside price participation with potential discounts to the market price.
Basis :    Differential between the cash or spot price of a commodity and the price of the nearest futures contract. Basis may reflect different time periods, qualities / grades, or locations.
  

• 

   Natural Gas Basis: Generally refers to location differences, i.e. the price of natural gas at a physical location less the prompt month natural gas futures contract.
  

• 

   Oil Basis: Generally refers to quality / grade and possibly location differences, typically the price of the physical commodity less the prompt month of the most similar futures contract.
Basis Swap :    A contract in which two parties exchange cash flows linked to the difference between the price of a specific quantity of commodities at a particular physical location or quality / grade and the price of the same quantity of commodities on an organized exchange at a different physical location or of a different quality/grade.
Cap :    Contract which has a maximum price. This is generally purchased by customers that want the opportunity to benefit from expected future price declines, though want to limit their exposure to future price increases.
Collar :    Contract where the buyer is guaranteed a maximum price and the seller a minimum price. These transactions are supported by purchase and sale of options positions. A Costless Collar is where buying and selling respectively the related Call and Put are used to finance the Collar.
Downside Protection :    Contract designed to allow the customer to benefit from declining market prices. Sprague generally completes an option transaction(s) to limit the risk associated with this offering.
E-commerce    Contract offered by Oil Marketing whereby the customer purchases oil either on a prompt or forward basis via an electronic platform.
EFP *    A transaction in which two parties agree to exchange a specified amount of futures contracts for the same physical quantity of commodities, with the price of the commodities determined by reference to the market price of the futures.
Forward :    Contract that commits a party to buying or selling a specific quantity of commodities at a price specified at the origination of the contract, with delivery and settlement at a specified future date and location.
Futures :    A standardized Forward that is traded on a domestically regulated organized exchange such as the New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) or Intercontinental Exchange (ICE).
Heat Curve:    Contract offered by Oil Marketing whereby the customer purchases a specified volume of heating oil over several forward months, with the monthly volume distribution reflecting the typical seasonal demand pattern.
Index :    Published price that is intended to represent the market price for that particular commodity and location for the specified time period. Different pricing services used different methodologies to establish their pricing indices.

 

* Exchange of Futures for Physical

 

40


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

EXHIBIT 2 — PRODUCT DEFINITIONS (CONT.)

 

Index Swap :    This contract essentially represents a combination of a fixed for floating swap and basis swap, with the floating component being an index price.
Option :    A contract that gives the purchaser (holder) the right, but not the obligation, to buy (call) or sell (put) a specific quantity of commodities at an agreed-on price, during a specified period or at a specified date. There are a range of option settlement alternatives, including:
  

• 

   American Option : Option which may be exercised at any time during its lifetime, up to and including the expiration date.
  

• 

   Asian Option : Option whose payoff depends on an average of prices for the underlying commodity over a period of time, rather than the price of the commodity on a single date. The averaging period may correspond to the entire life of the option, or may be shorter.
  

• 

   European Option : Option which may only be exercised on its expiration date.
Over-the-Counter :    Trading of financial instruments such as commodities or derivatives directly between two parties. Regulations are more limited for OTC transactions compared to trades completed on an organized exchange.
Prompt :    Contract offered by Oil Marketing for a specified volume of oil to be lifted over a short time period (e.g. maximum of 10 days).
Rack :    Oil Marketing transaction where customer purchases oil on a non-delivered basis at a terminal loading facility or “rack”.
Spread :    Transaction that involves a corresponding purchase and sale with volumes that offset to a net zero position.
Spread Option :    Option written on the differential between the prices of two commodities, e.g.,
   A.    Basis (location) Spread: Based on the difference between the prices of the same commodity at two different locations. As indicated above, this basis definition is largely used in for natural gas transactions;
   B.    Calendar or Time Spread: Based on the difference between the price of the same commodity at two different points in time;
   C.    Processing Spread: Based on the difference between the price of inputs to, and outputs from, a production process (e.g. a crack spread);
   D.    Quality or Grade Spread: Based on the difference between the prices of different grades of the same commodity.
Swap :    A contract by which the parties agree to exchange one product for another. The products can be either physical or financial. A common type of swap is the fixed for floating swap, which can include various alternatives such as futures, basis, index, and swing swaps.
Swing Option :    Option which grants the right to take more or less of a specified commodity. The opportunity to swing up is effectively a call option on the commodity specified in the contract, and the opportunity to swing down is a put option on the commodity, subject to obligations to take certain quantities over the entire life of the contract.
Swing Swap :    Refers to a gas contract that is based on a fixed-for-floating index swap that references an average of daily prices. This is generally used for interruptible gas contracts.
Trigger :    A physical transaction that is priced at a differential to a futures or swap contract where the price can be locked in or “triggered” at a later date.

 

41


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

EXHIBIT 2 — PRODUCT DEFINITIONS (CONT.)

 

UGD :    Unpriced Guaranteed Differential contract offered by Oil Marketing. In this contract, the customer agrees to purchase a specified volume of oil at an agreed to price differential compared to a specified futures contract price(s). The customer fixes (see trigger) the price of the futures component of the price at some point prior to expiration of the relevant futures contract.
Volatility :    Typically refers to the standard deviation of the change in value of a financial instrument with a specified time horizon. Volatility is tracked heavily in options trading. Historical volatility is based on how much prices have changed in the past, based on settlement levels. Implied volatility is a theoretical value based on the premium of an option and is intended to represent the expected level of price changes in the future. In general, increasing volatility leads to higher options prices.

 

42


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

EXHIBIT 3 — MARKET RISK LIMIT STRUCTURE

 

Control Levels 1

   President   Senior Commercial /
Trading Manager

Oil Supply Discretionary + System Optimization

    

*Contract Term

   60 months   24 months

Term of Positions

   68 months   32 months

Outright (Thousand Bbls)

   500   300

Total Spreads (Thousand Bhls)

    

Time

   2,500   1,750

Location

   1,500 3   1,000 3

Basis

   2,500   1,750

Cross Commodity

   500 3   300 3

Individual Spread Positions (Thousand Bbls)

    

Time

   1,250 2   600 2

Location

   800 3   400 3

Basis

   1,000   500

Cross Commodity (e.g. oil/gas, crude oil / resid)

   500 3   300 3

Daily VaR (Value at Risk)

   $1.5 million   $1.5 million

Oil Supply System

    

Seasonal Hedged Storage 4

   4,000   2,000

Hedge Pre-Roll

   3,000   1,500

Natural Gas

    

Contract Term

   60 months   24 months

Term of Positions

   68 months   32 months

Total Position (10,000 MM BTU’s)

    

Fixed Price

   250   150

Basis

   2,000   1,000

Index

   4,000   3,000

Individual Month Positions (10,000 MM BTU’s)

    

Fixed Price

   125   75

Individual Month and Location Positions (10,000 MM BTU’s)

    

Basis

   400   200

Index

   700   350

Daily VaR

   $1.5 million   $0.75 million

Oil and Gas

    

Total $ Gross Margin Loss

    

Daily MAT (Mgm’t Action Trigger)

   $2 million   $500 K NG/$500 K Oil

Monthly MAT

   $3 million   $1 million NG /$1 million Oil

 

1

Composite of overall group’s limits.

2  

For distillates. Limits for other products are 50% of distillate levels.

3  

Up to 500,000 barrels of residual fuel oil can be hedged with crude oil without counting against the cross commodity and location spread limits.

4  

Hedged storage strategy will be agreed to with Sprague management prior to execution. Note: Other limits will be established as necessary in conjunction with business requirements

 

43


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

EXHIBIT 4 — SAMPLE NEW PRODUCT APPROVAL FORM

 

NAME OF PRODUCT:      CURRENT DATE:

 

    

 

Sponsor      Date

 

A.    PRODUCT OVERVIEW :    Describe features and benefits of this product to business unit and Sprague Energy Corp.
B.    RISK ASSESSMENT :   

Describe risks, measurement and reporting methods, risk mitigation strategies

and potential controls.

 

 

   

 

Credit     Date

 

   

 

Legal     Date

 

   

 

Tax     Date

 

   

 

Operations Accounting     Date

 

   

 

Contract Administration     Date

 

   

 

Trading Leader     Date

 

   

 

IT     Date

 

   

 

Treasury     Date

 

   

 

Insurance     Date

Note: Chief Risk Officer will determine which groups are required to sign-off on a new product approval form

 

44


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

EXHIBIT 4 — SAMPLE NEW PRODUCT APPROVAL FORM (CONT.)

 

 

   

 

Middle Office     Date

 

   

 

Physical Operations (logistics, scheduling, nominations)     Date

 

   

 

Terminals and Trucking     Date

 

   

 

Health, Safety, and Environmental     Date

 

C    PROJECTED IMPACT:
  

•       Start-up Cost:

  

•       Price Schedule:

  

•       Accounting Treatment and Tax Implications:

  

•       Additional IT resource requirements

D.    RECOMMENDATION :    The proposed New Product meets the New Product Objectives as outlined in the Risk Management Policy. All material risks have been identified and addressed in this document. RMC approval of this New Product request is recommended.

 

 

   

 

Trading and Marketing Officer     Date

 

   

 

Chief Operating Officer/Chief Financial Officer     Date

 

   

 

Chief Risk Officer     Date

 

E.    APPROVAL:   

 

 

   

 

RMC Chairperson     Date

Note: Chief Risk Officer will determine which groups are required to sign-off on a new product approval form

 

45


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

EXHIBIT 5 — EMPLOYEE CONFIRMATION

Sprague Operating Resources LLC

Risk Management Policy

EMPLOYEE CONFIRMATION

As an employee of Sprague Operating Resources LLC (“Company”) or any successor thereto, I hereby acknowledge that I:

 

1. Have received and read a copy of the Risk Management Policy dated December 5, 2011, and understand my responsibilities and required participation in the procedures described;

 

2. Understand and agree to comply with the Risk Management Policy, as the same may be amended from time to time, and will conduct business activities in a manner consistent with its terms, philosophy and spirit;

 

3. Understand that my personal involvement or direct or indirect actions resulting in violations of the Policies and Procedures constitute grounds for termination of employment and or criminal prosecution; and

 

4. Agree to report all violations of the Risk Management Policy to the Chief Risk Officer.

 

 

   

 

EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE     DATE

 

   

 

PRINTED EMPLOYEE NAME     DATE

 

   

 

VICE PRESIDENT     DATE

 

46


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

 

EXHIBIT 6 — MANAGEMENT REPORTS & CONTROL PROCESSES

 

DAILY FREQUENCY

Report

  

Responsibility

 

Distribution

Daily Position Report

 

Open volume (nominal and delta adjusted) and daily change in open volume by commodity and contract month.

   Middle Office Manager  

Traders

RMC 1

Daily Profit & Loss Report

 

Includes daily, month-to-date and year-to-date profit and loss.

   Middle Office Manager  

Traders

RMC 1

Daily Portfolio Risk Profile

 

VaR by risk group (i.e. natural gas and oil).

   Middle Office Manager  

Traders

RMC 1

 

1  

Reports distributed to select RMC members

 

47


Sprague Operating Resources LLC Risk Management Policy

 

Privileged and Confidential -    12/5/2011    

EXHIBIT 6 — MANAGEMENT REPORTS & CONTROL PROCESSES (CONT.)

 

MONTHLY FREQUENCY

Report

  

Responsibility

 

Distribution

Monthly Operations Review

 

Including month-to-date, year-to-date profit and loss, including narrative explanations of significant changes in volumes and mark-to-market amounts

   Financial Planning and Analysis in conjunction with Operations Accounting Manager  

Traders

RMC 1

Manual Valuation Report

 

List of all transactions which reside and are valued outside the Risk Management and Trading System

   Sr. Quantitative Analyst  

Traders

RMC 1

Monthly Limit Notice

 

Statement of compliance or noncompliance with all limits

   Chief Risk Officer  

Traders

RMC 1

 

AS NEEDED FREQUENCY

Report

  

Responsibility

 

Distribution

Stop-Loss Limit (MAT) Report    Chief Risk Officer  

Traders

RMC 1

Violation Report    Middle Office Manager  

Traders

RMC 1

Other Reports as Necessary    Chief Risk Officer   To Be Determined by Chief Risk Officer

 

1  

Reports distributed to select RMC members

 

48


ATTACHMENT 1 — Risk Management & Strategic Planning Org.

 

 

 

LOGO

Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

49


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

Table 1 - Data Warehouse Code #2

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

HEAT    200
#2 Diesel Fuel - Dyed    201
#2 H/S Wintrzd Dsl 50/50-Dyed    203
#2 H/S Marine Prem Dsl - Dyed    204
#2 H/S Diesel - Dyed    205
#2 H/S Premium Diesel - Dyed    206
#2 H/S Wintrzd Heating Oil 70/30-Dyed    209
HeatForce Prem Heating Oil    210
#2 H/S Wntrzd Diesel 60/40 Dyed    211
#2 Oil .25% Sulfur - Dyed    214
#2 H/S Marine Dsl - Dyed    216
MGO    227
MDO    228
#2 Marine Diesel .25S w/VT - Dyed    279
#2 HS GForce Prem Heating Oil    3034
#2 H/S Heating Oil - Dyed    3039
GC Jet - HO Basis    GC Jet - HO
GC No. 2 - HO Basis    GC No. 2 - HO
30 Gallon Drum Heatforce    HF30
5 Gallon Pail Heatforce    HF5
55 Gallon Drum Heatforce    HF55
Russian Gas Oil    RGO
Undyed Heating Oil    Undyd Heat Oil

Table 2 - Data Warehouse Code #4

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

#4 Oil - 0.3% Sulfur    403
#4 Oil - 0.5% Sulfur    405
#4 Oil - 0.6% Sulfur    406
#4 Oil - 1.0% Sulfur    410
#4 Oil - 1.3% Sulfur    413
#4 Oil - 1.5% Sulfur    415
#4 Oil - 2.0% Sulfur    420
450 ( IFO 180 )    450
451 (IFO 380)    451
#4 Oil - .25 Nitrogen    4OIL-.25N
#4 Oil - .28 Nitrogen    4OIL-.28N
IFO 180    IFO 180
IFO 380    IFO 380
IFO 40    IFO 40

 

50


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

Table 3 - Data Warehouse Code #5

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

#5 Oil - 0.5% Sulfur    505
#5 Oil - 0.6% Sulfur    506
#5 Oil - 0.7% Sulfur    507
#5 Oil - 1.0% Sulfur    510
#5 Oil - 1.4% Sulfur    514

Table 4 - Data Warehouse Code #6

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

#6 Oil - 0.3%    603
#6 Oil - 0.5% Sulfur    605
#6 Oil - 0.7% Sulfur    607
#6 Oil - 1.0% Sulfur    610
#6 Oil - 1.3% Sulfur    613
#6 Oil - 1.5% Sulfur    615
#6 Oil - 1.6% Sulfur    616
#6 Oil - 1.7% Sulfur    617
#6 Oil - 1.8% Sulfur    618
#6 Oil - 1.9% Sulfur    619
#6 Oil - 2.0% Sulfur    620
#6 Oil - 2.1% Sulfur    621
#6 Oil - 2.2% Sulfur    622
#6 Oil - 3% Sulfur    630
#6 Oil - 3.5% Sulfur    635
#6 Oil - 1.75% Sulfur    675
#6 Oil - 1.76% Sulfur    676
#6 Oil - 0.3% Sulfur High Pour    603HP
#6 Oil - 0.3% Sulfur Low Pour    603LP
#6 Oil - 0.5% Sulfur Low Pour    605LP
#6 Oil - 1.5% Sulfur IP    615 IP
NYH 6 1.0% - CL Basis    NYH 610 - CL

Table 5 - Data Warehouse Code BIO

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

#2 Heating Oil Dyed B-20 Bio    207
#2 Heating Oil B-2 Bio Dyed    212
#2 Heating Oil Dyed B-5 Bio    213
#2 Heating Oil Dyed B-99.9 Bio    215
#2 Heating Oil Dyed B-40 Bio    217
S15 USLD #2 40 / ULSK 40 / BIO 20    237
S500 #2 47.5 LS Dsl B-5 Clear    240
S500 #2 47.5 LS Dsl B-5 Dyed    241
S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-10 Dyed    245

 

51


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-10 Clear    246
#2 Heating Oil B-10 Bio Dyed    247
S500 #2 Prm 47.5 LSD B-5 Clear    248
S500 #2 Prm 47.5 LSD B-5 Dyed    249
S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-40 Dyed    265
S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-40 Clear    266
HeatForce Prem #2 Dyed B99.9 Bio    267
HeatForce Prem #2 Dyed B-2 Bio    269
HeatForce Prem #2 Dyed B-5 Bio    272
HeatForce Prem #2 Dyed B-20 Bio    275
HeatForce Prem #2 Dyed B-40 Bio    276
S15 #2 PRM ULSD CLEAR B-50    277
S15 #2 PRM ULSD DYED B-50    278
S500 No.2 RFC Pr LSD B-5 Clr    283
S500 No.2 RFC Pr LSD B-2 Clr    284
S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-20 Dyed    285
S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-2 Dyed    286
S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-2 Clear    287
S500 No.2 RFC Pr LSD B-20 Clr    288
S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-5 Dyed    289
S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-5 Clear    293
Biodiesel B-100    295
Bio Diesel (b20) - Dyed    296
S500 No.2 LS Diesel B-20 Clear    297
S500 LS Kero Dyed - B-2 Bio    300
S500 LS Kero Dyed - B-5 Bio    301
S500 LS Kero Dyed - B-20 Bio    302
S500 LS Kero Clear - B-2 Bio    303
S500 LS Kero Clear - B-5 Bio    304
S500 LS Kero Clear - B-20 Bio    305
S500 No.2 RFC Pr LSD B-2 Dyed    306
S500 No.2 RFC Pr LSD B-5 Dyed    307
S500 No.2 RFC Pr LSD B-20 Dyed    308
S15 #1ULS Diesel - B-50 Bio Clear    309
S15 ULS Kero Dyed - B-2 Bio    310
S15 ULS Kero Dyed - B-5 Bio    311
S15 ULS Kero Dyed - B-20 Bio    312
S15 ULS Kero Clear - B-2 Blo    313
S15 ULS Kero Clear - B-5 Bio    314
S15 ULS Kero Clear - B-20 Blo    315
S15 No.2 RFC Pr ULSD B-2 Dyed    316
S15 No.2 RFC Pr ULSD B-5 Dyed    317
S15 No.2 RFC Pr ULSD B-20 Dyed    318
S15 #2 ULSD Clear - B-50    324
S500 LSD 50/50 B20 CLR    326
S500 LSD 50/50 B20 DYED    327
S15 #2 ULSD Dyed - B-50    328
S15 #1ULS Diesel - B-50 Bio Dyed    329

 

52


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

S15 Prem ULSD #2 B-20 Clear    337
S15 No.2 47.5 ULSD Clear B-5    340
S15 No.2 47.5 ULSD Dyed B-5    341
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-10 Dyed    345
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-10 Clear    346
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel Clear B-99.9 Bio    347
S15 No.2 Prm 47.5 ULSD Clear B-5    348
S15 No.2 Prm 47.5 ULSD Dyed B-5    349
LSD / Kero Clear B-20 Bio-blend    355
S15 #2 RdFrc Prm ULSD Clr B-10    359
S15 No.1 ULSD Clear - B-10 Bio    365
S15 No.1 ULSD Dyed - B-10 Bio    366
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-40 Dyed    367
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-40 Clear    368
S15 #2 RdFrc Prm ULSD Dyd B-10    369
S15 No. 2 Prem ULSD B-5 Clear    372
S15 No.1 ULSD B-5 Bio Clear    375
S15 No.1 ULSD Dyed - B-5 Bio    376
S15 No.1 ULSD B-20 Bio Clear    377
S15 No.1 ULSD Dyed - B-20 Bio    378
S15 No.1 ULSD Clear B-2 Bio    379
No. 1 ULS Diesel Dyed B-2 Bio    380
515 No.2 RFC Pr ULSD B-5 Clr    383
S15 No.2 RFC Pr ULSD B-2 Clr    384
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-20 Dyed    385
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-2 Dyed    386
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-2 Clear    387
S15 No.2 RFC Pr ULSD B-20 Clr    388
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-5 Dyed    389
S15 No2 56/24/B-20 ULSD Clr    391
S15 No2 56/24/B-20 ULSD Dyed    392
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-5 Clear    393
S15 No2 Prm 56/24/B20 ULSD Clr    394
S15 No2 Prm 56/24/B20 ULSD Dyd    395
Diesel Fuel - ULS Dyed B-20 Bio    396
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel B-20 Clear    397
S15 No2 66.5/28.5/B5 ULSD Clr    3001
S15 No2 66.5/28.5/B5 ULSD Dyed    3002
S15 No 1 ULSD Clr B-5 w/detergent    3003
S15 No. 2 ULS Diesel B-80 Clear    3004
S15 No. 2 ULS Diesel B-80 Dyed    3005
S500 NRLM Winter Dsl 25Isd/55kero/B20    3006
S15 NRLM WntrBld 25 ulsd/55 ulsk/B20    3009
HeatForce Prem #2 Dyed B-10 Bio    3010
S15 No 1 ULSD Clr B-10 w/detergent    3014
B-99.9 Heating Fuel - Clear    3015
B-99.9 Bio    3016
#2 Heating Oil .2% Dyed B-5 Bio    3017

 

53


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

#2 Heating Oil .2% Dyed B-20 Bio    3018
S15 No. 2 Prem ULSD B-5 Dyed    3020
S15 ULS Kero Dyed - B-10 Bio    3022
S15 ULS Kero Clear - B-10 Bio    3023
S15 No. 1 ULSD Clear B-10 Bio    3024
S15 No. 1 ULSD Dyed B-10 Bio    3025
S15 No2 66.5/28.5/B5 Prm ULSD Clr    3026
S15 No2 66.5/28.5/B5 Prm ULSD Dyed    3027
S15 No2 54/36/B10 ULSD Clr    3028
S15 No2 54/36/B10 ULSD Dyed    3029
S15 No2 57/38/B5 ULSD Clr    3033
S15 No2 Prm 48/32/B20 ULSD Clr    3037
S15 ULS Prm Clr 40 / 40 / B-20    3038
B 100 Renewable Diesel    B 100 Renew Dsl
B 99.9 Blendstock    B 99.9 Bldsk
B-100 Biodiesel    B-100
B-100 Blendstock    B100 Blendstock
Retail BioDiesel    B2
B-5 Heating Oil    B-5 Heat
B-5 ULSD    B-5 ULSD
B-99.9 Biodiesel    B-99.9
B99.9 Renewable Diesel    B99.9 Rnw Dsl
Bio Blendstock    Bio Blendstock
Bio Heavies    Bio Heavy
Bio Heavies AFM    Bio Heavy AFM
BioHeat Blendstock    BioHeat Blndsk
Renewable Diesel    Renew Dsl

Table 6 - Data Warehouse Code CON

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

CONV Reg Gas - 87Oct    103
CONV Reg Gas - 87Oct-7.8 RVP    108
CONV Plus Gas - 89Oct    132
CONV Plus Gas 89Oct - 7.8 RVP    138
CONV Prem Gas - 91 Oct - 9.0 RVP    147
CONV Prem Gas - 91 Oct - 7.8 RVP    149
CONV Prem Gas - 93Oct    164
CONV Gas - 93Oct-7.8 RVP    169
CONV Gas - 92Octane    179
100 Low Lead Aviation Gasoline    199
CONV    CONV
LS CONV    LS CONV
MID CONV    MID CONV
PREM CONV    PREM CONV
PREM LS CONV    PREM LS CONV

 

54


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

Table 7 - Data Warehouse Code DSL

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

S500 No.2 90/10 LSD Clear    218
S500 No.2 RdForce Pr LSD Clr    230
S500 No.2 RdForce Pr LSD Dyed    231
S500 No.2 Premium LSD Clear    232
S500 No.2 Premium LSD Dyed    233
S500 No.2 Prm 80/20 LSD Clear    234
S500 No.2 Prm 50/50 LSD Clear    235
S500 No.2 Prm 75/25 LSD Clear    236
S500 No.2 Prm 70/30 LSD Clear    238
S500 No.2 Prm 70/30 LSD Dyed    239
S500 No.2 Prm 60/40 LSD Clear    242
S500 No.2 Prm 90/10 LSD Clear    243
S500 No.2 80/20 LSD Dyed w/add    244
LSD    250
S500 No.2 LS Diesel Dyed    251
S500 No.2 LS Htg Fuel Dyed    252
S500 No.2 75/25 LS Diesel Clr    253
S500 No.2 80/20 LS Diesel Clr    254
S500 No.2 50/50 LS Diesel Clear    256
S500 No.2 70/30 LS Diesel Dyed    257
S500 No.2 70/30 LS Diesel Clr    258
S500 No.2 Winterized LSD Clr    260
S500 No.2 85/15 LSD Clear    261
S500 No.2 60/40 LSD Clear    262
S500 No.2 60/40 LSD Dyed    263
S500 No.2 90/10 LSD Dyed    264
Marine Diesel - L/S - Clear    280
Marine Diesel - L/S - Dyed    281
S500 No.2 Retail LS Diesel    290
S500 No.2 Wntrz 70/30 LSD Dyed    298
S500 No. 2 50/50 LS Diesel Dyed    2000
S500 HeatForce LS Htg Fuel Dyed    3007
Marine Diesel - L/S Prem Dyed    3008
LSD - OFF ROAD    LSD OFF RD

Table 8 - Data Warehouse Code ETH

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

5.7% RBOB - Summer    105
RFG/OXY 87Oct-10% Eth VOC CTRL    109
RFG/OXY 87Oct-10% Eth VT VOC CTRL    110
RFG/OXY 87Oct-10% Eth    111
RFG/OXY 87Oct-10% Eth VT    112
RFG/OXY 87Oct-5.7%Eth VOC CTRL    114

 

55


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

RFG/OXY 870ct-5.7% Eth W/VT VOC CTRL    115
RFG/OXY 870ct-5.7% Eth    116
RFG/OXY 870ct-5.7%Eth VT    117
5.7% RBOB - Winter    118
10% RBOB - Summer    119
10% RBOB - Winter    120
RFG/OXY 890ct-10% Eth VOC CTRL    130
RFG RBOB Gas - 890ct.-9.0 RVP    137
RFG/OXY 890ct-10% Eth VT VOC CTRL    139
RFG/OXY 890ct-10% Eth    140
RFG/OXY 890ct-10% Eth VT    141
RFG/OXY 890ct-5.7% Eth VT VOC CTRL    142
RFG/OXY 890ct-5.7%Eth VT    143
RFG/OXY 890ct-5.7% Eth VOC CTRL    144
RFG/OXY 890ct-5.7%Eth    145
RFG/OXY 910ct-10% Eth VOC CTRL    150
RFG/OXY 910ct-10%Eth VT VOC CTRL    151
RFG/OXY 920ct-10% Eth VOC CTRL    152
RFG/OXY 920ct-10% Eth VT VOC CTRL    153
RFG/OXY 930ct-10% Eth VOC CTRL    154
RFG/OXY 930ct-10% Eth VT VOC CTRL    155
RFG/OXY 930ct-10% Eth    156
RFG/OXY 930ct-10% Eth VT    157
RFG/OXY 920ct-10% Eth    158
RFG/OXY 920ct-10% Eth VT    159
5.7% PBOB - Summer    165
RFG/OXY 910ct-10% Eth    174
RFG/OXY 910ct-10% Eth VT    180
RFG/OXY 930ct-5.7% Eth VOC CTRL    181
RFG/OXY 930ct-5.7% Eth VT VOC CTRL    182
RFG/OXY 920ct-5.7% Eth VOC CTRL    183
RFG/OXY 920ct-5.7% Eth VT VOC CTRL    184
RFG/OXY 910ct-5.7% Eth VOC CTRL    185
RFG/OXY 910ct-5.7% Eth VT VOC CTRL    186
RFG/OXY 930ct-5.7% Eth    187
RFG/OXY 930ct-5.7%Eth VT    188
E85 (85% Ethanol, 15% NL87)    191
RFG/OXY 920ct-5.7%Eth VT    192
RFG/OXY 910ct-5.7% Eth    193
RFG/OXY 910ct-5.7%Eth VT    194
5.7% PBOB - Winter    195
10% PBOB - Summer    196
10% PBOB - Winter    197
E70 (70% Ethanol, 30% NL87)    198
Ethanol E-100    1000
CONV Reg 870ct - 10% Eth    1001
CONV Prem 930ct - 10% Eth    1002
CONV MidGas 890ct - 10% Eth    1003

 

56


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

CONV PremGas 91Oct - 10% Eth    1004
CBOB    CBOB
Retail #E70    E7
Retail #E85    E8
Ethanol    Ethanol
Gasoline Blendstock    Gas Blendstock
GAS BLND    GAS BLND
MID RBOB    MID RBOB
Retail Midgrade Gasoline    N+
Retail Regular Gasoline    NL
Retail Premium Gasoline    NP
PBOB    PBOB
Premium CBOB    PREM CBOB
PREM E-10    PREM E-10
RBOB    RBOB
REG E-10    REG E-10

Table 9 - Data Warehouse Code JET

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

Jet Fuel    320
Jet Fuel JP-5    325
JET    JET

Table 10 - Data Warehouse Code KER

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

Kerosene - High Sulfur - Dyed    219
S500 No.1 LS Kero Dyed    220
S500 No.1 LS Diesel Clear    221
S500 No.1 LS Kerosene Clear    222
S500 No.1 Prm LS Diesel Dyed    223
Kerosene-Dyed Ultra-K    224
S500 No. 1 LS Kero/Heating Fuel Dyed    3035
Retail Kerosene    KE
KERO    KERO

Table 11 - Data Warehouse Code LCO

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

LCO    LCO
LS LCO    LS LCO

 

57


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

Table 12 - Data Warehouse Code RFG

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

Base 87    100
RFG Reg Gas - 870ct-Oxy/MTBE    101
RFG Reg Gas-87 OCT    102
RFG Reg Gas-870ct - W/VT    104
RFG Reg Gas-870ct-W/VT VOC CTRL    106
RFG Economy Gas - 870ct    107
RFG Reg Gas-870ct-VOC CTRL    113
RFG Mid Gas -890ct-Oxy/MBTE    131
RFG Mid Gas-890CT    133
RFG Mid Gas -890ct-W/VT    134
RFG MidGas-890ct-W/VT VOC CTRL    135
RFG Mid Gas -890ct-VOC CTRL    136
Oxy RFG Prem Gas-930ct-13.5RVP    160
Oxy RFG Prem Gas-930ct-9.0RVP    161
RFG Prem Gas-930CT    162
RFG Prem Gas-92OCTa    163
RFG Prem Gas-920CT W/VT    166
RFG PremGas-930ct-W/VT    167
RFG Ultra Gas - 940ct    168
RFG Prem Gas-910ct W/VT    170
RFG Prem Gas-920CT    171
RFG PremGas-930ct-W/VT VOC CTRL    172
RFG PremGas-910ct-VOC CTRL    173
RFG Prem Gas-91OCT    175
RFG Prem Gas-910CT W/VT VOC CTRL    176
RFG PremGas920CT-W/VT VOC CTRL    177
RFG PremGas-930ct-VOC CTRL    178
MID RFG    MID RFG
PREM RFG    PREM RFG
RFG    RFG

Table 13 - Data Warehouse Code ULK

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

S15 No 1 ULS Diesel Clr w/detergent    259
# 1 ULSD    270
Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel - Dyed    271
Ultra LS Diesel w/add -Clear    273
Ultra LS Diesel w/add - Dyed    274
S15 No.1 ULS Kero Dyed    319
No.1 ULS Diesel - Clear    321
S15 No.1 ULS Kerosene Clear    322
S15 No.1 Prm ULS Diesel Dyed    323
S15 No.1 ULS Diesel Clear    370
S15 No.1 ULS Diesel Dyed    371
S15 No.1 ULS Diesel w/add Clear    373
S15 No.1 ULS Diesel w/add Dyed    374
# 1 ULSK    ULSK #1

 

58


ATTACHMENT 2 – APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

Table 14 - Data Warehouse Code ULS

 

Product Name

  

Product Abbreviation

S15 No.2 RdForce Pr ULSD Clr    330
S15 No.2 RdForce Pr ULSD Dyed    331
S15 No.2 Premium ULSD Clear    332
S15 No.2 Premium ULSD Dyed    333
S15 No.2 Prm 80/20 ULSD Clear    334
S15 No.2 Prm 50/50 ULSD Clear    335
S15 No.2 Prm 75/25 ULSD Clear    336
S15 No.2 Prm 70/30 ULSD Clear    338
S15 No.2 Prm 70/30 ULSD Dyed    339
S15 No.2 Prm 60/40 ULSD Clear    342
S15 No.2 Prm 90/10 ULSD Clear    343
S15 No.2 80/20 ULSD Dyed w/add    344
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel Clear    350
S15 No.2 ULS Diesel Dyed    351
S15 No.2 ULS Htg Fuel Dyed    352
S15 No.2 75/25 ULS Diesel Clr    353
S15 No.2 80/20 ULS Diesel Clr    354
S15 No.2 50/50 ULS Diesel Clr    356
S15 No.2 70/30 ULS Diesel Dyed    357
S15 No.2 70/30 ULS Diesel Clr    358
S15 No.2 Winterized ULSD Clr    360
S15 No.2 85/15 ULSD Clear    361
S15 No.2 60/40 ULSD Clear    362
S15 No.2 60/40 ULSD Dyed    363
S15 No.2 90/10 ULSD Dyed    364
S15 No.2 Marine Diesel ULS Dyd    381
S15 No.2 Marine Diesel ULS Clr    382
S15 No.2 Retail ULS Diesel    390
S15 No.2 Wntrz 70/30 ULSD Dyed    398
S15 No 2 RdFrc 70/30 ULSD Clear    3011
S15 No 2 RdFrc 70/30 ULSD Dyed    3012
S15 #2 Retl ULSD-Off Rd-Co Use    3013
S15 No 2 ULS Diesel Clr w/detergent    3019
S15 No 2 ULS Dsl Dyed w/detergent    3021
S15 No 2 ULSD Clr w/detrg & cold flow    3030
S15 No.2 Winterized ULSD Dyed    3031
S15 No 2 ULSD Dyd w/detrg & cold flow    3032
S15 No.2 Wntrzd Retail ULS Diesel    3036
S15 #2 ULS Diesel Clear    3040
S15 #2 ULS Diesel Dyed    3041
S15 No. 2 80/20 ULS Diesel Dyed    3042
S15 No. 2 90/10 ULS Diesel Clear    3043

 

59


ATTACHMENT 2 - APPROVED PHYSICAL OIL PRODUCTS

 

Retail #2Diesel    D2
# 2 ULSD    ULSD #2
#2 ULSD Dyed    ULSD #2 Dyed

 

60


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 3 - Authorized Oil Traders and Instruments List    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

                           

Logistics

Employee

  

Position

  

Group

  

Commodity 1

  

Barge

  

Pipeline

  

Truck

  

Railcar

Steve Scammon

   VP, Trading, Pricing and Customer Service    Oil Trading, Pricing & Customer Service    Oil/NG    X    X    X    X

John Bischoff

   VP, Oil Supply    Oil Supply    Oil/NG    X    X    X    X

Steve Dunn

   Manager, USAC Light Products    Oil Supply    Oil/NG    X    x    x    x

Kevin Grant

   Director, Business Development    Oil Supply    Oil    X    X    X    X

Shamus Martin

   Manager, International Petroleum    Oil Supply    Oil/NG    X    x    x    x

Linda Theberge

   Oil Trader    Oil Supply    Oil    X    X    X    X

Lindsay Perret

   Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil    X    X    X    X

Ken Fonseca

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil    X    X    X    X

Kathy Trottner

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil    X    X    X    X

Tom Flaherty 2

   VP, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil            

David Daoust

   Managing Director, Sales & E-Com    Oil Sales    Oil            

Jess Albert

   Pricing Analyst    Oil Sales    Oil            

Natalie Hebert

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil            

Taylor Hudson

   Programs Development Manager    Oil Sales    Oil            

Hugh MacNaughton

   Manager, Desk Marketing    Oil Sales    Oil            

Krislyn Schweitzer

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil            

Kristine Sullivan

   Desk Marketing Associate    Oil Sales    Oil            

Bob Gilleco

   Managing Director, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil            

Barry Botman

   Account Manager    Oil Sales    Oil            

Steve Parise

   Managing Director, Wholesale Accounts    Oil Sales    Oil            

Mike Zampano

   Director, Industrial & Asphalt Sales    Oil Sales    Oil            

Burr Mosher

   Director, Bid/Contract Management    Pricing and Customer Service    Oil            

Tom Van De Water

   Director, Pricing & Customer Service   

Pricing and Customer

Service

   Oil            

 

1  

Nat Gas authorization only for specifically approved cross commodity positions

2

Authorization for rack and forward sales can be provided to sales staff as appropriate

3

In addition to 24 month contract term, term of forward positions limited to 32 months. Longer term contracts (25 to 60 months) require Sprague President (or designee if President unavailable) approval.

 

61


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 3 - Authorized Oil Traders and Instruments List    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

                   

Trading / Hedging Instruments

Employee

  

Position

  

Group

  

Commodity 1

  

NYMEX
Futures

  

ICE
Futures

  

EFP’s

  

Fixed-for-
Float Swap

  

Basis
Swap

  

Futures
Options

  

OTC
Options

Steve Scammon

   VP, Trading, Pricing and Customer Service    Oil Trading, Pricing & Customer Service    Oil/NG    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

John Bischoff

   VP, Oil Supply    Oil Supply    Oil/NG    X    x    x    x    x    x    x

Steve Dunn

   Manager, USAC Light Products    Oil Supply    Oil/NG    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

Kevin Grant

   Director, Business Development    Oil Supply    Oil    X    X    X    X    X      

Shamus Martin

   Manager, International Petroleum    Oil Supply    Oil/NG    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

Linda Theberge

   Oil Trader    Oil Supply    Oil    X    x    x    x    x    x    x

Lindsay Perret

   Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

Ken Fonseca

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil                     

Kathy Trottner

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil                     

Tom Flaherty 2

   VP, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil                     

David Daoust

   Managing Director, Sales & E-Com    Oil Sales    Oil    X       X            

Jess Albert

   Pricing Analyst    Oil Sales    Oil    X       X            

Natalie Hebert

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil    X       x            

Taylor Hudson

   Programs Development Manager    Oil Sales    Oil    X       X            

Hugh MacNaughton

   Manager, Desk Marketing    Oil Sales    Oil    X       X            

Kristyn Schweitzer

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil    X       X            

Kristine Sullivan

   Desk Marketing Associate    Oil Sales    Oil    X       X            

Bob Gillece

   Managing Director, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil                     

Barry Botman

   Account Manager    Oil Sales    Oil                     

Steve Parise

   Managing Director, Wholesale
Accounts
   Oil Sales    Oil                     

Mike Zampano

   Director, Industrial & Asphalt Sales    Oil Sales    Oil                     

Burr Mosher

   Director, Bid/Contract Management    Pricing and Customer Service    Oil                     

Tom Van De Water

   Director, Pricing & Customer Service    Pricing and Customer Service    Oil    X       X            

 

1  

Nat Gas authorization only for specifically approved cross commodity positions

2  

Authorization for rack and forward sales can be provided to sales staff as appropriate

3  

In addition to 24 month contract term, term of forward positions limited to 32 months. Longer term contracts (25 to 60 months) require Sprague President (or designee if President unavailable) approval.

 

62


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 3 - Authorized Oil Traders and Instruments List    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

                   

Sales / Marketing / System Supply Instruments

Employee

  

Position

  

Group

  

Commodity 1

  

Buy/Sell

  

Thruput

  

Exchange
Agreement

  

3rd Party
Storage

  

Reseller

  

Fixed
Forward

  

UGD

Steve Scammon

   VP, Trading, Pricing and Customer Service    Oil Trading, Pricing & Customer Service    Oil/NG    X    X    X    X         

John Bischoff

   VP, Oil Supply    Oil Supply    Oil/NG    X    X    X    X         

Steve Dunn

   Manager, USAC Light Products    Oil Supply    Oil/NG    X    X    X    X         

Kevin Grant

   Director, Business Development    Oil Supply    Oil    X          X       X   

Shamus Martin

   Manager, International Petroleum    Oil Supply    Oil/NG    X    X    X    X         

Linda Theberge

   Oil Trader    Oil Supply    Oil    X    X    X    X         

Lindsay Perret

   Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil    X    X    X    X         

Ken Fonseca

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil          X    X         

Kathy Trottner

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil          X    X         

Tom Flaherty 2

   VP, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

David Daoust

   Managing Director, Sales & E-Com    Oil Sales    Oil    X    X       X    X    X    X

Jess Albert

   Pricing Analyst    Oil Sates    Oil    X                X    X

Natalie Hebert

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil    X                X    X

Taylor Hudson

   Programs Development Manager    Oil Sales    Oil    X                X    X

Hugh MacNaughton

   Manager, Desk Marketing    Oil Sales    Oil                   X    X

Kristyn Schweitzer

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil    X                X    X

Kristine Sullivan

   Desk Marketing Associate    Oil Sales    Oil    X                X    X

Bob Gillece

   Managing Director, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

Barry Botman

   Account Manager    Oil Sales    Oil    X                X    X

Steve Parise

   Managing Director, Wholesale Accounts    Oil Sales    Oil    X             X    X    X

Mike Zampano

   Director, Industrial & Asphalt Sales    Oil Sales    Oil    X                X    X

Burr Mosher

   Director, Bid/Contract Management    Pricing and Customer Service    Oil    X                X   

Tom Van De Water

   Director, Pricing & Customer Service    Pricing and Customer Service    Oil                   X    X

 

1  

Nat Gas authorization only for specifically approved cross commodity positions

2  

Authorization for rack and forward sales can be provided to sales staff as appropriate

3  

In addition to 24 month contract term, term of forward positions limited to 32 months. Longer term contracts (25 to 60 months) require Sprague President (or designee if President unavailable) approval.

 

63


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 3 - Authorized Oil Traders and Instruments List    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

 

                           

Sales / Marketing / System Supply Instruments

Employee

  

Position

  

Group

  

Commodity 1

  

Heat
Curve

  

Downside
Protection

  

Rack and
Prompt

  

E-Commerce
Forwards

  

Collar

  

Forward
Basis

Steve Scammon

   VP, Trading, Pricing and Customer Service    Oil Trading, Pricing & Customer Service    Oil/NG                  

John Bischoff

   VP, Oil Supply    Oil Supply    Oil/NG                  

Steve Dunn

   Manager, USAC Light Products    Oil Supply    Oil/NG                  

Kevin Grant

   Director, Business Development    Oil Supply    Oil          X         

Shamus Marlin

   Manager, International Petroleum    Oil Supply    Oil/NG                  

Linda Theberge

   Oil Trader    Oil Supply    Oil                  

Lindsay Perret

   Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil                  

Ken Fonseca

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil                  

Kathy Trottner

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil                  

Tom Flaherty 2

   VP, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   X    X       X    X

David Daoust

   Managing Director, Sales & E-Com    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   X    X    X    X    X

Jess Albert

   Pricing Analyst    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   X    X    X    X    X

Natalie Hebert

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   x    x    x    x    x

Taylor Hudson

   Programs Development Manager    Oil Sates    Oil   

X

  

X

  

X

  

X

  

X

  

X

Hugh MacNaughton

   Manager, Desk Marketing    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   X    X    X    X    X

Kristyn Schweitzer

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   x    x    x    x    x

Kristine Sullivan

   Desk Marketing Associate    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   X    X    X    X    X

Bob Gillece

   Managing Director, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   x    x       x    x

Barry Botman

   Account Manager    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   x    x       x    x

Steve Parise

   Managing Director, Wholesale Accounts    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   X    X       X    X

Mike Zampano

   Director, Industrial & Asphalt Sales    Oil Sales    Oil   

X

   X    X       X    X

Burr Mosher

   Director, Bid/Contract Management    Pricing and Customer Service    Oil          X    X       X

Tom Van De Water

   Director, Pricing & Customer Service    Pricing and Customer Service    Oil   

X

   X    X    X    X    X

 

1  

Nat Gas authorization only for specifically approved cross commodity positions

2  

Authorization for rack and forward sales can be provided to sales staff as appropriate

3  

In addition to 24 month contract term, term of forward positions limited to 32 months. Longer term contracts (25 to 60 months) require Sprague President (or designee if President unavailable) approval.

 

64


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 3 - Authorized Oil Traders and Instruments List    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

                           

Contract Term 3

Employee

  

Position

  

Group

  

Commodity 1

  

Next
day of

  

Balance
Month

  

1 Month
Forward

  

2.8 Months
Forward

  

7-12
Months
Forward

  

13-18
Months
Forward

  

19-24
Months
Forward

Steve Scammon

   VP, Trading, Pricing and Customer Service    Oil Trading, Pricing & Customer Service    Oil/NG       X    X    X    X    X    X

John Bischoff

   VP, Oil Supply    Oil Supply    Oil/NG   

X

   X    X    X    X    X    X

Steve Dunn

   Manager, USAC Light Products    Oil Supply    Oil/NG   

X

   X    X    X    X    X    X

Kevin Grant

   Director, Business Development    Oil Supply    Oil   

X

   X    X    X    X    X    X

Shamus Martin

   Manager, International Petroleum    Oil Supply    Oil/NG   

X

   X    X    X    X    X    X

Linda Theborge

   Oil Trader    Oil Supply    Oil   

X

   X    X    X    X    X    X

Lindsay Perret

   Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil   

X

   X    X    X    X    X    X

Ken Fonseca

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil   

X

   X    X    X         

Kathy Trottner

   Senior Scheduler    Oil Supply    Oil   

X

   X    X    X         

Tom Flaherty 2

   VP, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

David Daoust

   Managing Director, Sales & E-Com    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Jess Albert

   Pricing Analyst    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Natalie Hebert

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Taylor Hudson

   Programs Development Manager    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Hugh MacNaughton

   Manager. Deck Marketing    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Kristyn Schweitzer

   Desk Marketing, E-Commerce    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Kristine Sullivan

   Desk Marketing Associate    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Bob Gilles°

   Managing Director, Sales    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Barry Botman

   Account Manager    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Steve Parise

   Managing Director, Wholesale Accounts    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Mike Zampano

   Director, Industrial & Asphalt Sales    Oil Sales    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Burr Mosher

   Director, Bid/Contract Management    Pricing and Customer Service    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

Tom Van De Water

   Director, Pricing & Customer Service    Pricing and Customer Service    Oil       X    X    X    X    X    X

 

1  

Nat Gas authorization only for specifically approved cross commodity positions

2  

Authorization for rack and forward sales can be provided to sales staff as appropriate

3  

In addition to 24 month contract term, term of forward positions limited to 32 months. Longer term contracts (25 to 60 months) require Sprague President (or designee if President unavailable) approval.

 

65


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 3 - Authorized Oil Traders and Instruments List    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

              

Logistics/ Storage

Employee

  

Position

  

Commodity

  

Transport

  

Storage 1

Brian Weep

   VP, Natural Gas    NG    X    X

Sorter Pasalic

   Director, Nat Gas Pricing and Supply    NG    X    X

Bill Nvahnv

   Manager, Financial Trading    NG    X    X

Tom Withka

   Trader    NG    X    X

Shaun Kennedy

   Trader    NG    X    X

Andrew Ronald 2

   Manager, Nat Gas Scheduling & Logistics    NG    X    X

Marlene Manning

   Team Lender, Nat Goo Logistics    NG    X    X

Elaine Moron

   Team Leader, Not Gas Logistics    NG    X    X

Dan Smith

   Director, Not Gas Opt; & Business Analysis    NG    X    X

Tana Ream

   Manager, Nat Otis Forecasting & Asset Mgmt    NO    X    X

Mark Roberts

   Managing Director, Not Gas Sales & Marketing    NG      

Claude Peyrot

   Director. Nat Gas Mid Market Sales    NG      

Dave Pickens

   Director, Nat Gas Commercial & Industrial Stiles    NG      

Kevin Piotrowski

   Manager. Nat Gas Desk Sales    NG      

 

1 -

  Storage includes park and loans, firm or interruptible, leased or owned.

2 -

  Authority can be extended to staff as necessary

3 -

  Includes NYMEX look-a-likes and Gas Daily options

4 -

  Includes time, basis, and cross commodity Nat Gas / Oil futures spreads

5 -

  Transactions with contract term of more than 24 months (term of positions more than 32 months) can be undertaken as hedges of transportation contracts or customer sales commitments, noting that sales to customers with contract terms of over 24 months (term of positions more than 32 months require Sprague President (or designee if President unavailable) approval.

 

66


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 3 - Authorized Oil Traders and Instruments List    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

              

Trading I Hedging Instruments

Employee

  

Position

  

Commodity

  

Index /
Fixed Price
Futures

  

Physicals

  

Index
Physicals

  

Swing
Swaps

  

Financial
Basis

  

Physical
Basis

  

Fixed-for-
Float
Swaps

  

Futures
Options

  

OTC
Options 3

  

Spreads 4

Brian Meg

   VP, Natural
Goa
   NG    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

Senor Pasalic

   Director,
Nat Gas
Pricing and
Supply
   NG    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

Bill Nvahay

   Manager,
Financial
Trading
   NG    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

Tom Wilhka

   Trader    NG    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

Shaun Kennedy

   Trader    NG    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X

Andrew Ronald 2

   Manager,
Nat Gas
Scheduling
& Logistics
   NG       X    X       X    X    X         

Marlene Manning

   Team
Loader, Nat
Gas
Logistics
   NG       X    X                     

Elaine Moran

   Team
Leader, Nat
Gas
Logistics
   NG       X    X                     

Dan Smith

   Director,
Nat Gas
Ops &
Business
Analysis
   NG       X    X                     

Tana Ream

   Manager,
Nat Gas
Forecasting
& Asset
Mgm’t
   NG                              

Mark Roberts

   Managing
Director,
Nat Gas
Sales &
Marketing
   NG                              

Claude Peyrot

   Director,
Nat Gas
Mid Market
Sales
   NG                              

Dave Pickens

   Director,
Nat Gas
Commercial
& Industrial
Sales
   NG                              

Kevin Piotrowski

   Manager,
Nat Gas
Desk Sales
   NG                              

 

1 -

  Storage includes park and loans, firm or interruptible, leased or owned.

2 -

  Authority can be extended to staff as necessary

3 -

  Includes NYMEX look-a-likes and Gas Daily options

4 -

  Includes time, basis, and cross commodity Nat Gas I Oil futures spreads

5 -

  Transactions with contract term of more than 24 months (term of positions more than 32 months) can be undertaken as hedges of transportation contracts or customer sales commitments, noting that sales to customers with contract terms of over 24 months (term of positions more than 32 months require Sprague President (or designee if President unavailable) approval.

 

67


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 3 - Authorized Oil Traders and Instruments List    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

 

             

Sales / Marketing Instruments

Employee

  

Position

  

Commodity

 

Forwards

 

Index

 

Trigger

 

Cap

 

Collar

 

Accelerated

Collar

Brian Wengo    VP, Natural Gas    NG   X   X   X   X   X   X
Senor Pasalic    Director, Nat Gas Pricing and Supply    NG   X   X   X   X   X   X
Bill Nvahay    Manager. Financial Trading    NG            
Tom Withka    Trader    NG            
Shaun Kennedy    Trader    NG            
Andrew Ronald 2    Manager, Not Gas Scheduling & Logistics    NG            
Marlene Manning    Team Leader. Nat Gas; Logistics    NG            
Elaine Moran    Team Leader, Nat Gas Logistics    NG            
Dan Smith    Director, Nat Gas Opt; & Business Analysis    NG            
Tana Ream    Manager, Nat Gas Forecasting & Asset Mgm’t    NG            
Mark Roberto    Managing Director, Nat Gas Sales & Marketing    NG   X   X   X   X   X   X
Claude Peyrot    Director, Nat Gas Mid Market Sales    NG   X   X   X   X   X   X
Dave Pickens    Director, Nat Gas Commercial & Industrial Sales    NG   X   X   X   X   X   X
Kevin Piotrowski    Manager, Nat Gas Desk Sales    NG   X   X   X   X   X   X

 

1 -

  Storage includes park and loans, firm or interruptible, leased or owned.

2 -

  Authority can be extended to staff as necessary

3 -

  Includes NYMEX look-a-likes and Gas Daily options

4 -

  Includes time, basis, and cross commodity Nat Gas / Oil futures spreads
5 -   Transactions with contract term of more than 24 months (term of positions more than 32 months) can be undertaken as hedges of transportation contracts or customer sales commitments, noting that sales to customers with contract terms of over 24 months (term of positions more than 32 months require Sprague President (or designee if President unavailable) approval.

 

68


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 4 - Authorized Oil Traders and Instruments List    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

                

Contract Term 5

Employee

  

Position

  

Commodity

  

Balance Next
Day

  

of Month

  

1 Month Forward
Forward

  

2.32 Months

Brian Weego    VP, Natural Gas    NG    X    X    X    X
Senor Pasalic    Director, Nat Gas; Pricing and Supply    NG    X    X    X    X
Bill Nyahay    Manager, Financial Trading    NG    X    X    X    X
Tom Withka    Trader    NG    X    X    X    X
Shaun Kennedy    Trader    NG    X    X    X    X
Andrew Ronald 2    Manager, Nat Gas Scheduling & Logistics    NG    X    X      
Marlene Manning    Team Leader, Nat Gas Logistics    NG    X    X      
Elaine Moran    Team Leader. Nat Gas Logistics    NG    X    X      
Dan Smith    Director, Nat Gas Ops & Business Analysis    NG    X    X    X    X
Tana Roam    Manager, Nat Gas Forecasting & Asset Mgm’t    NG    X    X      
Mark Roberts    Managing Director, Nat Gas Sales & Marketing    NG    X    X    X    X
Claude Peyrot    Director, Nat Gas Mid Market Sales    NG    X    X    X    X
Dave Pickens    Director, Nat Gas Commercial & Industrial Sales    NG    X    X    X    X
Kevin Piotrowski    Manager, Nat Gas Desk Sales    NG    X    x    x    x

 

1 -

  Storage includes park and loans, film or interruptible, leased or owned.

2 -

  Authority can be extended to staff as necessary

3 -

  Includes NYMEX look-a-likes and Gas Daily options

4 -

  Includes time, basis, and cross commodity Nat Gas I Oil futures spreads

5 -

  Transactions with contract term of more than 24 months (tens of positions more than 32 months) can be undertaken as hedges of transportation contracts or customer sales commitments, noting that sales to customers with contract terms of over 24 months (term of positions more than 32 months require Sprague President (or designee if President unavailable) approval.

 

69


Sprague Operating Resources LLC    ATTACHMENT 5 - Approved Materials Handling Products    Effective Date: 12/5/2011

 

PRODUCT NAME

  

Avery
Lane

   Everett    Oswego    Portland
Merrill
   Providence    Quincy    River
Road
   Searsport    South
Portland
   TRT
Aggregates             X             X      
Asphalt    X    X    X       X       X    X    X   
Aviation Fuel    X                         X   
Calcium Chloride          X                X      
Caustic Soda                      X    X       X
Cement                      X    X      
China Clay                         X    X   
Coal             X    X          X    X   
Furnace Slag             X             X      
Government Petroleum                   X          X   
Gypsum             X          X    X      
Heavy Lift             X             X      
Iron Oxide             X             X      
Logs             X             X      
Lumber             X             X      
Paper (rolled or bundled)             X             X      
Petcoke             X             X      
Pulp (baled)             X             X      
Recycled Oil                      X         
Salt             X    X       X    X    X   
Scrap             X             X      
Seaweed             X             X      
Sugar             X                  
Tallow                      X         
Tapioca             X             X      
Urea             X             X      
Veg Oil                               X
Wood Pellets - Bagged             X             X      
Wood Pellets - Bulk                         X      
Wood Chips - Bulk                      X    X      

 

70


Exhibit J

to Credit Agreement

[Reserved]


Exhibit K

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF CASH COLLATERAL DOCUMENTATION FOR LETTERS OF CREDIT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (the “ Borrower ”) hereby assigns, transfers and pledges to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “ Administrative Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, the Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto, and grants to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in, all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following accounts maintained by the Administrative Agent (the “ Accounts ”):

 

[                                         ]    [                                         ]    [                                         ]
[                                         ]    [                                         ]    [                                         ]

or such other number as may be subsequently assigned or maintained by the undersigned with the Administrative Agent, together with any subaccounts relating thereto and together with all monies or proceeds due or to become due thereunder or deposited therein, any and all additional or renewed deposit of said monies or proceeds, any and all property of whatever kind and nature in the account or in which such monies or proceeds may be invested, and all sums due or to become due on, or with respect to, such account by way of interest, dividend, bonus, redemption or otherwise and the proceeds of all of the foregoing (all hereinafter collectively known as the “ Collateral ”).

This assignment, pledge, transfer and security interest is given and made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower as collateral security for the Obligations.

The Borrower represents, warrants and covenants that: (i) the Collateral is not subject to any other security interest, except in favor of the Administrative Agent and as permitted under the Credit Agreement; and (ii) the Borrower shall not, at any time during which any Obligations are outstanding, assign, pledge or grant a security interest in any of the Collateral, except as permitted under the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower further represents and warrants that (a) it is the legal owner of the Collateral, subject to this agreement and Liens permitted under the Credit Agreement; (b) it has full power, authority and legal right to pledge and grant the security interests in and liens upon the Collateral; (c) this agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms; (d) no consent of any other person (including, without limitation, its stockholders or creditors) and no consent, license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority, domestic or foreign, is required to be obtained by it in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement, other than as set forth in Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement; and (e) the execution, delivery or performance of this agreement (i) will not violate any Requirement of Law, including any rules or regulations promulgated by the FERC, in each case to the extent applicable to or binding upon such Borrower, except where such violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its respective properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation (other than as created hereunder and Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement).


The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent at any time, and from time to time, during the existence of any Event of Default, either in its own name or in the name of the undersigned: (i) to apply, demand, set-off, collect and receive payment of any and all monies, property or proceeds due or to become due in respect of the Collateral; (ii) to execute any and all instruments required for the application, withdrawal or repayment of the same, or any part thereof; (iii) to insert in any instrument for the application or withdrawal of funds signed by the undersigned, the date and amount due under the Collateral or any part thereof and to complete such instrument in any respect; and (iv) to have dominion and control over the Collateral in all respects and to deal with the Collateral as the sole holder thereof, and the undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact to do any and all of the aforesaid. The rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder are in addition to the rights of the Administrative Agent under any other security or similar agreement. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall apply any of the Collateral for the reimbursement of all or any portion of any (i) Reimbursement Obligation with respect to any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized or (ii) L/C Participation Obligation of any Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit that has been Cash (100%) Collateralized, in each case, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and then to any other Obligations.

The Borrower will, at its own expense, promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, including, without limitation, the execution and filing of financing statements and amendments to financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code that the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create, perfect and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Administrative Agent to enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. The Administrative Agent may, at its discretion and without the undersigned’s signature where permitted by applicable law, file one or more financing statements and amendments to financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code naming the undersigned as debtor and the Administrative Agent as secured party and indicating therein the types or describing the items of Collateral herein specified; provided , however that, the Administrative Agent shall, if practical under the circumstances, provide to the Borrower three (3) Business Days prior written notice of the right to review any such filings and the Administrative Agent shall provide the Borrower with copies of such filings.

So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall release to the Borrower any cash from time to time held in the Accounts not required to be Cash Collateralized or Cash (100%) Collateralized pursuant to the Credit Agreement, including without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3.4(b) , 3.6(c) , 4.7 , 4.18 and 9 , as applicable, and upon the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all Obligations, the termination of all Letters of Credit, and the termination of all Commitments, the Administrative Agent shall release all cash held in the Accounts and delivery of such cash shall discharge in full the Administrative Agent’s obligations to the Borrower with respect to release and return of the Collateral.

The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent for any costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel’s fees and disbursements, which the Administrative Agent may incur in connection with any enforcement of its security interest, liens and other rights hereunder.

No delay on the Administrative Agent’s part in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right hereunder preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. The rights, remedies


and benefits herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies or benefits that the Administrative Agent may otherwise have. This agreement shall be binding upon the assigns and successors of the Borrower (except that the Borrower may not assign this agreement without the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent) and shall constitute a continuing agreement, applying to all future as well as existing transactions in connection with the Credit Agreement or any Obligations, whether or not of the character contemplated as of the date of this agreement.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. BY ITS EXECUTION HEREOF, THE BORROWER HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK AND CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT AGAINST IT BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT BY MEANS OF REGISTERED MAIL TO THE ADDRESS OF THE UNDERSIGNED SET FORTH IN SECTION 11.2 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. NOTHING HEREIN, HOWEVER, SHALL PREVENT SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY OTHER MEANS RECOGNIZED AS VALID BY LAW. NONE OF THE TERMS HEREOF MAY BE WAIVED, ALTERED OR AMENDED EXCEPT BY A WRITING DULY SIGNED BY THE BORROWER. IF ANY TERMS HEREOF SHALL BE HELD TO BE INVALID, ILLEGAL OR UNENFORCEABLE, THE VALIDITY OF ALL OTHER TERMS SHALL IN NO WAY BE AFFECTED THEREBY.

THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this agreement to be executed this      day of             ,         .

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit L

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF MORTGAGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

After recording please return to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Christopher Garcia    Quincy, Massachusetts

 

 

MORTGAGE, SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS, AND FIXTURE FILING

made by

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (formerly known as SPRAGUE ENERGY CORP.), as Mortgagor,

to

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and Mortgagee

Dated as of September     , 2013

 

 

 

  Location:  

 

 
   

 

 
   

 

 
   

 

  County  

[Maximum Principal Amount of Obligations . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the maximum principal amount of Obligations secured by this Mortgage at the time of execution hereof or which under any contingency may become secured by this Mortgage at any time hereafter is                      plus all interest payable on such principal amount under the Credit Agreement and all amounts expended by Mortgagee in accordance with the Credit Agreement and this Mortgage for the payment of (a) taxes, charges, or assessments which may be imposed by law upon the premises; (b) premiums on insurance policies covering the premises; (c) expenses incurred in upholding the lien of this Mortgage, including, but not limited to (1) the expenses of any litigation to prosecute or defend the rights and lien created by this Mortgage; (2) any amount, cost or charges to which the Mortgage becomes subrogated, upon payment, whether under recognized principles of law or equity, or under express statutory authority and (3) interest at the rate of interest provided for in the Credit Agreement.]


MORTGAGE, SECURITY AGREEMENT,

ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS, AND FIXTURE FILING

THIS MORTGAGE, SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS, AND FIXTURE FILING, dated as of September     , 2013, is made by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as SPRAGUE ENERGY CORP.) (“ Mortgagor ”), whose address is Two International Drive, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, “ Mortgagee ”), whose address is 277 Park Avenue, 22nd Floor, New York, New York 10172. References to this “ Mortgage ” or “ Security Document ” shall mean this instrument and any and all renewals, modifications, amendments, supplements, extensions, consolidations, substitutions, spreaders and replacements of this instrument.

BACKGROUND

A. Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time-to-time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with Mortgagor as Borrower, the several lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and BNP Paribas, as co-collateral agents, and certain other Persons named as agents therein as a party thereto. The terms of the Credit Agreement are incorporated by reference in this Mortgage as if the terms thereof were fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Mortgage and the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement shall govern and control.

B. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make loans to and participate in letters of credit issued for the account, and the Issuing Lenders have agreed to issue letters of credit for the account of, the Mortgagor upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

C. It is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective Loans and the Issuing Lenders to issue their Letters of Credit to or for the account of the Mortgagor under the Credit Agreement that Mortgagor shall have executed and delivered this Mortgage, as security for the Obligations, to Mortgagee for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

GRANTING CLAUSES

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Mortgagor agrees that to secure complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations;

SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREIN, MORTGAGOR DOES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY MORTGAGE, GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL, PLEDGE, ASSIGN, WARRANT, TRANSFER AND CONVEY TO MORTGAGEE, IN EACH CASE FOR THE RATABLE BENEFIT OF THE SECURED PARTIES, THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, RIGHTS, INTERESTS AND ESTATES NOW OWNED, OR HEREAFTER ACQUIRED BY MORTGAGOR:

(a) All of the estate, right, title, claim or demand whatsoever of Mortgagor, in possession or expectancy, in and to those certain tracts of land, described in Exhibit A , attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Land ”);


(b) The rights, interests and estates created under those certain servitudes, easements, rights of way, privileges, franchises, prescriptions, licenses, leases, permits and/or other rights described in Exhibit A , attached hereto and made a part hereof, and all of Mortgagor’s right, title and interest (whether now owned or hereafter acquired by operation of Law or otherwise) in any servitudes, easements, rights of way, privileges, franchises, prescriptions, licenses, leases, permits and/or other rights in and to any land, in any county and section shown on Exhibit A even though they may be incorrectly described in or omitted from such Exhibit A relating to the Land, together with any amendments, renewals, extensions, supplements, modifications or other agreements related to the foregoing, and further together with any other servitudes, easements, rights of way, privileges, prescriptions, franchises, licenses, permits and/or other rights (whether presently existing or hereafter created and whether now owned or hereafter acquired by operation of Law or otherwise) used, held for use in connection with, or in any way related to the Land;

(c) All of Mortgagor’s right, title and interest (whether now owned or hereafter acquired by operation of Law or otherwise) in and to any and all buildings, improvements, structures, fixtures, or any other real property (collectively, the “ Improvements ”; together with the Land, the “ Real Estate ”) located on the Land;

(d) All rights, estates, powers and privileges appurtenant to the rights, interests and properties set forth in clauses (a)-(c) above;

(e) without limiting any other provision of these granting clauses, all right, title and interest of Mortgagor in, to and under all easements, rights of way, licenses, operating agreements, abutting strips and gores of land, streets, ways, alleys, passages, sewer rights, waters, water courses, water and flowage rights, development rights, air rights, mineral and soil rights, plants, standing and fallen timber, and all estates, rights, titles, interests, privileges, licenses, tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances belonging, relating or pertaining to the Real Estate, and any reversions, remainders, rents, issues, profits and revenue thereof and all land lying in the bed of any street, road or avenue, in front of or adjoining the Land to the center line thereof;

(f) all right, title and interest of Mortgagor in, to and under all of the fixtures, chattels, business machines, machinery, apparatus, equipment, furnishings, fittings, appliances and articles of personal property of every kind and nature whatsoever, and all appurtenances and additions thereto and substitutions or replacements thereof (together with, in each case, attachments, components, parts and accessories) currently owned or subsequently acquired by Mortgagor and now or subsequently attached to, or contained in or used or usable in any way in connection with any operation or letting of the Mortgaged Property (as defined below), including but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all screens, awnings, shades, blinds, curtains,

 

-2-


draperies, artwork, carpets, rugs, storm doors and windows, furniture and furnishings, heating, electrical, and mechanical equipment, lighting, switchboards, plumbing, ventilating, air conditioning and air-cooling apparatus, refrigerating, and incinerating equipment, escalators, elevators, loading and unloading equipment and systems, stoves, ranges, laundry equipment, cleaning systems (including window cleaning apparatus), telephones, communication systems (including satellite dishes and antennae), televisions, computers, sprinkler systems and other fire prevention and extinguishing apparatus and materials, security systems, motors, engines, machinery, pipes, hoses, pumps, tanks, loading racks, wharves, docks, pipelines, conduits, appliances, fittings and fixtures of every kind and description held in connection with the operation of, and located on, the Mortgaged Property, and all licenses and permits of whatever nature, including, but not limited to, that now or hereafter used or held for use in connection with the Mortgaged Property, and all renewals or replacements of the foregoing or substitutions for the foregoing provided that the foregoing items described in this clause (f) shall not include any rights or property excluded as collateral in the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement (all of the foregoing non-excluded rights or property in this paragraph (f) being referred to as the “ Equipment ”);

(g) all right, title and interest of Mortgagor in and to all substitutes and replacements of, and all additions and improvements to, the Mortgaged Property and the Equipment, subsequently acquired by Mortgagor (or released from the lien of any equipment financing after the date hereof) or constructed, assembled or placed by Mortgagor on the Mortgaged Property, immediately upon such acquisition, release, construction, assembling or placement, including, without limitation, any and all building materials whether stored at the Mortgaged Property or offsite, and, in each such case, without any further deed, conveyance, “assignment or other act by Mortgagor provided that the foregoing items described in this clause (g) shall not include any rights or property excluded as collateral in the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement;

(h) all right, title and interest of Mortgagor in, to and under all leases, subleases, underlettings, concession agreements, management agreements, licenses and other similar agreements granting to a third party a right to use or occupancy of the Mortgaged Property or the Equipment or any part thereof, now existing or subsequently entered into by Mortgagor and whether written or oral and all guarantees of any of the foregoing (collectively, as any of the foregoing may be amended, restated, extended, renewed or modified from time to time, the “ Leases ”), and all rights of Mortgagor in respect of cash and securities deposited thereunder and the right to receive and collect the revenues, income, rents, issues and profits thereof, together with all other rents, royalties, issues, profits, revenue, income and other benefits arising from the use and enjoyment of the Mortgaged Property (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Rents ”);

(i) all unearned premiums under insurance policies now or subsequently obtained by Mortgagor relating to the Mortgaged Property or Equipment and Mortgagor’s interest in and to all proceeds of any such insurance policies (including title insurance policies) including the right to collect and receive such proceeds, subject to the provisions relating to insurance generally set forth below; and all awards and other compensation, including the interest payable thereon and the right to collect and receive the same, made to the present or any subsequent owner of the Mortgaged Property or Equipment for the taking by eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, of all or any part of the Mortgaged Property or any easement or other right therein subject to the provisions set forth below; and

 

-3-


(j) to the extent the grant of a Lien therein is not prohibited under the applicable contract, consent, license or other item unless the appropriate consent has been obtained and not prohibited by applicable law, all right, title and interest of Mortgagor in and to (i) all contracts from time to time executed by Mortgagor or any manager or agent on its behalf relating to the ownership, construction, maintenance, repair, operation, occupancy, sale or financing of the Mortgaged Property or Equipment or any part thereof and all agreements and options relating to the purchase or lease of any portion of the Mortgaged Property or any property which is adjacent or peripheral to the Mortgaged Property which are appurtenant to the ownership of the Mortgaged Property, together with the right to exercise such options and all leases of Equipment, (ii) all consents, licenses, building permits, certificates of occupancy and other governmental approvals relating to construction, completion, occupancy, use or operation of the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof, and (iii) all drawings, plans, specifications and similar or related items relating to the Mortgaged Property.

(All of the foregoing property and rights and interests now owned or held or subsequently acquired by Mortgagor and described in, and not excluded from, the foregoing clauses (a) through (j) are collectively referred to as the “ Mortgaged Property ”).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Mortgaged Property and the rights and privileges hereby granted unto Mortgagee, its successors and assigns for the uses and purposes set forth, until the Obligations are fully paid and fully performed and the Commitments no longer remain in effect.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Mortgagor further represents, warrants, covenants and agrees with Mortgagee and the Secured Parties as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein (including in the “Background” and “Granting Clauses” sections above) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. References in this Mortgage to the “ Default Rate ” shall mean the interest rate applicable pursuant to Section 4.2(c)(iii) of the Credit Agreement.

2. Warranty of Title . Mortgagor warrants that it has good record title in fee simple to the Real Estate, and good title to the rest of the Mortgaged Property, subject only to the matters that are set forth in Schedule B of the title insurance policy or policies being issued to Mortgagee to insure the lien of this Mortgage and any other lien or encumbrance as permitted by Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement (collectively, the “ Permitted Exceptions ”). Mortgagor shall warrant, defend and preserve such title and the lien of this Mortgage against all claims of all persons and entities (not including the holders of the Permitted Exceptions). Mortgagor represents and warrants that it has the right and authority to mortgage the Mortgaged Property.

 

-4-


3. Payment Pursuant to the Loan Documents . Mortgagor shall pay and perform the Obligations which it is obligated to pay and perform at the times and places, and in the manner specified, in the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

4. Requirements . (a) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement, Mortgagor shall promptly comply with, or cause to be complied with, and conform to all Requirements of Law of all Governmental Authorities which have jurisdiction over the Mortgaged Property, and all covenants, restrictions and conditions now or later of record which may be applicable to any of the Mortgaged Property, or to the use, manner of use, occupancy, possession, operation, maintenance, alteration, repair or reconstruction of any of the Mortgaged Property, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) From and after the date of this Mortgage, Mortgagor shall not by act or omission permit any building or other improvement on any premises not subject to the lien of this Mortgage or owned or operated by Mortgagor or any other Loan Party to rely on the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof or any interest therein in order to fulfill any Requirement of Law; provided, that the foregoing shall not prevent, restrict or otherwise limit any such reliance to the extent existing on of the date of this Mortgage to fulfill any Requirement of Law. Mortgagor shall not by act or omission impair in any material respect the integrity of any of the Real Estate as a single zoning lot(s) and tax lot(s) separate and apart from all other premises not owned or operated by Mortgagor or another Loan Party and are not covered by a mortgage or deed of trust in favor of Mortgagee.

5. Payment of Taxes and Other Impositions . (a) Except as permitted by Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement, promptly when due or prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or cost may be added thereto or imposed, Mortgagor shall pay and discharge all real property taxes and assessments of every kind and nature, all charges for any easement or agreement maintained for the benefit of any of the Mortgaged Property, all general and special real property assessments, levies, permits, inspection and license fees, all water and sewer rents and charges, vault taxes, and all other public charges even if unforeseen or extraordinary, imposed upon or assessed against or which may become a lien on any of the Mortgaged Property, or arising in respect of the occupancy, use or possession thereof, together with any penalties or interest on any of the foregoing (all of the foregoing are collectively referred to as “ Impositions ”). If there is an Event of Default which is continuing, Mortgagor shall within thirty (30) days after each due date deliver to Mortgagee (i) original or copies of receipted bills and cancelled checks evidencing payment of such Imposition if it is a real estate tax or other public charge and (ii) evidence reasonably acceptable to Mortgagee showing the payment of any other such Imposition. If by law any Imposition, at Mortgagor’s option, may be paid in installments (whether or not interest shall accrue on the unpaid balance of such Imposition), Mortgagor may elect to pay such Imposition in such installments and shall be responsible for the payment of such installments with interest, if any.

(b) If the Mortgagor has failed to pay an Imposition within thirty (30) days of when it is due, Mortgagee with notice to Mortgagor may pay any such Imposition at any time thereafter. Any sums paid by Mortgagee in discharge of any Impositions shall be payable on demand by Mortgagor to Mortgagee and the amount so paid shall be added to the Obligations.

 

-5-


Any sums paid by Mortgagee in discharge of any Impositions shall be (i) a lien on the Mortgaged Property secured hereby prior to any right or title to, interest in, or claim upon the Mortgaged Property subordinate to the lien of this Mortgage, and (ii) payable on demand by Mortgagor to Mortgagee together with interest at the Default Rate.

(c) Mortgagor shall have the right before any delinquency occurs to contest or object in good faith to the amount or validity of any Imposition by appropriate legal proceedings, but such right shall not be deemed or construed with respect to any material Imposition, in any way as relieving, modifying, or extending Mortgagor’s covenant to pay any such material Imposition at the time and in the manner provided in this Section unless (i) Mortgagor has given prior written notice to Mortgagee of Mortgagor’s intent so to contest or object to a material Imposition, and (ii) Mortgagor shall either (x) furnish a good and sufficient bond or surety as requested by and reasonably satisfactory to Mortgagee or (y) maintain adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP on Mortgagor’s books, in each case in the amount of the material Imposition which is being contested plus any interest and penalty which may be imposed thereon and which could become a lien against the Real Estate or any part of the Mortgaged Property.

6. Insurance . (a) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement, Mortgagor shall maintain or cause to be maintained on all of the Mortgaged Property, in such form and in such amounts as, from time to time, shall be acceptable to Mortgagee, in its sole reasonable discretion, the following insurance:

(i) property insurance against loss or damage by fire, lightning, windstorm, tornado, water damage, flood, earthquake and by such other further risks and hazards as now are or subsequently may be covered by an “all risk” policy or a fire policy covering “special” causes of loss, and the policy limits shall be automatically reinstated after each loss in amounts customary for companies in similar businesses similarly situated;

(ii) commercial general liability insurance under a policy including the “broad form CGL endorsement” (or which incorporates the language of such endorsement), covering claims for personal injury, bodily injury or death, or property damage occurring on, in or about the Mortgaged Property with respect to injury and property damage relating to any one occurrence in amounts customary for companies in similar businesses similarly situated; and

(iii) such other insurance in such amounts as Mortgagee may reasonably request from time to time against loss or damage by any other risk commonly insured against by persons occupying or using like properties for similar businesses in the locality or localities in which the Real Estate is situated.

(b) Each property insurance policy shall (x) be provided by insurance companies which have a Best’s rating of at least “AXII”, (y) provide that it shall not be cancelled, non-renewed or materially amended without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Mortgagee, and (z) with respect to all property insurance, provide for deductibles in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Mortgagee, and contain a “Replacement Cost Endorsement” without any deduction made for depreciation and with no co-insurance penalty (or attaching an agreed amount endorsement reasonably satisfactory to Mortgagee), without contribution, under a

 

-6-


“standard” or “New York” mortgagee clause reasonably acceptable to Mortgagee. Liability insurance policies shall name Mortgagee for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured and contain a waiver of subrogation against Mortgagee and the other Secured Parties. Each policy of property insurance shall expressly provide that any proceeds which are payable to Mortgagee shall be paid by check payable to the order of Mortgagee only and requiring the endorsement of Mortgagee only.

(c) Mortgagor shall deliver to Mortgagee a certificate of such insurance reasonably acceptable to Mortgagee. Mortgagor shall (i) pay as they become due all premiums for such insurance and (ii) not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of each policy to be furnished pursuant to the provisions of this Section, deliver a renewed policy or policies, or duplicate original or originals thereof, marked “premium paid,” or accompanied by such other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to Mortgagee.

(d) If Mortgagor is in default of its obligations to insure or deliver any such prepaid policy or policies, then Mortgagee, at its option and with notice to Mortgagor, may effect such insurance from year to year, and pay the premium or premiums therefor, and Mortgagor shall pay to Mortgagee, within thirty (30) days of Mortgagee’s demand therefor, such premium or premiums so paid by Mortgagee with interest from the time of payment at the Default Rate.

(e) Mortgagor promptly shall comply with and conform to (i) all material provisions of each such insurance policy, and (ii) all material requirements of the insurers applicable to Mortgagor or to any of the Mortgaged Property or to the use, manner of use, occupancy, possession, operation, maintenance, alteration or repair of any of the Mortgaged Property. Mortgagor shall not use or permit the use of the Mortgaged Property in any manner which would not allow the Mortgagor to obtain the insurance policies required pursuant to this Section 6.

(f) If the Mortgaged Property, or any material part thereof, shall be destroyed or damaged, Mortgagor shall give notice thereof to Mortgagee. All insurance proceeds shall be paid and applied pursuant to Section 4.7(c) of the Credit Agreement (subject to any right set forth therein of Mortgagor to use the proceeds to repair or replace the Mortgaged Property). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, but expressly subject to the provisions of Section 4.7(c) of the Credit Agreement, Mortgagor shall have the right to adjust such loss, and the insurance proceeds relating to such loss shall be paid over to Mortgagor.

(g) In the event of foreclosure of this Mortgage or other transfer of title to the Mortgaged Property to the Mortgagee, all right, title and interest of Mortgagor in and to any insurance policies, solely with respect to the Mortgaged Property, then in force shall pass to the purchaser or grantee.

(h) Mortgagor may maintain insurance required under this Mortgage by means of one or more blanket insurance policies maintained by Mortgagor; provided, however, that (A) any such policy shall specify, or Mortgagor shall furnish to Mortgagee a written statement from the insurer so specifying, the maximum amount of the total insurance afforded by such blanket policy that is allocated to the Mortgaged Property and the other Mortgaged Property

 

-7-


and any sublimits in such blanket policy applicable to the Mortgaged Property and the other Mortgaged Property, (B) each such blanket policy shall include an endorsement providing that, in the event of a loss resulting from an insured peril, insurance proceeds shall be allocated to the Mortgaged Property in an amount equal to the coverages required to be maintained by Mortgagor as provided above and (C) the protection afforded under any such blanket policy shall be no less than that which would have been afforded under a separate policy or policies as required hereunder relating only to the Mortgaged Property.

7. Restrictions on Liens and Encumbrances . Except for the lien of this Mortgage and the Permitted Exceptions, and except as expressly permitted under the Credit Agreement or this Mortgage, Mortgagor shall not, without the prior written consent of Mortgagee, further mortgage, nor otherwise encumber the Mortgaged Property nor create or suffer to exist any lien, charge or encumbrance on the Mortgaged Property, or any part thereof, whether superior or subordinate to the lien of this Mortgage and whether recourse or non-recourse.

8. Due on Sale and Other Transfer Restrictions . Except as expressly permitted under the Credit Agreement, Mortgagor shall not, without the prior written consent of Mortgagee, sell, transfer, convey or assign all or any portion of, or any interest in, the Mortgaged Property. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Mortgagor may use, lease and dispose of all or any part of the Mortgaged Property in the ordinary course of its business, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement and the provisions of this Mortgage.

9. Condemnation/Eminent Domain . Subject to the Credit Agreement, upon obtaining knowledge of the institution of any proceedings for the condemnation of the Mortgaged Property, or any portion thereof, Mortgagor will notify Mortgagee of the pendency of such proceedings. Mortgagee is hereby authorized and empowered by Mortgagor to settle or compromise any claim in connection with such condemnation and to receive all awards and proceeds thereof to be applied pursuant to Section 4.7(c) of the Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, but expressly subject to the provisions of Section 4.7(c) of the Credit Agreement (including any right set forth therein of Mortgagor to use the proceeds to repair or replace the Mortgaged Property), (i) Mortgagor shall, at its expense, diligently prosecute any proceeding relating to such condemnation, (ii) Mortgagor may settle or compromise any claims in connection therewith and (iii) Mortgagor may receive any awards or proceeds thereof, provided that Mortgagor shall (a) in the event of a partial taking of an individual Mortgaged Property and to the extent reasonably possible promptly repair and restore Mortgaged Property to its condition prior to such condemnation, regardless of whether any award shall have been received or whether such award is sufficient to pay for the costs of such repair and restoration or (b) otherwise comply with the provisions of the Credit Agreement relating to the disposition of Net Cash Proceeds from a Recovery Event or otherwise.

10. Leases . Except as expressly permitted under the Credit Agreement, Mortgagor shall not (a) execute an assignment or pledge of any Lease relating to all or any portion of the Mortgaged Property other than in favor of Mortgagee, or (b) during the continuance of an Event of Default, execute any Lease of any of the Mortgaged Property without the written consent of Mortgagee. Mortgagor shall deliver to Mortgagee copies of all leases promptly upon the request of Collateral Agent.

 

-8-


11. Further Assurances . To further assure Mortgagee’s rights under this Mortgage, Mortgagor agrees upon written demand of Mortgagee to do any act or execute any additional documents (including, but not limited to, security agreements on any personalty included or to be included in the Mortgaged Property and a separate assignment of each Lease in recordable form) as may be reasonably required by Mortgagee to confirm the lien of this Mortgage and all other rights or benefits conferred on Mortgagee by this Mortgage.

12. Mortgagee’s Right to Perform . If Mortgagor fails to perform any of the covenants or agreements of Mortgagor contained herein, within the applicable grace period, if any, provided for in the Credit Agreement, Mortgagee, without waiving or releasing Mortgagor from any obligation or default under this Mortgage may, (but shall be under no obligation to) at any time upon delivery of written notice to Mortgagor pay or perform the same, and the amount or cost thereof, with interest at the Default Rate, shall be due on demand from Mortgagor to Mortgagee and the same shall be secured by this Mortgage and shall be a lien on the Mortgaged Property prior to any right, title to, interest in, or claim upon the Mortgaged Property attaching subsequent to the lien of this Mortgage. No payment or advance of money by Mortgagee under this Section shall be deemed or construed to cure Mortgagor’s default or waive any right or remedy of Mortgagee.

13. Representations and Warranties .

(a) The Real Estate, and the use and operation thereof, comply in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, including, without limitation, building and zoning ordinances and codes and the Americans with Disabilities Act except for such noncompliance as does not and will not, in the aggregate, result in any Material Adverse Effect. There has not been committed by Mortgagor or, to Mortgagor’s knowledge, any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of the Mortgaged Property any act or omission affording any Governmental Authority the right of forfeiture as against the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof.

(b) As of the date hereof, Mortgagor has not received notice of the commencement of any condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding and, to Mortgagor’s knowledge, no such proceeding is threatened or contemplated with respect to all or any portion of the Real Estate or for the relocation of roadways providing access to the Real Estate which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) As of the date hereof, there are adequate rights of access to public ways from the Real Estate and the Real Estate is served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service the Mortgaged Property for full utilization of the Mortgaged Property for its intended uses. All public utilities necessary to the full use and enjoyment of the Mortgaged Property as currently used and enjoyed are located either in the public right-of-way abutting the Real Estate (which are connected so as to serve the Real Estate without passing over other property) or in recorded easements serving the Real Estate and such easements are set forth in and insured by the Title Insurance Policy. All roads necessary for the use of the Real Estate

 

-9-


for its current purposes either (i) have been completed and dedicated to public use and accepted by all Governmental Authorities or (ii) the use thereof is provided by private easement adequate for the present use of the Mortgaged Property. The Real Estate has, or to the knowledge of Mortgagor, is served by, parking to the extent required to comply with all Requirements of Law.

(d) The Real Estate is assessed for real estate tax purposes as one or more wholly independent tax lot or lots, separate from any adjoining land or improvements not constituting a part of such lot or lots, and no other land or improvement is assessed and taxed together with the Real Estate or any portion thereof.

(e) As of the date hereof, to Mortgagor’s knowledge after due inquiry, there are no pending or proposed special or other assessments for public improvements or otherwise affecting the Mortgaged Property, nor are there any contemplated improvements to the Mortgaged Property that may result in such special or other assessments.

(f) All mortgage, mortgage recording, stamp, intangible or other similar tax required to be paid by any Person under any Requirements of Law currently in effect in connection with the execution, delivery, recordation, filing, registration, perfection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any Mortgage and Security Agreement, have been paid or will be paid.

(g) As of the date hereof, except to the extent waived by Collateral Agent, the survey for the Real Estate delivered to Lender in connection with this Mortgage accurately reflects the Real Estate, and to the knowledge of the Mortgagor does not fail to reflect any material matter affecting the Real Estate or the title thereto, except as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto.

(h) As of the date hereof, there are no Leases affecting the Mortgaged Property except as provided on Schedule I hereof.

14. Covenants .

(a) Access to Property . Subject to the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement, the Mortgagor shall permit agents, representatives and employees of the Collateral Agent to inspect the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof at reasonable intervals upon reasonable advance notice during regular business hours.

(b) Awards; Insurance Proceeds . The Mortgagor shall cooperate with the Collateral Agent in obtaining for the Collateral Agent the benefits of any Net Cash Proceeds lawfully or equitably payable in connection with any Recovery Event to the extent required by the Credit Agreement, and the Collateral Agent shall be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable, actual attorneys’ fees and disbursements, as to any Approved Acquisition Asset, the payment by Mortgagor of the expense of an appraisal on behalf of the Collateral Agent in case of a casualty or condemnation affecting the Property or any part thereof) out of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(c) Zoning . Mortgagor shall not initiate or consent to any zoning reclassification of any portion of the Real Estate or seek any variance under any existing zoning

 

-10-


ordinance or use or permit the use of any portion of the Real Estate in any manner that could result in such use becoming a non-conforming use under any zoning ordinance or any other applicable land use law, rule or regulation, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(d) No Joint Assessment . Mortgagor shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the Real Estate with (a) any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Real Estate, or (b) any portion of the Real Estate which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the Lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to the Real Estate.

(e) Reciprocal Easement Agreements . Mortgagor shall not enter into, terminate or modify any reciprocal easement agreement (“ REA ”) without the Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Mortgagor shall enforce, comply with, and cause each of the parties to any REA to comply with all of the material economic terms and conditions contained in the REA.

(f) Defense of Title . The Mortgagor will preserve its interest in and title to the Mortgaged Property and shall cause this Mortgage, and each amendment, modification or supplement hereto, to be recorded and filed and to be kept recorded and filed in such manner and in such places, as may be required by law in order to establish, preserve and protect the validity and priority of the Lien and security interest created herein against the claims of all Persons whomsoever claiming by, through or under the Mortgagor).

15. Remedies .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Mortgagee may immediately take such action, without notice or demand (except as otherwise provided herein) only to the extent permitted by applicable law, it deems reasonably necessary to protect and enforce its rights against Mortgagor and in and to the Mortgaged Property, including, but not limited to, the following actions, each of which may be pursued concurrently or otherwise to the extent permitted by applicable law, at such time and in such manner as Mortgagee may determine, in its sole discretion, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Mortgagee:

(i) Mortgagee may at its option, in addition to other remedies provided at law and to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement, declare all sums secured by this Mortgage immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest and non-payment or other notice of default or notice of acceleration or notice of intention to acceleration or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by Mortgagor and all other parties obligated in any manner whatsoever to pay and/or perform the Obligations (except to the extent required hereunder or under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or under any provision of applicable law that cannot be waived).

(ii) To the extent permitted under applicable law, Mortgagee may elect to sell the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof to be at such place or places and otherwise in

 

-11-


the manner and upon such notice or notices as may be required under any Requirements of Law (and Mortgagor hereby waives, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any right it may have under Requirements of Law to direct the order of sale); provided, however, that Mortgagee may offset its bid at any such sale to the extent of the full amount owed to Mortgagee under the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, expenses of sale, and costs, expenses, and attorney fees incurred by or on behalf of Mortgagee in connection with collecting, litigating, or otherwise enforcing any right under the Credit Agreement. Mortgagee may postpone the sale of all or any portion of the Mortgaged Property by public announcement made at the initial time and place of sale, and from time to time later by public announcement made at the time and place of sale fixed by the preceding postponement. Mortgagee shall deliver to the purchaser at such public auction its deed conveying the Mortgaged Property sold, but without any covenant or warranty, express or implied. The recital in such deed of any matter of fact shall be conclusive proof of its truthfulness. Any person, including Mortgagor or Mortgagee, may purchase at such sale.

(iii) The proceeds or avails of any sale made under or by virtue of this Mortgage, together with any other sums secured by this Mortgage, which then may be held by the Mortgagee or any other person, shall be applied pursuant to Section 15(e) hereof and the Credit Agreement.

(iv) Mortgagee may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (A) institute and maintain an action of judicial or non-judicial foreclosure against all or any part of the Mortgaged Property, (B) institute and maintain an action on the Credit Agreement, the Guarantee, or any other Loan Document, or (C) take such other action at law or in equity for the enforcement of this Mortgage or any of the Loan Documents as the law may allow. Mortgagee may proceed in any such action to final judgment and execution thereon for all sums due hereunder, together with interest thereon at the applicable Default Rate or a lesser amount if required by law and all costs of suit, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and the Credit Agreement, interest at the Default Rate shall be due on any judgment obtained by Mortgagee from the date of judgment until actual payment is made of the full amount of the judgment.

(v) Mortgagee may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, personally, or by its agents, attorneys and employees and without regard to the adequacy or inadequacy of the Mortgaged Property or any other collateral as security for the Obligations enter into and upon the Mortgaged Property and each and every part thereof and exclude Mortgagor and its agents and employees therefrom without liability for trespass, damage or otherwise (Mortgagor hereby agreeing to surrender possession of the Mortgaged Property to Mortgagee upon demand at any such time) and use, operate, manage, maintain and control the Mortgaged Property and every part thereof. Following such entry and taking of possession, Mortgagee shall be entitled, without limitation, (x) to lease all or any part or parts of the Mortgaged Property for such periods of time and upon such conditions as Mortgagee may, in its discretion, deem proper, (y) to enforce, cancel or modify any Lease subject to the rights of any existing tenants and (z) generally to execute, do and perform any other act, deed, matter or thing concerning the Mortgaged Property as Mortgagee shall deem appropriate as fully as Mortgagor might do.

 

-12-


(vi) If Mortgagor remains in possession after demand by Mortgagee for surrender of possession of the Mortgaged Property, such continued possession by Mortgagor shall be as tenant of Mortgagee, and Mortgagor agrees to pay monthly in advance to Mortgagee such rent for the Mortgaged Property so occupied as Mortgagee may demand, and in default of doing so, Mortgagor may also be dispossessed by summary proceedings or otherwise. In case of the appointment of a receiver of the Rents, the foregoing agreement of Mortgagor to pay rent shall inure to the benefit of such receiver.

(b) In case of a foreclosure sale, the Mortgaged Property may be sold, at Mortgagee’s election, in one parcel or in more than one parcel and Mortgagee is specifically empowered (without being required to do so, and in its sole and absolute discretion) to cause successive sales of portions of the Mortgaged Property to be held as more particularly described in Section 15(a)(ii) , to the extent permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement.

(c) In the event of any breach of any of the covenants, agreements, terms or conditions contained in this Mortgage and the expiration of any applicable notice and/or grace period, Mortgagee shall be entitled to enjoin such breach and obtain specific performance of any covenant, agreement, term or condition and Mortgagee shall have the right to invoke any equitable right or remedy as though other remedies were not provided for in this Mortgage.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, upon completion of any sale or sales made by Mortgagee under or by virtue of this Mortgage and upon satisfaction of any redemption period required by law, Mortgagee shall execute and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale or sales a good and sufficient instrument, or good and sufficient instruments, conveying, assigning and transferring all estate, right, and title and interest of Mortgagor in and to the property and rights sold. To the extent permitted by applicable law, any such sale or sales made by virtue of nonjudicial or judicial proceedings or of a judgment or decree of foreclosure and sale, shall operate to divest all the estate, right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, whether at law or in equity, of Mortgagor in and to the properties and rights to be sold, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity, of Mortgagor and against any and all persons claiming or who may claim the same, or any part thereof from through or under Mortgagor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the purchaser at any foreclosure sale hereunder may disaffirm any easement granted or lease made in violation of any provision of this Mortgage, and may take immediate possession of the Mortgaged Property free from, and despite the terms of, such grant of easement or rental or lease agreement.

(e) It is agreed that if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, any and all proceeds of the Mortgaged Property received by Mortgagee shall be held by Mortgagee for the benefit of the Secured Parties as collateral security for the Obligations (whether matured or unmatured), and shall be applied in payment of the Obligations in the manner and in the order set forth in Section 8(b) of the Security Agreement.

 

-13-


16. Right of Mortgagee to Credit Sale . To the extent permitted under applicable law, upon the occurrence of any sale made under this Mortgage in connection with the exercise of remedies hereunder upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, whether made by virtue of judicial or nonjudicial proceedings or of a judgment or decree of foreclosure and sale, Mortgagee may bid for and acquire the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof. In lieu of paying cash therefor, Mortgagee may make settlement for the purchase price by crediting upon the Obligations or other sums secured by this Mortgage, the net sales price after deducting therefrom the expenses of sale and the cost of the action and any other sums which Mortgagee is authorized to deduct under this Mortgage. In such event, this Mortgage, the Credit Agreement, the Guarantee and the Security Documents evidencing expenditures secured hereby may be presented to the person or persons conducting the sale in order that the amount so used or applied may be credited upon the Obligations as having been paid.

17. Appointment of Receiver . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Mortgagee as a matter of right and without notice to Mortgagor, unless otherwise required by applicable law, and without regard to the adequacy or inadequacy of the Mortgaged Property or any other collateral or the interest of Mortgagor therein as security for the Obligations, shall have the right to apply to any court having jurisdiction to appoint a receiver or receivers or other manager of the Mortgaged Property, without requiring the posting of a surety bond, and without reference to the adequacy or inadequacy of the value of the Mortgaged Property or the solvency or insolvency of Mortgagor or any other party obligated for payment of all or any part of the Obligations, and whether or not waste has occurred with respect to the Mortgaged Property, and Mortgagor hereby irrevocably consents to such appointment and waives notice of any application therefor (except as may be required by law). Any such receiver or receivers or manager shall have all the usual powers and duties of receivers in like or similar cases and all the powers and duties of Mortgagee in case of entry as provided in this Mortgage, including, without limitation and to the extent permitted by law, the right to enter into leases of all or any part of the Mortgaged Property, (subject to the rights of Tenants under the Leases) and shall continue as such and exercise all such powers until the date of confirmation of sale of the Mortgaged Property unless such receivership is sooner terminated.

18. Extension, Release, etc. (a) Without affecting the lien or charge created by this Mortgage upon any portion of the Mortgaged Property not then or theretofore released as security for the full amount of the Obligations, Mortgagee may, from time to time and without notice (but subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 11.2 thereof), agree to (i) release any person liable for the indebtedness borrowed or guaranteed under the Loan Documents, (ii) extend the maturity or alter any of the terms of the indebtedness borrowed or guaranteed under the Loan Documents or any other guaranty thereof, (iii) grant other indulgences, (iv) release or reconvey, or cause to be released or reconveyed at any time at Mortgagee’s option any parcel, portion or all of the Mortgaged Property, (v) take or release any other or additional security for any obligation herein mentioned, or (vi) make compositions or other arrangements with debtors in relation thereto.

(b) No recovery of any judgment by Mortgagee and no levy of an execution under any judgment upon the Mortgaged Property or upon any other property of Mortgagor shall affect the lien created by this Mortgage or any liens, rights, powers or remedies of Mortgagee hereunder, and such liens, rights, powers and remedies shall continue unimpaired.

 

-14-


(c) If Mortgagee shall have the right to foreclose this Mortgage, Mortgagor authorizes Mortgagee at its option to foreclose the lien created by this Mortgage subject to the rights of any tenants of the Mortgaged Property, to the extent permitted by applicable law. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the failure to make any such tenants parties defendant to any such foreclosure proceeding and to foreclose their rights, or to provide notice to such tenants as required in any statutory procedure governing a foreclosure of the Mortgaged Property, or to terminate such tenant’s rights in such foreclosure will not be asserted by Mortgagor as a defense to any proceeding instituted by Mortgagee to collect the Obligations or to foreclose the lien created by this Mortgage.

(d) Unless expressly provided otherwise, in the event that Mortgagee’s interest in this Mortgage and title to the Mortgaged Property or any estate therein shall become vested in the same person or entity, this Mortgage shall not merge in such title but shall continue as a valid lien on the Mortgaged Property for the amount secured hereby.

19. Security Agreement under Uniform Commercial Code . (a) It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Mortgage shall constitute a “security agreement” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code (the “ UCC ”) of the State in which the Mortgaged Property is located. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then in addition to having any other right or remedy available at law or in equity, Mortgagee shall have the option of either (i) proceeding under the UCC and exercising such rights and remedies as may be provided to a secured party by the UCC with respect to all or any portion of the Mortgaged Property which is personal property (including, without limitation, taking possession of and selling such property) or (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable law, treating such property as real property and proceeding with respect to both the real and personal property constituting the Mortgaged Property in accordance with Mortgagee’s rights, powers and remedies with respect to the real property (in which event the default provisions of the UCC shall not apply). If Mortgagee shall elect to proceed under the UCC, and unless otherwise required by the Security Agreement, then ten (10) days’ notice of sale of the personal property shall be deemed reasonable notice and the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale, selling and the like incurred by Mortgagee shall include, but not be limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses. At Mortgagee’s request, Mortgagor shall assemble the personal property and make it available to Mortgagee at a place designated by Mortgagee which is reasonably convenient to both parties.

(b) Certain portions of the Mortgaged Property are or will become “fixtures” (as that term is defined in the UCC) on the Mortgaged Property, and this Mortgage, upon being filed for record in the real estate records of the county wherein such fixtures are situated, shall operate also as a financing statement filed as a fixture filing in accordance with the applicable provisions of said UCC upon such portions of the Mortgaged Property that are or become fixtures. The addresses of the Mortgagor, as debtor, and Mortgagee, as secured party, are set forth in the first page of this Mortgage.

 

-15-


(c) The real property to which the fixtures relate is described in Exhibit A attached hereto. The name, type of organization and jurisdiction of organization of the debtor for purposes of this financing statement are the name, type of organization and jurisdiction of organization of the Mortgagor set forth in the first paragraph of this Mortgage, and the name of the secured party for purposes of this financing statement is the name of the Mortgagee set forth in the first paragraph of this Mortgage. The mailing address of the Mortgagor/debtor is the address of the Mortgagor set forth in the first paragraph of this Mortgage. The mailing address of the Mortgagee/secured party from which information concerning the security interest hereunder may be obtained is the address of the Mortgagee set forth in the first paragraph of this Mortgage. Mortgagor’s organizational identification number is 2140249.

20. Assignment of Rents . (a) Mortgagor hereby assigns to Mortgagee the Rents as further security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, and Mortgagor grants to Mortgagee the right to enter the Mortgaged Property for the purpose of collecting the same and to let the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof, (subject to the rights of tenants under the Leases) and to apply the Rents on account of the Obligations. The foregoing assignment and grant is present and absolute and shall continue in effect until the Obligations secured hereby are paid in full and the Commitments no longer remain outstanding, but Mortgagee hereby waives the right to enter the Mortgaged Property for the purpose of collecting the Rents and Mortgagor shall be entitled to collect, receive, use and retain the Rents until the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; such right of Mortgagor to collect, receive, use and retain the Rents may be revoked by Mortgagee upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default by giving not less than ten (10) days’ written notice of such revocation to Mortgagor; in the event such notice is given, Mortgagor shall pay over to Mortgagee, or to any receiver appointed to collect the Rents, any lease security deposits and shall pay monthly in advance to Mortgagee, or to any such receiver, the fair and reasonable rental value as determined by Mortgagee for the use and occupancy of such part of the Mortgaged Property as may be in the possession of Mortgagor or any affiliate of Mortgagor, and upon default in any such payment Mortgagor and any such affiliate will vacate and surrender the possession of the Mortgaged Property to Mortgagee or to such receiver, and in default thereof may be evicted by summary proceedings or otherwise. Mortgagor shall not accept prepayments of installments of Rent to become due for a period of more than one month in advance (except for security deposits and estimated payments of percentage rent, if any).

(b) Mortgagor has not affirmatively done any act which would prevent Mortgagee from, or limit Mortgagee in, acting under any of the provisions of the foregoing assignment.

(c) Except for any matter disclosed in the Credit Agreement, no action has been brought or, to Mortgagor’s knowledge, is threatened, which would interfere in any way with the right of Mortgagor to execute the foregoing assignment and perform all of Mortgagor’s obligations contained in this Section and in the Leases.

21. Additional Rights . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the holder of any subordinate lien or subordinate mortgage on the Mortgaged Property shall have no right to terminate any Lease whether or not such Lease is subordinate to this Mortgage nor shall Mortgagor consent to any holder of any subordinate lien or subordinate mortgage joining any

 

-16-


tenant under any Lease in any action to foreclose the lien or modify, interfere with, disturb or terminate the rights of any tenant under any Lease. By recordation of this Mortgage all subordinate lienholders and the trustees and beneficiaries under subordinate mortgages are subject to and notified of this provision, and any action taken by any such lienholder contrary to this provision shall be null and void. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Mortgagee, in its sole discretion and without regard to the adequacy of its security under this Mortgage, apply all or any part of any amounts on deposit with Mortgagee under this Mortgage against all or any part of the Obligations. Any such application shall not be construed to cure or waive any Default or Event of Default or invalidate any act taken by Mortgagee on account of such Default or Event of Default.

22. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be given in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement to Mortgagor and to Mortgagee as specified therein.

23. No Oral Modification . This Mortgage may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable law, any agreement made by Mortgagor and Mortgagee after the date of this Mortgage relating to this Mortgage shall be superior to the rights of the holder of any intervening or subordinate lien or encumbrance.

24. Partial Invalidity . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Mortgage shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, but each shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been included.

25. Mortgagor’s Waiver of Rights . (a) Mortgagor hereby voluntarily and knowingly releases and waives any and all rights to retain possession of the Mortgaged Property after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and any and all rights of redemption from sale under any order or decree of foreclosure (whether full or partial), pursuant to rights, if any, therein granted, as allowed under any applicable law, on its own behalf, on behalf of all persons claiming or having an interest (direct or indirectly) by, through or under each constituent of Mortgagor and on behalf of each and every person acquiring any interest in the Mortgaged Property subsequent to the date hereof, it being the intent hereof that any and all such rights or redemption of each constituent of Mortgagor and all such other persons are and shall be deemed to be hereby waived to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law or replacement statute. Each constituent of Mortgagor shall not invoke or utilize any such law or laws or otherwise hinder, delay, or impede the execution of any right, power, or remedy herein or otherwise granted or delegated to Mortgagee, but shall permit the execution of every such right, power, and remedy as though no such taw or laws had been made or enacted.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, Mortgagor waives the benefit of all laws now existing or that may subsequently be enacted providing for (i) any appraisement before sale of any portion of the Mortgaged Property, (ii) any extension of the time for the enforcement of the collection of the Obligations or the creation or extension of a period of redemption from any sale made in collecting such debt and (iii) exemption of the Mortgaged Property from

 

-17-


attachment, levy or sale under execution or exemption from civil process. To the full extent Mortgagor may do so, Mortgagor agrees that Mortgagor will not at any time insist upon, plead, claim or take the benefit or advantage of any law now or hereafter in force providing for any appraisement, valuation, stay, exemption, extension or redemption, or requiring foreclosure of this Mortgage before exercising any other remedy granted hereunder and Mortgagor, for Mortgagor and its successors and assigns, and for any and all persons ever claiming any interest in the Mortgaged Property, to the extent permitted by law, hereby waives and releases all rights of redemption, valuation, appraisement, stay of execution, notice of election to mature (except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement) or declare due the whole of the secured indebtedness and marshalling in the event of a sale by Mortgagee, or other rights hereby created. Mortgagor waives all rights of redemption.

26. Remedies Not Exclusive . Mortgagee shall be entitled to enforce payment of the Obligations and performance of the Obligations and to exercise all rights and powers under this Mortgage or under any of the other Loan Documents or other agreement or any laws now or hereafter in force, notwithstanding some or all of the Obligations may now or hereafter be otherwise secured, whether by deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge, lien, assignment or otherwise. Neither the acceptance of this Mortgage nor its enforcement, shall prejudice or in any manner affect Mortgagee’s right to realize upon or enforce any other security now or hereafter held by Mortgagee, it being agreed that Mortgagee shall be entitled to enforce this Mortgage and any other security now or hereafter held by Mortgagee in such order and manner as Mortgagee may determine in its absolute discretion. No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Mortgagee is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy herein or by law provided or permitted, but each shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. Every power or remedy given by any of the Loan Documents to Mortgagee or to which Mortgagee may otherwise be entitled, may be exercised, concurrently or independently, from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by Mortgagee as the case may be. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in no event shall Mortgagee, in the exercise of the remedies provided in this Mortgage (including, without limitation, in connection with the assignment of Rents to Mortgagee, or the appointment of a receiver and the entry of such receiver on to all or any part of the Mortgaged Property), be deemed a “Mortgagee in possession,” and Mortgagee shall not in any way be made liable for any act, either of commission or omission, in connection with the exercise of such remedies.

27. Multiple Security . If (a) the Mortgaged Property shall consist of one or more parcels, whether or not contiguous and whether or not located in the same county, or (b) in addition to this Mortgage, Mortgagee shall now or hereafter hold or be the beneficiary of one or more additional mortgages, liens, deeds of trust, mortgages or other security (directly or indirectly) for the Obligations upon other property in the State in which the Mortgaged Property are located (whether or not such property is owned by Mortgagor or by others) or (c) both the circumstances described in clauses (a) and (b) shall be true, then to the fullest extent permitted by law, Mortgagee may, at its election, commence or consolidate in a single foreclosure action all foreclosure proceedings against all such collateral securing the Obligations (including the Mortgaged Property), which action may be brought or consolidated in the courts of, or sale conducted in, any county in which any of such collateral is located. Mortgagor acknowledges that the right to maintain a consolidated foreclosure action is a specific inducement to Lenders to

 

-18-


extend the indebtedness borrowed pursuant to or guaranteed by the Loan Documents, and Mortgagor expressly and irrevocably waives any objections to the commencement or consolidation of the foreclosure proceedings in a single action and any objections to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens which it may now or hereafter have. Mortgagor further agrees that if Mortgagee shall be prosecuting one or more foreclosure or other proceedings against a portion of the Mortgaged Property or against any collateral other than the Mortgaged Property, which collateral directly or indirectly secures the Obligations, or if Mortgagee shall have obtained a judgment of foreclosure and sale or similar judgment against such collateral, then, whether or not such proceedings are being maintained or judgments were obtained in or outside the State in which the Mortgaged Property are located, Mortgagee may commence or continue any foreclosure proceedings and exercise its other remedies granted in this Mortgage against all or any part of the Mortgaged Property and Mortgagor waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any objections to the commencement or continuation of a foreclosure of this Mortgage or exercise of any other remedies hereunder based on such other proceedings or judgments, and waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any right to seek to dismiss, stay, remove, transfer or consolidate either any action under this Mortgage or such other proceedings on such basis. Neither the commencement nor continuation of proceedings to foreclose this Mortgage, nor the exercise of any other rights hereunder nor the recovery of any judgment by Mortgagee in any such proceedings shall prejudice, limit or preclude Mortgagee’s right to commence or continue one or more foreclosure or other proceedings or obtain a judgment against any other collateral (either in or outside the State in which the Mortgaged Property are located) which directly or indirectly secures the Obligations, and Mortgagor expressly waives any objections to the commencement of, continuation of, or entry of a judgment in such other sales or proceedings or exercise of any remedies in such sales or proceedings based upon any action or judgment connected to this Mortgage, and Mortgagor also waives any right to seek to dismiss, stay, remove, transfer or consolidate either such other sales or proceedings or any sale or action under this Mortgage on such basis. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the fullest extent permitted by law, Mortgagee may, at its election, cause the sale of all collateral which is the subject of a single foreclosure action at either a single sale or at multiple sales conducted simultaneously and take such other measures as are appropriate in order to effect the agreement of the parties to dispose of and administer all collateral securing the Obligations (directly or indirectly) in the most economical and least time-consuming manner.

28. Successors and Assigns . All covenants of Mortgagor contained in this Mortgage are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Mortgagee and its successors and assigns, and no other person or entity shall have standing to require compliance with such covenants or be deemed, under any circumstances, to be a beneficiary of such covenants, any or all of which may be freely waived in whole or in part by Mortgagee at any time if in the sole discretion of either of them such a waiver is deemed advisable. All such covenants of Mortgagor shall run with the land and bind Mortgagor, the successors and assigns of Mortgagor (and each of them) and all subsequent owners, encumbrancers and tenants of the Mortgaged Property, to the extent permitted by applicable law, and shall inure to the benefit of Mortgagee and its successors and assigns. The word “Mortgagor” shall be construed as if it read “Mortgagors” whenever the sense of this Mortgage so requires and if there shall be more than one Mortgagor, the obligations of the Mortgagors shall be joint and several.

 

-19-


29. No Waivers, etc. Any failure by Mortgagee to insist upon the strict performance by Mortgagor of any of the terms and provisions of this Mortgage shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the terms and provisions hereof, and Mortgagee, notwithstanding any such failure, shall have the right thereafter to insist upon the strict performance by Mortgagor of any and all of the terms and provisions of this Mortgage to be performed by Mortgagor. Mortgagee may release, regardless of consideration and without the necessity for any notice to or consent by the beneficiary of any subordinate mortgage or the holder of any subordinate lien on the Mortgaged Property, any part of the security held for the obligations secured by this Mortgage without, as to the remainder of the security, in any way impairing or affecting the lien of this Mortgage or the priority of this Mortgage over any subordinate lien or mortgage.

30. Governing Law, etc. The Obligations secured hereby were incurred in connection with a multi-state transaction governed by the laws of the State of New York and pursuant to various documents which were executed and accepted by the Mortgagee in the State of New York. This Mortgage and all substantive terms and provisions hereof shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of New York, except with respect to perfection of security interests and liens hereunder and enforcement thereof, which shall be governed by the laws of the State in which the Real Estate is located.

31. Certain Definitions . Unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intent or unless otherwise specifically provided herein, words used in this Mortgage shall be used interchangeably in singular or plural form and the word “Mortgagor” shall mean “each Mortgagor or any subsequent owner or owners of the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof or interest therein,” the word “Mortgagee” shall mean “Mortgagee or any successor collateral agent for the Secured Parties,” and the word “person” shall include any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government, governmental authority, or other entity. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural and vice versa. The captions in this Mortgage are for convenience or reference only and in no way limit or amplify the provisions hereof.

32. Release . All or a portion of the Mortgaged Property may be released in accordance with Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement.

33. Last Dollars Secured; Priority . To the extent that this Mortgage secures only a portion of the Obligations owing or which may become owing by Mortgagor to the Secured Parties, the parties agree that any payments or repayments of any Extensions of Credit shall be and be deemed to be applied first to the portion of the Extensions of Credit that are not secured hereby, it being the parties’ intent that the portion of the Extensions of Credit last remaining unpaid shall be secured hereby. If at any time this Mortgage shall secure less than all of the principal amount of the Obligations, it is expressly agreed that any repayments of the principal amount of the Obligations shall not reduce the amount of the lien of this Mortgage until such lien amount shall equal the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding.

 

-20-


34. Receipt of Copy . The Mortgagor acknowledges that it has received a true copy of this Mortgage.

35. Maturity . The last of the Extensions of Credit (and therefore, the Obligations) to mature is scheduled to mature on September     , 2018.

36. Maximum Principal Amount of Obligations . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the maximum principal amount of Obligations secured by this Mortgage at the time of execution hereof or which under any contingency may become secured by this Mortgage at any time hereafter is                      plus all interest payable on such principal amount under the Credit Agreement and all amounts expended by Mortgagee in accordance with the Credit Agreement and this Mortgage for the payment of (a) taxes, charges, or assessments which may be imposed by law upon the premises; (b) premiums on insurance policies covering the premises; (c) expenses incurred in upholding the lien of this Mortgage, including, but not limited to (1) the expenses of any litigation to prosecute or defend the rights and lien created by this Mortgage; (2) any amount, cost or charges to which the Mortgage becomes subrogated, upon payment, whether under recognized principles of law or equity, or under express statutory authority and (3) interest at the rate of interest provided for in the Credit Agreement.

37. State Specific Provisions . This Mortgage is granted with Mortgage Covenants and upon the Statutory Condition, for any breach of which the Mortgagee shall have the Statutory Power of Sale. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Mortgagee shall have the Statutory Power of Sale.

38. Further Assurances . Should any deed, conveyance, or instrument of any nature be required from Mortgagor by Mortgagee to more fully and certainly vest in and confirm to the Mortgagee such estates rights, powers, and duties, then, upon request by the Mortgagee, any and all such deeds, conveyances and instruments shall be made, executed, acknowledged, and delivered and shall be caused to be recorded and/or filed by Mortgagor.

39. Revolving Credit Loans . (a) The Indebtedness secured hereby includes, in part, revolving credit loans. The outstanding balance of such revolving credit loans may increase and decrease from time to time, and sums may be advanced, repaid and readvanced thereunder until final maturity of such revolving credit loans. This Mortgage is intended to secure all the Obligations, regardless of such repayments and readvances and regardless of whether the balance of such revolving credit loans may be reduced, from time to time, to zero.

(b) In addition to all other Indebtedness secured by this Mortgage, this Mortgage shall also secure, and constitute a first lien on the Mortgaged Property to secure, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions, all future advances whether such advances are obligatory or are to be made at the option of Mortgagee or the Lenders, or otherwise, made by Mortgagee or the Lenders under the Credit Agreement for any purpose within twenty (20) years from the date of this Mortgage (unless the Credit Agreement shall be earlier terminated) to the same extent as if such advances were made on the date of the execution of this Mortgage. The total amount of principal indebtedness, including future advances, that is secured by this Mortgage, may increase or decrease from time to time, but shall not exceed $         at

 

-21-


any one time, together with interest thereon at the rates provided in the Credit Agreement and any disbursement made by Mortgagee or any of the Lenders to protect the security of this Mortgage, with interest on such disbursement at the Default Rate. [local counsel to revise as necessary]

40. No Assumption of Obligations . In the event of a foreclosure of this Mortgage, neither Mortgagee nor any other Secured Party shall assume any liability of Mortgagor for Mortgagor’s violation of any environmental laws, statutes, codes, regulations, or practices relating to the Mortgaged Property arising prior to the date of the foreclosure sale and Mortgagor’s indemnifications as contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall survive said foreclosure, to the extent provided therein.

[No further text on this page. Signature page follows.]

 

-22-


This Mortgage has been duly executed by Mortgagor as of the date first set forth above.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

State of New Hampshire

County of Rockingham

On this      day of September, 2013, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                     , proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which were New Hampshire driver’s license, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as                      of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC.

 

 

Notary Public
My commission expires:

State of New Hampshire

County of Rockingham

On this      day of September, 2013, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                     , proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which were New Hampshire driver’s license, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as                      of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC.

 

 

Notary Public
My commission expires:


SCHEDULE I


Exhibit A

Applicable Legal Description(s)

See attached.


EXHIBIT B


Exhibit M

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF POSITION REPORT

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as Administrative Agent

277 Park Avenue, 22 nd Floor

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Dan Bueno

The Relationship Managers at each Lender

 

  Re: Position Report

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement. This Position Report has been prepared pursuant to Section 7.2(d) of the Credit Agreement and the undersigned hereby certifies on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as follows:

1. attached hereto as Schedule A is the Position Report of the Loan Parties;

2. the Loan Parties are in compliance with the position limits in the Risk Management Policy and attached hereto as Schedule B are the computations supporting such certification; and

3. the information contained herein and scheduled hereto is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Position Report as of the date set forth below.

Dated:                  , 201    

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  


Schedule A to

Position Report

Position Report

[See attached]


Schedule B to

Position Report

Calculations Supporting the Loan Parties’ Compliance

[See attached]


Exhibit N

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF GUARANTEE

[Provided Separately]


GUARANTEE

GUARANTEE, dated as of [            ], 2013 (the “ Guarantee ”), made by each signatory hereto (each a “ Guarantor ”, collectively, together with each Person which may, from time to time, become party hereto as a Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Secured Parties as defined in the Credit Agreement described below.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the “ Lenders ”), the Administrative Agent and certain other agents party thereto, the Lenders have severally agreed to make loans to and participate in letters of credit issued on behalf of, and certain Lenders (the “ Issuing Lenders ”) have agreed to issue letters of credit for the account of, the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Guarantors are engaged in related businesses, and each Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit to the Borrower; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective loans to and participate in letters of credit issued on behalf of the Borrower, and of the Issuing Lenders to issue their letters of credit, under the Credit Agreement that each Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guarantee to the Administrative Agent on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective loans to and participate in letters of credit issued on behalf of the Borrower, and of the Issuing Lenders to issue their letters of credit, under the Credit Agreement, each Guarantor hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

1. Defined Terms .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms which are defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Qualified Keepwell Provider ”: in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that, at the time the relevant guarantee (or grant of the relevant security interest, as applicable) becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or otherwise constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity


Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” with respect to such Swap Obligation at such time by entering into a keepwell pursuant to section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Subsidiary Guarantor ”: each Guarantor other than the MLP.

(b) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Guarantee shall refer to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guarantee, and section and paragraph references are to this Guarantee unless otherwise specified.

(c) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

2. Guarantee .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, on behalf and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by each of the Loan Parties when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations (other than, with respect to any Guarantor, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor).

(b) Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors and fraudulent conveyances or transfers.

(c) Each Guarantor further agrees (i) to pay any and all documented expenses (including, without limitation, all documented fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, any Guarantor under this Guarantee and (ii) to indemnify each Secured Party as set forth in Section 11.6 of the Credit Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the definition of “Obligations” contained in the Credit Agreement, this Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations are paid in full, no Letters of Credit remain outstanding (unless such Letters of Credit have been fully Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments are terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time prior thereto the Loan Parties may be free from any Obligations.

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that the Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party hereunder.

(e) No payment or payments made by the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other Loan Party, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party from the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other Loan Party, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of the Guarantors hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments other than payments made by any Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or payments received or collected from any Guarantor in respect of the Obligations, remain liable for the Obligations up to the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder until the Obligations are paid in full, no Letters of Credit remain outstanding (unless such Letters of Credit have been fully Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments are terminated.

 

-2-


(f) Each Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, it shall make any payment to the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party on account of its liability hereunder, it will notify the Administrative Agent in writing that such payment is made under this Guarantee for such purpose.

(g) Each Guarantor shall pay additional amounts to, and indemnify, each Secured Party (including for purposes of this Section 2 , any assignee, successor or participant) with respect to Taxes imposed on payments pursuant to this Guarantee to the same extent as the Borrower would have paid additional amounts and indemnified such Secured Party with respect to Taxes under Section 4.10 and 4.11 of the Credit Agreement, if such Guarantor were the Borrower under the Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any such payments are in addition to each Guarantor’s obligation to pay any amounts required to be paid by the Loan Parties to any Secured Party. The agreements in this Section 2(g) shall survive the termination of this Guarantee and the payment of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations, the Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement.

(h) Each Guarantor further agrees that any payment to the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party on account of its liability hereunder will be made without withholding for any Taxes, unless such withholding is required by law. If any Guarantor determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it is so required to withhold Taxes, then such Guarantor may so withhold and shall timely pay the full amount of withheld Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(i) Each Guarantor agrees to assume all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that each Guarantor assumes and incurs under this Guarantee, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender nor any Lender shall have any duty to advise any Guarantor of information known to it regarding those circumstances or risks.

3. Right of Contribution . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that, to the extent a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder or in respect of the Obligations, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 3 shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5 . The provisions of this Section 3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by it hereunder.

4. Right of Set-off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Secured Parties provided by Law, each Secured Party shall have the right, without prior notice to the Guarantors, any such notice being expressly waived by the Guarantors to the extent permitted by applicable Law, during the existence of an Event of Default, upon any amount becoming due and payable by any Guarantor hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such

 

-3-


Secured Party or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of such Guarantor. Each Secured Party agrees promptly to notify the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Secured Party; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

5. No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Guarantors hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by any Secured Party, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party against any Loan Party or any other guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by any Secured Party for the payment of any of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from any Loan Party or any other guarantor in respect of payments made by any Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties by the Loan Parties on account of the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding (other than any Letter of Credit which has been fully Cash Collateralized), such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of the Guarantors unless on deposit in a Controlled Account, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in like form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties may determine.

6. Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against such Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by such Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, and any of the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, and the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith or in connection with any other Obligations may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders or other requisite Secured Parties, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party for the payment of any of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for any of the Obligations or for this Guarantee or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Loan Party, any other guarantor or any other Person, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any such Loan Party, any such other guarantor or any such other Person or any release of such Loan Party, such other guarantor or such other Person shall not relieve any Guarantor of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party against such Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

-4-


7. Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional . Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon this Guarantee; and all dealings between the Loan Parties and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Loan Parties, any Guarantor or any other Person with respect to the Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that this Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any Note, any other Loan Document or any other document relating to any Obligations, any of the Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Loan Parties against the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of any Loan Party or any Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of any Loan Party or any other Person for any of the Obligations, or of any Guarantor under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and any Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any Loan Party or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for any of the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from any such Loan Party or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of any such Loan Party or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties against any Guarantor.

8. Reinstatement . This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, any Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

9. Not Affected by Bankruptcy . Notwithstanding any modification, discharge or extension of any of the Obligations or any amendment, modification, stay or cure of any Secured Party’s rights which may occur in any bankruptcy or reorganization case or proceeding against any Loan Party or any other Guarantor, whether permanent or temporary, and whether or not assented to by any of the Secured Parties, each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that the Guarantors shall be obligated hereunder to pay and perform the Obligations and discharge their other obligations in accordance with the terms of the Obligations and the terms of this Guarantee. Each Guarantor understands and acknowledges that, by virtue of this Guarantee, it has specifically assumed any and all risks of a bankruptcy or reorganization case or proceeding with respect to any Loan Party or any other Guarantor. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, any subsequent modification of any of the Obligations in any reorganization case concerning any Loan Party shall not affect the obligation of any Guarantor to pay and perform the Obligations in accordance with the original terms thereof.

 

-5-


10. Payments . Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in United States Dollars at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement.

11. Keepwell . Each Qualified Keepwell Provider hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally, and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Guarantee in respect of any Swap Obligation (provided, however, that each Qualified Keepwell Provider shall only be liable under this Section 11 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 11, or otherwise under this Guarantee, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified Keepwell Provider under this Section 11 shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations are paid in full, no Letters of Credit remain outstanding (except for Letters of Credit which have been fully Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments are terminated. Each Qualified Keepwell Provider intends that this Section 11 constitute, and this Section 11 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

12. Representations and Warranties . Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that:

(a) it (i) is duly formed or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the corporate (or analogous) power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (iii) is duly qualified as a foreign entity and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iv) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) it has the corporate (or analogous) power and authority, and the legal right, to execute, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate (or analogous) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guarantee and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. Except for (i) the filing of UCC financing statements and equivalent filings for foreign jurisdictions and the taking of applicable actions referred to in Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) the filings or other actions listed on Schedule 5.4 to the Credit Agreement (and including, without limitation, such other authorizations, approvals, registrations, actions, notices, or filings as have already been obtained, made or taken and are in full force and effect), no consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, including without limitation the FERC, to which a Guarantor or other Loan Party is subject, is required in connection with the borrowings under the Credit Agreement or with the execution, delivery, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents to which each Guarantor is a party; provided that approval by the FERC may be required for the transfer of direct or indirect ownership or control of FERC Contract Collateral; provided , further , that no approval of the FERC is required for the granting of the security interest in the FERC Contract Collateral to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. As of the Closing Date, the only contracts comprising FERC Contract Collateral of the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries as to which further consent of the FERC may be required in connection with the exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents are contracts for the transportation and storage of certain Eligible Commodities;

 

-6-


(c) this Guarantee (i) has been, and each other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party will be, duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Guarantors and (ii) constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which it is a party when executed and delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing;

(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Guarantee and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party (i) will not violate any Requirement of Law, including any rules or regulations promulgated by the FERC, in any material respect or where a waiver has not been obtained, in each case to the extent applicable to or binding upon such Guarantor or its Properties, (ii) will not violate a material Contractual Obligation of any Guarantor, except where such violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of such Guarantor’s properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation (other than Liens created by the Security Documents in favor of the Administrative Agent and Liens permitted by Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement);

(e) no litigation or proceeding to which such Guarantor is party before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of such Guarantor, threatened by or against any Guarantor or against any of their respective properties or revenues (i) with respect to any of the Loan Documents, (ii) with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by or occurring simultaneously with the entering into of any of the Loan Documents in which such litigation or proceeding is material and has a reasonable basis in fact, or (iii) which could, after giving effect to any insurance, bond or reserve, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) except for matters disclosed on the title reports and surveys, including without limitation, minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes, except where the failure to have such title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, it has defensible title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its tangible personal property, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement; and

(g) it and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all material Tax returns required to be filed by it and has timely paid all material Taxes due and payable by it or imposed with respect to any of its property and all other material fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any Taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on its books). There are no Liens for Taxes and no claim is being asserted with respect to Taxes, except for statutory liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or for Taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Guarantor.

Each Guarantor agrees that the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been made by each Guarantor on the date of each borrowing by the Borrower and the date of each issuance of a Letter of Credit under the Credit Agreement on and as of such date of borrowing or issuance, as the case may be, as though made hereunder on and as of such date.

 

-7-


13. Covenants . Each Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party that, from and after the date of this Guarantee until the Obligations are paid in full, no Letters of Credit remain outstanding (except for Letters of Credit which have been fully Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments are terminated:

(a) if any Guarantor shall at any time acquire any shares of Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than an Exempt CFC or any Subsidiary thereof) which is not a Guarantor hereunder, such Guarantor and such Subsidiary shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent an addendum to this Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Guarantee, duly completed; and

(b) each Guarantor shall comply with each of the covenants and other obligations applicable to the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement to the extent such covenants and obligations relate to such Guarantor.

14. Authority of Administrative Agent . Each Guarantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Guarantee with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this guarantee shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Guarantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

15. Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) in the case of delivery by overnight mail or delivery by hand, when received, (b) in the case of delivery by mail, three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mails, postage prepaid, or (c) in the case of delivery by facsimile transmission, when sent and receipt has been electronically confirmed, addressed as follows:

(a) if to the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, at its address or transmission number for notices provided in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement; and

(b) if to any Guarantor, at its address or transmission number for notices set forth under its signature below or as provided in the addendum hereto pursuant to which it was made a party hereto.

The Administrative Agent, each Secured Party and any Guarantor may change its address and transmission numbers for notices by notice in the manner provided in this Section.

16. Severability . Any provision of this Guarantee which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

-8-


17. Integration . This Guarantee represents the agreement of each Guarantor with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises or representations relative to the subject matter hereof not reflected herein.

18. Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

(a) Neither this Guarantee nor any terms hereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

19. Section Headings . The section headings used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

20. Successors and Assigns . This Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the requisite Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement (and any purported such assignment or transfer by a Guarantor without such consent of the Administrative Agent and such requisite Lenders shall be null and void).

21. GOVERNING LAW . THIS GUARANTEE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

22. Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

-9-


(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Guarantor at its address set forth under its signature below or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant hereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

23. Acknowledgments . Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Guarantee and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Guarantor arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the relationship between the Guarantors, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, on one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Secured Parties or among the Guarantors, the Borrower, any of the other Loan Parties and the Secured Parties.

24. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

25. Counterparts . This Guarantee may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Guarantee on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Guarantee by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Guarantee signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

SPRAGUE ENERGY SOLUTIONS INC., as a Guarantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SPRAGUE TERMINAL SERVICES LLC, as a Guarantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SPRAGUE CONNECTICUT PROPERTIES LLC, as a Guarantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP, as a Guarantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Guarantee


Address for Notice:

Sprague Resources LP

Two International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801

Attention: Paul Scoff, Esq.

Fax: (603) 430-5324

Signature Page to Guarantee


EXHIBIT A

To Guarantee

ADDENDUM TO GUARANTEE

Each of the undersigned,                     , a                      [corporation], (each, a “ New Guarantor ”, together the “ New Guarantors ”):

(i) agrees to all of the provisions of the Guarantee, dated as of [            ], 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Guarantee ”), made by signatories thereto as Guarantors (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as the Borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, the Administrative Agent, and the other agents party thereto; and

(ii) effective on the date hereof becomes a party to the Guarantee, as a Guarantor, with the same effect as if each of the undersigned were an original signatory to the Guarantee (with the representations and warranties contained therein being deemed to be made by each New Guarantor on and as of the date hereof).

Terms defined in the Guarantee and the Credit Agreement shall have such defined meanings when used herein. This Addendum to Guarantee and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.


By its acceptance hereof, each of the undersigned Guarantors hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Guarantee, as supplemented hereby.

 

[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Date:
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
[                    ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit O

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                 , 201    

This Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(b) of the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned, solely in his/her capacity as a Responsible Person of the Borrower and not in his/her individual capacity, hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows:

1. I am a Responsible Person of the Borrower.

2. I have reviewed and am familiar with the contents of this Certificate.

3. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents and have made or caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and conditions of each Loan Party during the accounting period covered by the financial statements attached hereto as Attachment 1 (the “ Financial Statements ”). Based on such review, I have no knowledge of the existence, as of the date of this Certificate, of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default, in each case except as disclosed on Schedule 1 hereto.

4. The Loan Parties are in material compliance with the Risk Management Policy.

5. Attached hereto as Attachment 2 are the computations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.1(a) [, (b), (c) and (d) ] 1 and Section 8.7 of the Credit Agreement

6. The following information is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

1   Include in Compliance Certificates delivered for a period that ends on a date which is also the end date of a fiscal quarter.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Compliance Certificate as of the date set forth below.

 

Dated:                  , 201    

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Attachment 1

Financial Statements


Attachment 2

Covenant Calculations


Exhibit P

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF INCREASE AND NEW LENDER AGREEMENT

This INCREASE AND NEW LENDER AGREEMENT, dated as of                  , 201     (this “ Agreement ”), prepared pursuant to Section 4.1(b) of the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned Lenders party to the Credit Agreement (the “ Increasing Lenders ”) have agreed to increase their [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Commitments as governed by the Credit Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned Persons not party to the Credit Agreement (the “ New Lenders ”) have agreed to make [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Commitments under the Credit Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Increasing Lenders and the New Lenders hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

2. Increase Agreement and New Lender Agreement .

(a) Each Increasing Lender party to this Agreement hereby agrees to increase its respective [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Commitment, in the amount set forth on Schedule 1.0 , such increase to be effective as of                  , 201     (the “ Increase Effective Date ”).

(b) Each New Lender party to this Agreement hereby agrees to make [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Loans to the Borrower and participate in [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Letters of Credit from time-to-time in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed its respective [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Commitment (as set forth on Schedule 1.0 ), such agreement to be effective as of the Increase Effective Date. From and after the Increase Effective Date, each New Lender shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Lender under the Credit Agreement and under the other Loan Documents and shall be bound by the provisions thereof.


3. Maximum Credit Limit; Increasing Lenders; New Lenders . Effective upon the Increase Effective Date, the [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Commitment for each Increasing Lender and each New Lender shall be as set forth on Schedule 1.0 1 .

4. Conditions Precedent . This Agreement shall become effective upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Increase Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (each of the following documents being referred to herein as an “ Increase Document ”):

(i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and each New Lender and Increasing Lender;

(ii) for the account of each such New Lender and Increasing Lender requesting the same, a Note of the Borrower conforming to the requirements of the Credit Agreement, and reflecting the [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Commitment of such Lender after giving effect to this Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower;

(iii) a reaffirmation of the Guarantee, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto;

(iv) a reaffirmation of each Security Document, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto; and

(v) the Administrative Agent shall have received in respect of each Mortgaged Property (A) such amendments to the Mortgage and Security Agreements as are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party to the extent necessary to reflect the increase in the Working Capital Facility or the Acquisition Facility, as applicable, (it being understood that, unless requested by the Administrative Agent, no amendment shall increase the amount secured thereby if the same will result in the payment of additional mortgage recording tax) and, (B) with respect to each such Mortgage and Security Agreement, a date-down endorsement to the title insurance policy covering such Mortgaged Property (or if a date-down is not available in a particular jurisdiction, a new title insurance policy in the same insured amount as originally issued or marked up unconditional title commitment, pro forma policy or binder for such insurance) in each case in form and substance not materially less favorable to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders as such title policies or marked up unconditional title commitments, pro forma policies or binders delivered on or prior to the Closing Date, (C) evidence satisfactory to it that all premiums in respect of the related date-down endorsement or title policy (or policies) have been paid, and (D) to the extent required by applicable Law a standard flood hazard determination for each Mortgaged Property, and with respect to any Mortgaged Property that is located in a special flood hazard area, evidence of flood insurance in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Increasing Lenders; New Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall have received from each Increasing Lender and each New Lender the amounts required to be paid by such Increasing Lenders and New Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

1   The Working Capital Facility Increase Amount shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000. Such amount shall not cause the aggregate respective facility commitment to exceed (1) for the Working Capital Facility Commitment, $950,000,000 or (2) for the Acquisition Facility Commitment, $450,000,000, in each case in the aggregate during the Increase Period.


(c) Secretary’s Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated as of the Increase Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Credit Agreement, with appropriate insertions and attachments (provided that, any such Person may certify on such certificate that its Governing Documents have not changed since the Closing Date in lieu of attaching such Governing Documents to such certificate), reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, executed by the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of such Person, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of such Person, on behalf of such Person.

(d) Proceedings of the Loan Parties . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors (or analogous body) of each Loan Party authorizing as applicable to such Person (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Notes delivered on the Increase Effective Date and the other Increase Documents, and the reaffirmations of the applicable Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (ii) the reaffirmation by it of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of such Person as of the Increase Effective Date, which certification shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of such Person pursuant to Section 4(c) , shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded.

(e) Incumbency Certificates . To the extent the following have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Increase Effective Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of such Person or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of such Person, executing any Increase Document, or having authorization to execute any certificate, notice or other submission required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or a Lender pursuant to this Agreement, which certificate shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of such Person pursuant to Section 4(c) and shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Organizational Documents . To the extent the following have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received true and complete copies of the Governing Documents of each Loan Party, certified as of the date hereof as complete and correct copies thereof by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of such Person, on behalf of such Person, which certification shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of such Person pursuant to Section 4(c) and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Good Standing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates (long form, if available) dated as of a recent date from the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority, evidencing the good standing of each Loan Party (i) in the jurisdiction of its organization and (ii) in each other jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires it to qualify as a foreign Person except, as to this subclause (ii), where the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) Consents, Licenses and Approvals . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Person of the Borrower either (i) attaching copies of all consents, authorizations and filings referred to in Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement, and stating that such consents, authorizations and filings are in full force and effect, and each such consent, authorization and filing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or (ii) stating that no such consents, authorizations or filings are so required.


(i) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of counsel to the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent, the Increasing Lenders and the New Lenders may reasonably require in accordance with customary opinion practice.

(j) Other Conditions . Each of the other conditions to the Increase Effective Date provided in Section 4.1(b) of the Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied.

5. Representations and Warranties . To induce the New Lenders and Increasing Lenders to enter into this Agreement, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the undersigned Lenders that, after giving effect to the increase of the [Working Capital Facility][Acquisition Facility]Commitment and the other modifications to the Credit Agreement provided for herein, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, except for those representations and warranties that by their terms were made as of a specified date which shall be true and correct on and as of such date, and that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6. Availability Certification . The undersigned hereby, solely in his capacity as a Responsible Person of the Borrower and not in his individual capacity, certifies that he is a Responsible Person of the Borrower and further certifies as follows that, after giving effect to any extension of credit being made on the Increase Effective Date:

 

  (a) the sum of the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit and the Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the Borrowing Base as of such date;

 

  (b) the Total Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the Eligible Acquisition Asset Value;

 

  (c) the Total Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the aggregate Acquisition Facility Commitments;

 

  (d) the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments;

 

  (e) such extension of credit shall not result in any Applicable Sub-Limit being exceeded, and

 

  (f) with respect to any such extension of credit under the Acquisition Facility, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

The foregoing certifications and the representations contained in Section 5 hereof shall collectively be deemed to constitute the Availability Certificate required to be delivered in connection with this Agreement pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(iii)(E) of the Credit Agreement, and such requirements shall be deemed satisfied upon receipt of this Agreement by the Administrative Agent.


7. Disclaimer . Each New Lender and each Increasing Lender acknowledges and agrees that no Lender party to the Credit Agreement (i) has made any representation or warranty and shall have no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; or (ii) has made any representation or warranty and shall have no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or any other obligor or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any obligor of any of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto. Each Increasing Lender and each New Lender represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Agreement, and each New Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (iii) appoints and authorizes each Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto as are delegated to such Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and will perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

8. No Other Amendments or Waivers . Except as expressly amended or waived hereby, the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, without any waiver, amendment or modification of any provision thereof.

9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

10. Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


LENDERS
[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Schedule 1.0

to Increase and New Lender Agreement

EXISTING LENDERS

 

Lender

  

Commitment

  

Applicable Lending Office

     
     
     
     
     

NEW LENDERS

 

Lender

  

Commitment

  

Applicable Lending Office

     
     
     
     
     


Exhibit Q

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

[Provided Separately]


PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

October [    ], 2013

Reference is made to (i) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the other agents parties thereto, (ii) that certain Security Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among the Borrower and the other Grantors (as defined in the Security Agreement) and the Administrative Agent and (iii) that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Pledge Agreement ”), among the Pledgors (as defined in the Pledge Agreement) and the Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement , the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

As of the date hereof, the undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent as follows:

1. Names; Jurisdiction; Current Locations .

(a) The full and exact legal name of each Grantor, as such name appears in its respective certificate or articles of incorporation, limited liability membership agreement or similar organizational documents, in each case as amended to date, is set forth in Section I(A) of the Information Certificate attached hereto (the “ Information Certificate ”). Also set forth in Section I(A) is the type of organization, the jurisdiction of organization (or formation, as applicable), and the organizational identification number of each Grantor.

(b) The chief executive office address and the preferred mailing address (if different than chief executive office or reside) of each Grantor is set forth in Section I(B) of the Information Certificate.

(c) All trade names or assumed names currently used by any Grantor or by which any Grantor is known or is transacting any business are set forth in Section I(C) of the Information Certificate.

(d) Except as set forth in Section I(D) of the Information Certificate, no Grantor has changed its name, jurisdiction of organization or its corporate structure in any way within the past five (5) years. Changes in identity or corporate structure would include mergers, consolidations, changes in corporate form and changes in jurisdiction of organization.

(e) Except as set forth in Section I(E) of the Information Certificate, no Grantor has changed its chief executive office within the past five (5) years.

(f) Except as set forth in Section I(F) of the Information Certificate, no Grantor has acquired the equity interests of another entity or substantially all the assets of another entity within the past five (5) years.

(g) Exhibit A to the Information Certificate is a true and correct chart showing the ownership relationship of the Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

 

Signature Page to Perfection Certificate


2. Tangible Personal Property; Real Property .

(a) Set forth in Section II(A) of the Information Certificate are all the locations where any Grantor currently maintains or has maintained any material amount of its tangible personal property (including but not limited to Goods, Inventory and Equipment) whether or not in the possession of such Grantor within the past five (5) years.

(b) Set forth in Schedule 1 to the Information Certificate is:

(i) each street address and county and state or similar jurisdiction where each Grantor owns real property, the nature and current use of such property and whether such property includes fixtures;

(ii) each street address and county and state or similar jurisdiction where each Grantor leases real property, the name and current mailing address of the lessor of such property, the nature and current use of such property, the scheduled date of expiration of the lease with respect to such property and whether such property includes fixtures; and

(iii) the name and current mailing address of each lessee or sublessee with respect to all or any portion of any real property described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) above, a description of the leased property, the scheduled date of expiration of the lease with respect to such real property and the monthly rental payments receivable by any Grantor with respect to such property.

(c) Except as set forth in Section II(C) of the Information Certificate, no persons (including warehousemen and bailees) other than another Grantor have possession of any material amount of assets of any Grantor.

3. Commercial Tort Claims . Set forth in Section II(D) of the Information Certificate is a true and correct list of all commercial tort claims held by any Grantor, including a brief description thereof.

4. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Set forth in Section III(A) of the Information Certificate is a true and correct list, for each Grantor, of all the issued and outstanding stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interests owned, beneficially or of record, by such Grantor, specifying (i) the issuer, (ii) the type of organization of the issuer, (iii) the number of shares owned, (iv) the total number of shares outstanding, (v) the percentage of interested pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, (vi) the certificate number (if any) and (vii) the par value of such equity interests.

5. Securities Accounts and Deposit Accounts .

(a) Set forth in Section III(B) of the Information Certificate is a true and correct list of all securities accounts in which each Grantor customarily maintains securities or other assets, including the name and address of the intermediary institution and the type of account.

(b) Set forth in Section III(C) of the Information Certificate is a true and correct list of all depository accounts maintained by each Grantor, including the name and address of the depository institution and the type of account.

6. Debt Instruments . Set forth in Section III(D) of the Information Certificate is a true and correct list, for each Grantor, of all instruments (including, without limitation, promissory notes) owed to any Grantor in a principal amount that is greater than $1,000,000, specifying the issuer, the principal amount and the maturity date, of the instrument and whether such instrument is secured or unsecured.


7. Intellectual Property . Set forth in Section IV of the Information Certificate is a true and correct list, with respect to each Grantor, of (i) all copyrights and copyright applications, (ii) all patents and patent applications, (iii) all trademark registration and applications and (iv) all other material intellectual property owned or used, or hereafter adopted, held, licensed or used, by such Grantor, including to the extent available, the filing date, status and the registration, application or publication number, as applicable.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of the first date written above.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SPRAGUE ENERGY SOLUTIONS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SPRAGUE TERMINAL SERVICES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SPRAGUE CONNECTICUT PROPERTIES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Perfection Certificate


INFORMATION CERTIFICATE

 

I. CURRENT INFORMATION

A. Legal Names, Organizations, Jurisdictions of Organization and Organizational Identification Numbers .

 

Name of Grantor

  

Type of

Organization (e.g.

corporation, limited liability
company, limited

partnership)

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization/

Formation

  

Organizational

Identification

Number

        
        
        

B. Chief Executive Offices and Mailing Addresses .

 

Name of Grantor

  

Address of Chief Executive Office

  

Mailing Address

(if different than CEO)

     
     
     

C. Trade Names/Assumed Names .

 

Grantor

  

Trade/Assumed Name

  
  

D. Changes in Names, Jurisdiction of Organization or Corporate Structure .

 

Grantor

  

Date of Change

  

Description of Change

     
     

E. Prior Addresses .

 

Grantor

  

Prior Address/City/State/Zip Code

  
  

F. Acquisitions of Equity Interests or Assets .

 

Grantor

  

Date of Acquisition

  

Description of Acquisition

     
     

G. Corporate Ownership and Organizational Structure .


Attached as Exhibit A is a true and correct chart showing the ownership relationship of the Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

 

II. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Tangible Personal Property .

 

Grantor

  

Address/City/State/Zip Code

  

County

     
     
     

B. Real Property . Please see Schedule 1 attached hereto.

C. Warehousemen and Bailees .

 

Grantor

  

Address/City/State/Zip Code

  

County

  

Description of Assets and Value

        
        
        
        
        

D. Commercial Tort Claims .

 

Grantor

  

Claim

  

Description

     
     
     

 

III. INVESTMENT RELATED PROPERTY

A. Securities .

 

Grantor

  

Issuer

  

Type of
Organization

  

# of

Shares

Owned

  

Total

Shares
Outstanding

  

% of

Interest
Pledged

  

Certificate

No. (if
uncertificated,
please indicate
so

  

Par

Value

                    
                    

B. Securities Accounts .

 

Grantor

  

Type of Account

  

Name & Address of

Financial Institutions

     


C. Deposit Accounts .

 

Grantor

  

Type of Account

  

Name & Address of

Financial Institutions

     

D. Instruments .

 

Grantor

  

Issuer of Instrument

  

Principal

Amount

of Instrument

  

Maturity Date

  

Secured/

Unsecured

           
           

 

IV. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

Grantor

  

Trademarks and
Trademark

Applications

  

Filing Date

  

Status

  

Registration No.

           
           
           
           

 

Grantor

  

Patents and Patent
Applications

  

Filing Date

  

Status

  

Registration No.

           
           
           
           

 

Grantor

  

Copyrights and

Copyright Applications

  

Filing Date

  

Status

  

Registration No.

           
           
           
           

 

Grantor

  

Licensed Intellectual

Property

  

Description of License Agreement

     
     
     
     


Exhibit A

[Attach Organizational Chart]


Schedule 1

Real Property


Exhibit R

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF MARKED-TO-MARKET REPORT

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

277 Park Avenue, 22 nd Floor

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Dan Bueno

The Relationship Managers at each Lender

 

  Re: Marked-to-Market Report

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement. This Marked-to-Market Report has been prepared pursuant to Section 7.2(d) of the Credit Agreement and the undersigned, solely in his/her capacity as a Responsible Person of the Borrower and not in his/her individual capacity, hereby certifies on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as follows:

1. attached hereto as Schedule A is a report identifying (i) all positions for all future time periods, (ii) all instruments that create either an obligation to purchase or sell Product or that generate price exposure and (iii) the unrealized marked-to-market margin for the position considered; and

2. the information contained herein and scheduled hereto is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Marked-to-Market Report as of the date set forth below.

Dated:                  , 201    

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Schedule A

to Marked-to-Market Report

[To be provided]


Exhibit S

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF BORROWER’S CERTIFICATE

Pursuant to Sections 6.1(h) , (i)  and (m)  of the Credit Agreement dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the other agents parties thereto, the undersigned, solely in his/her capacity as a Responsible Person of the Borrower and not in his/her individual capacity, hereby certifies as follows:

 

  (i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 of the Credit Agreement and in each of the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of such date;

 

  (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date hereof;

 

  (iii) there has not occurred since December 31, 2012, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (iv) attached as Exhibit A hereto is a true and correct copy of the Risk Management Policy in full force and effect as of the Closing Date; and

 

  (v) except for the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and equivalent filings for foreign jurisdictions and the taking of applicable actions referred to in Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement, [attached as Exhibit B hereto is a list of all consents, authorizations and filings referred to in Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement, all of which are in full force and effect as of the date hereof.][no consents, licenses, or approvals referred to in Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement are required.]

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Borrower’s Certificate as of the date and year first above written.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit A

to Borrower’s Certificate

RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY

[To be provided]


Exhibit B

to Borrower’s Certificate

CONSENTS, AUTHORIZATIONS AND FILINGS

[To be provided]


Exhibit T

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF HEDGING AGREEMENT QUALIFICATION NOTICE

                     , 201    

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

277 Park Avenue, 22 nd Floor

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Dan Bueno

 

  Re: Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

(a) This Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification is being delivered pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, and the undersigned (the “ Hedging Counterparty ”) hereby represents to the Administrative Agent that:

 

  1. It is a counterparty to a [Financial Hedging][Commodity OTC] Agreement with [                    ], dated as of                      , 20     (the “ Hedging Agreement ”).

 

  2. At the time the Hedging Agreement was entered into, the Hedging Counterparty was a Lender under the Credit Agreement or if the Hedging Agreement was entered into prior to the Closing Date, the Hedging Counterparty was a lender under the Existing Credit Agreement at the time the Hedging Agreement was entered into.

 

  3. It is not a Defaulting Lender under the Credit Agreement.

 

  4. The aggregate unrealized amounts due to it under the Hedging Agreement as of the date hereof is:

$        .

(b) The Hedging Counterparty hereby acknowledges and agrees to the terms of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and Sections 8 and 10 of the Security Agreement.

The Hedging Counterparty hereby further acknowledges and agrees that:

This Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification by telecopy or


electronic transmission (in .pdf format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Hedging Agreement Qualification Notification. THIS HEDGING AGREEMENT QUALIFICATION NOTIFICATION AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Very truly yours,
[QUALIFIED COUNTERPARTY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit U

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of                      , 20     (this “ Agreement ”), among the Existing Borrower, the MLP, the Borrowers’ Agent, the New Borrower and the Administrative Agent (as each such term is defined below).

RECITALS

Pursuant to Section 11.19 of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October [ ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC (the “ Existing Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto, the undersigned Person not party to the Credit Agreement (the “ New Borrower ”) is a Subsidiary of the Existing Borrower and has agreed to become party to the Credit Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Existing Borrower, the New Borrower and the Administrative Agent hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

2. Joinder .

(a) The New Borrower hereby agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Credit Agreement, and effective on the date hereof becomes a party to the Credit Agreement as a Borrower (the “ Joinder Effective Date ”) with the same effect as if it were an original signatory to the Credit Agreement. All obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement shall be joint and several. All references to the “Borrower” in the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to each of the Existing Borrower and the New Borrower or the New Borrower, in each case as necessary or advisable to permit the New Borrower to borrow Loans and request Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement and as otherwise required or advisable in connection therewith. From and after the Joinder Effective Date, the New Borrower shall have the rights and obligations of a Borrower under the Credit Agreement and under the other Loan Documents and shall be bound by the provisions thereof.

(b) All notices to the New Borrower required to be delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement and all other notices or correspondence shall be directed to Sprague Operating Resources LLC (in such capacity, the “ Borrowers’ Agent ”), acting as the designated agent of the Existing Borrower and the New Borrower for receipt of all such notices. Each of the Borrower and the New Borrower hereby appoints the Borrowers’ Agent to act on its behalf under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and has authorized the Borrowers’ Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Borrowers’ Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and that the Borrowers’ Agent hereby accepts such appointment. Such appointment shall not be terminated or revoked without the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.


3. Conditions Precedent . This Agreement shall become effective upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (each of the following documents being referred to herein as an “ Additional Document ”):

(i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Existing Borrower, the MLP, the Borrowers’ Agent and the New Borrower;

(ii) if the New Borrower is not a Grantor immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement, an Addendum to the Security Agreement in form and substance substantially similar to Annex D to the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the New Borrower, pursuant to which the New Borrower becomes a Grantor;

(iii) [if the New Borrower is not a Pledgor immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement, a Supplement to the Pledge Agreement in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit A to the Pledge Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the New Borrower, pursuant to which the New Borrower becomes a Pledgor;] 1

(iv) [reserved];

(v) for each Working Capital Facility Lender requesting the same, a Note of the New Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 and conforming to the requirements of the Credit Agreement and executed by a duly authorized officer of the New Borrower;

(vi) [reserved];

(vii) for each Swing Line Lender requesting the same, a Note of the New Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 and conforming to the requirements of the Credit Agreement and executed by a duly authorized officer of the New Borrower; and

(viii) for each Acquisition Facility Lender requesting the same, a Note of the New Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 and conforming to the requirements of the Credit Agreement and executed by an authorized officer of the New Borrower.

(b) Secretary’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the New Borrower, dated as of the Joinder Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Credit Agreement, with appropriate insertions and attachments, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, executed by the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the New Borrower, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of the New Borrower.

(c) Proceedings . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors (or analogous body) of the New Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement [and any Notes] delivered on the Joinder Effective Date and the other Additional Documents.

(d) Incumbency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the New Borrower, dated as of the date hereof, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of the

 

1  

To be included if the New Borrower owns equity interests of another entity.


New Borrower executing any Additional Document, which certificate shall be included in the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 3(b), shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, and shall be executed by the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the New Borrower, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of the New Borrower.

(e) Organizational Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received true and complete copies of the Governing Documents of the New Borrower, certified as of the date hereof as complete and correct copies thereof by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the New Borrower, or, if applicable, of the general partner or managing member or members of the New Borrower, which certification shall be included in the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 3(b) and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Good Standing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates dated as of a recent date from the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority, evidencing the good standing of the New Borrower (i) to the extent relevant under applicable laws, in the jurisdiction of its organization and (ii) in each other jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires it to qualify as a foreign Person except, as to this subclause (ii), where the failure to so qualify could not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Consents, Licenses and Approvals . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the New Borrower either (i) attaching copies of all consents, authorizations and filings referred to in Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement, and stating that such consents, licenses and filings are in full force and effect, and each such consent, authorization and filing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or (ii) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required.

(h) Certification of the Borrowers’ Agent . The Borrowers’ Agent confirms that no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would occur as a result of the New Borrower becoming a Borrower and each of the representations and warranties relating to the New Borrower and the Loan Parties in the Credit Agreement (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.4, 5.6, 5.7, 5.17 and 5.20) is true and not misleading in any material respect (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified by “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified) as if made on the date of accession of the New Borrower.

(i) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received an executed legal opinion of counsel to the New Borrower with respect to the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation of the New Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(j) PATRIOT Act . The Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information requested by it that are required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

5. No Other Amendments or Waivers . Except as expressly amended or waived hereby, the Credit Agreement, any Notes issued thereunder and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, without any waiver, amendment or modification of any provision thereof.

6. Effect on Credit Agreement . From and after the Joinder Effective Date, the New Borrower shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Borrower thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and shall be bound by the provisions thereof.


7. Loan Document . Each of the parties hereto agree that this Agreement constitutes a “Loan Document” for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

9. Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW BORROWER], as a Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as a Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as Borrowers’ Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit V

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

October [    ], 2013

Pursuant to Section 6.1(v) of the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the other agents parties thereto, the undersigned Chief Financial Officer of [Sprague Resources LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ MLP ”)] [Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”)] hereby certifies on behalf of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, in the undersigned’s capacity as an officer of the [MLP] [General Partner] and not in any individual capacity, as follows:

As of the date hereof, the MLP and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement, are Solvent. As used in this paragraph, “Solvent” means (a) the amount of the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, as of the date hereof, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, contingent or otherwise”, as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, as of the date hereof, is greater than the amount that is required to pay the liabilities of the MLP and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) the MLP and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, do not have, as of the date hereof, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) the MLP and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, are able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means “liability on a claim”, and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate as of the date set forth above.

 

 

Name:
Title:


Annex I

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF BORROWING NOTICE

COMPANY NAME/HEADER

 

Borrowing Notice    Date:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10 S. Dearborn Street, 22 nd Floor

Chicago, IL 60603

Attention:                     - Operations

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Borrowing Notice is furnished pursuant to Section 2.5 of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Sprague Operating Resources LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the other agents parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Borrowing Notice have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. The Borrower represents that, as of this date, the conditions precedent set forth in Section [6.1 and] 2 6.2 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.

 

1. Borrowing Notice . The Borrower hereby notifies the Administrative Agent of its request for the following borrowing (the “Borrowing”):

 

  (1) The Borrowing shall be a[n] [Acquisition Facility] [Working Capital Facility] [Swing Line] Loan

 

  (2) [The Borrowing shall [be] [not be] a Working Capital Facility Non-Maintenance Cap-Ex Extension of Credit] 3

 

  (3) [The Borrowing shall be an [Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extension of Credit] [Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extension of Credit] [Acquisition Facility Maintenance Cap-Ex Extension of Credit]] 4

 

  (4) [The purpose of the Borrowing is [        ]] 5

 

  (5) The Borrowing shall be a              Base Rate Loan or              Eurodollar Loan or              Base Rate Loan in an aggregate amount of $         and Eurodollar Loan in an aggregate amount of $        

 

  (6) Borrowing Date of the Borrowing (must be a Business Day):                     

 

  (7) Aggregate amount of the Borrowing: $        

 

  (8) If any portion of the Borrowing is a Eurodollar Loan, the duration of Interest Period:

 

One Month    Three Months
Two Months    Six Months

 

2   Applicable to initial Loans only.
3   To be completed if the Loan is a Working Capital Facility Loan.
4   To be completed if the Loan is an Acquisition Facility Loan.
5   To be completed if the Loan is a Working Capital Facility Loan or an Acquisition Facility Loan.


Bank Name

City, State

ABA#

Account Name

Account #

2. Availability Certification. The undersigned hereby, solely in his capacity as a Responsible Person of the Borrower and not in his individual capacity, certifies that he is a Responsible Person of the Borrower and further certifies as follows that, after giving effect to the extension of credit required pursuant to this Borrowing Notice:

 

  1. the sum of Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit and the Total Acquisition Facility Working Capital Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the Borrowing Base as of such date;

 

  2. the Total Acquisition Facility Acquisition Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the Eligible Acquisition Asset Value;

 

  3. the Total Acquisition Facility Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the aggregate Acquisition Facility Commitments;

 

  4. the Total Working Capital Facility Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the aggregate Working Capital Facility Commitments;

 

  5. such extension of credit shall not result in any Applicable Sub-Limit being exceeded; and

 

  6. with respect to any such extension of credit under the Acquisition Facility, the Loan Parties shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

The foregoing certifications and representations shall collectively be deemed to constitute the Availability Certification required to be delivered in connection with this Borrowing Notice pursuant to Section 6.2(e) of the Credit Agreement, and such requirements shall be deemed satisfied upon receipt of this Borrowing Notice by the Administrative Agent.

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Do not write below. For bank purposes only

 

     Customer’s signature(s) verified

 

Holds

     CFC Used

     Hold Placed/Pre-Approved

     Same-day Credit/Pre-Approved

  

     Call-back performed

 

By:                                                                                       

Phone Number:                                                                  

Spoke to:                                                                            

Date:                                                                                   

Time:                                                                                   

RECEIVED BY (Print Name/Phone(Request Only))

 

  INITIALS    PROCESSED BY (Print name)   INITIALS

AUTHORIZED APPROVAL (Print Name)

 

   AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

AUTHORIZED APPROVAL (Print Name)

 

   AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


Annex II

to Credit Agreement

FORM OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION NOTICE

[JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

277 Park Avenue, 22 nd Floor

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Dan Bueno]

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Continuation/Conversion Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby requests that on [                    ] (the “ Continuation/Conversion Date ”),

1. $[        ] of the presently outstanding principal amount of the [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Loans originally made on [                    ],

2. and all presently being maintained as [Base Rate Loans] [Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period of [one][two][three][six] months] 6 ,

3. be [Converted into][Continued as],

4. [Base Rate Loans] [Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period of [one][two][three][six] months] 7 .

The undersigned, solely in his capacity as a Responsible Person of the Borrower and not in his individual capacity, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the proposed Continuation/Conversion Date, both before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(i) the foregoing Continuation or Conversion complies with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 4.3 and Section 4.4 of the Credit Agreement); and

(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed continuation or conversion.

 

6   If continuing a Eurodollar Loan, please also complete Exhibit A attached hereto.
7   If converting to a Eurodollar Loan, please also complete Exhibit A attached hereto.


[Signature page follows]


The Borrower has caused this Continuation/Conversion Notice to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly authorized officer this      day of             , 201  .

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit A

to Continuation/Conversion Notice

[Request for New Eurodollar or Continuation/Conversion]

Please see attached.


Annex III to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF NOTICE OF PREPAYMENT

[JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

277 Park Avenue, 22 nd Floor

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Dan Bueno]

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Notice of Prepayment is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby notifies the Administrative Agent that it shall prepay [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] [Swing Line] Loans, on                  , 201  , in aggregate principal amount[s] of [$[        ] of [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] [Swing Line] Loans outstanding as Base Rate Loans] [and] [$[        ] of [Working Capital Facility] [Acquisition Facility] Loans outstanding as Eurodollar Loans].

[Signature page follows]


The Borrower has caused this Notice of Prepayment to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer this      day of             , 201  .

 

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC, as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Annex IV to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF CREDIT UTILIZATION SUMMARY SCHEDULE

[INSERT LETTERHEAD OF ISSUING LENDER]

[Date]

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

277 Park Avenue, 22 nd Floor

New York, New York 10172

Attention: Dan Bueno

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Credit Utilization Summary Schedule is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of October [    ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Sprague Operating Resources LLC, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

The attached schedule sets forth the outstanding Letters of Credit issued by [NAME OF ISSUING LENDER]. 8

 

[NAME OF ISSUING LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

8   Issuing Lender shall deliver this Credit Utilization Summary to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days of the end of each calendar month.


CREDIT UTILIZATION SUMMARY SCHEDULE

Name of Issuing Lender:             

As of the last day of the calendar month ended             :

WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

Applicant

   Beneficiary    Reference    Issuing Bank
Ref. Number
   Issuance
Date/Effective
Date
   Expiry
Date
   Amount
Available to be
Drawn
   Drawings, Payment
and Reductions
                    
                    

ACQUISITION FACILITY LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

Applicant

   Beneficiary    Reference    Issuing Bank
Ref. Number
   Issuance
Date/Effective
Date
   Expiry
Date
   Amount
Available to be
Drawn
   Drawings, Payment
and Reductions
                    
                    

Exhibit 10.2

CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION

AGREEMENT

By and Among

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP,

SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC,

AXEL JOHNSON INC.,

SPRAGUE INTERNATIONAL PROPERTIES LLC,

SPRAGUE CANADIAN PROPERTIES LLC,

SPRAGUE RESOURCES HOLDINGS LLC,

And

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC

Dated as of                      , 2013


CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION

AGREEMENT

This Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of                  , 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and among Sprague Resources LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), Axel Johnson Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ AJI ”), Sprague International Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ SPV ”), Sprague Canadian Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ SPV2 ”), Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), and Sprague Operating Resources LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ OLLC ”). The above named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .” Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Article I.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the General Partner and Holdings have formed the Partnership, pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Delaware LP Act ”), for the purpose of engaging in any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware LP Act.

WHEREAS , each of the following actions has been taken prior to the date hereof:

 

  1. AJI formed Holdings to which AJI it contributed $2,000 in exchange for all of the membership interests in Holdings.

 

  2. Holdings formed the General Partner to which it contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the membership interests in the General Partner.

 

  3. The General Partner and Holdings formed the Partnership to which the General Partner contributed $10 and Holdings contributed $990 in exchange for a 1% general partner interest and a 99% limited partner interest, respectively.

 

  4. Holdings formed the SPV to which it contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the membership interests in the SPV.

 

  5. The SPV formed the SPV2 to which it contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the membership interests in the SPV2.

 

  6. Sprague Energy Corp. filed articles of conversion with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to which it converted into a limited liability company named “Sprague Operating Resources LLC” and subsequently filed an election with the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) on Form 8832 electing, effective on the date of formation of the OLLC, to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

WHEREAS , pursuant hereto, each of the following will occur at the Effective Time in the order set forth herein:

 

  1. The OLLC will effect the amalgamation of Kildair Service Ltd. and 8604827 Canada Inc., with 8604827 Canada Inc., after amalgamation, being the “ Surviving Entity ”.

 

  2. The OLLC will effect the amalgamation of the Surviving Entity and Sprague Energy Canada Ltd. (after amalgamation, “ New Kildair ”). New Kildair will retain (i) Sprague Energy Canada Ltd.’s U.S. tax ID number and (ii) Kildair Service Ltd.’s Canadian tax ID number. New Kildair’s name will be “Kildair Service Ltd.”

 

  3. AJI will contribute all of the membership interests in the OLLC (the “ OLLC Interest ”) to Holdings.

 

1


  4. The OLLC will file an election with the IRS on Form 8832 to be disregarded as an entity separate from its sole tax owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be effective prior to the Effective Time.

 

  5. The OLLC will assign to the General Partner all of the corporate assets set forth on Schedule A hereto (together, the “ Corporate Assets ”).

 

  6. The OLLC will assign to the SPV (i) the notes receivable aggregating $                 million from Sprague Energy Canada Ltd. set forth on Schedule B hereto (together, the “ Notes Receivable ”); (ii) all of the equity interests in Ekotek Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Ekotek ”); (iii) all of the equity interests in Sprague Massachusetts Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Sprague Massachusetts ”), and any other interest in the assets related to the New Bedford Terminal that may be held in the name of the OLLC (the “ New Bedford Terminal Assets ”); (iv) all of the equity interests in Sprague New York Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Sprague New York ”); and (v) all of the assets comprising each of Sprague’s Bucksport, Portsmouth and Oceanside Terminals (the “ Bucksport, Portsmouth and Oceanside Terminal Assets ” and, together with the Note Receivable and the New Bedford Terminal Assets, the “ OLLC Distribution Interest ”).

 

  7. The SPV will assume approximately $                 million of OLLC unsecured debt and approximately $                 million of OLLC long-term acquisition debt set forth in Schedule C hereto (together, the “ Long-Term Debt ”).

 

  8. The OLLC will assign to the SPV2 all of the interests in New Kildair.

 

  9. The OLLC will assign to Holdings $                 million of its accounts receivable (the “ Accounts ”) [and $                 million in cash (the “ Cash Disbursement ”)].

 

  10. Holdings will convey to the Partnership the OLLC Interest (the “ Holdings Contribution ”) in exchange for (a)              Common Units, representing a     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, (b)              Subordinated Units, representing a     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, (c) all of the equity interests in the Partnership classified as Incentive Distribution Rights under the Partnership Agreement , and (d) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution (as defined in Article III hereof) (collectively, the “ Holdings Consideration ”).

 

2


  11. In connection with the Offering, the public, through the Underwriters, will contribute $                 million ($                 million net of the Underwriters’ Spread) in cash to the Partnership in exchange for the Firm Units, as contemplated by the Registration Statement.

 

  12. The Partnership will pay Barclays Capital Inc. a structuring fee equal to 0.75% of the gross proceeds of the sale of the Firm Units (the “ Firm Structuring Fee ”) and any Option Units (the “ Option Structuring Fee ” and, together with the Firm Structuring Fee, the “ Structuring Fee ”).

 

  13. The Partnership will pay all offering expenses, estimated to be approximately $2.3 million, excluding the Underwriters’ Spread and the Structuring Fee.

 

  14. The Partnership will use the net proceeds from the sale of the Firm Units to repay $             million of its outstanding working capital borrowings.

 

  15. The Partnership will redeem the initial interests of the General Partner and Holdings and will refund the General Partner’s initial contribution of $10 and Holding’s initial contribution of $990.

WHEREAS , the shareholders, members or partners of the Parties have taken all corporate, limited liability company and partnership action, respectively, as the case may be, required to approve the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The terms set forth below in this Article I shall have the meanings ascribed to them below or in the part of this Agreement referred to below:

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Unit ” means a common unit representing a limited partner interest in the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

3


Effective Time ” means 8:00 a.m. prevailing Eastern Time on the date of the closing of the offering of the Firm Units.

Firm Net Proceeds ” means the net proceeds from the sale of the Firm Units, after deducting offering expenses, the Underwriters’ Spread and the Firm Structuring Fee.

Firm Units ” means the Common Units to be sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters in the Offering pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, but does not include any Option Units.

Offering ” means the initial public offering of the Partnership as contemplated by the Registration Statement.

Option Closing Date ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Partnership Agreement.

Option Units ” means the Common Units that the Partnership will agree to issue upon an exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

Original Partnership Agreement ” means that certain Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of June 23, 2011.

Over-Allotment Option ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, substantially in the form attached as Appendix A to the Registration Statement.

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission (Registration No. 333-175826), as amended.

Subordinated Unit ” means a subordinated unit representing a limited partner interest in the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Underwriters ” means the underwriters listed in the Underwriting Agreement.

Underwriters’ Spread ” means the total amount of the Underwriters’ discount.

Underwriting Agreement ” means a firm commitment underwriting agreement with respect to the Offering to be entered into by and among Holdings, the Partnership, the General Partner and the Underwriters.

 

4


ARTICLE II

CONTRIBUTIONS, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The following shall be completed at the Effective Time in the order set forth herein:

Section 2 .1 Amalgamation of Surviving Entity . The OLLC hereby agrees to effect the amalgamation of Kildair Service Ltd. and 8604827 Canada Inc., with the Surviving Entity to be the surviving entity.

Section 2.2 Amalgamation of New Kildair . The OLLC hereby agrees to effect the amalgamation of the Surviving Entity and Sprague Energy Canada Ltd., with New Kildair to be the surviving entity.

Section 2.3 Conveyance of the OLLC Interest by AJI to Holdings . AJI hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to Holdings, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the OLLC Interest, and Holdings hereby accepts the OLLC Interest.

Section 2.4 Form 8832 Election by the OLLC . The OLLC hereby agrees to file with the IRS an election on Form 8832 electing to be disregarded as an entity separate from its sole tax owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be effective prior to the Effective Time.

Section 2.5 Conveyance of Overhead Assets by the OLLC to General Partner . The OLLC hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the General Partner, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the Corporate Assets, and the General Partner hereby accepts the Corporate Assets.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, the Corporate Assets unto the General Partner, its successors and assigns, together with all and singular the rights and appurtenances thereto in anywise belonging, subject, however, to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement and in such instruments of conveyance, forever.

Section 2.6 Distribution of OLLC Distribution Interest by the OLLC to the SPV . The OLLC hereby grants, distributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the SPV, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the OLLC Distribution Interest, and the SPV hereby accepts the OLLC Distribution Interest.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, each of the Note Receivable, the Bucksport, Portsmouth and Oceanside Terminal Assets and the New Bedford Terminal Assets unto the SPV, its successors and assigns, together with all and singular the rights and appurtenances thereto in anywise belonging, subject, however, to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement and in such instruments of conveyance, forever.

 

5


Section 2.7 Conveyance of Ekotek, Sprague Massachusetts and Sprague New York by OLLC to SPV . The OLLC hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the SPV, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use and burden forever, all right, title obligation and interest in the equity interests of each of Ekotek, Sprague Massachusetts and Sprague New York, and the SPV hereby accepts the interests in each of Ekotek, Sprague Massachusetts and Sprague New York.

Section 2.8 Assumption of Long-Term Debt by SPV from the OLLC . The OLLC hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the SPV, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use and burden forever, all right, title obligation and interest in the Long-Term Debt, and the SPV hereby assumes full and primary responsibility for the repayment of the Long Term Debt, as between itself and the OLLC and subsidiary of the OLLC that is a guarantor of the Long Term Debt.

Section 2.9 Conveyance of New Kildair by OLLC to the SPV2 . The OLLC hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the SPV2, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use and burden forever, all right, title obligation and interest in New Kildair, and the SPV2 hereby accepts the interests in New Kildair.

Section 2.10 Conveyance of Accounts by OLLC to Holdings . The OLLC hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to Holdings, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use and burden forever, all right, title obligation and interest in the Accounts, and Holdings hereby accepts the Accounts.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, the Accounts unto Holdings, its successors and assigns, together with all and singular the rights and appurtenances thereto in anywise belonging, subject, however, to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement and in such instruments of conveyance, forever.

Section 2.11 Payment of Cash Disbursement . The OLLC hereby agrees to disburse the Cash Disbursement to Holdings, and Holdings hereby agrees to accept the Cash Disbursement.

Section 2.12 Conveyance of Holdings Contribution by Holdings to the Partnership . Holdings hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Partnership, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the Holdings Contribution, and the Partnership hereby accepts the Holdings Contribution, in exchange for the Holdings Consideration. Holdings hereby accepts the Holdings Consideration.

Section 2.13 Execution of the Partnership Agreement . The Partnership, the General Partner and Holdings shall amend and restate the Original Partnership Agreement by executing the Partnership Agreement in substantially the form included in Appendix A to the Registration Statement, with such changes as are necessary to reflect any adjustment to the number of Firm Units and Option Units as the Partnership and Holdings may agree with the Underwriters and such other changes as the Partnership, the General Partner and Holdings may agree.

Section 2.14 Payment and Contribution of Cash by the Public Through the Underwriters . The Parties acknowledge that the Partnership is undertaking the Offering and the public, through the Underwriters will, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, agree to make a capital contribution to the Partnership of an amount determined pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement in exchange for the issuance and sale of the Partnership Units.

Section 2.15 Payment of Underwriters’ Spread and Firm Structuring Fee . The Partnership agrees to pay the Underwriters the applicable Underwriters’ Spread and to pay Barclays Capital Inc. the Firm Structuring Fee.

Section 2.16 Payment of Transaction Expenses . The Parties acknowledge the payment by the Partnership, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, of estimated transaction expenses in the amount of approximately $2.3 million (exclusive of the Underwriters’ Spread and the Structuring Fee).

Section 2.17 Payment of Outstanding Working Capital . The Partnership agrees to use the Firm Net Proceeds to repay approximately $       million of its outstanding working capital borrowings.

Section 2.18 Redemption of the General Partner’s and Holdings’ Initial Interests . For and in consideration of the payment by the Partnership of $10 to the General Partner and $990 to Holdings as a refund of their respective initial contribution to the Partnership, the Partnership hereby redeems all of the initial interests of the General Partner and Holdings in the Partnership.

 

6


ARTICLE III

DEFERRED ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Section 3.1 Deferred Issuance and Distribution; Payment of the Option Structuring Fee . If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in whole or in part, the public, through the Underwriters, will make an additional capital contribution to the Partnership in cash in an amount determined pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement in exchange for the sale of the Option Units. Upon the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option period or the exercise in full of the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership will issue to Holdings a number of additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the maximum number of Option Units issuable pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option over (y) the aggregate number of Option Units, if any, actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to any exercise(s) of the Over-Allotment Option. Upon each Option Closing Date, the Partnership shall make a distribution to Holdings in cash in an aggregate amount equal to the total amount of proceeds received by the Partnership from such exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, net of the Underwriters’ Spread and the Option Structuring Fee, as reimbursement for certain capital expenditures made by Holdings prior to the transactions described in the Registration Statement. Both the additional Common Units issuable and the cash distributions distributable to Holdings (collectively, the “ Deferred Issuance and Distribution ”), when issued and/or distributed, shall be issued and distributed to Holdings. The Partnership hereby agrees to pay the applicable Option Structuring Fee, if any.

ARTICLE IV

OTHER ASSURANCES

Section 4.1 Further Assurances . From time to time at and after the Effective Time, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and to do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended to be so and (c) more fully and effectively to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

7


Section 4.2 Cash Attributable to the Accounts . The General Partner hereby agrees to cause the Partnership and its subsidiaries to promptly transmit to Holdings any cash received attributable to any of the Accounts.

ARTICLE V

EFFECTIVE TIME

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, none of the provisions of Article II, Article III or Article IV shall be operative or have any effect until the Effective Time, at which time all such provisions shall be effective and operative in accordance with this Agreement without further action by any Party.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1 Order of Completion of Transactions . Each of the transactions provided for in Article II of this Agreement shall be completed immediately following the Effective Time in the order set forth therein. Following the completion of the transactions provided for in Article II, the transactions provided for in Article III, if they occur, shall be completed.

Section 6.2 Headings; References; Interpretation . All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references herein to Articles and Sections shall, unless the context requires a different construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. The use herein of the word “including” following any general statement, term or matter shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation”, “but not limited to”, or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

 

8


Section 6.3 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 6.4 No Third Party Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies, and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 6.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 6.6 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of the Parties (i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims; (ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding; (iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper; (iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and (v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided , nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 6.7 Severability . If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any political body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.

Section 6.8 Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

9


Section 6.9 Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior contracts or agreements among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and the matters addressed or governed hereby, whether oral or written.

Section 6.10 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment . To the extent required and permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the assets and interests referenced herein.

Section 6.11 Costs . Each transferee/assignee hereunder shall pay all sales, use and similar taxes arising out of the contributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made hereunder, and shall pay all documentary, filing, recording, transfer, deed and conveyance taxes and any fees required in connection therewith.

6.12 Tax Treatment . The Parties acknowledge and agree that the contribution of cash to the partnership pursuant to Section 2.14 is properly characterized and shall be reported as a transaction described in Revenue Ruling 99-5, Situation 2, and that any cash distribution to Holdings pursuant to Section 2.18 or Section 3.1 or any amount treated as a transfer to AJI (as the tax owner of Holdings) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-5 as a result of the transactions described herein shall be treated to the maximum extent possible as a reimbursement of preformation capital expenditures within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-4(d).

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused it to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP
By:   SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC, its general
partner
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
AXEL JOHNSON INC.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
SPRAGUE RESOURCES HOLDINGS LLC
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

Signature Page to Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement

 


SPRAGUE INTERNATIONAL PROPERTIES LLC
By:        
  Name:  
  Title:  
SPRAGUE CANADIAN PROPERTIES LLC
By:        
  Name:  
  Title:  

Signature Page to Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement


Schedule A

Corporate Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A to Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement


Schedule B

Notes Receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule B to Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement


Schedule C

Long-Term Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule C to Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement

Exhibit 10.4

OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

This OMNIBUS AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into on, and effective as of,                     , 2013 among Axel Johnson Inc. (“ Axel Johnson ”), Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Sprague Holdings ”), Sprague Resources LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), and Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS:

Upon the closing of the initial public offering of the Partnership (the “Initial Offering”), each of the Parties desires to enter into this Omnibus Agreement in order to address (i) the agreement of Axel Johnson to offer to the Partnership and to cause its controlled Affiliates to offer to the Partnership opportunities to acquire certain businesses and assets, (ii) the agreement of Axel Johnson to provide certain trade credit support to the Partnership, (iii) the agreement of the Partnership to use its commercially reasonable efforts to reduce, and eventually eliminate, the need for trade credit support from Axel Johnson and (iv) the obligation of Sprague Holdings to indemnify the Partnership for certain liabilities.

ARTICLE I

Definitions

As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sprague Resources LP dated as of                     , 2013.

ARTICLE II

Right of First Refusal

Axel Johnson hereby agrees, and will cause its controlled Affiliates to agree, for so long as Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates, individually or as part of a group, control the General Partner, that if Axel Johnson or any of its controlled Affiliates has the opportunity to acquire a controlling interest in any assets or any business having assets that are primarily engaged in the businesses in which the Partnership is engaged as of the closing of the Initial Offering and that operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada, then Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates will offer such acquisition opportunity to the Partnership and give the Partnership a reasonable opportunity to acquire such assets or business either before Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates acquire it or promptly after the consummation of such acquisition by Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates, at a price equal to the purchase price paid or to be paid by Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates plus any related transactions costs and expenses incurred by Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates. The Partnership’s decision to acquire or not acquire any such assets or businesses will require the approval of the Conflicts Committee. Any assets or businesses that the Partnership does not acquire pursuant to this right of first refusal may be acquired and operated by Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates.


This right of first refusal will not apply to:

 

   

Any acquisition of any additional interests in any assets or businesses owned by Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates as of the closing of the Initial Offering but not contributed to the Partnership in connection with the Initial Offering, including any replacements and natural extensions thereof;

 

   

Any investment in or acquisition of any assets or businesses primarily engaged in the businesses in which the Partnership is engaged as of the closing of the Initial Offering and that do not operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada;

 

   

Any investment in or acquisition of a minority non-controlling interest in any assets or businesses primarily engaged in the businesses described above; or

 

   

Any investment in or acquisition of any assets or businesses that Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates, as of the Closing Date, are actively seeking to invest in or acquire, or have the right to invest in or acquire.

ARTICLE III

Right of Negotiation

Axel Johnson hereby agrees and will cause its controlled Affiliates to agree, for so long as Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliates, individually or as part of a group, control the General Partner, that if Axel Johnson or any of its controlled Affiliates decide to attempt to sell (other than to another controlled Affiliate of Axel Johnson) any assets or businesses that are primarily engaged in a business in which the Partnership is engaged as of the closing of the Initial Offering and that operate primarily in the United States or Quebec, Ontario or the Maritimes, Canada (including its equity interests in 9047-1137 Quebec, Inc. or any successor entities (“Kildair”) and its interests in any assets or equity interests in any business that, as of the Closing Date, it is actively seeking to invest in or acquire or has the right to invest in or acquire), Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliate will notify the Partnership of its desire to sell such assets or businesses and, prior to selling such assets or businesses to a third party, will negotiate with the Partnership exclusively and in good faith for a period of 60 days in order to give the Partnership an opportunity to enter into definitive documentation for the purchase and sale of such assets or businesses on terms that are mutually acceptable to Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliate and the Partnership. If the Partnership and Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliate have not entered into a letter of intent or a definitive purchase and sale agreement with respect to such assets or businesses within such 60 days, Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliate will have the right to sell such assets or businesses to a third party following the expiration of such 60 days on any terms that are acceptable to Axel Johnson or its controlled Affiliate and such third party. The Partnership’s decision to acquire or not to acquire assets or businesses pursuant to this right will require the approval of the Conflicts Committee. The Partnership’s right of negotiation contained in this Article III, to the extent it applies to any of Axel Johnson’s direct or indirect equity interests in Kildair, any subsidiary of Kildair, or any entity that owns equity interests in Kildair shall not be applicable to any transfer, assignment, foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, or other disposition of any such equity interests occurring as a result of the exercise of remedies by any lenders to Kildair, any subsidiary of Kildair, or any entity that owns equity interests in Kildair.

 

2


ARTICLE IV

Trade Credit Support

4.1     Axel Johnson . Axel Johnson hereby agrees to continue to provide the Partnership with trade credit support, consistent with past practice, through December 31, 2016, if and to the extent such trade credit support is necessary in the Partnership’s reasonable judgment.

4.2     The Partnership . The Partnership hereby agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to reduce, and eventually eliminate, the need for trade credit support from Axel Johnson.

ARTICLE V

Indemnification

Sprague Holdings will indemnify the Partnership for losses attributable to a failure to own any of the equity interests contributed to the Partnership in connection with the formation transactions described in the Registration Statement and income taxes attributable to operations ending at the beginning of the day after the Closing Date and the formation transactions described in the Registration Statement.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION HEREUNDER COVER OR INCLUDE CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS SUFFERED BY ANY OTHER PARTY ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

6.1     Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state.

6.2     Notice . All notices or requests or consents provided for by, or permitted to be given pursuant to, this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by depositing same in the United States mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by facsimile to such Party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by facsimile shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below such Party’s signature to this Agreement or at such other address as such Party may stipulate to the other Parties in the manner provided in this Section 6.2 .

If to Axel Johnson:

155 Spring Street, 6 th Floor

New York, NY 10012

Attn: Michael D. Milligan, President and CEO

Facsimile: 212-966-9516

 

3


If to Sprague Holdings:

Two International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, NH 03801

Attn: Paul A. Scoff, Vice President & General

Counsel Facsimile: 603-430-5324

If to the Partnership or the General Partner:

Sprague Resources GP LLC

Two International Drive, Suite 200

Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801

Attn: Paul A. Scoff, Vice President and General

Counsel Facsimile: 603-430-5324

6.3     Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

6.4     Termination of Agreement . This Agreement, other than the provisions set forth in Article V hereof, may be terminated by any Party in the event that Axel Johnson, directly or indirectly, owns less than 50% of the voting equity of the General Partner. For avoidance of doubt, the Parties’ indemnification obligations under Article V shall survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with their respective terms.

6.5     Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties hereto. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face an “Amendment” or an “Addendum” to this Agreement.

6.6     Assignment . No Party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Parties hereto; provided, however, that the Partnership may make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure working capital financing for the Partnership.

6.7     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or in portable document format (.pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

6.8     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court or regulatory body of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

6.9     Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such

 

4


additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

6.10     Rights of Limited Partners . The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the Parties to this Agreement, and no Limited Partner of the Partnership shall have the right, separate and apart from the Partnership, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any Party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Closing Date.

 

AXEL JOHNSON INC.

By:

 

     

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES HOLDINGS LLC

By:

 

     

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

 

By: Sprague Resources GP LLC,

its general partner

By:

 

     

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC

By:

 

     

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit 10.5

SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS IS AN AGREEMENT dated as of                     , 2013 by and among Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SRGP ”), Sprague Resources LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), Sprague Resources Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Sprague Holdings ”), and Sprague Energy Solutions Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Sprague Solutions ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS , the Partnership and Sprague Solutions desire to obtain from SRGP the services necessary to operate, manage, maintain and report the operating results of the Partnership and its subsidiaries (including Sprague Solutions), and SRGP is willing to furnish or make such services available to the Partnership and its subsidiaries (including Sprague Solutions).

WHEREAS , Sprague Holdings desires to obtain from SRGP the services necessary to operate, manage, maintain and report the operating results of Sprague Holdings, and SRGP is willing to furnish or make such services available to Sprague Holdings.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENTS

IT IS MUTUALLY agreed by the parties hereto as follows:

1.      DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question.

control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Partnership ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble to this Agreement.

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership dated as of                 , 2013, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Partnership Entities ” means the Partnership and each of its subsidiaries (except Sprague Solutions and its subsidiaries).

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.


Sprague Holdings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble to this Agreement.

Sprague Holdings Entities ” means Sprague Holdings and any of its subsidiaries, other than SRGP and the Partnership and its subsidiaries.

Sprague Solutions ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble to this Agreement.

Sprague Solutions Entities ” means Sprague Solutions and any of its subsidiaries.

SRGP ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble to this Agreement.

2.    SERVICES

2.1     Beginning on the date of this Agreement, SRGP hereby agrees to provide, or cause to be provided, to the Partnership Entities, the Sprague Solutions Entities and the Sprague Holdings Entities, as applicable, certain general corporate services, including but not limited to accounting, tax, corporate communications, legal, financial, health, safety and environmental, treasury, human resource, information technology and other administrative staff functions, and arrange for administration of insurance and employee benefit programs. The services will include, as applicable and without limitation, the following:

(a)     Human Resources. Processing of payroll, maintenance of payroll records, oversight and execution of employee communications and corporate events, and support for product, worker safety and environmental programs. Administration and oversight of all employee benefits and compensation plans, programs and policies (whether insured through a third party, self-insured or not insured) and insurance programs, including but not limited to the following, as applicable: 401(k) plan, defined benefit plan, group medical, dental and vision insurance, group life insurance, short- and long-term disability insurance, cash incentive plans or programs, employee stock purchase plan, the Sprague Resources LP 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (and any successor or other compensation plans), and the filing of any required reports and distribution of any information or documents under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(b)     Accounting and Financial Reporting and Compliance Related Services. Preparation of financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principals; preparation of filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including, without limitation, any registration statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and other reports to unitholders of the Partnership; maintenance of internal audit support services; review of compliance with legal, regulatory, financial and accounting laws, rules and regulations; and maintenance of internal controls, including support for compliance with standards governing internal control over financial reporting.

(c)     Tax Related Services. Preparation of periodic tax reports, including Federal tax returns and state and local tax returns (including income tax returns), tax research and planning and assistance on tax audits (Federal, state and local), preparation of Schedule K-1s and Form 1099s and payment of Federal, state and local taxes.

(d)     Insurance Services. Arranging for liability, property, casualty and other normal business insurance coverage.

 

2


(e)     Corporate Record Keeping Services. Corporate record keeping, including, without limitation, supervision of transfer agent and registrar functions, coordination of unit repurchase programs and tracking of unit issuances.

(f)     Information Technology Services. Provision and maintenance of financial, billing, asset management, and other related operations systems, telecommunications equipment and software, disaster recovery services, periodic backups, website administration, Internet access, network operation and security, technological and systems support for client-based information technologies, customer support and internal controls systems, including support for compliance with standards governing internal control over financial reporting.

(g)     Health, Safety and Environmental and Regulatory and Permitting Services. Oversight of regulatory compliance, consultation and compliance audits and provision; oversight of environmental permitting and any other permitting related services; and oversight of health and safety programs and policies.

(h)     Other Services. Other services in addition to those enumerated in Sections 2.1(a) through 2.1(g) above including, but not limited to, routine legal and other administrative activities, corporate information and treasury and other financial services as may be reasonably requested by the Partnership, Sprague Solutions or Sprague Holdings, as applicable.

2.2    For providing, or causing to be provided, general services of the types described above in Section 2.1 to the Partnership Entities, SRGP shall be reimbursed by the Partnership for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Entities (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person (including Affiliates of SRGP, except Sprague Solutions)) to perform services for the Partnership Entities or for SRGP in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Entities, and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Entities or otherwise incurred by SRGP in connection with operating the business of the Partnership Entities (including expenses allocated to SRGP by its Affiliates, except Sprague Solutions).

2.3    For providing, or causing to be provided, general services of the types described above in Section 2.1 to the Sprague Solutions Entities, SRGP shall be reimbursed by Sprague Solutions for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Sprague Solutions Entities (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person (including Affiliates of SRGP)) to perform services for the Sprague Solutions Entities or for SRGP in the discharge of its duties to the Sprague Solutions Entities, and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Sprague Solutions Entities or otherwise incurred by SRGP in connection with operating the business of the Sprague Solutions Entities (including expenses allocated to SRGP by its Affiliates).

 

3


2.4    For providing or causing to be provided general services of the types described above in Section 2.1 to the Sprague Holdings Entities, SRGP shall be reimbursed by Sprague Holdings in accordance with Section 4 hereof for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Sprague Holdings Entities (including any salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person (including Affiliates of SRGP)) to perform services for Sprague Holdings or for SRGP in the discharge of its duties to Sprague Holdings, and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Sprague Holdings Entities or otherwise incurred by SRGP in connection with operating the business of the Sprague Holdings Entities (including expenses allocated to SRGP by its Affiliates).

2.5    The amount of any reimbursements pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 shall be determined by SRGP, in good faith, and shall be in addition to any reimbursement to SRGP as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7 of the Partnership Agreement.

3.     THIRD-PARTY SERVICES. SRGP and officers and employees of SRGP and of the Partnership’s subsidiaries shall be entitled to provide services to other companies or entities. Such other companies or entities can either be companies or entities affiliated with Sprague Holdings or third party companies or entities.

4.    INVOICE AND PAYMENT.

4.1    By 1:00 pm (EST) or each business day (each, a “ Reference Day ”), SRGP shall provide each of the Partnership, Sprague Solutions and Sprague Holdings (each a “Service Recipient”) with a good faith estimate (the “Cost Estimate”) of the expenses and payments that it expects to incur in the next business day following the Reference Day (including when necessary, any weekend or holiday period) under Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, respectively. By 6:00 pm (EST) on the date such Cost Estimate is provided, each Service Recipient shall transmit to SRGP in immediately available funds the amount referenced in the Cost Estimate, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 4.2.

4.2    Within 2 days following the end of each Reference Day, SRGP will calculate the total expenses incurred and payments made on behalf of each Service Recipient in accordance with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, respectively (“Actual Costs”). If Actual Costs for the Reference Day exceed the Cost Estimate for the Reference Day, the applicable Service Recipient shall pay the difference to SRGP in connection with the prepayment. If the Cost Estimate for the Reference Day exceeds Actual Costs for the Reference Day, the applicable Service Recipient shall be allowed to offset such amount against the prepayment amount for the next applicable Prepayment Day (and, to the extent such difference exceeds the prepayment amount for such Prepayment Day, in subsequent prepayment days).

5.      DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Agreement shall not give rise to any right of recourse against any officer or director of SRGP, Sprague Solutions, Sprague Holdings or any member of the Partnership Entities, the Sprague Holdings Entities or the Sprague Solutions Entities.

6.     TERM.

6.1     Term. The initial term of this Agreement shall begin on the date of this Agreement and continue for a term of five (5) years. This Agreement shall automatically renew at the end of the initial term for successive one-year terms until terminated, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 6.2 below.

6.2     Termination .

(i)     This Agreement may be terminated by the Partnership or Sprague Solutions at any time upon 180 days prior written notice to SRGP.

(ii)     The provisions of this Agreement that are applicable to Sprague Solutions shall automatically terminate on the date on which Sprague Solutions ceases to be a wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Partnership.

(iii)    The provisions of this Agreement that are applicable to Sprague Holdings may be terminated by Sprague Holdings at any time upon 180 days prior written notice to SRGP, and shall automatically terminate on the date on which Sprague Holdings ceases to be an Affiliate of the Partnership.

 

4


(iv)    This Agreement shall automatically terminate on the date on which SRGP ceases to be the general partner of the Partnership.

7.      NOTICES. All notices, billings, requests, demands, approvals, consents, and other communications which are required or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below:

If to SRGP:

2 International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, NH 03801

Attn: General Counsel

If to the Partnership:

2 International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, NH 03801

Attn: General Counsel

If to Sprague Solutions:

2 International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, NH 03801

Attn: General Counsel

If to Sprague Holdings:

Axel Johnson Inc.

155 Spring Street, 6th Floor

New York, NY 10012

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

With a copy to:

2 International Drive

Suite 200

Portsmouth, NH 03801

Attn: General Counsel

8.      AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties; provided, however , that the Partnership may not, without prior Special Approval (as defined in the Partnership Agreement), agree to any amendment or modification of this Agreement that, in the reasonable discretion of SRGP, will have an adverse effect on the holders of Common Units (as defined in the Partnership Agreement). Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face an “Amendment” or an “Addendum” to this Agreement.

9.      ASSIGNMENT; THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. No party to this Agreement shall have the right to assign its respective rights or obligations under this Agreement

 

5


without the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement. It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a party hereto or successor or permitted assign of a party hereto; provided, however, that each of the parties hereto specifically intends that each entity comprising the Partnership Entities, whether or not a party to this Agreement, shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as third-party beneficiaries hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to any such entity.

10.      APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New Hampshire applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein. Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the United States District Court for the District of New Hampshire. The parties hereto expressly and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of said Courts and irrevocably waive any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in such Courts, irrevocably waive any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably waive the right to object, with respect to such claim, action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court, that such Court does not have jurisdiction over such party. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably consent to the service of process by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by personal service within or without the State of New Hampshire. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.

11.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each Party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any proceedings relating to this agreement or any performance or failure to perform of any obligation hereunder.

12.      HEADINGS. The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not be considered in the interpretation or construction of any of the provisions thereof.

13.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties hereto in connection therewith.

14.      BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement will be binding upon, and will inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns and legal representatives.

15.      COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.

16.      SEVERABILITY. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance will be

 

6


held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

[REST OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as a sealed instrument by their duly authorized offices as of the date first above written.

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC
By:      
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP
By:   Sprague Resources GP LLC, its general partner

By:

     
  Name:
  Title:

 

SPRAGUE ENERGY SOLUTIONS INC.
By:      
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES HOLDINGS LLC

By:

     
  Name:
  Title:

S IGNATURE P AGE T O

S ERVICES A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.6

TERMINAL OPERATING AGREEMENT

This TERMINAL OPERATING AGREEMENT (“Operating Agreement”), dated as of                      , 2013, is by and among SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS PROPERTIES LLC (“SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS”), a Delaware limited liability company, having its principal place of business at 2 International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801, SPRAGUE RESOURCES HOLDINGS LLC (“SPRAGUE HOLDINGS”), a Delaware limited liability company, having its principal place of business at 2 International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801, and SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC (“SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES”), a Delaware limited liability company, having its principal place of business at 2 International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, 03801. SPRAGUE RESOURCES, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties.”

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS SPRAGUE HOLDINGS owns a certain oil terminal located at Cannon Street in New Bedford, mailing address 30 Pine Street, New Bedford, Massachusetts, 02740, which is more fully described below (the “Oil Terminal”);

WHEREAS SPRAGUE HOLDINGS desires to enter into this Operating Agreement covering the Oil Terminal with SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES and SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES desires to operate and maintain said Oil Terminal; and

WHEREAS SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS is the owner of that certain real estate on which the Oil Terminal is located, and acknowledges that SPRAGUE HOLDINGS desires to enter into this Operating Agreement covering the Oil Terminal with SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES and SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES desires to operate and maintain said Oil Terminal.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES and SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS agree as follows:

1.      DEFINITIONS.

Each term or expression set forth below in this Section 1 has the meaning stated immediately after it.

Authorizations. All franchises, licenses, permits and other governmental consents issued by Governmental Authorities pursuant to Legal Requirements which are or may be required for the ownership, use and occupancy of the Oil Terminal and for the operation, maintenance, repair and reconstruction of facilities thereon, including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, transportation, storage, loading and off-loading of petroleum products (hereinafter, “Oil”).

Governmental Authority. The United States of America, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the City of New Bedford, Massachusetts, and any political subdivision thereof and any agency, department, commission, court, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of them.

Insurance Requirements. All terms of any policy of insurance maintained by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES and applicable to the Oil Terminal and any building, structure or

 

1


improvement thereon and all requirements of the issuer of any such policy and all orders, rules, regulations and other requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters (or any other body exercising similar functions) applicable to or affecting any condition, operation, use of occupancy of the Oil Terminal (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, transportation, storage, loading and off-loading of Oil) and any building, structure or improvement thereon, or any part or parts of either.

Legal Requirements. All statutes, codes, ordinances (and all rules and regulations thereunder), all executive orders and other administrative orders, judgments, decrees, injunctions and other Judicial orders of or by any Governmental Authority which may at any time be applicable to parts or appurtenances of the Oil Terminal or to any condition or use thereof including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, transportation, storage, loading and off-loading of Oil, and the provisions of all Authorizations.

Oil Terminal. The premises described in Exhibit A hereto, as well as all property, facilities and activities associated with the receipt, storage, processing, transfer and dispensing of Oil by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES.

Taxes. All taxes, including but not limited to real estate and personal property taxes, petroleum storage license fees, and registration fees, special and general assessments, water rents, rates and charges, sewer rents, and other impositions imposed by any Governmental Authority and charges of every kind and nature whatsoever, extraordinary as well as ordinary and each and every installment thereof which shall during and with respect to the period of the term of this Operating Agreement be charged, levied, laid, assessed, imposed, become due and payable or become liens upon or for or with respect to the Oil Terminal or any part thereof, appurtenances or equipment owned by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES thereon or therein or any part thereof or on this Operating Agreement, together with all interest and penalties thereon under or by virtue of all present or future Legal Requirements and any sales tax, gross receipt tax or tax of a similar nature based on a percentage fraction or capitalized value of the Operating Fees, as said Operating Fees is defined in Section 4 hereunder. Provided, however, Taxes shall not be construed to include inheritance, estate, excise, succession, transfer, gift, franchise, income, gross receipt, or profit taxes that are or may be imposed upon SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS, their respective successors or assigns.

2 .      OPERATING AGREEMENT OF OIL TERMINAL AND RECITATION OF GENERAL CONTRACT FRAMEWORK.

2.1      Operating Agreement of Oil Terminal and Term.

 

  (i) Initial Term. SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS and SPRAGUE HOLDINGS do hereby enter into this Operating Agreement with SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES upon the terms herein contained for a term of five (5) years, commencing                     , 2013 (the “Initial Term”), as such Initial Term may be extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.3 hereof, and subject to earlier termination as is set forth herein.

 

  (ii)

Early Termination By SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES or SPRAGUE HOLDINGS. In addition to the rights of early

 

2


  termination as described in Articles 17, 19 and 20 hereof, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES or SPRAGUE HOLDINGS shall have the right to terminate this Operating Agreement at any point during the Extension Term, by giving notice to the other party. Upon the giving of such notice, this Operating Agreement shall terminate sixty (60) days from the date of said notice without recourse to the parties and specifically not subject to reimbursement of any costs by either party to any of the Parties.

 

  (iii) Early Termination By SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS and SPRAGUE HOLDINGS. SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS and SPRAGUE HOLDINGS shall also have the right to terminate this Operating Agreement during the Initial Term or the Extension Term upon sixty (60) days notice to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES in writing, without recourse to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, if such termination is necessary, in the sole discretion of SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS and SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, to facilitate the sale, (except for the purposes of a lease associated with continued oil terminal operations by another party) or development of the Oil Terminal. Upon the giving of such notice, this Operating Agreement shall terminate sixty (60) days from the date of said notice without recourse to the Parties and specifically not subject to reimbursement of any costs by either party to any of the Parties.

2.2      Consideration. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall compensate SPRAGUE HOLDINGS for the use and benefit of this Operating Agreement by (i) performing the operation and maintenance obligations described herein; and (ii) paying all Operating Fees due pursuant to Article 4 hereof.

2.3      Extension of Term. Provided SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES is not in default of any of its duties or obligations under this Operating Agreement, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall have the right to extend the Term of this Operating Agreement for an additional five (5) year period following the expiration of the Initial Term hereof (such additional period, the “Extension Term”, and, together with the Initial Term, the “Term”). The terms and conditions of this Operating Agreement shall govern the rights and obligations of the parties during such Extension Term.

3.      COST DEFINITION AND DETERMINATION.

Costs shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and shall include operating and maintenance costs (“O & M Costs”). O & M Costs will normally be incurred by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, but may also include O & M Costs incurred by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS to the extent that SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES requests assistance by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS or to the extent that SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS undertakes to perform operation and maintenance not being satisfactorily undertaken by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS, as applicable, shall give SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES notice of the unsatisfactory nature of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES’ operation and maintenance activity and a reasonable opportunity to cure same. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES will provide SPRAGUE HOLDINGS with a Monthly Throughput Report. “Throughput” shall mean the total volume of Oil sold or otherwise dispensed from the Oil Terminal.

 

3


4.      OPERATING FEES.

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall satisfy its obligation to pay Operating Fees to SPRAGUE HOLDINGS (i) by paying to SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS the sum of $15,200.00 per month (subject to adjustment as provided below) (the “Operating Fees”); (ii) by being responsible for ordinary maintenance and repairs to the Oil Terminal; and, (iii) by paying to SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS the amount of real estate taxes levied against the Oil Terminal. The Operating Fees specified in item (i) above shall be subject to adjustment as follows: Commencing on July 1, 2014, and thereafter on July 1 of each year during the Term of this Operating Agreement, the aforementioned sum shall be increased in accordance with the percentage increase of the Consumer Price Index, All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) Region I, Boston Index, for the previous year (July 1, 2013-June 30). Provided, however, to the extent such increase in any one year (as calculated as described in the immediately preceding sentence) exceeds 6%, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall have the right, but not the obligation, to request renegotiation of this Operating Agreement. In the event such renegotiation fails to result in the establishment of new terms acceptable to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES may terminate this Operating Agreement upon the provision of twelve (12) months advance written notice to SPRAGUE HOLDINGS.

It is understood that this Operating Agreement is in the nature of a net Operating Agreement and that such Operating Fees is to be net to SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS and, accordingly, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall bear all costs relating to the Oil Terminal whether or not specified expressly herein, including, without by way of limitation, Taxes. In the event SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES holds over following the expiration or termination of this Operating Agreement, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall be a tenant at sufferance subject to all the terms of this Operating Agreement. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall also pay all public, special or betterment assessments levied or assessed by any municipality or other governmental authority associated with the Oil Terminal during the Term.

5.      UTILITIES.

All utilities will be secured and paid for by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES for its own account.

6.      ALLOWED USES/ PROHIBITED CONDITIONS.

6.1      Allowed Use. Use of the Oil Terminal by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall be limited to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES receipt, storage, processing and dispensing of Oil only in direct relationship to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES own oil distribution business. Any other use, without first obtaining the written consent of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, is prohibited. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES use of the Oil Terminal will be in accordance with sound petroleum industry standards as in effect from time to time.

6.2      Prohibited Conditions. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall not commit any nuisance, nor permit the emission of any objectionable noise or odor, nor make or suffer any waste,

 

4


nor make any use of the Oil Terminal which is contrary to any law or ordinance or which would cause the cancellation of insurance coverage of any of the Parties hereto. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall not use any portion of the Oil Terminal for the use, generation, treatment, storage or disposal of “oil” (except the product defined as “Oil” herein), “hazardous material”, “hazardous waste”, or “hazardous substances”, as the same are defined under state or federal law or regulation. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall not place any sign or advertisement at the Oil Terminal without first obtaining the written consent of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS.

7.      MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES accepts the Oil Terminal on an “as-is” basis. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall be responsible, at its own cost and expense, subject, however, to the receipt of proceeds referred to in Section 11 to the extent available, to keep and maintain the Oil Terminal in good operating condition and repair in accordance with sound petroleum industry standards and shall use all reasonable precaution to prevent waste, damage or injury.

8.      REQUIREMENTS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITY.

8.1.      Legal Requirements. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES routinely shall review, be alert to and promptly observe and comply with all applicable Legal Requirements of any Governmental Authority affecting use of the Oil Terminal at its own cost and expense including without limitation thereto all Legal Requirements in respect to environmental or water pollution control, testing and inspection of Oil Terminal facilities at required intervals, maintaining records and reporting the results of said tests and inspections to appropriate Governmental Authorities. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall keep the Oil Terminal equipped with all safety and preventive appliances required by said Legal Requirements or Insurance Requirements. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall pay all costs, expenses, liabilities, losses, damages, fines, penalties, claims and demands that may in any manner arise out of or be imposed because of the failure of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES to comply with the covenants of this Section 8. SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, to the extent required by law to do so, shall also comply with the covenants of this Section 8 relating to property of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS.

8.2      Contests. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall have the right to contest by appropriate legal proceedings diligently conducted in good faith, in the name of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS (if legally required) or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS (if legally required), or each of the Parties hereto (if legally required), without cost, expense, liability or damage to SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS, the validity or application of any Legal Requirement and, if by the terms of any such Legal Requirement, compliance therewith may be delayed pending the prosecution of any such proceedings without subjecting the Oil Terminal or any other property of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS to any lien, sanction, or other encumbrance, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES may delay such compliance therewith until the final determination of such proceedings.

 

5


8.3      SPRAGUE HOLDINGS’ Assistance. SPRAGUE HOLDINGS shall execute and deliver any appropriate papers or other instruments which may be necessary or proper to permit SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES to so contest the validity or application of any such Legal Requirement and to fully cooperate with SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES in such contest.

8.4      SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES’ Default. If SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall fail to comply as specified in the preceding subsection 8.1, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS may take such action as may be required and SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall reimburse SPRAGUE HOLDINGS upon demand for the cost thereof.

8.5      Alterations and Additions. If compliance with all Legal Requirements, Insurance Requirements or industry standards as specified in subsection 8.1 requires substantial alterations, additions to, reconstruction or replacement of Oil Terminal facilities (“Alterations”), SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall be responsible to recommend such Alterations to SPRAGUE HOLDINGS; and such Alterations shall be made, at the direction of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, either by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES. The costs arising under this subsection 8.5 in respect of Alterations shall be borne solely by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES.

9.      PERMITS.

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall be responsible for obtaining at its own expense any and all necessary Authorizations. The effectiveness of this Operating Agreement and the terms hereof shall be subject to the obtaining of all such Authorizations and to the regulation of all Governmental Authorities having Jurisdiction in the Oil Terminal.

10.      PAYMENT AND ACCOUNTING RECORDS.

10.1      Payment. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall pay SPRAGUE HOLDINGS its Operating Fees upon receipt of invoice, but in no event later than 10 days from date of receipt by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES. SPRAGUE HOLDINGS will likewise pay SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES any other amount due under this Operating Agreement in no event later than ten (10) days from date of receipt by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES. Any amount not paid when due shall be subject to a late payment charge equivalent to one and one-half per cent (1.5%) per month accruing from the due date through the actual payment date.

10.2      Inspection and Financial Information. SPRAGUE HOLDINGS may, at any time and at its own expense, examine the accounts and records kept by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES with respect to the Oil Terminal, either by designated accounting personnel of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or by an independent certified public accountant, and SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall make such accounts and records available at its offices at reasonable times for such purposes. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall provide SPRAGUE HOLDINGS with a copy of its normal corporate certified annual report by its independent certified public accountant as soon as the

 

6


same is available.

11.      INSURANCE.

11.1      Coverage. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, at SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES expense, for the entire term of this Operating Agreement, insurance from reputable insurance companies, general liability insurance coverage applicable to operations, maintenance, repair and improvement work attendant to the use of the Oil Terminal, as well as fire and casualty coverage for the Oil Terminal, and oil pollution and environmental impairment insurance coverage for all Oil Terminal activities, as specified in Exhibit B hereto; and SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall furnish SPRAGUE HOLDINGS satisfactory evidence of such coverage being provided by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES upon demand, prior to the time it is due and 30 days prior to the date when renewal of same is to be effective. All such insurance shall be executed under valid and enforceable policies issued by insurers rated at least B + VIII (or assigned a comparable rating by any successor company with similar standards) or appearing on the approved list of a reputable broker.

11.2      Insureds and Waiver of Rights. All insurance set forth in this Section 11 shall include SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS and SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES as insureds and a waiver of insurer’s rights of subrogation against such insureds for loss or damage even though due to the negligence of said parties or any of them.

11.3      Settlement of Claims. The Parties hereto agree to cooperate fully in the settlement of claims under insurance obtained by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES.

11.4      Contractor’s Insurance. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall ensure that all contractors performing work at the Oil Terminal possess commercial liability insurance, worker’s compensation insurance, motor vehicle insurance, and such other insurance in form and amount reasonably acceptable to SPRAGUE HOLDINGS.

12.      MORTGAGEE’S RIGHTS.

This Operating Agreement shall be subject and subordinate at all times to any lien of mortgages that may hereafter be made a lien of the Oil Terminal by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS; provided, however, that no such mortgage shall impair the use and operation of the Oil Terminal as contemplated hereby, as long as SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES is not in default of the Operating Agreement. Although no instrument or act on the part of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall be necessary to effectuate such subordination, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES will execute and deliver, nevertheless, such further instrument or instruments, as may be requested from time to time by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS at its own expense, as may be reasonably required by any mortgagee of the Oil Terminal.

 

7


13.     LIENS.

13.1     Covenant Against Liens. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall not make, allow or suffer, nor shall any person acquire through SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, any lien, including liens of mechanics or material men for work done on behalf of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES on the Oil Terminal, mortgage or security interest in nor will SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES sell, convey or assign any interest in the Oil Terminal or in any buildings or other structures, replacements, changes, additions or improvements thereto or in fixtures thereon. Notwithstanding such restriction, if because of any act or omission of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, any mechanic’s lien or other lien, notice of contract, charge or order for payment of money shall be filed against any portion of the Oil Terminal, without the written consent of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall, at its own cost and expense, cause the same to be discharged of record within fourteen (14) days after notice of the filing thereof.

13.2     Right to Discharge. Without otherwise limiting any other remedy of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS for default hereunder, if SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall fail to cause such liens to be discharged or recorded within the aforesaid fourteen (14) day period or to satisfy such liens within fourteen (14) days after any Judgment in favor of such lien holders from which no further appeal might be taken, then SPRAGUE HOLDINGS shall have the right to cause the same to be discharged. All amounts paid by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS to cause such liens to be discharged shall constitute Additional Operating Fees.

14.     INFORMATION AND ACCESS.

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES will render periodic reports to and keep SPRAGUE HOLDINGS fully informed in respect to the Oil Terminal including, without limitation, the level of performance, the general condition of maintenance and reliability, qualification and training of personnel, maintenance of safety and operating records, and plans for modification of facilities or procedures in connection therewith. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall promptly provide SPRAGUE HOLDINGS upon request with any and all operating manuals, records, memoranda, reports, plans, designs and other documentation or information in respect to the Oil Terminal which SPRAGUE HOLDINGS deems reasonably necessary. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES will notify SPRAGUE HOLDINGS of any material problems or developments with respect to the operation and maintenance of the Oil Terminal. SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or its agents and designees shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter upon the Oil Terminal at all reasonable times and; in a reasonable manner during ordinary business hours to examine same, provided such access shall not unreasonably interfere with the efficient maintenance and operation of the Oil Terminal as contemplated hereby.

15.     INDEMNITY.

15.1     SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES’ Property. Any property of any kind owned by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES that may be on the premises of the Oil Terminal shall be at the sole risk of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES.

 

8


15.2     Spillage. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES will defend, save SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and its affiliates, SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS and Sprague Massachusetts Gas Company (the “Indemnitees”), as owners of the Oil Terminal, the real estate on which the Oil Terminal is located and the adjacent property, harmless and indemnified: from and against all loss or damage caused by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, its agents or contractors occasioned by (a) the use or misuse or abuse of water brought in through pipes or wells for use on the Oil Terminal or of the plumbing, heating or other apparatus, electric or other fixtures; (b) the bursting or leaking of any pipes; or (c) a nuisance, including oil leakage and spillage, made or suffered on the Oil Terminal or adjacent property of Indemnitees, or in the immediate vicinity of the foregoing, arising out of the operation of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, except as may have been caused by the negligence of an Indemnitee, its agents and employees.

15.3     SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES Indemnity. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall indemnify, save harmless, and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and all liability, damage, penalties or judgments and from and against any claims, actions, proceedings and expenses and costs in connection therewith, including reasonable counsel fees, arising from any injury to person or property sustained by anyone in and about the Oil Terminal or the approaches appurtenant or adjacent thereto, or other appurtenances used in connection therewith, or associated with the operation of the Oil Terminal, resulting from any act or acts or omissions of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, its officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, lessees, customers, or invitees of any nature. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall, at its own cost and expense, defend any and all suits or actions (just or unjust) which may be brought against an Indemnitee or in which an Indemnitee may be impleaded with others arising from any such act or omission of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, its officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors or invitees of any nature. The representations, covenants and warranties contained in this paragraph 15.3 shall survive the termination of this Operating Agreement.

15.4     SPRAGUE HOLDINGS’ and SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS’ Indemnity. SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, save harmless, and defend SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES from and against any and all liability, damage, penalties or judgments and from and against any claims, actions, proceedings and expenses and costs in connection therewith, including reasonable counsel fees, arising from injury to person or property sustained by anyone in and about the Oil Terminal or the approaches appurtenant or adjacent thereto, or other appurtenances used in connection therewith, resulting from any act or acts or omissions of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS, jointly and severally, their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, or invitees of any nature. SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS, jointly and severally, shall, at their own cost and expense, defend any and all suits or actions (just or unjust) which may be brought against SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES or in which SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES may be impleaded with others upon any such act or omission of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS, jointly and severally, their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, or invitees of any nature. The representations, covenants and warranties contained in this paragraph 15.4 shall survive the termination of this Operating Agreement.

16.     ASSIGNMENT OR OTHER TRANSFER.

SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES covenants that, during this Operating Agreement and for such further time as SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall hold the Oil Terminal or

 

9


any part thereof, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES will not assign or encumber this Operating Agreement nor sublet the whole or any part of the Oil Terminal without first obtaining on each occasion the written consent of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS. SPRAGUE HOLDINGS may assign the Operating Agreement or otherwise transfer its interest in the Oil Terminal with notice to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES.

17.     TAKINGS FOR PUBLIC USE.

If the Oil Terminal, or any substantial part thereof, shall be taken by eminent domain, in pais or otherwise, this Operating Agreement and the Term shall terminate, but if upon a taking this Operating Agreement does not terminate, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall assign to SPRAGUE HOLDINGS any rights for compensation for property of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, whether real or personal, so taken. If any such taking affects SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES use, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall have the right to terminate and withdraw; provided, however, that such taking is not de minimus or otherwise not substantial in either effect or size in the reasonable opinion of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS.

18.     RIGHT OF ENTRY.

SPRAGUE HOLDINGS may enter the Oil Terminal to view the same, and may remove any placards or signs not otherwise approved, and to make repairs, improvements, alterations or additions thereto pursuant to provisions of this Operating Agreement. Such entry shall not disrupt any legitimate ongoing use of the Oil Terminal.

19.     TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT.

19.1     Defaults. The following shall, if any requirement for the giving of notice or lapse of time or both has not been met, constitute Defaults, and, if such conditions have been met, constitute Events of Default hereunder (notwithstanding any license or any former breach of covenant or waiver of the benefit hereof or consent in a former instance):

 

  (a) The occurrence of any event set forth in Section 20 hereof;

 

  (b) The failure of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES to pay Operating Fees, Additional Operating Fees or any other costs due pursuant to this Operating Agreement, when same shall be due and payable and the continuance of such failure for a period of fifteen [15] days after receipt by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES of notice in writing from SPRAGUE HOLDINGS specifying such failure;

 

  (c) The failure of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES to keep, observe or perform any of the other covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES part to be kept, observed or performed, or SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES obligation under any agreement relating to the Oil Terminal and the continuance of such failure without the curing of same for a period of 30 days after receipt by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES from any person or notice in writing specifying in reasonable detail the nature of such failure.

 

10


19.2     SPRAGUE HOLDINGS’ Remedies. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS may, at its option, give to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES a notice terminating this Operating Agreement upon a date specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than 3 days, not including any Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial establishments in New Bedford, Massachusetts are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed (“Business Days”), after the date of receipt by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES of such notice from SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, and upon the date specified in said notice, the term and estate hereby vested in SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall cease and any and all other right, title and interest of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES hereunder (other than SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES rights pursuant to Section 15.4 hereof) shall likewise cease without further notice of lapse of time, as fully and with like effect as if the entire term of this Operating Agreement had elapsed, but SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall continue to be liable to SPRAGUE HOLDINGS as hereinafter provided.

19.3     Further Remedies. Upon any termination of this Operating Agreement pursuant to Section 19.2, or at any time thereafter, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS may, in addition to and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies SPRAGUE HOLDINGS shall have at law or in equity, lawfully enter into and upon the Oil Terminal, or any part thereof in the name of the whole, and repossess the same as of the former estate of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and expel SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES and those claiming through or under SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES and remove their effects (forcibly, if necessary) in the manner prescribed by the statute relating to summary proceedings, or similar statutes, without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, and without prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise be used for arrears of Operating Fees or proceeding breach of covenant, and upon entry as aforesaid this Operating Agreement shall terminate.

20.     INSOLVENCY.

20.1     Termination for Insolvency. In the event of any receivership, insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings instituted by or against SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES under a bankruptcy, insolvency or other law relating to the relief of the adjustment of indebtedness, rehabilitation or reorganization of debtors or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES or if a decree or order by a court having Jurisdiction in the premises shall be entered approving a petition seeking reorganization of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any similar statute applicable to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES or appointing a receiver or conservator or liquidator or trustee of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES or of substantially all of the property of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES (other than a receiver, conservator, liquidator or trustee appointed in a proceeding not based upon insolvency of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES or upon its inability to pay its debts as they become due), or in the event any execution of attachment shall be issued against SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES or all or substantially all of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES property whereby the Oil Terminal shall be taken or occupied or attempted to be taken or occupied by some person other than SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, except as may herein be permitted, and such execution, attachment or occupation shall not be removed within 30 days from the date it first occurs, then SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall be deemed to be in breach of this Operating Agreement and this Operating Agreement shall immediately terminate and SPRAGUE HOLDINGS reserves all remedies for breach of this

 

11


Operating Agreement.

20.2     Bankruptcy Proceedings. In the event of involuntary bankruptcy or corporate reorganization proceedings against SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS may terminate this Operating Agreement by written election to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES but not before the earlier of (a) 30 days after the service upon SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES of the initial petition in connection with such proceedings, or (b) the adjudication of insolvency of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, but said right to terminate shall not be exercised if such petition shall have been denied and such denial shall not have been reversed; provided, that if such petition or commencement is involuntarily made against SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES and is dismissed within 60 days of the date of such filing of commencement such events shall not constitute an insolvency hereunder.

21.     DAMAGES ON DEFAULT.

21.1     Surrender. Upon expiration, forfeiture, surrender or termination of this Operating Agreement, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall peaceably surrender and deliver up the Oil Terminal together with all personal property attached thereto or customarily used in connection therewith, all as the absolute property of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, broom clean and in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and casualties not required to be insured against excepted. In addition, upon said expiration, forfeiture, surrender or termination, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES agrees to waive and release any right or claim to the Oil Terminal or otherwise associated with this Operating Agreement, including, without limitation, any right or claim pursuant to Mass. Gen. Laws c 91 or the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to the displacement of “water dependent uses”. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall provide such documentation as SPRAGUE HOLDINGS may request stating that such expiration, forfeiture, surrender or termination is in the context of a “voluntary arrangement” as that term is in 310 C.M.R. 9.36 (4)(b). Provided, however, the foregoing shall not be construed to affect any indemnity, right or claim of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES relating to personal injury or damage to property as provided in Article 15.4 hereof. It is agreed between SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES that any and all structures, buildings, additions, improvements, equipment, apparatus, alterations and replacements constructed by or for SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES on the Oil Terminal or placed thereon by or for SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES including by way of illustration but without limitation thereto, the items hereinafter specified, as well as all items of the type specified, shall be deemed to be and shall be affixed to and be a part of the Oil Terminal, and shall not be removed therefrom except upon written order of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS: oil storage tanks; fuel oil heaters; fuel oil pumps and drivers; oil piping, steam, water and other piping and valves; electrical conduits, wiring and motors; instruments and controls; buildings including all portions and the contents thereof; roadways; fencing; and (also including all appurtenances and all items attached to the foregoing). For the purposes of this Section 21, the term “Improvements” shall include all buildings, replacement, changes, additions, fixtures and improvements now existent or at any time constructed upon the Oil Terminal, including by way of illustration and not limitation, oil storage and pumping facilities and pipelines, with all equipment in or appurtenant thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall have the option of removing any equipment of their installation which will not impair the use by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS of the Oil Terminal in a

 

12


manner consistent with its original condition; to the extent SPRAGUE HOLDINGS has an interest in purchasing any such equipment installed by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall make a proposal for such purchase by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS upon the request of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS.

21.2     SPRAGUE HOLDINGS’ Operation of Oil Terminal. In the event of any dispute between the Parties as to the termination of this Operating Agreement or as to possession of or title to the Improvements, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS shall, pending final determination of such dispute, have the right subject to subsection 18.3 to make entry on the Oil Terminal and use any and all facilities.

21.3     Right to Relet. At any time or from time to time after any such expiration or termination, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS may contract for the use of the Oil Terminal, or any part thereof, in the name of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or otherwise, for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this Operating Agreement) and on such conditions (which may include concessions or free Operating Fees) as SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, in its reasonable discretion, may determine and may collect and receive the Operating Fees therefor. SPRAGUE HOLDINGS shall in no way be responsible or liable for any failure to contract for the use of the Oil Terminal or any part thereof, or for any failure to collect any Operating Fees due upon any such contracting, but agrees to use reasonable efforts to mitigate damages.

21.4     Survival of Covenants. No such expiration or termination of this Operating Agreement shall relieve SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS of their respective liabilities and obligations under this Operating Agreement and such liability.

21.5     Right to Equitable Relief. In the event of any breach or threatened breach by any of the Parties of any of the covenants, agreements, terms or conditions contained in this Operating Agreement, the other party shall be entitled to enjoin such breach or threatened breach and shall have the right to invoke any right and remedy allowed at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise as though re-entry, summary proceedings, and other remedies were not provided for in this Operating Agreement.

22.     INVALID PROVISIONS.

If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Operating Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, at any time or to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Operating Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term, covenant, condition and provision of this Operating Agreement shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

13


23.     NO WAIVERS.

Failure of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS to complain of any act or omission by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, no matter how long the same may continue, shall not be deemed to be a waiver by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS of any of their respective rights hereunder. No waiver by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS at any time, expressed or implied, of any breach of any provision of this Operating Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of a breach of any other provision of this Operating Agreement or a consent to any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision. No acceptance by SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS or by SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES of any partial payment shall constitute an accord or satisfaction but shall only be deemed a partial payment on account.

24.     NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS.

All notices, demands, requests and other communications provided for or permitted under this Operating Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered either in person, by prepaid telegram, or other telecommunication device, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following addresses:

 

  (a) if to SPRAGUE HOLDINGS, at 2 International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 Vice President, with a copy to Legal Department.

 

  (b) if to SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS, at 2 International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 Vice President, with a copy to Legal Department.

 

  (c) if to SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, at 2 International Drive, Suite 200, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801, with a copy to Paul A. Scoff, Esq., General Counsel, at the same address.

Any notice provided herein shall become effective only upon and at the time of receipt by the person to whom it is given, unless such notice is mailed by first-class registered mail, in which case it shall be deemed to be received on (i) the third Business Day following the mailing thereof or (ii) the day of its receipt, if a Business Day, or if the day of its receipt is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, whichever of (i) or (ii) be the earlier.

22.     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

None of SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES, SPRAGUE HOLDINGS or SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS shall be liable to the other for any claim in the nature of incidental, consequential or special damages, or for lost profits or revenues, arising from a breach or alleged breach of this Agreement.

23.     APPLICABLE LAW.

This Operating Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

14


24.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Operating Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior written or oral communications, understandings and agreements. This Operating Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written agreements signed by the authorized representatives of the parties.

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Operating Agreement, as of the date first above written.

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES HOLDINGS LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 
SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS PROPERTIES, LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 
SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Terminal Operating Agreement]

 

16


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF PREMISES

 

17


EXHIBIT B

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

General and Excess Liability— SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES must supply proof of coverage for bodily injury or property damage to third parties in the amount of $10,000,000. Coverage must be occurrence, or if claims- made, must include an extended discovery period of three years from the last day of the contract. Coverage may be purchased in layers as long as the combined single limit is $10,000,000. Coverage must include coverage for care, custody and control.

Workers Compensation— SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES will provide proof of coverage for workers compensation coverage for 1) exposures in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, 2) Longshoremen and Harbor Workers’ Act, and 3) Jones Act if applicable. Employers Liability in the amount of $1,000,000 shall be provided. All policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of the indemnitees.

Automobile Liability— SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall provide automobile liability coverage in the amount of $1,000,000.

Property— SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall provide proof of either an All Risk property insurance policy or a Named Perils policy and a Difference in Conditions policy covering the oil terminal property on a replacement cost basis. The policy(ies) shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of the indemnitees. Coverage shall include fire department charges and costs of fire suppression chemicals.

Difference in Conditions— SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall obtain a limit of $25,000,000 and coverage shall include Wharfingers Liability, Charterer’s Liability, Terminal Owners Liability and Safe Berth exposure.

Oil Pollution Bond— SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall post an oil pollution bond in the amount of $25,000 for the SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS of Massachusetts, Division of Water Pollution Control, per statutory requirements as in effect from time to time. Each of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS shall be listed as a principal on the bond along with SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall provide a certified copy of the bond to each of SPRAGUE HOLDINGS and SPRAGUE MASSACHUSETTS.

Vessel Requirements SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES must obtain a certificate of insurance from each vessel that docks at the terminal. The certificate must be obtained prior to docking and must include coverage for Protection & Indemnity and specifically list the vessel.

Oil Pollution Coverage— SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall maintain all coverage required pursuant to the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be in effect from time to time. SPRAGUE OPERATING RESOURCES shall also insure that all vessels transporting Oil to the Oil Terminal maintain such coverage.

Exhibit 10.8

FORM OF

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

2013 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

PHANTOM UNIT AGREEMENT

This Phantom Unit Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), and [                    ] (the “ Service Provider ”). This Agreement is effective as of the [    ] day of [            ], 20[    ] (the “ Date of Grant ”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan (as defined below), unless the context requires otherwise.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS , Sprague Resources LP (the “ Partnership ”), acting through the Board of Directors of the General Partner (the “ Board ”), has adopted the Sprague Resources LP 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to, among other things, attract, retain and motivate certain employees and directors of the Partnership, the General Partner and their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Partnership Entities ”); and

WHEREAS , the Board has authorized the grant of Phantom Units of the Partnership to directors, employees and officers as part of their compensation for services provided to the Partnership.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the Service Provider’s agreement to provide or to continue providing services, the Service Provider and the General Partner agree as follows:

1. Grant of Phantom Units . The General Partner hereby grants to the Service Provider [                    ] Phantom Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in this Agreement, including without limitation, those restrictions described in Section 4, whereby each Phantom Unit represents the right to receive one Unit of the Partnership (each, a “ Phantom Unit ”).

2. Phantom Unit Account . The General Partner shall establish and maintain a bookkeeping account on its records for the Service Provider (a “ Phantom Unit Account ”) and shall record in such Phantom Unit Account: (a) the number of Phantom Units granted to the Service Provider and (b) the amount deliverable to the Service Provider at settlement on account of Phantom Units that have vested. The Service Provider shall not have any interest in any fund or specific assets of the Partnership by reason of this Award or the Phantom Unit Account established for the Service Provider.

S IGNATURE P AGE

TO

P HANTOM U NIT A GREEMENT


3. Rights of Service Provider . No Units shall be issued to the Service Provider at the time the grant is made, and the Service Provider shall not be, nor have any of the rights and privileges of, a unitholder or limited partner of the Partnership with respect to any Phantom Units recorded in the Phantom Unit Account. The Service Provider shall have no voting rights with respect to the Phantom Units. In the event the Partnership pays any distributions in respect of its outstanding Units and, on the record date for such distribution, the Service Provider holds Phantom Units granted pursuant to this Agreement that have not vested and been settled, the Partnership shall deliver to the Service Provider an amount in cash or property in the same form the distribution was delivered to unitholders generally based on the number of Units related to the portion of the Service Provider’s Phantom Units that have not been settled as of the record date for the distribution (the “ DER ”), such distribution equivalents to be delivered to the Service Provider on or promptly following the date that the Partnership pays such cash distribution (however, in no event shall the DER payment be made later than 30 days following the date on which the Partnership pays such distribution to unitholders generally). Notwithstanding the date of payment, the Service Provider will vest in such DER as of the record date for such distribution. No interest will accrue on any such right between the issuance of the distribution to unitholders generally and the settlement of the DER.

4. Vesting of Phantom Units . The Phantom Units are restricted in that they may be forfeited by the Service Provider and in that they may not, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, be transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Service Provider. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the forfeiture restrictions on the Phantom Units shall lapse, and the Phantom Units shall vest as follows:

 

Vesting Date

   Cumulative Vested Percentage  

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

provided, however, that such restrictions will lapse, and the Phantom Units shall vest in accordance with the foregoing provision only if the Service Provider has continuously provided services to the Partnership Entities from the Date of Grant until the date of vesting.

6. Separation from Service .

(a) Termination for Any Reason . If the Service Provider experiences a separation from service with the Partnership Entities for any reason other than the Service Provider’s death or Disability (as defined below) prior to the date all Phantom Units have vested in accordance with Section 4 above, then all Phantom Units granted pursuant to this Agreement that have not yet vested shall become null and void as of the date of such separation from service.

 

2


(b) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Service Provider experiences a separation from service with the Partnership Entities due to death or Disability prior to the date all Phantom Units have vested in accordance with Section 4 above, then all restrictions described in Section 4 shall lapse and all Phantom Units granted pursuant to this Agreement shall become immediately vested and nonforfeitable and be settled in accordance with Section 1 and Section 8 of this Agreement as soon as practicable thereafter, but in no event later than 30 days following the separation from service.

Disability ” means that the Service Provider is unable to engage in substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

7. Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control prior to the date all Phantom Units have vested in accordance with Section 4 above, then all restrictions described in Section 4 shall lapse and all Phantom Units granted pursuant to this Agreement shall become immediately vested and nonforfeitable and be settled in accordance with Section 1 and Section 8 of this Agreement as soon as practicable thereafter, but in no event later than 30 days following the Change of Control.

8. Settlement Date; Manner of Settlement . The settlement date or dates of the Units related to the Service Provider’s Phantom Units will be the date or dates on which the restrictions on such Phantom Units expire as provided in Sections 4 or 6 of this Agreement. Any fractional Phantom Units shall be rounded up to the next whole number of Phantom Units. The Service Provider agrees that any vested Units that he acquires upon vesting of the Phantom Units will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws, the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and any stock exchange upon which the Units are then listed. The Service Provider also agrees that any certificates representing the Units acquired under this award may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with applicable securities laws. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Partnership may require that the Service Provider make such covenants, agreements, and representations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, rules, regulations, or requirements.

8. Limitations on Transfer . The Service Provider agrees that he shall not dispose of (meaning, without limitation, sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of) any Phantom Units or other rights hereby acquired prior to the date the Phantom Units are vested and paid. Any attempted disposition of the Phantom Units in violation of the preceding sentence shall be null and void and the Restricted Units that the Service Provider attempted to dispose of shall be forfeited.

10. Adjustment . The number of Phantom Units granted to the Service Provider pursuant to this Agreement shall be adjusted to reflect distributions of the Partnership paid in units, unit splits or other changes in the capital structure of the Partnership, all in accordance with the Plan. All provisions of this Agreement shall be applicable to such new or additional or different units or securities distributed or issued pursuant to the Plan to the same extent that such provisions are applicable to the units with respect to which they were distributed or issued.

 

3


11. Violation of Law, Regulation or Rule . The General Partner shall not be required to deliver any Units hereunder if, upon the advice of counsel for the General Partner, such acquisition or delivery would violate the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable federal, state, or local law or regulation or the rules of the exchange upon which the Company’s Units are traded.

12. Copy of Plan . By the execution of this Agreement, the Service Provider acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any applicable law, then such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to render it legal, valid and enforceable; and if such provision cannot be so modified, then this Agreement will be construed as if not containing the provision held to be invalid, and the rights and obligations of the parties will be construed and enforced accordingly.

13. Notices . Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and personally delivered or sent by mail. Any such notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day (on which banking institutions in the State of Texas are open) after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address which such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. The General Partner or the Service Provider may change at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other, the address which it or he previously specified for receiving notices. The General Partner and the Service Provider agree that any notices shall be given to the General Partner or to the Service Provider at the following addresses:

 

General Partner:    Sprague Resources GP LLC
   Attn: Legal Department
   Two International Drive, Suite 200
   Portsmouth, NH 03801
Service Provider:    At the Service Provider’s current address as shown in the General Partner’s records.

14. General Provisions .

(a) Administration . This Agreement shall at all times be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Committee shall have sole and complete discretion with respect to all matters reserved to it by the Plan and decisions of a majority of the Committee with respect thereto and with respect to this Agreement shall be final and binding upon the Service Provider and the General Partner. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

4


(b) No Effect on Service . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall be construed as giving the Service Provider the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Partnership Entities. Furthermore, the Partnership Entities may at any time terminate the service relationship with the Service Provider free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, this Agreement or other written agreement.

(c) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

(d) Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed by the General Partner and the Service Provider, except that the Committee may unilaterally waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter this Agreement provided no such change (other than pursuant to Section 7(b), 7(c), 7(d), 7(e), or 7(g) of the Plan) materially reduces the rights or benefits of the Service Provider with respect to the Phantom Units without his consent.

(e) Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the General Partner or the Partnership and upon any person lawfully claiming under the Service Provider.

(f) Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with regard to this subject matter hereof, and contain all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to the Phantom Units granted hereby. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, all prior understandings and agreements, if any, among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof are hereby null and void and of no further force and effect.

(g) No Liability for Good Faith Determinations . Neither the Partnership Entities nor the members of the Committee and the Board shall be liable for any act, omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Agreement or the Phantom Units granted hereunder.

(h) No Guarantee of Interests . The Board and the Partnership Entities do not guarantee the Units from loss or depreciation.

(i) Tax Withholding . To the extent that the vesting of a Phantom Unit or distribution thereon results in the receipt of compensation by the Service Provider with respect to which any of the Partnership Entities has a tax withholding obligation pursuant to applicable law, unless other arrangements have been made by the Service Provider that are acceptable to such Partnership Entity, the Service Provider shall deliver to the Partnership Entity such amount of money as the Partnership Entity may require to meet its withholding obligations under applicable law. No settlement of Phantom Units shall be made pursuant to this Agreement until the Service Provider has paid or made arrangements approved by the Partnership Entity to satisfy in full the applicable tax withholding requirements of the Partnership Entity with respect to such event.

 

5


(j) Insider Trading Policy . The terms of the Partnership’s insider trading policy with respect to Units are incorporated herein by reference.

(k) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, but such provision shall be fully severable and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

(l) Headings . The titles and headings of Sections are included for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construction of the provisions hereof.

(m) Gender . Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine where applicable, and wherever the context of this Agreement dictates, the plural shall be read as the singular and the singular as the plural.

(n) Clawback . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, any portion of the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or the sale of the Units granted hereunder shall be subject to a clawback or other recovery by the Partnership Entities to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law including, without limitation, the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any SEC rule.

(o) Consent to Electronic Delivery; Electronic Signature . In lieu of receiving documents in paper format, the Service Provider agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Partnership may be required to deliver (including, without limitation, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, grant or award notifications and agreements, account statements, annual and quarterly reports, and all other forms of communications) in connection with this and any other award made or offered by the Partnership. Electronic delivery may be via a Partnership electronic mail system or by reference to a location on a Partnership intranet to which the Service Provider has access. The Service Provider hereby consents to any and all procedures the Partnership has established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of any such documents that the Partnership may be required to deliver, and agrees that his or her electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, his or her manual signature.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the General Partner has caused this Agreement to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and the Service Provider has set his hand as to the date and year first above written.

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[                    ]

 

Service Provider

 

 

S IGNATURE P AGE

TO

P HANTOM U NIT A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.9

FORM OF

SPRAGUE RESOURCES LP

2013 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED UNIT AGREEMENT

This Restricted Unit Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Sprague Resources GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”) and [                    ] (the “ Service Provider ”). This Agreement is effective as of the [    ] day of [            ], 20[    ] (the “ Date of Grant ”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan (as defined below), unless the context requires otherwise.

WHEREAS , Sprague Resources LP (the “ Partnership ”), acting through the Board of Directors of the General Partner (the “ Board ”), has adopted the Sprague Resources LP 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to, among other things, attract, retain and motivate certain employees and directors of the Partnership, the General Partner and their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Partnership Entities ”); and

WHEREAS , the Board has authorized the grant of Restricted Units of the Partnership to directors, employees and officers as part of their compensation for services provided to the Partnership.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the Service Provider’s agreement to provide or to continue providing services, the Service Provider and the General Partner agree as follows:

1. Grant of Restricted Units . The General Partner hereby grants to the Service Provider [                    ] Restricted Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in this Agreement, including without limitation, those restrictions described in Section 3 (each, a “ Restricted Unit ”).

2. Rights of Service Provider . The Restricted Units shall be evidenced either (a) by certificates issued in the Service Provider’s name that are retained by the Partnership until the Restricted Units are no longer subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions or are forfeited or (b) in book entry form by the Partnership’s transfer agent with a notation that they are subject to restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Service Provider shall have all voting rights, if any, with respect to the Restricted Units and the right to receive any distributions made by the Partnership with regard to a Restricted Unit (a “ Unit Distribution Right ” or “ UDR ”). Any Unit Distribution Rights payments will be made to the Service Provider in the same form as paid to unitholders on or promptly following the date that the Partnership pays such distribution to unitholders (however, in no event shall the payment be made later than 30 days following the date on which the Partnership pays such distribution to unitholders generally). Notwithstanding the date of payment, the Service Provider will vest in such Unit Distribution Right as of the record date for such distribution. No interest will accrue on any such right between the issuance of the distribution to unitholders generally and the settlement of the Unit Distribution Right.


3. Vesting of Restricted Units . The Restricted Units are restricted in that they may be forfeited by the Service Provider and in that they may not, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, be transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Service Provider. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the forfeiture restrictions on the Restricted Units shall lapse, and the Restricted Units shall vest as follows:

 

Vesting Date

   Cumulative Vested Percentage  

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

On [            , 20    ]

     [     ]% 

provided, however, that such restrictions will lapse, and the Restricted Units shall vest in accordance with the foregoing provision only if the Service Provider has continuously provided services to the Partnership Entities from the Date of Grant until the date of vesting.

4. Separation from Service .

(a) Termination for Any Reason . If the Service Provider experiences a separation from service with the Partnership Entities for any reason other than the Service Provider’s death or Disability (as defined below) prior to the date all Restricted Units have vested in accordance with Section 3 above, then all Restricted Units granted pursuant to this Agreement that have not yet vested shall become null and void as of the date of such separation from service.

(b) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Service Provider experiences a separation from service with the Partnership Entities due to death or Disability prior to the date all Restricted Units have vested in accordance with Section 3 above, then all restrictions described in Section 3 shall lapse and all Restricted Units granted pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately become vested and nonforfeitable Units.

Disability means that the Service Provider is unable to engage in substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

5. Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control prior to the date all Restricted Units have vested in accordance with Section 3 above, then all restrictions described in Section 3 shall lapse and all Restricted Units granted pursuant to this Agreement shall become immediately vested and nonforfeitable Units.

 

2


6. Settlement Date; Manner of Settlement . Promptly following the expiration of the restrictions on the Restricted Units as contemplated by this Agreement, subject to the remainder of this Section 6 and the Plan, the Partnership shall cause to be issued and delivered to the Service Provider the number of vested Units as to which all restrictions have lapsed, free of any restrictive legend relating to the lapsed restrictions, and shall pay to the Service Provider any previously unpaid Unit Distribution Rights, if any, with respect to such delivered Units. Any fractional Restricted Units shall be rounded up to the next whole number of Restricted Units. The Service Provider agrees that any vested Units that he acquires upon vesting of the Restricted Units will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws, the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and any stock exchange upon which the Units are then listed. The Service Provider also agrees that any certificates representing the Units acquired under this award may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with applicable securities laws. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Partnership may require that the Service Provider make such covenants, agreements, and representations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, rules, regulations, or requirements.

7. Limitations on Transfer . The Service Provider agrees that he shall not dispose of (meaning, without limitation, sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of) any Restricted Units or other rights hereby acquired prior to the date the Restricted Units are vested and paid. Any attempted disposition of the Restricted Units in violation of the preceding sentence shall be null and void and the Restricted Units that the Service Provider attempted to dispose of shall be forfeited.

8. Adjustment . The number of Restricted Units granted to the Service Provider pursuant to this Agreement shall be adjusted to reflect distributions of the Partnership paid in units, unit splits or other changes in the capital structure of the Partnership, all in accordance with the Plan. All provisions of this Agreement shall be applicable to such new or additional or different units or securities distributed or issued pursuant to the Plan to the same extent that such provisions are applicable to the units with respect to which they were distributed or issued.

9. Violation of Law, Regulation or Rule . The General Partner shall not be required to deliver any Units hereunder if, upon the advice of counsel for the General Partner, such acquisition or delivery would violate the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable federal, state or local law or regulation or the rules of the exchange upon which the Company’s Units are traded.

10. Copy of Plan . By the execution of this Agreement, the Service Provider acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any applicable law, then such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to render it legal, valid and enforceable; and if such provision cannot be so modified, then this Agreement will be construed as if not containing the provision held to be invalid, and the rights and obligations of the parties will be construed and enforced accordingly.

 

3


11. Notices . Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and personally delivered or sent by mail. Any such notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day (on which banking institutions in the State of Texas are open) after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address which such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. The General Partner or the Service Provider may change at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other, the address which it or he previously specified for receiving notices. The General Partner and the Service Provider agree that any notices shall be given to the General Partner or to the Service Provider at the following addresses:

 

General Partner:    Sprague Resources GP LLC
   Attn: Legal Department
   Two International Drive, Suite 200
   Portsmouth, NH 03801
Service Provider:   

At the Service Provider’s current address as shown

in the General Partner’s records.

12. General Provisions .

(a) Administration . This Agreement shall at all times be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Committee shall have sole and complete discretion with respect to all matters reserved to it by the Plan and decisions of a majority of the Committee with respect thereto and with respect to this Agreement shall be final and binding upon the Service Provider and the General Partner. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

(b) No Effect on Service . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall be construed as giving the Service Provider the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Partnership Entities. Furthermore, the Partnership Entities may at any time terminate the service relationship with the Service Provider free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, this Agreement or other written agreement.

(c) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

(d) Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed by the General Partner and the Service Provider, except that the Committee may unilaterally waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter this Agreement provided no such change (other than pursuant to Section 7(b), 7(c), 7(d), 7(e), or 7(g) of the Plan) materially reduces the rights or benefits of the Service Provider with respect to the Restricted Units without his consent.

 

4


(e) Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the General Partner or the Partnership and upon any person lawfully claiming under the Service Provider.

(f) Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and contain all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties and agreements between the parties with respect to the Restricted Units granted hereby. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, all prior understandings and agreements, if any, among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof are hereby null and void and of no further force and effect.

(g) No Liability for Good Faith Determinations . Neither the Partnership Entities nor the members of the Committee and the Board shall be liable for any act, omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Agreement or the Restricted Units granted hereunder.

(h) No Guarantee of Interests . The Board and the Partnership Entities do not guarantee the Units from loss or depreciation.

(i) Tax Withholding . To the extent that the vesting of a Restricted Unit or distribution thereon results in the receipt of compensation by the Service Provider with respect to which any of the Partnership Entities has a tax withholding obligation pursuant to applicable law, unless other arrangements have been made by the Service Provider that are acceptable to such Partnership Entity, the Service Provider shall deliver to the Partnership Entity such amount of money as the Partnership Entity may require to meet its withholding obligations under applicable law. No issuance of a Unit shall be made pursuant to this Agreement until the Service Provider has paid or made arrangements approved by the Partnership Entity to satisfy in full the applicable tax withholding requirements of the Partnership Entity with respect to such event.

(j) Insider Trading Policy . The terms of the Partnership’s insider trading policy with respect to Units are incorporated herein by reference.

(k) Tax Consultation . None of the Board, the Committee or the Partnership Entities has made any warranty or representation to the Service Provider with respect to the income tax consequences of the grant or vesting of the Restricted Units or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Service Provider represents that he is in no manner relying on such entities or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees or authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers, lenders, prospective lenders and financial representatives) for tax advice or an assessment of such tax consequences. The Service Provider represents that he has consulted with any tax consultants that the Service Provider deems advisable in connection with the Restricted Units. The Service Provider may, at the Service Provider’s discretion, make a tax election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code in connection with the grant of this Award (the “ Section 83(b) Election ”), and a form of a Section 83(b) Election has been attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A for the

 

5


Service Provider’s convenience. The Service Provider acknowledges that the filing of a Section 83(b) Election is extremely time sensitive and, if the Service Provider decides to make such an election, such election must be filed with the Service Center of the Internal Revenue Service where you file your Internal Revenue Service tax returns WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE Date of Grant. In the event that the Service Provider makes a Section 83(b) Election, the Service Provider shall promptly provide a copy of the Section 83(b) Election form to the Partnership Entities. The Service Provider further agrees to indemnify and hold each of the Partnership Entities harmless for any damages, costs, expenses, taxes, judgments or other actions or amounts resulting from any actions or inactions of the Service Provider with respect to the tax consequences of the Restricted Units.

(l) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, but such provision shall be fully severable and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

(m) Headings . The titles and headings of Sections are included for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construction of the provisions hereof.

(n) Gender . Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine where applicable, and wherever the context of this Agreement dictates, the plural shall be read as the singular and the singular as the plural.

(o) Clawback . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, any portion of the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or the sale of the Units granted hereunder shall be subject to a clawback or other recovery by the Partnership Entities to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law including, without limitation, the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any SEC rule.

(p) Consent to Electronic Delivery; Electronic Signature . In lieu of receiving documents in paper format, the Service Provider agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Partnership may be required to deliver (including, without limitation, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, grant or award notifications and agreements, account statements, annual and quarterly reports, and all other forms of communications) in connection with this and any other award made or offered by the Partnership. Electronic delivery may be via a Partnership electronic mail system or by reference to a location on a Partnership intranet to which the Service Provider has access. The Service Provider hereby consents to any and all procedures the Partnership has established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of any such documents that the Partnership may be required to deliver, and agrees that his or her electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, his or her manual signature.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the General Partner has caused this Agreement to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and the Service Provider has set his hand as to the date and year first above written.

 

SPRAGUE RESOURCES GP LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[                      ]

 

Service Provider

S IGNATURE P AGE

TO

R ESTRICTED U NIT A GREEMENT


Exhibit A

INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILING

YOUR SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

1. Not later than 30 days after the date of grant, mail one executed copy of the election by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the IRS Service Center where your federal tax returns are filed. Attached is a sample cover letter to the Internal Revenue Service to be used in connection with filing the Section 83(b) election. In addition, below is a chart that lists the address for each IRS service center.

 

Taxpayer’s State of Residence

 

IRS Service Center

Alabama, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina  

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

Kansas City, MO 64999-0002

Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi, Texas  

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

Austin, TX 73301-0002

Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Nevada, Oregon, Washington  

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

Fresno, CA 93888-0002

Arkansas, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Utah, Wisconsin, Wyoming  

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

Fresno, CA 93888-0002

Kentucky, Tennessee, Missouri, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia  

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

Kansas City, MO 64999-0002

Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont  

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

Kansas City, MO 64999-0002

A foreign country, U.S. possession or territory*, or use an APO or FPO address, or file Form 2555, 2555-EZ, or 4563, or are a dual-status alien  

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

Austin, TX 73301-0215

 

* If you live in American Samoa, Puerto Rico, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, or the Northern Mariana Islands, see IRS Publication 570.

 

2. Mail one copy of the executed election by certified mail, return receipt requested, to:

Sprague Resources GP LLC

Attn: Legal Department

Two International Drive, Suite 200

Portsmouth, NH 03801

 

3. Attach a copy of the election to your federal income tax return for the year in which the grant and election were made.

Note : It is your sole responsibility, and not the responsibility of Sprague Resources GP LLC (the “ Company ”) or any of its affiliates, to timely file your Section 83(b) election even if you request the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees or authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers, lenders, prospective lenders and financial representatives) of the Company to assist in making such filing. In addition, the Company and its affiliates cannot provide you with tax advice. The information provided in these instructions is general in nature and if you have any specific questions about your individual tax circumstances, you should consult with your tax adviser.

 

A-1


SUGGESTED FORM OF SECTION 83(b)

ELECTION TRANSMITTAL LETTER

[DATE]

VIA CERTIFIED MAIL

Return Receipt Requested

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service Center

[Insert applicable IRS service center address]

 

Re: Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-2(c) promulgated under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), enclosed please find a copy of an executed election under Section 83(b) of the Code relating to the issuance of limited partnership interests in Sprague Resources LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Very truly yours,
[Insert name of Taxpayer]

Enclosure

 

A-2


SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the property described below over the amount paid for such property.

 

1. The name, social security number and address of the undersigned (the “ Taxpayer ”), and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:

 

Taxpayer’s Name:  

 

 
Taxpayer’s [Social Security / Employer Identification] Number:  

                    -                     -

 
Taxpayer’s Address:  

 

 
 

 

 
Taxable Year:   Calendar Year                                           

 

2. The property that is the subject of this election (the “ Property ”) is             units in Sprague Resources LP.

 

3. The Property was transferred to the Taxpayer on [Insert transfer date] .

 

4. The Property is subject to the following restrictions: [Describe applicable restrictions] .

 

5. The fair market value of the Property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a nonlapse restriction as defined in Section 1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $        per unit x         units = $        .

 

6. The amount paid by the Taxpayer for the Property is $        per unit x         units = $        .

 

7. The amount to include in gross income is $        . [Insert the result of the amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6]

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the Property. A copy of the election also will be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. Additionally, the undersigned will include a copy of the election with his or her income tax return for the taxable year in which the Property is transferred. The undersigned is the person performing the services in connection with which the Property was transferred.

 

Dated:  

 

     

 

        Taxpayer’s Signature

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.10

[Sprague Resources GP LLC letterhead]

[            ]

[                    ]

[                    ]

[                    ]

Dear [                    ],

In recognition of your performance and contributions to Sprague Resources, LP (the “ Partnership ”) to date while serving in the role of [            ], the general partner of the Partnership, Sprague Resources GP LLC (the “ General Partner ”), is pleased to grant you, as of the date hereof, an award of [            ] unrestricted common units of the Partnership (the “ Award ”) pursuant to the Sprague Resources LP 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

The Award is fully vested upon grant and is subject only to the terms and conditions generally applicable under the Plan, any rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors of the General Partner, and this letter. Additionally, the terms of the Partnership’s insider trading policy is incorporated herein by reference.

In lieu of receiving documents in paper format, by accepting this Award you agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Partnership may be required to deliver (including, without limitation, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, grant or award notifications and agreements, account statements, annual and quarterly reports, and all other forms of communications) in connection with this and any other award made or offered by the Partnership. Electronic delivery may be via a Partnership electronic mail system or by reference to a location on a Partnership intranet to which you have access. You hereby consent to any and all procedures the Partnership has established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of any such documents that the Partnership may be required to deliver, and agree that your electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, his or her manual signature.

Unless other arrangements have been made by you that are acceptable to the General Partner, the General Partner shall automatically withhold a number of common units otherwise deliverable to you upon the grant of the Award sufficient to satisfy in full the applicable tax withholding requirements of the General Partner with respect to the grant of the Award (also known as “netting”).


This grant is intended to fulfill the Plan’s purpose of providing equity ownership opportunities to employees, consultants and directors, such as yourself, thereby increasing your personal stake in the continued success and growth of the Partnership and encouraging you to continue providing services to the Partnership.

 

Sincerely,

 

[                    ]
[                    ]
Sprague Resources GP LLC

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and (i) to the use of our report dated March 27, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Sprague Operating Resources LLC as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 and (ii) to the use of our report dated July 22, 2013, with respect to the financial statements of Sprague Resources LP as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from June 23, 2011 (date of inception) to December 31, 2011, included in Amendment No. 6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of Sprague Resources LP for the registration of common units representing limited partner interests.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

September 23, 2013